Frequently Asked Questions

General FAQs

Salons typically offer a range of services, including haircuts, hairstyling, hair coloring, hair treatments, nail services (manicures and pedicures), skincare treatments, makeup application, and sometimes even spa services like massages and facials.
Balayage is a freehand hair coloring technique that creates a natural, sun-kissed effect, while highlights involve weaving sections of hair and applying color. Balayage results in softer, more blended color transitions, whereas highlights can create more contrast.
Hi Mam! We are providing home beauty salon services only for Dubai,Sharjah & Ajman. Service days for Abu Dhabi Tuesday & Saturday 15 of transportation will be included in bill separately as per companies' policy. 30 of transportation for Damac Hill & Abu Dhabi. If you want MASSAGE booking , then let us know you want bed or not. If want bed then bed’s charges will be 20 AED separate. If you have any query let us know , we are here for your service dear. Schedule your service Will send professionals with all equipment Relax in your house & enjoy your service.
Indeed, our company is duly registered and operates in compliance with all relevant regulations.
Absolutely, maintaining impeccable hygiene in our services is paramount. We adhere to rigorous cleanliness standards to ensure a safe and hygienic environment for all our clients.
Yes, our staff is highly cooperative and dedicated to providing the best possible experience for our clients. They are trained to assist and address any concerns you may have during your booking
Certainly, providing beauty services at clients' homes requires special attention to safety. We take safety seriously and follow stringent measures to ensure a secure experience: Hygiene Practices: Our professionals come equipped with sanitized tools and follow strict hygiene protocols throughout the service. Health Checks: Our staff undergo regular health checks to ensure they are fit to deliver services, minimizing any potential risks. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): Our team wears appropriate PPE to maintain a safe environment for both clients and themselves. Minimized Contact: We strive to minimize physical contact during services while maintaining quality results. Sanitization: All equipment and materials are thoroughly sanitized before and after each service to prevent any cross-contamination. Your safety is our priority, and we're committed to providing excellent services in the most secure manner possible.
For sure, our staff comes fully equipped with all the necessary beauty products and supplies required for the service. You won't need to worry about providing anything – we bring everything needed to ensure a seamless and satisfying beauty experience right at your doorstep.
Transport charges are companies policy as Our packages are so economical and we do not add fuel cost in it so we charge for transport
As we have reasonable packages so number of clients are more and sometimes at last client's place it took more time as people sometimes take more services at the spot,thats why sometimes staff do not reach on time. Sometimes distance & via is long ,so due to traffic issues staff can be late. For example staff is working in Sharjah its next appointment is in Damac hills Dubai obviously it could take margin of time due to distance and traffic as well. If you want on sharp time then book our VIP packages and also inform that you need on exact time.
We use best brands as we do not compromise on quality, but if you want some particular brand its charges will be separate.
Mostly clients cancel their appointment at gate, so our time ,slot, fuel cost all goes waste waste thats why we confirm before coming. If you want that after one confirmation no staff will call you and just come at the exact day & time for service , then kindly do advance deposition of your bill.
Sometimes client complains after completing their services or after days, then we are not responsible. Claim at the spot. As some cheater clients for re-service do like this.
Currently, we specialize in providing services exclusively for ladies. While we do not offer couple services, we are dedicated to delivering top-notch beauty experiences tailored to our female clientele.
Certainly, we understand the importance of verification. Before our staff concludes a service, we ensure a thorough verification process is in place: Quality Check: Our staff performs a meticulous quality check to ensure the service meets your expectations and our high standards. Client Approval: We involve you in the process, allowing you to review and approve the service before finalizing it. Feedback Opportunity: We value your feedback. If there are any concerns or adjustments needed, our staff will address them promptly. This verification process guarantees that you are fully satisfied with the service before our staff leaves your location. Your comfort and contentment are our primary goals.
We are based in Sharjah - ,shop no 1, Mahal building ,Abu shagara. If you want to visit salon , come above address.
Hydra facial. This treatment removes dead skin and dirt, unclogging pores and giving your skin a healthy glow.
stimulates collagen production & elastin and strengthens the muscles in your face and skin tone, minimizing fine lines and wrinkles and gaining softer smoother skin
Yes, you can see immediate results after one facial such as improved hydration, clearer pores, and a refreshed complexion.
Here are the conditions that fall into these category; Fever. Anytime you have a fever, whether from a cold, the flu or some other infection, you should not get a massage. ... Contagious Diseases. ... Blood Clots. ... Pregnancy. ... Kidney Conditions or Liver Conditions. ... Cancer. ... Inflammation. ... Uncontrolled Hypertension.
jojoba oil and sweet almond oil.

Category FAQs

Beauty-add-on

Every 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth and skin sensitivity.
Yes, we use mild formulas, but we always do a patch test to ensure no allergic reactions.
It’s generally safe for individuals 16 and above.
We use salon-grade, skin-safe herbal or oxygen-based bleaches (depending on skin type).
No—but you may feel a mild tingling sensation during application.
Yes—clients can select from options like VLCC, Olivia, OxyLife, or herbal formulas.
No if done correctly with quality products, it’s completely safe.
Rarely—but we avoid areas with active acne, and use anti-inflammatory gels after.
No it only lightens hair and does not affect growth or thickness.
We recommend avoiding it on active acne; a gentle facial or cleanup is better in such cases.
Instantly skin appears brighter and smoother right after the session.
We use ammonia-free bleach upon request. Please consult your doctor if unsure.
We suggest waiting 6–8 hours before applying makeup to let the skin rest.
Bleach lightens facial hair and brightens skin; facials cleanse, exfoliate, and hydrate skin deeply.
It helps reduce the appearance of tan temporarily, but it's not a permanent fix for pigmentation.
Yes—it can be added to any facial, cleanup, or manicure package.
Yes—just inform while booking and we’ll bring the required products.
Yes—for first-time clients or sensitive skin, patch test is a must to avoid reactions.
Avoid sun exposure, makeup, or heavy creams for 6–8 hours post-session.
Yes—apply SPF 30 or higher if stepping out.
Wait at least 4–6 hours before using face wash or scrubbing.
Prices range from AED 25–40 depending on the bleach type and add-ons.
Yes—in some packages like our 12-service AED 199 home salon deal.
Yes—standalone booking is available.
Yes—we accept all forms of payment including card, cash, and online transfer.
It's a hair removal technique using twisted cotton thread to remove hair from the upper lip area.
Just 5–10 minutes—quick and efficient.
Mild discomfort may be felt, especially for first-timers, but it’s generally tolerable and brief.
Hair-free skin lasts 2–4 weeks, depending on individual hair growth.
Yes—it’s more precise and gentle on sensitive skin, with no risk of burns or harsh chemicals.
Temporary redness is normal and usually fades within 30–60 minutes.
100% antibacterial cotton thread, safe and skin-friendly.
Rarely—threading removes hair from the root, minimizing the chance of ingrowns.
Yes—even the tiniest facial hair can be removed with threading.
Avoid touching, makeup, or sun exposure for 1–2 hours.
Yes—we apply soothing aloe gel or rose water to calm the skin.
Yes—apply SPF 30+ if you're going out.
It’s best to wait 2–3 hours to prevent irritation.
Can I add upper lip threading to any service?
Not always, but for home service, advance notice helps us schedule efficiently.
Just mention “Upper Lip Threading Add-On” while booking via WhatsApp, call, or form.
Every 2–3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
No—this is a myth. Threading doesn’t change hair texture.
Over time, it may reduce thickness or delay regrowth for some.
Threading is safe, but regrowth may be quicker. We can recommend a routine.
As an add-on, it typically costs AED 10–20 depending on the service combo.
Yes—we accept all major cards, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and online transfers.
Yes—ask for a secure payment link at the time of booking.
No extra charge within service zones—outside areas may have a small fee.
Yes—tips can be added to your bill or paid in cash, whichever you prefer.
A hair removal technique using a cotton thread to shape eyebrows by removing hair from the root.
Usually 10–15 minutes.
Usually 10–15 minutes.
Is eyebrow threading painful?
Yes—it’s 100% natural, chemical-free, and suitable for sensitive skin.
Threading is more precise, hygienic, and gentler on the skin compared to waxing or tweezing.
A bit of redness is normal and usually fades in 15–30 minutes.
2–4 weeks, depending on hair growth.
We use 100% cotton antibacterial thread—gentle and safe for facial use.
Regular threading can lead to finer hair growth for some clients.
Yes—threading gives cleaner, longer-lasting results without dark shadow or stubble.
Yes—your technician will consult with you to match your preferred style and face shape.
Yes—we ensure symmetry and balance for a natural, flattering look.
No problem—just let us know and we’ll remove stray hair only.
Yes—our technicians can create a regrowth plan and reshape over time.
Avoid touching, sun exposure, makeup, or harsh products on the area for a few hours.
Yes—we apply aloe vera or cooling gel to soothe the skin.
Wait at least 1–2 hours, especially with hot water or scrubs.
Yes it’s a quick add-on with facials, cleanups, or our beauty packages.
For home visits, yes advance notice helps us schedule properly.
Yes—our beauticians bring all necessary tools for home services.
Typically AED 15–25 depending on the location and combo package.
Yes—just share their name and appointment details when booking.
Basic trimming, layering, reshaping, or light styling as per your preference.
Yes—we offer trims, U-cuts, V-cuts, straight cuts, layers, and step cuts.
Absolutely—we specialize in cutting and styling all hair lengths.
We usually cut wet hair for precision but can do dry cuts upon request.
Around 15–30 minutes depending on the style and hair length.
Yes—we always ask about your preference and suggest what suits your face shape.
Yes—our beautician will bring scissors, cape, and combs to give a salon-style haircut at home.
Yes—our tools are sanitized before each visit and our stylists are trained professionals.
Yes—we offer cuts for kids as well (mention age when booking).
Currently, we specialize in women’s and kids’ cuts for home salon packages.
Yes—we give professional recommendations based on your face shape, lifestyle, and hair texture.
Yes—layering can be done as part of the haircut add-on (depending on package).
Yes—regular trimming removes split ends and keeps hair healthy.
No—hair fall due to a haircut is a myth. It helps remove damaged hair.
Every 6–8 weeks is recommended to maintain healthy ends and shape.
Advance booking is best for home visits so we schedule the right stylist.
Yes—it can be added to facials, cleanups, mani-pedis, or our beauty packages.
Yes—standalone haircut bookings are also available.
Typically AED 25–45 depending on the style and hair length.
Yes—add-on charges are listed separately on your final bill.
Yes—we accept card, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and online transfers.
Yes—secure payment links are available via WhatsApp.
Yes—you’ll receive a confirmation with the date, time, and stylist info via WhatsApp.
A multi-step skincare treatment that cleanses, exfoliates, nourishes, and hydrates your skin.
Cleansing, exfoliation, steam, blackhead removal, massage, face pack/mask, toner, and moisturizer.
Typically 30–45 minutes depending on the skin type and facial selected
We have facials for all skin types: oily, dry, combination, sensitive, and acne-prone.
Yes—we use mild, skin-type specific products and perform a patch test if needed.
Once every 3–4 weeks is recommended for best results.
Glowing skin, deep cleansing, unclogged pores, improved circulation, and anti-aging benefits.
Yes but we use acne-safe products and gentle techniques to avoid irritation.
Yes—results are visible after the first session with brighter, fresher skin.
No makeup, exfoliation, or sun exposure for 24 hours.
Wait 4–6 hours before washing to allow products to absorb fully.
It’s best to avoid makeup for at least 12–24 hours.
Yes our technician will recommend the best facial after checking your skin.
Yes bridal facials and pre-event glow facials are available.
facial pairs well with bleach, threading, massage, etc.
Advance notice is preferred so we bring the correct products for your skin type.
Yes—we bring everything needed for a salon-style facial at your location.
AED 35–70 depending on the type (fruit, herbal, gold, etc.).
Yes you’ll receive a separate breakdown in your invoice.
Yes combo deals and discounts are available for facial + bleach or threading.
Yes card, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfer options are available.
Yes tips are appreciated and can be added to your total bill.
Absolutely just share the name, location, and date. We’ll take care of the rest!
You can book through WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or our website (if available). Just send your name, location, preferred date/time, and service.
Yes—advance booking (at least 24 hours) is recommended to ensure availability.
You can cancel free of charge up to 3 hours before the appointment.
Yes—just message us your new date/time at least 3 hours in advance.
No—tipping is optional and can be done in cash or online.
Soaking, cleaning, nail trimming, cuticle care, exfoliation, light massage, and polish (optional).
Yes—both are available. Please mention your preference when booking.
Yes—we gently work on rough and cracked heels using foot files and softening cream.
Yes—our pedicure includes exfoliating scrub and gentle dead skin removal.
Absolutely—we focus on full foot and nail hygiene.
Yes—you can request a clean, natural finish if you prefer.
Avoid tight shoes, keep your feet dry, and moisturize daily.
2–3 weeks depending on your routine and polish type.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintenance.
Yes—we use fully sanitized or disposable tools for every client.
Yes—hygiene and safety are our top priorities.
Yes—you can choose from our polish collection or use your own.
Yes—available upon request at a small additional cost.
Yes—minimal toe nail art available at extra cost.
Not in basic pedicure, but it can be added on request.
Yes—pedicure can be booked as a standalone or as an add-on.
Yes—we offer combo services and time-saving dual treatments.
Currently, we specialize in women and children’s services only.
Typically AED 40–70 depending on polish type and add-ons.
Yes—we accept cash, card, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfers.
No—it’s optional and always appreciated.
No fee if you cancel 3 hours before your scheduled time.
Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, light hand massage, and polish (optional).
Yes—choose between classic nail polish or long-wear gel polish cured under LED/UV light.
30–45 minutes for basic; 60–75 minutes with gel or nail art.
Square, round, oval, almond, coffin, stiletto—let us know your preference.
Yes—our trained technicians carefully push back and trim excess cuticle without damage.
Absolutely we can use your polish or ours.
Yes classic French tips or reverse French styles are offered.
Yes options include rhinestones, stamping, decals, free-hand designs, and foil accents.
Prices vary by complexity—starting from AED 70 for simple designs.
Both choose matte top coat or glossy seal.
Yes—ombre effects are available as an add-on technique.
Apply cuticle oil daily Wear gloves for chores Avoid using nails as tools
Apply cuticle oil daily Wear gloves for chores Avoid using nails as tools
Professional soak-off (15–20 mins) is recommended to avoid nail damage.
Yes manicure pairs well with pedicure, facial, threading, etc.
Advance booking (24–48 hrs) is recommended, especially for gel or nail art.
Walk-ins are subject to availability; booking secures your slot.
Yes—a 30-min express trim & polish is available at a lower rate.
AED 30–50 depending on polish type and add-ons.
Yes—we accept cash, major cards, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfers.
No—tipping is optional and appreciated.
No fee if canceled at least 3 hours before the appointment.
Yes repeat clients get exclusive discounts and occasional free add-ons.
A skin treatment using rice-based powders, extracts, or scrubs to brighten, exfoliate, and nourish the skin.
Brightens complexion Gently exfoliates dead skin cells Hydrates and soothes Rich in antioxidants and vitamins
We use premium rice powder, rice water extract, and rice bran oil or mask, depending on skin type.
Yes—formulas are adjusted for dry, oily, combination, and sensitive skin.
30–45 minutes, including cleanse, mask application, massage, and toner/moisturizer.
Every 2–4 weeks, depending on your skin’s needs.
Yes the natural brightening properties help fade mild pigmentation and tan over sessions.
No rice powder gently exfoliates and cleanses without blocking pores. mild pigmentation and tan over sessions.
Cleanse Gentle rice powder scrub/exfoliation Rice water or rice bran mask Face massage Toner and moisturizer
Optional—steam is provided based on skin sensitivity and client preference.
Yes—mix with fruit, herbal, or anti-tan facials for a custom combo.
Recommended for first-time clients or sensitive skin.
Heavy makeup for 12 hours Direct sun exposure without SPF Harsh scrubs or chemical peels for 48 hours
Wait at least 4–6 hours before using water or cleanser.
Yes—use SPF 30+ when going outdoors.
Use rice water toner or DIY rice mask weekly Moisturize daily Stay hydrated
Mild redness is normal; it subsides in 1–2 hours. Apply soothing gel if needed.
Yes—include “Rice Facial Add-On” when booking your main service.
Yes 24-hour notice ensures product availability.
Yes our team brings all rice facial products for home service.
Yes standalone rice facial bookings are accepted.
Yes—rice facial + threading or bleach combos have special rates.
Yes we provide secure payment links via WhatsApp.
No fee if canceled at least 3 hours before appointment.
Yes—a digital invoice is sent via WhatsApp or email.
No tipping is optional and appreciated.
Let us know within 48 hours for a free “rice mask refresh” session.
A cosmetic treatment that lightens the skin on your hands by reducing dullness, tan, and minor pigmentation.
A gentle bleaching cream or gel is applied, left on for a few minutes, then neutralized—lightening surface pigment.
We use salon-grade, skin-safe bleaching creams (e.g., oxygen- or herbal-based) tailored to your skin type.
Yes when done by professionals with quality products and proper patch testing, it’s completely safe.
About 15–20 minutes, including cleansing, application, development, and soothing.
Every 3–4 weeks, depending on your skin sensitivity and results desired.
It provides temporary brightening; results last until your next significant sun exposure or natural cell turnover.
No most clients feel only a mild tingling. Any redness subsides within an hour.
Yes we offer mild, medium, and “power” formulas; your technician will recommend based on your skin.
Yes for first-time clients or sensitive skin, we always perform a 5-minute patch test.
If you react to the patch test, we’ll switch to a gentler formula or recommend an alternative brightening treatment.
Yes we use low-fume, natural formulations safe for expecting/nursing mothers. Always consult your doctor if unsure.
Washing hands with hot water for 4–6 hours Harsh soaps or exfoliants for 24 hours Direct sun exposure without SPF
Yes use the soothing cream or aloe gel we provide, and apply your regular hand cream after 2 hours.
Yes—apply a broad-spectrum SPF 30+ on your hands if going outdoors.
Immediately hands look brighter and more even-toned right after the session.
Yes—select “Hand Bleach Add-On” when booking mani-pedi, facial, or any beauty package.
Advance booking (24 hrs) is recommended to ensure product availability.
Cash, major credit/debit cards, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfers.
Yes—we can send a secure payment link via WhatsApp.
No—tipping is optional and always appreciated.
No fee if canceled at least 3 hours before the appointment.
Let us know within 48 hrs; we offer a free “bleach refresh” session.
A specialized nail treatment that brightens and de-stains the natural nail plate before polish.
We apply a gentle whitening scrub, followed by a brightening mask and conditioning serum to lift discoloration.
45–60 minutes total (including prep, whitening steps, and polish).
Yes formulas are non‐abrasive, hydrating, and free of harsh chemicals.
Nails look visibly whiter, smoother, and healthier immediately and for up to 2–3 weeks.
Every 2–3 weeks, or whenever you notice yellowing returning.
The light buffing step smooths minor ridges; deeper ridges may need a separate ridge‐filling treatment.
Use acetone‐free remover Apply cuticle oil daily Wear gloves for chores
No the treatment conditions and strengthens the nail plate while brightening.
Simply mention “Whitening Manicure” in your booking via WhatsApp, call, or form.
Yes—we accept all major cards, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfers.
No free cancellation up to 3 hrs before your appointment.
Yes—a digital invoice is sent via WhatsApp or email.
It hydrates dry hands, soothes rough skin, improves elasticity, and helps reduce signs of aging like wrinkles and dark spots.
No, it’s an optional add-on that can be added to any manicure or as a standalone treatment.
Usually 10–15 minutes. It can be done while your nails are drying or as part of a spa manicure.
Once a week is ideal, especially if your hands are dry, cracked, or exposed to harsh conditions.
Common ingredients include shea butter, aloe vera, hyaluronic acid, vitamin E, and collagen.
Yes, but be sure to choose a hypoallergenic or natural mask suitable for sensitive skin.
Yes, many hand masks help brighten and even out skin tone, especially those with ingredients like niacinamide or lemon extract.
Yes, but professional hand masks offer deeper results due to high-quality ingredients and application techniques.
No. Most masks are applied as a cream or gel and wiped off or absorbed fully by the skin.
You can book via WhatsApp, call, Instagram DM, or our website
Yes, advance booking is recommended to secure your preferred time and date.
Yes, if slots are available. Same-day bookings are subject to availability.
Please share your name, preferred date/time, location (for home services), and the services you want.
Yes, please inform us at least 24 hours in advance to reschedule.
Yes. Please cancel at least 24 hours before your appointment. Last-minute cancellations may be charged.
For some services or packages, a small deposit may be required to confirm the booking.
Yes! We offer home salon services. Just mention your location while booking.
You will receive a confirmation message via WhatsApp, SMS, or email once your appointment is secured.
No extra charges unless specified for late-night or urgent bookings.
It’s a non-invasive facial that deeply cleanses, exfoliates, hydrates, and infuses skin with serums using a special machine.
Yes, it's suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin.
Clearer pores, smoother skin texture, reduced fine lines, improved hydration, and a glowing complexion.
No, it’s painless and often described as a relaxing experience.
Typically 30 to 45 minutes as an add-on service.
Once every 4–6 weeks for best results.
Yes, it pairs well with facials, dermaplaning, or as an add-on to bridal skincare.
Yes, but some serums may need to be avoided. Always inform your technician if you are pregnant.
Minimal – some people may experience slight redness, which usually fades quickly.
No. You can return to normal activities immediately.
Yes, it removes impurities, unclogs pores, and infuses anti-acne serums.
It’s ideal for adults over 18. Teens can also benefit, especially for acne-prone skin.
Yes, the suction technology effectively removes blackheads and whiteheads.
Absolutely – it’s great for all genders.
Immediately – skin appears cleaner and brighter right after the session.
Yes! Get it 2–3 days before a big event for the best glow.
Yes, advance booking is recommended due to high demand.
You can book via WhatsApp, Instagram DM, call, or through our website (if available).
Yes, just inform us at least 24 hours before the appointment.
Yes, we provide portable HydraFacial machines for home services in select areas.
You’ll receive a confirmation message via WhatsApp or SMS.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and in some cases, card payments or online payment links.
Yes, you can pay after the service is completed unless prepayment is requested.
It’s a gentle facial using fruit-based ingredients (like papaya, orange, or apple) to cleanse, exfoliate, and nourish the skin naturally.
It helps brighten the skin, fade pigmentation, improve skin texture, and give a natural glow using enzymes and vitamins from fruits.
Yes! It’s especially good for sensitive, dry, or acne-prone skin because it's free from harsh chemicals.
Papaya, banana, apple, orange, and strawberry – depending on skin type and concern.
About 30–45 minutes.
Once every 2–4 weeks for best results.
Very minimal. It’s a gentle facial. Mild tingling or redness may occur if you’re allergic to any fruit extract.
Yes, fruit facials help reduce acne marks, dark spots, and mild pigmentation due to natural enzymes and antioxidants.
Yes, it’s safe and ideal for young, breakout-prone skin.
It uses natural fruit-based products with no harsh chemicals or bleaches, making it more skin-friendly.
Yes, it gives a noticeable freshness and glow in one session.
It’s better to avoid harsh treatments immediately before or after a fruit facial.
Yes, but professional facials give deeper results with better massage techniques and quality products.
Yes, advance booking is recommended to ensure availability.
Message us on WhatsApp, Instagram, or call. You’ll receive a confirmation shortly after.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfers, and sometimes card or online links.
yeah sure you can resheduled your appointment in 6 hours.
A mud mask is a skincare treatment made from mineral-rich clay or mud that detoxifies, cleanses, and tightens the skin.
It removes excess oil, clears out pores, reduces acne, improves skin tone, and gives a fresh matte finish.
Yes, especially for oily, combination, and acne-prone skin. Hydrating versions are available for dry skin too.
No, it's an optional add-on that can be paired with facials or other skincare treatments.
It takes about 10–15 minutes, including application and drying time.
Once every 1–2 weeks is ideal, especially if you have oily or congested skin.
Common ones include Dead Sea mud, kaolin clay, bentonite, minerals, charcoal, and herbal extracts.
Yes! It helps pull impurities from the skin, dries out pimples, and clears blackheads with regular use.
Only if used too often. Moisturizer is applied afterward to restore hydration
Yes, but always check ingredients or consult your doctor if unsure.
Yes, but it’s best to let your skin breathe for a few hours.
Just mention it while booking your facial or other services via WhatsApp, call, or DM.
Yes, we bring all products and tools for home services. Add it to any package or service.
Once booked, you’ll receive a confirmation message with date and time details.
Yes, kindly notify us at least 24 hours in advance.
Cash, bank transfer, and sometimes card/online payment (based on location).
It includes safe trimming, shaping, and cleaning of fingernails and/or toenails.
Yes, you can request nail cutting for hands, feet, or both.
Yes, this is a basic grooming service – it doesn’t include scrubbing, massage, or polish.
Ideal for seniors, children, or anyone who needs quick, clean nail maintenance.
Yes, all tools are fully sanitized before and after each client for hygiene and safety.
Not at all. Our professionals are trained for gentle and safe trimming.
Every 2–3 weeks is ideal for neat, healthy nails.
Mention it when booking any other service via WhatsApp, Instagram, or phone call.
Yes, it can be added to any home salon visit or package.
Not if you’re already booking a manicure. But if you only need nail trimming, you can book it as a quick add-on.
Cash, bank transfer, and online payment in supported areas.
Only a minimal add-on fee, which will be clearly mentioned while booking.
A single shade of regular nail polish is applied to all fingernails or toenails after basic nail prep.
Yes! You can select from our wide range of classic, trendy, or seasonal colors.
Yes, to ensure better shine and longer-lasting results.
Around 10–15 minutes, depending on drying time.
It’s a single, uniform hair color applied from root to tip — no highlights, lowlights, or balayage.
Yes! It’s one of the most effective ways to fully cover grey or white hair with one shade.
Yes, we offer a wide range of browns, blacks, burgundy, reds, and fashion tones — subject to availability.
Yes, we offer both ammonia-free and professional salon-grade options. Please specify your preference while booking.
Minimal to none, especially if you opt for ammonia-free or herbal formulas. We also apply protective creams and post-color treatments.
Typically 4–6 weeks depending on your hair type, aftercare, and the brand used.
Yes, we recommend it 24–48 hours before the appointment to avoid any allergic reactions.
Yes! It’s often added with haircuts, treatments, or keratin blow-drys.
Absolutely. Our professionals bring all the tools and color kits needed.
Yes, just let us know while booking so we can arrange enough time and staff.
It’s a hair color application focused only on the new growth at the scalp to match your previously colored hair.
Usually about 1–2 inches of regrowth from the roots are colored to blend with the rest of your hair.
It’s perfect for those who have visible grey or white hair regrowth or faded roots and want to maintain a consistent color.
No. Full hair coloring involves applying color to the entire length, while root touch-up targets only the regrowth.
Every 3–5 weeks, depending on your hair growth rate and color contrast.
We match the new color exactly to your existing shade for a seamless look. You may change the color, but that would require full-color service.
Yes, both are available. Let us know your preference when booking.
Very minimal — we use salon-grade colors and take precautions to protect your scalp and hair strands.
Not usually. You can add a blow-dry as a separate service.
Typically 30–45 minutes, depending on hair length and growth.
Simply mention “Root Touch-Up Add-On” while booking your service on WhatsApp, call, or Instagram.
Yes! It's commonly paired with haircuts, hair spa, or blow-dry services.
Yes, our professionals bring everything needed for a clean and precise root touch-up at home.
Yes, because it uses less product and time.
Cash, online transfer, or card (in some areas).
It’s a pre-cut fabric mask soaked in concentrated serums designed to hydrate, soothe, brighten, or treat the skin.
We offer masks for all skin types — dry, oily, sensitive, acne-prone, and mature skin.
We use hydrating, brightening, anti-aging, soothing, charcoal, vitamin C, and collagen sheet masks, depending on your skin’s need.
Usually 15–20 minutes, depending on the product and skin condition.
Yes! It provides instant freshness, glow, and deep hydration.
Not always. It's available as an add-on for any facial, clean-up, or spa treatment.
Yes, but results are better when combined with a facial or after cleansing.
Anti-aging or collagen masks can help plump the skin and reduce the appearance of fine lines temporarily.
Yes, we have gentle, fragrance-free options specifically for sensitive or acne-prone skin.
Yes, most clients notice a visible glow and hydration after just one use.
Just mention it while booking your facial, clean-up, or spa appointment through WhatsApp, Instagram, or phone.
Yes, our staff will bring the mask best suited to your skin type.
Absolutely! Hydrating and glow masks are popular among male clients as well.
We recommend a mild cleanse or exfoliation before the mask for better absorption.
Yes, it's more affordable when added with a facial or skin treatment.
Cash, bank transfer, or online payment — based on your booking location.
It’s the removal of unwanted hair from the abdominal area using wax for smooth, hair-free skin.
You can choose either a full stomach wax or just the lower/upper abdomen – based on your preference.
We offer Rica, Honey, Aloe Vera, and Candle Wax options. Rica is most popular for sensitive skin.
There may be mild discomfort, especially for first-timers, but our professionals use techniques to minimize pain.
Usually 3–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Sometimes mild redness may occur but fades quickly. We apply a soothing gel post-wax.
Yes, we choose the wax type according to your skin sensitivity and hair texture.
No, waxing often makes hair grow back finer and slower over time.
Yes, if you’ve waxed before and aren’t overly sensitive. Always inform your technician beforehand.
Mention “Stomach Wax Add-On” when booking any waxing, facial, or package service on WhatsApp or call.
Yes, we provide professional and hygienic stomach waxing at home.
A light exfoliation 24 hours before helps with smoother results, but it's optional.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment (depending on your area).
Yes! Ask about combo pricing if you're booking multiple waxing areas.
It’s a cosmetic treatment that lightens the appearance of dark underarms by reducing pigmentation and matching the skin tone.
We use mild, skin-safe bleach suitable for sensitive areas, including herbal and ammonia-free options.
No, it temporarily lightens the skin and hair. Regular sessions are needed for maintenance.
It mainly lightens the fine underarm hair and slightly brightens the skin tone.
Typically 2–3 weeks, depending on skin type, sweat, and post-care.
Not usually. A patch test is done if you're trying it for the first time to ensure no irritation.
Yes, we use gentle formulas and apply a soothing gel post-treatment to prevent irritation.
Wait 24 hours after waxing/shaving to avoid irritation and let the skin calm.
Around 10–15 minutes including prep and clean-up.
It may help lighten buildup caused by frequent use of deodorants, but long-term results need consistent care.
Mention “Underarm Bleach Add-On” when booking your facial, waxing, or salon package.
Yes, but we recommend doing bleach 1 day after waxing for best results and less sensitivity.
Usually AED 15–25 as an add-on, depending on product type used.
Yes! Ask about our combo offers when booking underarm wax + bleach.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment, depending on location.
Yes, our professionals bring everything needed, including bleach cream, activator, applicators, and aftercare gel.
It’s the removal of hair from the underarm area using warm or cold wax for smooth, clean skin.
We offer Rica Wax, Honey Wax, Aloe Vera Wax, Candle Wax, and Brazilian Hot Wax, depending on skin type and client preference.
Yes, waxing removes hair from the root, giving longer-lasting smoothness and less shadow/darkness than shaving.
Typically 3–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth rate.
You may feel a quick sting, but it’s very manageable and lessens with regular waxing.
Yes! Regular waxing can lead to thinner, finer hair regrowth.
Yes. Unlike shaving, waxing helps remove dead skin and buildup, which can lighten the area over time.
Yes, we recommend Rica or Aloe Vera wax for sensitive skin as they are gentle and less sticky.
At least 1/4 inch (about 6 mm) long for the wax to grip effectively.
No, we recommend waiting until the skin has healed to avoid further irritation.
Just mention “Underarms Wax Add-On” when booking any package, facial, or body service via WhatsApp, call, or Instagram.
Absolutely. Our professionals bring all hygienic and high-quality materials to your doorstep.
Yes, Rica or premium waxes usually have a AED 10–15 surcharge.
Cash, online transfer, or card (availability depends on your location).
It’s a mineral-rich mask designed to brighten the skin, reduce dullness, and absorb excess oil while gently detoxifying.
Our mud masks often include kaolin clay, bentonite, licorice extract, vitamin C, and natural brightening agents.
It’s suitable for normal, oily, combination, and dull skin. Not ideal for very dry or extremely sensitive skin.
The mask removes impurities and evens out skin tone, giving a visibly brighter, cleaner look after each use.
Usually 10–15 minutes, until it dries slightly — not completely cracked.
Mud masks detox and deep clean, while sheet masks are hydrating. You can use both in a weekly routine.
Yes, it works best after a facial or clean-up, but not recommended immediately after waxing due to sensitivity.
It can help absorb oil, unclog pores, and reduce acne when used regularly.
Once every 7–10 days for oily skin, and every 2 weeks for normal/combination skin.
Yes, our natural formula is free from harsh chemicals — but patch testing is recommended.
Yes, though it is most effective when combined with facial or clean-up services.
Just ensure your face is cleansed. We’ll prep your skin before application during the session.
Yes, our trained staff will apply, monitor, and remove the mask professionally.
Yes! We offer discounted rates when added to skincare combos.
Yes, we accept cash or online payment after service.
No , any cancellation fee you should cancel your appointment atleast 5 hours before.
A complex haircut involves detailed layering, bob cuts, step cuts, feathering, fringes, razor cuts, or any style that takes extra time and precision compared to a standard trim.
It usually takes 30 to 45 minutes, depending on the style, hair length, and texture.
Layer cut (multiple layers) Bob/lob cut Step or U/V cuts Feathered or razor cuts Bangs or fringes with precision detailing
Yes! A face shape + style consultation is done before starting to match your preference and features.
Preferably yes, or we can offer a hair wash add-on before the haircut at an extra cost.
Basic drying and finishing touch is included. Full blowout or heat styling is charged separately.
Absolutely! We recommend showing a photo of your desired haircut during your appointment.
Yes, we tailor the cut based on your hair type (curly, straight, frizzy, fine, thick, etc.).
No, this is recommended for teens and adults only, due to the detailing involved.
Yes, we’ll guide you on products and styling techniques for your new look.
Send us a message on WhatsApp with: Your location Preferred date & time Mention “Complex Haircut Add-On”
A fixed AED 15 transportation fee is charged for home visits regardless of location within service areas.
Yes! We recommend it with hair spa or root touch-up for a complete hair transformation.
Yes, but please cancel at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any inconvenience.
If cancelled less than 3 hours before, we may deduct the AED 15 transportation fee from your next service.
Yes, you can reschedule once without any charge if informed at least 3 hours in advance.
We’ll notify you immediately and offer a new time slot or full refund (if prepaid).
Yes! We offer group discounts or waive off transport for 3+ services booked together at one location.
Cash, bank transfer, or online payment links (based on your area).
It covers head, neck, shoulders, arms, back, legs, and feet using relaxing strokes and techniques.
We offer relaxation (Swedish-inspired) massage with gentle to medium pressure, perfect for stress relief and circulation.
Typically 45 to 60 minutes, depending on your preference and package.
Yes, we use high-quality oils or creams (unscented or lightly scented) based on skin type and request.
Yes, it helps relax muscles, reduce tension, and improve flexibility — though it is not a medical or deep-tissue massage.
Yes! Let us know if you want extra time on back, shoulders, or legs.
It’s best to shower before the massage. Post-massage, we wipe off excess oil or you may shower if convenient.
Absolutely! Some clients relax in silence, others chat. It’s your comfort zone.
Yes, we provide female-to-female home services only.
Not this massage. For expecting moms, we offer pregnancy-safe massage by trained professionals upon request.
Simply send your: Name Location Preferred date/time Mention "Full Body Massage Add-On" in your message.
Yes! A full-body massage is a great finishing touch after a full salon session.
A clean, quiet space with a bed or massage mat. We’ll bring the rest — oils, towels, etc.
Yes, AED 15 fixed transport fee is applicable per home visit.
Yes, at least 3–5 hours prior, or one day in advance for weekends and peak times.
Cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours before to avoid AED 15 transportation fee being applied.
A face scrub is a gentle exfoliation process that removes dead skin cells, dirt, and buildup, leaving your skin smoother and fresher.
We use skin-friendly scrubs with mild granules, fruit enzymes, walnut, apricot, or herbal blends, depending on your skin type.
Deep cleans the skin Unclogs pores Removes dullness Promotes glowing and even-toned skin
Yes, we match the scrub to your skin type (dry, oily, sensitive, or combination).
Absolutely! It’s often the first step in facials and clean-ups, or can be done as a standalone mini glow-up.
Usually 8–10 minutes including scrubbing and massage time.
Not typically. We use gentle products and avoid over-scrubbing. For sensitive skin, we use ultra-soft exfoliators.
Once every 7 to 10 days for oily/normal skin, or every 2 weeks for dry/sensitive skin.
It helps prevent clogged pores, but if you have active acne, we may use non-abrasive or enzyme scrubs.
Yes, it’s a safe and refreshing treatment for teen skin, especially during skin changes.
Just mention "Face Scrub Add-On" when booking any facial, clean-up, or beauty package.
No need. Our professional will cleanse and prep your skin before starting.
Yes, at least 3–5 hours prior, or one day in advance for weekends and peak times.
Cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours before to avoid AED 15 transportation fee being applied.
Yes, AED 15 fixed transport fee is applicable per home visit.
We accept cash, online transfer, or payment links.
It includes waxing from the shoulder to the wrist, covering the full arm and hand area (excluding underarms, unless booked separately).
We use Rica, Honey, Aloe Vera, or Candle wax—you can select based on skin sensitivity and preference.
Hair usually stays away for 3–4 weeks, depending on hair growth and type.
Some mild discomfort is normal, especially for first-timers, but we use gentle, skin-friendly waxes to reduce pain and irritation.
Yes, we recommend Aloe Vera or Rica wax for sensitive skin, and our experts will do a patch test if needed.
Waxing helps remove surface-level tan and dead skin, giving a slightly brighter and smoother look.
Make sure your arms are clean and hair is at least ¼ inch long for best results.
It’s best to avoid creams or perfumes for 6–8 hours after waxing to prevent irritation.
It takes 15–20 minutes on average, depending on hair thickness and length.
No, but mentioning your skin type or preference helps us bring the right product.
Yes, our female staff is trained in professional and hygienic waxing practices.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee is applicable per home visit.
We accept cash, online transfer, or secure payment link.
Not for single services, but advance may be required for group or full-body packages.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid transport charges being deducted.
It includes waxing of the entire leg, from the thigh to the ankle. We also cover the knee area and the tops of your feet (excluding bikini or underarms unless specified).
We use Rica, Aloe Vera, Honey, or Candle wax, tailored to your skin type (sensitive, dry, or normal).
Waxing typically lasts around 3–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Some discomfort is expected, but we use gentle waxes and techniques to minimize pain. First-timers may experience more sensitivity.
Yes! We have gentle wax options (like Aloe Vera or Rica) specifically for sensitive skin. Patch testing is available if needed.
Waxing will help remove dead skin cells and surface tan, leaving your legs with a brighter, smoother appearance.
Hair should be ¼ inch or longer for the wax to grip properly and ensure the best results.
Yes! Combine waxing with facial, mani-pedi, or body massage for a full-service experience.
Yes, waxing is generally safe during pregnancy. However, we suggest consulting with your doctor if you have any concerns about your skin’s sensitivity.
While rare, ingrown hairs can happen. We recommend gentle exfoliation and using a soothing aftercare gel to prevent this.
It usually takes about 30–40 minutes, depending on the hair density and thickness.
It’s not necessary, but letting us know if you have sensitive skin or a preferred wax type (e.g., Aloe Vera) helps us prepare the right products.
Yes, our trained professionals are experienced in ensuring your comfort and a smooth waxing experience.
Yes, there is a flat AED 15 transport fee for home service bookings.
We accept cash, online transfer, or secure payment links.
Please let us know at least 3 hours in advance
It includes forehead, cheeks, upper lip, chin, jawline, and sides of the face. Eyebrow shaping is not included unless requested separately.
We use Rica, Aloe Vera, Honey, or Sensitive Facial Wax—depending on your skin type and sensitivity.
Yes, we use hypoallergenic and gentle waxes. For ultra-sensitive skin, we recommend Rica or Aloe Vera wax.
Some redness is normal and usually fades within 30–60 minutes. We apply a cooling gel or soothing toner post-wax to calm the skin.
Hair-free results typically last for 3–4 weeks, depending on your natural hair growth cycle.
It’s best to wait at least 24 hours after waxing for bleach or facial, to avoid irritation.
No. Waxing actually causes finer and slower regrowth over time.
Yes, waxing is faster, exfoliates dead skin, and is ideal for covering larger areas like cheeks or jawline.
Yes, facial waxing also helps remove dullness and dead skin, giving a brighter look instantly.
It’s best to wait 6–8 hours before applying makeup to allow your skin to recover fully.
About 15–20 minutes, depending on hair growth and skin condition.
Yes, but it’s usually unnecessary as full face wax covers all areas. However, you can request extra clean-up if needed.
Just make sure your skin is clean and free from makeup or cream.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home service visits.
Advance is not required for this service unless combined with a larger package or group booking.
Advance is not required for this service unless combined with a larger package or group booking.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid being charged the transport fee (AED 15).
A hair spa is a deep-conditioning and scalp therapy that nourishes hair, strengthens roots, and relaxes the scalp through massage, steaming, and a special mask.
Reduces hair fall and breakage Improves scalp circulation Controls frizz and dryness Makes hair softer, shinier, and smoother
Usually 45 to 60 minutes, including massage, steaming, and rinse.
Yes! We choose the spa cream/mask according to your hair condition: dry, damaged, oily, colored, or frizzy.
Yes, we have anti-dandruff and soothing scalp spa formulas that target those concerns.
Absolutely! In fact, a spa is recommended after chemical treatments to restore moisture and health.
Yes, scalp steaming is part of the spa and helps open the cuticles for better absorption.
Every 2 to 3 weeks for dry or treated hair, or once a month for maintenance.
It supports healthy hair growth and strengthens roots, but consistent care is key for long-term results.
Yes, we include a gentle shampoo and rinse as part of the treatment.
Yes, most clients book it with haircuts, root touch-ups, or blow-dry.
No, we will wash your hair as part of the spa session.
Yes, it's safe and relaxing for all age groups.
a flat AED 15 home service fee is charged per visit.
Yes, it’s better to book at least 1 day before, especially if you’re combining multiple services.
Yes! Please notify us 3 hours in advance to avoid transport fee deduction.
A whitening facial is a brightening treatment designed to reduce pigmentation, even out skin tone, and give an instant glow using whitening serums, masks, and massage techniques.
Reduces tan and dullness Improves skin brightness and clarity Fades dark spots, pigmentation, and uneven tone Gives a radiant and fresh look
Yes, we use products based on your skin type—normal, oily, dry, or sensitive.
The session usually takes 40 to 60 minutes, including cleansing, exfoliation, massage, and whitening mask.
You’ll notice visible glow and freshness immediately, with further improvement after a few hours.
No, it brightens naturally. It does not contain harsh bleach unless paired with a separate bleach service.
Yes, we use mild and non-comedogenic products for sensitive skin. Let us know if you have any allergies or ongoing treatments.
Yes, many clients combine it with face bleach, threading, or waxing. We space treatments to avoid irritation.
Once every 2 to 3 weeks is ideal for maintaining brightness.
It helps reduce the appearance of dark spots, though deep marks may require multiple sessions or targeted treatments.
No, just make sure your face is clean and makeup-free. We’ll handle the rest.
Absolutely! It gives an instant glow and is ideal for pre-event prep.
Yes, but we recommend a gap of 30–60 minutes if waxing or threading is done before the facial.
Yes, it's designed to remove tan and revive dull skin, especially after sun exposure.
A flat AED 15 transport charge is applied per visit.
Advance is not required for one-time facials, but may be needed for packages or group bookings.
Please notify us at least 3 hours before to avoid the AED 15 transport fee being charged.
A gold facial is a luxury skincare treatment that uses gold-infused creams, gels, and masks to rejuvenate, brighten, and tighten the skin.
Improves skin elasticity and firmness Adds a radiant glow Reduces fine lines and dullness Boosts collagen production Detoxifies the skin and stimulates blood circulation
Yes! Gold facial suits normal, dry, oily, and mature skin. For sensitive skin, we use gentle gold variants.
It takes around 50–60 minutes, including cleansing, exfoliation, massage, gold gel application, and a peel-off gold mask.
Yes, it contains gold extracts or gold dust particles that help in anti-aging and skin renewal.
Absolutely! Gold facial is perfect for bridal glow or special occasions, giving you a bright, lifted look instantly.
Once every 3 to 4 weeks is ideal for maintaining results and healthy skin.
Yes, it lightens minor pigmentation and evens out the skin tone over time.
Yes! This treatment is unisex and suitable for men’s skin care as well.
We recommend keeping a gap of at least 1 hour between waxing/threading and facial to prevent irritation.
Not necessary, as gold facial is complete on its own. However, you can pair it with threading or hand/foot massage.
Avoid direct sun and makeup for 6–8 hours to let your skin absorb all the nutrients.
Yes, gold facial is generally safe during pregnancy, but please inform us about any sensitivities or allergies.
Bookings can be made same-day (if available) or 1 day in advance for preferred timing.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transportation fee applies for all at-home bookings.
Cash, bank transfer, or secure online payment links are accepted.
Kindly cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid transport fee deductions.
A D-Tan facial is a skin-brightening treatment that removes sun tan, dullness, and pigmentation, leaving your skin clear, even-toned, and refreshed.
Removes tan and sun damage Reduces pigmentation and dark patches Brightens dull and tired skin Gives an even skin tone and natural glow Refreshes and revives the skin texture
Unlike regular facials, D-Tan facials target sun damage and tan, using special de-tanning masks or serums.
No, it does not contain bleach. It uses natural lightening agents like licorice, fruit extracts, or lactic acid.
Yes, we choose mild D-Tan products based on your skin type. Please inform us if you have allergies or skin concerns.
It usually takes 35–45 minutes, including cleansing, mild exfoliation, D-Tan application, and a cooling mask.
Once every 2–3 weeks or after heavy sun exposure.
It helps fade recent pigmentation, but deep acne scars may require additional targeted treatments.
Yes, but we recommend not overloading your skin—combine wisely (e.g., D-Tan + threading + mask).
No major downtime, but it’s best to avoid sun exposure and makeup for 6–8 hours after the session.
Yes, it is safe for teenagers facing tanning or dull skin issues (with parental approval if underage).
A flat AED 15 transport fee is charged for all home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and online payment links.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid being charged the transport fee.
DIP Mani-Pedi uses a dip powder system instead of regular polish or gel. Your nails are dipped into colored powder, creating a durable, chip-resistant, and glossy finish.
Dip powder is stronger than gel and less harsh than acrylic. It doesn’t require UV light, making it safer and quicker.
Long-lasting (up to 3–4 weeks) No UV light needed Stronger nail protection Natural-looking and lightweight feel Less risk of chipping or cracking
Yes, when done properly, it’s gentler than acrylics and can help nails grow longer without breaking.
Yes! We offer a range of dip powder colors, and basic nail art or ombré effects can be discussed during the appointment.
Around 60–90 minutes, depending on nail length, shaping, and removal of previous products.
We recommend professional removal to avoid damaging your nail bed. We also offer removal service at home.
Yes, a classic pedicure (soak, scrub, file, cuticle care) is included before applying the dip powder on toenails.
Yes, we offer French, glitter, and natural tone options with DIP nails (may involve extra charge).
Yes, dip powder can help protect weak nails, but we’ll assess your nail health before application.
Yes, please pre-book to ensure availability of powder colors and time slot.
Absolutely! Many clients add massage, masks, or threading alongside their mani-pedi session.
Please allow at least 60 minutes for full mani-pedi with dip powder.
Yes, a flat AED 15 home service fee applies to all appointments.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and secure online payment links.
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid the AED 15 transport fee.
A Dry Mani-Pedi is a waterless nail treatment that focuses on cuticle care, nail shaping, buffing, and polish, without soaking your hands or feet in water.
In a dry service, we skip the water soak, which is faster, more hygienic, and longer-lasting for polish and gel.
Reduces risk of infection Polish or gel lasts longer Better for sensitive or damaged skin Saves time and water
Yes, dry mani-pedi is ideal for diabetic clients or those with sensitive skin, as it avoids excessive scrubbing or soaking.
Nail shaping & trimming Cuticle pushing & cleaning Buffing & smoothing Polish (regular or gel, as requested)
No, it's a minimalist nail care service. For exfoliation or massage, you can add a hand/foot scrub or massage separately.
Yes, dry mani-pedis are gender-neutral and great for quick grooming.
Yes, skipping water helps the polish adhere better, especially gel polish.
Yes, it works perfectly with gel or dip powder applications.
Yes, it’s very hygienic — we use sanitized tools, and skipping water prevents bacterial growth.
It's helpful to mention dry service preference while booking so we bring appropriate products.
Dry manicure takes 20–25 minutes, and pedicure around 25–30 minutes. Full session: 45–60 minutes.
YES , AED 15 transportation charge applies for all home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and online payment links.
No advance needed for single services
Kindly cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid transport charge deduction.
Chin threading is a hair removal technique that uses a twisted cotton thread to remove unwanted hair from the chin area precisely and cleanly.
Yes, for many people it is. It’s more precise, causes less irritation, and is ideal for sensitive skin or those prone to ingrown hairs.
Just 5 to 10 minutes, depending on hair growth.
Typically 2 to 3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Mild discomfort may be felt, especially for first-timers, but it's quick and tolerable. The pain is often less than waxing.
No. Threading doesn’t change hair texture or thickness—it just removes it from the root.
Some people may experience mild redness or sensitivity, which usually goes away within 15–30 minutes.
It’s best to avoid makeup or heavy creams for 2–3 hours to prevent clogging open pores.
While it’s a quick service, it’s still recommended to mention all services in advance to manage time properly.
No major downtime—just mild redness if any. Avoid sun or heat exposure immediately after.
Every 2–3 weeks or whenever you notice regrowth.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee is charged for all home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or secure online payment options.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid transport charges being applied.
Full body wax typically includes: Arms (full) & underarms Legs (full) Stomach & back Bikini line Face (optional – upper lip, chin, sideburns) Exact areas can be customized based on your preference.
We offer a choice of: Rica (white chocolate or aloe vera) Honey wax Aloe vera wax Candle wax Let us know your skin type, and we’ll use the most suitable and gentle option.
Full body waxing takes around 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on hair growth and selected areas.
Results last 3 to 4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Some discomfort is expected, especially for first-timers. But our experienced staff ensures minimal pain with soothing post-wax care.
Yes, we recommend Rica or aloe vera wax for sensitive skin. Please inform us of any allergies or skin conditions beforehand.
No, waxing actually leads to finer and thinner regrowth over time.
It’s possible but not recommended, as the skin is more sensitive during menstruation.
Avoid hot showers right after waxing. A mild lukewarm shower before the session is fine.
No. Let your hair grow at least ¼ inch (about 2 weeks after shaving) for effective results.
Yes, we recommend booking 24 hours in advance to ensure enough time is allocated for your session.
Yes, waxing is perfect 2–3 days before a big event or travel for smooth, hair-free skin.
yes, transport is charged separately on top of the service fee.
For full body wax or large bookings, a small advance or confirmation is preferred.
Please inform us at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid a no-show fee or transport deduction.
A herbal facial uses natural plant-based ingredients like neem, tulsi, aloe vera, rose, sandalwood, and turmeric to cleanse, exfoliate, and rejuvenate the skin gently and organically.
Deep cleansing without harsh chemicals Helps reduce acne and blemishes Improves skin tone and glow Suitable for sensitive or allergy-prone skin Offers a soothing and relaxing experience
Yes, herbal facials are gentle and safe for dry, oily, combination, and sensitive skin. We customize the herbs used based on your skin type.
No. This facial is 100% natural and free from bleach, parabens, or harsh chemicals.
The session takes around 45–60 minutes, depending on your skin needs.
Yes, you’ll notice a fresh, clean, and radiant look immediately, with even better results after regular treatments.
Once every 2–3 weeks for maintenance, or monthly for long-term skin health.
Yes, this is safe and effective for all ages, especially teens with acne or adults with dull skin.
Yes, certain herbal ingredients can help lighten mild pigmentation and even out skin tone gradually.
Yes, you can add threading, waxing, or sheet masks to your appointment for a complete skin care experience.
Yes, it's best to pre-book 12–24 hours in advance, so we bring the right herbal products for your skin.
If you have preferences or allergies, let us know in advance and we’ll customize the blend.
Yes, since it’s free of chemicals and very gentle, it’s pregnancy-safe. But do let us know beforehand.
yes, a flat AED 15 transportation fee applies to all home appointments.
We accept cash, online transfer, and secure payment links.
Kindly reschedule or cancel at least 3 hours in advance to avoid transport charges.
A hair trim includes cutting ½ to 1 inch from the ends to remove split ends, even out layers, and keep the hair healthy—without changing your style.
Yes! A trim maintains your current style, while a haircut involves reshaping, layering, or changing the length or style.
Every 6 to 8 weeks is ideal to prevent split ends and maintain healthy hair.
We typically trim ½ to 1 inch, but we always confirm with the client before cutting.
Trimming doesn’t affect growth rate, but it prevents breakage, helping your hair grow longer and healthier over time.
Yes! Regular trims remove dry, brittle, and split ends, improving the overall look and feel of damaged hair.
We can do either. Let us know your preference—we recommend wet trimming for more precision.
Yes, please inform us while booking so we bring the correct tools and time is allocated.
Around 15–20 minutes, depending on hair length and density.
Yes, but we recommend damp hair for accuracy. We can lightly spray your hair if needed.
A flat AED 15 transport charge applies to all home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and secure online payments.
Kindly cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid a no-show or transport deduction.
A baby haircut is a gentle trim designed specifically for infants and toddlers. We ensure the cut is quick, safe, and comfortable, often just for neatening up the hairline or removing stray hairs.
Babies can get their first haircut when they are about 6 to 12 months old, depending on hair growth. Some parents prefer waiting until their baby is a bit older, around 2 years.
A baby haircut typically takes about 10–15 minutes, as it’s a quick, light trim to ensure your little one’s comfort.
Yes! We make sure the baby is calm and entertained, often with the help of parents or gentle distractions. We work quickly to ensure a smooth experience.
Yes, we use kid-friendly tools—soft clippers or scissors and gentle techniques—to ensure safety and comfort.
Of course! We encourage parents or guardians to stay close to comfort the baby during the haircut.
We only trim a small amount to avoid cutting too much, focusing on tidying up their hair rather than drastically changing the length.
It’s normal for babies to feel a bit anxious, especially for the first cut. We ensure a gentle, soothing environment to keep them calm.
Yes, you can combine the baby’s haircut with your own salon services like facials or manicures as long as we allocate time properly.
For babies, the focus is on cutting and trimming only. We don’t use blow-drying or styling for infants due to their sensitive scalp.
Yes, please book in advance to ensure we have enough time and focus on your child’s comfort.
We recommend booking 24 hours in advance to ensure the best scheduling.
Usually, a trim every 3–4 months is ideal, depending on hair growth.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home salon visits, including for baby haircuts.
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any transport charges or cancellation fees.
A hot oil head massage involves massaging warm oil into the scalp, which helps relieve tension, nourish the scalp, and promote healthy hair growth. The oil is gently applied to your head and massaged to soothe the muscles and improve circulation.
We use a combination of natural oils like: Coconut oil (nourishing and moisturizing) Olive oil (stimulating hair growth) Almond oil (strengthening and hydrating) Amla or bhringraj oil (for scalp health) The choice of oil depends on your hair type and preferences.
Relieves stress and tension Stimulates hair growth Improves blood circulation in the scalp Conditions hair and prevents dryness Soothes headaches and promotes relaxation
A hot oil head massage typically takes about 20–30 minutes, depending on the extent of the treatment and hair length.
Yes! Hot oil head massages are beneficial for all hair types, whether dry, oily, or normal. We can customize the oils based on your hair and scalp needs.
It’s recommended to let the oil sit for a few hours or overnight for deep conditioning. You can wash it out with mild shampoo afterward.
If you follow the recommended post-treatment care, the oil should not leave your hair greasy, and you can easily wash it out for soft, shiny hair.
Yes! You can combine the hot oil head massage with haircuts, facials, or hair spa treatments for a full pampering session.
Yes, a gentle hot oil massage can be safe during pregnancy. Just let us know beforehand if you have any specific concerns.
Yes, regular hot oil massages can reduce hair fall by nourishing the scalp, improving circulation, and promoting stronger, healthier hair growth.
Yes, please book 24 hours in advance to ensure we have the right oils ready for your treatment.
Allow 30 minutes for the massage itself, but be sure to add extra time for washing and drying your hair afterward if needed.
No preparation is needed, but it’s best to come with clean, dry hair. If you prefer, we can provide a light hair wash before the massage.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home visits.
We accept cash, online transfers, and secure payment links. 3
Please notify us 3 hours in advance if you need to cancel or reschedule, to avoid transport or cancellation fees.
It includes basic nail polish application on either hands, feet, or both, using your choice from a range of classic nail paint shades.
No, shaping, filing, or cuticle cleaning is not included in this add-on. For that, please book a manicure or pedicure along with it.
This add-on is for one area only (either hands or feet). If you want both, it will be charged accordingly.
We use regular, air-dry nail paints from popular brands. For gel or long-lasting options, please choose our Gel Polish Add-On.
Regular nail polish takes about 10–15 minutes to dry fully. We recommend avoiding any handwork during that time.
It usually lasts 3–5 days, depending on your activities and how well you care for your nails.
Yes, you’re welcome to use your own favorite nail paint, just let us know in advance.
A simple top coat is included. Nail art or design work is not part of this add-on but can be requested at an extra charge.
Yes, it’s a safe and quick option for children who enjoy nail color.
Yes, all tools (if used) are sanitized before and after every client for hygiene and safety.
Yes, it’s the perfect finishing touch to your mani-pedi session.
Simple nail paint usually takes about 10–15 minutes.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies for home salon visits, regardless of the number of services booked.
We accept cash, online transfer, and payment links.
Yes, just inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any transport or cancellation charges.
The neck wax service removes unwanted hair from the back and/or front of the neck, giving a cleaner and smoother appearance.
Yes, we use skin-friendly wax options (like honey or aloe vera wax) suitable for sensitive, normal, and oily skin types.
You can expect a smooth, hair-free neck for about 3 to 4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
You may feel mild discomfort during the procedure, but it’s usually quick and tolerable. We use soothing post-wax gel to calm the skin.
Yes! Neck waxing is often combined with facial waxing, full face wax, or full body wax for a complete grooming session.
Yes. Waxing removes hair from the root, giving longer-lasting results and reducing the chance of ingrown hairs compared to shaving.
In fact, with regular waxing, regrowth often becomes finer and slower over time.
If you have active breakouts or irritation, it's best to consult us before booking. We’ll recommend the best approach or offer alternatives like threading or trimming.
Hair should be at least 1/4 inch long (about the length of a grain of rice) for the wax to grip effectively.
Yes. We apply a soothing lotion or aloe vera gel post-wax to prevent irritation and recommend keeping the area clean and dry for 24 hours.
Neck waxing takes about 10–15 minutes only.
Yes, please book at least 24 hours in advance to ensure time is allotted properly.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport charge applies to all home appointments.
Neck threading involves removing unwanted hair from the front or back of the neck using a twisted cotton thread for precise hair removal.
Yes, threading is ideal for those with sensitive skin, as it involves no heat or chemicals. It’s also more precise than waxing.
You may feel a slight stinging sensation, but it is usually less painful than waxing and the discomfort is minimal and brief.
Threading removes hair from the root, so the results typically last 2–3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Yes, it is safe for all skin types, including those prone to irritation, acne, or pigmentation from waxing.
We can thread the front neck, sides, and/or back of the neck depending on your preferences.
Hair should be at least 2–3 mm long (short stubble is fine) for effective threading.
Yes, threading can reduce the risk of ingrown hairs, especially compared to shaving or waxing.
Mild redness is normal and subsides within 15–30 minutes. We apply a cooling gel or aloe vera post-threading to calm the skin.
Absolutely! Neck threading pairs well with facials, masks, waxing, or even hair services for a clean, polished look.
It usually takes about 10–15 minutes, depending on hair density.
Yes, to manage time efficiently, please book at least 24 hours in advance.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home visits, regardless of the number of services.
We accept cash, online transfer, and secure payment links.
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid cancellation or transport charges.
Neck bleaching is a skin-lightening treatment that lightens facial hair and evens out skin tone on the front and/or back of the neck using a gentle bleaching formula.
It helps to: Lighten dark patches and pigmentation Blend facial hair color into your skin tone Brighten dull neck areas for an even complexion
Yes, we use mild bleach formulas suitable for most skin types, including sensitive skin. A patch test is done if needed.
The results typically last 2–3 weeks, depending on your skin type, sun exposure, and skincare routine.
No, bleach does not permanently lighten skin. It provides a temporary glow by brightening the surface layer.
Yes, it helps reduce visible tan, dullness, and minor pigmentation caused by sun or pollution.
Neck bleach usually takes 15–20 minutes, including application and removal.
A slight tingling may be felt, which is normal. We monitor your skin throughout the treatment to ensure zero irritation.
No, bleach doesn’t remove hair; it just lightens it. For hair removal, consider waxing or threading.
Yes, neck bleach can be done before or after facials, masks, or waxing for an even-toned, glowing finish.
Yes, avoid direct sun exposure and do not apply perfumes or harsh skincare to the neck for 12–24 hours after treatment.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal to maintain brightness without over-processing the skin.
Yes, we offer herbal, oxy, and sensitive-skin bleach options. Let us know your preference while booking.
Yes, a flat AED 15 home visit fee applies regardless of the number of services booked.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and online payment links.
Back bleach is a skin-lightening treatment designed to brighten the back area, reduce tan, and blend facial/body hair into your natural skin tone using gentle bleach formulas.
Reduces sun tan, pigmentation, and dullness Brightens and evens skin tone Blends fine hair color into skin, making it less visible Leaves skin looking clean, smooth, and radiant
No, back bleach is non-invasive and painless. A slight tingling is normal, but we use soothing products for comfort.
Yes, we offer sensitive-skin bleach options, and a patch test can be done upon request.
The results last around 2 to 3 weeks, depending on your skin’s exposure to sunlight and product usage.
Back bleach takes approximately 20–30 minutes, including application and post-care.
No, bleach offers temporary brightness. It doesn't alter your natural skin tone but helps remove surface dullness and tan.
No, it only lightens the hair, making it blend into your skin tone. For removal, opt for back waxing.
Wait at least 4–6 hours before showering. Avoid hot water or harsh soaps for 24 hours.
Clean skin is ideal. Avoid using lotions, oils, or perfumes before the appointment.
Yes, it's commonly paired with back scrubs, masks, or back facials for deeper glow and cleanliness.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintaining brightness and healthy skin tone.
It’s best to consult your doctor. While we use mild bleach, some women prefer to avoid chemicals during pregnancy.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home appointments.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and online payment links for convenience.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid cancellation or transport charges.
Hands bleach is a cosmetic treatment that lightens dark or tanned skin, reduces pigmentation, and blends fine hair color into your natural skin tone using a gentle bleach solution.
Lightens sun tan and pigmentation Gives your hands a cleaner, brighter appearance Blends fine hair color into the skin Evens out skin tone for a well-groomed look
No, bleach does not remove hair. It lightens the hair, making it less visible against your skin.
Yes, we use mild bleach formulas suitable for sensitive skin. A patch test is available on request.
No, it gives a temporary glow and brightness that typically lasts 2–3 weeks.
Hands bleach usually takes about 15–20 minutes.
A mild tingling is normal, but we monitor the skin closely. We also apply soothing gel or aloe vera post-treatment.
Yes, it helps reduce tanning, uneven tone, and dullness, especially if you’ve had recent sun exposure.
Yes! Hands bleach works beautifully with manicures, hand scrubs, and hand masks for a complete glow.
Avoid sunlight, hot water, and strong products on hands for 12–24 hours post-treatment. Use sunscreen or gloves when outdoors.
Yes, please book at least 24 hours in advance to ensure slot availability.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintaining brightness and healthy skin.
Yes, but we may use different bleach formulas for face and hands based on skin sensitivity.
Cancellations made less than 3 hours before the appointment may incur transport or service charges.
Feet bleach is a cosmetic treatment that helps to lighten tanned or dull skin, reduce discoloration, and blend hair color on the feet using a safe, mild bleach formula.
Removes tan and dullness Brightens skin tone Lightens fine hair to blend with skin Makes feet look clean, smooth, and well-groomed
No, it only lightens the color of hair, making it less visible. It does not remove hair like waxing or shaving.
No. The bleach might cause mild tingling, but it’s generally painless. We use soothing formulas suitable for home use.
Yes, including sensitive skin. We offer herbal or sensitive-skin bleach options and can do a patch test if needed.
The brightening effect usually lasts 2–3 weeks, depending on your skincare and sun exposure.
Feet bleach typically takes 15–20 minutes, including application and removal.
Yes, it helps reduce tan lines, pigmentation, and uneven tone around the feet and toes.
Absolutely! It's best paired with pedicures, scrubs, or foot masks for a smooth and glowing finish.
Avoid sun exposure, hot water, and harsh chemicals on the area for 12–24 hours. Moisturize and apply sunscreen when outdoors.
Yes, advance booking ensures your preferred time slot and proper preparation.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal to maintain a bright and even tone.
Yes, a flat AED 15 home service charge applies per visit, regardless of number of services.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and online payment links.
Please cancel at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any transport or last-minute fees.
Half arm bleach is a skin-brightening treatment that lightens the skin and blends fine hair color from shoulder to elbow (or elbow to wrist), giving your arms a cleaner, even-toned look.
Lightens tan, dullness, and pigmentation Blends fine hair color to make it less visible Enhances your overall appearance Great before special events or photoshoots
No, bleach only lightens the hair color, making it less noticeable against your skin. For hair removal, consider waxing or shaving.
Yes, we use gentle bleach formulas, and a patch test can be done if needed.
No, the effects are temporary, lasting around 2–3 weeks depending on your skincare routine and sun exposure.
Approximately 15–20 minutes, depending on your skin type and hair density.
Yes, it’s effective in reducing tan, uneven skin tone, and light pigmentation.
Yes, but bleach should be applied after waxing or scrubbing, not before.
Mild tingling is normal. We ensure the bleach is removed at the right time and follow it with soothing gel.
Avoid hot water and harsh soaps for at least 6–8 hours after treatment.
Just ensure your skin is clean and free from oils or lotions. Avoid scrubbing right before the session.
Every 3–4 weeks is recommended for regular maintenance and glow.
Yes, you can combine multiple bleach services for more complete coverage.
Our bleach is designed for temporary tan removal and tone brightening, not for permanent lightening.
a flat AED 15 transport charge applies per home visit.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and online payment links.
Please inform us at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid cancellation or transport charges.
Full arm bleach is a cosmetic treatment that lightens the skin from shoulder to wrist, and blends the color of fine arm hair with your natural skin tone for a brighter, cleaner look.
Reduces tanning and uneven skin tone Brightens dull arms instantly Blends fine hair with skin tone Gives a polished, event-ready appearance
No, bleach doesn’t remove hair—it lightens it so it blends with your skin and appears nearly invisible.
Yes, we use skin-safe and gentle bleach formulas, and we can also do a patch test before application.
The effects last 2–3 weeks, depending on sun exposure and skincare habits.
A full arm bleach session takes approximately 20–25 minutes.
Yes, full arm bleach helps reduce sun tan, dullness, and minor pigmentation effectively.
Yes, but we recommend bleach after waxing, with at least a 24-hour gap if your skin is sensitive.
Most clients feel only a mild tingling. We apply soothing cream or aloe vera gel afterward.
Avoid hot water, perfumes, sun exposure, and scrubs for at least 12–24 hours after the session.
Yes, we recommend booking at least 24 hours in advance to reserve your preferred time slot.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal to maintain the glow and reduce visible tanning.
Yes, we apply a flat AED 15 transport fee per home visit.
Not unless you’re availing a special promo or prepaid combo package.
We appreciate cancellations to be made at least 3 hours before the appointment to avoid fees.
A gel manicure involves applying gel-based nail polish cured under a UV or LED light. It’s long-lasting, chip-resistant, and gives your nails a glossy, salon-finish look.
Unlike regular polish, gel polish: Dries instantly under a light Lasts up to 2–3 weeks without chipping Maintains a high-gloss shine throughout
Not if applied and removed correctly. We use gentle techniques and offer soak-off removal to avoid damage.
Around 35–45 minutes, including cuticle care, shaping, buffing, gel polish application, and curing.
Yes, we use top-quality, skin-safe gel polishes, and our technicians follow proper hygiene and care protocols.
Yes! We offer a wide range of gel colors, including nudes, bolds, glitters, and French styles.
We offer professional soak-off removal to avoid nail damage. Don’t peel or file it off yourself.
Absolutely! Nail art, stones, ombré, and glitter designs are available as custom add-ons.
Yes, gel adds a layer of strength and protects natural nails from breakage.
Yes, including short, brittle, or uneven nails. It gives them a uniform, polished look.
Yes, to ensure technician availability and color preference, please book at least 24 hours ahead.
Use cuticle oil, avoid harsh chemicals, and don’t peel off the polish to protect your nails.
Yes, a flat AED 15 home visit charge is applicable per booking.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and online payment links.
Please cancel at least 3 hours in advance to avoid a transport or late cancellation fee.
A gel pedicure includes cleaning, shaping, cuticle care, and applying gel-based nail polish on toenails, which is cured under a UV or LED light for a long-lasting, glossy finish.
Typically 3–4 weeks without chipping or fading — perfect for vacations or regular wear.
Yes, because gel polish: Dries instantly Is smudge-proof and chip-resistant Stays shiny and fresh-looking longer
Absolutely. We follow strict hygiene protocols, use sanitized tools, and offer skin-safe, high-quality gel polishes.
Approximately 40–50 minutes, depending on nail shape, cuticle condition, and polish design.
Yes! We offer a variety of classic, trendy, French, nude, glitter, and matte gel shades.
Yes, gel polish can be used over natural nails or nail extensions on toes.
No, if removed properly. We provide safe soak-off removal that protects the natural nail.
Yes! You can opt for nail art, stones, ombré, or glitter designs at an extra charge.
Yes, for proper time scheduling and technician availability, we recommend booking 24 hours ahead.
Make sure your feet are clean and free of lotions/oils before the treatment.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for neat, well-groomed feet.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport charge is applied per booking.
Yes, unless you’re availing a promo or prepaid package.
Please notify us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid a cancellation or transport fee.
Face polish is a gentle exfoliating treatment that removes dead skin cells, reduces dullness, and gives your face a smoother, brighter glow instantly.
Removes dull, dead skin layer Helps even out skin tone Gives a smooth, glowing appearance Preps skin for better product absorption
No. It’s milder than a facial and doesn’t involve chemical lightening like bleach. It’s a quick, surface-level brightening treatment.
Yes, we use skin-type-friendly polish products, but we also offer a patch test for extra safety.
The glow can last 5–7 days, depending on your skincare routine and sun exposure.
Every 2–3 weeks is ideal to maintain a fresh, radiant look.
Only 15–20 minutes — perfect as a quick glow-up add-on before an event!
No downtime. Slight pinkness may occur in sensitive skin but usually fades within 15–30 minutes.
Yes, please book at least 24 hours in advance to ensure your preferred time slot.
Definitely! It gives your face a fresh, smooth canvas for makeup.
Yes, it’s gentle and safe for younger clients as well.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee is applied for home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and secure online payment links.
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid a cancellation or visit fee.
Nose waxing is the removal of visible nose hair from the nostril edge using a gentle wax formula, leaving the area clean and tidy.
Yes, we only wax the outer edge, not deep inside. It’s quick, hygienic, and safe when done by a trained technician.
There’s a brief sting (like eyebrow waxing), but it’s over in seconds and clients usually say it’s tolerable.
Smooth, hair-free nostrils typically last 3–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Yes! Unlike trimming, waxing removes hair from the root, so the regrowth is slower and finer.
Absolutely. We use disposable waxing applicators, clean tools, and follow strict sanitization protocols.
We use gentle wax formulas, but let us know if you have skin sensitivities or allergies beforehand.
Only 5–7 minutes — it's super quick and effective.
Yes, for smooth scheduling, please book at least 12–24 hours in advance.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee applies per home visit.
Please inform us at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid any late or cancellation charges.
It’s a premium European facial using Dr. Renaud France products, focused on deep hydration, brightening, anti-aging, or acne treatment, depending on your skin needs.
Dr. Renaud facials use professional-grade botanical ingredients tailored to your skin type, offering visible results and a spa-like luxury experience.
There are specialized formulas for: Dry/dehydrated skin Oily/acne-prone skin Pigmentation & dullness Aging or fine lines Sensitive/redness-prone skin
A full Dr. Renaud facial takes about 45–60 minutes, including cleansing, exfoliation, massage, masks, and finishing serums.
Once every 3–4 weeks is recommended for best skin results.
Yes! Options include: Hydrating Facial Brightening Vitamin C Purifying for Acne/Oily Skin Anti-aging Collagen Facial We analyze your skin and help you select the best.
Yes, Dr. Renaud offers dermatologist-tested, non-irritating formulas for sensitive skin types.
Absolutely. We only use authentic Dr. Renaud France products imported from trusted sources.
Yes! Clients usually notice radiance and smoother texture right after the session.
Yes, booking 24 hours in advance is required so we can bring the right skin-type products.
Yes! We offer professional Dr. Renaud facials at your home, with the same technique and products as high-end spas.
Yes, we do a skin consultation before every Dr. Renaud facial.
It’s not recommended to mix with bleach. You can combine it with face polish 24 hours before or after.
Yes! We occasionally offer bundle deals or discounted combo offers—check our current promotions.
Yes, AED 15 flat fee for all home service bookings.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment link.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any charges or transport deductions.
A gentle, soothing massage using light to medium pressure to help you relax, relieve stress, and improve blood circulation.
We offer options like: Full Body (Head to Toe) Back & Shoulders Only Hands, Arms, or Legs Head Massage with Oil or Dry
We use high-quality oils (lavender, almond, coconut, or olive) depending on your preference. Non-oil option is also available.
Full Body Massage: 45–60 minutes Partial/Area-Specific Massage: 15–30 minutes
Relieves stress & tension Reduces body aches & stiffness Promotes better sleep Boosts blood circulation Enhances mood & relaxation
No, this is a soft-pressure relaxing massage. If you prefer deep pressure, let us know at the time of booking.
Yes, our therapists adjust pressure based on your comfort.
We do not perform massages during pregnancy unless advised by a doctor. Please inform us in advance.
No, but mild soreness can occur if your muscles are tight—this is normal and temporary.
Just send your preferred time, location, and package option, and we’ll schedule your appointment.
Yes, all our staff are female professionals for Both.
Currently, we offer women-only services. For couples or male clients, separate arrangements are not available.
Yes, AED 15 flat transportation charge is applied per visit.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment link before or after the service.
We request at least 3 hours' notice for any changes to avoid cancellation or visit fees.

Package

This package includes 17 premium beauty services such as hand mask, foot mask, shoulder massage, waxing, threading, face bleach, and more.
This package is exclusively designed for women.
The total duration depends on the services opted for in a single session. On average, each service takes 15-30 minutes.
All services are provided at your home for your comfort and convenience.
You can book through our app, website, or by contacting us via WhatsApp or phone. Let me know if you need further adjustments! 😊
You can cancel or reschedule your booking at least 24 hours in advance.
No, our professionals will bring all the necessary tools and products required for the services.
Yes, all our beauticians are highly trained, experienced, and certified.
Absolutely! We ensure the highest standards of hygiene and use sanitized tools for every client.
The package is suitable for adults. For minors, parental consent is required.
We currently serve Dubai , Sharja and Ajman. Please contact us to confirm availability in your area.
Yes, additional services or upgrades can be discussed with our team for an extra fee.
This package includes 19 beauty services such as manicure, pedicure, waxing, threading, facial, massage, and more. Please refer to the full list on the flyer.
Yes, advance booking is required. We recommend booking at least 24 hours ahead to get your preferred time slot.
No, Packages can't be modify
Currently available in selected areas. In Dubai,Sharja And Ajman
The entire session takes approximately 2.5 to 3.5 hours, depending on your skin/hair type and service customization.
Yes, all beauticians are trained, certified, and have extensive experience in home service.
Yes, just inform us at least 4 hours before your scheduled time to reschedule or cancel without any penalty.
Tipping is not mandatory, but appreciated for good service.
You can book via: WhatsApp chat Call Lipsly App (Download from Google Play)
Yes, booking at least 24 hours in advance is highly recommended.
Yes, you can book for a friend, family member, or gift it to someone.
No replacements, but you may skip a service if not needed.
We use high-quality strip wax and offer roll-on upon request.
Yes, our beautician brings everything needed – you don’t need to provide anything.
We accept: Cash Bank Transfer Online Payments (upon request) Payment via Lipsly App (Android)
Currently online transfer is available. Card payment via app is under development.
Our booking agent will send you official bank details upon confirmation.
Yes, but we recommend consulting your doctor first for waxing/massage.
We use Astaberry facial in our Packges.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
We’ll respond within 1 hour, investigate the issue, and offer a solution like a free correction, replacement staff, or discount—your satisfaction is our priority.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
The package includes: Manicure, Pedicure, Facial, Hand Mask, Foot Mask, Face Bleach, Hand D-Tan, Foot D-Tan, Upper Lip Threading, Chin Threading, Foot Massage (10 mins), and Hand Massage (Bonus).
The package includes: Manicure, Pedicure, Facial, Hand Mask, Foot Mask, Face Bleach, Hand D-Tan, Foot D-Tan, Upper Lip Threading, Chin Threading, Foot Massage (10 mins), and Hand Massage (Bonus).
No, the package is fixed at a discounted rate. Customization is available in custom packages.
Yes, the full package is designed to be delivered in a single session.
No, the package is for one person only.
You can book through WhatsApp or the Lipsly app.
Just inform us at least 4 hours before your appointment to reschedule for free.
Yes, all staff are trained, experienced, and professionally certified.
Yes, you can request the same beautician, and we’ll try our best to assign her.
We use branded and skin-safe D-Tan creams suitable for most skin types.
You can contact us via WhatsApp or app and we will take immediate action.
We ensure quick response and either resolve the issue or offer a free fix if needed.
Yes, we welcome all feedback through WhatsApp or our app.
You can pay by cash, online bank transfer, or payment link.
Yes, we accept bank transfers, debit/credit card links, or wallet payments. But 5% extra chrages with card
Yes, once your payment is confirmed, you’ll receive a confirmation message with all details.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
It includes massage therapy, body treatment, facial treatment, and a hydrating facial.
It usually takes around 2.5 to 3 hours depending on the service duration.
No packges can't be modify
Yes, our packages are available for all genders.
Yes, you can select from Swedish, Aromatherapy, or Deep Tissue massage.
Yes, we provide both home service and in-spa service.
We use premium, skin-safe, and branded products for all treatments.
Relieves stress, improves blood circulation, reduces muscle tension, and promotes relaxation.
Stay hydrated and avoid eating a heavy meal right before your session.
Full-body exfoliation, body mask, and moisturization.
Yes, we use gentle scrubs suitable for all skin types.
A warm rinse may be recommended depending on the treatment type.
A hydrating facial focuses on deep moisture infusion and skin plumping.
Immediate glow is noticeable, but full results appear within 24-48 hours.
It's best to wait at least 12–24 hours to let your skin breathe.
Yes, but we use pregnancy-safe products and avoid harsh chemicals.
Yes, appointments are recommended to ensure availability.
Yes, appointments are recommended to ensure availability.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfers, and various digital payment methods.
Absolutely! Spa vouchers are perfect for birthdays, anniversaries, and special occasions.
100%! We strictly maintain hygiene and use sanitized tools and fresh linens for every client.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
Hair wash, one shade global hair color, haircut of your choice, and blow-dry styling.
No,packges can.t be modify.
Approximately 1.5 to 2.5 hours depending on hair length, thickness, and color processing time.
Yes, it is suitable for straight, wavy, curly, or chemically treated hair.
We use salon-quality shampoos and conditioners suited to your hair type (e.g. dry, oily, colored).
Yes, we wash before coloring and also rinse and condition after the color is set.
Scalp massage or treatment is not included but can be added on request.
Yes, you can choose from our shade book including browns, reds, blacks, burgundy, copper, etc.
Usually 4 to 6 weeks depending on your hair care routine and shampoo frequency.
Not when done properly. We also use conditioning agents to protect hair health.
It's recommended to wait 48 hours before washing again to let the color settle.
Yes! Our stylist can help you choose a style that suits your face shape and hair texture.
Not in this package, but kids’ haircuts can be booked separately.
Absolutely. We always ask your preference before making the first cut!
Standard blow-dry is included (smooth/voluminous). Curls or iron straightening can be added for an extra charge.
Usually 2–3 days depending on your hair type and care.
No need — we include a full hair wash as part of the service.
Yes, our stylists are experienced and trained in salon-grade service.
Please notify us at least 24 hours in advance to reschedule your appointment.
Avoid washing your hair for 48 hours after coloring, and use color-safe shampoo.
Yes, we have loyalty deals and monthly package offers.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
Full head one-shade hair color, hair wash with shampoo/conditioner, and a professional blow-dry.
It means a single, all-over hair color — one solid color from roots to ends.
Yes, you can choose from a range of natural and fashion colors (black, brown, burgundy, red, etc.).
No, this is for one full shade only. Highlights and balayage are separate services.
This is not a root-only service — it's for full hair application. Root-only touch-up can be offered separately.
Typically 4 to 6 weeks, depending on hair type, aftercare, and washing frequency.
No, one-shade color does not bleach or lighten — it deposits color only.
Not with this package such shades usually require pre-lightening and are not included in one-shade pricing.
Standard blow-dry (smooth/volume) is included. Curls or flat iron styling may have an additional charge.
About 1.5 to 2 hours depending on hair length and color processing time.
It’s best to avoid washing for at least 48 hours after the service for long-lasting results.
We accept both cash and online payment methods (bank transfer or payment link).
No, we bring all professional tools and products needed.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
Facial treatment, face bleach, eyebrow threading, and upper lip threading.
Approximately 60 to 75 minutes, depending on your skin type and chosen facial.
Yes, we offer different facials based on your skin type — oily, dry, sensitive, or normal. Our beautician will recommend the best one.
We use mild, skin-friendly bleach. However, we always do a patch test before applying fully.
Yes, you can skip any service or replace it with another (BUT CHARGES REMAIN SAME).
No, it doesn’t bleach the skin itself. It only lightens fine facial hair and helps even out skin tone for a glow.
Once every 3 to 4 weeks is ideal to maintain healthy, glowing skin.
It’s best to let your skin breathe for 4–6 hours after a facial. Avoid heavy makeup right after.
Avoid sun exposure, scrubbing, or strong products for at least 24 hours. Moisturize and use sunscreen.
We choose gentle facial products and avoid bleach on broken or inflamed skin. Please mention skin concerns when booking.
Yes! We have special 4-week and 8-week skin & grooming plans at discounted rates.
Yes, it’s safe and great for basic skin care and grooming.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
Yes, appointments are recommended to ensure availability.
Please cancel at least 24 hours in advance to avoid a cancellation fee.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfers, and various digital payment methods.
Absolutely! Spa vouchers are perfect for birthdays, anniversaries, and special occasions.
100%! We strictly maintain hygiene and use sanitized tools and fresh linens for every client.
We use nourishing oils like coconut, almond, or herbal blends — you can choose based on your preference.
Yes, we gently warm the oil to relax the scalp and help it absorb better into the roots.
It strengthens hair, reduces dryness, improves scalp blood circulation, reduces stress, and boosts hair health.
It’s optional. You can wash it after a few hours or the next day for best absorption.
Typically 15 to 20 minutes of gentle, relaxing massage.
We use mild, professional-grade cleansers, scrubs, and toners suitable for all skin types.
Removes dirt, oil, dead skin, and light blackheads. Leaves your skin fresh, soft, and smooth.
No, this is a shorter, quicker version focusing on cleansing and exfoliating — not a full facial.
Yes, we use gentle products and avoid scrubs on sensitive areas.
Every 1 to 2 weeks depending on your skin’s condition and exposure to pollution/makeup.
A little redness is normal and fades within 10–15 minutes. We apply soothing gel after threading.
Usually 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes. It’s more skin-friendly than waxing and doesn’t involve chemicals.
Around 45–60 minutes depending on your hair and skin.
Yes, appointments are recommended to ensure availability.
Please cancel at least 24 hours in advance to avoid a cancellation fee.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfers, and various digital payment methods.
Yes, all our therapists are certified and experienced.
Yes, all our therapists areYour satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case. certified and experienced.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
We use Alovera , Fruit wax , Brazillian , Coffe wax or other options available upon request.
Yes, bikini line wax is included. Full bikini or Brazilian wax is available at extra cost.
Yes, you can customize the package as per your need. Pricing will be remain same.
Typically 3 to 4 weeks depending on your hair growth cycle.
We recommend waiting until after your period due to higher sensitivity, especially for bikini waxing.
No, waxing does not darken the skin. In fact, regular waxing can improve texture over time.
Mild redness is normal and subsides within an hour. We apply cooling gel/cream post-waxing.
It's best to wait at least 6–8 hours. Avoid hot water and scrubbing on freshly waxed skin.
Light relaxation massage for legs, arms, and shoulders — 10 minutes each area.
No, this includes partial massage for 3 areas only. Full-body massage available separately.
Massages are done after waxing to help relax and soothe your muscles.
Yes, all beauticians are experienced and trained in basic relaxation techniques.
Yes! We carry clean tools, sanitized equipment, and follow high hygiene standards.
Exfoliate lightly a day before. Avoid creams or oils on the waxing day.
No sun exposure, hot showers, or strong products for 24 hours.
You can book via WhatsApp, call, or Instagram DM. We confirm timing, location, and details instantly.
No, we bring all tools, products, and clean towels. Just ensure a small, clean space for setup.
Approximately 90 to 120 minutes, depending on body hair and massage preference.
No problem! Just inform us at least 2–3 hours in advance.
Both options available — cash on service or online transfer.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
It includes removing unwanted hair from the forehead, upper lip, eyebrows, cheeks, jawline, and chin using a thread technique.
Yes, it's gentler than waxing and suitable for sensitive skin types.
Threading can be done, but we avoid areas with active acne or skin irritation.
It covers from the shoulder to elbow (or elbow to wrist – depending on your preference).
It includes waxing from knees down to the ankles.
Typically 3–4 weeks depending on your hair growth cycle.
Yes, but pain sensitivity may be higher, and we recommend informing the therapist beforehand.
We use branded soft or hard wax based on your skin type and area being waxed.
Not if done correctly with heat protection spray. We use moderate heat and professional tools.
Yes, but inform the therapist beforehand for proper handling.
You can book via WhatsApp, online form, or mobile app (if available).
Threading: 20–30 min Waxing: 30–45 min Blowdry: 30–40 min (depending on hair length)
Yes, these services are often available in combo packages for discounted rates.
Yes, we accept cash, card, bank transfer, and payment links.
Yes, just inform us 2–3 hours in advance.
The total duration of the package is between 75 to 90 minutes.
No preparation is required. Just ensure that you have a comfortable space for our therapist to work in.
Yes, our products are safe for most skin types, but if you have any allergies or concerns, please inform us beforehand.
The gel polish typically lasts 2-3 weeks without chipping or fading.
Yes, we use products suitable for most skin types. If you have any allergies or sensitivities, please let us know.
Yes, the Vitamin C facial can help reduce pigmentation and brighten the skin, but if you have active acne, please consult with your therapist first.
Yes, we accept payments via online transfer, card, and payment links, in addition to cash payments.
The package is available at your convenience within our service hours, but it should be used within 30 days of booking.
The Vitamin C facial helps brighten the skin, reduce pigmentation, and improve collagen production for a healthy, youthful glow.
Yes, after your facial, we provide tips to maintain the glow, including staying hydrated and using sunscreen.
While we strive to accommodate requests, therapists are assigned based on availability.
Yes, we offer a wide range of colors and shades for both your manicure and pedicure.
Yes, you can gift this package to someone else, but please ensure they are located in our service area.
Yes, all our therapists are trained and certified to perform these services with utmost care and professionalism.
This combo includes a spa manicure, spa pedicure, de-tan face mask, eyebrow threading, and upper lip threading.
The total duration is approximately 60 to 75 minutes, depending on individual needs.
The total duration is approximately 60 to 75 minutes, depending on individual needs.
A spa mani-pedi includes exfoliation, massage, and hydrating masks for deep nourishment and relaxation beyond just trimming and polish.
Yes, a classic or clear polish application is included. Gel polish is available at an extra charge.
Yes, we use a gentle formula suitable for most skin types. If you have any sensitivities, please inform the therapist beforehand.
Threading may cause slight redness, but it usually fades within 10–15 minutes. Our technique is gentle and precise to minimize discomfort.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintaining healthy skin, nails, and facial grooming.
Just ensure you have a clean, well-lit space for the therapist to work in. We’ll take care of everything else!
Absolutely. Our therapists carry a range of polish shades for you to choose from.
Yes, we follow strict hygiene protocols and use sanitized tools for every client.
We offer home services across Dubai,Sharja and Ajman. Please confirm availability during booking.
We accept cash, card, online transfer, and payment links.
Yes, we offer flexible rescheduling. Just notify us at least 24 hours in advance.
Absolutely! This combo is perfect for parties, weddings, or just a personal pampering session.
Yes, all treatments are gentle and non-invasive. However, we recommend checking with your doctor before booking.
Yes, all our therapists are trained, certified, and experienced in providing high-quality salon services.
Our team uses sterilized tools, wears gloves/masks, and follows strict sanitization protocols.
Tipping is not mandatory, but appreciated for good service.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
Full hand wax Full leg wax De-tan face mask Eyebrow threading Upper lip threading
The complete session usually takes 60 to 75 minutes, depending on hair length and skin type.
There may be mild discomfort, but our expert therapists use proper techniques and high-quality wax to minimize pain.
Results typically last 3 to 4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Slight redness is normal after waxing but fades within a few hours. We apply soothing gel or lotion post-wax to calm the skin.
Yes! We offer home salon services, and all treatments are performed by professional female therapists in the comfort of your home.
Yes, our de-tan mask is gentle and suitable for most skin types. Please inform the therapist if you have very sensitive or allergy-prone skin.
Once every 3 to 4 weeks is ideal for maintaining smooth skin and a radiant glow.
No special prep is needed. Just ensure your skin is clean, and avoid applying lotions or oils before your appointment.
No special prep is needed. Just ensure your skin is clean, and avoid applying lotions or oils before your appointment.
Yes, but we recommend consulting your doctor first. Please inform us if you are pregnant so we can take extra care.
Yes, depending on the area and your preference, we offer both options. Our therapist will guide you on the best choice.
Yes, the de-tan mask helps reduce tanning, lighten pigmentation, and even out skin tone.
Absolutely! We follow strict hygiene and sanitation protocols for every appointment.
We accept cash, card, online transfers, and payment links for your convenience.
Yes! You can gift this service to a friend or loved one—just provide their contact and location details during booking.
Our team uses sterilized tools, wears gloves/masks, and follows strict sanitization protocols.
Yes, just inform us at least 4 hours before your scheduled time to reschedule or cancel without any penalty.
Yes, advance booking is required. We recommend booking at least 24 hours ahead to get your preferred time slot.
We accept: Cash Bank Transfer Online Payments (upon request) Payment via Lipsly App (Android)
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
This package includes: Special Gold Facial Classic Manicure & Pedicure Eyebrow Threading Upper Lip Threading Chin Threading Hair Trim Full Body Cleaning Full Body Gel Polish Full Body Scrub Full Body Steam Towel Full Body Mineral Mask 60-Minute Full Body Massage Hair Oiling & Hair Massage
The total session takes approximately 2.5 to 3.5 hours depending on your needs and hair type.
This is a fixed combo offer. However, you can add extra services at an additional cost.
Classic includes basic cleaning, shaping, cuticle care, and polish. Spa includes masks, scrubs, and massages (available as an upgrade).
We use a professional-grade gold facial that includes cleansing, exfoliation, massage, and gold mask for glow and anti-aging.
It may cause minor discomfort, but our therapists are skilled in minimizing pain and redness.
It’s a relaxing, rejuvenating massage focusing on stress relief and circulation.
Cleaning includes cleansing and exfoliating the entire body to remove dirt, sweat, and dead skin cells.
It’s a detoxifying mask that nourishes and hydrates the skin using natural minerals.
Yes, gel polish can last up to 2–3 weeks with proper care.
This includes a basic hair trim, not full styling or cutting.
Yes, but we recommend consulting your doctor. Some treatments may be skipped or modified.
Yes, based on availability.
Absolutely! All tools are sterilized before and after every appointment.
Yes, we follow strict hygiene protocols for your safety and comfort.
Just a clean, quiet space and a plug point. We bring everything else!
You can book via WhatsApp, call, DM, or website (based on your setup).
At least 1–2 days in advance is recommended, especially on weekends.
Yes, please inform us at least 24 hours in advance for rescheduling.
We accept cash, card, online bank transfer, and payment links.
We may require a small booking deposit for confirmation in busy seasons.
Hair coloring covers the entire head with a single shade. Highlights add lighter or contrasting strands to create dimension and style.
Yes, we use high-quality, ammonia-free, and salon-grade hair color products to protect your hair and scalp.
Yes! You can choose from natural tones (brown, black, burgundy) or custom shades (caramel, blonde, ash tones, etc.).
Yes, light hair highlights may require bleaching. We use gentle bleach formulas with minimal damage.
Coloring takes 1 to 1.5 hours, and highlights take 1.5 to 2.5 hours, depending on hair length and thickness.
Yes, all coloring and highlight services include hair wash, conditioning, and blow dry.
With proper aftercare, your color can last 4–6 weeks or more. Using sulfate-free shampoo helps maintain vibrancy.
Yes, our products are suitable for straight, wavy, and curly hair.
Avoid shampooing for at least 48 hours and stay away from chlorinated water, heat styling, or harsh shampoos.
Use color-protect or sulfate-free shampoos to retain vibrancy and moisture.
Every 4 to 6 weeks is recommended, depending on growth and fading.
Yes, our colorists customize placement and shades to blend naturally or create contrast—based on your preference.
You can book through WhatsApp, Call, Instagram DM, or website (if available).
Yes! Our expert stylists bring all materials and provide the service in the comfort of your home.
It’s best to book at least 1–2 days in advance, especially for highlight or full-color appointments.
Yes, with 24-hour advance notice. Same-day cancellations may incur a fee.
We accept cash, card, online transfers, and payment links.
We will assess your hair and suggest color correction, touch-up, or reapplication accordingly.
Avoid frequent washing, use cold water rinses, and apply leave-in conditioner or hair masks weekly.
Prices depend on hair length, thickness, and chosen style. Contact us for a free quote.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
You can select 7 services from a list of 12 available options. Simply choose the services that suit you best, and our team will tailor your treatment to your selections.
The following services are included in the package: Facial Derma Face Cleansing Full Arms Wax Half Legs Wax Manicure Pedicure Head & Shoulder Massage Underarm Wax Blackhead Removal Feet Bleach Hand & Feet Massage You can choose any 7 from these options to create your ideal pampering experience.
The package is designed to allow you to select 7 services. If you'd like to add more services, they can be arranged separately for an additional cost.
The total duration of the treatment depends on the services you choose. On average, it can take anywhere from 2 to 3 hours, depending on the selection.
Yes, you can change your selected services up to 24 hours before your appointment. Just give us a call or message, and we’ll update your choices accordingly.
You can book your Ultimate Pampering Package by calling us at [Insert Phone Number] or booking online through our website at [Insert Website Link]. Our team will assist you with the selection of services and confirm your appointment.
Yes, you can add extra services at discounted add-on rates. Just let us know in advance or during your appointment.
You can book by: Calling us directly at 0562871241 Sending a WhatsApp message Booking through our website or social media platforms
A small advance payment or deposit may be required to confirm your slot, especially for home services or weekends.
We recommend booking in advance to ensure availability, but you can always call to check for last-minute openings.
Yes, you can reschedule up to 24 hours before your appointment at no extra charge.
Missed appointments without notice may lead to a non-refundable deposit, but we try to accommodate rescheduling where possible.
We accept: Cash Card payments (on-site or through a payment link) Bank transfer Mobile wallets (if applicable)
Yes, we can send you a secure online payment link to pay in advance.
Yes, in most cases. For home service, an advance may be required to secure your slot.
This package includes: Head Massage Shoulder Massage Face Cleansing Manicure Pedicure
The full session typically takes 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on your hair/nail length and service pace.
We use skin-type-specific, gentle, and branded products. Let us know if you have sensitive skin or allergies.
Yes, you can choose between dry massage or oil massage (coconut, herbal, or almond oils available).
You can choose dry, light oil, or aroma-based oil options are available.
Yes, we use non-comedogenic and acne-friendly products. Please inform us about any skin concerns before the session.
Our manicure includes cutting, shaping, cuticle care, buffing, exfoliation, and polish application.
It includes foot soak, nail shaping, cuticle trimming, scrubbing, massage, and polish application.
Yes! You can choose from a wide range of regular or gel polish shades (gel may have an extra cost).
Yes, you can request your preferred therapist during booking (subject to availability).
No, this package includes only head and shoulder massage. Full-body massage is available as an add-on.
You can book through: WhatsApp or Call: [Insert Number] Instagram/Facebook DMs Online booking form or website
Yes, advance booking is highly recommended, especially for weekends and evening slots.
You can reschedule or cancel your appointment up to 24 hours in advance without any charges.
Yes, you’ll receive a confirmation via WhatsApp or SMS, along with service and time details.
We accept: Cash Credit/Debit Cards Bank Transfers Payment Links Mobile Wallets (if applicable)
Yes, for home service or peak times, a small advance may be required to confirm your slot.
Yes, we offer gentle, safe, and relaxing alternatives suitable for different needs.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
A dry mani-pedi is a waterless treatment that focuses on hygiene, precision, and polish perfection using tools and cuticle softeners instead of water.
There’s no soaking in water—we use cuticle softeners, disinfected tools, and electric files (if needed) for a more precise and longer-lasting finish.
Yes, in fact, it’s more hygienic, as it reduces the risk of bacteria and fungus growth often associated with foot tubs.
It’s ideal for people with sensitive skin, diabetics, or those prone to nail or skin issues.
Yes, it includes classic polish. Gel polish is available for an extra charge.
Absolutely! We offer a wide range of classic and trendy shades.
No, but it can be added at a discounted price with this package.
Removal services are not included by default, but we offer add-on options for gel/extension removal.And also add extra charges for removal of gel/extension
Yes, our dry mani-pedi includes cuticle cleaning, nail trimming, shaping, and buffing.
The complete dry mani-pedi usually takes about 45 to 60 minutes.
It includes light exfoliation and a brief massage. A more intense scrub or massage can be added.
Yes! Dry mani-pedi is unisex and perfect for both men and women.
Yes, we can file your nails in any shape — square, round, almond, or your preference.
Yes, we can file your nails in any shape — square, round, almond, or your preference.
Absolutely. There’s no soaking, so it’s safe and gentle even during pregnancy.
No, but you can add basic or advanced nail art at an extra charge.
You can book by: WhatsApp Phone call Website/Instagram/Facebook DMs
Yes, we recommend booking at least 24 hours in advance for your preferred time slot.
Yes, subject to availability. Mention it at the time of booking.
Please inform us at least 12–24 hours before your appointment.
We accept: Cash Card Mobile wallets Online bank transfers Secure payment links
For home service or peak hours, we may ask for a small advance to confirm your slot.
The offer includes: Nail trimming & shaping Cuticle care Buffing Gel polish application for both hands and feet Optional: basic nail oil or hand/foot massage
Gel polish is a long-lasting nail polish cured under UV/LED light, offering chip-free wear for 2–3 weeks.
Gel polish: Dries instantly under light Lasts longer (2–3 weeks) Has a glossier, salon-like finish
Yes, when applied and removed properly. We use gentle techniques and professional products to protect your nail health.
Yes, old gel removal is included if done properly and not with hard extensions.
Yes! We offer a wide selection of trendy, nude, bold, and classic gel shades.
Yes, simple nail art can be added for a small fee. Please mention it during booking.
Approximately 60–90 minutes pending on nail condition and complexity.
Yes, we’ll shape your nails neatly. If severely damaged, we can recommend strengthening treatments.
Not easily. With proper care, gel polish stays chip-free for 2 to 3 weeks.
Yes! Please request in advance as French styles take extra time.
Yes, absolutely. UV exposure is minimal and products used are non-toxic.
Come with clean hands/feet and avoid lotion/oils beforehand.
You can, but salon removal is recommended to avoid damaging your natural nails.
You can book through: WhatsApp Call Instagram DMs Online booking (if available)
We recommend pre-booking, but walk-ins are welcome if slots are open
Yes, let us know your preference. We’ll try to accommodate your request.
Yes, we offer home services for gel mani-pedi in select areas.
Yes! Let us know and we’ll schedule side-by-side appointments.
Yes, please inform us at least 12–24 hours in advance.
We accept: Cash Cards Mobile wallets Bank transfers or payment links
Yes, the offer is standard, but group or loyalty discounts may apply.
Tipping is completely optional, based on your experience.
A Moroccan bath is a deep cleansing and exfoliating ritual using natural black soap, steam, and body scrubs to detox the skin, improve circulation, and leave your skin baby-soft.
Our female Moroccan bath includes: Full-body steam Application of Moroccan black soap Body exfoliation using a Kessa glove Optional: hair wash, body mask, and moisturizer
The service usually takes 60 to 75 minutes, depending on the package and add-ons.
Yes, it’s suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin (we use gentle, natural products).
Removes dead skin Unclogs pores Brightens and evens out skin tone Relieves muscle tension Improves blood circulation Boosts relaxation and glow
We recommend once every 2 to 4 weeks for best results.
Just yourself! We provide all essentials: disposable undergarments, towels, slippers, and robe.
Yes, we offer options with herbal, rose, or argan oil-based products. You may request what suits you best.
We can add head massage and hair wash as an upgrade.
Not usually. We use gentle yet effective exfoliation. Sensitive clients can request a softer scrub.
We recommend rescheduling during periods due to body sensitivity and hygiene concerns.
You can book via: WhatsApp Instagram/Facebook DMs Phone call
Yes, we recommend booking at least 24 hours in advance, especially for weekend or evening slots.
Yes, depending on availability. Let us know during booking.
Yes, but only after the first trimester and with doctor approval.
We accept: Cash Cards Bank transfer Payment links or mobile wallets
Yes, just let us know 12–24 hours in advance to reschedule.
Yes, payments can be made post-service in-salon.
A Moroccan bath is a traditional deep-cleansing treatment using natural Moroccan black soap, steam, and exfoliation to remove dead skin, unclog pores, and leave your skin smooth, clean, and refreshed.
Our service includes: Full-body steam Application of Moroccan black soap Scrubbing with Kessa glove Optional: hair wash, clay mask, body lotion, or massage
Removes dead skin and dirt Unclogs pores Brightens and smooths skin Reduces body odor Improves blood circulation Relieves muscle tension Total relaxation and skin detox
It takes around 60 to 75 minutes, depending on selected add-ons.
Yes, the service is provided in a private steam room or cabin, handled by a professional male therapist.
We use authentic Moroccan black soap, natural scrubs, and moisturizing creams or oils based on your skin type.
Yes, regular Moroccan baths help reduce tanning and even out skin tone by deep exfoliation.
Yes, it helps detoxify the skin, remove clogged impurities, and prevent ingrown hairs or body acne.
Not at all! The exfoliation is firm but comfortable and refreshing.
Absolutely! We offer combo packages like Moroccan bath + massage or facial.
Yes, removing dead skin and deep cleansing improves skin hygiene and helps control odor.
Yes, our products are safe and can be adjusted for sensitive or dry skin.
You’ll be provided with disposable shorts or boxers for comfort and hygiene.
Every 2–4 weeks is ideal, depending on lifestyle and skin needs.
You can book through: WhatsApp Phone call Instagram DMs Online booking (if available)
Yes, especially during weekends or evenings. We recommend booking 24 hours in advance.
Yes! We offer combo deals, loyalty plans, and grooming packages.
Yes, with at least 12 hours’ notice, you can reschedule or cancel your booking.
We accept: Cash Credit/Debit cards Mobile wallets Bank transfers or links
Tipping is optional and based on your experience.
Yes, all our staff are certified professionals trained in Moroccan bath techniques.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
It’s a relaxing, rejuvenating spa experience where both partners enjoy Moroccan baths together in a luxurious, private setting, each with their own dedicated therapist.
Yes! You both enjoy the experience in a private couple’s suite, designed for comfort and privacy.
Yes. A female therapist attends the lady and a male therapist attends the gentleman, respecting modesty and comfort.
Usually 75 to 90 minutes, depending on any add-ons like massages or facials.
Yes! Ideal for married couples, partners, or even friends/siblings who want a shared spa experience with individual care.
Both are scrubbed in the same room, separately by respective gender-specific therapists.
Bonding through a shared relaxing experience Detoxification and skin glow Reduced stress and tension Full body rejuvenation
We use authentic Moroccan black soap, organic scrubs, natural oils, and optional body masks.
Absolutely! You can upgrade to Moroccan bath + full body couple’s massage combo.
Yes. The exfoliation and hydration revive your skin’s glow and softness.
Yes, we provide fully private amenities including shower and dressing area.
You can book via: WhatsApp Instagram DM Call or online booking link
Yes. We recommend booking 1–2 days in advance, especially for weekends or evenings.
Yes! Add-ons like massage, facial, body mask, or special oils can be included.
Price varies depending on the package. Contact us directly for the latest rate and any offers.
We accept: Cash Card payments Mobile wallets Bank transfers or online payment links
Yes! Regular customers enjoy exclusive couple offers and discounts.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
We offer a variety of massages including: Full Body Relaxation Massage Head, Neck & Shoulder Massage Back Pain Relief Massage Foot Massage Aromatherapy Massage Deep Tissue Massage (on request)
It includes massage of the back, shoulders, legs, arms, hands, neck, and feet using relaxing strokes, natural oils, and pressure techniques.
We offer sessions of 30, 60, and 90 minutes depending on your preference and needs.
We use natural essential oils (coconut, almond, lavender, etc.) or non-scented oils for sensitive skin.
Just a peaceful space with a bed or mat. Our therapist brings everything else (towel, oil, sheet, etc.).
Yes, we offer services for both genders, with gender-specific therapists (if requested).
Yes, you can mention your preference during booking.
We do not recommend massage during the first trimester. Later stages should be done with special prenatal techniques.
Yes, especially deep tissue and targeted massages help reduce stiffness and improve mobility.
Reduces stress & anxiety Relieves muscle tension Improves blood circulation Boosts sleep quality Detoxifies skin & body Supports mental clarity
Yes, soothing spa music can be played if you wish.
No, we use quick-absorbing oils and provide towels to keep your clothes protected.
Yes, it's best to wait 30 minutes after massage to allow the oil to absorb before showering.
Yes, we suggest booking 24 hours in advance for preferred time slots.
You can book through: WhatsApp Instagram DM Call Online form (if available)
We accept: Cash Card Bank transfer Mobile wallet (Apple Pay, Google Pay, etc.)
Tipping is optional, but always appreciated based on your experience.
Yes, but some clients prefer to reschedule depending on personal comfort.
Yes, all therapists are professionally trained and experienced in massage therapy.
A medicated mani-pedi is a therapeutic nail and skin care treatment focused on healing, soothing, and preventing issues like cracked heels, fungal infections, discolored nails, or extra dry skin.
Unlike basic services, this uses specialized tools, healing creams, antifungal or antibacterial products, and sanitized methods for deeper treatment.
Perfect for: People with sensitive skin Cracked heels, calluses Discolored or thick nails Fungal concerns Diabetic clients (gentle, careful technique)
This service focuses on treatment, but you can request nail polish or gel polish as an add-on.
Yes! This is a unisex service, and many men benefit from medicated foot care.
Yes, we use medicated soaks, gentle exfoliators, and healing foot scrubs.
Not at all. It’s gentle, soothing, and designed to relieve pain, not cause it.
Approximately 60 to 75 minutes, depending on the condition of hands and feet.
Yes, we use non-invasive, gentle tools and follow strict hygiene for diabetic foot care.
Absolutely. All tools are properly sanitized or disposable, ensuring 100% hygiene.
No side effects. We use medicated and skin-safe products only.
You can book via: WhatsApp Instagram DM Phone call Online link (if provided)
Yes, advance booking helps us prepare the proper medicated products for your session.
We accept: Cash Card Bank transfer Mobile wallet (Apple Pay, etc.)
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal, or more frequently if you have specific concerns.
Yes, it's great before a wedding or party, especially if your hands/feet need healing and glow.
Definitely! You'll feel instantly smoother, softer, and fresher.
Yes, you can add gel polish, French tips, or nail art for an extra charge.
Yes, the scrubbing, soak, and creams help lighten and renew skin on hands and feet.
Absolutely! A relaxing hand or foot massage is a great add-on.
Yes, it’s safe and beneficial, especially for swollen feet or aching legs.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
A keratin treatment is a hair-smoothing therapy that infuses keratin protein into the hair, reducing frizz, restoring shine, and making it smoother and straighter.
Smoothens frizz Reduces hair volume Adds shine Makes hair manageable Repairs damage from heat, color, or dryness
No, it’s semi-permanent. It relaxes curls and waves but doesn’t make the hair completely flat unless combined with flat ironing.
Hair coloring (root touch-up or global), haircut, hair wash, and blow dry.
Yes, we use high-quality, ammonia-free, professional-grade hair colors.
Yes! We offer a wide range of natural and fashion colors. Our stylist will help you choose the best one based on your skin tone and hair type.
Yes, one personalized haircut is included with this package.
Yes, hair wash is included post-coloring and before blow drying.
Approximately 1.5 to 2.5 hours, depending on hair length and color type.
Approximately 1.5 to 2.5 hours, depending on hair length and color type.
Yes, we use strong coverage formulas that work great on gray hair.
Yes, but our stylist will evaluate the current shade and hair health first.
With proper aftercare (sulfate-free shampoo, minimal heat), color lasts 4–6 weeks.
Yes! Our stylist will share tips for maintaining your hair color and style.
We accept Cash, Card (POS), Online Transfer, and Payment Links.
Tipping is optional and not included in the price.
You can book via WhatsApp, call, Instagram DM, or directly from our app/website.
We recommend booking at least 1 day in advance, especially on weekends.
Yes, all stylists are professional, trained females.
Yes, we allow rescheduling with at least 4 hours’ notice.
Yes! Add facials, waxing, or mani-pedi services for a full pampering session.
Yes, our team brings everything needed – including towels, colors, dryer, brushes, etc.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
A treatment that restores protein to the hair shaft, strengthens the strands, and reduces frizz, breakage, and damage.
A treatment that restores protein to the hair shaft, strengthens the strands, and reduces frizz, breakage, and damage.
No, keratin smooths and straightens; protein treatment repairs damage and adds strength and volume.
No, it improves texture and reduces frizz but doesn’t make hair straight like keratin.
Results last 4 to 6 weeks with proper care and maintenance.
Yes, it’s recommended for chemically treated or colored hair to repair and restore.
Yes, even natural hair benefits from protein boost to prevent future damage.
It strengthens the hair and adds volume by rebuilding protein structure.
We use high-quality, non-irritating products with a pleasant fragrance.
It contains both natural and salon-grade ingredients – safe and effective.
Approx. 60 to 90 minutes depending on hair length and volume.
Deep hair cleansing, protein application, steaming, massage, and blow dry.
Yes, low heat is used to seal the protein into the hair shaft (optional).
It’s recommended to wait 2 days before your next hair wash.
Wait 1–2 days to allow the product to fully settle for best results.
No, hair feels clean, soft, and bouncy post-treatment.
Yes, we use sulfate-free and paraben-free products only.
Sulfate-free, protein-safe or color-safe shampoo is recommended.
Every 4 to 6 weeks for maintenance.
Yes, but avoid heavy oiling for 2–3 days after treatment.
Yes, it helps strengthen roots and reduce breakage, but not regrow hair.
We recommend consulting with your doctor first, although we use gentle formulas.
It’s not a dandruff treatment but improves scalp health and reduces dryness.
Yes, blow dry is included. Hair trim available on request at extra charge.
WhatsApp, call, or through our website/app.
At least 24–48 hours is recommended.
Yes! Great results when paired with trimming or post-color care.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
We offer trims, layers, step cut, U-cut, bob, bangs, feather, and custom styles.
Yes, trimming is available and charged separately or included in packages.
Yes, our stylists are trained in all hair types including curly and wavy textures.
Haircuts are typically done on damp or freshly washed hair for accuracy.
Yes, we provide haircuts for all ages – kids, teens, and adults.
Root touch-up, global color, highlights, lowlights, and streaks.
Yes, we use ammonia-free, high-quality professional colors.
Yes, our stylist will show you options and help you select the right shade.
Typically 4–6 weeks with proper aftercare and sulfate-free shampoo.
Yes, we analyze your hair first and use gentle formulas for colored hair.
We recommend a patch test and consulting your doctor before coloring.
Yes, we offer full grey coverage formulas.
Yes, available on request and may require pre-lightening.
Not when done professionally – we use nourishing color products.
Yes, we’ll guide you on maintaining your color and hair health.
Sulfate-free, nourishing shampoos and conditioners suited to your hair type.
Yes, we carry options for different scalp conditions.
Usually 10–15 minutes including cleansing and conditioning.
Straight, wavy, bouncy, voluminous, or sleek finish.
Yes, we always apply heat protectant spray to protect your hair.
Usually 2–3 days depending on hair type and weather.
Yes, we use gentle heat and products that protect colored hair.
Via WhatsApp, call, Instagram DM, or website/app.
Cash, card (POS), bank transfer, and payment links.
For most services, no advance is needed unless it's a long session or special booking.
Yes, you can mix and match hair services to build your own combo.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, exfoliation, light massage, and regular polish.
Classic is basic nail and skin care. Spa includes masks, scrubs, and extended massage.
Yes, we use gentle, skin-friendly products suitable for all skin types.
We use sanitized tools and disposable buffers/files for hygiene and safety.
Yes, our therapists bring all tools, polish, towels, and hygiene supplies.
Yes, we bring a wide range of regular polish shades to choose from.
No, classic includes regular polish. Gel can be added at extra cost.
Regular polish typically lasts 4–7 days on hands, 7–10 days on feet.
Yes, we exfoliate and remove dead skin from heels and soles.
Yes, exfoliation tools and scrubs are used for soft, smooth feet.
Yes, light massage for hands and feet is part of the treatment.
Yes, a warm soak is used in pedicure to soften skin and nails.
Yes, extended massage available on request (extra charge may apply).
Approximately 45–60 minutes for both manicure and pedicure.
Approximately 45–60 minutes for both manicure and pedicure.
Via WhatsApp, call, or DM on Instagram/Facebook.
Yes, kindly inform us at least 3 hours in advance.
Cash, online transfer, card payment (POS), and payment links.
Yes! You can add threading, facial, waxing, etc., and make a combo.
Avoid hot water right after service and use gloves for housework.
Wait 20–30 mins to allow polish to fully dry before washing.
Every 2–3 weeks is ideal to maintain healthy nails and soft skin.
Yes, it's safe and relaxing. Let us know if you have any specific concerns.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
A couple massage is a relaxing full-body massage for two people, done side-by-side by two professional female therapists.
Yes, both clients are massaged simultaneously by separate therapists.
Married couples, family members, sisters, friends – any two people can book this.
Absolutely, two females can book together – great for sisters or friends.
Yes, all services are performed by trained female therapists.
Yes, portable massage beds or clean mats are brought if required.
Relaxation massage using oil – improves circulation, reduces tension, and relaxes muscles.
Usually 60 minutes, but extended sessions (90 mins) are available on request.
Full body : including back, shoulders, arms, legs, and feet.
Yes, we use gentle, aromatic oils – unscented options are available too.
Yes, massage pressure is adjusted according to age and comfort.
A quiet room with enough space for two mattresses or massage beds.
You can book via WhatsApp, phone call, or DM on Instagram.
Yes – Cash, card, online transfer, and payment links are all accepted.
Yes, our massages promote deep relaxation and better sleep.
Free cancellations if notified at least 2 hours prior.
Yes, we use natural, skin-safe massage oils and lotions.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
We use nourishing oils like coconut, almond, castor, or a custom blend depending on hair needs.
Yes, you can choose or request a preferred oil.
Yes, a relaxing head massage is part of the oiling session.
Usually 15–20 minutes for scalp and roots.
Yes, oiling deeply hydrates and strengthens roots, helping with dryness and fall.
The full scalp is oiled with gentle massage, and a bit is applied to the hair length too.
We use professional, sulfate-free shampoos suited to your hair type.
Yes, a nourishing conditioner is always applied post-wash.
Yes, hair wash is done at home – either over the sink or in a comfortable seated area with a towel setup.
Around 15–20 minutes including shampoo and conditioner application.
We offer trimming, U-cut, layers, steps, blunt cut, feather cut, bob, and more.
Yes, we provide haircuts for kids and adults.
Yes, we consult and suggest styles that suit your face shape and hair type.
Yes, if you just want ends trimmed, that’s totally fine.
Yes, we tidy up hair from the floor and offer a quick post-cut wipe if needed.
Yes, blowdry and basic styling are included.
Straight, voluminous, natural waves, or inward/outward styling as per request.
It typically lasts 1–2 days depending on hair texture and care.
Yes, it’s optional. Let us know during booking.
Just a chair near a plug point and a towel if needed – we bring the rest.
Approx. 60–90 minutes depending on hair length and services chosen.
Cash, bank transfer, card payment, and payment links.
Yes, just inform us 2–3 hours in advance.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
It’s a facial treatment that removes tanning, brightens skin tone, and deeply hydrates using the N+ professional range.
Yes, it is suitable for most skin types including normal, oily, and combination skin.
Yes, but we always do a patch test first or use gentle products for extra sensitive skin.
D-Tan focuses specifically on removing sun tan and pigmentation, while regular facials may focus more on hydration or glow.
A face polisher is a gentle exfoliating treatment that removes dead skin and adds a fresh, smooth glow.
Yes – polishing is more advanced and includes brightening elements, not just exfoliation.
These are exfoliating and brightening treatments for hands and feet that help in tan removal and make skin soft and even-toned.
Approximately 60–75 minutes depending on the combination chosen.
Yes, the N+ facial includes a relaxing facial massage.
Cleansing, exfoliation, steaming, D-Tan pack, massage, and moisturization.
We use both depending on the service and skin type.
Yes, if needed or requested.
Yes, they’re often booked as a combo for full glow and tan removal.
Even one session shows visible results, but regular sessions give long-term benefits.
Results last up to 1–2 weeks with proper care.
Avoid sun exposure for 4–6 hours and use sunscreen afterward.
Yes, these services are unisex and suitable for all.
We use N+ professional facial kits, herbal polishers, and trusted D-Tan formulas.
Most products are herbal or dermatologically tested – gentle on skin.
Yes, we offer other facials too if you prefer a different brand.
Just a chair or bed and a small towel – we bring everything else.
You can book through WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or call us directly.
We accept cash, bank transfer, card payment, and payment links.
Yes, just let us know 2–3 hours prior.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
It’s a facial treatment that removes tanning, brightens skin tone, and deeply hydrates using the N+ professional range.
Yes, it is suitable for most skin types including normal, oily, and combination skin.
Yes, but we always do a patch test first or use gentle products for extra sensitive skin.
D-Tan focuses specifically on removing sun tan and pigmentation, while regular facials may focus more on hydration or glow.
A face polisher is a gentle exfoliating treatment that removes dead skin and adds a fresh, smooth glow.
Yes – polishing is more advanced and includes brightening elements, not just exfoliation.
These are exfoliating and brightening treatments for hands and feet that help in tan removal and make skin soft and even-toned.
Approximately 60–75 minutes depending on the combination chosen.
Yes, the N+ facial includes a relaxing facial massage.
Cleansing, exfoliation, steaming, D-Tan pack, massage, and moisturization.
We use both – depending on the service and skin type.
Yes, visible improvement is noticed in the first session.
Yes, if needed or requested.
Even one session shows visible results, but regular sessions give long-term benefits.
Results last up to 1–2 weeks with proper care.
Yes, these services are unisex and suitable for all.
Nail art is the creative decoration of nails using designs, colors, accessories, or patterns.
Yes, a clean base is essential. Nail prep (filing, cuticle care, buffing) is included.
We offer minimalist, glitter, chrome, marble, ombre, 3D, floral, French tip, bridal, and seasonal themes.
We offer minimalist, glitter, chrome, marble, ombre, 3D, floral, French tip, bridal, and seasonal themes.
Absolutely! We can replicate or customize it for you.
It can be done on both – natural nails, gel overlays, or acrylic extensions.
Gel polish is a solid color; nail art includes designs on top of that color.
Yes, we offer 3D elements like rhinestones, stickers, charms, and foil art.
Yes, matte, chrome, glitter, and holographic finishes are all available.
Yes! Each nail can have a unique design if you’d like.
30–60 minutes depending on complexity.
With gel polish, nail art lasts 2–3 weeks.
No, not when applied and removed properly.
We recommend a fresh base for best results.
Avoid harsh chemicals, wear gloves while cleaning, and apply cuticle oil regularly.
Yes, but wait until the polish has cured fully (especially for gel).
Minor chips can often be repaired. Contact us for a quick fix.
We recommend professional removal, especially for gel or 3D designs.
Yes! We do group nail art and bridal bookings.
Yes, decorative elements may have a small extra charge.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and payment links.
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
Waxing is a method of hair removal that pulls hair out from the root using warm or cold wax.
We offer full body waxing, arms, legs, underarms, face, bikini, and Brazilian waxing using soft and hard wax.
Typically, 3 to 5 weeks depending on your hair growth cycle.
There may be mild discomfort, especially the first time, but it gets easier with regular waxing.
Yes, we use sensitive-skin-friendly wax and always test a small patch first.
Hair should be at least 1/4 inch (about the size of a grain of rice) for best results.
No, we avoid waxing over broken, irritated, or acne-prone skin areas.
We use both, depending on the area. Hard wax is preferred for sensitive zones (like underarms & bikini).
Depends on the area – from 15 minutes (upper lip) to 60+ minutes for full body.
Yes! All our waxing services are available as a doorstep service.
Yes, gently exfoliate 24 hours before to remove dead skin and prevent ingrown hairs.
Yes, a warm shower helps soften the skin and open pores, making waxing easier.
Avoid lotions or oils on the waxing day – clean, dry skin is best.
You can, but the skin is more sensitive. We recommend waiting if you're uncomfortable.
Some clients take a mild pain reliever 30 mins before. Not mandatory.
Yes, but with extra care and approval from your doctor for intimate waxing.
If you're sensitive, yes – caffeine can make the skin more reactive.
Wait at least 6–8 hours before a hot shower. Use lukewarm water only.
Avoid deodorants for 24 hours to prevent irritation.
Avoid sun exposure, saunas, steam rooms, heavy workouts, or tight clothing for 24–48 hours.
Wait 48 hours, then exfoliate gently to prevent ingrown hairs.
Use aloe vera gel or soothing lotion to calm the skin.
Yes, slight redness and sensitivity are normal and fade within a few hours.
Exfoliate 2–3 times a week and moisturize daily.
Avoid makeup for at least 12–24 hours to prevent breakouts.
Via WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or phone call.
Cash, bank transfer, card, and payment links.
Yes, all services are performed by experienced female therapists.
Every 4–6 weeks is ideal for smooth, consistent results.
Waxing is a method of hair removal that pulls hair out from the root using warm or cold wax.
We offer full body waxing, arms, legs, underarms, face, bikini, and Brazilian waxing using soft and hard wax.
Typically, 3 to 5 weeks depending on your hair growth cycle.
There may be mild discomfort, especially the first time, but it gets easier with regular waxing.
Yes, we use sensitive-skin-friendly wax and always test a small patch first.
Hair should be at least 1/4 inch (about the size of a grain of rice) for best results.
No, we avoid waxing over broken, irritated, or acne-prone skin areas.
We use both, depending on the area. Hard wax is preferred for sensitive zones (like underarms & bikini).
Depends on the area – from 15 minutes (upper lip) to 60+ minutes for full body.
yes, gently exfoliate 24 hours before to remove dead skin and prevent ingrown hairs.
Yes, a warm shower helps soften the skin and open pores, making waxing easier.
Avoid lotions or oils on the waxing day – clean, dry skin is best.
You can, but the skin is more sensitive. We recommend waiting if you're uncomfortable.
Yes, but with extra care and approval from your doctor for intimate waxing.
Wait at least 6–8 hours before a hot shower. Use lukewarm water only.
Avoid deodorants for 24 hours to prevent irritation.
Avoid sun exposure, saunas, steam rooms, heavy workouts, or tight clothing for 24–48 hours.
Wait 48 hours, then exfoliate gently to prevent ingrown hairs.
Yes, slight redness and sensitivity are normal and fade within a few hours.
Avoid makeup for at least 12–24 hours to prevent breakouts.
Via WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or phone call.
Cash, bank transfer, card, and payment links.
Every 4–6 weeks is ideal for smooth, consistent results.
Yes, it’s safe and recommended every month.
It’s a skin-brightening facial using natural fruit-based ingredients to exfoliate, nourish, and hydrate the skin.
It brightens dull skin, reduces pigmentation, smooths texture, and gives a natural glow.
Yes, it's gentle and suitable for normal, dry, oily, and combination skin.
Yes, the fruit enzymes help in clearing mild acne, blackheads, and clogged pores.
Usually 45–60 minutes.
Every 2–4 weeks depending on your skin condition.
Yes, but we always do a patch test first to avoid reactions.
No major side effects; slight redness may occur and usually fades within an hour.
Yes, gentle steaming is done for better product absorption and pore cleansing.
Avoid heavy makeup for 24 hours to let your skin breathe.
Threading is a natural hair removal method using cotton thread for precise shaping and clean-up.
Mild discomfort may be felt, but it’s quick and less harsh than waxing.
Yes, threading is better for sensitive skin compared to waxing.
Yes, it provides precise hair removal without chemicals.
No, hair does not grow thicker or darker from threading.
Yes, some redness is normal and usually fades within 30–60 minutes.
Through WhatsApp, DM, or phone call.
Experienced female therapists only.
Around 60–75 minutes.
It’s a complete coloring process where your entire hair length is dyed uniformly from roots to ends.
We use high-quality salon-grade brands like L’Oréal, Wella, and Matrix.
Yes, we offer both ammonia and ammonia-free options.
Yes! Our stylist will help you choose based on your skin tone and hair type.
Not if done professionally with proper aftercare. We also offer post-color damage control treatments.
Usually 1.5 to 3 hours, depending on your hair length and condition.
Typically 4 to 8 weeks depending on shade, hair care, and sun exposure.
Absolutely, we offer full grey coverage with natural and vibrant shades.
Yes, root touch-up services are available.
Wash, conditioning, and styling using a blow dryer for smooth, voluminous hair.
1–3 days depending on hair type, weather, and post-care.
Yes, always. We protect your hair before using heat tools.
Occasional blowdries are safe. Regular blowdrying should be balanced with treatments.
It’s a deep-conditioning therapy to restore moisture, strength, and shine to damaged hair.
Anyone with dry, brittle, frizzy, chemically treated, or heat-damaged hair.
Keratin mask, deep repair mask, protein repair, olaplex-style bonding treatments, etc.
Yes, in fact, it’s highly recommended post-color or bleach.
Results last 2–4 weeks depending on hair care.
No – repair treatments nourish the hair but do not permanently straighten it.
From basic trims to stylish layers, bobs, feather cuts, U-cuts, straight cuts, and more.
WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or phone call.
Yes, all services are available with our trained female staff at your doorstep.
Absolutely, all our team members are certified and experienced.
Cash, online transfer, card, and payment link.
Yes, please inform us at least 6 hours in advance.
Haircut: every 6–8 weeks. Treatment: every 2–4 weeks for best results.
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
Yes! It actually helps repair and protect color-treated or bleached hair.
Usually 2–4 months, depending on hair type and post-treatment care.
Usually 2–4 months, depending on hair type and post-treatment care.
If done correctly and using professional products — no. It actually strengthens hair.
Generally yes, but we always recommend a patch test first.
Wait at least 48–72 hours before washing, unless your formula allows immediate wash (we’ll inform you).
Avoid tying, pinning, or tucking behind ears for the first 3 days to prevent dents.
Use sulfate-free and sodium-chloride-free shampoos only.
Yes, after a week or so, light oiling is fine — but avoid heavy oils that may strip the keratin.
Wait at least 2 weeks. Or ideally, color your hair before the keratin treatment.
Yes, but you’ll notice you won’t need to — hair will be naturally sleek.
It may feel silkier, but with the right shampoo and care, it won’t become greasy.
Yes! It relaxes curls, removes frizz, and softens them — but it doesn’t fully straighten coily hair.
Yes, keratin can be done on all hair lengths.
Yes, keratin can be done on all hair lengths.
Yes, your original texture gradually comes back over months.
Through WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or phone call.
Trained and experienced female professionals
Nope! We come fully equipped with all products and tools.
Price varies by hair length and thickness — message us for a custom quote.
Let us assess — it’s best to treat any active scalp condition first.
Cash | Online Transfer | Card | Payment Link
A highly detailed dry technique using electric files to clean and remove excess cuticle with precision.
The technique originated and became popular in Russia and Eastern Europe for its ultra-clean finish.
Yes, it involves detailed e-file work around the cuticles and nails without soaking in water.
Not at all – when done by a trained expert, it is completely painless.
Around 90 to 120 minutes depending on nail condition and services included.
Yes! We provide complete Russian Mani-Pedi services at home with all tools and hygiene.
Absolutely. Russian mani-pedi is known for deep cuticle cleaning.
Yes, we can treat and restore them over a few sessions.
Yes, it helps gently lift and remove that excess skin.
Yes, we’ll shape them to your desired look – square, round, almond, etc.
It’s a dry technique, which gives better precision and long-lasting polish.
Dry e-file cleaning, dead skin removal, cuticle work, nail shaping, and gel polish.
Yes – we gently remove dead skin buildup around heels and feet.
All tools are fully disinfected or single-use to ensure complete hygiene.
Yes, but it’s a gentle e-file (electric file) specifically made for nails, not a dental or DIY drill!
Through WhatsApp, Instagram, or a direct call.
Cash | Card | Bank Transfer | Payment Link
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintenance.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
A natural facial treatment using fruit extracts to nourish and brighten the skin.
Papaya, banana, orange, apple, and mixed fruit extracts.
Brightens skin, removes tan, hydrates, and gives a fresh glow.
Yes, it’s gentle and chemical-free.
40–50 minutes.
Every 2–3 weeks for best results.
Yes, especially with regular sessions.
Yes, you’ll notice a fresh and radiant look right after.
Yes, fruits are rich in antioxidants that fight signs of aging.
Absolutely — it’s great for men's skin too.
No, you can continue your routine immediately.
A deep treatment that restores strength and shine to damaged hair.
Keratin, silk protein, wheat protein, and collagen blends.
Anyone with dry, weak, colored, or chemically treated hair.
Strengthens, repairs damage, reduces breakage, and boosts smoothness.
Yes, it’s perfect for all hair types, especially if dry or rough.
Around 30–45 minutes including application and rinse.
Once every 2–4 weeks depending on hair condition.
Yes, it actually protects and strengthens treated hair.
No, it leaves hair soft, not greasy.
Yes, mild heat is sometimes used to help absorption.
Coconut, almond, olive, argan, or herbal oil blends.
Nourishes scalp, promotes hair growth, reduces dandruff, and relaxes the mind.
20–30 minutes.
Yes, you can select based on your hair needs.
Yes, regular massages can improve scalp circulation and strengthen roots.
It’s customized – light, medium, or deep pressure as per your comfort.
Ideally after 2–3 hours to allow full absorption.
Yes, it’s an excellent combo for intense hair care.
Yes, we use mild, soothing oils for sensitive skin.
Booking is easy via WhatsApp, call, or online link.
Yes, we can combine facial, protein mask, and oil massage in a package.
Cash, card, Apple Pay, or bank transfer.
Classic, deep cleansing, fruit facial, and glow facials.
Cleanses, hydrates, brightens skin, and reduces fine lines.
Around 45–60 minutes.
Yes, we use skin-type-appropriate products.
Yes, extraction is part of many facials.
Once every 3–4 weeks.
Mild redness can happen but settles in a few hours.
Absolutely men’s facials are designed for tougher skin.
Body massage, body scrub, body mask, and moisturization.
Relaxes muscles, detoxifies skin, improves blood circulation.
1.5 to 2 hours.
Yes, it deeply relaxes muscles and mind.
Yes, with aromatic and herbal oils.
No, everything is provided.
Yes, body scrubs and masks help remove tan.
Yes, we use hydrating and soothing products.
Yes, including straight, curly, and wavy hair.
Yes, we love helping you get the look you want!
Forehead, eyebrows, upper lip, chin, sides, and neck.
Slight discomfort is possible but it’s quick and tolerable.
Yes, it’s gentler and more precise.
About 20–30 minutes.
Mild redness may occur but usually fades within 1–2 hours.
Yes, better than waxing for sensitive facial skin.
Every 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
We use premium honey wax, aloe vera wax, or Rica wax.
Slight discomfort is normal but we minimize pain with proper technique.
20–30 minutes.
Yes, regular waxing can make hair finer and slower-growing.
Yes, a soothing lotion is applied to reduce redness.
You can book via WhatsApp, phone call, or online link.
Yes, professional home service is available.
Ideally, 24–48 hours in advance.
We offer classic, deep cleansing, fruit facials.
Cleanses, hydrates, brightens, and rejuvenates the skin.
45 to 60 minutes.
Yes, we customize based on skin type: oily, dry, combination, or sensitive.
Rarely, but detoxification can sometimes cause temporary minor breakouts.
Every 3–4 weeks for best results.
No, you can resume normal activities immediately.
A manicure where nails are dipped into colored powder for a long-lasting finish.
3–4 weeks without chipping.
Yes, when done properly by a professional.
It’s better to get professional removal to avoid damage.
About 45–60 minutes.
Like a dip manicure, but for toenails — giving long-lasting color and strength.
Yes, it’s very safe and helps protect nails.
Around 4–6 weeks.
Yes, it usually includes cleaning, exfoliation, and massage.
Yes, dip powder is waterproof and durable.
About 60–75 minutes.
A natural method using thread to remove unwanted hair and shape eyebrows.
Yes, it’s more precise and gentler on the skin.
Slight discomfort may be felt, but it’s quick and tolerable.
2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Mild redness is possible but usually goes away in an hour.
About 10–15 minutes.
Removal of unwanted hair from the upper lip using thread.
Yes, threading is chemical-free and ideal for sensitive areas.
We use honey, aloe vera, Rica, or sensitive skin wax.
A little discomfort is normal but it lessens over time.
Yes, we use gentle waxes designed for sensitive skin.
Both underarms completely cleaned.
Full lower legs and upper legs (thighs) waxed clean.
Wait 2–3 weeks after shaving to wax effectively.
Yes, waxing gives longer-lasting results and smoother skin.
Yes, soothing lotion or aloe vera gel is applied.
WhatsApp, call, or online form booking available.
Yes, home service is available with full setup.
No, it brightens and evens out the natural skin tone by removing dullness.
Yes, 24–48 hours advance booking is recommended.
A manicure using gel-based polish cured under UV/LED light for extra durability.
Typically 2–4 weeks without chipping.
Yes, if applied and removed properly.
Gel polish is more durable, shinier, and chip-resistant.
About 45–60 minutes.
No, unless improperly removed or picked off.
Professional removal is highly recommended to avoid nail damage.
Similar to a gel manicure but for toenails, offering long-lasting polish.
4–6 weeks, longer than a normal pedicure.
Yes, no drying time needed once cured under UV light.
Yes, includes cleaning, shaping, cuticle care, and polish.
Yes, French and ombre styles are available.
60–75 minutes.
Soaking, exfoliating scrub, massage, nail care, and moisturizing.
Improves circulation, relaxes muscles, removes dead skin, and softens feet.
30–45 minutes.
Absolutely! It's beneficial for everyone.
No, it’s very relaxing and soothing.
Every 2–4 weeks depending on lifestyle.
Yes, we ensure hygiene with disposable or sterilized tools.
Removing underarm hair from the root using wax.
Slight discomfort is normal but reduces with regular waxing.
Honey wax, aloe vera wax, or Rica wax for sensitive skin.
Yes, it lasts longer and doesn’t cause dark stubble.
At least 1/4 inch long (like a grain of rice).
Via WhatsApp, phone call, or booking link.
Yes, professional home service is available.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and Apple Pay.
A luxurious facial using gold-infused products to brighten, tighten, and rejuvenate the skin.
Anti-aging, brightening, improved skin elasticity, and glowing complexion.
Yes, especially beneficial for mature, dull, or dry skin.
Every 4–6 weeks for best results.
About 60–75 minutes.
No, it’s generally safe with no downtime.
Yes, it firms the skin and reduces the appearance of fine lines.
A bleach that contains gold dust and helps lighten skin tone while nourishing it.
It’s gentle, but a patch test is recommended.
2–3 weeks depending on skin type and care.
Yes, ideally 2–3 days before for the best glow.
Yes, it's gentler and adds a natural golden glow.
A treatment that exfoliates, brightens, and polishes the skin using gold-based products.
Face, hands, or full body — depending on service choice.
1–2 weeks with proper care.
Yes, it enhances the natural skin tone without lightening it unnaturally.
25–30 minutes depending on the area.
Forehead, cheeks, upper lip, chin, sideburns — full face.
Yes, we use gentle wax suitable for delicate skin.
Every 4–5 weeks.
Avoid makeup, sun exposure, and heavy creams for 24 hours.
Yes, it gives a natural exfoliating effect.
Hair removal from fingers, hands, and lower arms using wax.
Yes, it removes hair and exfoliates skin.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Yes, it can be combined with manicures or facials.
Lightens hair and evens out skin tone on hands and arms.
Yes, when done with quality products and patch tested.
Around 2–3 weeks.
A procedure to lighten facial hair and brighten skin tone.
Yes, with a special sensitive formula and a patch test.
For those who don’t want hair removal but prefer blending hair with skin tone, yes.
WhatsApp, call, or online booking.
Yes, full home spa service is available.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and mobile wallets.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and mobile wallets.
Removing all hair from the thighs to the ankles using wax.
3 to 5 weeks, depending on hair growth.
Some discomfort, but it becomes easier after regular sessions.
Rarely, but exfoliating the skin helps prevent them.
Yes, waxing removes hair from the root, making it grow back finer.
Yes, exfoliating 24 hours before waxing helps get better results.
About 1/4 inch (size of a rice grain).
Yes, we use gentle wax for sensitive skin types.
About 30–45 minutes.
Hot showers, swimming, and tight clothing for 24 hours.
Hair removal from shoulders down to the fingers.
Minimal pain; reduces over time with regular waxing.
Around 3–4 weeks.
Yes, but waxing is best done a few days after tanning.
No, it usually grows back finer and softer.
Every 4–5 weeks.
Yes, especially with Aloe Vera or Rica wax.
Yes, for maximum hygiene and comfort.
Every 3–4 weeks.
No, it can actually help lighten over time by removing dead skin.
Slightly, but quick and manageable.
Yes, ideally 2 days before.
Deodorants, sweating, and heat for 24 hours.
Yes, with gentle techniques.
Removal of unwanted hair from the stomach area.
Mild discomfort, manageable.
3–5 weeks.
Mild redness is normal and subsides within a few hours.
Waxing removes hair completely; bleaching only hides it.
20–30 minutes on average.
Yes, you can discuss with our stylist.
It can be included on request.
Through WhatsApp, call, or website booking.
Cash, credit/debit card, and online transfer.
Yes, rescheduling is allowed with 12–24 hours' notice.
Yes, cancellations within 6 hours may incur a small fee.
Coloring the entire hair from roots to ends.
No, when done professionally with quality products.
Typically 4–8 weeks depending on hair care and color type.
Yes, but a consultation is needed for the best result.
Yes, we have organic and ammonia-free options.
Yes, 100% grey coverage available.
We use Brazillian hair color.
Some fading is natural; aftercare products help maintain vibrancy.
After 48–72 hours for better color lock.
It’s better to wait a few days unless it’s a color-protect spa.
Hair wash, conditioning, and professional blow styling.
Around 30–45 minutes depending on hair length and volume.
2–4 days depending on hair texture and aftercare.
Yes, we do gentle blowouts after coloring.
No, when done with professional heat protection products.
Yes, we can customize the blowout look.
Yes, we offer volume-enhancing techniques.
Yes, with color, blowdry, and spa treatments.
Yes, you can upgrade to a scalp detox.
10–15 minutes.
Yes, clean hair absorbs products better.
A treatment to nourish the scalp, strengthen hair, and relax the mind.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Hydration, hair strengthening, reduced hair fall, and improved texture.
Yes, we have color-protect hair spa options.
It improves scalp health which can support better hair growth.
45–60 minutes.
Yes, it helps the treatment penetrate deeper into the scalp and hair.
WhatsApp, call, or online booking available.
Cash, card, online transfer, mobile wallets.
Yes, especially for hair color + blowdry or spa + haircut combos.
Yes, hair services can be done at your home with all equipment.
Yes, with minimum 24 hours’ notice.
Last-minute cancellations (less than 6 hours) No fee.
Deep treatment to nourish and repair dry, damaged, or frizzy hair.
Yes, it helps keep ends smooth and healthy.
Yes, it helps keep ends smooth and healthy.
Effects can last 2–4 weeks depending on hair type and care.
It can improve appearance but trimming is necessary for permanent removal.
Yes, deep repair and moisturizing options are available.
Every 2–3 weeks for best results.
Yes, it protects and prolongs color life.
No, proper rinsing prevents oiliness.
Absolutely, hair conditioning is for everyone.
Classic, trendy, layers, bob cuts, trims, and custom styles.
Yes, consultation is included.
Yes, consultation is included.
Soak, exfoliation, massage, nail cleaning, and moisturizing.
About 30–45 minutes.
Yes, it helps heal and soften the skin.
No, it’s very relaxing.
Once every 2–3 weeks for healthy feet.
Hair removal technique using a thin cotton thread.
Slight discomfort but tolerable and quick.
Every 2–3 weeks based on hair growth.
Yes, more precise and gentle for sensitive areas.
Yes, shaping is customized to your face.
Mild redness may appear but fades within 15–30 minutes.
Rarely cleaning the skin after threading prevents breakouts.
By WhatsApp, phone call, or online booking.
Cash, debit/credit card, online transfers.
Only for last-minute cancellations.
Body exfoliation , massage, hydration, and relaxation therapies.
Typically 90–120 minutes.
Relieves stress, improves circulation, hydrates skin, and relaxes muscles.
Yes, we use products suitable for sensitive skin.
Once a month for relaxation and skin maintenance.
No, all essentials like towels, robes, and slippers are provided.
Yes, it greatly helps with muscle stiffness and minor body aches.
Light meals are recommended ; avoid heavy eating.
No, it promotes overall well-being. Mild sleepiness is normal after.
Only with doctor’s permission and specific prenatal spa treatments.
Disposable garments are provided for your comfort.
Nail trimming, cuticle care, hand exfoliation, massage, and polish.
30–45 minutes depending on the service type.
Yes, we offer gel, classic, French, and spa manicures.
Regular polish lasts 5–7 days; gel polish lasts 2–3 weeks.
Yes, for hygiene and safety.
Consultation before service is recommended.
Every 2–3 weeks for nail health and appearance.
Yes, hand spa upgrade is available.
WhatsApp, phone call, or online booking link.
Yes, combo appointments are available.
Cash, credit/debit cards, and online transfers.
Yes, preferably 24 hours’ notice.
Yes, cancellation within 6 hours and no any cancellation fee.
A facial treatment designed to brighten skin tone, reduce pigmentation, and enhance radiance.
Yes, it’s customized for sensitive, oily, dry, and combination skin.
Around 45–60 minutes.
Yes, we use dermatologically tested and professional-grade products.
Every 3–4 weeks for maintained brightness.
Use sunscreen, stay hydrated, and avoid direct sunlight for 48 hours.
It helps lighten dark spots and pigmentation over time.
Vitamin C, licorice extract, kojic acid, and hyaluronic acid are common.
Mild exfoliation may occur but heavy peeling is rare.
It’s better to avoid makeup for 24 hours.
Nail shaping, cuticle care, exfoliation, massage, and polish.
Nail shaping, cuticle care, exfoliation, massage, and polish.
Yes, gel, classic, and French manicures are available.
Yes, strict hygiene standards are followed.
Every 2–3 weeks for healthy nails.
Foot soak, exfoliation, nail care, massage, and polish application.
45–60 minutes.
Yes, exfoliation and moisturizing help heal cracks.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Yes, foot spa upgrades available.
Through WhatsApp, phone call, or online booking form.
Yes, special combo packages are available.
Yes, cancellations within 6 hours may not included fee
Cash, debit/credit cards, online transfers.
Yes, with at least 24-hour notice.
A fruit facial uses natural fruit enzymes and extracts to deeply cleanse, exfoliate, and nourish the skin.
A facial usually takes 45 to 60 minutes.
Yes, we use gentle and acne-specific facial products if needed.
Yes, we customize the products according to your skin sensitivity.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for skin maintenance.
It lightens facial hair and evens out skin tone using safe bleaching cream.
It doesn't change your skin color but gives a glowing and clean appearance.
We use threading or tweezing based on preference.
Slight discomfort is normal but it’s quick and safe.
About 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
We offer honey, aloe vera, Rica, and chocolate wax based on client preference.
Slight discomfort is normal, but our beauticians ensure it’s done gently.
Typically 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, we recommend Rica or aloe vera wax for sensitive skin.
Yes, we clean and moisturize the area before and after waxing.
Classic, gel, French, and spa manicure/pedicure.
Both manicure and pedicure together take about 60–75 minutes.
Yes, we handle it gently and carefully.
Every 3–4 weeks for maintenance.
Yes, a flat AED 15 applies for all home service bookings.
Yes, but please inform at least 3 hours in advance. No cancellation fee.
Yes, our team is professionally trained and follows proper hygiene protocols.
No, our beautician brings everything needed for the service.
We offer fruit, whitening, glow, anti-aging, acne-control, and gold facials.
Fruit or whitening facials are great for an instant glow.
Yes, bleach should be done before the facial for better results.
Yes, we have special anti-acne facials for sensitive skin types.
Approximately 45 to 60 minutes.
We use top salon-grade bleach creams that are safe for facial skin.
No, it temporarily lightens facial hair and evens out skin tone.
Yes, we perform a patch test and use mild bleach formulas if needed.
Avoid direct sunlight for 12–24 hours post bleach.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Threading is our preferred method for precise and clean shaping.
Slight discomfort is normal but very quick.
Usually 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, it’s common and takes less than 10 minutes.
Honey, Aloe Vera, Chocolate, and Rica Wax based on your skin type.
Slight discomfort, but our experts use soothing techniques.
Yes, they are usually done together in about 45–60 minutes.
Yes, our beauticians are trained and follow hygiene protocols.
Mild pain is expected, but the process is quick and professionally handled.
Around 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth.
Soaking, nail trimming, shaping, cuticle cleaning, scrub, massage, and polish.
Foot soak, exfoliation, nail care, cuticle cleaning, massage, and polish.
Around 60–75 minutes for both.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee applies to every booking.
Visit Lipslay.com, WhatsApp us, or call directly.
No, but please inform us at least 3 hours in advance for cancellation.
We offer Fruit, Whitening, Gold, Anti-Aging, Acne, and Glow facials.
Fruit or gold facials are ideal for an instant glow and hydration.
Regular facials can help lighten dark spots over time.
Every 3–4 weeks is recommended for best results.
Yes, we customize products for sensitive and acne-prone skin.
It lightens facial hair and gives an even, brighter skin tone.
Usually 3–4 weeks.
Slight discomfort, but it’s quick and safe.
Some discomfort is normal, but it's done gently and quickly.
No, but please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance.
Yes, all staff are trained and follow strict hygiene protocols.
Yes, AED 15 flat transport fee per visit.
We offer Fruit, Whitening, Gold, Anti-Aging, Acne, and Glow facials.
Fruit or gold facials are ideal for an instant glow and hydration.
Regular facials can help lighten dark spots over time.
Every 3–4 weeks is recommended for best results.
It lightens facial hair and gives an even, brighter skin tone.
Usually 3–4 weeks.
Yes, bleach is ideally done before a facial.
We use mild, professional bleach and do a patch test if needed.
Slight discomfort, but it’s quick and safe.
Every 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, and we apply cooling gel post-service.
Typically 3–4 weeks.
Yes, it's commonly done together in about 45–60 minutes.
Some discomfort is normal, but it's done gently and quickly.
Via WhatsApp, call, or visit Lipslay.com.
Yes, AED 15 flat transport fee per visit.
No, but please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance.
Yes, all staff are trained and follow strict hygiene protocols.
A hair-smoothing process that eliminates frizz, adds shine, and makes hair more manageable.
It lasts 2 to 4 months depending on hair type and aftercare.
Yes, it helps repair and smoothen damaged, chemically treated, or frizzy hair.
Yes, our trained beauticians provide professional keratin treatment at home.
Avoid washing for 2–3 days, then use sulfate-free shampoo.
Yes, it works on straight, wavy, curly, and color-treated hair.
No, it actually strengthens hair if done correctly.
Yes, our team brings professional-grade color and tools to your doorstep.
Yes, we offer a wide range of shades including browns, burgundy, blonde, etc.
Around 1.5 to 2.5 hours depending on hair length and type.
Yes, we have ammonia-free and premium brands available.
4–6 weeks depending on hair type and maintenance.
Yes, we offer gel, acrylic, and polygel nail extensions.
Absolutely! You can choose from square, round, almond, stiletto, and more.
Available in 15 mins sessions.
Yes, upon request, or we can set up on your existing bed.
Arms, legs, underarms, back, stomach, bikini/brazilian (if selected).
Approximately 60–90 minutes depending on hair density.
Honey, Aloe Vera, Rica, or Chocolate wax (your choice).
Minimal discomfort, especially when using Rica or premium wax.
Yes, male waxing is available with male therapists.
Through WhatsApp, call, or Lipslay.com booking page.
Yes, flat AED 15 applies to all home visits.
Yes, please inform us at least 3 hours in advance. No cancellation fee.
100%. All staff follow hygiene standards and wear gloves/masks when required.
You can select any 10 services from the list.
Yes! This is a flexible package – you can choose from any category.
It’s preferred, but you can finalize your list with the beautician before service begins.
Deep cleansing, massage, scrub, steam, mask – based on your skin type.
A face massage using Vitamin C cream for glow, hydration, and pigmentation control.
A soothing mask applied post-threading or waxing to reduce redness and calm skin.
Oil massage, steam, shampoo, and deep conditioning mask.
Hair color applied to new hair growth near scalp (up to 1 inch).
You get blow dry service up to 3 times, can be done together or on separate days.
Each massage is 10 minutes and includes relaxing oil therapy.
Yes, it includes full gel polish application with shaping and basic prep.
Nail trimming, shaping, and polish with your chosen shade.
Around 2.5 to 4 hours, depending on which services you choose.
Yes, this package is for one-time use only – all services must be taken together.
No, the 10 services are for one person only, not shareable.
No, once confirmed, the package and price remain fixed.
No, once confirmed, the package and price remain fixed.
Yes, all tools are sanitized and disinfected before use.
Yes, but please inform us in advance so we can adjust the services accordingly.
No hidden charges. Only AED 15 transport fee is extra – all else is included.
Keratin Treatment Full Hair Color Nail Extensions Body Massage (for Gents & Ladies) Gel Manicure & Gel Pedicure Full Body wax
We use high-quality formaldehyde-free keratin treatments suitable for all hair types.
It removes frizz, adds shine, smooths hair, and makes it more manageable.
Wait 48–72 hours before your first wash. Use sulfate-free shampoo.
Yes, it even improves the appearance of colored or chemically treated hair.
We use professional salon-grade brands (available in both ammonia and ammonia-free options).
Yes, we’ll show you a color chart to choose from (browns, burgundy, natural black, etc.).
No, this package includes full base color only, not fashion techniques.
Around 1.5 to 2 hours depending on hair length and thickness.
Gel-based nail extensions with natural or custom shape (square, almond, stiletto, etc.)
Typically 3–4 weeks, depending on care.
Yes, basic design or polish is included. Advanced nail art can be added at extra cost.
Yes, female staff for ladies, and male staff for gents.
Relaxing oil massage focused on stress relief and muscle relaxation.
Around 30–45 minutes.
Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, and gel polish application with UV/LED lamp.
Up to 2–3 weeks without chipping.
Yes, safe removal of existing gel polish is part of the service.
Arms, legs, underarms, back, stomach, and bikini/brazilian (if requested).
Honey, Aloe Vera, or Rica wax — as per your preference.
Mild discomfort, especially with premium wax like Rica, which is gentle.
Via WhatsApp, phone call, or through Lipslay.com.
No, AED 15 transport fee applies to all home service bookings.
No cancellation fee, but please inform us at least 3 hours in advance.
Sulfate-free shampoo and conditioner.
Avoid using nails as tools, and apply cuticle oil daily.
Avoid hot water and strong chemicals; use gloves when cleaning.
We recommend waiting 4–6 hours to allow skin to breathe.
Glow, Whitening, Gold, Fruit, Anti-Aging, and Hydrating facials are available.
Our beautician will assess your skin type and recommend the best facial on the spot.
Every 3 to 4 weeks for consistent results and skin maintenance.
It's best to avoid makeup for 6–8 hours post-facial to let your skin breathe.
It helps even out skin tone, reduce tan, and brighten dull or pigmented areas.
Bleach effects typically last 10–15 days depending on skin and exposure.
Mild discomfort, but our trained staff ensures quick and precise shaping.
Every 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, based on your face shape and preferences.
Yes, it's a safe and hygienic method to remove facial hair.
A little redness is normal and usually fades within 30 minutes. We apply soothing gel afterward.
Honey, Aloe Vera, or Rica wax (based on skin type).
Mild discomfort, but our technique ensures minimal pain.
Smooth arms for up to 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, it includes thighs, knees, and lower legs completely.
With proper aftercare (scrubbing & moisturizing), ingrown hair can be avoided.
Hair should be at least 1/4 inch long (around 3 weeks of growth).
Yes, we use gentle wax and apply soothing cream afterward.
Around 2–3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Anyone experiencing hair thinning, hair fall, dandruff, or weak scalp health.
It's a premium skincare treatment using VLCC brand products designed for deep cleansing, glow, fairness, and anti-aging benefits.
Options include Pearl, Gold, Anti-Tan, Fruit, Diamond, and Skin Tightening – our beautician helps you pick based on your skin type.
Yes, the products are dermatologically tested and suitable for most skin types.
Around 45 to 60 minutes.
We use skin-safe, professional bleach like VLCC, Oxy Bleach, or herbal options.
It lightens facial hair, reduces tanning, and gives a brighter, even skin tone.
It lightens facial hair, reduces tanning, and gives a brighter, even skin tone.
Typically 10 to 15 days, depending on skin type and exposure.
Full shaping and cleanup are included based on your preference.
From shoulders to fingertips, including elbows and hands.
It includes de-tan scrub, bleach, mask, and foot soak to improve color and texture of feet.
Preferably wait 10–15 minutes after polish to avoid smudging.
Coconut, Amla, or herbal oil – or oil-free on request.
Improves blood circulation, reduces stress, and strengthens roots.
Usually 10–15 minutes.
Around 45 to 60 minutes.
It’s optional, but if preferred, you can shower after 1–2 hours.
Yes, we offer combo deals based on your service selection. Ask for current offers.
No advance needed – Pay after service is completed.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies per visit.
An IR (Infrared) facial uses infrared light to stimulate collagen, reduce fine lines, and improve skin texture and blood circulation.
Yes, it’s non-invasive and suitable for most skin types, including sensitive and acne-prone skin.
Around 45–60 minutes including cleansing, exfoliation, IR light therapy, mask, and moisturization.
Every 3–4 weeks for best results.
Bleach lightens facial hair, brightens skin, and gives a more even tone by reducing tan and pigmentation.
Yes, we use professional-grade bleach, and we can do a patch test if you have sensitive skin.
Only mild discomfort. We apply cooling gel after threading to reduce redness.
Hair regrowth typically begins in 10–15 days.
Yes, we use Rica / Aloe Vera wax which is ideal for all skin types.
Yes, we use Rica / Aloe Vera wax which is ideal for all skin types.
Full thighs, knees, and lower legs up to the ankles.
How often should I wax underarms?
It includes the upper, mid, and lower back, plus shoulder area.
Stomach area and chest, cleaned safely with soft wax.
It’s safe, but your skin may be more sensitive during this time.
Hair removal from the bikini line area for a clean, neat look.
There is slight discomfort, but we use gentle wax and experienced technique to minimize pain.
The sides of the bikini area (visible when wearing swimwear or lingerie) – this wax keeps them clean.
Yes, bikini wax only covers the outer edge, not full removal.
It removes tan, dullness, and dark spots for fairer, smoother hands.
Foot soak, scrub, de-tan, mask, bleach, massage, and cuticle care for brighter, soft feet.
Yes, ammonia-free & branded colors available on request.
Coconut, Amla, or Herbal oil (your choice).
It reduces stress, promotes hair growth, and soothes the scalp.
Yes, we offer dry scalp massage too.
✅ Yes! All services are provided at your home with proper hygiene.
Yes, there’s a flat AED 15 transport fee per visit.
❌ No cancellation fee — please inform at least 3 hours in advance.
Female staff for ladies' services, and male/female staff for gents massage, depending on request.
We offer Glow, Whitening, Anti-Aging, Gold, Fruit, and VLCC facials – your therapist will recommend the best one for your skin type.
Usually 45 to 60 minutes, including cleansing, scrubbing, massage, mask, and toning.
Yes! We use gentle, skin-friendly products, and choose a facial type suited to your skin.
It lightens facial hair, gives a brighter look, and helps even out skin tone.
Yes, we use professional-grade bleach suitable for sensitive skin too.
Every 3 to 4 weeks, or as needed based on hair regrowth and tanning.
Both. We shape according to your face structure or just clean up as per your request.
Slight discomfort may be felt; redness usually fades within 15–30 mins.
Usually 10–15 days before you notice new hair growth.
From shoulder to wrist, including hands and fingers.
We use Rica, Aloe Vera, or Honey wax – you can choose.
We use Rica, Aloe Vera, or Honey wax – you can choose.
You’ll enjoy 3–4 weeks of smooth, hair-free legs.
No – in fact, waxing reduces pigmentation over time and keeps underarms fresh.
Slight sting only for a few seconds. We apply cooling gel or ice post-waxing.
Coloring just the grey or grown-out roots to match your existing hair color.
Every 3–4 weeks, depending on how fast your hair grows.
We offer root touch-ups in Black, Brown, and Natural shades only.
Light drying is included. Full blow-dry is available at extra cost.
No advance required. Pay after the service is completed.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee is applied per visit.
❌ No cancellation fee. Please notify us at least 3 hours before if you wish to cancel or reschedule.
We offer Glow, Whitening, Anti-Aging, Gold, Fruit, and VLCC facials — the beautician will suggest the best based on your skin type.
Around 45–60 minutes, including cleansing, scrub, massage, mask, and toner.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for healthy, glowing skin.
It lightens facial hair, evens skin tone, and reduces dullness.
We use skin-safe, professional bleach suitable for sensitive skin. A patch test can be done if needed.
Results last for about 2–3 weeks, depending on skin type and exposure.
Both — we can shape or simply clean up your natural brow line.
Only mild discomfort — we use aloe or ice post-threading to reduce redness.
Typically 10–15 days before hair regrows.
We apply soothing gel to prevent irritation. It’s rare but possible with very sensitive skin.
We use Rica, Aloe Vera, or Honey wax — gentle and effective.
Usually 3 to 4 weeks, depending on hair growth.
Thighs to ankles, including knees and toes.
Yes, regular waxing helps lighten pigmentation over time.
Absolutely. Waxing keeps skin smoother for longer and reduces hair thickness.
It provides deep nourishment, strengthens hair, reduces dandruff, and adds shine.
✅ Yes, all services are delivered at your home with proper hygiene and equipment.
❌ No cancellation fee, but please inform us 3 hours in advance if you want to cancel or reschedule.
✅ Yes, for ladies’ services, we send female professionals only.
We offer Glow, Whitening, Gold, Fruit, Anti-Aging, VLCC, and IR facials. The therapist will recommend based on your skin type.
Around 45–60 minutes, depending on the facial type.
Yes, we have gentle facials suitable for acne-prone and sensitive skin.
It lightens facial hair, evens skin tone, and enhances glow.
Yes, we use professional bleach (VLCC, Oxy, etc.) suitable for all skin types.
Usually 2–3 weeks depending on your skin and sun exposure.
We do both – shaping or simple clean-up based on your preference.
Every 2 weeks is ideal for clean brows and upper lip.
Just minor discomfort — we apply ice or aloe vera gel after threading.
We use Rica, Honey, or Aloe Vera wax — all skin-friendly.
Up to 3–4 weeks of smooth, hair-free arms.
Yes — full leg waxing includes thighs, knees, calves, ankles, and toes.
Yes, regular waxing weakens hair roots, reducing growth over time.
Absolutely. Waxing keeps skin smooth longer and helps reduce darkening.
Bikini line or full bikini — you can choose. We also offer bikini side lines waxing.
✅ Yes, female staff only handle all bikini waxing.
Slight discomfort for first-timers. We use premium waxes and soothing gel after service.
Regular, Whitening, Gel, French, and Spa options available.
✅ Yes, for hygiene we use disposable files, buffers, and towels.
Around 40–50 minutes combined.
Yes. Gel polish is available at extra cost.
It nourishes hair, reduces dandruff, improves shine, and relieves stress.
✅ Yes, all services are done at your home with full hygiene & setup.
❌ No cancellation fee, but kindly inform us at least 3 hours before if rescheduling.
🚗 Yes, a flat AED 15 applies per visit.
A hair spa is a deep conditioning treatment that nourishes the scalp, strengthens hair roots, and repairs damaged hair while adding shine and softness.
A: A hair spa is a deep conditioning treatment that nourishes the scalp, strengthens hair roots, and repairs damaged hair while adding shine and softness.
A standard hair spa involves three main steps: Hair Oiling: A relaxing massage using warm oil to improve scalp circulation. Hair Wash: Gently cleansing the hair with a mild shampoo. Hair Mask: Applying a nourishing mask to repair, moisturize, and soften the hair.
A standard hair spa involves three main steps: Hair Oiling: A relaxing massage using warm oil to improve scalp circulation. Hair Wash: Gently cleansing the hair with a mild shampoo. Hair Mask: Applying a nourishing mask to repair, moisturize, and soften the hair.

Bleach & Threading

Full face threading is a hair removal technique using a thin, twisted cotton thread to remove unwanted facial hair from areas such as the eyebrows, upper lip, cheeks, chin, and forehead.
A typical full face threading session lasts about 15 to 30 minutes, depending on the density and thickness of the hair.
Results typically last between 2 to 6 weeks, depending on individual hair growth rates.
Threading can cause temporary redness and minor irritation, but these usually subside within a few hours.
Yes, gently exfoliate your face 1-2 days before your appointment to remove dead skin cells and prevent ingrown hairs.
Avoid applying heavy moisturizers or oils on the day of your appointment, as they can make the skin slippery and difficult for the thread to grip.
Apply a cold compress to reduce swelling and use an over-the-counter hydrocortisone cream if necessary. If irritation persists, consult with a dermatologist.
Some patients may end up with skin irregularities, like bumps or asymmetry, if one side of the face ends up looking fuller than the other, he adds. The biggest potential complication of facial threading is puckering, which can form as a result of the pressure the threads put on surrounding skin.
In suitable candidates, a thread facelift can create a lifting effect. But in patients who have more extreme sagging and excess skin, a thread facelift may not be the best option. Unlike a facelift, it does not trim away loose skin or reposition the underlying fat, tissue, and muscle.
The effects of face bleaching typically last 2-4 weeks, depending on your skin type and hair regrowth.
No, bleaching does not remove facial hair; it lightens the hair to make it less visible.
The application process usually takes 10-15 minutes, depending on the product and your skin type.
Consult with your doctor before using bleach during pregnancy, as the chemicals might cause sensitivity.
Bleach your face no more than once every 4-6 weeks to avoid skin irritation or damage.
Face bleach may lighten dark spots temporarily, but it is not a permanent solution. Consider products specifically designed for hyperpigmentation.
Overuse or improper application can cause redness, irritation, or dryness, especially for sensitive skin types.
Bleaching lightens hair, while waxing removes it. Choose based on personal preference and skin sensitivity.
Herbal bleach contains natural ingredients, making it suitable for sensitive or delicate skin.
Gold bleach adds radiance to the skin, making it ideal for special occasions or dull complexions.
Diamond bleach enhances brightness and is best for uneven skin tone and mature skin.
Whitening bleach targets pigmentation and helps lighten dark spots for an even complexion.
Fruit bleach uses natural fruit enzymes to gently lighten facial hair and nourish the skin.
Face polishing is an exfoliating treatment that removes dead skin cells, revealing smoother, brighter skin.
Polishing focuses on improving skin texture and glow, while bleaching lightens hair and skin tone.
Use a cold compress or a calming cream like aloe vera to soothe the skin.
It's a cosmetic treatment that lightens the skin tone on your hands and feet, helping to reduce tanning, dark spots, or uneven pigmentation.
the effects typically last 2-4 weeks, depending on your skin type and sun exposure.
Yes, bleaching helps reduce the appearance of tanning by lightening the skin tone.
Bleaching your hands and feet takes approximately 15-20 minutes.
It's recommended to bleach every 4-6 weeks, depending on your skin's tolerance and needs.
Consult a dermatologist before bleaching during pregnancy to ensure safety.
Avoid exfoliating immediately before bleaching to prevent sensitivity or irritation.
No, avoid applying bleach on dry, cracked, or broken skin as it may cause discomfort.
Avoid sun exposure, harsh soaps, and exfoliating products for 24-48 hours to prevent irritation or darkening.
Yes, apply a soothing and hydrating moisturizer to prevent dryness and irritation.
Absolutely, apply sunscreen to your hands and feet when exposed to sunlight to protect the lightened skin from UV damage.
Apply a cold compress or soothing products like aloe vera gel to calm the skin.
Herbal bleach uses natural ingredients, making it gentle on sensitive skin and ideal for reducing discoloration caused by shaving or deodorants.
Whitening bleach targets deeper pigmentation, helping to brighten darkened underarms and even skin tone.
Diamond bleach is designed to give the skin a radiant glow, while also lightening pigmentation.
It’s a comprehensive treatment that may include cleansing, exfoliation, and hydration to improve skin texture, reduce dark spots, and prevent odor or irritation.
Underarm polishing involves exfoliating dead skin cells, brightening the area, and improving texture for smoother, lighter underarms.
Typically, 2-4 weeks, depending on skin type and aftercare.
Yes, but sensitive skin types should opt for gentler options like herbal or fruit bleach.
Clean your underarms thoroughly to remove sweat, oils, and deodorant residue.
No, avoid shaving or waxing for 24-48 hours before bleaching to prevent irritation.
Yes, avoid using deodorants, antiperspirants, or strong acids (like AHAs/BHAs) for 24 hours before bleaching.
Avoid deodorants, perfumes, tight clothing, and excessive sweating for at least 24-48 hours to prevent irritation.
Wait at least 6-8 hours before showering to let the bleach settle on your skin.
Avoid frequent shaving or friction, use gentle deodorants, and keep the area moisturized to prolong the effects.

Facial

We recommend that you get a herbal facial once a month.
Herbal facials are free from harsh chemicals and toxins that can cause harm to your skin or an allergic reaction. So, they are very safe, effective, and gentle on the skin. They can also: Improve blood circulation Give a healthy glow Calm your nerves Loosen debris and unclog pores Oxygenate and hydrate your skin
Refine skin pores: Facial masks achieve cleaner skin and more refined pores. ... Diminish fine lines: Regular use of face masks can reduce signs of aging, such as fine lines, wrinkles and brown spots, among others. ... They provide an even skin tone: ... Moisturize: ... Firmer skin: ... Oily skin control:
With daily use after two weeks, dark spots are visibly improved, fine lines and wrinkles are visibly reduced.
Rashel Aloe Vera Pimple Cream is an anti inflammatory sterilization which inhibit inflamation and can be used effectively to control acne, pimples and balckheads while caring the skin.
Dr. Rashel's Aloe Vera Face Serum is beneficial for oily skin as it properly moisturizes the skin.
All Dr. Rashel products are cruelty-free, clean, 100% vegan and safe to use.
The product is really good, it makes your skin soft and smeels good. Leave it overnight your face and feel the softness at morning. You can also use it as a day cream. Quantity is well enough.
It can be done once every 2–4 weeks, depending on your skin type and exposure to dirt or pollutants.
Yes, it is designed for all skin types, including sensitive, oily, and combination skin. However, it's important to choose the right product variant for your skin concerns.
Yes, it helps reduce acne by removing excess oil, clearing pores, and soothing the skin with its anti-inflammatory ingredients.
Yes, always follow up with a lightweight moisturizer to maintain hydration after the treatment.
The effects can last for 7–10 days, depending on your skincare routine and environmental exposure.
It hydrates the skin, reduces fine lines, evens skin tone, improves texture, and provides a radiant glow using professional-grade, dermatologist-approved products.
Yes, Dr. Renaud facials are tailored for all skin types, including sensitive, oily, dry, and combination skin.
The facial includes cleansers, exfoliators, masks, serums, and moisturizers from the Dr. Renaud range, with key ingredients like chamomile, collagen, or vitamin C.
A typical session lasts 60–90 minutes, depending on the type of facial and added treatments like massages.
Yes, some facials in the Dr. Renaud line, like those with collagen or peptides, target wrinkles and promote skin elasticity.
Dr. Renaud products emphasize natural, botanical ingredients, and many are formulated with organic elements, though not all are 100% organic.
It is recommended to get a facial every 2-4 weeks for optimal skin health, but frequency depends on individual skin needs.
Most facials are pregnancy-safe, but confirm with your therapist, especially regarding the products used.
Avoid direct sunlight, use SPF, and stick to a gentle skincare routine for 24–48 hours to protect the skin.
It’s recommended to avoid makeup before the facial to allow for better product absorption and effectiveness.
No, avoid using exfoliants, scrubs, or retinol-based products for at least 48 hours before the facial to prevent skin sensitivity.
Use a broad-spectrum sunscreen (SPF 30 or higher) and avoid direct sun exposure for at least 48 hours to protect your skin.
Stick to a gentle skincare routine, stay hydrated, and moisturize daily to keep your skin glowing and hydrated.
It helps improve skin texture, reduce fine lines, brighten the complexion, and target specific concerns like acne, pigmentation, or dullness.
Yes, Dr. Derma products are formulated to cater to all skin types, including sensitive, oily, and combination skin. The treatment can be customized based on individual needs.
For best results, it’s recommended every 2–4 weeks, depending on your skin type and specific concerns.
Yes, it can help treat acne by unclogging pores, reducing inflammation, and balancing oil production with specialized Dr. Derma products.
It’s best to avoid a facial if you have sunburn or irritated skin. Consult with your esthetician before scheduling if you’ve recently been exposed to the sun.
Avoid exfoliating or using harsh skincare products at least 48 hours prior to your facial to prevent irritation or sensitivity during the treatment.
Simply cleanse your skin and ensure that it’s free from makeup and heavy skincare products. This will allow for better absorption of the facial treatments.
You can resume your usual skincare routine, but avoid using exfoliating products or actives like retinol for 3-5 days after your facial.
Avoid sweating, saunas, or strenuous exercise for 24 hours after the facial, as sweating can clog pores and reduce the benefits of the facial.
Keep your skin hydrated, use SPF daily, and follow a gentle skincare routine to prolong the benefits of your Dr. Derma Facial.
Anti-aging: Reduces fine lines and wrinkles, promoting a youthful appearance. Acne treatment: Helps with acne scars, clogged pores, and inflammation. Brightening: Reduces dark spots and uneven skin tone. Hydration: Provides deep hydration, leaving the skin plump and refreshed.
Typically, a Dr. Derma Cos Facial is recommended once every 2–4 weeks for best results. However, the frequency may vary based on individual skin concerns and the advice of your skincare specialist.
A typical session lasts between 60–90 minutes, depending on the type of treatment and customization required for your skin.
Most people experience little to no side effects. However, a slight redness or sensitivity might occur, which usually fades within a few hours.
Yes, it's recommended to arrive with a clean, makeup-free face to allow the facial products to penetrate your skin effectively.
No, it’s advisable to avoid any form of exfoliation 2–3 days prior to the facial. This will help prevent skin irritation.
Mild redness or sensitivity may occur post-treatment, but it should subside within a few hours to a day. If it persists, contact your skincare provider.
Use a gentle skincare routine, stay hydrated, and apply sunscreen daily to maintain the effects of the facial and keep your skin glowing.
A typical Derma Shine Facial lasts between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on the customization required for your skin type and needs.
No, the facial is non-invasive and pain-free. You may feel a slight tingling sensation from the products used, but it should not cause any discomfort.
For optimal results, it’s recommended to have a Derma Shine Facial every 2–4 weeks. This allows your skin to fully benefit from the treatment while promoting rejuvenation.
Keep your skin hydrated, follow your skincare routine, and use sunscreen daily to maintain the effects of the Derma Shine Facial.
You can, but avoid strong exfoliants, retinol, or acidic products for 3–5 days after the facial to prevent irritation.
No, you don’t need to stop your routine, but it’s best to avoid using harsh exfoliating products in the days leading up to your facial.
Yes, it’s advised to stop using strong exfoliants (like retinol, salicylic acid, or glycolic acid) 2–3 days before your treatment to avoid irritation.
Acne Control: Helps reduce breakouts by deep cleansing pores and preventing further clogging. Brightening: Reduces dark spots and evens out skin tone. Smooth Texture: Exfoliates dead skin cells and promotes cell renewal for smoother skin. Deep Hydration: Keeps skin hydrated, reducing dryness and flakiness. Reduced Inflammation: Calms inflamed skin and reduces redness associated with acne and blemishes.
Typically, a Derma Clear Facial lasts between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on your skin’s condition and the customization of the treatment.
For optimal results, it’s recommended to get a Derma Clear Facial every 3 to 4 weeks. This helps to maintain clear skin, manage acne, and keep pores clean and unclogged.
While rare, some individuals may experience slight redness or sensitivity, especially after extractions. This usually subsides within a few hours to a day. If you have sensitive skin, inform your aesthetician before the treatment.
Yes, it’s best to stop using strong acne treatments, such as benzoyl peroxide or retinoids, 2–3 days before your facial to avoid skin irritation.
It’s advised to avoid makeup for 24 hours post-treatment to allow your skin to fully absorb the products used and avoid clogging pores.
Keep your skin hydrated with a gentle moisturizer and apply sunscreen regularly (SPF 30 or higher), as your skin will be more sensitive to the sun after the treatment.
This facial is ideal for individuals with dull, tired skin or those looking to brighten their complexion. It works well for most skin types, including dry, oily, and combination skin, due to its hydrating and soothing properties.
Glowing Skin,Hydration, Fruit enzymes,Even Skin Tone,andAntioxidant Protection
A typical Glowry Touch Fruit Facial lasts around 60 minutes, depending on the specific steps and your skin's needs.
For optimal results, it is recommended to have this facial once every 3 to 4 weeks to maintain healthy, glowing skin.
Yes, avoid using strong exfoliating products like retinoids or exfoliants 2–3 days before your Derma Shine Facial. These could cause irritation or sensitivity during the treatment.
t's best to arrive with a clean, makeup-free face to allow the aesthetician to properly cleanse and prepare your skin for the treatment.
It's recommended to avoid makeup for at least 24 hours post-facial to allow your skin to fully absorb the treatment and maintain its natural glow.
Some mild redness or sensitivity is normal, especially after treatments like exfoliation or extractions. This should subside within a few hours to a day.
An Herbal Facial is suitable for all skin types, particularly those with sensitive skin or those looking for a more natural skincare treatment. It’s also ideal for individuals with acne, dryness, or pigmentation issues.
An Herbal Facial typically takes about 50 to 90 minutes, depending on your skin’s needs and the specific steps involved in the treatment.
Yes, many people notice a softer, more radiant complexion immediately after an Herbal Facial. The effects may continue to improve over the next few days as the skin absorbs the herbal ingredients.
Side effects are rare, but individuals with allergies to specific herbs or essential oils should inform the aesthetician beforehand to avoid any reactions. It’s always a good idea to do a patch test if you're trying a new product.
For best results, it’s recommended to have an Herbal Facial once every 3 to 4 weeks. This allows your skin to maintain its natural balance and benefits from the nourishment the herbs provide.
Yes, it’s best to stop using strong exfoliants or retinoid-based products 2-3 days before your facial to prevent skin irritation.
Yes, always arrive with a clean face, free of makeup, so your aesthetician can properly prepare your skin for the treatment.
It's best to avoid facials if you have sunburn or active acne, as it could irritate your skin further. Consult with your aesthetician first.
It’s best to wait at least 24 hours before applying makeup after a facial to allow your skin to fully absorb the treatment and avoid clogged pores.
Apply a gentle moisturizer regularly and drink plenty of water to keep your skin hydrated and glowing after the treatment.
Its many benefits include a more hydrated, bright, plump, and clear complexion. Plus, it can also improve signs of aging.
Some specific skin concerns may need more than one visit to be addressed fully, but you should see results immediately after your treatment. You will notice that the skin is refreshed and smoothed, and any redness and uneven pigmentation will be visibly reduced.
The treatment typically takes about 30 to 60 minutes, depending on the specific needs of your skin and the additional services included in the facial.
There are no significant side effects associated with the IQ Organic HydraFacial. It is a gentle treatment, but some people may experience slight redness or sensitivity immediately after the treatment, which usually subsides within a few hours.
For best results, it’s recommended to have an IQ Organic HydraFacial every 2 to 4 weeks. This allows for the skin to maintain hydration and healthy turnover while addressing any skin concerns.
Yes, this treatment is gentle and can be tailored to suit all skin types, including oily, dry, sensitive, or aging skin.
Yes, it's advised to stop using exfoliating products (like scrubs, retinoids, or acne treatments) 2-3 days before the facial to avoid irritation or over-sensitivity.
It’s generally recommended to avoid facials if you have sunburn or severe acne, as it could irritate your skin. Always consult with your skincare specialist.
Yes, protect your skin from direct sunlight for 24-48 hours after a facial, as your skin will be more sensitive to UV rays.
Use a gentle moisturizer and drink plenty of water to help your skin stay hydrated. Hydration supports the skin’s recovery and glow post-treatment.
Kashee’s Studio Facial utilizes premium skincare products, including herbal, organic, and luxurious brands that are specifically selected for their ability to nourish and rejuvenate the skin. These products are formulated to cater to different skin types and concerns.
Side effects are rare, but individuals with sensitive skin may experience temporary redness or mild irritation after the facial. These effects usually subside within a few hours.
For best results, it’s recommended to get a facial at Kashee’s Studio every 4 to 6 weeks. This allows your skin to recover and maintain its glow.
Yes, Kashee’s Studio offers customizable facials. Based on your skin type and concerns (e.g., acne, dryness, pigmentation), the aesthetician will tailor the treatment to best suit your needs.
If you are using treatments like active acne medication or heavy skincare products, consult your aesthetician before the facial, as these might need to be paused for a few days prior to the treatment.
It’s advised to avoid sun exposure or tanning right before your facial, as sunburned or overly sensitive skin may not react well to certain treatments.
It’s best to wait 24 hours before applying makeup to allow your skin to breathe and fully absorb the nutrients from the facial.
It’s recommended to avoid strenuous exercise or activities that may cause sweating for 24 hours after a facial to avoid irritating your skin.
Gentle on the Skin: Organic facials are ideal for sensitive skin as they use natural ingredients that are less likely to cause irritation or allergic reactions. Hydration and Glow: The ingredients used in organic facials provide deep hydration and promote a natural, healthy glow. Anti-Aging: Many organic ingredients, such as green tea, honey, and aloe vera, have anti-aging properties that can reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Detoxification: Organic facials help remove toxins and impurities from the skin, leading to a clearer complexion.
Organic facials are suitable for all skin types, but they are particularly beneficial for people with sensitive skin, those looking to avoid harsh chemicals, or individuals who prefer natural skincare.
An organic facial typically lasts between 50 to 90 minutes, depending on the specific treatment and products used.
Side effects are rare, but some people may experience slight redness or tingling, especially if they have allergies to specific natural ingredients. Always inform your aesthetician about any allergies before the facial.
For optimal results, getting an organic facial once a month is recommended. This allows your skin to benefit from regular detoxification, hydration, and nourishment while maintaining a healthy glow.
It’s best to wait at least 24 hours before applying makeup after an organic facial, as this will give your skin time to fully absorb the nutrients from the treatment.
Yes, organic facials can be effective for acne treatment. Many natural ingredients such as tea tree oil, honey, and aloe vera have antibacterial properties that help combat acne-causing bacteria and promote skin healing.
After an organic facial, keep your skin hydrated by using a gentle moisturizer and applying sunscreen to protect your skin from the sun’s harmful UV rays. Avoid harsh chemicals or exfoliating products for a few days.
It’s recommended to avoid washing your face for about 4-6 hours to allow your skin to absorb the facial products. After that, use a gentle cleanser.
Yes, it’s essential to keep your skin hydrated post-facial. Use a gentle moisturizer and continue to drink plenty of water to maintain skin health.
You can get a rice facial once or twice a month, depending on your skin’s needs. It’s a gentle treatment, so you can use it more frequently if your skin responds well to it.
While a rice facial can help with general skin brightening and hydration, its primary benefits are more related to anti-aging and overall skin texture. However, it may help soothe irritation and reduce the appearance of acne scars over time.
It’s recommended to wait at least 24 hours before applying makeup after a facial, including a rice facial, to allow the skin to absorb the treatment fully and maintain its glow.
A typical rice facial lasts between 45 to 60 minutes, depending on the type of treatment and steps included in the session
A rice facial is suitable for all skin types, especially those with dull, dry, or uneven skin. It’s gentle enough for sensitive skin and can be used by people looking to brighten their complexion or reduce the signs of aging.
It’s usually okay to continue with your skincare routine unless you are using strong actives like retinoids or acids. Always inform your aesthetician about the products you use.
Yes, avoid sun exposure 24-48 hours before a facial to prevent increased sensitivity and irritation during the treatment.
Yes, avoid direct sun exposure for 24-48 hours and always use sunscreen to protect your skin from UV damage and prevent post-facial irritation.
It's recommended to wait at least 4-6 hours before washing your face to allow the facial products to fully absorb and work their magic.
Vitamin C can help heal blemishes, reduce hyperpigmentation, and give your skin an out-of-this-world glow. Consistency is key for maximum effect, so add it to your skin care routine in a way that makes sense for you
To achieve all of our skin goals with the Vitamin C Facial, our Skin Estheticians work Vitamin C into the skin by using massage movements. The Vitamin C in this facial is good for brightening the skin and helping prevent irregularities and fine wrinkles, while moisturizing and nourishing your skin.
Vitamin C helps inhibit the production of tyrosinase, an enzyme that aids in the production of melanin, preventing hyperpigmentation. 4 Vitamin C doesn't have an effect on normal skin coloration.
Thanks to its anti-inflammatory and mild exfoliating properties, vitamin C has been shown to help unclog pores and help reduce excess oil… both of which are contributing factors to acne and breakouts.
It's ironic, but reducing the oil can help reduce the appearance of pores. Vitamin C subtly and gently balances your skin, giving pores fewer reasons to puff out.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, especially those with dull, dry, or uneven skin tone. It is also beneficial for individuals concerned with signs of aging or skin damage due to sun exposure.
It is generally recommended to have a Vitamin C facial every 2-4 weeks, depending on your skin’s needs. Regular treatments can help maintain skin brightness and address pigmentation concerns.
Yes, but it’s important to choose a gentle or hydrating face polisher, preferably one with natural or chemical exfoliants, instead of abrasive physical scrubs. Always patch-test before applying it to your entire face.
Yes, a face polisher can help with acne by removing excess oil and preventing clogged pores. However, it's essential to choose a gentle formula that doesn’t aggravate inflammation or active breakouts.
It is typically recommended to use a face polisher once or twice a week, depending on your skin type. Overuse can lead to irritation, especially if you have sensitive skin.
Exfoliation: Removes dead skin cells, helping to unclog pores and prevent acne. Brightens the Skin: Enhances skin tone by removing dull, uneven skin layers, making the skin appear fresh and radiant. Smooths Texture: Helps reduce the appearance of fine lines, wrinkles, and rough patches. Improves Skin Absorption: By removing dead skin, it allows moisturizers and serums to absorb better into the skin.
A face polisher can be used before a facial to prepare the skin by removing dead skin cells and allowing deeper penetration of facial treatments, or it can be used as part of the facial itself.
Some face polishers, especially those with harsh ingredients, may cause dryness. It's essential to follow up with a good moisturizer after polishing to lock in hydration and maintain skin balance.
Casmara face masks are generally left on for 15 to 20 minutes, depending on the specific mask being used and the instructions provided. Afterward, the mask should be peeled off to reveal softer, more refreshed skin.
Yes, Casmara offers various types of masks tailored to different skin needs, such as: Hydrating masks Anti-aging masks Purifying masks Brightening masks Each one is designed to address specific skin concerns.
Casmara masks are known for their "peel-off" effect, which helps in the effective absorption of nutrients and enhances the skin's appearance. The masks are also packed with highly concentrated ingredients like peptides, hyaluronic acid, and plant extracts.
Yes, Casmara offers masks designed specifically for sensitive skin. However, it's always a good idea to do a patch test before applying the mask to your entire face to ensure compatibility with your skin.
For optimal results, it is recommended to use a Casmara face mask once a week, though this may vary based on your skin type and specific needs. Some individuals may benefit from more frequent treatments.
After using a Casmara mask, it's essential to apply a good moisturizer and sunscreen to protect and nourish your skin. Avoid harsh exfoliants or active treatments for at least 24 hours after using the mask.
De-tanning is the removal of the tanned skin cells that accumulate after we get exposed to the sun's UV-rays and pollution. This rejuvenating process removes the tanned skin and even outs the skin tone which brings out your natural glow!
Many D-Tan face packs contain ingredients that help hydrate the skin, leaving it feeling soft and supple. These ingredients can help restore moisture to the skin and improve its overall texture. Glowing Skin: Regular use of a D-Tan face pack can give your skin a natural glow.
A de tan bleach reduces the darkness and clears up the skin and makes it flawless and glowing.
After a D-Tan facial, you should: Apply a moisturizer to keep your skin hydrated. Use sunscreen with high SPF to protect against further tanning and UV damage. Avoid excessive sun exposure for at least a few days to prevent additional skin discoloration.
While D-Tan facials are usually safe, some people may experience mild redness or irritation, especially if they have sensitive skin. Always consult with a skincare professional before undergoing the treatment to ensure it is right for you.
It’s generally recommended to have a D-Tan facial once every 2 to 4 weeks, depending on your skin's exposure to the sun and the intensity of your tan.
A typical D-Tan facial takes about 45 to 60 minutes. The treatment involves cleansing, exfoliating, massaging, and applying a mask to ensure maximum results.
It is not recommended to use strong exfoliants or peels 2–3 days before the facial, as they might cause irritation and interfere with the treatment's effectiveness.
Yes, it's best to avoid sun exposure at least 48 hours before the treatment to prevent any skin sensitivity or irritation during the facial.
It’s best to avoid washing your face for at least 6 hours after the facial to allow the products to work effectively on your skin.
Apply a gentle moisturizer and avoid using harsh products like exfoliants, toners, or scrubs for the next 48 hours. If irritation persists, consult your esthetician or dermatologist.
Deep Cleansing: Removes dirt, oil, and impurities from the skin. Exfoliation: Helps in sloughing off dead skin cells to reveal fresher skin. Hydration: Restores moisture to dry or dehydrated skin. Improved Skin Texture: Smoothens and softens the skin, giving it a more even tone. Radiance Boost: Brightens dull, tired-looking skin.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, including oily, dry, sensitive, and combination skin. It is ideal for individuals who have clogged pores, dull skin, or need a rejuvenating pick-me-up.
Typically, the facial takes about 35 to 50 minutes, depending on your skin's condition and the specific needs being addressed during the session.
It is recommended to avoid applying makeup immediately after the facial for at least 6–8 hours to allow the skin to fully absorb the products used during the treatment.
It is recommended to avoid applying makeup immediately after the facial for at least 6–8 hours to allow the skin to fully absorb the products used during the treatment.
It is recommended to have the facial once a month to maintain healthy skin. However, for specific skin concerns like deep congestion or dullness, more frequent treatments may be beneficial.
After the facial, it is essential to: Hydrate: Drink plenty of water to keep the skin hydrated. Avoid Direct Sun Exposure: Protect your skin by applying sunscreen. Use Gentle Skincare Products: Stick to mild products for the first 24–48 hours to allow your skin to adjust.
Deep Cleansing: Removes dirt, oil, and impurities from the skin, preventing clogged pores. Gentle Exfoliation: Helps slough off dead skin cells, promoting smoother and brighter skin. Hydration: Natural ingredients help hydrate and nourish the skin, leaving it soft and moisturized. Improved Complexion: Herbal extracts help brighten and even out skin tone. Suitable for Sensitive Skin: Being made with natural ingredients, this facial is gentle and ideal for sensitive skin types.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, especially those with sensitive, dry, or combination skin. It’s great for people who prefer natural treatments or want to avoid harsh chemicals. It can also help with dull, tired-looking skin.
A typical herbal clean-up facial lasts around 25–50 minutes, depending on the specific steps involved and the condition of your skin.
To maintain healthy and glowing skin, it is typically recommended to have this facial every 3–4 weeks. However, the frequency may vary depending on your skin's needs.
If your skin feels irritated, apply a gentle moisturizer to soothe the skin. It’s important to avoid using harsh products or exfoliants immediately after the treatment. If irritation persists, consult with your esthetician or dermatologist.
Cleanse your skin thoroughly, remove any makeup, and avoid using any strong exfoliants or harsh skincare products 2–3 days before the treatment to prevent irritation.
It's recommended to stop using active ingredients like retinoids, AHAs, or BHAs a few days before the facial to prevent skin irritation or over-sensitivity during the procedure.
It’s advisable to avoid direct sun exposure for at least 24 hours after a facial. Always wear broad-spectrum sunscreen with SPF 30 or higher if you must go outside.
Use a gentle moisturizer and avoid scrubbing or touching your face. Keep your skin hydrated, and if irritation persists, contact your esthetician or dermatologist for advice.
Brightens Skin Tone: The enzymes in papaya help exfoliate dead skin cells, revealing a brighter complexion. Reduces Dark Spots: Papaya extract helps lighten dark spots and pigmentation. Improves Skin Texture: It smoothens and softens the skin by removing impurities and dead cells. Hydrates and Moisturizes: It provides essential moisture to dry skin, making it more hydrated and supple. Anti-Aging Properties: The antioxidants in papaya help fight free radicals and prevent premature aging signs like wrinkles and fine lines.
Astaberry Papaya Fruit products contain papaya enzymes, such as papain, which work to gently exfoliate the skin, removing dead cells and revealing fresh, new skin. The fruit's natural acids also help in skin regeneration, while its antioxidants prevent oxidative stress, keeping the skin youthful.
Yes, Astaberry Papaya Fruit products are suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin, as the natural papaya extract is gentle. However, it’s always recommended to do a patch test before applying the product to ensure there is no allergic reaction.
You can use Astaberry Papaya Fruit products 2–3 times a week for best results. Overuse can lead to irritation, especially if you have sensitive skin. Always follow the instructions provided with the product.
It’s advisable to consult with a healthcare professional before using any skincare products during pregnancy. While papaya extract is generally considered safe, individual reactions may vary.
Glowing Skin: The diamond powder helps to exfoliate the skin gently, removing dead cells and leaving the skin glowing. Brightens Skin: It helps to brighten the complexion, reducing dark spots and pigmentation. Anti-Aging: The antioxidants and minerals in diamond dust can reduce wrinkles and fine lines, making the skin appear youthful. Improves Skin Texture: The facial deeply hydrates and nourishes the skin, resulting in smoother, more supple skin. Detoxifies: The facial helps to cleanse and purify the skin, removing toxins and pollutants.
Yes, Astaberry Diamond Facial is designed to be suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin. However, if you have extremely sensitive skin or active skin conditions like rosacea or acne, it is recommended to consult a skincare professional before the treatment.
A typical Astaberry Diamond Facial lasts around 45 to 60 minutes. The treatment includes various steps like cleansing, exfoliation, massage, mask application, and hydration.
It’s generally recommended to get an Astaberry Diamond Facial once a month for the best results, although this can vary depending on your skin's needs and concerns.
Astaberry Diamond Facial is generally safe for most skin types, as it uses natural and soothing ingredients. However, individuals with allergies to any specific ingredient or those with very sensitive skin might experience mild irritation. Always do a patch test before undergoing the facial to ensure no allergic reactions.
The Astaberry Green Tea Facial typically involves cleansing the skin, applying a green tea-based scrub to exfoliate, followed by a green tea mask that nourishes the skin. The facial also includes a light massage to help with absorption of the nutrients and a hydrating moisturizer to finish.
Yes, the Astaberry Green Tea Facial is suitable for all skin types, including sensitive and oily skin. Green tea has soothing and anti-inflammatory properties that can help calm irritation while controlling excess oil production
A typical Astaberry Green Tea Facial lasts between 45 to 60 minutes. It includes several steps, including cleansing, exfoliating, massaging, and applying a mask.
Yes, the antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties of green tea can help reduce acne by controlling excess oil production, soothing inflammation, and reducing redness. However, it may not directly treat active breakouts, but it can improve overall skin health over time.
For the best results, it's recommended to get the Astaberry Green Tea Facial once a month. If you have specific skin concerns, such as acne or sensitivity, you might benefit from more frequent treatments, but it's always best to consult with a skincare professional.
Astaberry Green Tea Facial is generally safe for most skin types. However, if you have allergies to green tea or specific ingredients used in the facial, you may experience mild irritation or redness. A patch test is recommended before the facial.
To maintain the glowing effects of the facial, use a good skincare routine that includes hydration, gentle exfoliation, and daily sunscreen. Green tea is an excellent antioxidant, so consider using green tea-based products to continue reaping its benefits.
It’s advised to avoid heavy exercise for 24 hours after a facial, as sweating can clog pores and irritate the skin. Light activities are generally fine as long as you keep your skin clean.
After a facial, it is important to: Avoid direct sun exposure for 24-48 hours and use sunscreen. Avoid makeup for at least 6 hours post-treatment to let your skin breathe. Keep the skin hydrated with a gentle moisturizer. Avoid hot showers, saunas, and exfoliating products for a few days to prevent irritation.
Before-care is essential to prepare the skin for a facial treatment. It helps to avoid irritation and enhance the effectiveness of the treatment. For example, it's crucial to avoid sun exposure, harsh exfoliation, or using active ingredients like retinol a few days before a facial to prevent sensitivity or adverse reactions.
Anti-aging,Brightens the skin,Improves skin texture,Hydration,Reduces pigmentation.
Cleansing: To remove impurities and makeup. Exfoliation: Using a gentle scrub to remove dead skin cells. Massage: A gold-infused serum is massaged into the skin to improve blood circulation and promote relaxation. Mask application: A gold-based mask is applied to rejuvenate and brighten the skin. Moisturization: A nourishing cream is applied to lock in moisture.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin. It’s especially beneficial for those seeking anti-aging treatments, brightening effects, and skin rejuvenation. People with dull, dry, or uneven skin tones may see significant improvement from this treatment.
For optimal results, it is recommended to get this facial once a month. If you have specific skin concerns like aging or pigmentation, more frequent treatments may be beneficial, but it’s best to consult with a skincare professional.
Asta Berry Gold Facial is generally safe for most skin types. However, if you have an allergy to gold or any other ingredients used in the facial, it is important to conduct a patch test before the treatment to avoid irritation or an allergic reaction.
The facial typically lasts between 45 minutes to 60 mins, depending on the specific steps included in the treatment and the condition of your skin.
Yes, many people notice an immediate improvement in skin brightness and hydration after the facial. However, the long-term benefits, such as improved elasticity and reduced signs of aging, become more apparent with regular treatments.
It’s advised to avoid strenuous exercise for at least 24 hours after the facial, as sweating can clog pores and potentially lead to irritation or breakouts.
Some mild redness or tingling may occur immediately after the facial, especially if your skin is sensitive. This should subside within a few hours, but if you experience persistent irritation, it's best to consult with the salon or a dermatologist.
It’s recommended not to wear makeup before your facial as the treatment works best on clean, makeup-free skin. Makeup can block the pores and reduce the effectiveness of the facial.
Removes impurities and dirt. Naturally moisturizes. Fights off premature aging of skin. Provides instant glow.
Instant glow: It provides an immediate brightening effect, making the skin look fresh and radiant. Deep cleansing: The facial removes impurities and dead skin cells, giving your skin a clean and smooth texture. Hydration: It replenishes moisture to the skin, leaving it soft and hydrated. Even skin tone: Helps in reducing dullness and dark spots for a more even complexion.
The facial typically takes about 45 minutes to an hour, depending on the condition of the skin and the specific steps followed during the treatment.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, especially for those looking for an instant brightness boost or a quick rejuvenating treatment. It's perfect for people with dull, tired, or dehydrated skin.
Cleansing: To remove makeup and impurities from the skin. Exfoliation: A gentle scrub is used to remove dead skin cells and reveal fresh skin. Mask application: A glowing mask is applied to hydrate and brighten the skin. Massage: A soothing massage is done to stimulate blood circulation and relax the skin. Moisturizing: To lock in hydration and leave the skin soft and supple.
For best results, you can opt for this facial once a month. However, if you have an upcoming event or need a quick glow, it can be done 1-2 days before to get instant results.
You will notice an immediate improvement in the brightness and smoothness of your skin right after the facial. The skin will look more radiant and refreshed.
The instant glow from the facial is visible right after the treatment and can last for a few days to a week, depending on your skin type and lifestyle.
It’s recommended to avoid washing your face for at least 6-8 hours post-facial to allow your skin to absorb the benefits of the products used during the treatment.
It's recommended to avoid applying any heavy skincare products or treatments right before your facial. A clean, fresh face without serums or moisturizers allows the facial products to work more effectively.
The steps typically include: Cleansing: Removal of makeup and impurities to prepare the skin. Exfoliation: Gently sloughs off dead skin cells, revealing fresh skin. Toning: Uses products that help in tightening and rejuvenating the skin. Massage: A relaxing massage to stimulate circulation and promote skin elasticity. Mask application: A tightening mask is applied to firm and lift the skin. Moisturization: To lock in hydration and smooth the skin.
For optimal results, it’s recommended to get the facial once a month. However, the frequency can be adjusted depending on your skin concerns and the advice of your skincare professional.
The facial is generally safe for most people, but you may experience mild redness or sensitivity after the treatment, especially if you have sensitive skin. This usually fades within a few hours. It's always best to consult with a skincare specialist beforehand to ensure the facial is suitable for your skin type
The facial usually takes around 45-60 minutes, depending on the condition of the skin and the specific needs of the individual.
Mild redness or sensitivity is common after the treatment, but it usually fades within a few hours. If it persists, consult with your aesthetician.
Results are often visible immediately after the facial, with continued improvements in the following days. For long-lasting results, regular treatments are recommended, typically once a month.
Cleanse your skin Avoid sun exposure Avoid strong skincare products Stay hydrated
Tan removal,Brightening,Exfoliation,Hydration,Skin rejuvenation.
This facial is ideal for individuals with sun-damaged or tanned skin who wish to lighten their skin tone and restore radiance. It’s suitable for all skin types, but those with sensitive skin should consult with a skincare expert before the treatment.
The facial usually takes around 45-65 minutes, depending on the skin type and condition.
For the best results, it’s recommended to have this facial once a month, especially during the summer months when the skin is more exposed to the sun.
The facial is generally safe for most skin types. However, some individuals with very sensitive skin may experience mild redness or irritation, which typically subsides after a few hours. Always perform a patch test before the facial to avoid any adverse reactions.
Avoid sun exposure,Keep your skin hydrated and Avoid harsh treatments.
Anti-aging,Radiance,Exfoliation,Hydration,Improves skin texture.
The Lotus Diamond Facial is suitable for most skin types, especially those looking to target signs of aging, dull skin, or pigmentation. It is particularly beneficial for those seeking a radiant and youthful glow. However, those with highly sensitive skin should consult a professional before getting this treatment.
For optimal results, it is recommended to have the Lotus Diamond Facial every 3-4 weeks. This allows for regular skin rejuvenation while giving the skin time to absorb and regenerate from each treatment.
The facial is generally safe for most people. However, some individuals with sensitive skin may experience mild redness or irritation, which should subside within a few hours. It’s always best to conduct a patch test before the facial to check for allergies.
The facial typically takes around 45-60 minutes, depending on the spa and the specific services provided as part of the treatment.
Many clients notice an immediate improvement in their skin’s texture and radiance after the Lotus Diamond Facial. The effects may continue to improve in the following days as the skin rejuvenates.
Avoid sun exposure: Keep your skin protected from the sun for at least 24 hours after the facial and use sunscreen regularly. Hydrate: Keep your skin hydrated with a good moisturizer. Avoid harsh products: Avoid exfoliating products or other treatments for 2-3 days after the facial to give your skin time to recover.
Brightens Skin,Hydrates and Nourishes,Reduces Pigmentation,Radiance,Exfoliation
This facial is ideal for individuals with dull, uneven skin tone, pigmentation, or dark spots. It is also suitable for people looking to achieve a brighter and more radiant complexion. People with sensitive skin should consult with a skin specialist before undergoing this treatment.
The facial typically takes around 45 to 60 minutes, depending on the spa and the specific services provided as part of the treatment.
For optimal results, it’s recommended to have this facial once a month. Regular treatments can help maintain an even skin tone and radiant glow.
The O3+ Whitening Facial is generally safe for most skin types. However, some individuals with sensitive skin may experience mild redness or irritation, which should subside within a few hours. A patch test is recommended before the facial to check for any allergic reactions.
Yes, many clients notice an immediate improvement in skin brightness and radiance after the facial. For long-lasting effects, it is essential to follow a proper skincare routine at home.
Avoid sun exposure: Protect your skin from the sun by using sunscreen regularly. Hydrate: Keep your skin moisturized with a gentle, non-comedogenic moisturizer. Avoid harsh treatments: Refrain from using strong exfoliants or chemicals for 2-3 days after the facial.
You should avoid using harsh exfoliating products for 2-3 days after the facial to avoid irritation. Stick to a gentle moisturizer and soothing products to allow your skin to recover.
To maintain the glowing, even skin tone, use a good skincare routine that includes a brightening serum and daily sunscreen. Regular facials (once a month) can also help keep your skin looking fresh and youthful.
A skincare routine helps to keep the skin clean, hydrated, and healthy. It also prevents skin issues like acne, dryness, or irritation, and helps combat signs of aging.
The basic steps include: Cleansing – To remove dirt and excess oils. Toning – To balance the skin’s pH. Moisturizing – To hydrate and protect the skin. Sunscreen – To protect from UV damage.
While men and women can use similar products, men’s skin tends to be thicker and oilier, so they may benefit from products designed for their skin type.
To prevent irritation, use a sharp razor, shave after a warm shower, apply a good shaving cream, and moisturize after shaving. Consider using a soothing aftershave or a balm to reduce redness.
For acne, use a gentle cleanser, avoid harsh scrubbing, and incorporate products with salicylic acid or benzoyl peroxide. Keep your hands off your face to prevent further breakouts.
For dry skin, use a moisturizing cleanser, avoid hot water, and apply a rich moisturizer. Look for products with ingredients like hyaluronic acid and glycerin to lock in moisture.
Exfoliate 1-2 times a week to remove dead skin cells and promote cell turnover. Avoid over-exfoliating as it can irritate the skin.
Yes, men can benefit from anti-aging products. Look for moisturizers with retinol, peptides, and antioxidants to fight wrinkles and promote skin elasticity.
A facial is a skincare treatment that cleanses, exfoliates, and nourishes the skin. Men can benefit from facials to address skin concerns like acne, dryness, and signs of aging.
Men should get a facial every 4-6 weeks, depending on their skin type and concerns. Regular facials help maintain healthy skin and prevent issues like clogged pores.
Facials help to cleanse the skin, improve hydration, reduce signs of aging, and tackle specific issues like acne, dry skin, or dullness. They also promote relaxation.
While the steps are similar, facials for men may include treatments suited for their thicker, oilier skin. Male facials may focus more on areas prone to shaving irritation or clogged pores.
Yes, facials can help with acne by deep cleansing pores, reducing inflammation, and incorporating products that target acne. A facial can prevent breakouts and improve overall skin texture.
Yes, there are facials specifically designed for sensitive skin, using gentle, calming products to avoid irritation.
An anti-aging facial is a skincare treatment that targets signs of aging like fine lines, wrinkles, and sagging skin, using products and techniques that promote collagen production and improve skin texture
Anti-aging facials typically involve exfoliation, cleansing, and the application of serums or masks that stimulate collagen, hydrate the skin, and reduce wrinkles. Techniques like facial massage or microdermabrasion may also be used to boost circulation and skin renewal.
Reduces the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Improves skin texture and elasticity. Hydrates and plumps the skin, making it look more youthful. Enhances blood circulation to the skin, promoting healthy skin renewal.
Yes, anti-aging facials can be customized for all skin types, including dry, oily, sensitive, and combination skin, with specific products and techniques tailored to each.
Typically, an anti-aging facial lasts between 45 minutes to 1 hour, depending on the treatments and steps involved.
For best results, it’s recommended to get an anti-aging facial every 4-6 weeks. However, this depends on individual skin concerns and goals.
Generally, anti-aging facials are safe, but some people may experience mild redness or irritation, especially if they have sensitive skin. It's important to inform the esthetician about any skin conditions prior to treatment.
While most salons will cleanse your skin before the facial, it’s a good idea to remove any makeup and dirt prior to your appointment for better results.
Hydrate your skin by drinking plenty of water a few days before your appointment, and avoid sun exposure or tanning beds to prevent irritation.
Try to avoid excessive sun exposure, waxing, or shaving right before the facial to prevent irritation or inflammation of the skin.
After the facial, moisturize regularly and use sunscreen, especially if you plan to go out in the sun. Your skin will be more sensitive to UV rays.
It’s advisable to avoid washing your face for at least 6 hours post-treatment, as your skin needs time to absorb the nourishing ingredients applied during the facial.
Yes, you can resume normal activities, but avoid strenuous exercise and hot environments (like saunas or steam rooms) for the first 24 hours to prevent irritation or clogging of pores.
During an IR facial, infrared light is applied to the skin using a special device. This light penetrates the skin's layers to stimulate circulation and encourage the production of collagen and elastin, which are essential for maintaining youthful and firm skin.
Improved skin texture and tone: Stimulates collagen production, leading to smoother, firmer skin. Reduces fine lines and wrinkles: Helps in minimizing the appearance of aging signs. Improved circulation: Enhances blood flow, which leads to a healthier, more radiant complexion. Promotes skin healing: Infrared light encourages skin regeneration and helps reduce blemishes and scars.
Yes, an IR facial is generally safe for all skin types, including sensitive skin. However, if you have any specific skin conditions or concerns, it's recommended to consult with a dermatologist or licensed aesthetician before the treatment.
Typically, an IR facial lasts between 30 to 60 minutes, depending on the specific treatment plan and the spa or clinic offering the service.
Infrared facials are non-invasive and generally safe. Some people may experience mild redness or warmth in the treated area immediately after the facial, but this usually subsides within a few hours.
The frequency of IR facials depends on individual goals and skin condition. However, for optimal results, many people opt for a series of treatments spaced out over a few weeks or months.
While results vary from person to person, you may notice an immediate improvement in skin radiance and texture. Long-term benefits, such as reduced wrinkles and firmer skin, will become more visible after several treatments.
Yes, it’s important to arrive with clean skin free of makeup, dirt, or oils. A professional will cleanse your skin as part of the treatment, but you can help ensure optimal results by starting with a fresh canvas.
Hydrate your skin well in the days leading up to your facial. Drink plenty of water and avoid direct sun exposure, tanning, or waxing right before the facial for best results.
Most people experience mild redness or a slight warm sensation on their skin post-treatment, but this usually disappears within a few hours. If you experience prolonged irritation, consult your aesthetician.
Yes, it’s recommended to avoid sun exposure and tanning beds for at least 24 hours after the treatment. Your skin may be more sensitive and prone to irritation or sunburn after the facial.
A HydraFacial is a non-invasive facial treatment that uses a unique, multi-step technology to cleanse, exfoliate, extract impurities, and hydrate the skin. The treatment includes the application of serums tailored to your skin type to nourish and rejuvenate the skin.
The HydraFacial machine uses a patented Vortex-Fusion delivery system to exfoliate the skin, remove dead skin cells, extract debris from pores, and hydrate the skin with nourishing serums. It works in four key steps: cleansing, exfoliation, extraction, and hydration.
Yes, HydraFacial is suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin. The treatment can address a variety of skin concerns, such as fine lines, acne, uneven skin tone, and dehydration.
Hydration: Deeply hydrates the skin, providing a healthy and glowing appearance. Exfoliation: Removes dead skin cells and smooths rough texture. Cleansing: Extracts impurities and unclogs pores without irritation. Anti-aging: Reduces the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles by stimulating collagen production. Brightening: Evens out skin tone and reduces dark spots for a more radiant complexion.
A typical HydraFacial session lasts around 30 to 60 minutes, depending on the specific treatment plan and skin concerns being addressed.
For optimal results, many people benefit from a series of 3-6 treatments, spaced a few weeks apart. However, a single HydraFacial session can provide instant results, making it an excellent option before special events.
Side effects are rare, but some people may experience slight redness, swelling, or a mild tingling sensation. These effects usually disappear shortly after the treatment.
It depends on your skin's needs. Some people opt for a HydraFacial once a month, while others may prefer more frequent treatments for specific skin concerns. Your aesthetician can help determine the best schedule for you.
Yes, HydraFacial can help with acne by deeply cleansing the skin, reducing excess oil production, and removing debris from clogged pores. It can also be customized to include specific treatments for acne-prone skin, such as salicylic acid.
Yes, it’s recommended to avoid using exfoliants, retinols, or any strong active ingredients for 2-3 days before the treatment. These can make your skin more sensitive and increase the risk of irritation during the facial.
Yes, you can wear makeup immediately after the treatment, but it’s best to allow your skin to absorb the hydrating serums for a few hours before applying makeup.

Makeup

When labeled non-toxic and specifically made for kids, it is generally safe. Always check for dermatologically tested and hypoallergenic products.
This depends on parental preference. Kids as young as 3–6 often use makeup for play, while teenagers may use light makeup for personal style.
Kids' makeup often includes mild, non-toxic ingredients like mineral pigments, plant-based oils, and water-based formulas.
No, frequent use isn’t recommended. Kids' skin is more sensitive and can easily become irritated. Makeup should be used occasionally, like for events or playtime.
Safe kids' products include lip balms, water-based nail polishes, light blush, and glitter gels. Avoid heavy foundations or products with strong fragrances.
Cleanse the skin gently to remove dirt and oil. Moisturize to create a smooth base for makeup.
Remove makeup thoroughly with a gentle cleanser or makeup remover. Moisturize again to hydrate the skin.
Teens can use a tinted moisturizer, lip balm, mascara, and light blush for a fresh, natural appearance.
Yes, it minimizes product usage, reducing the chance of irritation or clogged pores.
Simple makeup enhances natural features with fewer products, while heavy makeup involves full coverage and dramatic enhancements.
Yes, simple makeup can be enhanced with eyeliner, lipstick, or highlighter to suit formal occasions.
Simple makeup usually takes 40 minutes to apply.
The makeup artist profession offers varied income opportunities based on specialization, location, and experience. Whether working in Bollywood, as a freelancer, or in high-end salons, makeup artists have the potential to build successful and lucrative careers.
It’s best to book your makeup artist at least 3-6 months in advance, especially during the wedding season, to ensure availability.
Yes, a trial session helps you finalize your look, test the products, and make any adjustments before the big day.
Follow a good skincare routine, stay hydrated, and consider facials and exfoliation treatments at least a few weeks before the wedding.
Consider factors like your wedding dress, theme, personal preferences, and skin tone to select a look that enhances your features.
Traditional Makeup: Applied with brushes and sponges, providing a fuller coverage. Airbrush Makeup: A lightweight, long-lasting option sprayed onto the skin for a flawless, natural finish.
Bridal makeup typically takes 2-3 hours, including hair styling and final touch-ups.
Bring inspiration photos, your wedding dress color swatch, and any specific products you prefer.
Yes, with proper products and setting sprays, bridal makeup is designed to last 8-12 hours.
It’s better to do your makeup before wearing the dress to avoid any accidental stains.
Yes, false lashes can enhance your look, and there are natural styles available for a subtle effect.
Your makeup artist will use mattifying products and setting powders to control shine and maintain a natural finish
Carry blotting papers, a compact powder, and your lipstick for minor touch-ups.
Yes, makeup can be tailored to fit the style and traditions of different cultural weddings.
The price varies based on the artist's experience, location, and the type of makeup (traditional vs. airbrush), ranging from moderate to high-end packages.
Your makeup should complement your outfit rather than match it exactly. Neutral or complementing shades work best.
Your makeup should complement your outfit rather than match it exactly. Neutral or complementing shades work best.
Party makeup is usually more dramatic, long-lasting, and includes extra elements like contouring, bold colors, and shimmer.
Smokey eyes, glitter eyeshadow, or winged eyeliner work well for a party-ready look.
Yes, contouring defines your features, and highlighting adds a radiant glow.
A natural, minimal makeup look with neutral tones is ideal. Stick to lightweight foundation, subtle eye makeup, and soft lip colors to maintain a professional appearance.
To ensure long-lasting makeup: Use a good primer before applying foundation. Set your makeup with a translucent powder. Finish with a setting spray to lock everything in place. Blot excess oil with blotting papers instead of adding layers of powder.
Yes, but keep it minimal. A thin, precise line using brown or black eyeliner enhances your eyes without looking too dramatic. Avoid heavy winged eyeliner or bold colors.
A red carpet makeup look is all about achieving a glamorous, flawless, and photogenic appearance. It typically includes a perfect base, bold eyes or lips, contouring, and a radiant glow.
Red carpet makeup focuses on high-definition (HD) techniques to ensure the look is flawless in photos and under bright lights. It often involves: Full coverage foundation. Heavy contouring and highlighting. Long-lasting, smudge-proof products. Luminous finishes for a radiant glow.
Shimmery, smokey, or metallic eyeshadows in gold, bronze, or neutral tones are popular for red carpet looks. Matte shades can also be used for a sophisticated, timeless appearance.
For balance, choose one focal point: Bold eyes (smokey, winged liner) with nude lips. Bold lips (red, plum) with soft eye makeup.
Start with: Cleansing and exfoliating. Hydrating with a good moisturizer. Using a pore-filling primer to smooth the skin.
HD (High Definition) makeup look is a technique that creates a flawless, natural, yet camera-ready finish. It uses products with light-diffusing properties to blur imperfections and give the skin a smooth, even appearance without looking cakey.
HD makeup is designed for high-resolution cameras and bright lighting, offering: Lightweight yet full coverage. No cakiness or patchiness. Natural and skin-like finish in person and on camera. Long-lasting without creasing. Regular makeup may not provide the same level of precision and could look heavy under professional lighting.
Yes, but it's important to properly moisturize and use hydrating primers and foundations to avoid dryness or flakiness. A dewy setting spray can help keep skin looking fresh.
Yes, HD makeup is suitable for mature skin as it provides a smooth, hydrating, and lightweight coverage without settling into fine lines. Choose hydrating formulas and avoid heavy powders.
Use a good oil-based cleanser or micellar water to break down the makeup, followed by a gentle face wash to cleanse the skin thoroughly.
Pre-wedding makeup is usually lighter, more natural, and focuses on enhancing everyday beauty, while wedding day makeup is more dramatic, long-lasting, and designed to withstand photography, lighting, and long hours.
Stick to neutral shades like browns, golds, and peach tones. Soft smokey eyes or subtle shimmer on the lids look great in photos without being too over the top.
Use a mattifying primer to control oil. Opt for waterproof and sweat-resistant products. Blotting papers are great for quick touch-ups. Set makeup with a setting spray designed for long wear.
Yes, subtle glitter on the eyes or cheekbones adds a touch of drama without looking overdone. Stick to fine, light-reflecting formulas for a classy look.
HD makeup or high definition makeup is a unique formulation that is specially designed to give you a flawless and natural finish for HD cameras and screens. With growing technologies, specialized cameras can now capture you in real life and define even the smallest details. If your makeup looks cakey or fills in the fine lines, it can ruin all your moments that you want to capture for a lifetime. HD makeup is created to cater to all these challenges with ease
HD makeup has become a popular choice among brides as it covers their flaws and ensures that their skin looks perfect and natural. 1. The HD makeup can last for 5-6 hours and is suitable for functions with shorter duration.
HD makeup has become a popular choice among brides as it covers their flaws and ensures that their skin looks perfect and natural. 1. The HD makeup can last for 5-6 hours and is suitable for functions with shorter duration.
Matte eyeshadows work best on camera, and earth tones (beige, browns, taupe) are the most flattering. Fake eyelashes can really open up your eyes and I highly recommend them to look your best, but can be tricky to apply. Just make sure to choose a length that is not too dramatic.
Designed to withstand tears of joy and any weather conditions, our expert makeup artists use high-quality, waterproof products to ensure your bridal look stays flawless from the ceremony to the dance floor.
Regarding skin type compatibility, HD makeup is generally suitable for all skin types, including oily, dry, and sensitive skin. It's often available in various formulas, such as mattifying or hydrating options, to cater to different needs.
Makeup typically lasts 4 to 12 hours on the face, depending on the products used, your skin type, and environmental factors. To ensure your makeup stays flawless all day, it's essential to prep your skin properly, use long-wear products, and set your look with powders or sprays.
Use cleansers and gently rub your skin Wait for 10-15 seconds and then wipe with a wet cotton cloth before you finally rinse it with water (using a cotton cloth will allow you to see how much makeup and debris is removed from your skin). Don't rub your face vigorously as it might irritate your skin.
Finishing powder blurs fine lines and minimizes the size of your pores to give you a soft, angelic glow. If you take this product up a notch, that's when you get HD powder. This mineral-based powder is specifically formulated for people who are frequently photographed or filmed on high definition cameras.
"Signature makeup" refers to a distinct and recognizable makeup style that is personalized to an individual, often including specific colors, techniques, and products that consistently reflect their personal aesthetic and enhance their unique features, essentially creating a look that is uniquely "their own" when they apply makeup; it's like a personal brand for your face.
HD makeup stands for high definition makeup and does exactly like it sounds. It is well known for its light diffusing property. This property makes this makeup look like the perfect choice for everyone who wants to get themselves clicked by high quality cameras, which is basically every wedding/shoot.
This look involves foundation, primer, contouring, gray or black eyeshadow, false lenses, mascara along with bold lipstick. Dewy makeup - Used for giving a radiant and fresh look using illuminator, moisturizer, cream blush, tinted foundation, light lipstick and highlighter gloss.
Matte makeup is ideal for brides who want classic and elegant makeup that can define their features and create a sophisticated contrast. Matte makeup can also last longer than other types of bridal makeup, as it can resist fading or smudging throughout the day.
Importance Of Bridal Makeup:- The bride must look the best. So, the best bridal makeup artist is an essential. The professional artist can increase the natural beauty of the bride. They not only provide a naturally glowing skin but they provide an excellent charisma that the bride really needs on that day.
Bridal makeup should be natural looking as well as feeling light as air on the skin. We want it to last all day and into the evening, be sweat and tear-proof, have it photograph perfectly and make you feel your most beautiful and confident. My technique is all about light layering.
Bride should be 3 hours for make up. Bridesmaids/mothers should be 45 minutes for make up.
Makeup is an art form that allows individuals to express themselves, enhance their features, and feel confident. However, there's a notable distinction between everyday makeup and bridal makeup services. Bridal makeup, in particular, is a specialized branch of makeup artistry that requires unique skills and expertise.
The "best" type of makeup depends on individual preferences, skin type, and desired look. Mineral makeup is popular for its natural ingredients and lightweight feel. Liquid foundation provides full coverage and a smooth finish. Cream makeup offers a creamy texture for a dewy look.
Makeup can help enhance your appearance by concealing imperfections, evening out skin tone, and accentuating your features. It can boost self-confidence and improve one's self-esteem.
Don't Try New Skincare Products As tempting as it can be to experiment before your big day, don't try new products too close to the wedding. You wouldn't want an unexpected breakout or irritation to spoil your bridal makeup. Stick with what your skin already loves!
So here are a few tips I find work well for the morning of a wedding: Organising the order of the morning. ... For me I like to do the makeup after the hairstylist so that way they're not getting hairspray on their faces again. ... Never leave the bride until last.
Makeup typically lasts 4 to 12 hours on the face, depending on the products used, your skin type, and environmental factors. To ensure your makeup stays flawless all day, it's essential to prep your skin properly, use long-wear products, and set your look with powders or sprays
Disadvantages of Bridal Makeup Skin Reactions and Allergies. One of the primary concerns with bridal makeup is the possibility of adverse reactions on the skin. ... Heavy Makeup and Discomfort. ... Prolonged Exposure to Makeup. ... Potential Damage to Skin. ... Impact on Skin Post-Event. ... Chemical Exposure. ... Skin Issues. ... Eye Irritation.
Cream products are great for people with dry skin as they don't cling on to the drier patches of your skin and help you flaunt a hydrated look. However, this may not be a good makeup tip for oily skin. People with oily skin should opt for powder-based products.
Think light, shimmery eyeshadows, diffused blush, a reddish tint on the lips, and a kitten flick that defines your eyes without overpowering the whole look. Skip the trendy, dewy base and opt for a soft-focus matte base for a flawless finish.
Engagement makeup is a specialized kind of makeup done for pre-wedding events. It aims to make the bride look radiant and beautiful, with a focus on elegance, sophistication, and a natural glow. Skilled makeup artists use techniques like contouring and highlighting to enhance features and create a polished look.
You can use a light shade of concealer to minimize dark undereyes, fine lines, and crevices. After applying concealer, apply foundation all over the face including the lips using upward strokes. You can use bronzer to the sides of the nose to minimize width and a dark shade of blush to enhance your cheekbones.
It doesn't require any special products or tools. As for bridal makeup, it uses special tools and techniques like minerals, air-brush and HD. It is more long-lasting than party makeup since brides need to stay dolled up for a long time.
The key ingredients present in most cosmetics include water, emulsifiers, preservatives, thickeners, moisturisers, colours and fragrances. Ingredients can be naturally occurring or artificial, but any potential impact on our health depends mainly on the chemical compounds they are made of.
This look involves foundation, primer, contouring, gray or black eyeshadow, false lenses, mascara along with bold lipstick. Dewy makeup - Used for giving a radiant and fresh look using illuminator, moisturizer, cream blush, tinted foundation, light lipstick and highlighter gloss.
For your engagement, you may want to go for a formal or semi-formal outfit, such as a gown, saree, or suit, depending on the style of the event and your personal preference.
Opt for a classic, elegant makeup look with a soft glow. A little more emphasis on the eyes or lips can make the look pop without being too heavy.
Yes, many people choose to wear traditional outfits for their engagement, like a lehenga, saree, or a traditional kurta, depending on the cultural context of the engagement.
Soft waves, a neat bun, or braids with a floral touch are popular options for engagement hairstyles. It depends on the formality and theme of your event.
It's about your personal style! If you’re more into bold looks, you can go for smoky eyes and deep lips. If you prefer natural looks, soft tones with a fresh, dewy complexion are great choices.
Coordinate the colors and theme of your outfits with your partner’s to create a cohesive look. You can either match or complement the tones and styles of each other’s outfits.
Classic colors like red, gold, or blush pink are often popular for engagement looks, but feel free to choose colors that resonate with your personal taste and the event’s theme.
Use long-lasting makeup products and hair styling techniques. Setting sprays and hairpins can help ensure that your look stays intact throughout the day
Hiring a professional stylist or makeup artist can elevate your engagement look and ensure that you look your best on the big day, but it’s not mandatory if you prefer to do it yourself.
The best type of makeup for a party would depend on the look you are going for. For a natural look, you could use a light foundation, blush, mascara, and a lip color of your choice. For a more dramatic look, you could use a heavier foundation, contour, eyeshadow, and a bold lip color.
The duration of a professional makeup application can vary, spanning from 30 minutes to 1.5 hours for completion. Typically, makeup applications for members of the bridal party require approximately 30-45 minutes, while bridal makeup applications generally take around an hour.
Party makeup is just a step above the regular makeup you do every day. Also, party makeup usually looks consistent throughout the skin. This means we'll only use one shade of foundation to even out the skin tone. Makeup is an art form, and there is no set pattern or makeup rules that will work for everyone.
If you are getting ready, your makeup artist might suggest that you get your hair done before applying any makeup. Oily Skin Texture: Prolonged make-up on oily skin may affect your freshness. If you have oily skin, it is best to get your hair done before your makeup.
Basic concepts are the words that are necessary for comprehension of incoming information and performance of daily tasks. The correct understanding and usage of basic concepts is essential for effective communicative exchanges in your child's early years as well as success in academia in your child's later years.
Choose a nude shade for easy upkeep between drinks, or a red if you want to make a bold statement. You can also consider investing in a lipliner to cheat your pout and make it look fuller. Turn up the glam factor on your party wear makeup look by topping off your lipstick with a gloss, and you're done!
ndulge in facial steam. Use cleansers and gently rub your skin. Choose micellar water as per your skin type. Focus on the edges of eyelids. Avoid baby wipes.
Longevity is a very important factor that we need to focus on. Party makeup is formulated to last for a short duration as compared to bridal makeup. Party makeups are generally done for a short period and immediate impact which may not need to last for long hours.
You can cleanse your face, moisturize, and apply sunscreen. You can also remove your makeup before going to bed and avoid washing your face with hot water.
Evening makeup looks tend to use more makeup products than a simple daytime makeup routine and often feature bolder shades and artistic techniques. They are often more full coverage finish than a quick-and-easy daytime look and pay more attention to accentuating the look of the lips and eyes.
Corporate makeup is worn in a professional setting. It is different from everyday or special occasion makeup, as it needs to be more subtle and understated. Corporate makeup aims to enhance one's natural beauty and make one look polished and put together rather than drawing attention to the makeup itself.
Yes, in a higher conservative corporate environment (so banking, law, finance, private company HQ, even in some higher education environments) a small amount of makeup is expected and unless you naturally look like you have makeup on, you need to wear something.
Business Casual: some shimmery eyeshadow is fine, bronzer and blush can be used with a slightly heavier hand, add another layer of mascara if desired, wearing hair down is fine, and wider range of acceptable nail polish colours. Still no glosses or glitters or frosty highlighters.
Not a lot. In a professional environment, your makeup should be pretty conservative and natural looking, and mostly there to cover up minor flaws. If you cover up dark circles and/or acne, wear a bit of mascara and make sure your brows are groomed, you should be fine.
In the corporate realm, a polished appearance often correlates with competence and meticulousness. Thus, makeup can signal to potential employers or clients that you value your professional image. However, it's essential to find the right balance. Overdoing it can make you appear less approachable and trustworthy.
Makeup today is well manufactured and is tolerated by most skin types, says dermatologist Dr Cara McDonald. However, because makeup accumulates environmental pollutants and toxins during the day, she says a deep cleanse is necessary.
Heavy foundation coverage Bold or bright eyeshadow colors Dramatic eyeliner styles (winged liner, thick lines) Overly contoured or highlighted features Dark or bright lipstick shades
Focus on good skin preparation with moisturizer and primer Blend makeup thoroughly to avoid harsh lines Use a light hand with all products Keep brows neat and groomed Consider a setting powder to help makeup last throughout the day
Liquid or cream foundation with light coverage Neutral eyeshadow palette Brown eyeliner pencil or gel Mascara Nude or soft pink lipstick
While the core principles remain the same, some professions might allow for slightly more makeup depending on the company culture; for example, a creative role may allow for a bit more color or flair compared to a very traditional corporate setting.
Use long-lasting makeup products Touch up with blotting papers and powder as needed Carry a small makeup bag with essentials for quick touch-ups
A red carpet makeup look is glamorous, polished, and designed to last all night. It usually includes flawless skin, bold or defined eyes, sculpted cheekbones, and a statement lip.
Red carpet makeup is more long-lasting, high-definition (HD), and professionally blended to withstand bright lights, flashes, and long hours without smudging or fading.
Yes! With the right products and techniques, you can create a red carpet-worthy look at home. Proper skin prep, blending, and setting are key.
Smokey eyes, winged eyeliner, and shimmery eyeshadows are popular. Lashes are always voluminous and well-defined.
Most of the time, yes! False lashes enhance the eyes and make them appear bigger and more dramatic on camera
Layering products, using setting powders, and applying a good setting spray help lock in the makeup.
Start with a clean, well-hydrated face. Follow these steps: ✅ Cleanser – Removes dirt and oil. ✅ Exfoliation – Clears dead skin for a smooth base. ✅ Moisturizer – Hydrates and plumps the skin. ✅ Primer – Creates a smooth canvas for makeup.
Yes, but at least 3–5 days before the event to allow the skin to heal and reduce any redness.
Use chilled eye patches, jade rollers, or ice cubes wrapped in a cloth to de-puff the face.
It’s best to do your hair first, then your makeup, to prevent sweat or products from ruining the look.
Use a double-cleansing method: 1️⃣ Oil-based cleanser to break down makeup. 2️⃣ Water-based cleanser to clean the skin deeply.
Sleeping with makeup can clog pores, cause breakouts, and lead to premature aging. Always remove it!
Apply a hydrating mask or aloe vera gel to calm the skin and reduce any irritation.
Wait a day before exfoliating, especially if your skin feels sensitive or irritated.
Apply a rich moisturizer or a hydrating serum with hyaluronic acid to replenish lost moisture.
HD makeup, or high definition makeup, is a specialized makeup technique that uses products that are designed to look natural and smooth under the scrutiny of high-definition cameras. HD makeup can help you achieve a radiant, airbrushed, and photo-ready complexion that will last throughout your wedding festivities.
Flawless Finish: Covers blemishes, fine lines, and pores without looking heavy. ✅ Lightweight Feel: Doesn’t feel thick or cakey, even with multiple layers. ✅ Long-Lasting: Stays fresh for hours, perfect for weddings. ✅ Natural & Radiant Glow: Doesn’t look artificial under bright lights. ✅ No Flashback: Won’t leave a white cast in flash photography.
Designed to withstand tears of joy and any weather conditions, our expert makeup artists use high-quality, waterproof products to ensure your bridal look stays flawless from the ceremony to the dance floor.
HD powders are essentially the same as finishing powders, only they're marketed slightly differently. HD is short for high-def, or high definition. HD powders were popularized by professional makeup artists to the stars, and they're geared toward those looking to appear flawless on film or camera.
Regarding skin type compatibility, HD makeup is generally suitable for all skin types, including oily, dry, and sensitive skin. It's often available in various formulas, such as mattifying or hydrating options, to cater to different needs.
Among the different makeup looks, the matte makeup look is the most popular. It is one of the most versatile looks. Be it your everyday look, wedding look, or a dramatic look, matte makeup, the best makeup for bride, allows you to rock every day with grace and piousness.
If your makeup artist piles on a heavy amount or doesn't blend well, you are least likely to get a natural-looking flawless look despite using HD makeup products.
A classic red and gold makeup look is perfect for brides wearing traditional red lehengas or sarees. Pair bold red lipstick with gold and bronze eyeshadow, and a hint of highlighter on the cheekbones. Finish with a winged liner and full lashes for a stunning bridal glow.
Accentuating Your Natural Features: Bridal makeup artists are trained to accentuate your natural features and create a look that complements your wedding dress and theme, ensuring that you feel confident and beautiful on your special day.
The last thing you want is to not look as fresh for all your photos come the end of the night. Generally speaking my makeup lasts at least 12 hours, some of my clients tell me that it lasts perfectly until the very next morning!
A bridal stylist will ensure and look into the elements of the dress and accessories and make sure they go well together on you. Accessories ranging from shoe, belt, necklace, bracelet, earrings, hair accessories, veil, etc are playing an important role on your overall presentation.
Matte Makeup Look Among the different makeup looks, the matte makeup look is the most popular. It is one of the most versatile looks. Be it your everyday look, wedding look, or a dramatic look, matte makeup, the best makeup for bride, allows you to rock every day with grace and piousness.
The Benefits of Professional Bridal Makeup Services Expertise and Knowledge: Creating a Look You'll Love. ... Flawless and Long-Lasting Makeup: Confidence Throughout the Day. ... Stress-Free Experience: Relax and Enjoy Your Special Day. ... Bridal Trial: Perfecting Your Dream Look. ... Professional Products: A Flawless Canvas.
Pakistani makeup is known for its balance between tradition and glamour. It often features flawless, full-coverage foundation, dramatic eye makeup, and rich lip colors that enhance natural beauty. The focus is on perfectly blended contours, bold eyeliner, and a radiant complexion that looks great both in person and in photographs.
Mehndi makeup is usually softer and more playful than bridal makeup. Since Mehndi events are colorful and lively, makeup is kept fresh with warm tones, subtle shimmer, and soft glows rather than heavy contouring or dark shades. Brides may opt for gold, peach, or pink hues with dewy skin, while guests often go for vibrant eye looks and glossy lips. Bridal makeup, on the other hand, is heavier with full glam, bolder eyes, and long-lasting formulas.
Since Pakistani events are usually long and can get warm, a matte or semi-matte, full-coverage foundation works best. Brands like Huda Beauty, NARS, Estée Lauder, and MAC are popular choices because they offer a flawless finish without looking cakey. HD foundations are also commonly used to ensure the makeup looks great in photography.
For Mehndi functions, eye makeup is often more fun and colorful than for the actual wedding day. A soft golden shimmer, green, peach, or coral eyeshadow paired with winged eyeliner and voluminous lashes is a favorite. Some brides or guests also experiment with glitter eyeshadows or colored kajal to match their outfits. False lashes help define the eyes, and kohl-rimmed waterlines complete the traditional Mehndi look.
It depends on your skin type and preference. A soft, radiant glow is often preferred for Mehndi, as it gives a fresh and youthful look. A matte base with highlighter on the high points of the face can also create a well-balanced effect. If you have oily skin, a semi-matte finish with good oil control works better to keep makeup intact throughout the event.
Since Mehndi events are vibrant and fun, soft pinks, corals, peachy nudes, and bold reds are great choices. Matte liquid lipsticks are popular because they last longer, but some people prefer a creamy finish for comfort. The shade should complement your outfit, so if you're wearing warm tones, peach or coral works best, while cooler tones go well with pinks and deep reds.
Using a long-wear primer, waterproof eyeliner, and setting spray is key. Mehndi nights involve dancing and long hours, so sweat-proof and humidity-resistant makeup is essential. Setting powders and blotting papers help control oil and keep the makeup fresh.
It doesn't have to match exactly, but it should complement the outfit. If your dress is green, yellow, or orange (traditional Mehndi colors), your makeup can have gold, peach, or soft pink hues for a harmonious look. Some brides like to experiment with contrasting colors for a bold effect, such as gold and deep red lips or bronze eyes with a pink lip.
The Haldi ceremony is a pre-wedding ritual in South Asian weddings where a turmeric (haldi) paste is applied to the bride and groom to bring a natural glow and ward off evil. Since this ceremony involves turmeric, water, and playful moments, makeup needs to be lightweight, fresh, and long-lasting to withstand the event while enhancing natural beauty.
Haldi makeup is usually minimal and fresh, focusing on glowing skin and soft features. A full-coverage look isn’t necessary because the Haldi paste itself gives a natural glow. Instead, a dewy, no-makeup look works best, using BB cream or light foundation, waterproof mascara, and tinted lips.
Since turmeric can stain and dry out the skin, moisturizing and priming are essential. Start with a hydrating moisturizer and apply a barrier cream or oil (like coconut or aloe vera gel) to prevent Haldi from staining the skin. This makes it easier to wash off later.
Since Haldi is a daytime, fun-filled event, eye makeup should be soft and simple. A touch of gold or champagne shimmer, a thin eyeliner, and waterproof mascara are enough to define the eyes. Avoid dark smokey eyes or heavy kajal, as they might smudge due to the water and Haldi application.
Since Haldi ceremonies often feature yellow, orange, or floral outfits, warm lip shades like coral, peach, soft pink, or glossy nudes work best. Matte lipsticks stay longer, but a hydrating lip tint or gloss can give a fresh and natural vibe. Avoid deep reds or dark browns, as they might look too heavy for a morning function.
Since Haldi ceremonies involve water splashes and turmeric application, use waterproof and sweat-proof products. Apply a good setting spray, and avoid too much powder, as it can make the face look dry when mixed with Haldi.
Yes! Many brides and guests wear floral or gota jewelry to complement the soft, fresh makeup look. These pieces enhance the beauty of a minimal Haldi outfit.
Yes, but subtly. If you’re wearing yellow or orange, go for warm-toned makeup with peachy blush and golden highlights. If your outfit has floral elements, a soft pink or coral touch can complement it beautifully.
Since Haldi can get messy, braided buns, loose curls, or simple ponytails are practical choices. Many brides add floral hair accessories for a soft and traditional touch.
Barat makeup is glamorous, long-lasting, and full coverage because it is the most special day for the bride. It usually includes a matte or semi-matte foundation, bold eyes, heavy lashes, sharp contouring, and deep lip colors that complement the bridal outfit.
It depends on your preference! A traditional Barat look features bold kohl-lined eyes, red or maroon lips, and gold or bronze tones. A modern Barat look focuses on soft glam, neutral lips, subtle shimmer, and a flawless airbrushed finish.
A full-coverage, long-wearing, and sweat-proof foundation is a must for Barat. Popular choices include Huda Beauty Faux Filter, Estée Lauder Double Wear, NARS Natural Radiant Longwear, and MAC Studio Fix.
Matte or semi-matte is best for Barat because it looks flawless in photography and lasts longer. However, a subtle glow using highlighter can enhance the look without making the skin too shiny.
Bold and dramatic eyes are key! This includes smokey eyes, glittery gold or bronze eyeshadows, thick eyeliner, and heavy lashes. Kajal on the waterline adds a traditional touch.
The most popular Barat lipstick shades are deep reds, maroons, burgundy, and dark pinks. Some modern brides opt for peachy nudes or soft browns for a subtle twist.
A good primer, setting powder, and a long-lasting setting spray (like Urban Decay All Nighter) are essential. Waterproof products help prevent smudging.
Avoid layering too much foundation or powder. Use a damp beauty blender to blend everything smoothly and set the makeup lightly with powder. A final spritz of setting spray helps melt everything together.
If you want a flawless, long-lasting look, a professional makeup artist is recommended. If you're confident in your skills, practice a few times before the wedding.
Walima makeup is the bridal look designed for the reception day (Walima) and is usually softer, more elegant, and less dramatic than Barat makeup.
Barat makeup is typically bold and heavy with dramatic eyes and rich tones, while Walima makeup leans toward soft glam, pastel shades, and a more natural glow.
Soft glam, pastel eyeshadow, glossy lips, dewy skin, and natural lashes are trending for Walima in 2025.
Light to medium makeup is generally preferred for Walima, especially if the event is during the day.
Yes, soft shimmer or metallic shades like champagne or rose gold work beautifully for Walima looks.
Use a primer, setting spray, waterproof products, and blotting paper for touch-ups during the event.
It’s best to book 1–3 months in advance to ensure availability, especially in peak wedding seasons.
It’s best to book 1–3 months in advance to ensure availability, especially in peak wedding seasons.
Yes, makeup trials are recommended and often offered as part of bridal packages.
Soft curls, elegant buns, or braided styles with light floral touches are ideal for Walima day.
False lashes enhance the eyes and are highly recommended for a complete bridal look.
Remove makeup gently, moisturize well, and avoid scrubbing or harsh products right after the event.

Manicure-Pedicure

A Classic Pedicure are basic nail treatments focused on improving the appearance and health of the nails and cuticles. They include shaping, cleaning, and polishing the nails, followed by moisturizing and softening the skin.
Classic Pedicure typically takes 45 minutes to 1 hour. The time can vary based on factors like nail length, health, and whether additional treatments (like callus removal) are included.
Soaking: Your feet are soaked in warm water with soothing ingredients like salts or oils to relax and soften the skin. Exfoliation: Dead skin and calluses are scrubbed away, usually with a pumice stone or foot scrub. Cuticle Care: Similar to the manicure, cuticles are pushed back, and excess skin around the toes is trimmed. Nail Shaping: The toenails are trimmed and shaped to your preference. Massage: A foot and calf massage is often included to relax the muscles.
For general maintenance, a pedicure every 3-4 weeks is recommended. However, the frequency can vary depending on nail growth and personal preference.
Soaking,Cuticle Care,Nail Shaping,Exfoliation,Moisturizing.
Yes, it’s safe as long as non-toxic nail polishes and child-appropriate tools are used. Always ensure the salon follows proper hygiene standards.
Kids as young as 4–5 years old can enjoy a mani-pedi, but parental supervision is recommended for young children.
Salons use kid-safe, non-toxic, water-based nail polishes and gentle cleansers to avoid harsh chemicals.
A session typically lasts 20 to 30 minutes, depending on the services provided.
Yes, but inform the salon about their sensitivity so they can use hypoallergenic and mild products.
Yes, kids' mani-pedis use gentler techniques, kid-safe products, and shorter treatment times tailored to their needs.
Light massages may be included for relaxation, but they are much gentler compared to adult treatments.
Yes, they help maintain clean and healthy nails, prevent dirt buildup, and teach kids good hygiene habits.
A French manicure and pedicure typically lasts 1-2 weeks, depending on factors such as nail growth, lifestyle, and the quality of the products used. Gel French mani-pedis can last longer, up to 3 weeks.
Preparation: The nails are cleaned and trimmed, and the cuticles are gently pushed back or removed. Shaping: The nails are filed to the desired shape, typically round or square. Base Coat: A thin layer of clear base coat is applied to help the polish adhere and protect the nails. Color Application: A nude or light pink polish is applied as the base color for both the hands and feet. French Tips: White polish is applied at the tips of the nails for the classic French look. Top Coat: A clear top coat is added to seal in the color and provide shine and protection. Drying: The nails are allowed to dry, either naturally or under a UV light for gel applications.
When done properly, gel manicures and pedicures are safe. However, improper removal or frequent use without breaks may cause nail damage. It's important to follow proper aftercare and allow nails to rest between applications to maintain nail health
When done properly, gel pedicures are safe. However, improper removal or frequent use without breaks may cause nail damage. It's important to follow proper aftercare and allow nails to rest between applications to maintain nail health
A gel pedicure typically lasts 2-3 weeks without chipping or fading. This makes it an excellent choice for people looking for a longer-lasting option compared to traditional polish.
Preparation,Base Coat,Gel Color Application,Top Coat and Final Wipe,Drying.
A French pedicure typically lasts 1-2 weeks, depending on factors such as nail growth, lifestyle, and the quality of the products used. Gel French Pedicure can last longer, up to 3 weeks.
Preparation,Shaping,Base Coat,Color Application,French Tips and Top Coat,Drying.
The Jelly Spa treatment provides intense hydration to the skin, softens rough patches, and helps to relieve tired muscles. It’s particularly beneficial for dry or cracked skin because the jelly retains moisture and helps lock it in, leaving the skin feeling smooth and nourished
Yes, Jelly Spa pedicure are generally safe for sensitive skin. The formula is gentle and contains hydrating ingredients like aloe vera, vitamin E, and essential oils, which can soothe and nourish sensitive skin. However, it's always a good idea to inform the technician of any skin conditions to ensure the right products are used.
Preparation,Jelly Soak,Scrub and Exfoliation ,Massage and Polish.
A dry Pedicure can be gentler on the nails and cuticles, as it eliminates the possibility of over-softening the skin. It also helps prevent the nail beds from becoming too soft, which can occur during traditional soaking. This makes it a good option for those with weakened nails or who are prone to nail breakage.
The longevity of a dry pedicure is similar to traditional treatments, usually lasting about 1 to 2 weeks, depending on how well the nails are maintained and the type of polish used (e.g., gel vs. regular polish).
Yes, dry Pedicure can be suitable for most people. However, individuals with very dry or cracked cuticles may benefit more from traditional Pedicure with soaking, as it can help hydrate the skin.
Preparation,Cuticle Care,Exfoliation,Nail Care and Polishing.
The main benefits of a whitening Pedicure include: Skin Brightening: Helps lighten dark spots and skin discoloration on the hands and feet. Exfoliation: Removes dead skin cells, revealing fresh, smooth skin. Hydration: Moisturizes and nourishes dry skin, giving it a healthy glow. Even Skin Tone: Helps achieve a more uniform skin tone on the hands and feet.
The effects of a whitening Pedicure can last from a few days to a week, depending on the products used and how well the skin is maintained. Regular treatments will help maintain the results.
Yes, a whitening Pedicure can be safe for sensitive skin, especially if gentle, natural ingredients are used. However, it’s important to notify the technician about any skin sensitivities to avoid irritation.
Preparation,Whitening Scrub,Soothing Mask and Massage
Yes, medicated Pedicure are generally safe, especially when performed by trained professionals who use appropriate products for specific conditions. However, individuals with certain allergies or skin conditions should consult with a dermatologist or the technician before undergoing the treatment to ensure the products used are suitable for their skin type.
A medicated Pedicure typically takes longer than a regular Pedicure, as it involves extra steps like applying treatment products and allowing them to absorb or work on the skin or nails. It can take between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on the severity of the condition being treated.
Nail and Skin,Assessment,Paraffins,Exfoliation,Massage and Moisturization and Nail Care.
A luxury Pedicure typically lasts longer than a standard mani-pedi. It can take anywhere from 90 minutes to two hours, depending on the specific treatments and pampering steps included in the service.
Enhanced relaxation Improved skin and nail health Long-lasting results
Soaking , Cuticle Care , Nail Shaping , Exfoliation , Moisturizing , Hand and feet bleach , 3D hydra foot bleach
Soothes and relaxes tired hands and feet. Promotes hydration with natural ingredients. Gentle on sensitive skin, avoiding harsh chemicals. Provides anti-inflammatory and healing properties through herbs.
You can get a herbal Pedicure every 3-4 weeks to maintain healthy and nourished hands and feet.
Soaking,Exfoliation,Mask,Massage and Nail Care
Yes, but inform your technician beforehand so they can adjust the technique or use gentler tools if needed.
Yes, it’s typically done dry to provide better control and precision while shaping and cleaning the nails.
Nail Shaping,Cuticle Work,Buffing,Polish Application and Finishing Touches.
Every 3-4 weeks is recommended, depending on your nail growth and maintenance
Pedicures are important for maintaining healthy, clean, and well-groomed hands and feet. These treatments prevent issues like nail infections, ingrown nails, and cracked or dry skin by regularly cleaning, shaping, and moisturizing. Exfoliation during mani-pedis removes dead skin, softens rough patches, and improves the overall texture of your skin. The gentle massage involved in these treatments not only enhances blood circulation but also helps reduce stress and tension, offering a relaxing experience. Well-maintained nails and skin boost confidence and ensure a polished appearance. Overall, Pedicures are essential for personal hygiene, nail health, and self-care.
Pedicure are beneficial for anyone who values personal hygiene and grooming, especially professionals, athletes, and individuals with skin or nail issues.
Yes, pedicure help hydrate and exfoliate the skin, making them essential for those prone to dryness or rough patches.
Athletes benefit from pedicures as they prevent blisters, calluses, and ingrown nails caused by physical activity.
Yes, the massages in Pedicure improve blood flow and reduce swelling, making them ideal for elderly individuals or those with poor circulation.
Mani-pedis enhance a polished, clean look, boosting confidence and creating a positive impression in appearance-conscious professions.
Yes, gentle and safe Pedicure can help reduce swelling, improve circulation, and provide relaxation during pregnancy.
Yes, but they should be done carefully by professionals to avoid cuts or infections, as diabetic skin is more sensitive.
Yes, regular manicure can discourage nail-biting by maintaining attractive, well-groomed nails.
While it’s not required, manicures and pedicures can help improve nail health, promote relaxation, and keep hands and feet looking neat and well-groomed. It’s a great option for men who want to maintain overall hygiene and appearance.
Regular manicures and pedicures can improve nail health, prevent infections, reduce the risk of ingrown nails, keep skin soft, and promote relaxation. They also help with better foot and hand hygiene.
For general maintenance, it's recommended to get a manicure every 2-4 weeks and a pedicure every 4-6 weeks. This will depend on the individual’s personal grooming habits and nail health.
A typical men’s manicure includes nail trimming, cuticle care, buffing, and a hand massage. A pedicure usually involves nail trimming, cuticle care, callus removal, foot exfoliation, and a foot massage.
Yes, regular pedicures can help prevent nail fungus and manage foot odor by keeping the nails clean, removing dead skin cells, and ensuring proper hygiene. If you have specific concerns, consult with your nail technician or a healthcare professional.
Yes, pedicures for men may include deeper callus removal, extra foot scrubbing, and more focus on any areas with rough skin, ensuring feet feel soft and refreshed.
Scrubbing or exfoliating is the process of removing dead skin cells from the surface of the skin, typically using a scrub or exfoliating product. It helps reveal smoother, healthier skin by promoting skin cell turnover.
Exfoliating helps to remove dead skin cells, unclog pores, prevent ingrown hairs, and improve the overall texture of the skin. For men, exfoliating also helps soften facial hair and reduces shaving irritation.
Men should exfoliate 1-2 times a week, depending on their skin type and concerns. Over-exfoliating can irritate the skin, so it's best to follow a balanced routine.
A body scrub helps remove dead skin, prevent ingrown hairs, soften rough patches, and improve overall skin texture. It’s especially beneficial for men with dry or rough skin, or for those who want to prepare for a smoother shave.
Men should choose scrubs that match their skin type. For dry or sensitive skin, opt for a gentler scrub. For rough skin or areas like the feet, a coarser scrub may be more effective. There are also scrubs available for specific concerns like acne or ingrown hairs.
Soaking: The hands are soaked in warm water to soften the skin and nails, making it easier to clean and shape them. Cuticle Care: The cuticles are gently pushed back and trimmed if necessary to avoid hangnails or overgrown cuticles. Nail Shaping: Nails are trimmed and shaped using a nail clipper and file. Most men opt for a square or slightly rounded shape. Exfoliation: A scrub or exfoliant is used to remove dead skin cells, leaving the hands feeling smooth. Moisturizing: A hand cream or lotion is applied to hydrate the skin.
Initial Soak,Exfoliation,Cuticle Care,Nail Shaping,Massage and Hydrating Mask,
Soaking , Cuticle Care , Nail Shaping , Exfoliation , Moisturizing ,Hand and feet bleach ,3D hydra foot bleach
Yes, regular manicure can discourage nail-biting by maintaining attractive, well-groomed nails.
Yes, Manicure help hydrate and exfoliate the skin, making them essential for those prone to dryness or rough patches.
Yes, the massages in Manicure improve blood flow and reduce swelling, making them ideal for elderly individuals or those with poor circulation.
Yes, gentle and safe Manicure can help reduce swelling, improve circulation, and provide relaxation during pregnancy.
A Classic Manicure are basic nail treatments focused on improving the appearance and health of the nails and cuticles. They include shaping, cleaning, and polishing the nails, followed by moisturizing and softening the skin.
For general maintenance, a pedicure every 3-4 weeks is recommended. However, the frequency can vary depending on nail growth and personal preference.
Yes, dry Manicure can be suitable for most people. However, individuals with very dry or cracked cuticles may benefit more from traditional Manicure with soaking, as it can help hydrate the skin.
Before a classic manicure, ensure that nails are clean and free from any old nail polish.
After the manicure, avoid water exposure for some time to allow the polish to fully dry and maintain its finish.
A French manicure is a classic nail style where the tips of the nails are painted white, complemented by a natural or nude color for the rest of the nail.
The nails are shaped, the tips are painted white, and the rest of the nail is covered with a nude or clear polish.
Remove any old polish and trim the nails to the desired length before starting.
Avoid contact with rough surfaces to maintain the appearance of the French tips and polish.
It offers a timeless, elegant look that works well for any occasion, making the nails appear longer and more refined.
A Gel French manicure is similar to the traditional French, but uses gel polish for a more durable and long-lasting finish.
After shaping the nails, white tips are applied, and then a gel polish is applied and cured under UV light for a long-lasting effect.
Clean nails and remove any old polish to prepare for the gel application.
Avoid harsh chemicals or excessive moisture to help the gel last longer.
It provides a longer-lasting, chip-resistant finish, with a glossy and polished look that lasts for weeks.
A Gel Polish manicure uses gel-based polish that is cured under UV light, providing a durable and shiny finish.
Make sure your nails are clean and free of any previous polish before starting the manicure.
Avoid prolonged exposure to water or harsh chemicals to preserve the gel finish.
It lasts longer than regular polish, resists chips, and has a high-gloss finish that doesn’t fade easily.
A Jelly Spa manicure includes a relaxing treatment where the nails are soaked in a jelly-like substance to soften and nourish the skin.
The hands are soaked in a warm jelly substance to relax the skin, followed by nail shaping and cuticle care.
Wash your hands and remove any existing polish to prepare for the treatment.
Moisturize your nails and hands regularly to maintain the softness and nourishment provided by the jelly soak.
It provides a relaxing experience, softens the skin, and nourishes the nails, leaving your hands feeling rejuvenated.
A dry manicure is a treatment where nails are shaped and cuticles are cared for without soaking the hands in water.
Nails are shaped, the cuticles are cleaned, and polish is applied without soaking the hands.
Make sure your nails are clean and dry before beginning the treatment.
Avoid excessive exposure to water for the first few hours to ensure the manicure lasts.
Quick and ideal for those in a rush, it’s especially good for people with sensitive skin or nails.
This manicure involves a paraffin wax treatment, known for its therapeutic benefits, to soothe and moisturize the skin.
Dip your hand into the wax (Figure 1): Your fingertips should go in first. Keep your fingers separated and submerse your hand all the way past the wrist if desired. Remove your hand after it has been coated with wax. Repeat steps 3 and 4: Dip your hand 6-8 times, waiting a few seconds between each dip.
Remove any old polish and ensure nails are clean before starting the manicure.
Moisturize regularly to maintain the soft, hydrated feel of your hands after the paraffin treatment.
It helps to relieve joint pain, provides deep moisture, and promotes smoother skin.
A luxury gold manicure is a premium treatment that uses gold-infused products for nail and skin nourishment.
It includes a regular manicure with the addition of gold-infused oils and masks for extra nourishment.
A herbal manicure uses natural herbal products to nourish and rejuvenate your nails and skin.
Herbal oils and treatments are applied to your hands and nails during the manicure process.
A whitening manicure is designed to brighten and whiten nails, making them look fresh and healthy.
A Russian manicure focuses on precision, particularly with cuticle care, and is done without soaking the nails.
The Russian nail method is a dry process of filing, cutting, and removing the cuticle with electric drill bits entirely for a clean look and feel. The Russian manicure can prevent the dry cracking of cuticles or hangnails, thus extending the longevity of the manicure.
Mix 1 part Lofty Skin Whitening Powder with 2 parts Lofty Skin Whitening Base. Apply to hands and feet for 8-15 minutes to reduce pigmentation and brighten the skin. Rinse thoroughly. Apply Lofty Skin Whitening Hand & Foot Mask in a thick layer to deeply nourish and moisturize.
Then scrubbing is done with the help of a herbal scrub. Due to this process the dry and dead skin is peeled out and gives a good glow to the hands. Reflexology massage is done on the hands using various shining creams. The wrapping and application of herbal paste is done to maintain the health and glow of the hands.

Ladies Massage

It helps relieve stress, improve blood circulation, reduce muscle tension, improve flexibility, and promote overall relaxation.
Most sessions last between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on the type of massage.
Common oils include coconut, almond, jojoba, or essential oil blends tailored for relaxation or therapeutic purposes.
Yes, therapeutic massages like deep tissue or sports massage can help manage chronic pain by reducing muscle tension and improving mobility.
It’s generally safe but may not be suitable for people with certain medical conditions like blood clots, fractures, or skin infections. Always consult your doctor if unsure.
For general relaxation, once a month is sufficient. For therapeutic purposes, your therapist may recommend weekly or bi-weekly sessions.
Prenatal massages are safe after the first trimester, but always choose a trained prenatal massage therapist.
Wait at least 1-2 hours before showering to allow oils and the massage effects to penetrate your skin.
Drinking water helps flush out toxins released during the massage and prevents dehydration.
Heated stones are placed on specific body areas to relieve muscle tension and improve circulation.
Yes, full body massages are known for reducing stress by triggering the body's relaxation response, decreasing cortisol levels, and promoting a sense of well-being.
Reflexology focuses on applying pressure to specific points on the feet, hands, or ears that correspond to different body parts, promoting healing and balance.
Thai massage involves stretching and deep muscle manipulation, often combined with yoga-like positions, to improve flexibility and relieve tension.
Yes, but you may want to choose gentler techniques like Swedish massage and use hypoallergenic oils to avoid irritation.
Yes, it can be beneficial as it helps keep the skin moisturized, but make sure to avoid any products that may irritate sensitive skin right after a massage.
Relaxing massages can reduce stress and anxiety, improve circulation, enhance sleep quality, relieve muscle stiffness, and promote overall well-being.
Unlike deep tissue or therapeutic massages, relaxing massages use light pressure and slower movements, focusing on relaxation rather than muscle repair.
Typically, a relaxing massage lasts 60-90 minutes, although shorter or longer sessions can be arranged depending on your preference.
Yes, it can help improve sleep by calming the nervous system, reducing stress hormones like cortisol, and promoting overall relaxation.
Arrive a few minutes early to relax, avoid heavy meals before your session, and hydrate well. Wear comfortable clothing if you're unsure about undressing.
Yes, it’s important to discuss any preferences or areas of discomfort so your therapist can adjust pressure and technique accordingly.
A warm shower can help loosen muscles and prepare your body for relaxation, but avoid hot showers if you have sensitive skin or heat intolerance.
Yes, many people feel sleepy or tired after a relaxing massage due to the relaxation and release of tension. Rest is recommended.
You can schedule another massage as soon as you feel the need. For general relaxation, monthly or bi-weekly sessions are ideal.
Yes, with a trained prenatal massage therapist. Relaxing massages during pregnancy can help reduce stress and alleviate discomfort.
While relaxing massages are ideal for stress relief, if you have significant muscle tension, a deep tissue massage may be more effective. Consult your therapist for advice.
Reflexology in a relaxing massage involves applying pressure to specific points on the feet, hands, or ears, believed to correspond to different organs and systems in the body. It aims to promote relaxation, reduce stress, and improve overall health by stimulating the body's natural healing processes. This technique is often used to relieve pain, improve circulation, and restore balance.
While relaxing massages primarily focus on stress relief, they can help ease light muscle tension. For more intense muscle pain, consider a deep tissue massage.
For general stress relief, getting a relaxing massage once a week or bi-weekly is ideal, but this can vary based on your personal needs and lifestyle.
Yes, regular relaxation massages can boost the immune system by reducing stress and enhancing circulation, helping the body fight off illnesses.
Swedish massage is the most common form of relaxing massage, involving long, flowing strokes and kneading to promote relaxation and reduce muscle tension.
Relaxing massages can help people with conditions like arthritis, fibromyalgia, and headaches by reducing stress and promoting circulation, but it's always important to consult a doctor first.
Kids massage uses softer, lighter pressure and shorter sessions. The focus is on relaxation and comfort, rather than therapeutic treatment for muscle tension or injury like in adult massages.
Yes, many children who struggle with sleep benefit from a calming massage routine. It can help relax the nervous system, promote a sense of security, and improve sleep patterns.
Yes, you can give your child a simple massage at home with gentle strokes, but it’s essential to know the proper techniques. There are many books and resources available that guide parents in safely massaging their children.
Yes, regular massage can help reduce anxiety, improve mood, and encourage relaxation, which may, in turn, help children manage behavioral issues more effectively.
Kids massage should be avoided if your child has specific health conditions like skin infections, open wounds, or recent injuries. Always consult a pediatrician if your child has a medical condition before booking a session.
Yes, when performed by a trained therapist or using gentle techniques, kids massage is very safe. It's important to choose a therapist experienced with children and to avoid excessive pressure or vigorous techniques.
Children of all ages can benefit from massage, but for newborns and infants, it should be gentle and short, while older children can receive deeper, more structured techniques.
It helps in promoting relaxation, improving circulation, enhancing sleep quality, reducing anxiety, boosting mood, and alleviating minor aches or muscle tension.
Aromatherapy oils can be used, but only those safe for children, such as lavender or chamomile, to help calm and relax them. However, many practitioners avoid essential oils for younger children due to skin sensitivity.
Ensure your child is relaxed and calm before the massage. Avoid large meals or heavy snacks right before the session and ensure the room is quiet and comfortable for them to feel at ease.
After the massage, make sure to hydrate your child with water. Avoid tight clothing to allow their skin to breathe. If any oils are used, check for any signs of irritation on their skin.
It’s recommended that your child rest after a massage, especially if they seem particularly relaxed. A good rest helps to maximize the benefits of the massage session.
A body scrub is an exfoliating treatment that uses a mixture of exfoliants (like sugar, salt, or coffee) and moisturizers (like oils or creams) to remove dead skin cells and improve skin texture.
Body scrubs help remove dead skin cells, improve circulation, hydrate the skin, promote smoother skin, and can also help with conditions like ingrown hairs and acne.
Generally, it’s recommended to use a body scrub once or twice a week to avoid over-exfoliating and irritating the skin.
Yes, body scrubs help remove dry, flaky skin and allow moisturizers to penetrate better, which can help keep your skin soft and hydrated.
Salt scrubs are usually more abrasive and better for deeply exfoliating the skin, while sugar scrubs are gentler, making them ideal for more sensitive or dry skin.
After using a body scrub, apply a moisturizer or body oil to lock in hydration. It’s important to keep your skin hydrated after exfoliating.
Over-exfoliating can lead to skin irritation, redness, or sensitivity. Always use a scrub with gentle pressure, and avoid scrubbing over broken or irritated skin.
Yes, but opt for a gentler scrub like a sugar-based or herbal scrub, and always test on a small area first. Avoid harsh scrubs if you have active skin conditions like eczema or psoriasis.
While body scrubs won’t completely remove cellulite, ingredients like coffee scrubs can temporarily smooth the skin and improve circulation, which may help with the appearance of cellulite.
It’s generally recommended to use a body scrub before shaving to exfoliate the skin, reduce the risk of ingrown hairs, and make shaving smoother.
Yes, body scrubs are great for exfoliating dry, rough areas like hands, feet, elbows, and knees. Specialized scrubs are often used for these areas to remove calluses and smooth skin.
Yes, if overused or applied with too much pressure, body scrubs can irritate the skin. People with sensitive skin should opt for gentler scrubs, like sugar or oatmeal-based options, and avoid harsh salt scrubs.
Scrubs can help unclog pores and prevent acne by removing dead skin. However, if you have active acne or inflamed skin, use a gentle scrub, or consult a dermatologist before use.
The effects of a body scrub (like smoother skin) can last several days, depending on your skin type and lifestyle. Regular use (once a week) helps maintain the results and ensures your skin stays soft.
A postpartum massage is a therapeutic massage designed to help new mothers recover after childbirth. It targets areas like the back, shoulders, abdomen, and hips to relieve tension, improve circulation, and aid in the physical and emotional recovery process.
Pain relief: Eases back pain, neck tension, and muscle stiffness caused by carrying a baby and breastfeeding. Improved circulation: Stimulates blood flow, helping to reduce swelling and promote healing. Stress relief: Reduces anxiety and promotes relaxation, which is important for emotional recovery. Hormonal balance: Helps to regulate hormone levels after childbirth and support mental well-being. Enhances bonding: Can provide a moment of self-care, allowing mothers to reconnect with their bodies after pregnancy.
It is generally safe to start receiving a postpartum massage 1- 3 weeks after childbirth, depending on your physical condition and the advice of your doctor. For cesarean births, you should wait until your scar has healed and you have received clearance from your healthcare provider.
Yes, postpartum massage is generally safe for breastfeeding mothers. It can help relieve tension in the shoulders and neck, which is common from breastfeeding. However, make sure to inform your therapist if you are breastfeeding so they can adjust techniques and ensure comfort.
The frequency of postpartum massages depends on your needs and how your body is recovering. Many mothers find that regular sessions, such as every 2-4 weeks during the first few months postpartum, are beneficial for managing stress and maintaining physical well-being.
While generally safe, hot stone massages may not be recommended for individuals with certain conditions, such as high blood pressure, diabetes, or skin conditions like sunburn. It's important to consult with your healthcare provider if you have health concerns before receiving the treatment.
A typical Hot Stone Full Body Massage lasts between 60 to 90 minutes, but some sessions may extend longer depending on personal preference and the massage therapist’s approach. Minimum 50 if you need extra time then you will pay extra
Deep Tissue Massage is generally not recommended during pregnancy, especially in the first trimester. A prenatal massage is a better option for expectant mothers, as it focuses on relaxation and gentle techniques to alleviate pregnancy-related discomfort.
Expect the therapist to apply firm pressure and use slow, deliberate strokes to work deep into the muscles. They may focus on specific problem areas like the neck, shoulders, lower back, or legs, and may use their fingers, thumbs, elbows, or forearms to apply pressure.
It involves stretching, deep pressure, and gentle movements to improve flexibility, reduce muscle tension, and promote overall relaxation.
Improved flexibility: The stretching techniques help enhance range of motion and flexibility. Pain relief: It can alleviate chronic pain and muscle stiffness. Stress reduction: Thai massage promotes deep relaxation, reducing overall stress levels. Enhanced circulation: The pressure and stretching techniques stimulate blood flow and oxygenate the body. Increased energy: It is known for boosting energy levels and reducing fatigue.
Thai Massage is generally safe for most people but may not be suitable for those with joint problems, osteoporosis, or pregnancy. It's essential to inform your therapist about any injuries, medical conditions, or specific discomforts so that they can adjust the techniques accordingly.
Pregnant women should consult with their healthcare provider before getting Thai Massage, as some positions and techniques may not be appropriate during pregnancy. Prenatal massages are usually recommended as a safer alternative.
A Swedish Massage is a gentle, relaxing massage technique that uses long strokes, kneading, and circular movements on the surface layers of muscles. It is typically aimed at improving relaxation and circulation, promoting a sense of calm and well-being.
The primary benefits include stress relief, muscle relaxation, improved blood circulation, and reduced muscle tension. It also promotes relaxation and can help with anxiety and insomnia.
Swedish Massage is generally not painful. The pressure can be adjusted based on personal preferences, but it’s typically soothing and relaxing. If there is discomfort, the therapist can modify the pressure.
Trigger Point Massage is a technique that focuses on releasing "trigger points," which are tight, painful areas in the muscles caused by muscle fibers becoming contracted. The therapist applies pressure to these areas to relieve pain, reduce muscle tension, and restore mobility.
A typical Trigger Point Massage session lasts between 30 to 60 minutes. However, the duration may vary depending on the number of trigger points being treated and the level of tension in the muscles.
For chronic muscle pain or tightness, it may be beneficial to receive a Trigger Point Massage once a week. However, the frequency can vary based on individual needs and the severity of the issue. It’s best to consult with your massage therapist for a personalized recommendation.
It's best to wait at least 12 hours before applying deodorant or any other scented products, as your skin may be more sensitive and could react to fragrances or chemicals.
Some redness or slight irritation may occur, especially if you have sensitive skin. If you experience severe irritation, inflammation, or discomfort, it’s best to contact your skincare professional for advice.
Yes, applying a moisturizer is highly recommended after a body scrub. This helps to lock in moisture and soothe any dryness that might occur due to the exfoliation. Use a gentle, hydrating lotion or oil that suits your skin type.
It's best to avoid hot showers immediately after a full body scrub, as your skin may be more sensitive. Wait for at least 4-6 hours before taking a shower, and use lukewarm water to avoid irritating the skin.
Reflexology is generally safe for most people. However, it may not be suitable for individuals with certain conditions like deep vein thrombosis, severe foot injuries, or infections. Pregnant women should consult a doctor before receiving reflexology.
A typical session lasts between 30 to 60 minutes, depending on your needs and the areas being treated.
For general relaxation, once a month may suffice. If addressing specific issues, your therapist might recommend weekly sessions for several weeks.
Reflexology may help: Reduce stress and promote relaxation. Improve circulation. Ease pain, such as headaches or back pain. Support better sleep. Enhance overall well-being.
It’s better to avoid strenuous exercise before your session to allow your body to be fully relaxed and receptive.
While most reflexologists clean your feet at the start, it’s polite to ensure your feet are clean and odor-free.
Loose and comfortable clothing is recommended so the therapist can easily access your feet, hands, or ears.
Drink plenty of water to flush out toxins, rest, and avoid strenuous activities to maximize the benefits.
It’s fine to shower, but avoid very hot water as it may counteract the relaxing effects.
The relaxing and therapeutic effects can last a few days, especially with regular treatments.
Light activities like yoga or stretching are fine, but avoid intense workouts to let your body fully relax.
During a stretch massage, the therapist helps stretch your muscles and joints, while simultaneously applying pressure to release tension and knots in the body. The massage stimulates blood flow and helps to improve flexibility, reducing muscle stiffness.
Some of the key benefits of stretch massage include: Improved flexibility and range of motion, Reduced muscle stiffness and tension, Increased circulation and blood flow, Reduced risk of injury, Enhanced posture and alignment, Stress relief and relaxation, Increased energy levels.
The frequency of stretch massages depends on your personal needs and goals. For general relaxation and maintenance, a stretch massage once a week or bi-weekly is often sufficient. Athletes or individuals with chronic muscle tightness may benefit from more frequent sessions.
Before a stretch massage, it's important to stay hydrated and avoid heavy meals right before your session. Drink plenty of water to ensure your muscles are well-hydrated, as this can help improve the effectiveness of the massage. Wear comfortable, loose clothing to allow for easy movement and flexibility. It's also a good idea to inform your therapist about any specific areas of tension or discomfort so they can focus on those areas during the massage. Avoid any intense physical activity immediately before the session to prevent muscle fatigue.
After a stretch massage, it’s important to rest, stay hydrated, and avoid any intense physical activity. Drink plenty of water to help flush out toxins and reduce muscle soreness. You might feel some mild discomfort or muscle tenderness, which is normal. Light stretching can be beneficial, but avoid pushing your muscles too hard right away. It's also a good idea to maintain good posture throughout the day to reinforce the benefits of the massage. If you feel any significant discomfort or pain, it's advisable to consult your therapist.
After a body scrubbing treatment, it’s important to care for your skin to maximize the benefits. First, apply a moisturizer to lock in hydration and keep your skin soft and smooth. Drink plenty of water to help your skin stay hydrated from the inside. Avoid hot showers or baths for at least a few hours, as they can dry out your skin. It’s also best to refrain from sun exposure to prevent skin irritation, as exfoliated skin can be more sensitive. Lastly, avoid wearing tight clothing that could irritate your freshly exfoliated skin. If you experience any redness or irritation that lasts, consult with your therapist for advice.
Prenatal massage is a therapeutic massage specifically designed for pregnant women. It focuses on the unique needs of expectant mothers by using techniques to relieve stress, reduce pain, and promote relaxation during pregnancy.
Relieves back, neck, and joint pain. Reduces swelling in legs, feet, and hands. Improves blood circulation and lymphatic flow. Alleviates stress and anxiety. Promotes better sleep and relaxation. Eases muscle tension and cramping.
Yes, prenatal massage is generally safe when performed by a trained therapist who specializes in pregnancy massage. However: Avoid massage during the first trimester (first 12 weeks) as this is a critical developmental period. Always consult your doctor before starting massage therapy, especially if you have a high-risk pregnancy or complications.
You'll lie on your side with support from pillows to ensure comfort and safety. The therapist will use gentle, soothing strokes and avoid any movements that cause discomfort. Sessions typically last 60–90 minutes, focusing on the back, legs, hips, neck, and shoulders.
Prenatal massage may not be suitable for: Women with a high-risk pregnancy or complications like preeclampsia or placenta previa. Those experiencing severe swelling, high blood pressure, or preterm labor symptoms. Women with a history of blood clots (consult your doctor first).
The frequency of massages depends on your needs. For relaxation, once a month is typically sufficient. However, for managing chronic pain or muscle tension, weekly or bi-weekly massages may be beneficial.
A relaxing massage focuses on reducing stress and tension through gentle techniques designed to promote relaxation and improve overall well-being.
This massage is ideal for individuals looking to relieve stress, unwind, and promote relaxation without targeting specific muscle pain.
After a relaxing massage, you should feel calm, relaxed, and less stressed, with improved circulation and mood.
Yes, Swedish massage is excellent for beginners as it is gentle, relaxing, and effective for overall body relaxation and stress relief.
You’ll likely feel refreshed, relaxed, and rejuvenated, with less muscle tension and improved blood circulation.
A steam massage combines the benefits of steam therapy with massage techniques. The heat from the steam helps relax muscles, open pores, and improve circulation, making the massage more effective.
Steam massage helps to detoxify the skin, improve circulation, and provide deep relaxation. It also helps loosen tight muscles, making it easier for the therapist to perform the massage.
Yes, many people combine steam massage with other treatments like Swedish or deep tissue massages for a more comprehensive experience.
Thai massage is ideal for those looking to improve flexibility, release deep muscle tension, and enhance energy levels. It’s perfect for active individuals or those with muscle stiffness.
Deep tissue massage uses slow, firm strokes and pressure to target deeper layers of muscles and connective tissue to relieve chronic muscle tension and pain.
Those with chronic muscle pain, tension, or injuries benefit greatly from deep tissue massage, as it targets problem areas with more intensity than a regular massage.
Those with chronic muscle pain, tension, or injuries benefit greatly from deep tissue massage, as it targets problem areas with more intensity than a regular massage.
It helps relieve headaches, reduce stress, improve circulation to the scalp, and promote relaxation.
While it doesn’t directly stimulate hair growth, a head massage improves scalp circulation, which may help create a healthy environment for hair growth.
VIP massages are premium treatments that offer extra attention and customized techniques, often with added benefits like aromatherapy, specialized oils, or longer durations.
VIP massages offer a higher level of relaxation and comfort, along with additional services like aromatherapy, deep muscle work, and longer treatment times for a more tailored experience.
A VIP massage offers deeper relaxation, stress relief, and muscle tension relief, with the added benefits of personalized care, a tailored experience, and enhanced techniques. It’s ideal for those seeking a more indulgent, high-end treatment.
VIP Massage sessions typically last between 60-90 minutes, but longer sessions may be available depending on the package or specific treatment.
Frequency depends on individual needs. For general relaxation and wellness, a massage every 3-4 weeks is ideal. If you’re dealing with muscle pain or stress, weekly or bi-weekly sessions may be beneficial.
A deep tissue massage may cause some discomfort, especially when working on areas with muscle tension, but it should not be unbearable. Communication with your therapist is key to ensuring the pressure is appropriate for your comfort.
Absolutely. Massages help reduce stress by promoting relaxation, lowering cortisol levels, and stimulating the production of endorphins (the body’s natural painkillers), helping to improve mood and reduce anxiety.
Drink plenty of water to help flush out toxins released during the massage. Avoid strenuous activity immediately after the massage, and give your body time to fully relax. Stretching lightly can also help maintain flexibility.
Yes, sports and deep tissue massages are great for active men, helping with muscle recovery, improving flexibility, preventing injuries, and reducing muscle soreness after workouts.
The therapist typically focuses on key areas like the back, neck, shoulders, and sometimes the arms and legs, depending on your needs. It’s a quick way to relieve tension in these common stress points.
An express massage generally lasts between 30 to 60 minutes, making it a quick and effective option for people on tight schedules.
You can enjoy an express massage as often as you like, depending on your schedule and needs. Some people benefit from weekly express massages to help manage stress or muscle tension, while others may opt for one before or after an event or physical activity.
Express massages are ideal for individuals with limited time, those seeking relief from a specific issue (like neck pain or stress), or those new to massage who want to try a shorter session first.

Nails

Nail art typically lasts as long as the base polish or gel, usually 1–2 weeks, depending on the type and aftercare.
Acrylic nails are artificial nail extensions made by combining a liquid monomer and a powder polymer to create a durable layer over natural nails.
Acrylic nails can last up to 2–3 weeks before requiring a fill or touch-up, depending on nail growth and maintenance.
If applied and removed correctly by a professional, acrylic nails are safe. However, improper application or removal can damage natural nails.
Acrylic nails are harder and more durable, while gel nails are softer, more flexible, and have a shinier finish.
A base coat protects natural nails, prevents staining, and helps the polish adhere better for long-lasting nail art.
A base coat protects natural nails, prevents staining, and helps the polish adhere better for long-lasting nail art.
Yes, nail art can be done on natural nails using regular polish, gel, or stickers without extensions.
Acrylic nails are removed by soaking them in acetone and gently buffing the residue, ensuring minimal damage to the natural nails.
Dip powder is a nail enhancement where nails are dipped into colored powder, then sealed with a topcoat for a durable and lightweight finish.
Popular trends include minimalist designs, chrome finishes, pastel colors, 3D embellishments, and abstract patterns.
Yes, but it’s recommended to avoid strong chemicals and ensure proper ventilation during application
Ombre nails feature a gradient effect, blending two or more colors seamlessly from light to dark or vice versa.
Ombre nails are created using a sponge or an airbrush to blend colors or by layering gel polish and curing each layer.
Ombre nails can last 2–3 weeks with gel polish or acrylic, depending on nail growth and aftercare.
Avoid exposing nails to harsh chemicals, keep them moisturized, and schedule regular touch-ups if using acrylics or gels.
Avoid using nails as tools (e.g., for opening packages). Keep hands moisturized with cuticle oil and lotion daily.
Yes, applying cuticle oil daily helps keep nails and the surrounding skin hydrated, preventing dryness and cracks.
Do not expose nails to heat or water for at least 6 hours post-application. Avoid acetone-based removers unless removing the manicure itself.
Always wear protective gloves to avoid exposure to chemicals, water, or food dyes that can weaken or stain nails.
Visit your nail technician for repairs to prevent further damage. Avoid peeling or picking at the damaged area to protect the natural nail.
This depends on the polish you choose. If you're using regular polish it should last around a week or two, depending on how sturdy your nail are. Gel polish will last longer (around two to three weeks) and acrylic or dip nails will last even longer (around three to four weeks).
Ombre nails are a type of nail art where two or more colors blend together seamlessly, creating a gradient effect. The colors usually transition smoothly from one to another.
Sponge method: A sponge is used to apply the gradient, usually by dabbing it with different colors and blending them on the nail. Brush method: A fine brush is used to blend colors onto the nail plate. Airbrush technique: An airbrush machine is used for a smooth, professional gradient look.
The longevity of ombre nails depends on the technique used. Gel ombre nails typically last 2-3 weeks, while regular polish may last about 1 week. To make them last longer, use a good topcoat and avoid excessive water exposure.
Yes, ombre nails can be done on any nail shape, whether square, round, stiletto, or almond. The gradient effect looks beautiful on all nail shapes.
If you have regular polish, you can remove it with a nail polish remover. If you have gel ombre nails, you'll need to soak them in acetone to remove the gel.
Absolutely! Ombre nails pair beautifully with other nail art styles such as glitter, stamping, rhinestones, or even 3D nail art.
Clean and Shape: Start by cleaning your nails, removing any old polish, and filing them into your desired shape (square, almond, oval, etc.). Cuticle Care: Push back your cuticles gently with a cuticle pusher or trim them if necessary. Buff the Surface: Lightly buff the nail surface to remove ridges and create a smooth canvas for the polish to adhere. Use a Base Coat: Apply a base coat to protect your natural nails from staining and to help the polish last longer.
If your nails are weak or damaged, it's a good idea to strengthen them first before applying any nail art. You can use a nourishing base coat or nail strengthening treatments to restore your nails.
Using a nail primer is optional but can help your nails bond better with the polish and improve the longevity of the ombre effect, especially for gel-based manicures.
Avoid using your nails as tools (e.g., opening cans or using them to scrape things). Reapply top coat every 2-3 days to keep the ombre look fresh and protected. Be cautious when doing household chores that may cause your nails to chip.
If the ombre effect is fading or chipping, you can gently remove the top layer of polish and redo the design without starting from scratch. However, if you have gel or acrylic nails, it’s best to remove them properly before reapplying a new design.
Regular Polish: Soak a cotton ball in nail polish remover and press it onto your nails for 10-15 seconds before wiping off the polish. Gel Polish: For gel ombre nails, soak your nails in acetone for 10-15 minutes to dissolve the gel before gently scraping it off. Acrylic Ombre Nails: Acrylic nails may need to be professionally removed to avoid damage to your natural nails.
Nail art refers to any design, decoration, or embellishment applied to the nails. It can include painting, stickers, gems, stamping, and more. Nail art is used to enhance the appearance of natural nails or to complement a manicure.
Regular Polish: Typically lasts 5-7 days before chipping or fading. Gel Nail Art: Lasts 2-3 weeks with proper care. Acrylic or Dip Powder Nails: Last about 2-3 weeks as well.
Harsh Removal: Ripping off nail art or using acetone for prolonged periods can weaken nails. Incorrect Application: Using too much product or applying too many layers can cause nails to weaken over time. Acrylic or Gel Nails: If not removed properly or maintained, they can cause nail thinning or lifting.
Nail art can be safe for kids, but make sure to use non-toxic, kid-friendly polishes and products. Avoid using sharp tools or chemicals like acetone, and always supervise young children when applying nail art.
Clean Your Nails,Shape Your Nails,Push Back Cuticles,Buff the Surface,Hydrate Your Nails and Apply a Base Coat.
Yes, it’s best to trim your nails to your desired length and shape before applying nail art or any manicure. This helps ensure that the nails are even and smooth for a polished look.
Apply a Top Coat,Hydrate Your Nails,Avoid Water Exposure, and Avoid Using Nails as Tools
Use a Base Coat , Buff Your Nails and Nail Whitening Products
Acrylic nails are artificial nail extensions made from a mixture of liquid monomer and powder polymer that hardens to form a durable nail. They can be customized in length, shape, and design.
Acrylic nails typically last 2-3 weeks before they need a refill. However, the longevity depends on the growth rate of your natural nails and how well you care for them.
If applied and removed correctly, acrylic nails generally do not damage your natural nails. However, improper removal or constant use without breaks can lead to weakened nails, thinning, or lifting.
Yes, acrylic nails are an excellent base for painting or doing nail art. You can add polish, gel art, glitter, rhinestones, and more to acrylic nails for a custom design.
Acrylic nails should be professionally removed at a salon, or you can soak them in acetone for 15-20 minutes, then gently lift the acrylic with a cuticle pusher. Never force acrylic nails off, as this can cause damage to your natural nails.
Yes, acrylic nails can be refilled. When your natural nails grow, the acrylic becomes detached from the nail bed, and a refill involves applying fresh acrylic to fill in the gap.
Clean and Shape: File your nails and clean the nail beds. Cuticle Care: Gently push back your cuticles and remove any excess skin. Buff the Nails: Lightly buff your nails to ensure a smooth surface for acrylic application. Hydrate Your Nails: Apply a nourishing cuticle oil to keep your nails hydrated before the procedure.
Yes, it’s important to have old acrylic nails removed professionally or safely at home with acetone to prevent damaging your natural nails before applying new acrylic nails.
Avoid Using Your Nails as Tools,Hydrate Your Nails,Avoid Excessive Water Exposure and Avoid Harsh Chemicals
Soak in Acetone: Soak your nails in acetone for about 15-20 minutes to dissolve the acrylic. After soaking, gently scrape the acrylic off with a cuticle pusher. Avoid Pulling: Never force acrylic nails off as it can damage your natural nails.
A gradient nail art technique blending two or more colors seamlessly from cuticle to tip.
Yes—just let your technician know before starting.
Apply cuticle oil daily Wear gloves for chores Avoid using nails as tools
Minor chips can be fixed in a 15-minute “chip repair” add-on.
Every 2–3 weeks, aligned with your nail growth
Use our online booking form, call us, or WhatsApp at 0562871241
We recommend booking at least 3 days ahead, especially on weekends.
Yes—up to 24 hours before your slot at no charge.
Yes—up to 4 clients can book together; contact us for special group rates.
Yes, our staff are certified, professional, and follow strict hygiene protocols.
Just space and electricity for blowdry. We bring the rest.
Yes, we accept cash, card, bank transfer, and payment links.
You can contact our support via WhatsApp or app. We offer Free Fix options within 24–48 hrs.
Yes
Yes, you’ll receive a confirmation message with time and therapist details.
Yes, French tips are one of the most popular styles on acrylic nails.
Every 2 to 3 weeks as your natural nails grow out
New acrylic is added to the regrowth area and the surface is re-shaped and polished.
You can, but it’s better to let a professional handle shaping to avoid damaging the structure.
When a visible gap appears near your cuticle or the nails begin to lift.
Improper application, oil on the nail plate, or water exposure can cause lifting.
It’s best to visit a professional, but for emergencies, you can glue and buff lightly until repaired.
Mild discomfort can occur due to pressure or sensitivity. If pain persists, see your technician.
Yes, if moisture gets trapped between the acrylic and your natural nail or if tools are not sterilized.
They are soaked in acetone until soft, then gently removed with a cuticle pusher.
Yes, but it must be done carefully to avoid damage.
Around 30–45 minutes.
Apply cuticle oil, nail strengthener, and moisturizer to help restore nail health.
Avoid excessive water, use gloves when cleaning, and moisturize your cuticles daily.
Avoid using nails as tools and schedule regular touch-ups.
Yes, but excessive water exposure can weaken the bond.
It varies – typically AED 100–300 depending on design, location, and DESIGN.
Basic polish may be included; detailed nail art is usually charged extra.
Yes! Many salons offer in-home nail technician services for your comfort.
Cash, online transfer, bank payment, or card (depending on the salon).
No need – your technician will shape and prepare them.
Yes, though it’s best to be in a well-ventilated area due to product fumes.
Absolutely! They’re perfect for weddings, birthdays, and parties.
No, your natural nails continue growing under the acrylic.
Yes, but wear gloves to avoid weakening or lifting.
Yes, though there’s a short adjustment period.
Acrylic is air-dried, while hard gel is cured under UV light and more flexible.
Yes! Acrylics can help stop nail biting and allow your natural nails to grow.
Yes, anyone can get acrylic nails for styling or nail protection.
Yes, but it's more common on fingernails and requires extra care.
Dip powder doesn’t use monomer liquid and offers a lighter, odor-free option.
Use our online booking form, call us, or WhatsApp at 0562871241
We recommend booking at least 3 days ahead, especially on weekends.
Yes—up to 24 hours before your slot at no charge.
Yes, we accept all major debit and credit cards, including Visa, Mastercard, and American Express.
Yes—pre-payment is available via secure online payment links we send through WhatsApp or email.
Absolutely. We use encrypted payment gateways to protect your personal and card information.
Yes—our team carries portable POS machines for card and tap payments at your doorstep.
Face bleach lightens facial hair to blend with your skin tone, giving a brighter and more even look.
No it does not change your natural skin color but brightens your complexion by reducing dullness and making facial hair less visible.
Around 15–25 minutes, including patch testing and application.
Cleansing, patch test, bleach application, neutralizer (if needed), and post-bleach soothing gel.
Yes, when done by professionals using quality products. Avoid peeling off polish or over-filing to prevent damage.
Gel nail art uses gel polish that is cured under UV/LED light, making it last longer. Regular polish dries naturally and may chip sooner.
Absolutely! You can bring your own design idea or choose from samples provided by the technician.
Avoid using nails as tools, wear gloves while cleaning, and apply cuticle oil daily to keep them healthy.
Yes, nail art can be applied on natural nails, gel extensions, or acrylics.
Yes, but it's best to wait 1–2 hours (for regular polish) or wear gloves if it's frequent.
Yes, but choose non-toxic, pregnancy-safe polish and ensure proper ventilation.
Yes, there are gentle and fun designs for children too.
A clear protective layer applied over nail art to seal and protect the design.
Only regular polish; for gel or acrylic art, it’s best to get professional removal.
Designs that pop out, using accessories like stones, studs, bows, and beads.
Definitely! We offer designs for festivals, holidays, and events.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment link (shared before or after service).
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid late charges.

Waxing

Candle wax, also known as paraffin wax, is often used for its gentle and moisturizing properties. It’s popular for sensitive skin areas, like the underarms, because it can provide a soothing and less painful experience. It helps to soften the skin, making it smoother after the waxing session.
The results of underarm waxing can last anywhere from 3-6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle. Waxing removes hair from the root, so it takes longer for the hair to regrow compared to shaving.
**Regular underarm waxing** is a hair removal method where warm wax is applied to the underarm area and quickly removed, pulling hair from the root for smooth, long-lasting results.
it involves a more extensive hair removal process, where hair is removed not only from the underarms but also from the surrounding areas, providing a thorough, smooth, and clean look.
Rica underarm waxing is a hair removal method that uses natural, gentle wax made from resins, designed to be less painful and more suitable for sensitive skin, providing smooth results with minimal irritation.
Longer-lasting results: Waxing removes hair from the root, so it takes longer for the hair to regrow, usually 3 to 6 weeks. Finer regrowth: With regular waxing, hair can grow back finer and sparser. Smooth skin: Waxing exfoliates the skin and leaves it smooth and soft. Less irritation: Compared to shaving, waxing can cause less irritation, especially if done regularly. Prevents darkening: Regular waxing can prevent underarm skin from darkening, unlike shaving, which can sometimes cause dark spots or stubble.
No Razor Burn: Waxing helps avoid the cuts and razor burns that come with shaving. Smoother Skin: Waxing removes dead skin cells, leaving the skin smoother than shaving. Longer-lasting: Waxing lasts longer, as it removes the hair from the root, while shaving cuts the hair at the surface, causing it to grow back faster.
Yes, regular waxing can help prevent darkening of the underarm skin. The process of waxing exfoliates the skin and removes dead skin cells, helping keep the underarm skin brighter over time.
Waxing can be uncomfortable, especially in sensitive areas like the underarms. The pain level depends on your pain tolerance and how often you wax. With regular waxing, the pain tends to lessen as the hair grows back finer.
If the skin is not properly moisturized after waxing or if there’s too much friction, waxing can cause skin irritation, which might lead to darkening over time. However, this is more common with shaving. Proper aftercare, like moisturizing, can help prevent dark underarms.
Yes, you can wax your underarms during your period, but it may feel more painful due to increased skin sensitivity. It’s better to wait until the end of your period if you're concerned about the discomfort.
Underarm waxing is generally safe when done by a trained professional. It's important to follow proper aftercare to avoid infection or irritation. Always ensure the wax temperature is appropriate, and make sure the waxing salon uses clean equipment.
After your underarm waxing session, here are a few tips for proper aftercare: Avoid hot showers or baths for 24 hours to prevent irritation. Don’t use deodorants with alcohol or fragrances for at least 24 hours. Exfoliate gently after a few days to avoid ingrown hairs. Avoid sun exposure and tanning beds for at least 48 hours after waxing. Moisturize your skin with a soothing, alcohol-free lotion to keep the area hydrated.
Exfoliate gently after a few days of waxing. Moisturize regularly to keep the skin smooth and soft. Avoid tight clothing that may irritate the skin. Use ingrown hair prevention treatments if necessary, such as creams or oils designed to reduce ingrown hairs.
es, candle wax (or paraffin wax) is known for its soothing and moisturizing properties. It is especially good for sensitive skin because it’s more hydrating than regular wax and tends to be less irritating. However, it may not be as effective for coarse hair.
For long-lasting smoothness, regular waxing is recommended. Typically, you will see results after the first session, but consistent waxing (every 3-6 weeks) will help achieve smoother and finer regrowth over time.
The results of leg waxing typically last between 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Pain is subjective, but leg waxing can cause some discomfort, especially for first-timers. However, with regular waxing, the pain tends to decrease as hair grows back finer.
Longer-lasting results compared to shaving (3-6 weeks). Finer regrowth after repeated sessions. Smooth skin as waxing exfoliates dead skin cells. No razor burns or stubble compared to shaving.
Yes, you can wax your legs at home using home waxing kits, but it may require some practice to get it right. For the best results, it's recommended to visit a professional.
It’s recommended to wax your legs every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain smooth skin and prevent regrowth from becoming too thick.
Redness and irritation immediately after waxing. Ingrown hairs if proper aftercare isn’t followed. Skin burns or rashes if the wax is too hot or the skin is sensitive.
Avoid hot showers, saunas, or tight clothing for 24 hours. Moisturize your legs to prevent dryness. Exfoliate gently after a few days to avoid ingrown hairs.
A full leg waxing session typically takes 30 to 45 minutes, depending on the size of the area being treated.
To reduce pain: Take pain relievers (like ibuprofen) before waxing. Avoid waxing during your menstrual cycle when skin is more sensitive. Apply a numbing cream (available over the counter) before waxing.
Yes, leg waxing is generally safe when performed correctly by a trained professional. Always ensure the salon uses clean equipment and that the wax is at the proper temperature to avoid burns.
Feet knuckle waxing can cause some discomfort, especially since the skin on your feet is more delicate. However, the pain is usually brief and decreases over time with repeated waxing.
The results of feet knuckle waxing typically last between 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Back and stomach waxing is a hair removal process where warm wax is applied to the back and stomach area, and then quickly removed, pulling hair from the root for long-lasting smooth skin.
The results typically last between 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
There may be some discomfort, especially on the back, where the skin is more sensitive. However, pain tends to decrease with repeated waxing.
It’s recommended to get back and stomach waxing every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain smoothness and prevent hair from growing back too thick.
Smooth, hair-free skin for weeks. Exfoliates the skin, leaving it soft. No stubble or irritation from shaving. Helps with skin clarity by removing dead skin cells.
Redness and irritation immediately after waxing. Ingrown hairs if proper exfoliation isn’t done. Skin sensitivity or slight bruising if the wax is too hot or improperly applied.
Exfoliate your back and stomach 24 hours before waxing to remove dead skin. Ensure the hair is at least 1/4 inch long for better wax adherence. Avoid sun exposure before waxing to prevent irritation.
Avoid hot showers or saunas for 24 hours. Moisturize the waxed areas to keep skin hydrated. Avoid tight clothing or activities that could irritate the skin for a couple of days. Gently exfoliate after 3 to 4 days to prevent ingrown hairs.
Dark spots are rare but can occur due to irritation or improper aftercare. Make sure to moisturize regularly and avoid excessive friction or tight clothing.
Yes, back and stomach waxing is safe when done by a trained professional who uses proper techniques and sanitized tools. If you are doing it at home, always follow the instructions carefully.
A full back and stomach waxing session typically takes 30 to 60 minutes, depending on the size of the areas being treated.
Exfoliate regularly after a few days to remove dead skin cells. Keep the skin moisturized to prevent dryness. Consider using an ingrown hair treatment or serum to reduce the risk of ingrown hairs.
Bikini line waxing is the process of removing unwanted hair around the edges of your bikini area, including the sides of your thighs and the area just outside the underwear line.
Fruit bikini waxing uses a wax infused with natural fruit extracts, designed to be gentle on the skin and suitable for those with sensitive skin. The natural ingredients help to soothe and nourish the skin.
Honey bikini waxing involves the use of honey-based wax, which is known for its moisturizing properties. This type of wax is often preferred for its gentleness and effectiveness, especially for people with sensitive skin.
Rica bikini waxing uses a natural, resin-free wax made from plant-based ingredients. It is known for being less painful and more suitable for sensitive skin, leaving the bikini area smooth and soft.
Brazilian bikini waxing involves the removal of all hair from the bikini area, including the front, back, and sides, leaving the area completely smooth. It’s a more extensive hair removal process than regular bikini line waxing.
Candle bikini waxing uses warm wax derived from paraffin or beeswax, applied in a soothing manner. The wax is designed to be gentle on sensitive skin, making it a preferred option for some people
Hip line waxing focuses on removing hair along the sides of your hips, extending slightly beyond the typical bikini line area. It helps to define the bikini area and leaves smooth, hair-free skin.
Bikini line waxing can be somewhat painful, especially for first-timers, but the pain tends to decrease with repeated sessions. Different types of waxes (like Rica or honey) may also reduce discomfort.
Results from bikini line waxing typically last 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Exfoliate the area 24 hours before waxing to remove dead skin cells. Ensure your hair is the right length (about 1/4 inch). Avoid tanning the area before waxing to minimize irritation.
Long-lasting results: No need to shave frequently. Smoother skin as the wax exfoliates the skin. Finer regrowth: Hair grows back thinner after each session. No stubble or razor burn that sometimes occurs with shaving.
Avoid hot showers or saunas for 24 hours. Moisturize the area to prevent dryness. Exfoliate gently after a few days to avoid ingrown hairs. Avoid wearing tight clothing that can rub and irritate the waxed area.
Yes, you can wax your bikini area during your period, but your skin may be more sensitive, which can lead to increased discomfort. It’s a good idea to schedule your waxing before or after your period if possible.
The results of arm waxing typically last between 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Arm waxing can cause some discomfort, but it is generally considered less painful than other areas like the bikini or underarms. The pain decreases with repeated waxing sessions.
Long-lasting smoothness: Hair-free skin for weeks. No stubble: Unlike shaving, waxing removes hair from the root. Exfoliation: Waxing helps remove dead skin cells, leaving your skin softer. Finer regrowth: Over time, the hair may grow back thinner and softer.
It is recommended to wax your arms every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain smooth skin and prevent the hair from growing back too thick.
A typical arm waxing session takes around 15 to 30 minutes, depending on whether you’re getting full or half arm waxing.
To reduce the pain: Take an over-the-counter pain reliever (like ibuprofen) 30 minutes before waxing. Consider applying a numbing cream available at pharmacies. Avoid waxing during your period, when your skin is more sensitive.
The best type of wax for arm waxing typically depends on your skin type and sensitivity. Soft wax is often used for larger areas like arms, while hard wax may be used for more sensitive skin. Rica wax and honey wax are popular choices for their gentleness.
Wear loose, comfortable clothing to avoid any friction on the skin after waxing. Avoid tight sleeves or clothing that may irritate the waxed area.
Moisturize regularly and avoid hot showers for 24 hours.
Wait for 3 to 4 days before exfoliating.
Wait 24 hours before applying deodorant or lotions.
Avoid sun exposure for 24 to 48 hours after waxing.
Brazilian half arm waxing uses Brazilian wax, which is a soft wax that is highly effective at removing hair from the root. It is known for being gentle and provides smooth results.
Sugar waxing uses a natural sugar-based wax that is less irritating and suitable for sensitive skin. It is also eco-friendly and a good option for those with allergies to regular wax.
Honey arm waxing involves using a honey-based wax, which is known for its moisturizing and soothing properties. It's gentle on the skin, making it ideal for sensitive areas.
Banana wax is a sweet-smelling, fruit-based wax that’s soothing and ideal for sensitive skin, offering smooth results with less irritation.
Brazilian arm waxing uses Brazilian wax for complete hair removal on the arms, from the shoulder to the wrist. It's designed to provide smooth, long-lasting results.
Some people may experience redness, bumping, or ingrown hairs, which usually subside in a few hours to a few days. Follow proper aftercare to minimize these risks.
Full body waxing involves the removal of hair from all areas of the body, including the arms, legs, underarms, bikini area, and other areas like the back and stomach.
Brazilian full body waxing uses Brazilian wax, known for being gentle and effective at removing hair from sensitive areas. It provides smooth results and lasts longer than shaving.
Olive full body waxing uses wax enriched with olive oil, which helps to nourish and moisturize the skin while effectively removing hair. It's ideal for sensitive or dry skin.
Sugar full body waxing uses sugar-based wax, which is natural, gentle on the skin, and ideal for sensitive skin types. It’s also less painful compared to traditional wax and doesn’t stick to the skin.
Rica full body waxing uses a wax that is enriched with natural ingredients like resin and essential oils. It is known for being less painful and suitable for sensitive skin, providing a smooth finish.
Waxing during pregnancy is generally considered safe. However, due to increased sensitivity
Allow your hair to grow to at least 1/4 inch (about the length of a grain of rice) before waxing. Exfoliate your skin a day before waxing to remove dead skin cells & prevent ingrown hairs. Avoid applying moisturizers or oils to the skin on the day of your waxing appointment, as they can interfere with the wax’s adherence.
Apply a soothing post-wax lotion or aloe vera gel to calm & moisturize the skin. Avoid hot baths, saunas, steam rooms & sun exposure for 24 to 48 hours after waxing to prevent irritation. To prevent ingrown hairs, gently exfoliate the waxed areas a few days after the treatment.
To ensure effective hair removal, your hair should ideally be at least 1/4 inch (about the length of a grain of rice) long. This allows the wax to adhere correctly & remove the hair from the root.
To ensure effective hair removal, your hair should ideally be at least 1/4 inch (about the length of a grain of rice) long. This allows the wax to adhere correctly & remove the hair from the root.
To ensure effective hair removal, your hair should ideally be at least 1/4 inch (about the length of a grain of rice) long. This allows the wax to adhere correctly & remove the hair from the root.
You can still get a full body wax if you have sensitive skin. It’s essential to choose a wax formula specifically designed for sensitive areas & communicate any concerns to your technician. A patch test before the appointment can help identify any adverse reactions.
waxing during pregnancy is generally considered safe. However, due to increased sensitivity, you should inform your technician about your pregnancy & any concerns you may have. Certain areas might be more uncomfortable than usual, so communicating with your technician will help ensure a comfortable experience.
The frequency of waxing appointments depends on your hair growth cycle & personal preference. On average, scheduling appointments every four to six weeks allows the hair to grow to the appropriate length for effective waxing while maintaining smoothness throughout the month.
To minimize pain, consider taking an over-the-counter pain reliever 30 minutes before waxing, and make sure your skin is hydrated and exfoliated to make the process smoother.
Some common side effects of waxing include redness, minor irritation & temporary bumps. These usually subside within a few hours to a day. Serious complications are rare but can have burns, infections, or allergic reactions if proper hygiene & precautions are not followed.
Face waxing removes hair from the root and weakens the hair follicle over time. That means soft and supple skin for two to three weeks and thinner regrowth after each session.
Yes of course, face waxing is safe. If done properly by professionals, waxing or shaving does not make the skin dull. Instead it helps to bring a natural glow to the skin. Probably the best benefit of waxing is that your skin will feel smooth and even.
Waxing damages the hair bulb, allowing hair strands to grow back slower and less dense. However, this also opens pores, creating a risk of infection. For those with more sensitive skin, this can result in the form of redness, pimples, inflammation and ingrown hairs.
Irritation – Facial skin is thinner and more sensitive than the skin on your body. Even with high-quality waxes, you can strip away healthy skin cells. Additionally, your facial skin is more likely to develop rashes, bumps, and ingrown hairs as a result of waxing.
Compared to other hair removal methods, such as waxing, sugaring is a gentler, more natural option that uses simple ingredients. Sugaring is a versatile method that can be performed on various parts of the face, including the eyebrows, upper lip, chin, cheeks, and even the cheekbones.
While most waxing treatments last 3-6 weeks, achieving maximum smoothness depends on your choice of wax. That's why thousands of professionals and beginners trust Starpil Wax.
Waxing can be traumatic on the skin, especially when hair is coarse or ingrown, and the trauma can trigger melanocytes to release melanin into the skin in response to the inflammation.
Unlike shaving, which requires almost daily upkeep, waxing your sideburns and hairline provides a clean, hair-free appearance for weeks at a time. This extended period of smoothness reduces the need for frequent maintenance, allowing you to enjoy a well-groomed look with minimal effort.
Sensitive Face Wax: Potential Risks Skin irritation: Waxing can cause temporary redness, irritation, and bumps on the skin. Burns: If the wax is too hot, it can cause burns or blisters on the skin. Ingrown hairs: Ingrown hairs can occur when the hair grows back into the skin, causing redness and irritation.
Apply a soothing lotion or aloe vera gel to calm the skin and reduce redness.
Avoid using deodorant or any scented products for at least 24 hours to prevent irritation.
Exfoliate a day or two before to remove dead skin cells, helping the wax grip hair better. Moisturize in the days before, but skip it on the day of your appointment to avoid interfering with the wax. Grow out your hair to at least ¼ inch (about 2-3 weeks) for better results. Avoid heat—no hot showers, saunas, or tanning beds before waxing. Wear loose clothing to prevent irritation after the session. Take a painkiller like Advil 30 minutes before to reduce discomfort.
Waxing can cause some discomfort, especially in sensitive areas, as it involves removing hair from the root. However, pain levels vary depending on your pain tolerance, the area being waxed, and the technique used by the professional.
The results of a full body wax typically last between 2 to 3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle. Over time, hair may grow back thinner and softer.
After waxing, avoid hot showers, intense workouts, sun exposure, or applying heavy creams or lotions for at least 24 hours to prevent irritation. Keep the area moisturized, and wear loose clothing to avoid friction.
To maintain smooth skin, it's generally recommended to schedule a full body waxing session every 2 to 3 weeks, as this aligns with most hair growth cycles.
Yes, men with sensitive skin can still get full body waxing, but it’s important to let the technician know beforehand. A patch test may be performed to ensure the wax doesn’t cause irritation.
A full body wax for men usually includes the chest, back, arms, legs, and abdomen. Some men also choose to wax areas like the face, shoulders, hands, or intimate regions. You can customize the areas you want to be waxed with your technician.
While waxing is generally safe, there are some risks, including irritation, redness, ingrown hairs, or in rare cases, allergic reactions. It’s important to go to a trained professional and follow post-waxing care instructions to minimize risks.
Yes, full body waxing is generally safe for most skin types. However, if you have any skin conditions (like eczema, psoriasis, or open wounds), it’s important to consult with your technician before waxing.
No, waxing does not cause hair to grow back thicker or darker. In fact, over time, regular waxing can result in finer and softer hair regrowth.
Yes, men can wax facial hair, including areas like the eyebrows, upper lip, chin, and sideburns. It’s a popular option for men who want a clean-shaven look without the irritation of shaving.
Mild redness or irritation is common immediately after waxing, but it should subside within a few hours. To soothe the skin, apply a cool compress, aloe vera gel, or a post-waxing lotion. Avoid touching the waxed areas and refrain from using hot water or exfoliants for at least 24 hours.
Yes, but waxing over freshly tattooed skin is not recommended. It's best to wait until the tattoo has fully healed before waxing over that area.
Before waxing, avoid shaving, exfoliating, or using products with alcohol on the skin. It’s also recommended not to sunbathe or apply sunscreen to the area right before your appointment to avoid irritation.
Yes, after waxing, avoid hot showers, sauna, or swimming pools for 24-48 hours to minimize irritation. Avoid tight clothing that can rub against the waxed skin, and keep the area clean and moisturized with a mild lotion. Avoid sun exposure or tanning beds immediately after waxing.
After waxing, moisturize your skin to keep it hydrated and calm. Use a fragrance-free moisturizer to avoid irritation. Avoid exfoliating or using harsh skincare products for at least 48 hours to give your skin time to heal.
If you have sensitive skin or conditions like eczema or psoriasis, it’s best to consult with your technician beforehand. They may suggest specific wax formulas or techniques tailored to your skin to minimize irritation.

New Offer

You get 18 premium salon services at home, including manicure, pedicure, waxing, facials, and more.
Yes, you get all 18 services for just AED 75—no hidden charges.
Yes, it’s available to everyone—new or returning clients.
No, the package is fixed. However, add-ons are available separately.
Just a clean space with good lighting—we bring everything else.
Approximately 2.5 to 3 hours, depending on service flow.
Yes, we use high-quality, skin-friendly products. Let us know your sensitivities in advance.
A fresh face and clean skin are ideal, but not mandatory.
Absolutely. Our staff follow strict hygiene and safety protocols.
We recommend booking at least 24 hours in advance for your preferred slot.
Yes, subject to availability.
Yes, you can split the payment into 4 interest-free installments with both Tabby and Tamara.
No, installment plans are 100% interest-free.
Simply select your preferred option during the booking/payment process.
Yes, installment options apply to total eligible bookings.
Yes, typically AED 50–100, depending on the provider. This package qualifies.
Check Tabby or Tamara’s terms—late fees or account freezes may apply.
Yes, free rescheduling is available with at least 6 hours’ notice.
Cancellations are free up to 6 hours before your booking.
Yes, subject to beautician availability in your area.
Yes, and refunds will be processed according to the payment provider’s policy.
Yes! You get all 17 services included in the package for AED 62—no hidden fees.
Yes, it’s a promotional offer—book now to lock in the price.
Yes, you can book this package as many times as you like.
Half arm wax, underarm wax, and half leg wax are included.
Yes, we use gentle products, but please inform us of any skin sensitivities.
It’s a light, relaxing massage to ease tension.
Yes, both are included with high-quality, long-lasting finish.
Forehead, upper lip, and chin threading are part of this package.
Yes. Our staff follow strict hygiene, wear PPE, and sanitize tools between sessions.
Just a clean, well-lit space and access to a plug point if needed. We bring the rest.
Yes, subject to availability.
Around 2 to 2.5 hours for all 17 services.
Not required, but arriving fresh helps optimize results.
Yes! You can split the payment into 4 interest-free installments using Tabby or Tamara.
No. Both Tabby and Tamara offer 0% interest if paid on time.
You’ll be given an option during online or WhatsApp checkout.
They may charge a late fee or block further use. Check their terms directly.
You can call, WhatsApp, or book online at www.lipslay.com.
Yes, rescheduling is free up to 6 hours in advance.
You can cancel up to 6 hours before the appointment without a fee.
Yes, subject to beautician availability in your area.
Yes, we operate 7 days a week including public holidays.
Yes, we use high-quality, professional-grade products only.
Yes, just let us know while booking.
Yes, wherever possible we use single-use items. All tools are sterilized.
Absolutely. We’ll be happy to work with your personal preferences.
Yes, all equipment is thoroughly sanitized after each use.
Our 22-services package includes a variety of beauty treatments such as haircuts, facials, manicures, pedicures, waxing, threading, and more—perfect for a full pampering experience.
The full package usually takes around 2 to 3 hours depending on the combination of services you choose.
The 87 AED price covers the entire 22-services package with no hidden fees.
Absolutely! All our services, including this package, are delivered in the comfort of your home.
Yes, all our beauticians are professionally trained and certified.
Yes, you can split the payment into 4 interest-free installments using Tabby or Tamara.
You pay 4 equal interest-free installments over time, making it easier to afford your beauty package.
No, the installment plans are completely interest-free and transparent.
Yes, we accept cash, credit/debit cards, and installment payment options.
You can book via our website, phone, or WhatsApp by selecting the package and your preferred date/time.
Rescheduling or cancellations are free if done at least 24 hours in advance.
NO ANYCANCELLATION FEE IS APPLYINGG WHEN YIU CANCEL JUST TELL BEFOIRE 3 HOURS
Please provide a clean, well-lit space and a comfortable chair or area for treatments.
Yes, we use hypoallergenic and dermatologist-tested products.
Yes, you can request your preferred beautician if available.
Our professionals follow strict sanitation protocols, wear masks, and use sterilized equipment.
Yes, this package is available throughout the year.
Inform us during booking so we can customize products and treatments accordingly.
Eligibility depends on the platforms’ approval during checkout with basic verification.
Yes, early repayment is allowed without any penalties.
Rescheduling or cancellations are free if done at least 24 hours in advance.
A cancellation fee may apply for late cancellations.
Yes, we use hypoallergenic and dermatologist-tested products.
Please contact Tabby or Tamara immediately to avoid penalties.
Our manicure service includes nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, hand massage, and polish application.
A manicure usually takes about 30 to 45 minutes.
Pedicure includes foot soaking, exfoliation, nail trimming, cuticle care, foot massage, and polish.
We recommend every 2 to 3 weeks for best results and healthy nails.
We offer cleansing facials, hydrating facials, anti-aging treatments, and deep cleansing options.
Facials generally last between 45 minutes to 1 hour.
Yes, we use gentle, hypoallergenic products suitable for sensitive skin.
The upper lip wax targets the area above the lip to remove unwanted hair smoothly.
Eyebrow shaping usually takes about 15 to 20 minutes.
Yes, our professionals work with you to create a shape that suits your face.
Leg waxing is recommended every 4 to 6 weeks depending on hair growth.
There may be mild discomfort, but our trained beauticians use techniques to minimize pain.
Ensure hair is at least ¼ inch long, avoid applying lotions or oils on the day of waxing.
We use high-quality waxing products that are skin-friendly and minimally chemical-based.
Temporary redness or irritation may occur but usually subsides within a few hours.
All tools and wax are single-use or sterilized, and beauticians follow strict hygiene protocols.
Wait at least 6-8 hours before showering to prevent irritation.
Yes, our nail artists can create custom designs to suit your style.
Our beautician will assess your skin and recommend the best treatment during the appointment.
You can book online via our website or contact us directly through phone or WhatsApp.
Free cancellation is allowed up to 24 hours before the appointment; late cancellations may incur a fee.
Follow-ups depend on the service; for waxing, every 4-6 weeks is ideal, while facials can be monthly.
Yes, we tailor waxing sessions to suit your skin type and sensitivity.
Our professionals will guide you through the process to ensure comfort and safety.
Avoid heavy makeup and exfoliation at least 24 hours prior to your facial.
Tipping is optional and appreciated but never mandatory.
We offer cleansing, hydrating, anti-aging, and deep-cleansing facials customized to your skin type.
A typical facial lasts between 45 minutes to 1 hour.
Our full body spa includes exfoliation, massage, hydration treatments, and relaxation therapies.
Spa sessions typically last 60 to 90 minutes depending on your preferences.
Yes, we prioritize using high-quality, organic, and skin-friendly products whenever possible.
Absolutely! You can choose specific treatments and focus areas for your spa session.
Depending on the service, it can take from 1 to 3 hours.
We use professional-grade, ammonia-free, and gentle hair color products to minimize irritation.
Our head wash includes shampoo, scalp massage, and conditioning treatments.
Usually about 15 to 30 minutes depending on additional scalp treatments.
Yes, head wash is included as part of the hair coloring package.
Full face threading removes unwanted hair from the eyebrows, upper lip, cheeks, chin, and jawline.
It typically takes 20 to 30 minutes.
There may be slight discomfort, but it’s generally quick and less painful than waxing.
Every 3 to 6 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, all beauticians are expertly trained for precision and hygiene.
Temporary redness may occur but usually fades within an hour.
We use disposable threads, sterilized tools, and follow strict cleanliness protocols.
You can pay in 4 interest-free installments using Tabby or Tamara at checkout.
Yes, please specify your preferences when booking.
Please inform us beforehand for patch tests or alternative products.
Wait at least 48 hours for color to settle and last longer.
Absolutely! Our services cater to all genders.
Reschedule or cancel free up to 24 hours before; late changes may incur a fee.
Book online via our website or contact us via phone or WhatsApp.
Yes, we tailor treatments and products based on your skin type and needs.
The package includes a 3D Hydra Facial, underarm wax, full hand wax, half leg wax, eyebrow threading, and upper lip threading.
A 3D Hydra Facial is a non-invasive treatment that deeply cleanses, exfoliates, hydrates, and infuses the skin with nourishing serums.
Yes, it's designed for all skin types and is especially gentle and hydrating for sensitive skin.
It typically takes 45 to 60 minutes.
Slight discomfort is normal, but our professionals use high-quality wax to minimize pain.
We use premium, skin-friendly wax suitable for sensitive areas.
Every 3–5 weeks, depending on your hair growth and skin sensitivity.
Threading is more precise for small facial areas and is great for sensitive skin.
About 10–15 minutes.
Yes, our beauticians consult with you to shape your brows according to your face.
Temporary redness is normal and fades quickly.
Usually around 45 minutes to 1 hour total.
Yes, keep the area clean and avoid applying lotions or oils before the session.
Wait at least 6–8 hours before showering to allow skin to calm down.
Absolutely! It gives a clean, glowing, and polished look perfect for events.
Yes, it deeply hydrates and promotes smoother, younger-looking skin.
Yes, you can add-on services during booking or ask for a custom package.
Yes! All services are performed professionally in the comfort of your home.
Yes, all Lipslay professionals are certified, experienced, and hygiene-trained.
Threading and facials are usually safe. For waxing, consult your doctor first.
Threading and facials are usually safe. For waxing, consult your doctor first.
Yes, we follow strict hygiene practices using disposable and sterilized tools.
You can pay in full or use Tabby/Tamara to split into 4 interest-free installments.
No major downtime — just glowing, hydrated skin!
Yes, up to 24 hours in advance with no charge.
This is a fixed-price value package, but we offer custom sets if needed.
Yes, we use high-quality professional-grade machines for safe and effective results.
Every 3–4 weeks for optimal skin health and maintenance.
Yes, our expert will assess your skin and customize the treatment accordingly.
This package includes a facial, bleach, eyebrow threading, upper lip threading, full arm wax, full leg wax, underarm wax, manicure, hand mask, foot mask, and a 5-minute back massage.
We offer a deep-cleansing and hydrating facial that suits most skin types. Customization is available based on your skin concerns.
Yes, we use gentle, professional-grade bleach suitable for most skin types. A patch test can be done if you're sensitive.
The full package takes around 2.5 to 3 hours, depending on your preferences and service flow.
Yes! It’s ideal for pre-party, bridal, or festive grooming.
Threading causes mild discomfort, but our professionals ensure it’s quick and gentle.
Usually 2–4 weeks depending on your hair growth.
We use high-quality, skin-friendly wax designed for sensitive areas.
Avoid lotions or oils, exfoliate lightly a day before, and ensure skin is clean.
It’s best to wait 6–8 hours before hot showers or baths to avoid irritation.
They are applied after the manicure and foot cleaning for better absorption.
We offer a quick 5-minute oil-based relaxation massage unless you request otherwise.
Yes, additional massage time can be booked at an extra charge.
Most services are safe, but we recommend checking with your doctor, especially for waxing or bleach.
You can enjoy it once a month or as per your beauty routine.
Yes, we offer flexible payments via Tabby and Tamara – split into 4 interest-free payments.
Our beautician will cleanse your face before beginning the facial.
Yes, all tools are sanitized or single-use to ensure hygiene and safety.
With proper exfoliation before and after, ingrown hairs can be minimized.
Yes, with at least 24 hours’ notice. Just contact our team.
The bundle includes a facial, bleach, eyebrow threading, upper lip threading, full arm wax, full leg wax, underarm wax, manicure, pedicure, and hair trim.
On average, it takes about 2.5 to 3 hours to complete the full package, depending on your preferences.
We provide a hydrating, glow-enhancing facial that includes cleansing, scrubbing, steaming, extraction (if needed), massage, and a mask.
Yes, we use professional bleach suited for most skin types. Please inform us if you have sensitive skin or allergies.
Results typically last 2–3 weeks depending on your skin type and exposure to sunlight.
Yes, we schedule the treatments to avoid skin irritation, starting with bleach before waxing.
We use a precise threading technique to gently shape and remove hair without harsh chemicals.
We use a precise threading technique to gently shape and remove hair without harsh chemicals.
Mild redness is normal and usually subsides within 30 minutes. We apply soothing gel post-service.
Hair typically grows back in 2–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth rate.
We use high-quality, skin-sensitive wax suitable for delicate areas like underarms and full legs.
Some discomfort is expected, but our experienced beauticians ensure it's quick and gentle.
You can expect smoothness for up to 3–5 weeks.
Let us know in advance. We’ll use appropriate techniques and provide aftercare advice.
Absolutely! Our team brings a variety of shades for you to choose from.
Yes! Add-ons like head massage, hair color, or blow-dry are available upon request.
You can book via our website, WhatsApp, or Instagram.
You can pay online, by cash, or through Tabby and Tamara for 4 interest-free installments.
Just choose Tabby or Tamara at checkout and follow the simple split-payment process.
Yes, all our staff are experienced, trained, and hygiene-certified.
We want you happy! Contact us immediately and we’ll resolve issue.
Avoid direct sunlight, hot showers, and harsh products for 24 hours. We'll also give you personalized aftercare tips.
It includes full hair coloring, a relaxing hair wash, a nourishing hair spa treatment, and a professional blow-dry.
Yes, we offer both. Let us know your preference during booking.
Absolutely. You can select from a wide range of professional hair color shades.
Yes, our products and techniques are suitable for straight, wavy, curly, and textured hair.
We use top professional salon-grade brands like
Yes, but we recommend a patch test before application for those with sensitivities.
Depending on hair type and care, permanent color lasts 4–6 weeks, and semi-permanent about 2–3 weeks.
We apply the hair spa treatment after coloring, to nourish and seal in moisture.
It strengthens hair, reduces frizz, adds shine, and restores scalp hydration.
The complete service usually takes 2.5 to 3.5 hours depending on hair length and density.
Yes, but we recommend booking a custom package for that.
Yes, root touch-ups are available at a reduced cost. Ask during booking.
Not with us! We use ammonia-free or low-ammonia formulas and follow it with a hair spa to nourish the strands.
Yes, we offer full grey coverage with permanent color options.
Yes, our team brings everything needed for the session, including covers and cleaning materials.
Many choose ammonia-free options during pregnancy, but consult your doctor first.
Yes, steaming is included to allow deep penetration of the nourishing mask.
You can choose — straight, waves, or volume blowout depending on your preference.
Typically 2–3 days, depending on weather and hair texture.
You can book directly via WhatsApp, Instagram, or our website.
Yes! We offer interest-free installment plans via Tabby and Tamara.
Choose Tabby or Tamara at checkout, log in or sign up, and split the total into 4 equal payments.
No, both accept debit and credit cards, subject to eligibility.
No — payments are 100% interest-free with no hidden charges.
Yes, as long as the total amount meets the eligibility, you can use it for any package.
They’ll notify you and may retry automatically. You’ll need to follow up directly with them if needed.
Yes, if you cancel within our policy, we’ll process the refund, and the installment plan will adjust accordingly.

Gents Salon

To start growing a beard, simply stop shaving and allow your facial hair to grow naturally. Be patient, as it can take a few weeks to see significant growth. During this time, trimming the edges and shaping the beard can help keep it looking neat.
Trimming your beard every 4-6 weeks is generally recommended to maintain a neat shape. You can also do minor touch-ups in between trims to keep it from looking unkempt, especially along the neckline and cheekbones.
It’s best to use a beard shampoo rather than regular hair shampoo because beard hair is often coarser and the skin beneath is more sensitive. Beard shampoos are specially formulated to clean without stripping away essential oils.
Beard dandruff is often caused by dry skin. To prevent it, use a moisturizing beard oil or balm, and make sure to regularly exfoliate the skin underneath your beard with a gentle scrub. Also, washing with beard-specific shampoo can help maintain scalp health.
The best beard style depends on your face shape. For example, square faces often look good with rounded beards, while oval faces can pull off a variety of styles. A professional barber can help suggest a style that complements your facial features.
Yes, you can dye your beard if you want to change its color or cover up gray hair. There are special beard dyes available that are formulated to be safe for facial hair. Always follow the instructions, and perform a patch test beforehand to ensure you don’t have any allergic reactions.
To reduce frizz, regularly apply a moisturizing beard oil or balm. This will hydrate the hair and keep it smooth. You can also use a beard comb to distribute the product evenly and help with styling. Avoid harsh drying methods, as these can worsen frizz.
Yes, you can cut and trim your beard to change its style. It’s best to use a beard trimmer or visit a barber for a professional cut, especially if you're trying a new shape.
If you want to cover gray hair or change the color, you can dye your beard. Use a beard dye that’s formulated for facial hair to ensure safety and achieve the desired result.
Both are effective, but a razor provides a closer shave, while an electric shaver is more convenient for quick trims. Choose based on your preference for closeness versus ease.
Yes, you can use a beard trimmer to create defined lines along your cheekbones and neckline. Be careful not to trim too much; make small adjustments for a clean, sharp look.
After shaving, rinse your razor under warm water to remove hair and shaving cream. Occasionally, use rubbing alcohol to disinfect the razor and keep it clean for future use.
Improved skin texture and tone: Stimulates collagen production, leading to smoother, firmer skin. Reduces fine lines and wrinkles: Helps in minimizing the appearance of aging signs. Improved circulation: Enhances blood flow, which leads to a healthier, more radiant complexion. Promotes skin healing: Infrared light encourages skin regeneration and helps reduce blemishes and scars.
Yes, an IR facial is generally safe for all skin types, including sensitive skin. However, if you have any specific skin conditions or concerns, it's recommended to consult with a dermatologist or licensed aesthetician before the treatment.
While results vary from person to person, you may notice an immediate improvement in skin radiance and texture. Long-term benefits, such as reduced wrinkles and firmer skin, will become more visible after several treatments.
Hydration: Deeply hydrates the skin, providing a healthy and glowing appearance. Exfoliation: Removes dead skin cells and smooths rough texture. Cleansing: Extracts impurities and unclogs pores without irritation. Anti-aging: Reduces the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles by stimulating collagen production. Brightening: Evens out skin tone and reduces dark spots for a more radiant complexion.
For optimal results, many people benefit from a series of 3-6 treatments, spaced a few weeks apart. However, a single HydraFacial session can provide instant results, making it an excellent option before special events.
Yes, it’s recommended to avoid using exfoliants, retinols, or any strong active ingredients for 2-3 days before the treatment. These can make your skin more sensitive and increase the risk of irritation during the facial.
The treatment works by combining exfoliation, deep cleansing, and the application of targeted serums, masks, and brightening agents. These products help to lighten dark spots, prevent new pigmentation, and improve overall skin radiance. Often, chemical peels or vitamin C treatments are included to enhance the facial’s effectiveness.
Side effects are rare but may include mild redness, sensitivity, or peeling, especially if exfoliating agents or peels are used. These effects usually subside within a few hours to a few days.
Yes, it's recommended to avoid exfoliating products, retinoids, and acids (like glycolic acid or salicylic acid) for 2-3 days prior to the facial. These products can increase skin sensitivity and irritation during the treatment.
After a Melasma facial, it's essential to apply sunscreen daily with an SPF of at least 30, even on cloudy days. Sun exposure can worsen melasma, and using sunscreen helps protect the skin from further pigmentation and damage.
Body cleansing involves using a body wash or soap to remove dirt, oil, sweat, and bacteria, helping maintain hygiene, prevent body odor, and keep skin healthy.
It’s recommended to cleanse daily, especially after activities like workouts, to maintain hygiene and prevent clogged pores.
While regular soap works, body washes designed for men often provide better hydration and cater to specific skin needs like dryness or oiliness.
For dry skin: Look for moisturizing ingredients like shea butter or glycerin. For oily skin: Choose a body wash with exfoliating or oil-control properties like salicylic acid. For sensitive skin: Use a fragrance-free, hypoallergenic body wash.
It’s better to use a face-specific cleanser, as body washes can be too harsh for the delicate skin on the face.
A body scrub is a skincare product with exfoliating particles that remove dead skin cells, improve circulation, and leave the skin smooth and refreshed.
2-3 times a week is ideal, depending on skin sensitivity, to avoid over-exfoliating.
Most body scrubs work for all skin types, but men with sensitive skin should choose gentle scrubs with fine particles and avoid overly abrasive options.
Yes, but choose a scrub with acne-fighting ingredients like salicylic acid to prevent breakouts. Avoid scrubs with harsh, large particles.
Yes, exfoliating can strip natural oils, so moisturizing afterward helps restore hydration and maintain smooth skin.

Hair

Stylists say the most significant benefit of babylights is that they create maximum dimension with minimal upkeep. "Babylights bring the vibrancy without the upkeep drama.They are low-maintenance, requiring fewer touch-ups
To maintain the vibrancy and health of your babylights -treated hair, follow these tips: - Wait Before Washing: Wait 48 to 72 hours before your first wash
Is It Possible To Lighten Hair Without Bleach? "Yes, you can use color to get a lift," says celebrity colorist and Matrix brand ambassador, Rachel Bodt. "The biggest question/issue is if you have previous color in your hair, which can change how much lift you get out of it."
At Home Care for Babylights Besides making sure you tell your client to take care of the shininess of their new babylights, they should also be using products that are color-safe. If they use heat tools regularly, then they should be using a heat protectant to help prevent color fading.
It is a freehand highlighting that focuses the lightest color on the ends of your hair. So your roots will be your natural color, and as you go down a lighter color will gradually be worked in until the ends are mostly highlighted.
Here are 5 things you should know before highlighting to prepare you for your next colouring adventure. Decide Which Highlights You Want to Try. ... Aim to Frame Your Face with Hair Colour Highlights. ... Avoid Adding Too Many Hair Colour Levels. ... Contrast Between Your Skin Colour and Hair Colour Highlights.
Make sure your hair is in good condition. Trim any split ends and consider using a deep conditioning treatment to nourish your hair before the appointment.
It’s best to avoid chemical treatments like perms or relaxers right before getting highlights, as they may affect the coloring process.
It's possible, but your stylist may recommend a conditioning treatment or a gentler highlighting technique if your hair is damaged.
Wait at least 48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to fully set.
Limit heat styling to avoid further damage. Always use a heat protectant if you need to use styling tools.
Yes, UV rays can cause highlights to fade. To protect your hair, use UV-protectant products or wear a hat when exposed to the sun for extended periods.
Yes, highlights can be done on all hair types, whether curly, straight, fine, or thick. The technique may vary based on your hair texture.
Yes, highlights can be applied to color-treated hair, but it’s important to assess the condition of your hair beforehand to ensure it can handle the process.
Yes, highlights can look great on short hair. They can add dimension, texture, and volume to shorter hairstyles.
Yes, you can gradually go back to your natural color by allowing the highlights to grow out or using a color correction treatment, but this process may take time.
Yes, lowlights can be added to blonde or light hair in shades like caramel or brown to create a more dimensional look.
Yes, lowlights can be added to color-treated hair to enhance the overall look, add depth, and reduce any flatness or monotony.
Lowlights can last anywhere from 6 to 8 weeks, depending on hair growth and how well you maintain them with color-safe shampoos.
The best lowlight shades depend on your natural hair color and undertones. A stylist can help choose shades that complement your base color for a harmonious look.
we recommend clients give their hair two to three days to let their new color truly set in
Yes, lowlights can look great on curly hair. They add depth and dimension while enhancing the natural texture and volume.
The process of applying lowlights typically takes about 1 to 2 hours, depending on your hair length and the technique used.
Balayage is a freehand hair coloring technique where color is painted onto the hair in a natural, sun-kissed pattern. The result is a soft, blended transition from dark to light, giving the hair a natural-looking highlight.
Balayage requires less maintenance compared to traditional highlights. Since it grows out naturally, you don’t need frequent touch-ups—usually every 3-4 months.
A balayage session typically takes around 2-4 hours, depending on the length and thickness of your hair.
It’s best not to wash your hair right before the appointment. Natural oils on your scalp will help protect your hair during the coloring process.
Wait at least 48 hours before washing your hair after balayage to allow the color to set properly and avoid fading.
Yes, you can use heat styling tools, but it’s best to minimize their use to avoid damaging the hair. Always apply a heat protectant spray to shield your color-treated hair.
Colfina highlights are a unique hair coloring technique that uses a combination of subtle highlights and lowlights to create a natural, multi-dimensional look. This method provides depth and texture to your hair, often giving it a sun-kissed effect.
Colfina highlights typically last around 6-8 weeks, depending on your hair growth and how well you maintain them. Regular touch-ups are recommended to keep the look fresh.
Yes, Colfina highlights are considered low-maintenance compared to traditional highlights. They grow out more naturally and seamlessly, so you don’t need frequent touch-ups.
It's recommended to avoid washing your hair the day of your appointment. Natural oils on your scalp help protect your hair and make the coloring process more effective.
It's best to avoid using heat styling tools like straighteners or curling irons a few days before your appointment to prevent damage and ensure the best result.
Wait at least 48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to set and to ensure longevity.
You can, but avoid using oils that are too heavy, as they might weigh your hair down. Opt for lightweight, nourishing oils designed for color-treated hair.
Pre-lightening, also known as bleaching, involves the application of a bleach mixture, typically containing peroxide, to the hair strands. This chemical process aims to reduce the natural pigment present in the hair, whether it's the original color or previously applied dye.
Yes, after pre-lightening, you can apply a single color of your choice to create a uniform, even shade. This process allows for brighter, bolder, or lighter shades to show up more vibrantly on the hair.
The process typically takes around 100 mins,depending on the hair's length, texture, and the degree of lightening required.
The longevity of the color depends on how well you take care of your hair. Generally, colors will last 4-6 weeks before needing a touch-up, especially for vibrant shades.
It's recommended to wait at least 48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to set properly and avoid premature fading.
You can use heat styling tools, but it’s best to minimize their use to protect the hair. Always apply a heat protectant to prevent further damage and color fading.
Deep condition your hair at least once a week to keep it hydrated and healthy. This helps repair any potential damage caused by the pre-lightening process.
Yes, after pre-lightening, you can switch to a different color, as your hair will be lightened to a suitable base. However, it's important to consult your stylist for the best color options that suit your hair's health and the level of lightness achieved.
Pre-lightening can strip hair of its natural pigment, leaving it more porous and potentially drier. It's important to properly care for your hair after the process to keep it healthy and hydrated
Hair Botox is a deep conditioning treatment designed to repair and rejuvenate damaged hair. It infuses hair with nourishing ingredients like vitamins, proteins, and amino acids, making it smoother, shinier, and healthier without the use of harmful chemicals.
No, Hair Botox is not the same as a keratin treatment. While both treatments help smooth the hair, Hair Botox is free from formaldehyde and typically works as a more natural, gentler option. It also provides deep conditioning benefits and helps repair damage over time.
Yes, Hair Botox is safe for color-treated hair. In fact, it can help restore moisture and prevent color from fading, making it a great choice for those with chemically treated hair.
Yes, Hair Botox is suitable for all hair types, including curly, straight, fine, thick, damaged, and frizzy hair. It works to improve texture, smoothness, and manageability regardless of hair type.
The results of Hair Botox typically last between 2 to 4 months, depending on how well you care for your hair and the type of hair you have. Regular touch-ups can help maintain the effects.
The treatment usually takes between 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on the length and thickness of your hair.
Hair Botox is considered safe and generally does not have side effects, as it is free of formaldehyde. However, some people with sensitive scalps might experience mild irritation. It's always recommended to do a patch test before the treatment.
It’s best to wait at least 48 hours after the treatment before washing your hair. This allows the product to fully set and provide maximum results.
t’s ideal to wash your hair 2-3 times a week to preserve the effects of the treatment. Washing your hair less frequently helps the Botox treatment last longer.
Yes, you can use heat styling tools, but it’s important to use a heat protectant spray to keep your hair safe from potential damage. Avoid excessive heat styling to prolong the effects of the treatment.
You can get Hair Botox treatments every 2 to 3 months, depending on your hair’s condition and how long the effects last. However, overdoing treatments could lead to hair buildup, so it's important to space them out.
No, Hair Botox doesn’t directly impact hair growth, but it can improve the health and strength of your hair, preventing breakage and promoting longer, healthier hair in the long run.
A keratin treatment is a semi-permanent hair smoothing treatment that reduces frizz, adds shine, and makes hair more manageable. It works by coating the hair with a keratin solution that seals the hair cuticle when heat is applied, leaving it smoother and shinier.
Keratin treatments are suitable for most hair types, especially for those with frizzy, curly, or unmanageable hair. However, individuals with severely damaged or chemically treated hair should consult a professional first.
A keratin treatment typically lasts 3–6 months, depending on the hair type, the product used, and how well you maintain it. Proper aftercare can prolong the results.
Hair is washed with a clarifying shampoo. Keratin solution is applied and left to process. Hair is blow-dried and flat-ironed to seal the keratin into the cuticle. The entire process can take 2–4 hours, depending on hair length and thickness.
Yes, keratin treatments are often safe for colored or chemically treated hair. In fact, they can help repair damage and add shine. However, consult your stylist as some treatments may lighten or alter hair color.
Most keratin treatments require you to wait 24–72 hours before washing your hair or exposing it to moisture. Some newer formulas allow for same-day washing.
Use sulfate-free shampoos and conditioners. Avoid washing your hair too often. Protect your hair from chlorine, saltwater, and excessive heat. Avoid tying your hair tightly or using harsh clips during the first few days.
It’s generally not recommended for pregnant or breastfeeding women, especially treatments containing formaldehyde or harsh chemicals. Always consult your doctor and stylist.
A blowout treatment is a professional hair-smoothing service designed to reduce frizz, improve manageability, and enhance shine. It often uses a keratin-based formula and heat tools to seal the cuticle, leaving hair smooth and sleek for weeks.
A blowout treatment typically lasts 6–12 weeks, depending on the product used, hair type, and aftercare routine.
Blowout treatments are ideal for people with frizzy, unmanageable, or wavy hair who want smoother, shinier, and more manageable locks. However, extremely damaged or brittle hair might not be suitable for some types of treatments.
Hair is washed with a clarifying shampoo to remove buildup. The smoothing solution is applied to damp hair. Hair is blow-dried and flat-ironed to seal the treatment into the hair. Some treatments may require rinsing and re-blow-drying.
It takes 1.5–3 hours depending on your hair length, thickness, and the type of treatment.
This depends on the type of treatment: Brazilian Blowout: You can wash your hair the same day. Traditional Keratin Treatments: You need to wait 24–72 hours before washing or exposing your hair to moisture.
It’s generally not recommended for pregnant or breastfeeding women, especially for treatments that contain formaldehyde or similar chemicals. Always consult your doctor and stylist.
Hair rebonding is a chemical hair straightening treatment that breaks the natural bonds in your hair structure (curly, wavy, or frizzy) and realigns them to create a permanently straight texture.
Hair rebonding is ideal for people with curly, wavy, frizzy, or unmanageable hair who want a sleek, straight look. However, it may not be suitable for heavily damaged or brittle hair.
Hair rebonding is permanent, meaning the treated hair remains straight until it grows out. You may need touch-ups every 4–6 months to straighten new hair growth at the roots.
Hair is washed with a mild shampoo. A chemical relaxant (cream or lotion) is applied to break the hair’s natural bonds. Hair is rinsed and blow-dried. A flat iron is used to straighten each section of hair. A neutralizer is applied to lock the new straight structure in place. Hair is rinsed again, blow-dried, and styled. The process can take 3–8 hours, depending on hair length, thickness, and texture.
Do not wash or wet your hair for at least 72 hours after the treatment. Use a sulfate-free shampoo and conditioner to maintain moisture. Avoid tying your hair or tucking it behind your ears for the first few days. Deep-condition your hair regularly to prevent dryness. Avoid excessive heat styling to minimize damage.
A protein treatment is a deep conditioning process that repairs and strengthens hair by replenishing lost proteins. It’s ideal for damaged, weak, or chemically treated hair, as it helps restore structure and elasticity.
Protein treatments penetrate the hair shaft to fill gaps in the cuticle caused by damage. They rebuild and strengthen the hair's structure, making it less prone to breakage.
You might need a protein treatment if: Your hair is damaged from heat styling, coloring, or chemical treatments. Your hair feels weak, stretchy, or breaks easily. You have dry, brittle, or frizzy hair. You want to prevent damage after coloring or bleaching.
Repairs damaged hair Reduces breakage and split ends Improves elasticity and strength Adds shine and smoothness Protects against future damage
Damaged hair: Every 4–6 weeks. Healthy hair: Once every 6–8 weeks or as needed. Overusing protein treatments can make hair stiff or brittle, so balance them with regular moisture treatments.
Protein: If your hair feels weak, stretchy, or limp, it needs protein. Moisture: If your hair feels dry, rough, or brittle, it needs hydration. Hair often needs a combination of both.
Deep Protein Treatments: For severely damaged hair (e.g., keratin or collagen-based). Reconstructors: Repairs extreme damage and restores structure. Leave-in Treatments: Lighter, for ongoing maintenance. Protein Masks: Applied occasionally for deep repair. DIY Protein Treatments: Natural options using ingredients like eggs, yogurt, or avocado.
Overusing protein treatments can cause protein overload, making hair stiff, dry, or brittle. Balance protein treatments with moisturizing treatments to keep hair healthy.
Yes, protein treatments are especially beneficial for colored, bleached, or chemically treated hair, as they repair damage and strengthen hair structure.
Protein treatments don’t directly promote hair growth but prevent breakage, helping you retain length and achieve healthier-looking hair over time.
Avoid washing your hair for 24–48 hours to allow the treatment to settle. Use a sulfate-free shampoo and conditioner. Follow up with moisturizing masks or conditioners to maintain balance.
Yes, but the frequency and intensity depend on your hair type: Fine or thin hair: Use lighter treatments to avoid weighing it down. Thick or coarse hair: May need stronger treatments to repair damage. Natural or curly hair: Protein can help define curls and reduce frizz, but balance with hydration.
Protein hair masks are ideal for people with: Damaged hair (due to heat styling, coloring, or chemical treatments). Brittle or weak hair that breaks easily. Dry, frizzy, or porous hair lacking strength. Curly or wavy hair that needs improved elasticity and definition.
Damaged hair: Every 2–4 weeks. Healthy hair: Once a month or as needed. Overuse of protein can lead to protein overload, making hair stiff or brittle.
It feels stretchy, limp, or overly soft when wet. It has frequent breakage or split ends. It’s been recently chemically treated (colored, bleached, or permed).
Yes, overusing protein hair masks can cause protein overload, making hair hard, dry, and prone to breakage. Balance protein treatments with moisturizing treatments for healthy hair.
Yes! Protein masks are especially beneficial for color-treated, bleached, or chemically processed hair, as they repair damage and strengthen weakened strands.
The effects of a protein mask typically last 2–4 weeks, depending on the mask and your hair care routine.
Repairs damaged hair. Strengthens and reduces breakage. Improves elasticity and prevents stretching. Enhances shine and smoothness. Restores the natural structure of weakened hair.
Yes, most protein masks are safe for pregnant or breastfeeding women, as they don’t involve harsh chemicals. However, always check the ingredients.
Use protein masks sparingly (every 2–4 weeks). Alternate with moisturizing masks or conditioners. Listen to your hair—if it feels stiff or dry, reduce protein use.
Proper preparation ensures that the treatment is fully absorbed into the hair and delivers the best results. It also minimizes potential damage caused by chemical or intense treatments.
For most treatments, clean hair is necessary to allow better product absorption. However, some treatments (like certain oils or masks) may work better on slightly dirty hair—check product instructions.
Do not wash or wet your hair for 24–72 hours after treatments like keratin or protein to allow the treatment to set. Avoid tying, braiding, or tucking your hair behind your ears during this period.
Moisturizes and hydrates dry hair and scalp. Strengthens hair roots and reduces breakage. Improves scalp health by reducing dryness or dandruff. Stimulates blood circulation, promoting hair growth. Adds shine and softness to the hair. Protects hair from environmental damage, such as pollution and UV rays.
Dry hair: 2–3 times a week. Oily scalp: Once a week. Normal hair: 1–2 times a week. Over-oiling can make your scalp greasy and may require excessive washing, which could dry out your hair.
It depends on your hair type and needs: Coconut oil: Strengthens and prevents protein loss. Argan oil: Adds shine and reduces frizz. Almond oil: Promotes hair growth and reduces split ends. Castor oil: Encourages hair growth and thickens hair. Jojoba oil: Moisturizes and helps with dandruff. Olive oil: Hydrates and nourishes dry hair.
Oiling works best on dry hair, as water can create a barrier that prevents oil from penetrating the hair shaft.
For best results, leave the oil in for 1–8 hours. Avoid leaving oil in for more than 24 hours, as it can attract dirt and clog pores.
Excessive oiling or improper application (e.g., rough massaging) can loosen weak hair strands and lead to shedding. Always massage gently and avoid overloading your scalp with oil.
It’s better to apply oil to clean or slightly dirty hair. Applying oil to very dirty hair can trap dirt and buildup, reducing the benefits of the treatment.
Yes, certain oils like tea tree, coconut, and neem oil have antifungal properties that help reduce dandruff. However, avoid over-oiling, as it can worsen dandruff if not washed out properly.
Oiling after shampooing is not recommended as it can make hair greasy. Instead, apply oil before washing or use lightweight oils sparingly as a leave-in treatment.
Oily hair/scalp: Every 1–2 days. Normal hair: Every 2–3 days. Dry or curly hair: Every 3–7 days or as needed to avoid over-drying. Fine hair: Every other day to prevent greasiness.
Yes, washing daily can strip your scalp of its natural oils, leading to dryness, irritation, or overproduction of oil to compensate.
Oily hair: Clarifying or volumizing shampoo. Dry or damaged hair: Moisturizing or hydrating shampoo. Color-treated hair: Sulfate-free, color-safe shampoo. Dandruff-prone scalp: Anti-dandruff shampoo with ingredients like zinc pyrithione or ketoconazole.
Wet your hair thoroughly with lukewarm water. Apply a small amount of shampoo and lather on your scalp, not the ends. Massage your scalp gently with your fingertips. Rinse thoroughly, ensuring no residue is left. Apply conditioner to the lengths and ends, then rinse.
Yes, this is called the water-only method, which can work for people with less oily hair. However, shampoo is necessary occasionally to remove buildup.
Detangle your hair before washing to reduce tangling and breakage during the wash.
Hydrate and moisturize hair. Reduce frizz and make hair more manageable. Protect hair from damage caused by styling or environmental factors. Prevent tangling and improve smoothness. Add shine and softness to the hair.
After shampooing, squeeze excess water from your hair. Apply conditioner from the mid-lengths to the ends (avoid the scalp). Leave it on for 2–5 minutes or as instructed. Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or cool water.
It’s generally not recommended to apply conditioner to the scalp, as it can: Cause buildup. Weigh down the hair. Make the scalp oily or greasy.
Condition your hair every time you shampoo to maintain moisture and softness.
No, even oily hair needs hydration. Use a lightweight, oil-free conditioner and apply it only to the ends to avoid greasiness.
hort hair: A coin-sized amount. Medium-length hair: About the size of a walnut. Long hair: Slightly more, depending on thickness.
No, regular conditioner should be rinsed out. For leave-in hydration, use a leave-in conditioner.
One-color hair dyeing, also called single-process color, is a hair coloring technique where a single shade is applied evenly throughout the hair for a uniform look.
Offers a consistent and even look. Covers gray hair effectively. Easier to maintain compared to highlights or balayage. A cost-effective option for hair color changes.
Permanent dye: Lasts until hair grows out, though it may fade slightly over time. Semi-permanent dye: Fades in 4–6 weeks. Temporary dye: Washes out after 1–2 shampoos
Yes, with a permanent hair dye, you can lighten hair by up to 2–3 levels. For more drastic lightening, bleaching is required before dyeing.
Yes, but ensure you use a product formulated for your hair type (e.g., coarse, fine, curly, or straight). Conduct a strand test before full application to check for allergies or desired results.
For gray coverage: Every 4–6 weeks. For root regrowth: Every 6–8 weeks.
Wash your hair 24–48 hours before dyeing to allow natural oils to protect the scalp. Avoid heavy styling products before the appointment. Detangle and section your hair for even application.
Avoid deep conditioning on the day of dyeing, as it can create a barrier that prevents the color from absorbing. Condition 1–2 days before instead.
Wait at least 48 hours to allow the color to set fully
Wash your hair with cool or lukewarm water to lock in the color. Avoid excessive heat styling and use a heat protectant when necessary. Limit shampooing to 2–3 times a week to prevent color stripping.
Avoid prolonged sun exposure; wear a hat or use UV-protectant sprays. Minimize swimming in chlorinated pools or saltwater, or wear a swim cap.
Avoid prolonged sun exposure; wear a hat or use UV-protectant sprays. Minimize swimming in chlorinated pools or saltwater, or wear a swim cap.
Keratin or rebonding: Wait 2–3 weeks. Bleaching or highlights: Wait at least 4–6 weeks to avoid excessive damage.
Excessive or improper blow-drying can lead to dryness, frizz, or damage. Use heat protectant sprays and avoid high heat settings to minimize damage.
Speeds up the drying process. Smooths the hair and reduces frizz. Adds volume and shape to hairstyles. Helps set styles for long-lasting results.
Limit blow-drying to 2–3 times a week to prevent heat damage. On other days, air-dry or use a cool setting.
Blow-dry hair when it is 70–80% dry to reduce drying time and prevent damage caused by high heat on wet strands.
Use a heat protectant and anti-frizz serum. Blow-dry in sections and point the nozzle downward to smooth the cuticle. Finish with a cool shot to lock in the style.
A salon-quality blow-dry can last 2–5 days, depending on your hair type and how well you maintain it.
Avoid heavy oils before blow-drying as they can "cook" your hair. Instead, use lightweight heat protectants or serums designed for blow-drying.
Yes, but for best results, start with clean, damp hair. Blow-drying unwashed hair may make it appear greasy or weighed down.
Serum or oil: For added shine and smoothness. Hairspray: To hold the style. Texturizing spray: For a more natural, voluminous look.
Avoid touching your hair too often. Use a dry shampoo to absorb oil at the roots. Sleep on a silk or satin pillowcase to reduce friction.
Yes, deep condition your hair once a week to restore moisture and repair damage caused by heat styling.
Yes, deep condition your hair once a week to restore moisture and repair damage caused by heat styling.
Straight hair has no natural curls or waves. It typically lies flat and reflects light well, making it appear shiny and smooth.
Texture: Smooth and easy to manage. Shine: Naturally reflects light due to its smooth surface. Oiliness: Tends to get oily faster as sebum travels easily down the hair shaft.
Wash straight hair 2–3 times a week or more frequently if it gets oily quickly. Use a lightweight, sulfate-free shampoo to avoid buildup.
Straight hair cannot naturally turn wavy or curly, but you can use heat tools, braiding techniques, or styling products to achieve temporary waves or curls.
Humidity. Overwashing or dryness. Heat damage or lack of proper care.
Oily straight hair: Use a clarifying or volumizing shampoo. Dry straight hair: Opt for a moisturizing or hydrating shampoo. Color-treated straight hair: Use a sulfate-free, color-safe shampoo.
Oily hair: Use a lightweight conditioner on the ends only. Dry hair: Use a hydrating conditioner or a leave-in conditioner.
Straight hair is smooth and lies flat, so tangles occur when strands slide over each other without friction. Regular brushing can prevent knots.
Get regular trims every 6–8 weeks. Avoid excessive heat and chemical treatments. Use a deep conditioner weekly.
Rinse hair with cool water after conditioning. Use a lightweight serum or shine spray. Avoid overusing heat tools to prevent dullness.
A hair spa is a salon treatment that involves deep conditioning, hair massages, and sometimes hair masks or steam to rejuvenate and nourish the hair. It improves hair health, texture, and shine.
Typically, a hair spa treatment lasts 30 minutes to an hour, depending on the products used and the specific treatment.
Typically, a hair spa treatment lasts 30 minutes to an hour, depending on the products used and the specific treatment.
For best results, get a hair spa every 2–4 weeks. If your hair is extremely dry or damaged, more frequent treatments can help restore health.
Before: Wash your hair thoroughly to remove any dirt, oil, or product buildup. Avoid: Using heavy styling products like hairsprays or gels before the treatment. For oil treatments: You might want to avoid shampooing right before a hair spa to allow the oil to penetrate deeply into the scalp.
After a hair spa treatment, it’s best to avoid washing your hair immediately. Try to wait 24 hours to allow the nutrients from the treatment to fully absorb into the hair.
A hair spa can improve scalp health and blood circulation, which may help reduce hair fall caused by stress or weak roots. However, if hair fall is caused by hormonal imbalances or other medical reasons, consult a professional for appropriate treatment.
A hair spa is suitable for most hair types, but you can choose specific treatments for your needs: Dry or frizzy hair: Look for moisturizing and hydrating treatments. Oily scalp: Opt for a balancing or clarifying treatment. Damaged hair: Protein or repairing treatments can strengthen and restore.
While a hair spa helps to nourish and prevent further damage, it cannot fully fix split ends. Regular trims and deep-conditioning treatments will help reduce the appearance of split ends.
Round face: Long layers, side bangs, or a long bob with height. Oval face: Almost any style works! Long waves or a sleek bob are popular choices. Square face: Soft, layered cuts or styles with curls or waves to soften angular features. Heart-shaped face: Side-swept bangs or chin-length bobs that balance the forehead.
Blunt bob: Easy to style and maintain. Long layers: Styles that don’t require frequent trimming. Pixie cut: Short and easy to manage, with minimal effort. Shaggy cuts: Textured cuts that look good without much styling.
Use dry shampoo to reduce oil buildup and add volume. Avoid washing your hair every day to maintain natural oils. Use setting spray or light hair mousse to hold your style in place. Sleep on a silk pillowcase to reduce frizz and prevent damage.
Use a volumizing shampoo and conditioner. Blow-dry your hair upside down or with a round brush. Add layers to your hair for texture and lift. Use a root-lifting spray or mousse for an extra boost.
For short haircuts, trim every 4–6 weeks to maintain the shape. For long hair or layers, get a trim every 8–12 weeks to keep ends healthy and prevent split ends.
Blunt bobs or long bobs give the illusion of thicker hair. Layered cuts add volume and dimension. Pixie cuts are also a great choice for thin hair, making it appear fuller and more textured.
Ponytails: Classic, easy, and stylish. Topknots or buns: Quick and versatile for work or running errands. Braids: Functional and cute for an effortless look. Short bob or pixie: Low-maintenance styles that require minimal styling.
Round face: Long layers, side bangs, or a long bob with height. Oval face: Almost any style works! Long waves or a sleek bob are popular choices. Square face: Soft, layered cuts or styles with curls or waves to soften angular features. Heart-shaped face: Side-swept bangs or chin-length bobs that balance the forehead.
Blunt bob: Easy to style and maintain. Long layers: Styles that don’t require frequent trimming. Pixie cut: Short and easy to manage, with minimal effort. Shaggy cuts: Textured cuts that look good without much styling.
use dry shampoo to reduce oil buildup and add volume. Avoid washing your hair every day to maintain natural oils. Use setting spray or light hair mousse to hold your style in place. Sleep on a silk pillowcase to reduce frizz and prevent damage.
Use a volumizing shampoo and conditioner. Blow-dry your hair upside down or with a round brush. Add layers to your hair for texture and lift. Use a root-lifting spray or mousse for an extra boost.
For short haircuts, trim every 4–6 weeks to maintain the shape. For long hair or layers, get a trim every 8–12 weeks to keep ends healthy and prevent split ends.
Sleek low bun: Elegant and timeless. Soft waves: Loose waves with a bit of volume for a glamorous look. Chignon: A classic and sophisticated updo. Hollywood curls: Voluminous, glamorous curls.
Round face: Long layers, side bangs, or a long bob with height. Oval face: Almost any style works! Long waves or a sleek bob are popular choices. Square face: Soft, layered cuts or styles with curls or waves to soften angular features. Heart-shaped face: Side-swept bangs or chin-length bobs that balance the forehead
Blunt bob: Easy to style and maintain. Long layers: Styles that don’t require frequent trimming. Pixie cut: Short and easy to manage, with minimal effort. Shaggy cuts: Textured cuts that look good without much styling.
To maintain your hairstyle: Use dry shampoo to reduce oil buildup and add volume. Avoid washing your hair every day to maintain natural oils. Use setting spray or light hair mousse to hold your style in place. Sleep on a silk pillowcase to reduce frizz and prevent damage.
For short haircuts, trim every 4–6 weeks to maintain the shape. For long hair or layers, get a trim every 8–12 weeks to keep ends healthy and prevent split ends.
Braid your hair and leave it overnight for natural waves. Use foam rollers or Velcro rollers for curls without heat damage. Twist sections and pin them to your scalp, leaving them to set for hours.
It’s recommended to get a haircut every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain a healthy appearance, especially if you have short or layered styles.
Your haircut should complement your face shape, hair texture, and lifestyle. A stylist can help recommend a cut that works best for you.
Wash your hair before the appointment or follow your stylist's recommendation. Bring reference photos to show the style you want. Be clear about your expectations with the stylist.
Style your hair as usual to get used to the new look. Moisturize and treat your hair to maintain its health. Avoid washing your hair immediately after a cut to allow the style to settle.
Yes, a haircut can completely change your look by altering the shape, volume, or texture of your hair. Layers, bangs, or different lengths can create various effects.
Be specific about length, texture, and style preferences. Bring pictures or describe the look in detail. Consult with your stylist about what suits your hair type.
A haircut won’t affect how your hair grows, but regular trims help prevent split ends and keep your hair healthy.
A standard haircut usually takes 30 minutes to an hour, depending on the complexity of the style and the length of your hair.
Haircuts can be done both wet and dry, but wet hair allows for more precise cutting, while dry hair allows the stylist to see how it falls naturally.
Yes, a haircut can help improve the appearance of damaged hair by removing split ends and giving your hair a healthier shape.
For straight hair: Bobs, pixie cuts, and sleek long layers. For curly hair: Layered cuts, curly bobs, or textured cuts. For wavy hair: Long layers, blunt cuts, or beachy waves. For fine hair: Blunt cuts, pixie cuts, or short layered styles to add volume.
A haircut doesn’t directly promote hair growth, but regular trims help keep your hair healthy by preventing split ends and breakage.
Regular trims every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain the shape. Use the right haircare products suited to your hair type. Style your hair using techniques that suit your cut (e.g., blow-drying for volume, straightening for sleekness).
Yes, babylights can be applied to short hair to add dimension and texture. The fine highlights will still create a natural and subtle look, even on shorter cuts.
Babylights will add subtle highlights to your hair, giving it the appearance of being lighter without completely changing your natural color. The result is a softer, brighter look.
It’s best not to wash your hair 1-2 days before the appointment. Natural oils help protect your scalp during the coloring process.
It's recommended to trim or condition damaged hair before getting babylights. Consult your stylist for a suitable plan to minimize damage.
Yes, it's always a good idea to perform a patch test 48 hours before getting babylights to check for allergic reactions.
Yes, avoid chemical treatments like perms or relaxers before getting babylights to prevent over-processing and damage.
Wait 24 to 48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to fully set.
It’s best to use a sulfate-free shampoo to prevent your color from fading quickly and to keep hair healthy.
Yes, protect your hair from direct sunlight, as UV rays can cause the color to fade faster. Use UV-protectant hair products or wear a hat.
Babylights generally need touch-ups every 6 to 8 weeks to maintain a natural look and prevent noticeable roots.
Like any color treatment, lowlights can cause some damage, especially if done frequently. However, since the process involves darker tones, it usually causes less damage than lighter highlights, which require bleaching.
While it’s possible to apply lowlights at home with a kit, it’s generally recommended to have them done by a professional stylist to ensure proper application and blending, especially if you're mixing with highlights or other colors.
Yes, lowlights are great for blonde hair. Adding darker lowlights to blonde hair creates dimension and prevents the hair from looking too flat or one-dimensional.
To maintain lowlights: Use a color-safe shampoo to prevent fading. Deep condition regularly to keep your hair healthy. Schedule touch-ups every 6 to 8 weeks to maintain the color and prevent regrowth lines from being too noticeable.
Balayage is best left to professionals due to the precise technique required to ensure natural blending. However, there are DIY balayage kits available, but results may not be as seamless as those done by a trained stylist.
It’s usually best to leave your hair unwashed for 1 to 2 days before the appointment to allow your natural oils to protect your scalp during the coloring process.
It’s generally advised to avoid using heat tools like straighteners or curling irons right before your treatment, as this can cause damage and affect the color application.
Yes! Discuss your hair goals and concerns with your stylist to ensure you get the results you want. Bring reference photos if needed.
Yes, avoid getting other treatments like perms, relaxers, or chemical straightening before a color or balayage appointment. This helps prevent over-processing and damage.
After a color treatment, wait 24 to 48 hours before washing your hair to let the color set and avoid premature fading.
It’s recommended to use a sulfate-free shampoo to prevent stripping the color and to maintain hair moisture.
It’s best to wait for at least 6 to 8 weeks before reapplying color to avoid over-processing and damaging your hair.
Use shampoos and conditioners for color-treated hair, avoid excessive heat styling, and apply deep conditioning treatments regularly to keep your hair healthy and your highlights vibrant​.
Since highlights grow out naturally and the color fades over time, a touch-up is generally recommended every 6-8 weeks
Like all hair coloring treatments, highlights can cause some damage, but if done properly with good aftercare, they can be minimal. Deep conditioning and moisturizing treatments can help minimize damage.
The Botox hair treatment typically takes around 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on hair length and condition. The stylist will apply the Botox formula, let it sit, and then rinse and blow-dry your hair.
It is recommended to wash your hair 1-2 days before the treatment to ensure that your scalp and hair are free of styling products or oils, but do not wash on the day of the treatment.
Wait 72 hours (3 days) before washing your hair. This allows the Botox treatment to properly settle and work its magic on your hair, sealing in moisture and nutrients
Yes, but you should use sulfate-free and paraben-free shampoos to help preserve the effects of the Botox treatment. Sulfates can strip away the treatment and cause your hair to lose its shine and smoothness faster
It is recommended to wait at least 2 weeks after a Botox treatment before coloring your hair. This gives your hair time to absorb the Botox and maintain its smoothness before undergoing another chemical process.
Hair Botox typically lasts 2 to 4 months, depending on how well you care for your hair. You should schedule a touch-up treatment every 2-4 months to keep your hair looking its best​.
Yes, you should wash your hair 1-2 days before the treatment but avoid washing it on the day of the treatment. This allows your scalp’s natural oils to protect your hair during the procedure, and it helps the keratin formula absorb better.
It’s best to avoid using any other chemical treatments (like coloring, perming, or relaxing) at least 2 weeks before your keratin treatment. Combining treatments may result in hair damage.
Wait 72 hours (3 days) before washing your hair after the treatment. This allows the keratin to fully settle and bond to your hair fibers​.
Use sulfate-free shampoos to prevent stripping the keratin treatment. Sulfates can cause the treatment to fade quicker and make your hair lose its smoothness
To maintain the results, wash your hair 2-3 times a week. Washing too frequently can cause the keratin to wear off faster.
Not following the aftercare instructions, like washing your hair too soon, using sulfate shampoos, or exposing your hair to excessive heat or chlorine, can cause the keratin treatment to wear off more quickly and reduce its effectiveness​.
Protein hair treatment typically lasts **4 to 6 weeks**, depending on your hair type and aftercare routine.
Yes, you can dye your hair even if it’s previously colored. However, it's important to assess the condition of your hair first. Overlapping color treatments without proper care can lead to damage. It’s advisable to consult a professional for the best results.
Hair dye generally lasts around 4-6 weeks depending on hair type, maintenance, and aftercare products. Fading can occur faster with frequent washing or exposure to sun and harsh chemicals.
"Crazy color" refers to vibrant, unconventional hair colors like neon pink, blue, purple, or green. These colors are often semi-permanent and can be a fun way to express personality or stand out. They usually require lightened hair for the best results.
Crazy colors typically last for about 1-4 weeks, depending on how often you wash your hair and the hair care products you use. Using sulfate-free shampoos can help extend the vibrancy.
Yes, you can switch to a more natural color after using crazy colors. However, it might require some bleaching or a color correction process, especially if the bright tones are hard to cover up.
To maintain silver or white hair, use purple shampoo to prevent yellowing, and deep condition regularly to keep your hair healthy. Avoid excessive heat styling, as it can cause the color to fade faster.
Silver and white colors can work on many skin tones, but it’s essential to consider your undertone. Cool undertones usually pair well with silver, while warmer undertones might need a slightly warmer silver or off-white tone for the best result.
Keratin treatments are safe for most hair types, but individuals with very fine or weak hair may need to be cautious. Consulting with a stylist before getting the treatment ensures it’s suitable for your hair.
The frequency of hair dyeing depends on how fast your hair grows and how noticeable the roots are. For permanent dye, you might need a touch-up every 4-6 weeks. Semi-permanent colors typically last 2-4 weeks, and highlights may require touch-ups every 6-8 weeks.
Some hair dyes contain harsh chemicals like ammonia, which can damage hair over time. However, there are now gentler, ammonia-free options available that minimize damage. Regular use of conditioners and hair treatments can also help maintain hair health.
Yes, you can dye your beard to match your hair, but it’s important to use products specifically formulated for facial hair. The skin on your face is more sensitive than the scalp, so using a beard dye will ensure a safer and more natural-looking result.
To maintain your hair color, use sulfate-free shampoos, avoid excessive heat styling, and limit sun exposure. Regular deep conditioning treatments can also help keep the hair healthy and vibrant, especially for men with colored or chemically-treated hair.
It’s best to wash your hair 24-48 hours before coloring. Natural oils protect your scalp from irritation caused by the dye, and freshly washed hair can sometimes be too dry for the dye to settle properly.
Prepare your hair by getting a trim to remove split ends and ensure even coverage. Use a nourishing deep conditioning treatment 1-2 days before to boost moisture and health, and avoid chemical treatments like perming just before coloring.
If you’re planning a dramatic color change, like going from dark to light, or using bright or complex colors, consulting a professional stylist is advisable. They can help prevent damage and ensure the best results.
Wait at least 24-48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to set and the cuticle to close, which helps prevent color from washing out too quickly.
It’s best to use sulfate-free shampoos designed for color-treated hair. Sulfates can strip the color and natural oils, leading to quicker fading.
Avoid exposing your hair to excessive sun and chlorine, as they can cause fading. Also, using color-protecting shampoos, limiting heat styling, and rinsing your hair with cool water can help extend the life of your color.
Root touch-ups are generally needed every 4-6 weeks, depending on how fast your hair grows and how noticeable the roots are. You can touch up only the roots to avoid re-coloring the entire head.
Most men should get a haircut every 4-6 weeks to maintain their style, especially for short or medium-length hair. For longer styles, haircuts every 6-8 weeks can help maintain shape and health.
Round face: A haircut with height on top and shorter sides, like a pompadour or quiff, helps elongate the face. Square face: A textured cut, such as a layered style or a side part, works well to soften angular features. Oval face: Most hairstyles suit oval faces, but avoid overly long styles that can make the face appear even longer. Heart-shaped face: A cut with volume around the sides, like a textured crop, balances out a wider forehead. Oblong face: Choose haircuts that add width, like a fringe or bangs, to avoid elongating the face further.
A fade is a popular men’s haircut where the hair gradually shortens from the top of the head to the sides and back. It can be a low, mid, or high fade, depending on where the fade begins. A fade is typically combined with short sides and longer top for contrast.
For thick hair, a layered cut can help reduce bulk while keeping the volume intact. Styles like a textured crop or a longer, layered style give a good balance and manageability.
If you’re not satisfied with your haircut, let your barber know as soon as possible. Most barbers are happy to fix any issues or adjust the style to suit your preferences. Be clear about what you don’t like, and they may suggest an easy fix or tweak the cut.
Maintain your hair by using the right products for your hair type. Regular trims every 4-6 weeks will help your haircut look sharp. Also, avoiding excessive heat styling can help your hair retain its shape.
It depends on factors like face shape, hair type, and personal style. A good barber can recommend styles that suit your features. You can also try virtual makeover apps or reference photos of celebrities with similar features to help you decide.
For curly hair, a fade with longer curls on top works well. You can also go for a curly undercut, where the hair on top remains long and voluminous, while the sides are shorter. Keep the curls moisturized to maintain their shape and avoid frizz.
To avoid a bad haircut, always communicate clearly with your barber about what you want. Show reference pictures if possible, and discuss the length, style, and texture you’re aiming for. If you’re uncertain, ask your barber for advice based on your hair type and face shape.
A keratin treatment is a salon service that uses a protein formula to smooth and strengthen the hair. It helps to reduce frizz, add shine, and make hair more manageable. The treatment coats the hair shaft with keratin, sealing it and making it appear healthier and shinier. Results can last from 2 to 6 months, depending on hair care and maintenance.
Yes, keratin treatments are safe for men with curly hair. In fact, keratin treatments are often used to tame frizz and make curls more defined and manageable. However, it’s important to consult with a stylist to determine the best approach for your hair type.
The duration of hair treatment results depends on the type of treatment. Keratin treatments typically last 2-6 months. Deep conditioning treatments can last for a few days to a week, depending on hair care. Color treatments may last 4-6 weeks before a touch-up is needed.
Yes, hair treatments can benefit colored hair by restoring moisture, strengthening the hair, and helping the color last longer. Look for treatments specifically formulated for color-treated hair to prevent color fading and keep the hair healthy.
The frequency of hair treatments depends on your hair type and the condition of your hair. For dry or damaged hair, a deep conditioning or keratin treatment once a month is recommended. If your hair is healthy, you may only need treatments every 2-3 months. Men with color-treated or thinning hair may benefit from more frequent treatments.
Yes, there are hair treatments designed for all hair types, including curly, straight, fine, and thick hair. The key is selecting the right product or service based on your hair’s specific needs (moisture, strength, volume, etc.). A stylist can recommend the best treatments tailored to your hair type.
After a treatment, it’s essential to follow up with proper aftercare. For keratin treatments, avoid washing your hair for 48 hours to allow the treatment to set. Use sulfate-free shampoos and conditioners to prolong the effects of treatments. Regularly moisturize and protect your hair from heat to keep it healthy.
Yes, many men opt for natural treatments like argan oil, coconut oil, or aloe vera to moisturize and nourish the hair. Tea tree oil is also commonly used for scalp health, while rosemary oil is often recommended to promote hair growth. While natural treatments can be beneficial, they may not have the same immediate, long-lasting results as professional treatments.
X-Tenso Treatment is a hair straightening and smoothing service that uses a chemical formula to relax curls and reduce frizz. It provides long-lasting straightness, smoothness, and manageability, while also offering protection from humidity. It's ideal for individuals with frizzy, unruly, or curly hair who want a more polished, sleek look.
Botox Hair Treatment is a deep-conditioning treatment that restores and revitalizes damaged hair. It works by infusing the hair with essential nutrients like vitamins, amino acids, and proteins, which help to repair split ends, reduce frizz, and improve hair elasticity. It's safe for all hair types and is especially effective for those with dry, damaged, or brittle hair.
X-Tenso Treatment typically lasts 3-6 months, depending on the texture of your hair and how well you maintain it. Regular touch-ups may be needed if your hair starts to grow out or lose its straightened look.
Botox Hair Treatment can be done every 6-8 weeks, depending on your hair’s condition. For best results, it’s recommended to follow up with proper home care, including moisturizing and protecting your hair.
Yes, Keratin Treatment is generally safe for most hair types, including curly, wavy, and frizzy hair. However, individuals with very fine or sensitive hair should consult a stylist to ensure it is suitable for their specific hair type.
It's usually recommended to come with clean hair unless otherwise instructed by your stylist.
Avoid using heavy styling products (like gels or mousse) as they may interfere with the treatment.
It's optional, but trimming your hair before a treatment can enhance the results and make your hair look healthier.
No special preparation is required, but avoid washing your hair right before the treatment if instructed by your stylist.
Yes, use sulfate-free shampoos and conditioners to maintain the treatment’s effects.
Results vary: Keratin lasts 2-6 months, Botox around 6-8 weeks, and protein treatments last several weeks.
Yes, avoid washing your hair, sweating heavily, or exposing it to humidity for the first 48 hours after treatments like keratin.
Yes! Blowouts are great for smoothing and straightening curly, wavy, or frizzy hair.
When done professionally using heat protectant and quality tools, blowouts are safe and not damaging.
Use dry shampoo, sleep on a silk pillowcase, and avoid humidity or excessive sweating.
Shampoo, conditioner, heat protectant spray, smoothing serum, and a lightweight finishing spray.
Yes, blowouts can be done on all hair lengths, including bobs and pixie cuts.
You can get a blowout once a week or as needed, depending on your lifestyle and hair health.
A Brazilian Blowout is a smoothing treatment that lasts up to 12 weeks, while a regular blowout is temporary styling.
Yes, but be sure to use color-safe and sulfate-free products to protect your color.
Yes, but it's best to wait at least 48 hours to keep the style longer.
Yes, the treated portion remains straight permanently, but new growth will retain your natural texture.
When done by professionals using quality products, it's safe—but it does involve strong chemicals that can weaken hair over time.
No. Avoid washing your hair for at least 72 hours after the treatment.
Avoid tying, braiding, or tucking your hair behind ears for 3–5 days to prevent dents.
It can cause dryness, breakage, or hair fall if not done properly or if aftercare is ignored.
Use sulfate-free, protein-rich, and moisture-lock shampoos designed for chemically treated hair.
Once or twice a week with lightweight oils like argan or coconut oil is ideal.
Yes, but wait at least 4–6 weeks. Color can further dry or weaken your hair if done too soon.
Rebonding permanently straightens; keratin smooths and adds shine temporarily. Smoothening is gentler than rebonding but still semi-permanent.
Rebonding can reduce volume, especially at the roots. Proper styling and volumizing products can help.
No. It involves strong chemicals not recommended for pregnant women due to possible absorption and fumes.
Yes, but use a heat protectant and avoid frequent heat styling to preserve hair health.
Use shampoo based on your hair type (oily, dry, damaged, colored, dandruff-prone, etc.). Sulfate-free options are gentler on hair.
Yes, especially if you use styling products or have oily scalp. The first wash removes buildup, the second cleanses the scalp.
Use lukewarm water to wash and cold water for the final rinse to seal the cuticle and add shine.
Leave it in for 2–5 minutes before rinsing. Deep conditioners may require 10–20 minutes.
Wait 48–72 hours after coloring, keratin, or rebonding treatments before washing.
Yes, to remove tangles and reduce breakage during washing.
Conditioner restores moisture, reduces frizz, prevents breakage, and adds shine to the hair.
Skipping conditioner may leave your hair dry, tangled, and more prone to damage, especially if you have dry, curly, or chemically treated hair.
Look for conditioners with keratin, argan oil, shea butter, or proteins formulated for repair and hydration.
Not if used correctly. However, applying it to the scalp or using a product not suited to your hair type may cause buildup and lead to breakage.
Yes, but choose a lightweight, volumizing conditioner and apply only to the ends.
Yes, especially if you're not shampooing daily. Daily use of a light conditioner can help hydrate and protect hair.
Round faces suit layered or long styles; oval faces work with most styles; square faces look great with soft waves or side parts; heart-shaped faces suit chin-length or side-swept styles.
Round faces suit layered or long styles; oval faces work with most styles; square faces look great with soft waves or side parts; heart-shaped faces suit chin-length or side-swept styles.
Round faces suit layered or long styles; oval faces work with most styles; square faces look great with soft waves or side parts; heart-shaped faces suit chin-length or side-swept styles.
Consider your face shape, hair type, lifestyle, and personal style. A stylist consultation can help you choose the most flattering look.
Consider your face shape, hair type, lifestyle, and personal style. A stylist consultation can help you choose the most flattering look.
Use a good setting spray, avoid touching your hair, and choose styles suitable for your hair texture and weather conditions.
Use a good setting spray, avoid touching your hair, and choose styles suitable for your hair texture and weather conditions.
Use a good setting spray, avoid touching your hair, and choose styles suitable for your hair texture and weather conditions.
It depends on your style and preference. Many people refresh their hairstyle every 3–6 months or seasonally.
It depends on your style and preference. Many people refresh their hairstyle every 3–6 months or seasonally.
Protective styles like braids, buns, and twists help minimize hair breakage and are especially used in textured or natural hair.
Protective styles like braids, buns, and twists help minimize hair breakage and are especially used in textured or natural hair.
Bangs can add youth and frame the face beautifully. Curtain bangs and wispy fringes are low-maintenance options.
Bangs can add youth and frame the face beautifully. Curtain bangs and wispy fringes are low-maintenance options.
Avoid using heat tools on wet hair. You can do braids or buns for heat-free styling while damp.
Avoid using heat tools on wet hair. You can do braids or buns for heat-free styling while damp.
Pixie cuts, bobs, layered crops, and undercuts are popular and stylish for short hair.
Pixie cuts, bobs, layered crops, and undercuts are popular and stylish for short hair.
A hand mask is a deep moisturizing and nourishing treatment applied to the hands to soften skin, reduce dryness, and improve texture.

Automotive

es, balayage works well on all hair types and textures, including straight, wavy, curly, thick, and fine hair. It can be customized to suit your hair and desired look.
The majority of gasoline-powered vehicles are typically manufactured with a single fuel pump, most commonly electric, located inside the fuel tank.
Modern vehicles with an internal combustion engine are equipped with an electric fuel pump. Most cars have an in-tank pump mounted within the fuel tank, although some have an inline pump located between the gas tank and the engine.
This transfer of fuel allows the engine to be able to power up and run. In modern vehicles with internal combustion engines, there are two main types of fuel pumps: mechanical and electric.
It's no longer uncommon for a fuel pump to last ten years or longer, and 100,000 miles is well within normal. But that's not a guarantee since fuel pumps can fail from overheating or sitting with bad gas in them too long, or in the rare occurrence of a manufacturer's defect.
A small pipe called a venturi runs alongside the gas nozzle. When the end of the venturi pipe becomes submerged with the rising gas, it chokes off the air pressure that holds the nozzle handle open and shuts down the gas flow.
A fuel pump draws petrol out of the tank through a pipe to the carburettor . The pump may be mechanical worked by the engine - or it may be electric, in which case it is usually next to or even inside the fuel tank .
It means the 2007 Mercedes S-Class has been modified with a 2020-style body kit, including updated front and rear bumpers, grille, headlights, taillights, and sometimes interior trims, giving it the look of the newer model.
No. The upgrade is cosmetic and for style. The engine and mechanical parts are from the 2007 model, unless specified otherwise.
Yes! The upgrade is visual and does not affect registration or legal road use, provided it meets local traffic authority standards.
The interior may have updated trims or features based on customization, but it will not be identical to the 2020 S-Class unless specified.
The performance is based on the 2007 engine and transmission. The upgrade is mainly for appearance.
Yes, parts for the 2007 S-Class are widely available, and body parts for the 2020-style kit can also be sourced if needed.
Absolutely! Additional features like alloy wheels, interior tech, or suspension mods can be added as per your preference.
You get the luxury look of the latest S-Class at a much more affordable price, while enjoying Mercedes’ classic reliability and comfort.
Yes! Contact us to schedule a test drive and see the quality of the upgrade for yourself.

Education

This Microsoft-backed software is often one of the requirements for working in various types of industries. Learning Excel is important if you want to work in any field, especially in Data, Finance, Marketing, and other areas related to budget planning, performance reporting, and data entry.

Online Tuition

Programming courses provide essential skills for writing code and developing software applications. Introductory classes cover foundational programming languages like Python, Java, and C++, focusing on syntax, data structures, and algorithms.
Programming languages provide the rules for building websites, apps, and other computer-based technologies. Each programming language helps humans accurately communicate with machines.
Python. R and Software Development. Fundamentals of Java Programming. Full Stack Development. C++ Google Cloud Platform Architecture. Android N Developer.
Yes, Python is generally considered an easy programming language to learn, especially for beginners. Its syntax is clear and readable, which allows new programmers to grasp concepts quickly.
Yes, you can learn Python without any programming experience. In fact, Python is so popular in part because of its easy-to-use, intuitive nature. For people without any coding experience at all, Python is actually considered the perfect programming language.
Database management is the organization and storage of data so that it can be accessed, maintained, and updated by personnel in an organization. A database management system (DBMS) is the software used to create and administer the database where the data is stored. Database management is important because it enables organizations to use data to fulfill customer needs, support business operations, and provide valuable insights for management. A relational database management system (RDBMS) can satisfy the database needs of most organizations. Relational databases allow for multiple tables of information to be “related” or connected to each other in an organized and useful way. These databases are created and queried using structured query language (SQL) and form the backbone of operations for banks, airlines, and retailers alike. Database management can also enable business intelligence applications, which can help organizations better understand their business and guide decision-making. These applications may require the creation of large data warehouses and exploratory data analysis made possible with software platforms such as MySQL.
In order to excel and become a database management expert, you must immerse yourself in mastering database fundamentals, data modeling techniques, SQL querying, and database design principles. You must also gain hands-on experience with popular database management systems like Oracle, MySQL, and PostgreSQL.
This skill is important because almost every business has a database of information, like customer details, sales records, or inventory, and they need someone who knows how to take care of this data.
There is no real limit to the number of languages one can pick up. And it is likely for those who spend a career in software development that they will touch a lot of languages over the years, even if it's only one time to adjust one line in some old project their company has been maintaining for a decade.
It depends on your goals, but many beginners start with Python due to its simplicity. For web development, JavaScript is essential, while Java or C# are good for app development.
It's helpful to know more than one language, but it's best to start with one. Once you're comfortable, learning others becomes easier.
An Office Productivity course teaches you how to efficiently use office software like Microsoft Office (Word, Excel, PowerPoint) or Google Workspace (Docs, Sheets, Slides) to improve work efficiency and productivity.
You'll learn how to create documents, manage data, build presentations, use spreadsheets for calculations, and automate tasks. Topics may include advanced features like pivot tables, macros, and collaborative tools.
Yes, strong proficiency in office tools is often required or recommended in many job roles, from administrative assistants to business analysts.
Microsoft Office courses provide essential skills for using tools like Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Outlook efficiently. Introductory classes cover the basics of document creation, data management, and email organization.
A Data Analytics course teaches you how to analyze data to extract meaningful insights. It covers tools, techniques, and methodologies used to work with large datasets, visualize data, and make data-driven decisions.
You’ll learn how to clean and organize data, perform statistical analysis, create visualizations (charts, graphs), and use software like Excel, SQL, Tableau, Python, or R. You'll also learn about data mining, predictive modeling, and reporting.
A Cloud Computing course teaches you how to use cloud platforms (like AWS, Google Cloud, or Microsoft Azure) to store, manage, and process data and applications over the internet. It covers topics like cloud services, architecture, security, and deployment.
The best way to learn cloud is to explore a cloud provider's training modules. Microsoft Azure has probably the best free resources out of all providers. The concepts are transferable to other cloud platforms, not just Azure.
You can spin up new instances or retire them in seconds, allowing developers to accelerate development with quick deployments. Cloud computing supports new innovations by making it easy to test new ideas and design new applications without hardware limitations or slow procurement processes.
Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Chartered Accountant (CA), Certified Management Accountant (CMA US), ICWAI, etc. Among these courses, CPA US and CA are the dominant ones due to their everlasting scope in the accounting arena.
Tax accounting
An accounting specialization is a set of accounting rules and techniques that a specific type of accountant may use. Accounting specializations can include both widely accepted accounting principles and industry-specific practices.
The knowledge also helps in network device configuration, software installation and more.
Using network hardware allows for sharing resources like printers, scanners, and storage devices among multiple users. This enhances cost efficiency and streamlines business operations.
Hardware is responsible for processing data and running software applications.
Start by pursuing a degree in electrical engineering, computer engineering, or a related field.
Visual Design. Art direction and production. Author based programming. Interactive design, Special effects addition. 3D modeling. Interface design. Game design.
Multimedia programmes have a variety of job options to choose from. They can work as web designers, animators, video editors, graphic designers, multi-media artists, UI/UX designers, digital marketers, multimedia consultants, and multimedia developers.
These courses cover subjects like graphic design, web development, animation, video production, user experience (UX) design, and interactive media. Students gain hands-on experience with industry-standard software and develop their artistic and technical skills.
It is interactive and integrated: The digitization process integrates all of the numerous mediums. ... It's quite user-friendly: The user does not use much energy because they can sit and watch the presentation, read the text, and listen to the audio.
Multimedia enhances communication by offering multiple channels through which information can be conveyed. It combines text, visuals, sound, and motion to create a more immersive and engaging experience for the audience.
Digital marketing is the promotion of a business through digital channels such as a website, search engine optimization, social media, email, or online paid advertising.
Digital marketing can be broadly broken into 8 main categories including: Affiliate Marketing, Content Marketing, Email Marketing, Marketing Analytics, Mobile Marketing, Pay-per-click, Search Engine Optimization and Social Media Marketing.
Search Engine Optimization (SEO) And if your business has a website (which it likely does), then SEO should be a focus area of your digital marketing strategy.
Yes, you can learn digital marketing on your own. You can scroll through YouTube tutorials, listen to podcasts, and follow blogs by Digital Marketers. You can sign up for self-paced digital marketing classes and watch the videos at your leisure.
Skills in programming languages like C++, Python, and JavaScript are essential. Game Designers: Game designers are responsible for conceptualizing the game's storyline, characters, and rules. They blend creativity with technical knowledge to craft a compelling user experience.
Game development refers to the process of creating computer games using software engineering techniques to achieve flexibility, maintainability, and better design.
Computer Science Engineering ranks as the most employed and best engineering branch for the future, offering various opportunities and attractive salary packages from leading software companies.
You can buy an AutoCAD personal licence for single-user use online, chat with our sales team or from a reseller. Learn more about licensing options.
You can buy an AutoCAD personal licence for single-user use online, chat with our sales team or from a reseller. Learn more about licensing options.
Learning AutoCAD will give you a solid foundation to master other design applications; all other CAD software is modeled after its interface.
AutoCAD is computer-aided design (CAD) software that is used for precise 2D and 3D drafting, design, and modelling with solids, surfaces, mesh objects, documentation features, and more.
AutoCAD is a versatile drafting software that can be used in various industries, including architecture, engineering, and product design.
Landscape architecture is the work of making specific kinds of places outdoors. It could be designing a town square or a playground—even a whole city. It could be designing a pond to make it better for frogs, turtles, fish, and birds. Some kinds of landscape architecture are easy to see, like a park.
When done well, project management helps every aspect of a business run more smoothly. Effective project management improves efficiency by removing obstacles, distractions, and redundancies, and helps to keep project timelines and budget under control.
The best project management software is the one that fits the needs of your project and organization with regards to your budget, team size, and collaboration and visibility requirements, as well as your security, automation, and file storage needs.
The choice to take a project management course depends on your career goals. While you don’t need to complete a course in order to work as a project manager, certified PMs can expect to earn more than their un-certified counterparts.
Reading the Quran with Tajweed is vital for several compelling reasons. Here's why it is important to engage in this practice: Accurate Recitation: Tajweed governs how each letter is pronounced, capturing its unique qualities.
ajweed outlines four rules: Izhar, Idgham, Iqlab, and Ikhfaa. Izhar displays Noon Saakin or Tanween when followed by certain throat letters. Idgham merges Noon Saakin or Tanween with specific letters, either with or without ghunna.
Abu Ubaid al-Qasim bin Salam (774–838 CE) was the first to develop a recorded science for tajwid, giving the rules of tajwid names and putting it into writing in his book called al-Qiraat. He wrote about 25 reciters, including the 7 mutawatir reciters.
Set aside dedicated time each day to recite the Quran and focus on applying the rules of Tajweed.
Natural Madd (المد الطبيعي) - This madd exists when a letter (that is not a hamzah or a letter with a sukun) with a vowel sign follows a madd letter. Its duration is for two counts.
The cure for this mistake is to practice articulating each letter correctly, even if it requires slower recitation initially.
Noon and Meem Mushaddad

Travel- Event

There are no entry charges to enter Yas Island Abu Dhabi; one can take a stroll at all the island attractions without paying a penny.
A Legendary Adventure Awaits At Aquaventure World In Dubai Conquer the world's largest waterpark, where over 105 record-breaking slides, attractions and experiences span 22.5 hectares of fun.
Only the biggest water theme park on the planet, Aquaventure is about a third larger than Yas Waterpark and contains a record-smashing 50+ water slides, plus another 50 or more additional rides, attractions and experiences. Plenty, in other words, to entertain kids and grown-ups of all ages.
It is the best largest water park in middle east and if you are in Abu Dhabi or Yas it is must to be in your calendar. They have a wide verity of game and things to try and it hard to get bored of it. Time if your have the fast pass will be 2 hours to try everything and rest.
he fastest way to get from Dubai Airport (DXB) to Yas Island Rotana Abu Dhabi is to taxi which takes 1h 12m and costs AED 290 - AED 350.
aribbean Bay,Noah's Ark Water Park and Siam Park
Each shower is basically a little cabin and Yas Waterworld offers free Shower Gel inside the shower cabin. That was a definite plus for me! The whole park is followed by a storyline.
You don't need to worry about not bringing your own, you can rent a towel inside the park. Purchasing all are available inside the Souk. Any person not yet completely toilet-trained or diaper dependent, must wear an aquatic diaper in any of the pools or water rides.
Enjoy all the Park's activities By avoiding transfers or moving around Abu Dhabi, you'll have more than enough time (approximately 5 hours) to ride the more than 30 attractions at Ferrari World and even feel like a real racing driver on the karting track and simulator.
Yas Waterworld Official Website - Largest Water Theme Park In Abu Dhabi.
You will have to sign up to create an account on our website to book a trip. The best travel agents, for your specific destination will prepare an itinerary for your trip & provide you the best quotes in response to your request. You can choose the one that suits you the best and book your trip by making the payment.
Desert safaris often include dune bashing, camel riding, sandboarding, quad biking, and cultural performances.
The best time to go is between November and March, but it's also the peak tourist season.
Yes, pick and drop timings change monthly depending on the sunrise and sunset timings.
Comfortable clothing along with lots of sunscreen is recommended. Also do carry cap/hat, scarf, sunglasses and a camera. Jackets are recommended during the winter months.
Evening Desert Safari is the cheapest safari and there will be ques in food and other things. In VIP Desert Safari price is bit higher and there will be a separate table for you friends and family and there will be a separate waiter / waiteress there to serve you everything on your tables
Safaris should be kept light, but it is also suggested to keep a hat or sunglasses and don't forget to get a camera (with an extra battery) to capture those cherishable moments.
We recommend not eating any food at least 3 hours prior to the tour due to potential nausea from dune bashing. We also suggest drinking plenty of water throughout the tour, especially in the summer.
If you are more than 3 months pregnant, suffer from strokes or any heart disease, or have any other health detriments please consult your doctor first as it is usually advised to not to go for the Safari in such cases
Drive through the edge of sand dune to ground of desert, then again climb up and dragging on sand calls Dune Drive.
Depending on your chosen desert safari package, you can look forward to participating in various activities. One of the main highlights is the 4X4 dune bash, followed by a camel ride and optional adventure sessions like sandboarding, quad biking, dune buggy rides, etc. You can also watch the compelling desert sunrise or sunset, or even both, and further visit the modest campsite for a dose of Bedouin culture and traditions, with activities like henna tattooing, Shisha smoking, and falconry. Subject to desert safari package, feast on a lavish BBQ dinner and enjoy traditional performances including Belly Dance and a Tanura show.
We conduct desert safaris across the UAE, from Al Awir and Lahbab in Dubai to Abu Dhabi’s Al Khateem and Liwa Oasis to Ras Al Khaimah.
It largely depends on your chosen desert safari tour. The duration of a morning safari is three to four hours, while it may extend up to eight hours in an evening desert safari. If it is an overnight desert safari, you can expect to spend about 16 hours in the desert.
Get to know modern Dubai, seeing Dubai Marina, Palm Jumeirah, the Burj Al Arab, and mega-tall Burj Khalifa (at the top level 125 + 124) , Dubai Mall, Souk Madinat, Underwater Zoo plus an 'abra' water Boat ride and many famous landmarks. We cover all things we promise in our itinerary and on time. >
The duration of the actual tour takes 4 – 4.5 hour but the driving time from Dubai hotel and return may take another 60 – 90 minutes depending on traffic conditions and time of day.
As well as being home to the world's tallest building, Burj Khalifa, Dubai's other records include the world's deepest swimming pool (60.02 metres at Deep Dive Dubai) and the world's tallest landmark sign in Hatta, which at 19.28m tall is larger than the famous Hollywood sign in Los Angeles.
A city tour is a guided journey through a city that lets visitors learn about and see its important places, history, and culture. It's a popular leisure activity for tourists and locals in many cities worldwide.
Yes, transportation is usually included, often in air-conditioned vehicles.
Many tour operators allow customization; check with your provider for options.
The best time is from October to April when the weather is cooler and more comfortable for sightseeing.
Yes, the tour is family-friendly and enjoyable for all ages.
Generally, there are no age restrictions, but some activities may have age limits.
Most operators accept credit/debit cards, PayPal, and sometimes cash payments.
Yes, cancellation policies vary by operator, so check their terms before booking.
It’s recommended to book at least a few days in advance, especially during peak seasons.
The tour typically includes visits to key attractions, transportation, a guided experience, and sometimes refreshments.
Most city tours last between 6 to 8 hours, depending on the itinerary.
Major attractions often include Sheikh Zayed Grand Mosque, Emirates Palace, Louvre Abu Dhabi, and the Corniche.
Yes, cancellation policies vary by operator, so check their terms before booking.
Many operators offer discounts for larger groups; inquire when booking.
Most tours use comfortable air-conditioned vans or buses.
Some tours offer light snacks and refreshments, while others may include lunch.
Yes, some tours offer cultural insights or traditional experiences.
Entrance fees are often included, but some premium attractions may require an additional fee.
Our tour packages typically include: Accommodation in top-rated hotels. Daily breakfast and selected meals. Guided city tours and excursions. Transportation within Dubai (airport transfers and tours). Adventure activities like desert safaris, dhow cruises, and more. Assistance with visa processing (if required).
Some of the top attractions include: Burj Khalifa (world’s tallest building). The Dubai Mall and Dubai Fountain. Palm Jumeirah and Atlantis, The Palm. Desert Safari with dune bashing. Dubai Marina and JBR Walk. Historical sites like Al Fahidi Historical Neighborhood. Global Village and Dubai Miracle Garden (seasonal).
Absolutely! We specialize in tailoring packages to suit your preferences, whether you’re interested in luxury, adventure, shopping, or cultural experiences.
The best time to visit Dubai is between November and March, when the weather is pleasant, making it ideal for outdoor activities and sightseeing.
Yes, Dubai is one of the safest cities in the world for tourists. It has a low crime rate, and the city is highly welcoming to travelers from all over the globe.
Yes, we provide special rates and discounts for group bookings. Whether it’s a family trip or a corporate tour, we ensure cost-effective packages for groups.
We recommend booking your tour at least 4-6 weeks in advance to secure the best deals on flights, hotels, and activities, especially during peak tourist seasons.
Booking is simple! You can: Contact us directly via phone or email. Visit our website to browse packages and book online. Schedule a consultation with our travel experts for customized planning.
Our Dubai tour package includes accommodations in premium or budget-friendly hotels, guided tours to famous attractions like Burj Khalifa and Palm Jumeirah, tickets to adventure parks, desert safari experiences, and transportation for airport pick-up and drop-off. Meals and shopping stops can also be arranged based on your preferences.
Yes, you can book individual tickets to attractions such as Burj Khalifa, Dubai Aquarium, desert safaris, dhow cruises, and more. This is ideal for travelers who prefer flexibility in planning their trips.
Yes, we assist with UAE visa applications by guiding you through the process and helping you submit the required documents. Our team ensures a hassle-free visa process for tourists.
We recommend booking at least 2–3 weeks in advance, especially during the peak travel season (November to March) or for high-demand activities like Burj Khalifa visits and desert safaris.
Dubai has endless attractions, including Burj Khalifa, Palm Jumeirah, Dubai Frame, Dubai Mall, Dubai Miracle Garden, Global Village, and Dubai Fountain. Adventure seekers love the desert safaris, and families enjoy Aquaventure Waterpark and IMG Worlds of Adventure.
Absolutely! We specialize in creating personalized itineraries to match your interests, budget, and travel style. Whether you’re traveling solo, with family, or as part of a group, we can design a package tailored just for you.
Yes, we provide discounts for families, large groups, and combo ticket deals. For example, booking multiple attractions like Burj Khalifa and a dhow cruise together often results in better pricing.
Cancellation policies depend on the type of ticket or tour. Generally, you can cancel or reschedule up to 24–48 hours in advance for a refund. However, some attractions, like Burj Khalifa or special events, may have stricter rules.
Our desert safari includes dune bashing, camel riding, sandboarding, henna painting, cultural performances, and a buffet BBQ dinner under the stars. VIP desert safari options provide exclusive seating and premium services.
Yes, Dubai is one of the safest cities in the world. It has a low crime rate, and the government ensures a secure environment for all residents and visitors.
Yes, our tours are designed to cater to all age groups. Families with children will enjoy attractions like the Dubai Aquarium, IMG Worlds of Adventure, and Aquaventure Waterpark. We also customize activities to ensure kids are engaged and entertained throughout the trip.
nce you’ve completed your booking, e-tickets will be sent to your email or WhatsApp. For certain activities, physical tickets can also be arranged upon request.
You can reach us via phone, WhatsApp, or email. Our team is available 24/7 to answer any questions, provide suggestions, and assist with bookings. We’re here to ensure your Dubai trip is smooth, memorable, and stress-free!
This ticket grants you access to any one park at Dubai Parks and Resorts for the day. Choose between Motiongate, Bollywood Parks, or Legoland, and enjoy rides, attractions, and entertainment tailored to your interests.
The Sky Views Observatory welcomes all ages, but the Glass Slide and Edge Walk have height and weight restrictions for safety. These details are provided at the time of booking.
Yes, quad bike and buggy rides are suitable for beginners. Safety gear and instructions are provided before the ride. Participants must be 16+ years old to drive.
Wear comfortable clothing and walking shoes. Don’t forget sunscreen, sunglasses, and a hat, as Hatta tours include outdoor exploration of dams and heritage villages.
The overnight safari includes: Dune bashing in a 4x4 vehicle. Camel rides, sandboarding, and henna painting. A BBQ dinner with live entertainment. Overnight camping in a traditional desert setup with breakfast the next day.
Yes, this package includes a BBQ dinner with vegetarian and non-vegetarian options, along with drinks and refreshments.
Yes, group discounts are often available for families or larger parties. Contact us to inquire about group rates and packages.
Cancellation policies vary by activity. Most allow cancellations or rescheduling up to 24–48 hours in advance. Specific terms will be shared during the booking process.
Booking is simple! You can: Contact us via WhatsApp or email. Visit our website to explore and book directly. Reach out to our customer support team for personalized assistance.
The Celeste Dhow Cruise was an unforgettable experience! With impeccable service, delicious cuisine, and breathtaking views of Dubai's iconic landmarks, this VIP experience is a must-do. Perfect for a special occasion!
Formals and smart casuals are acceptable dress code during dhow cruise. Men and women should avoid wearing shorts. Short skirts and sleeveless dresses are also a no-no. Slippers and flip-flops are also not acceptable.
Ancient. Quick Facts: The dhow was a vessel used primarily for fishing and trade. It had triangular sails and a unique hull design.
A typical dhow cruise lasts for 2 hours, including boarding and sailing time.
Boarding usually starts 30 minutes before the cruise departure, which is typically around 8:00 PM. Exact timings will be provided upon booking.
Yes, private dhow cruises are available for events like birthdays, anniversaries, corporate gatherings, or weddings. These cruises can be customized to include personalized decorations, menus, and entertainment.
Dubai Marina Cruise: Views of the Marina skyline, Ain Dubai (Ferris wheel), and the Atlantis Hotel. Dubai Creek Cruise: Sights of the Gold Souk, Spice Market, and traditional heritage buildings.
You can book via: Online booking platforms. Contacting the cruise operator directly. Reaching out to your travel agency for recommendations.
Yes, children are welcome! We offer special rates for kids, and there are activities to keep them entertained.
What if the weather is bad? Our cruises operate in most weather conditions. In case of severe weather, we will notify you of any changes or cancellations.
Yes, we offer flexible policies for modifications and cancellations. Please check our terms and conditions for specific details.
Most beach and pool access passes include entry to a luxury beach resort or hotel, access to the private beach, swimming pools, sun loungers, towels, and sometimes food and beverage credits.
No, many hotels and resorts in Dubai offer day passes for non-guests, allowing you to enjoy their beach and pool amenities without booking a stay.
Yes, most beach and pool access passes are family-friendly. Some venues even have dedicated kids' pools, play areas, or activities for children. Check for specific child policies when booking.
Timings vary but generally range from 8:00 AM to sunset. Some resorts may also offer evening access for specific pools or restaurants.
No, towels, sun loungers, and umbrellas are usually included with the access pass. Additional amenities like cabanas may be available for an extra charge.
Many resorts offer food and beverage credits with the day pass, allowing you to enjoy meals or drinks at their restaurants or pool bars. If not included, food and drinks can be purchased on-site.
Swimwear is required for pool and beach areas. Guests are usually expected to dress modestly when visiting restaurants or public areas within the resort.
Yes, most luxury resorts offer private cabanas or VIP packages with added services like personalized butler service, complimentary drinks, and exclusive dining options.
Popular options include: Atlantis, The Palm Jumeirah Beach Hotel Nikki Beach Dubai Rixos The Palm Sofitel Dubai The Palm Each offers unique amenities and experiences.
Pets are not allowed at any of the resorts.
Yes, cancellation policies vary by operator, so check their terms before booking.
Most operators accept credit/debit cards, PayPal, and sometimes cash payments.
Popular outdoor activities include: Desert safaris with dune bashing, camel rides, and sandboarding. Skydiving over Palm Jumeirah. Hot air balloon rides over the desert. Beach activities like jet skiing and paddleboarding. Exploring Dubai Miracle Garden or Dubai Frame.
Yes, but it's essential to choose activities in the early morning or late afternoon to avoid the peak heat. Hydrate well, wear sun protection, and follow safety instructions provided by activity organizers.
Yes, most outdoor activities in Dubai have family-friendly options. Desert safaris, beach days, dhow cruises, and parks like Legoland and Miracle Garden are perfect for kids.
Many operators offer pick-up and drop-off services for activities like desert safaris, hot air balloon rides, and city tours. Confirm the details during booking.
Comfortable, lightweight clothing is ideal. For desert activities, closed-toe shoes are recommended. Carry sunglasses, a hat, and sunscreen for protection against the sun.
Some activities, like beach visits or public parks, don’t require bookings. However, tours and adventure experiences like skydiving or desert safaris should be booked in advance to ensure availability.
Tipping is not mandatory but is appreciated as a gesture of gratitude for excellent service.
Yes, activities like hot air ballooning, dhow cruises, and skydiving may be rescheduled or canceled due to strong winds or bad weather. Organizers usually inform guests in advance.
Yes! Some great free options include: Exploring Al Seef and the Dubai Creek area. Walking along the Dubai Water Canal Boardwalk. Visiting Kite Beach or JBR Beach. Enjoying outdoor markets and events like Ripe Market (seasonal).
It depends on the activity. Public beaches and parks allow outside food, but organized tours and safaris usually include meals or refreshments, so outside food might not be permitted.
You can book online, by phone, or by email.
Exercising outdoors isn't just good for your physical health. It helps with your mental health as well. Spending time in nature and the natural light can improve your mood and reduce stress and depression. Engaging in physical activity produces similar benefits and often times relaxes and cheers people up.
Running, jogging or trail-running is generally the most popular outdoor recreation activity. Other popular outdoor activities include: Biking. Camping.
By engaging in outdoor activities, a person develops self-confidence and creativity by making things around them interesting. The outdoors is a great place to develop a person's social skills. Becoming involved in activities allows us to meet new people and interact with them.
Water Park Safety Supervise your kids. ... Make sure the park uses qualified lifeguards. ... Read the posted signs before letting kids go on a ride. ... Know which rides are safe for your child's age and development. ... Teach kids to follow the rules and directions. ... Use the buddy system.
Water rides are amusement rides that are set over water. For instance, a log flume travels through a channel of water to move along its course.
Yes, all major water parks in Dubai offer areas specifically for children, including splash zones, mini slides, and family-friendly pools.
Most water park tickets include full-day access to the park, rides, slides, and pools. Some parks offer complimentary towels, lockers, or meal vouchers, depending on the ticket type.
Operating hours vary by park, but most are open from 10:00 AM to 6:00 PM. It’s best to check the specific water park’s website for up-to-date timings.
It’s recommended to book tickets in advance, especially during weekends, holidays, and peak tourist seasons, to secure your entry and avoid long queues.
Many water parks offer discounts for: Online bookings. Groups or families. UAE residents. Off-peak days or seasons.
Yes, certain rides have height and age restrictions for safety reasons. Check the park’s guidelines for specific requirements before planning your visit.
Wear appropriate swimwear made of quick-dry material. Avoid clothing with buttons, zippers, or metal accessories, as these may not be allowed on some rides.
The best time to visit is during the cooler months (November to March). However, water parks are open year-round and have temperature-controlled pools and rides to ensure comfort even in summer.
yes
Athletic performance. Water cushions the joints, and being dehydrated can affect your flexibility and speed. Endurance. Hydration is essential for proper muscle function (including the heart muscles), and it helps you avoid cramps.
With strong competitors from many countries, including the United States, Australia, China, and various European nations, swimming is considered one of the most popular water sports events, if not one of the most popular events of the Olympics.
Like any other sports or form of exercise, water sports is good for the body. Additionally, it is also good for the mind. The tranquil quality of water reduces stress, anxiety and depression. Swimming for instance has been proven to improve the mood in both men and women.
Aquatic exercise is a low-impact activity that takes the pressure off the bones, joints and muscles. Water also offers natural resistance, which can help strengthen the muscles. Aquatic exercise can have many health benefits, such as improved heart health, reduced stress, and improved muscular endurance and strength.
Yes, water sports in Dubai are highly regulated, and licensed operators follow strict safety guidelines. Activities are supervised by trained professionals, and safety equipment is always provided.
The age requirement varies by activity: Jet skiing and flyboarding: Minimum age is usually 16 years. Paddleboarding and kayaking: Suitable for children 8 years and above when accompanied by an adult. Scuba diving: Requires participants to be at least 10 years old.
Not necessarily. Many water sports, like paddleboarding, jet skiing, and snorkeling, are beginner-friendly. Activities like scuba diving and kitesurfing may require basic training, which is often provided on-site.
Yes, most operators offer online booking. It’s advisable to book in advance, especially during weekends and holidays, to secure your spot.
Many operators provide discounts for group bookings, corporate events, or private tours. Check with the operator for special packages.
Yes, many water sports are family-friendly. Activities like banana boat rides, kayaking, and snorkeling are suitable for children, provided they meet the age and safety requirements.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
Creating an account is not mandatory but is recommended. An account allows you to manage your bookings, track your orders, and receive updates and special offers.
Once your booking is complete, you will receive a confirmation email or SMS containing your ticket or booking details. These can be shown digitally or printed for entry.
Absolutely. Lipslay uses secure payment gateways and ensures your personal information is protected at all times.
Lipslay offers various fishing trips, including: Deep-Sea Fishing: For enthusiasts targeting big game fish like kingfish, barracuda, or tuna. Bottom Fishing: Ideal for families or beginners to catch smaller fish. Private Charters: Customizable trips for groups or special occasions. Night Fishing: For a unique experience under the stars.
Popular catches include: Kingfish Barracuda Hammour (Grouper) Cobia Queenfish Tuna Snapper
Most fishing trip packages include: Professional crew and guides Fishing equipment (rods, reels, bait, and tackle) Safety gear and life jackets Refreshments (water, soft drinks, or light snacks) Cleaning and packaging of your catch (optional with some operators)
Fishing trips in Dubai usually range from 4 to 8 hours, depending on the package and type of fishing.
Yes, fishing trips in Dubai are highly regulated and conducted by licensed operators. Boats are equipped with safety gear, and trained crews ensure a secure and enjoyable experience.
You should bring: Comfortable clothing and non-slip footwear Sun protection (hat, sunglasses, sunscreen) A camera to capture your catch Seasickness medication, if needed
Yes, most operators allow you to keep your catch. Some even offer cleaning and packaging services, so you can take the fish home.
Yes, many fishing trips are family-friendly and provide smaller rods and equipment for children. Age restrictions may apply depending on the operator.
Yes, many operators accept last-minute bookings, but it’s better to book in advance, especially during peak seasons, to ensure availability.
You can reach Lipslay’s customer support via email, phone, or live chat. Our team is available 24/7 to assist you with bookings, cancellations, or general inquiries.
Yes, Lipslay allows you to bundle multiple activities or tours into a single booking for convenience. You can even create customized itineraries.
Refunds depend on the cancellation and no-show policy of the service provider. Always review these policies before booking.
Creating an account is not mandatory but is recommended. An account allows you to manage your bookings, track your orders, and receive updates and special offers.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
A tourist attraction is a place of interest that tourists visit, typically for its inherent or exhibited natural or cultural value, historical significance, natural or built beauty, offering leisure and amusement.
Yes, Dubai offers many family-friendly attractions such as: Dubai Parks and Resorts: Home to Legoland, Motiongate, and Bollywood Parks. IMG Worlds of Adventure: An indoor theme park with rides for all ages. Aquaventure Water Park: A fun-filled water park with slides, wave pools, and marine life encounters. Dubai Miracle Garden: A beautiful garden with unique floral displays and sculptures.
Yes, most attractions are accessible by Dubai Metro, buses, and taxis. Popular tourist areas like Downtown Dubai, Dubai Marina, and Palm Jumeirah are well-connected.
Many attractions require tickets, such as Burj Khalifa, theme parks, and water parks. Some areas, like Dubai Marina and JBR (Jumeirah Beach Residence), are free to explore.
Yes, it’s highly recommended to book tickets online in advance, especially for popular attractions like Burj Khalifa, Dubai Frame, and Desert Safari, to avoid long queues and ensure availability.
Yes, many attractions offer discounted tickets for children, families, or UAE residents. Some also provide free entry for toddlers or infants.
Yes, guided tours are available for most attractions, such as city tours, desert safaris, and cultural experiences. Private and group options are also offered by various operators.
Yes, most modern attractions like Burj Khalifa, Dubai Mall, and Dubai Frame are wheelchair accessible and offer facilities for people with disabilities. Contact the attraction in advance for specific needs.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
Lipslay accepts various payment methods, including credit and debit cards, digital wallets, and sometimes cash-on-delivery options for specific services.
Dubai is a family paradise with plenty of activities for kids and parents: Dubai Parks and Resorts: Includes Legoland, Motiongate, and Bollywood Parks. Aquaventure Water Park: Thrilling water slides and kids' play areas. Dubai Aquarium and Underwater Zoo: A fascinating marine life experience. IMG Worlds of Adventure: An indoor theme park with rides for all ages. Kidzania: An interactive learning experience for kids inside Dubai Mall. Dubai Miracle Garden: A colorful garden with unique floral designs. Green Planet Dubai: A biodome with over 3,000 species of plants and animals.
Yes, Dubai has many indoor attractions to keep kids entertained, including: Ski Dubai: Indoor skiing, snowboarding, and penguin encounters. Trampoline Parks: Bounce Dubai and Flip Out are popular. OliOli: An interactive children’s museum with fun exhibits. Dubai Ice Rink: Ice skating inside Dubai Mall.
Legoland is ideal for kids aged 2–12 years, while Motiongate and Bollywood Parks are better suited for children aged 5 years and above and adults.
Yes, many hotels, malls, and activity centers offer professional babysitting or daycare services. These can be booked in advance for convenience.
Yes, Dubai offers attractions that are both fun and educational: Kidzania: Kids learn about careers and responsibilities. The Green Planet: Teaches about biodiversity and conservation. Dubai Safari Park: Provides insights into wildlife and ecosystems. Museum of the Future: Fascinates older kids with futuristic technology and innovation.
Yes, most attractions have discounted tickets for kids. Infants and toddlers (below 2–3 years) often enjoy free entry. Check individual attraction policies for details.
Kids can enjoy safe water activities like: Wave pools and shallow play areas at water parks. Banana boat rides with family supervision. Kayaking or paddleboarding in calm waters. Dolphin encounters at Atlantis or Dubai Dolphinarium.
Yes, many restaurants in Dubai cater to families with kid-friendly menus and play areas, such as: Rainforest Cafe: A jungle-themed dining experience. Cheesecake Factory: Known for its diverse menu and large portions. Wavehouse at Atlantis: Features games, bowling, and a casual menu.
Yes, Dubai Metro, taxis, and private car services like Careem are family-friendly. Some even offer car seats upon request.
Traditional desert safaris are not ideal for infants or toddlers due to dune bashing. However, you can opt for family-friendly desert experiences that are stroller-accessible and provide gentle activities like camel rides and falconry shows.
Dubai offers a variety of options to suit different preferences: Luxury Yachts: Ideal for private parties, corporate events, or romantic dinners. Speed Boats: Great for sightseeing and water adventures. Fishing Boats: Equipped for deep-sea or bottom fishing trips. Glass-Bottom Boats: Perfect for exploring marine life without getting wet. Traditional Dhows: For cultural cruises along Dubai Creek or Marina.
Yacht charters offer activities such as: Sightseeing tours of iconic landmarks like Burj Al Arab and Palm Jumeirah. Water sports like jet skiing, banana boating, or paddleboarding. Dining and BBQ experiences on board. Celebrations like birthdays, anniversaries, or corporate events. Sunset cruises with stunning views of Dubai’s skyline.
Yes, many operators offer private yacht charters. These can be customized for your group, allowing you to enjoy a tailored experience.
Yes, many operators offer Popular routes include: Around Palm Jumeirah, Atlantis, and Burj Al Arab. Along Dubai Marina and JBR (Jumeirah Beach Residence). Exploring the Dubai Creek for a mix of modern and cultural views.private yacht charters. These can be customized for your group, allowing you to enjoy a tailored experience.
Yachts come in various sizes and can accommodate groups ranging from 2 to 200+ people, depending on the vessel.
There’s no strict dress code, but casual and comfortable clothing is recommended. For swimming, bring appropriate swimwear, towels, and sun protection.
Yes, most yachts are family-friendly. Safety gear like life jackets is provided for all ages. Some operators may have age restrictions for certain activities.
Absolutely! Yachts can be rented for birthdays, weddings, proposals, corporate gatherings, or even product launches. Many operators offer event planning services.
In case of poor weather conditions, trips may be rescheduled or canceled for safety. Operators typically offer a full refund or alternative dates.
Yes, shared trips are a cost-effective option where you can join others for sightseeing or fishing trips. These are popular for tourists or solo travelers.
You can book through: Online platforms offering yacht rentals. Directly contacting operators in Dubai Marina or Creek. Hotel concierge services that arrange charters for guests.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
Lipslay accepts various payment methods, including credit and debit cards, digital wallets, and sometimes cash-on-delivery options for specific services.
Once your booking is complete, you will receive a confirmation email or SMS containing your ticket or booking details. These can be shown digitally or printed for entry.
Spring camps in Dubai are special seasonal programs designed for children and teenagers during the spring break (typically in March and April). These camps offer a wide variety of activities such as sports, arts and crafts, adventure, education, and outdoor fun to engage young participants while helping them develop new skills.
Dubai offers various spring camp options, including: Sports Camps: Focused on activities like football, tennis, swimming, and athletics. Adventure Camps: Offering activities such as hiking, ziplining, and dune bashing. Art and Creativity Camps: For kids interested in arts, crafts, painting, and drama. STEM Camps: Focusing on science, technology, engineering, and math through interactive learning. Cultural and Language Camps: Offering opportunities to learn new languages or explore various cultures.
Yes, spring camps cater to different age groups, typically ranging from 3 to 16 years old. Each camp is designed with age-appropriate activities to ensure that participants have fun while learning new things.
Spring camps in Dubai offer both full-day and half-day options. Full-day camps generally run from around 8:00 AM to 3:00 PM, while half-day camps may run from 8:00 AM to 12:00 PM or 1:00 PM to 5:00 PM, depending on the program.
Activities vary by camp, but common options include: Sports: Football, basketball, swimming, and more. Creative Arts: Painting, drama, dance, music, and photography. STEM Projects: Robotics, coding, science experiments, and environmental projects. Adventure: Outdoor exploration, nature walks, and obstacle courses. Field Trips: Visits to museums, parks, or other local attractions.
Most spring camps provide lunch and snacks as part of the package. However, some camps may ask participants to bring their own meals. It’s important to check with the camp organizer for specific details about meals and dietary restrictions
Yes, safety is a top priority. Camps are usually conducted by qualified professionals who are trained in child safety and first aid. Additionally, activities are monitored, and staff-to-child ratios are maintained to ensure proper supervision.
Yes, safety is a top priority. Camps are usually conducted by qualified professionals who are trained in child safety and first aid. Additionally, activities are monitored, and staff-to-child ratios are maintained to ensure proper supervision.
You can register for spring camps by: Visiting the camp’s website and completing the online registration process. Contacting the camp provider directly through email or phone for registration details. Signing up at community centers or locations offering spring camp brochures and forms.
Many camps offer transportation services to and from the camp location for an additional fee. Some camps have specific pickup and drop-off locations within certain areas of Dubai.
Yes, several camps in Dubai offer programs tailored to children with special needs or disabilities. These camps are designed to be inclusive, with trained staff and specialized activities to ensure a positive experience for every child.
Spring camps provide numerous benefits, including: Enhancing social skills by interacting with peers. Building self-confidence and independence. Improving physical fitness through sports and outdoor activities. Boosting creativity and problem-solving skills. Offering a safe and structured environment during school breaks.
It’s recommended to book at least 2–3 weeks in advance, especially for popular camps, to secure a spot for your child. Many camps fill up quickly, particularly during peak times like school holidays.
Yes, Dubai offers several camps designed specifically for teenagers, including: Adventure and Leadership Camps: Focusing on teamwork, resilience, and outdoor challenges. Sports Performance Camps: For teens looking to improve their skills in football, basketball, or tennis. Creative and Media Camps: For teens interested in filmmaking, photography, or graphic design.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
Lipslay accepts various payment methods, including credit and debit cards, digital wallets, and sometimes cash-on-delivery options for specific services.
Yes, Lipslay allows group bookings. Many activities and services offer special discounts or customized packages for larger groups.
Refunds depend on the cancellation and no-show policy of the service provider. Always review these policies before booking.

Business Courses

Digital marketing is the promotion of a business through digital channels such as a website, search engine optimization, social media, email, or online paid advertising.
Wide Career Opportunities.... High Demand of Digital Marketers.... Competitive Pay Packages.... Easy Availability of Remote Jobs.... Cost-efficient Courses.... Allows In-Depth Knowledge.... Diverse Job Profiles.... Hones Creative Skills.
This type is particularly beginner-friendly because it focuses on producing content that resonates with your target audience, rather than investing heavily in paid advertising.
Define Your Goals,Assess Your Background,Choose the Right Course,Online Platforms,Enrol in the Course,Allocate Time,Engage Actively,Hands-on Projects.
Yes, we provide course completion certificate on successful completion of the training session.
5 Best Online Digital Marketing Courses Metrics and Channels in Digital Marketing. Customer-Centric Approach. Developing an Online Presence. Social Media Marketing. Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Programmatic & Display Advertising. Content Marketing.
Digital marketing can be challenging, but whether it's "hard" depends on various factors, such as your background, experience, and the specific aspects of digital marketing you're dealing with.
Digital Media Marketing (focused on data, ads, and ROI) and Content & Social Media Marketing (focused on creativity, content, and brand building).
SEO stands for 'Search Engine Optimization', which is the process of getting traffic from free, organic, editorial, or natural search results in search engines. It aims to improve your website's position in search results pages (SERPs). Remember, the higher the website is listed, the more people will see it.
The Complete Digital Marketing Course - 12 Courses in 1. Master Digital Marketing Strategy, Social Media Marketing, SEO, YouTube, Email, Facebook Marketing, Analytics & More! Created by Rob Percival, Daragh Walsh, Codestars. over 2 million students worldwide!
Discovery ⇒ Interest ⇒ Appraisal ⇒ Confirmation ⇒ Conversion
Business Analytics is important because: It helps organizations make data-driven decisions. It identifies trends, opportunities, and challenges to improve business performance. It provides a competitive edge in a rapidly evolving market.
You will learn: Data analysis techniques. How to use tools like Excel, SQL, Python, or Tableau. Predictive modeling and statistical methods. Business decision-making based on data insights.
This course prepares you for high-demand roles like: Business Analyst Data Analyst Business Intelligence Specialist Operations Analyst
Data is the backbone of modern businesses, and companies need skilled professionals to analyze it. It bridges the gap between technical data and strategic business decision-making.
Students interested in data and business. Professionals looking to upskill in analytics. Entrepreneurs who want to use data for strategic decisions.
Most Business Analytics courses don’t require prior knowledge of analytics or coding. However, basic understanding of mathematics and business concepts can be helpful.
It equips professionals to identify patterns and trends. It improves operational efficiency by solving business challenges. It enables smarter decision-making through actionable insights.
Yes, Business Analytics is one of the fastest-growing fields, with increasing demand for skilled professionals across industries.
In today’s data-driven world, organizations need professionals who can analyze complex data and provide insights that drive growth, making Business Analytics a vital skill for career success.
Business Analytics is important because: It helps organizations make data-driven decisions. It identifies trends, opportunities, and challenges to improve business performance. It provides a competitive edge in a rapidly evolving market.
You will learn: Data analysis techniques. How to use tools like Excel, SQL, Python, or Tableau. Predictive modeling and statistical methods. Business decision-making based on data insights.
This course prepares you for high-demand roles like: Business Analyst Data Analyst Business Intelligence Specialist Operations Analyst
Most Business Analytics courses don’t require prior knowledge of analytics or coding. However, basic understanding of mathematics and business concepts can be helpful.
It equips professionals to identify patterns and trends. It improves operational efficiency by solving business challenges. It enables smarter decision-making through actionable insights.
You can pursue roles such as: Business Analyst Data Analyst Financial Analyst Marketing Analyst
The duration depends on the course structure, but it typically ranges from a few weeks for short programs to several months for comprehensive certifications.
In today’s data-driven world, organizations need professionals who can analyze complex data and provide insights that drive growth, making Business Analytics a vital skill for career success.
Strategic Marketing is the process of creating and implementing long-term plans to achieve a business’s marketing goals. It involves understanding customer needs, analyzing market trends, and positioning products or services effectively.
Strategic Marketing is crucial because: It helps businesses align marketing efforts with overall business goals. It identifies target markets and tailors strategies to attract the right audience. It ensures efficient use of resources for maximum ROI.
This course will teach you: Market research and analysis. Brand positioning and development. Strategic planning and execution. Customer segmentation and targeting.
The course prepares you for leadership roles in marketing by equipping you with the ability to design and implement impactful marketing strategies. You’ll be able to: Lead marketing teams effectively. Drive business growth through innovative strategies.
It helps you develop a deep understanding of market dynamics. You’ll learn how to create strategies that adapt to changing consumer behavior. It enhances decision-making skills for real-world marketing challenges.
Key topics typically include: Competitive analysis and market positioning. Brand management and storytelling. Marketing metrics and ROI measurement.
Businesses benefit from Strategic Marketing by: Identifying growth opportunities in competitive markets. Building strong, customer-focused brands. Improving resource allocation for marketing campaigns.
You can explore roles such as: Marketing Manager Brand Strategist Business Development Manager Marketing Consultant
Absolutely! Strategic Marketing integrates digital marketing techniques, helping businesses navigate the online landscape, engage audiences, and remain competitive in a fast-paced, digital-first world.
Strategic Marketing is essential because: It’s the backbone of successful business growth. It enables businesses to adapt to evolving customer needs and competitive landscapes. It ensures sustained profitability and market relevance.
The duration varies depending on the program, ranging from a few weeks for short courses to several months for comprehensive certifications.
A management course is important because: It develops leadership and decision-making skills. It equips you to handle real-world business challenges. It enhances career prospects in various industries.
You will learn: Leadership and team management. Strategic planning and problem-solving. Effective communication and negotiation. Project and time management.
It opens doors to managerial and leadership roles. It provides transferable skills applicable in any industry. It improves your ability to lead teams and deliver results.
A management course prepares you for roles in diverse industries, including: Corporate businesses. Healthcare. Hospitality. Education. Nonprofit organizations.
Course durations vary: Short-term courses: A few weeks to months. Degree programs: 1-4 years, depending on the level (e.g., Bachelor’s or MBA).
It improves efficiency and productivity through better management practices. It builds leaders who can drive innovation and growth. It equips professionals to handle organizational challenges effectively.
You can pursue roles such as: Business Manager Team Leader Operations Manager Marketing Manager Human Resource Manager
Yes, a management course is invaluable for entrepreneurs. It teaches: Strategic planning for business growth. Financial management and resource allocation. Team building and leadership.
Management is critical because it ensures: Effective utilization of resources. Smooth functioning of teams and projects. Achievement of organizational goals.
Yes, many management courses offer specializations such as: Marketing Management. Project Management. Financial Management. Operations and Logistics
The duration varies depending on the program, ranging from a few weeks for basic courses to several months for professional certifications.
You’ll learn: How to structure professional emails. Proper email etiquette, including tone and language. Tips for writing concise, clear, and impactful messages. Managing email overload and prioritizing communication.
Strong email communication is a key skill for career success. It helps you stand out as a professional who can write with clarity and purpose.
The course typically includes: Basics of professional email writing. Writing subject lines that grab attention. Structuring emails for different purposes (inquiries, follow-ups, complaints, etc.).
Yes, this course is designed for both beginners who want to learn the basics and professionals looking to refine their email-writing skills.
Improved email communication skills can boost your chances of success in interviews, meetings, and client interactions.
The course duration varies, but most courses can be completed within a few hours to a couple of weeks.
Writing unclear or overly long emails. Using incorrect salutations or tones. Overlooking grammar and spelling mistakes. Failing to respond promptly or appropriately.
Cybersecurity is crucial because: Cyber threats are increasing globally, targeting businesses and individuals. Data breaches can lead to financial loss, reputational damage, and legal issues. It ensures the safe operation of digital systems, which are essential for businesses and governments.
You will learn: Basics of Cybersecurity and its importance. Identifying and mitigating security threats. Network security, ethical hacking, and penetration testing. Cyber laws, compliance, and risk management.
This course is ideal for: IT professionals who want to specialize in security. Students looking to build a career in cybersecurity. Business owners seeking to protect their company’s data.
To learn how to protect data and systems from hackers and cybercriminals. To gain skills that are in high demand across industries.
After completing this course, you can work as: Cybersecurity Analyst Ethical Hacker (Penetration Tester) Security Engineer
It helps organizations build strong defenses against cyber threats. It reduces the risk of financial and reputational losses from data breaches.
Cybersecurity professionals are needed in: Finance and Banking Healthcare Government and Defense
Businesses need to protect sensitive data and comply with regulations. Individuals need to safeguard their privacy and prevent identity theft. Cybersecurity knowledge is critical in today’s increasingly digital world.
Popular certifications include: CompTIA Security+ Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP)

Certifications by Skill

Project Management is critical because: It ensures projects are completed on time and within budget. It improves resource allocation and efficiency. It helps organizations achieve goals while minimizing risks.
This course covers: Project planning, scheduling, and budgeting. Risk management and mitigation strategies. Leadership and team management skills.
It equips you with essential skills to lead and manage projects effectively. It opens doors to leadership roles across industries. It provides certifications like PMP (Project Management Professional), which are highly valued in the job market.
Most courses do not require prior experience. However, basic knowledge of business processes or team collaboration can be helpful.
You can pursue roles like Project Manager, Program Manager, or Team Leader. It improves your problem-solving, leadership, and organizational skills.
IT and Software Development Construction and Engineering Marketing and Advertising Healthcare and Education Finance and Manufacturing
It minimizes delays and cost overruns. It ensures clear communication between teams and stakeholders. It helps organizations achieve goals more effectively.
It minimizes delays and cost overruns. It ensures clear communication between teams and stakeholders. It helps organizations achieve goals more effectively.
A Cloud Certification validates your expertise in cloud computing technologies, tools, and platforms like AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud, or others.
Cloud computing is crucial because: It enables businesses to store, manage, and process data efficiently. It reduces infrastructure costs and improves scalability.
A Cloud Certification can help you: Qualify for roles like Cloud Engineer, Architect, or Consultant. Enhance your earning potential with industry-recognized credentials. Stay competitive in an ever-evolving tech landscape.
For businesses, cloud-certified professionals: Help streamline cloud adoption and operations. Improve efficiency by leveraging cloud-based solutions. Enhance security and reduce downtime.
You can pursue roles such as: Cloud Solutions Architect Cloud Engineer DevOps Engineer Cloud Security Specialist
Validates your technical expertise in cloud platforms. Increases your credibility and demand in the job market. Helps you stand out in interviews and promotions.
Yes, cloud computing is a future-proof career, with demand expected to grow as businesses continue to shift towards cloud-based infrastructure.
Depending on the certification, you may learn: AWS (Amazon Web Services) Microsoft Azure Google Cloud Platform Kubernetes and Docker for containerization
Cloud-certified professionals often earn higher salaries, with entry-level roles starting at $70,000+ and senior roles exceeding $150,000 annually.
Cloud computing is reshaping IT with scalable, cost-effective, and innovative solutions. It supports technologies like AI, IoT, and Big Data, making it a cornerstone of digital transformation.
Data Analytics is the process of analyzing raw data to uncover patterns, trends, and insights that help organizations make informed decisions.
Data Analytics is crucial because: It helps businesses understand customer behavior. It identifies trends that drive better decision-making. It improves operational efficiency and helps optimize resources. It provides a competitive edge in today’s data-driven world.
You’ll gain in-demand skills required across industries. It opens doors to high-paying careers in the field of data. You’ll learn to make data-driven decisions, valuable in any role or business.
In today’s digital age, data is everywhere. The ability to analyze and interpret data is essential for staying competitive, solving problems, and driving success in any organization.
You can pursue roles like: Data Analyst Business Analyst Data Scientist (with advanced skills) Marketing Analyst Financial Analyst
The course typically includes: Data management tools (Excel, SQL). Programming languages (Python, R). Visualization tools (Tableau, Power BI).
Data Analytics professionals are in demand across industries, including: Finance and Banking Healthcare Retail and E-commerce IT and Technology
HR Management is essential because: It ensures the recruitment and retention of talented employees. It helps in creating a productive and positive work culture. It manages employee performance and development.
Recruitment and talent acquisition strategies. Employee development and training techniques. Conflict resolution and negotiation skills. Performance management and appraisal systems.
Provides you with a broad set of skills to manage human resources effectively. Prepares you for senior HR roles, such as HR Manager, Talent Acquisition Specialist, or HR Director.
Aspiring HR professionals looking to start a career in HR. Managers and leaders looking to improve their people management skills. Entrepreneurs and small business owners who need to manage a growing workforce.
The course typically includes: Recruitment and selection processes. Employee training and development strategies. Employee engagement and retention strategies. Legal aspects of HR management.
HR Management helps businesses by: Ensuring that the right people are hired for the right roles. Creating a productive and positive work environment. Managing employee performance to align with company goals.
A motivated and engaged workforce. Better decision-making based on people management insights. Higher productivity and profitability by ensuring employees are well-trained and supported.
Yes, HR Management is a stable and growing field. As businesses expand and require more skilled professionals, the demand for HR specialists continues to rise across various industries.
The duration varies, but it typically takes anywhere from a few weeks to several months, depending on the course format (e.g., part-time, full-time, online, or in-person).
Practical knowledge applicable to real-world HR scenarios. A deep understanding of human resource strategies and best practices. Opportunities for networking with industry experts and professionals.
Fundamentals of data collection, cleaning, and preprocessing. Programming languages like Python or R. Statistical and mathematical concepts. Machine learning and predictive modeling.
Data Science is one of the fastest-growing fields with high demand for skilled professionals. It equips you with problem-solving and analytical skills that are valuable in any industry. It offers lucrative career opportunities in various sectors.
Programming languages: Python, R Libraries: Pandas, NumPy, Matplotlib, Scikit-learn Machine Learning Frameworks: TensorFlow, PyTorch Databases: SQL
It helps businesses make informed, data-driven decisions. It uncovers trends, patterns, and insights hidden in data. It drives innovation and improves business efficiency.
Fundamentals of data collection, cleaning, and preprocessing. Programming languages like Python or R. Statistical and mathematical concepts.
Data Science is one of the fastest-growing fields with high demand for skilled professionals. It equips you with problem-solving and analytical skills that are valuable in any industry. It offers lucrative career opportunities in various sectors.
Beginners interested in data-related careers. Professionals looking to transition into data science roles. Business owners who want to leverage data for growth.
Programming languages: Python, R Libraries: Pandas, NumPy, Matplotlib, Scikit-learn Machine Learning Frameworks: TensorFlow, PyTorch Databases: SQL
Data Scientist Data Analyst Machine Learning Engineer Business Intelligence Analyst
While both involve analyzing data, Data Science focuses more on building models, machine learning, and predicting outcomes, whereas Business Analytics emphasizes using data for solving business problems and improving decision-making.
Data is being generated at an unprecedented scale, and organizations need experts to make sense of it. Data Science helps solve complex real-world problems.
Healthcare Finance E-commerce Technology Retail
The field is rapidly growing, with a shortage of skilled professionals. Businesses increasingly rely on data for decision-making. Early entry into the field can provide a competitive advantage.

Data Science

Fundamentals of data collection, cleaning, and preprocessing. Programming languages like Python or R. Statistical and mathematical concepts. Machine learning and predictive modeling.
Data Science is one of the fastest-growing fields with high demand for skilled professionals. It equips you with problem-solving and analytical skills that are valuable in any industry. It offers lucrative career opportunities in various sectors.
It helps businesses make informed, data-driven decisions. It uncovers trends, patterns, and insights hidden in data. It drives innovation and improves business efficiency. It plays a key role in industries like healthcare, finance, e-commerce, and technology.
Python’s popularity stems from: Its easy-to-learn syntax, making it beginner-friendly. A vast collection of libraries and frameworks for various applications. Its active community and extensive documentation.
Its easy-to-learn syntax, making it beginner-friendly. A vast collection of libraries and frameworks for various applications. Its active community and extensive documentation.
Web development: Using frameworks like Django and Flask. Data analysis and visualization: With libraries like Pandas, NumPy, Matplotlib, and Seaborn. Machine learning and AI: Using TensorFlow, PyTorch, or Scikit-learn. Automation: For scripting and automating repetitive tasks. Game development: Using Pygame. Web scraping: With tools like BeautifulSoup and Scrapy.
Easy-to-learn and write. Platform-independent (cross-platform). Extensive library support. Open-source and free. Suitable for small and large projects. Supports multiple programming paradigms (object-oriented, procedural, functional).
Building websites and web apps (e.g., Instagram, Spotify). Analyzing large datasets in data science.
Install Python from python.org. Use an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) like PyCharm, VS Code, Jupyter Notebook, or even the default IDLE.
Basic concepts can be learned in a few weeks. Proficiency in specific domains (e.g., data science, web development) may take a few months, depending on your pace and practice.
Yes, Python is open-source and free for personal and commercial use.
Python is widely used in: Technology (Google, Netflix, Spotify) Healthcare (medical imaging, diagnostics) Finance (risk analysis, algorithmic trading) Education (teaching programming).
Python is simpler and more beginner-friendly compared to Java, C++, or JavaScript. It has a wide range of libraries that minimize the need for writing complex code. Python emphasizes readability and efficiency.
For data science: Pandas, NumPy, Matplotlib, Seaborn For machine learning: TensorFlow, PyTorch, Scikit-learn For web development: Django, Flask For web scraping: BeautifulSoup, Scrapy For automation: Selenium, PyAutoGUI
Yes, but Python is not the primary choice for mobile app development. Tools like Kivy and BeeWare can be used to create Python-based mobile apps.
Clean and readable syntax. Large community and resources. Extensive libraries for diverse use cases. Platform-independent, allowing you to write once and run anywhere.
Yes! Python has libraries like Pygame that allow you to develop 2D games. However, for high-performance 3D games, other languages like C++ are often preferred.
Work on small projects like calculators, to-do apps, or games. Participate in coding challenges on platforms like HackerRank, LeetCode, or Codewars. Contribute to open-source projects.
Python offers powerful libraries like Matplotlib, Seaborn, and Plotly to create detailed and interactive visualizations, making it popular in data science.
It helps solve complex problems by analyzing large datasets. It powers innovations like personalized recommendations, autonomous vehicles, and medical diagnoses. It’s a key driver of AI advancements and automation.
ML works by using algorithms to find patterns in data, make predictions, and improve with experience. The process typically involves: Collecting data Preprocessing data Choosing an algorithm
Yes, basic programming skills are necessary, especially in languages like Python, which is widely used in Machine Learning.
Python: Most popular due to libraries like TensorFlow, PyTorch, and Scikit-learn. R: Often used for statistical analysis and data visualization. Java: Preferred in enterprise-level applications.
TensorFlow and PyTorch: For building and training ML models. Scikit-learn: For simpler ML tasks. Keras: For deep learning. Pandas and NumPy: For data manipulation and analysis. Matplotlib and Seaborn: For data visualization.
ML can be challenging for beginners due to its reliance on mathematics and programming. However, with structured learning and practice, it becomes manageable.
ML opens doors to roles such as: Machine Learning Engineer Data Scientist AI Specialist Research Scientist NLP Engineer
ML continues to grow, with applications expanding into fields like: Robotics and automation. Advanced healthcare systems. Climate change and environmental monitoring. Real-time language translation and AI-driven creativity.
Begin with the basics of Python and data manipulation using libraries like Pandas and NumPy. Learn fundamental ML concepts and algorithms. Practice building models using Scikit-learn, TensorFlow, or PyTorch. Work on real-world projects to gain hands-on experience.
It helps individuals and businesses understand how to utilize AI tools effectively. It enables users to automate tasks, enhance productivity, and improve customer interactions. It teaches ethical and responsible use of AI tools.
You will learn: The basics of AI and natural language processing (NLP). How ChatGPT works and how to use it effectively. Tips and tricks for prompt engineering (writing effective inputs for desired outputs).
ChatGPT stands out for its ability to generate natural, human-like text. It is versatile, easy to use, and adaptable for various industries and tasks.
To improve efficiency and save time on repetitive tasks. To enhance customer experience through AI-driven support. To leverage AI for market research, content generation, and automation.
Automates repetitive tasks like drafting emails or summarizing documents. Provides quick answers to questions and simplifies problem-solving. Assists in organizing ideas, creating templates, and generating insights.
ChatGPT can generate: Articles, blogs, and reports. Social media captions and posts. Email drafts and professional messages.
Yes! ChatGPT can: Generate code snippets. Debug errors in code. Explain programming concepts.
ChatGPT may occasionally provide incorrect or outdated information. It can sometimes generate irrelevant or verbose responses. Its effectiveness depends on the quality of the input (prompt).
AI is transforming industries, and knowing how to use ChatGPT can give you a competitive edge. It’s a versatile tool that can enhance both personal and professional productivity.
Yes, ChatGPT can assist by: Providing step-by-step guides and tutorials. Answering questions and explaining complex concepts. Offering study plans and practice exercises for various topics.
A good prompt is clear, specific, and includes all necessary details. For example: Vague: “Write about AI.” Clear: “Write a 500-word article explaining the basics of AI and its applications in healthcare.”
Yes! Businesses can learn how to use ChatGPT to: Automate repetitive tasks. Generate content for marketing campaigns. Provide consistent and efficient customer support.
A Deep Learning course is crucial for gaining expertise in advanced AI technologies, understanding how neural networks work, and applying them to solve real-world problems in fields like healthcare, finance, and robotics.
In a Deep Learning course, you will learn about neural network architectures such as CNNs, RNNs, and Transformers, how to use frameworks like TensorFlow and PyTorch, and how to apply these skills in areas like image classification, natural language processing, and recommendation systems.
This course is designed for anyone passionate about AI, including data scientists, software developers, and researchers who want to build expertise in deep learning and its applications.
While prior knowledge of programming (preferably Python), basic mathematics (linear algebra and probability), and foundational machine learning concepts is recommended, beginner-friendly courses often provide introductory modules to help you get started.
The time required depends on your background and the depth of the course, but most learners can master the fundamentals and start building projects within 2–3 months of consistent effort.
While Deep Learning involves advanced topics like mathematics and programming, with structured learning resources and hands-on projects, it becomes manageable for motivated learners willing to invest time.
Deep Learning expertise opens up lucrative career opportunities in roles like AI Engineer, Data Scientist, NLP Engineer, and Computer Vision Specialist, as demand for skilled professionals in AI continues to rise.
Industries such as healthcare, automotive, finance, retail, and technology leverage Deep Learning for tasks like disease diagnosis, self-driving cars, fraud detection, personalized recommendations, and AI-powered applications.
Ethical issues in Deep Learning include the potential for biased outcomes due to unbalanced training data, risks to privacy when handling sensitive information, and concerns about job displacement through automation.
Python is the preferred language for Deep Learning due to its simplicity, extensive libraries (TensorFlow, PyTorch, and Keras), and robust ecosystem for data manipulation and visualization.
The future of Deep Learning is promising, with advancements in AI leading to breakthroughs in fields like healthcare, autonomous systems, and climate science, offering exciting opportunities for innovation and research.

Leadership

This course is important because: It equips individuals with the tools to lead teams and handle responsibilities effectively. Strong management skills are essential for personal and professional growth. Good managers directly impact organizational success and team productivity.
It equips you with the skills to manage projects effectively. Helps you learn how to handle team dynamics and communication. Prepares you for leadership roles in various industries.
Personal productivity is crucial because it directly impacts how well we perform in both our professional and personal lives. It helps reduce stress, improve efficiency, and ensure that important tasks are completed on time. Being productive allows you to focus on what truly matters, make better decisions, and create a sense of accomplishment.
This course is ideal for anyone who feels overwhelmed by their workload, struggles with procrastination, or wants to achieve more in less time. Whether you’re a student, a professional, a business owner, or someone managing multiple responsibilities, this course will equip you with practical skills to improve your efficiency and focus.
By taking this course, you’ll learn how to identify and eliminate time-wasting habits, develop a clear action plan for your goals, and increase your focus and concentration.
Yes, most personal productivity courses include training on various tools and apps that can help streamline your daily tasks. These might include task management tools like Trello or Asana, note-taking apps like Evernote, or calendar tools like Google Calendar. However, the focus is not just on tools but on building habits that drive sustainable productivity.
Yes, personal productivity is a lifelong skill that adapts and grows with you. Once you learn how to effectively manage your time, energy, and priorities, you can apply these principles throughout your life, regardless of your goals or circumstances.
By helping you stay organized, reduce stress, and create time for both work and personal interests, personal productivity enhances your mental clarity and emotional health. It enables you to focus on what truly matters, which leads to a more fulfilling and balanced life.
EI is essential for building better relationships, improving communication, managing stress, and enhancing leadership skills in both personal and professional settings.
This course helps you become more self-aware, improve your interpersonal skills, handle conflicts better, and make more thoughtful decisions.
Anyone who wants to improve their emotional skills, including professionals, students, leaders, and individuals seeking personal growth, can benefit from this course.
Yes, it equips you with soft skills like empathy, teamwork, and effective communication, which are highly valued in the workplace and critical for leadership roles.
The course includes self-awareness, empathy, emotional regulation, social skills, and building resilience.
This course helps you become more self-aware, improve your interpersonal skills, handle conflicts better, and make more thoughtful decisions.
This course helps you become more self-aware, improve your interpersonal skills, handle conflicts better, and make more thoughtful decisions.
Websites are essential for businesses to establish an online presence, attract customers, and grow in the digital world.

Web Development

Websites are essential for businesses to establish an online presence, attract customers, and grow in the digital world.
Anyone interested in building websites or pursuing a career in tech, including beginners and professionals looking to upgrade their skills.
You’ll learn how to code, design responsive websites, and use technologies like HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and frameworks like React or Angular.
It opens up opportunities in fields like web development, UI/UX design, and software development, which are in high demand.
With businesses moving online, web development skills are critical for creating functional and visually appealing websites.
You’ll learn to use text editors, version control systems like Git, and frameworks like Bootstrap, along with coding languages.
Yes, this course equips you with the skills to work on freelance projects or start your own web development business.
Yes, web development is a growing field with plenty of job opportunities and high earning potential.
This course gives you the skills to create modern, responsive websites, making you valuable in the tech industry or for starting your own business.
Yes, you’ll have the skills to design and develop your own fully functional website by the end of the course.
JavaScript powers most websites and web applications. It’s essential for front-end development and helps create engaging user experiences.
Anyone interested in web development, including beginners, students, or professionals looking to enhance their coding skills.
No prior coding experience is required, but basic knowledge of HTML and CSS can be helpful.
You can create websites, mobile apps, games, interactive tools, and even backend applications using frameworks like Node.js
JavaScript is one of the most in-demand programming languages. Learning it opens career opportunities in web development, app development, and software engineering.
You’ll learn to use tools like text editors (VS Code), JavaScript libraries (jQuery), and frameworks (React, Node.js).
You can work as a Front-end Developer, Full-stack Developer, Web Developer, or Software Engineer.

Communication

Communication is essential for building relationships, influencing decisions, and achieving success in any profession. It enhances collaboration and problem-solving.
It improves your ability to express ideas clearly, listen actively, and communicate persuasively, making you more effective in both professional and personal interactions.
Anyone looking to improve their communication skills—whether you're a student, professional, or entrepreneur—can benefit from this course.
You will learn to improve your verbal and non-verbal communication, public speaking, presentation skills, and how to communicate in diverse environments.
Effective communication in business fosters teamwork, resolves conflicts, builds trust, and enhances customer relationships, leading to better outcomes.
This course opens doors to careers in marketing, public relations, management, customer service, and more.
Strong communication skills are crucial for effective leadership as they enable clear vision-sharing, motivation, and conflict resolution within teams.
In an increasingly interconnected world, clear and effective communication is essential for success in the workplace, education, and social life.
Presentation skills are crucial for clear communication, influencing others, and boosting professional success in meetings, pitches, and conferences.
This course is for anyone looking to improve their public speaking, whether for business, education, or personal growth.
You’ll learn techniques for creating compelling presentations, improving body language, mastering voice modulation, and handling audience questions.
Improved presentation skills can enhance your career by making you more persuasive, confident, and effective in conveying ideas.
Strong presentation skills make you more effective in leadership roles, client interactions, and public speaking opportunities, leading to career advancement.
You will be trained on business presentations, sales pitches, educational talks, and conference speeches.
This course is designed to help you engage any audience, improve your communication skills, and make a lasting impact.
Yes, it focuses on techniques to manage anxiety and build confidence, helping you present with ease.
Public speaking is crucial because it helps you express ideas clearly, build confidence, and influence others in both professional and personal settings.
Anyone looking to improve their communication skills, whether for business presentations, job interviews, or personal development.
You’ll learn how to organize speeches, use body language, engage the audience, manage nervousness, and deliver impactful presentations.
It will boost your confidence, improve your persuasive abilities, and make you a more effective communicator in any environment.
It’s essential for career advancement, networking, leadership roles, and influencing decisions in various aspects of life.
Strong public speaking skills enhance your ability to lead, present ideas, and interact effectively, making you stand out in the workplace.
The course provides techniques to manage anxiety, such as breathing exercises and practice strategies, to help you speak confidently in front of any audience.
With consistent practice, you can start seeing improvements in a few weeks, but becoming highly skilled takes time and experience.
This course covers various speaking formats, including formal presentations, speeches, persuasive talks, and impromptu speaking.
Yes, it helps you connect with others, build rapport, and leave a lasting impression, which is crucial for successful networking.
Absolutely! You'll gain skills to articulate your thoughts clearly, present yourself confidently, and engage effectively with interviewers.
It enhances communication skills, boosts creativity, and helps individuals connect with others through storytelling.
You’ll develop writing skills, storytelling techniques, character creation, and how to craft compelling narratives.
It helps unlock your creativity, improves writing proficiency, and builds confidence in expressing ideas through writing.
Anyone passionate about writing, whether you're an aspiring author, blogger, or looking to improve your writing for personal or professional growth.
Yes, it enhances communication, writing, and critical thinking skills, which are valuable in many careers such as marketing, journalism, and content creation.
You’ll explore different forms, including fiction, poetry, screenwriting, and creative nonfiction.
Yes, writing is an essential skill for content creation, storytelling, and communication, making it highly valuable in many fields.
By analyzing characters, plots, and themes, you learn to think critically and approach problems from different angles.
Yes, the course will equip you with the necessary skills to write professionally and potentially publish your work.
Creative Writing focuses on self-expression, imagination, and storytelling, unlike technical or academic writing courses.
PowerPoint is essential for creating visually appealing presentations that communicate ideas clearly in business, education, and other professional settings.
You’ll learn how to design slides, use templates, insert media, add animations, and present confidently.
This course is for anyone who needs to create professional presentations, from students to business professionals.
It will enhance your ability to communicate ideas effectively, making you more valuable in meetings, presentations, and interviews.
PowerPoint allows you to create slideshows, add multimedia elements, and use advanced features like animations and transitions.
To improve your presentation skills and create more professional, engaging presentations.
Yes, PowerPoint is widely used in business for meetings, reports, pitches, and training.
Many roles in marketing, sales, education, and management require PowerPoint proficiency for creating presentations.

Management

Effective office management is crucial for smooth operations, improved productivity, and ensuring the organization runs efficiently.
It equips you with essential administrative and organizational skills that are in high demand in various industries.
This course is ideal for aspiring office managers, administrative assistants, and anyone looking to improve their office management skills.
You’ll learn office administration, time management, document handling, and how to use office software and technology effectively.
It improves workplace organization, streamlines processes, and ensures tasks are completed efficiently, benefiting the overall productivity of a business.
Graduates can pursue roles like office manager, administrative assistant, executive assistant, or office coordinator.
Yes, effective office management is needed in almost every industry, from healthcare to finance and education.
This course provides practical knowledge and skills that are highly valued in any professional setting, helping you stand out in the job market.
It equips you with the skills to manage teams, make decisions, and solve problems effectively, which are crucial for business success.
Anyone interested in leadership roles, entrepreneurs, or professionals looking to enhance their management capabilities.
You’ll learn leadership, communication, financial management, strategic thinking, and organizational skills.
It opens doors to managerial positions and enhances your ability to make informed, strategic decisions.
Effective business management drives organizational success, improves efficiency, and enables growth in a competitive market.
You can work in roles like project manager, operations manager, business consultant, or entrepreneur.
You will learn how to manage operations, lead teams, understand business strategies, and make data-driven decisions.
It helps businesses run efficiently, improve profitability, and adapt to market changes with effective leadership and management practices.
It helps you develop the skills to manage complex projects, lead teams, and ensure successful project delivery, which is essential for organizational growth.
Anyone looking to pursue a career in project management, professionals aiming to upskill, or those in leadership roles handling projects.
You will learn project planning, risk management, time management, budgeting, and team leadership skills, among others.
It prepares you for roles in various industries, helps you increase efficiency in project execution, and boosts your leadership and problem-solving capabilities.
Effective project management ensures that goals are achieved on time, within budget, and to the desired quality, driving business success.
You will gain knowledge of project management tools like Microsoft Project, Asana, Trello, and project management methodologies such as Agile and Waterfall.
Yes, project management is in high demand across industries, offering strong career growth opportunities and the potential for high-paying roles.
Yes, project management is in high demand across industries, offering strong career growth opportunities and the potential for high-paying roles.
This course is ideal for sales professionals, customer service representatives, business development managers, or anyone interested in managing client accounts and improving customer relationships.
You will learn communication, negotiation, relationship-building, sales strategies, customer retention techniques, and how to handle client concerns effectively.
It enhances your ability to manage and nurture client relationships, which is crucial for career growth in fields like sales, business development, and customer success.
It’s essential because strong account management leads to long-term client relationships, repeat business, and the ability to identify new business opportunities.
This course is ideal for sales professionals, customer service representatives, business development managers, or anyone interested in managing client accounts and improving customer relationships.
It enhances your ability to manage and nurture client relationships, which is crucial for career growth in fields like sales, business development, and customer success.
Account management ensures clients are satisfied, loyal, and continue doing business with you, which drives revenue and builds a positive company reputation.
You can pursue roles like Account Manager, Client Relationship Manager, Customer Success Manager, or Sales Executive in a variety of industries.
You will learn about CRM (Customer Relationship Management) software, communication tools, and methods for tracking and improving account performance.
The course duration can vary, typically lasting a few weeks to a few months depending on the structure of the program.
Yes, account management is a rewarding career with high growth potential, offering opportunities to work with diverse clients and industries.

E-Commerce

This course is ideal for entrepreneurs, small business owners, marketers, or anyone interested in entering the world of online retail and digital sales.
You’ll learn how to build an online store, manage e-commerce platforms (like Shopify or WooCommerce), digital marketing strategies, customer service, and sales conversion techniques.
It helps you understand the e-commerce ecosystem, enabling you to launch your own online business, manage existing e-commerce platforms, or pursue a career in digital marketing or e-commerce management.
E-commerce allows businesses to reach a global audience, streamline sales processes, and enhance customer experiences, leading to increased revenue and growth.
You can pursue roles such as E-commerce Manager, Online Store Manager, Digital Marketing Specialist, or Social Media Manager in various industries.
You will learn to use popular e-commerce platforms like Shopify, WooCommerce, and Magento, as well as tools for payment processing, inventory management, and digital marketing (Google Ads, social media).
Yes, e-commerce is a rapidly growing field with numerous opportunities for career advancement as businesses continue to expand online operations
A Six Sigma Certificate course teaches you how to use Six Sigma methodologies to improve business processes by reducing defects and inefficiencies, resulting in better quality and performance.
Six Sigma provides organizations with a structured approach to process improvement, helping businesses reduce costs, enhance quality, and increase customer satisfaction, which is vital for long-term success.
This course is ideal for professionals in quality management, operations, project management, or anyone aiming to improve process efficiency and problem-solving skills.
You will learn Six Sigma principles, DMAIC (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control) methodology, statistical analysis tools, and how to lead process improvement projects.
A Six Sigma certification is recognized globally, helping you stand out in the job market and enabling you to take on roles that focus on quality control and process optimization.
Six Sigma helps businesses streamline processes, reduce waste, improve product quality, and increase customer satisfaction, leading to higher profitability and efficiency.
You can pursue roles like Six Sigma Black Belt, Process Improvement Manager, Quality Control Analyst, Operations Manager, or Project Manager in various industries.
You’ll learn to use statistical tools like Minitab, root cause analysis, process mapping, and control charts to manage and improve processes.
The course duration depends on the certification level (Green Belt, Black Belt) and typically ranges from a few weeks to several months.
Yes, Six Sigma is a widely recognized certification in the business world, and professionals with Six Sigma certifications often earn higher salaries and have more career advancement opportunities.
Microsoft certifications are globally recognized and can help you stand out in the job market, enhance your credibility, and increase your career opportunities in IT, software development, and business management.
This certification is ideal for IT professionals, system administrators, developers, business analysts, or anyone seeking to improve their proficiency in Microsoft tools and technologies.
You will gain expertise in specific Microsoft products, from software like Word and Excel to more complex systems like Azure and SQL Server, and enhance your ability to troubleshoot, manage, and optimize IT environments.
A Microsoft certification can lead to new job opportunities, career advancement, and higher salaries. It demonstrates your ability to efficiently use Microsoft products, which are essential in many businesses worldwide.
You can pursue roles like IT Specialist, Systems Administrator, Software Developer, Database Administrator, Cloud Architect, and many others in various industries.
The time to complete a certification varies depending on the level and your prior knowledge, ranging from a few weeks to several months of study and practice.
Yes, Microsoft certifications are widely recognized and respected by employers worldwide, making them a great way to boost your professional reputation and career.
What is a Cisco Certification?
Cisco Certifications are globally recognized in the networking industry. They help demonstrate your proficiency with Cisco products and systems, making you more competitive in the job market and opening doors to higher-paying roles.
This certification is ideal for IT professionals, network administrators, systems engineers, or anyone looking to specialize in networking technologies and Cisco solutions.
You will gain expertise in areas such as network configuration, troubleshooting, security protocols, wireless networks, cloud computing, and internet of things (IoT) technologies.
Cisco certifications can significantly enhance your job prospects, help you secure higher-level networking roles, and increase your earning potential by validating your expertise with Cisco technologies.
The time to complete a Cisco certification varies depending on the level of certification and your prior experience, but typically ranges from a few months to a year.
Yes, Cisco Certifications are globally recognized and respected in the networking industry, making them valuable for advancing your career in IT and networking.
A Tableau Certification validates your skills and knowledge in using Tableau’s data visualization and business intelligence software to analyze, visualize, and share data insights effectively.
Tableau is one of the most widely used data visualization tools in the industry. A Tableau Certification demonstrates your proficiency with this powerful tool, helping you stand out to employers and advance in data analytics and business intelligence roles.
This certification is ideal for data analysts, business analysts, data scientists, and anyone working with data who wants to improve their ability to visualize and communicate insights using Tableau.
Tableau is widely used across industries, and having this certification proves your ability to create impactful data visualizations, which can boost your career prospects and open opportunities for higher-level roles in data analytics and business intelligence.
The time to complete a Tableau certification depends on your prior experience and the certification level. It typically takes a few weeks to a few months of study and practice.
Yes, Tableau Certifications are recognized worldwide and are highly regarded by employers in industries that rely on data analytics and business intelligence.
An HR Certification is a credential that validates your knowledge and skills in human resources management, including areas like recruitment, employee relations, compensation, training, and organizational development.
HR Certification enhances your professional credibility, demonstrates your commitment to the field, and helps you stay updated with the latest HR practices and laws, making you more competitive in the job market.
This certification is ideal for current HR professionals, managers, or anyone looking to enter the human resources field and advance their career in people management and organizational development.
You will gain knowledge in areas like talent acquisition, employee engagement, performance management, compensation and benefits, labor laws, HR technologies, and strategic HR planning.
HR certifications can lead to career advancement, increase your earning potential, and open opportunities for senior HR roles by demonstrating your expertise and commitment to the HR profession.
You can pursue roles such as HR Manager, Talent Acquisition Specialist, HR Business Partner, Compensation and Benefits Analyst, Training and Development Manager, and HR Director.
The time to complete HR certification depends on your experience and the certification level, typically ranging from a few months of preparation to a year or more for higher-level certifications.
Yes, certifications like those offered by SHRM and HRCI are recognized worldwide and respected by employers in various industries.

operations

Blockchain is a rapidly growing technology with applications across industries. A Blockchain Certification demonstrates your expertise in this field, making you a valuable asset for businesses adopting blockchain solutions for security, transparency, and efficiency.
This certification is ideal for developers, IT professionals, business analysts, or anyone interested in understanding how blockchain works and how to integrate it into business operations.
You will gain expertise in blockchain concepts, smart contracts, cryptocurrencies, decentralized applications (DApps), blockchain development tools, and how blockchain is used in various sectors.
Blockchain technology is in high demand, and certification can help you stand out in the job market, opening up opportunities for roles in blockchain development, blockchain consulting, cryptocurrency, and enterprise blockchain solutions.
Blockchain offers businesses increased security, transparency, and efficiency. By eliminating intermediaries, it reduces costs, enhances data integrity, and allows for more secure transactions, making it valuable for industries like finance, supply chain, and healthcare.
You can pursue roles such as Blockchain Developer, Blockchain Consultant, Smart Contract Developer, Cryptocurrency Specialist, Blockchain Architect, or Blockchain Project Manager.
Yes, Blockchain Certifications are recognized internationally, and as blockchain technology is adopted across the globe, having certification in this field can significantly enhance your career prospects.
The duration depends on the level of certification and your prior experience, ranging from a few weeks to a few months of study and practice.
Effective inventory management is crucial for reducing costs, preventing stockouts, and maintaining smooth operations. This certification shows employers that you can optimize inventory processes, improving business profitability and operational efficiency.
This certification is ideal for supply chain professionals, warehouse managers, procurement specialists, and anyone working in logistics or inventory control looking to advance their career in inventory management.
You will learn how to track inventory, manage stock levels, analyze demand, optimize warehouse layouts, implement inventory control systems, and use inventory management software effectively.
Inventory management is a critical function in various industries, from retail to manufacturing. This certification enhances your ability to manage inventory processes, leading to improved job prospects, higher earning potential, and career advancement.
Proper inventory management ensures businesses have the right products available at the right time, minimizing waste, reducing costs, improving customer satisfaction, and supporting overall supply chain efficiency.
You can pursue roles such as Inventory Manager, Supply Chain Analyst, Warehouse Manager, Procurement Specialist, or Logistics Coordinator in various sectors like retail, manufacturing, and logistics.
The time to complete the certification varies depending on the program, typically ranging from a few weeks to several months, depending on the certification level and study format.
Yes, certifications like CPIM and CSCP are recognized internationally and respected by employers across various industries, making them valuable for advancing your career in inventory and supply chain management.
Logistics is a critical function for businesses that deal with physical goods. This certification shows employers that you have the expertise to optimize logistics operations, reducing costs and improving delivery efficiency, which are key factors for business success.
This certification is ideal for supply chain professionals, logistics coordinators, transportation managers, warehouse supervisors, and anyone working in the logistics or distribution industry looking to advance their career.
You will gain expertise in transportation management, inventory control, warehousing, supply chain optimization, demand forecasting, logistics technology, and managing relationships with suppliers and customers.
A Logistics Management Certification enhances your ability to manage logistics operations more effectively, making you a valuable asset to employers in industries such as retail, manufacturing, transportation, and e-commerce.
Effective logistics management ensures timely delivery of products, reduces operational costs, improves customer satisfaction, and enables better inventory management, all of which are critical for maintaining competitive advantage in any business.
You can pursue roles such as Logistics Manager, Supply Chain Manager, Transportation Coordinator, Warehouse Operations Manager, or Distribution Manager in industries like retail, manufacturing, e-commerce, and transportation.
The time to complete a certification depends on the program you choose, ranging from a few weeks to several months of study, depending on the certification level and study format.
Yes, certifications like CSCP and CLTD are globally recognized and respected in the logistics and supply chain management industries, offering professionals the opportunity to advance their careers worldwide.
Sales are crucial to the success of any business, and this certification demonstrates that you have the skills to generate revenue and build strong customer relationships. It helps you stand out in a competitive job market and improves your effectiveness as a salesperson.
This certification is ideal for sales professionals, business development representatives, account managers, or anyone looking to improve their sales techniques and drive more success in sales roles.
You will learn how to prospect and qualify leads, build rapport with customers, handle objections, deliver persuasive presentations, negotiate effectively, and close sales deals while managing customer relationships.
A Sales Skills Certification can increase your earning potential by boosting your sales performance, making you more attractive to employers, and opening up new career opportunities in sales, marketing, and business development.
Sales are the lifeblood of any business. Effective sales professionals drive revenue growth, foster customer loyalty, and contribute to the company’s overall success. This certification ensures you can deliver results and contribute to business growth.
With a Sales Skills Certification, you can pursue roles such as Sales Representative, Account Executive, Sales Manager, Business Development Representative, or Customer Success Manager in various industries.
BPM is crucial for organizations seeking to improve operational efficiency and streamline processes. This certification proves your ability to effectively manage and optimize business processes, making you an asset to any organization focused on continuous improvement and operational excellence.
This certification is ideal for business analysts, process managers, operations managers, project managers, or anyone involved in process optimization, business analysis, or performance improvement within their organization.
You will learn how to analyze existing business processes, identify inefficiencies, design process improvements, implement BPM solutions, and monitor process performance. The certification also covers BPM tools and technologies used for process automation and optimization.
A BPM Certification enhances your ability to manage and optimize business processes, increasing your value to employers. It can open doors to senior roles in operations, project management, or business analysis, offering career advancement opportunities and higher earning potential.
Business Process Management helps organizations optimize their workflows, reduce operational costs, improve product or service quality, and ensure consistency. BPM practices lead to better customer experiences, faster response times, and enhanced overall efficiency.
The duration of the certification depends on the program and your prior knowledge. Typically, it takes several weeks to a few months of study, depending on the certification level and your schedule.
Yes, BPM Certifications are widely recognized and respected in various industries, as businesses around the world increasingly focus on process optimization and operational efficiency. Holding a BPM certification enhances your credibility internationally.
Lean Manufacturing principles help organizations reduce waste, improve quality, increase productivity, and lower costs. Having a Lean Manufacturing Certification demonstrates your ability to lead these efforts, making you an asset to employers focused on operational excellence.
Lean Manufacturing principles help organizations reduce waste, improve quality, increase productivity, and lower costs. Having a Lean Manufacturing Certification demonstrates your ability to lead these efforts, making you an asset to employers focused on operational excellence.
This certification is ideal for manufacturing professionals, process engineers, operations managers, quality managers, and anyone involved in process improvement, cost reduction, and production optimization within a manufacturing setting.
You will learn Lean methodologies such as Value Stream Mapping, 5S, Kaizen, Just-In-Time (JIT), and Total Productive Maintenance (TPM). The certification also covers techniques for identifying waste, improving workflows, and implementing process improvements that increase operational efficiency.
A Lean Manufacturing Certification improves your ability to manage and optimize production processes. It opens up career opportunities in operations management, process improvement, and leadership roles, and helps you stand out in industries where efficiency and cost-effectiveness are prioritized.
Lean Manufacturing helps companies streamline their operations by eliminating waste, reducing cycle times, and improving quality. It drives greater profitability, customer satisfaction, and operational efficiency, which are essential in a highly competitive market.
You can pursue roles such as Lean Manufacturing Specialist, Production Manager, Process Improvement Manager, Operations Manager, Manufacturing Engineer, or Quality Control Manager in industries like automotive, electronics, food production, and consumer goods.
While experience in manufacturing or operations is beneficial, this certification is accessible to both beginners and experienced professionals. It provides foundational knowledge and practical skills for those new to Lean principles and techniques.
The duration depends on the certification level and the program you choose. Typically, it can take from a few weeks to several months, depending on the certification level and your schedule.
Yes, Lean Manufacturing Certifications are widely recognized across industries worldwide, as Lean principles are applied globally to improve manufacturing efficiency and effectiveness.
Facility management plays a critical role in ensuring the smooth operation of an organization’s physical assets. This certification demonstrates that you have the expertise to manage facilities efficiently, ensuring safety, sustainability, and cost-effectiveness, which are crucial for maintaining business operations.
Facility management plays a critical role in ensuring the smooth operation of an organization’s physical assets. This certification demonstrates that you have the expertise to manage facilities efficiently, ensuring safety, sustainability, and cost-effectiveness, which are crucial for maintaining business operations.
This certification is ideal for facility managers, building supervisors, operations managers, maintenance professionals, or anyone involved in the management, operation, or maintenance of buildings or facilities.
You will gain knowledge in areas such as asset management, facilities planning, environmental sustainability, risk management, budgeting, building systems, health and safety regulations, and leadership in facility management operations.
A Facility Management Certification helps enhance your credentials and can lead to career advancement opportunities in roles such as Facility Manager, Operations Manager, or Building Services Coordinator. It can also result in higher salaries and greater job security in a growing field.
You can pursue roles such as Facility Manager, Operations Manager, Maintenance Supervisor, Building Services Coordinator, or Sustainability Coordinator in various industries, including corporate offices, healthcare, manufacturing, and government facilities.
While prior experience in facility management or a related field is beneficial, many certifications are designed for both beginners and experienced professionals. Foundational knowledge and practical skills in managing facilities can be acquired through certification programs.
The duration varies depending on the certification program and your level of experience. It typically ranges from a few weeks to several months to complete the certification, with some programs offering self-paced study.
Yes, certifications like CFM and FMP from the International Facility Management Association (IFMA) are globally recognized and respected, providing opportunities to work internationally and enhancing your credibility in the field.
In a competitive business environment, companies rely on consultants to improve performance and solve complex challenges. A certification demonstrates your ability to provide valuable insights, implement effective solutions, and drive business growth, positioning you as a trusted expert in the field.
This certification is ideal for business consultants, project managers, operations managers, strategy professionals, and anyone involved in advisory or consulting roles, looking to enhance their skills and credibility in management consulting.
You will gain skills in areas such as strategic analysis, organizational diagnosis, client relationship management, problem-solving, process improvement, and communication. Additionally, you will learn methodologies for advising clients, implementing change, and achieving sustainable business results.
A Management Consulting Certification enhances your qualifications, making you more attractive to employers and clients. It can open doors to consulting roles in various industries, increase your earning potential, and position you for senior consulting or leadership positions.
Consultants bring fresh perspectives and expertise to organizations, helping them solve problems, improve processes, develop strategies, and make informed decisions. Effective consulting can lead to higher profitability, operational efficiency, and better organizational performance.
You can pursue roles such as Management Consultant, Strategy Consultant, Business Analyst, Operations Consultant, Change Management Consultant, or Project Manager in consulting firms, corporations, or as an independent consultant across industries.
The time required varies depending on the certification program. It typically ranges from a few months to a year, depending on whether the program is part-time, full-time, or self-paced.
Yes, certifications such as the CMC are globally recognized and respected, particularly in the consulting field, where expertise in management and strategic consulting is sought after by organizations worldwide.
ORM is crucial for businesses to prevent and mitigate risks that could disrupt operations, damage reputation, or lead to financial losses. This certification shows that you have the expertise to effectively manage operational risks, enhancing organizational resilience and performance.
This certification is ideal for risk managers, compliance officers, operations managers, auditors, and professionals involved in identifying and managing risks within organizations. It’s especially beneficial for individuals working in finance, insurance, banking, manufacturing, and healthcare industries.
You will gain skills in risk identification, assessment, and mitigation techniques. The certification also covers risk modeling, creating risk management frameworks, internal controls, business continuity planning, crisis management, and developing strategies to minimize the impact of potential operational disruptions.
An ORM Certification increases your ability to effectively manage operational risks and enhances your employability in industries where risk management is crucial. It can open up career opportunities in risk management, compliance, auditing, and senior management roles, offering potential for higher salaries and career growth.
After earning an ORM Certification, you can pursue roles such as Operational Risk Manager, Risk Consultant, Risk Analyst, Compliance Officer, Internal Auditor, Business Continuity Planner, or Enterprise Risk Manager in various sectors, including finance, insurance, healthcare, and manufacturing.
Popular ORM Certifications include: Certified in Risk and Information Systems Control (CRISC) Certified Operational Risk Professional (CORP) Operational Risk Management Certification (various institutions) Financial Risk Manager (FRM) Certified Risk Management Professional (CRMP)
The duration of the certification depends on the program chosen and your experience level. On average, completing an ORM certification can take anywhere from a few weeks to several months.
Yes, ORM Certifications such as CRISC are widely recognized and respected in industries worldwide, particularly in financial services, banking, and corporate sectors, where operational risk management plays a critical role in maintaining business stability and growth.

Business Strategy

This certification is important because it equips you with essential business skills that are applicable in any industry. It provides a comprehensive understanding of business operations, helping you make informed decisions, improve business processes, and enhance your problem-solving abilities.
This certification is ideal for aspiring entrepreneurs, business professionals, recent graduates, or anyone seeking to gain a solid foundation in business concepts. It's also beneficial for individuals who want to enhance their knowledge before advancing to more specialized business certifications or roles.
You will learn the basics of business strategy, financial management, marketing principles, operations management, organizational behavior, and leadership. The certification will also help develop problem-solving and analytical skills, as well as the ability to make strategic business decisions.
A Business Fundamentals Certification provides a strong foundation for various business roles, including management, marketing, sales, and operations. It can help you pursue entry-level or mid-level positions, as well as career advancement in various industries by demonstrating your business acumen and preparedness.
Understanding business fundamentals is essential for anyone involved in managing or supporting business operations. It helps individuals contribute to the success of a company by understanding how different business functions work together to create value, drive revenue, and solve problems.
Upon completion, you can pursue a wide range of roles such as Business Analyst, Sales Manager, Marketing Associate, Operations Manager, Financial Analyst, or Entrepreneur. This certification opens doors to entry-level and leadership roles across industries.
The duration of the certification program can range from a few weeks to a few months, depending on the level and format of the program. Many programs are flexible, offering online, self-paced learning options.
Yes, Business Fundamentals Certifications from reputable institutions are recognized internationally, as the skills and knowledge learned are applicable in businesses around the world.
You will learn how to develop and execute marketing strategies, conduct market research, manage digital marketing campaigns, improve customer engagement, understand consumer behavior, and analyze marketing performance. You will also gain leadership and decision-making skills specific to marketing management.
This certification is ideal for marketing professionals, business owners, brand managers, product managers, or anyone looking to build or strengthen their marketing management skills. It’s also beneficial for those seeking to move into marketing leadership roles or specialize in marketing strategy.
Marketing is at the core of any business's growth strategy, and this certification ensures you have the knowledge and skills to drive successful marketing initiatives. It demonstrates your ability to manage marketing teams, develop strategies, and effectively engage with customers to achieve business objectives.
Effective marketing management helps businesses understand market trends, customer needs, and competitor activities. It enables organizations to create and deliver value through targeted marketing campaigns, ultimately driving sales, building brand awareness, and fostering customer loyalty.
After completing this certification, you can pursue roles such as Marketing Manager, Brand Manager, Marketing Director, Product Manager, Digital Marketing Specialist, Social Media Manager, or Marketing Consultant across industries like retail, technology, healthcare, and finance.
The duration of the certification program varies based on the institution and the format of the course. Typically, it can take from a few weeks to a few months to complete, with both part-time and full-time options available.
Yes, certifications from reputable organizations like the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and the American Marketing Association (AMA) are recognized globally. They are widely respected by employers and enhance your credibility in international marketing roles.
This certification is important because effective management is key to business success. By gaining management skills, you become equipped to lead teams, improve productivity, manage change, and drive business growth. It enhances your ability to make strategic decisions and foster a collaborative, high-performance work environment.
You will develop essential management skills such as effective communication, team leadership, time management, problem-solving, decision-making, delegation, performance management, and conflict resolution. You will also learn to navigate organizational challenges and improve operational efficiency.
A Management Skills Certification can lead to greater job opportunities and career advancement. It demonstrates your leadership capabilities to employers, making you a strong candidate for managerial and executive roles. Additionally, it can help you improve team dynamics, productivity, and overall business performance.
Effective management skills are essential for leading teams, driving productivity, managing resources, and executing strategies. Strong management ensures that goals are met, employees are engaged, and the organization operates efficiently, contributing to the overall success and sustainability of the business.
After completing a Management Skills Certification, you can pursue roles such as Team Leader, Project Manager, Operations Manager, Department Manager, Senior Executive, Business Consultant, or Director.
The time required varies depending on the program. Some certifications can be completed in a few weeks, while others may take several months, particularly if they include comprehensive coursework or practical projects.
Yes, certifications from renowned institutions such as the Institute of Certified Professional Managers (ICPM) or Harvard Business School are widely recognized across industries and countries, enhancing your career prospects globally.
Social media has become one of the most powerful tools for businesses to connect with their target audiences. A certification in Social Media Marketing ensures you have the necessary skills to drive brand awareness, engagement, and sales using platforms like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, and others. It proves that you can effectively leverage social media to achieve business goals.
This certification is ideal for marketing professionals, social media managers, content creators, business owners, or anyone looking to enhance their digital marketing skills.
You will gain skills in content creation, social media advertising, community engagement, social media analytics, campaign management, influencer marketing, and branding. You'll also learn how to develop and implement a comprehensive social media strategy to grow a brand’s presence online.
A Social Media Marketing Certification can enhance your employability, opening doors to positions such as Social Media Manager, Digital Marketing Specialist, Content Strategist, or Social Media Analyst. It will make you more competitive in the job market and equip you with the expertise to run successful social media campaigns.
Social media marketing is crucial for businesses because it helps brands build relationships with their audience, increase brand awareness, and drive customer loyalty. It allows businesses to reach targeted segments effectively and cost-efficiently, generating leads and boosting sales through highly engaged communities.
The duration of the certification depends on the course. Some programs can be completed in a few days to a few weeks, while others may take several months if they include more comprehensive materials or projects.
Accounting plays a critical role in every business. This certification ensures that you have the necessary skills and knowledge to manage financial operations, create accurate reports, and comply with financial regulations. It boosts your credibility and trustworthiness, making you a valuable asset to any organization.
This certification is ideal for individuals working in or aspiring to work in accounting, finance, or auditing roles. It is suitable for professionals at various career stages, from entry-level accountants to those seeking to specialize or advance into senior roles such as Financial Analyst or Chief Financial Officer (CFO).
You will gain skills in financial reporting, budgeting, tax laws, auditing, financial analysis, and accounting software tools. You will also learn about accounting principles (such as GAAP), cost management, financial planning, and regulatory compliance, essential for managing and reporting financial data.
An Accounting Certification increases your job prospects and can lead to higher-paying roles. It qualifies you for senior accounting positions and increases your employability by demonstrating your expertise in financial reporting, tax compliance, and risk management.
After completing an Accounting Certification, you can pursue roles such as Accountant, Financial Analyst, Auditor, Tax Advisor, Controller, or CFO. You can work in various sectors, including corporate finance, government, non-profits, or in public accounting firms.
Popular Accounting Certifications include: Certified Public Accountant (CPA) Certified Management Accountant (CMA) Certified Internal Auditor (CIA) Chartered Accountant (CA) Certified Bookkeeper (CB) Enrolled Agent (EA)
The duration varies depending on the certification. For example, becoming a CPA may take several years of study and practical experience, while other certifications like CMA or CIA may take less time.
Yes, certifications like CPA, CMA, and CA are recognized internationally and highly regarded in accounting and finance roles around the world.
Facebook is one of the largest social media platforms, and effective marketing on Facebook can significantly increase brand awareness, engagement, and sales. This certification proves your ability to leverage Facebook’s advertising tools to reach and engage with target audiences, making you more valuable to employers and clients looking for skilled digital marketers.
Facebook is one of the largest social media platforms, and effective marketing on Facebook can significantly increase brand awareness, engagement, and sales. This certification proves your ability to leverage Facebook’s advertising tools to reach and engage with target audiences, making you more valuable to employers and clients looking for skilled digital marketers.
This certification is ideal for marketing professionals, business owners, social media managers, digital marketers, or anyone looking to specialize in Facebook marketing.
You will learn how to create effective Facebook ads, set up and optimize ad campaigns, analyze campaign performance, target specific audiences, manage budgets, and increase engagement and conversions. You’ll also gain expertise in using tools like Facebook Pixel for tracking and retargeting customers.
A Facebook Marketing Certification enhances your resume, making you more competitive for roles like Social Media Manager, Digital Marketing Specialist, Paid Media Specialist, or Facebook Ads Manager.
Facebook marketing allows businesses to reach a large, targeted audience through its robust ad targeting features. It’s a cost-effective way to advertise and connect with customers, build brand loyalty, generate leads, and drive traffic to websites or online stores. With over 2.8 billion monthly active users, Facebook offers unmatched opportunities for business growth.
After completing a Facebook Marketing Certification, you can pursue roles such as Social Media Manager, Facebook Ads Manager, Digital Marketing Manager, Paid Media Specialist, Content Strategist, or E-commerce Manager.
Popular certifications include: Facebook Blueprint Certification (Facebook’s official training and certification program) Facebook Ads Manager Certification Social Media Marketing Certification (Coursera, LinkedIn Learning) Facebook Marketing Specialist (HubSpot Academy)
The duration depends on the course you choose, but typically it can take anywhere from a few days to a few weeks to complete. Some certification programs are self-paced, allowing you to learn at your own speed.
Yes, Facebook Marketing Certifications are recognized worldwide, especially among businesses and digital marketing agencies that use Facebook as a key advertising platform. They demonstrate your ability to manage campaigns effectively and generate results for businesses globally.
Business development is vital for the growth and sustainability of any organization. A certification proves your ability to analyze markets, develop growth strategies, and create long-term value for a company. It enhances your credibility and ensures you’re equipped with the tools to drive measurable results.
Business development is vital for the growth and sustainability of any organization. A certification proves your ability to analyze markets, develop growth strategies, and create long-term value for a company. It enhances your credibility and ensures you’re equipped with the tools to drive measurable results.
This certification is ideal for business professionals, entrepreneurs, sales executives, or anyone involved in strategic planning, sales growth, or partnership management. It’s also beneficial for individuals looking to transition into business development roles or strengthen their leadership and negotiation skills.
You will gain skills in strategic planning, sales forecasting, lead generation, networking, market research, competitive analysis, negotiation, and client relationship management. These skills are crucial for identifying and executing growth opportunities in any industry.
A Business Development Certification boosts your career by qualifying you for leadership roles, such as Business Development Manager, Sales Director, or Strategic Partnership Manager. It also opens doors to high-paying roles across industries like technology, healthcare, finance, and consulting.
Business development drives revenue growth by identifying new opportunities, markets, and partnerships. It fosters innovation, improves customer acquisition and retention, and ensures long-term business sustainability by expanding the organization’s reach and impact.
After completing this certification, you can pursue roles such as Business Development Manager, Sales Manager, Strategic Partnership Manager, Growth Consultant, or Account Executive. These roles are in demand across industries like tech, manufacturing, retail, and professional services.
The duration of certification programs varies. Short-term courses can be completed in a few weeks, while more comprehensive programs may take several months. Many are self-paced, allowing you to study at your own convenience.
Popular certifications include: Certified Business Development Professional (CBDP) Business Development and Sales Certification (Coursera, Udemy, LinkedIn Learning) Strategic Business Development Certification (Harvard, Wharton) Sales and Business Development Certification (HubSpot Academy)

Sales

A B2B marketing course teaches strategies to market products or services from one business to another, focusing on building relationships, lead generation, and sales growth.
It equips you with the skills to understand business clients, create effective campaigns, and drive revenue by targeting other businesses efficiently.
Professionals in sales, marketing, or business development, and entrepreneurs or individuals looking to specialize in B2B marketing.
You’ll learn lead generation, account-based marketing, sales funnel optimization, content creation for businesses, and effective use of digital platforms like LinkedIn.
It opens doors to high-demand roles like B2B Marketing Manager, Business Development Specialist, or Account Manager, enhancing your earning potential and expertise.
B2B focuses on logical decision-making, relationship building, and long sales cycles, while B2C is more emotional and fast-paced.
It helps businesses develop targeted marketing strategies, improve client relationships, and achieve better ROI from marketing efforts.
You’ll learn about CRM tools, marketing automation platforms, analytics software, and social media tools like LinkedIn for lead generation.
The duration varies, ranging from a few weeks to a couple of months, depending on the course structure.
Yes, most courses include case studies, real-world projects, and exercises to apply B2B marketing concepts effectively.
Absolutely. It provides strategies to attract and retain business clients, which is essential for scaling a B2B business.
A Sales Funnel course teaches how to design, implement, and optimize the customer journey from awareness to purchase, ensuring potential leads turn into paying customers.
It helps you understand how to systematically attract, nurture, and convert leads into loyal customers, improving sales performance and business growth.
Sales professionals, marketers, entrepreneurs, and business owners looking to improve their sales process and conversion rates.
You’ll learn about the stages of a sales funnel (awareness, interest, decision, and action), lead generation, email sequences, landing page optimization, and tools to track funnel performance.
It equips you with valuable skills to optimize sales processes, making you a desirable candidate for roles like Sales Manager, Marketing Specialist, or Funnel Strategist.
A well-optimized funnel ensures efficient lead management, higher conversion rates, and better customer retention, leading to increased revenue.
No, most sales funnel courses start with the basics and gradually move to advanced techniques, making it suitable for beginners and experienced professionals alike.
You’ll get hands-on experience with tools like ClickFunnels, HubSpot, Mailchimp, ActiveCampaign, and analytics platforms to monitor funnel performance.
Most sales funnel courses can be completed in a few weeks, depending on whether they are self-paced or instructor-led.
Absolutely. By understanding sales funnels, you can create better marketing strategies, attract more leads, and convert them into paying customers.
Yes, many courses offer certifications, which can add value to your resume and demonstrate your expertise in sales funnel management.
This course teaches strategies and techniques to sell products or services online using digital platforms, tools, and data-driven approaches.
With most sales happening online, this course equips you with the skills to attract, engage, and convert customers in the digital space, ensuring competitiveness in modern markets.
Anyone involved in sales, marketing, or entrepreneurship who wants to master online selling strategies and leverage digital platforms for revenue growth.
You’ll learn online sales techniques, social media advertising, e-commerce strategies, lead nurturing, data analytics, and customer relationship management in the digital world.
You’ll gain expertise in tools like Google Analytics, Shopify, Facebook Ads Manager, CRM systems, and email marketing platforms like Mailchimp.
It prepares you for in-demand roles such as Digital Sales Manager, E-commerce Specialist, and Online Business Consultant, boosting your job prospects.
E-commerce, SaaS companies, digital marketing agencies, and any business with an online presence benefit from these skills.
You’ll study how customers interact with online platforms, their purchasing habits, and how to tailor your sales approach to meet their needs.
No, digital sales strategies are equally valuable for small and medium-sized businesses looking to expand their online reach.
This course teaches strategies and techniques to sell products or services online using digital platforms, tools, and data-driven approaches.
With most sales happening online, this course equips you with the skills to attract, engage, and convert customers in the digital space, ensuring competitiveness in modern markets.
Anyone involved in sales, marketing, or entrepreneurship who wants to master online selling strategies and leverage digital platforms for revenue growth.
You’ll learn online sales techniques, social media advertising, e-commerce strategies, lead nurturing, data analytics, and customer relationship management in the digital world.
No, most courses start with the basics, and you can learn without prior technical knowledge.
Yes, you’ll learn how to use platforms like Instagram, LinkedIn, and Facebook to generate leads and drive online sales.
Most digital and online sales courses are short-term and can be completed in 4–8 weeks, depending on the program.
No, digital sales strategies are equally valuable for small and medium-sized businesses looking to expand their online reach.
A Sales Techniques course focuses on teaching proven strategies and methodologies to identify prospects, build relationships, close deals, and drive revenue growth effectively.
It equips you with advanced selling skills, helping you understand client needs, overcome objections, and consistently achieve sales targets.
Sales professionals, business development executives, entrepreneurs, or anyone aiming to improve their selling skills and close more deals.
You’ll learn prospecting, lead qualification, objection handling, negotiation tactics, closing techniques, and post-sale relationship management.
It enhances your sales performance, improves conversion rates, and opens up career opportunities like Sales Manager or Business Development Specialist.
By teaching you how to identify client pain points, present tailored solutions, and handle objections with confidence, you’ll increase your success rate.
Yes, many courses include role-playing, case studies, and live sales simulations to help you apply the techniques in real-world scenarios.
It’s applicable across industries such as retail, B2B sales, real estate, SaaS, financial services, and more.
Absolutely! Many courses also cover digital sales strategies, virtual meetings, and tools for remote selling.
You may receive a certification in sales techniques, recognized by employers as proof of your specialized skills.
This course focuses on teaching the principles of Scrum, an agile framework, and the role of a Scrum Master in facilitating teams to deliver projects efficiently and adapt to change.

Project Management

A Stakeholder Management Certification validates your expertise in effectively identifying, analyzing, and engaging with key stakeholders. It teaches you how to manage relationships, address stakeholder needs, and align their interests with organizational goals.
Stakeholder management is essential for the success of any project or business initiative. A certification demonstrates your ability to build trust, resolve conflicts, and maintain positive relationships with stakeholders. This ensures that projects run smoothly and meet the expectations of all involved parties.
This certification is ideal for project managers, team leaders, business analysts, consultants, and anyone responsible for managing stakeholder relationships. It’s also valuable for professionals involved in large-scale projects, cross-functional teams, or organizational change management.
You will gain skills in stakeholder identification, communication strategies, conflict resolution, negotiation, relationship-building, and strategic alignment. You’ll also learn how to prioritize stakeholder needs and manage their expectations throughout a project’s lifecycle.
A Stakeholder Management Certification enhances your career by preparing you for leadership and project management roles. It equips you with skills to handle complex stakeholder dynamics, making you a strong candidate for positions like Project Manager, Change Manager, or Program Director.
Stakeholder management ensures that all key parties are aligned with an organization’s goals, reducing resistance and increasing support for projects and initiatives. It helps avoid misunderstandings, fosters collaboration, and enhances the overall success of projects and business operations.
After completing this certification, you can pursue roles such as Stakeholder Manager, Project Manager, Change Management Consultant, Program Manager, or Business Analyst. These roles are critical in industries like construction, IT, healthcare, and government.
Popular certifications include: Project Management Professional (PMP) (includes stakeholder management as a core component) PRINCE2 Certification (focuses on project and stakeholder management) Stakeholder Management Training Courses (LinkedIn Learning, Coursera, Udemy) Certified Stakeholder Engagement Professional (CSEP)
Most certifications can be completed in a few weeks to a few months, depending on the program’s depth and your pace of study. Short courses may only require a few hours of learning.
Yes, certifications from reputable organizations like PMI, PRINCE2, and other recognized platforms are valued worldwide. They enhance your ability to manage complex stakeholder relationships in any region or industry.
Product management is crucial for delivering successful products that meet customer needs and business goals. A certification demonstrates your ability to lead product development, prioritize features, manage stakeholders, and drive innovation. It enhances your credibility in a competitive job market.
This certification is ideal for aspiring or current product managers, business analysts, project managers, UX designers, or entrepreneurs. It’s also beneficial for professionals transitioning into product management or looking to enhance their strategic and leadership skills.
You’ll learn skills in product lifecycle management, market research, agile methodologies, customer journey mapping, data analysis, product roadmapping, stakeholder management, and strategic decision-making. These skills are vital for creating and managing products that align with market demands.
A Product Management Certification can significantly enhance your career prospects. It qualifies you for high-demand roles like Product Manager, Product Owner, or Product Development Manager. Certified professionals often command higher salaries and are better equipped to lead product teams and strategies.
Product management bridges the gap between customer needs and business goals. It ensures that products are designed, developed, and delivered efficiently while meeting market demands. Effective product management drives innovation, customer satisfaction, and revenue growth.
After completing this certification, you can pursue roles such as: Product Manager Product Owner Product Development Manager Technical Product Manager Innovation Manager Head of Product
Popular certifications include: Certified Scrum Product Owner (CSPO) Pragmatic Institute’s Product Management Certification Product Management Certification by General Assembly Google Project Management: Professional Certificate (Coursera) Product School Certified Product Manager (CPM)
The duration varies depending on the program. Some certifications can be completed in a few weeks, while others may take a few months. Many programs offer self-paced learning, allowing you to study at your own convenience.
Yes, certifications from reputable institutions like Pragmatic Institute, Product School, and PMI are recognized worldwide. They are valued by employers and demonstrate your expertise in leading product strategies in any region or industry.
This course focuses on teaching the principles of Scrum, an agile framework, and the role of a Scrum Master in facilitating teams to deliver projects efficiently and adapt to change.
It equips professionals with the skills to lead agile teams, manage workflows, and ensure smooth project delivery, which is critical in today’s fast-paced business environment.
Aspiring Scrum Masters, project managers, team leaders, or anyone involved in managing agile teams or projects.
You’ll learn agile principles, the Scrum framework, team facilitation, sprint planning, backlog management, and how to remove obstacles for teams.
A Scrum Master focuses on facilitating the team and ensuring adherence to Scrum principles, while a Project Manager oversees the broader scope of project planning and delivery.
It prepares you for high-demand roles such as Scrum Master, Agile Coach, or Project Manager, increasing your earning potential and relevance in agile environments.
Yes, many courses prepare you for certifications like Certified ScrumMaster® (CSM) or Professional Scrum Master™ (PSM).
Scrum ensures iterative progress, promotes team collaboration, and allows teams to adapt quickly to changing project requirements.
It teaches techniques to improve communication, resolve conflicts, and ensure teams work efficiently within the Scrum framework.
A Scrum Master facilitates discussions, encourages open communication, and ensures conflicts are resolved constructively to maintain team harmony.
This course focuses on the planning, coordination, and execution of construction projects, covering aspects like budgeting, scheduling, safety, and quality control.
This is why many CMs today have been students at college—earning a bachelor of science degree in business management, supply chain and operations management, construction science, architecture, or engineering. A construction management degree can also be a good option for students.
The Scope of Work Definition in Construction. The scope of work in construction is the list of construction obligations, as well as work activities that all contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers are obligated to do. This is all written out in an agreement or contract, which is then called the scope of work.
Civil Engineering Course. ... Electrical Installation Course. ... Carpentry and Joinery Course. ... Plumbing and Heating Course. ... Masonry and Bricklaying Course. ...
You’ll learn project planning, risk management, cost estimation, contract management, construction techniques, and leadership skills for managing teams.
You’ll gain hands-on experience with tools like AutoCAD, Primavera P6, MS Project, and Building Information Modeling (BIM) software.
Yes, construction management skills are in demand globally, especially if you pursue internationally recognized certifications.
Yes, the skills taught are applicable to both large-scale infrastructure projects and smaller residential or commercial developments.
You’ll learn to address challenges like cost overruns, labor shortages, material delays, and maintaining safety standards.

Business Law

BBA LLB in Business Laws. Master of Arts in Business Law. LLM in Business Law. Post-Graduate Diploma in Business Laws.
It helps professionals understand legal risks, comply with regulations, and make informed decisions to protect their businesses and maintain ethical practices.
Entrepreneurs, business managers, corporate employees, aspiring legal professionals, or anyone looking to understand the legal aspects of running a business.
No, the course is designed for both beginners and professionals, covering legal topics in a business-friendly manner.
All industries, including retail, tech, healthcare, manufacturing, and finance, benefit from understanding legal principles in business.
The course covers topics like employment law, intellectual property, consumer protection, mergers and acquisitions, and dispute resolution.
Yes, it provides tools to identify and mitigate potential legal issues, ensuring compliance and minimizing risks.
Absolutely. Small business owners gain valuable insights into contracts, taxes, and regulations that impact their operations.
Yes, especially if the course includes modules on international business law and cross-border regulations.
This course is a great foundation for aspiring legal professionals but typically requires further legal education to practice law.

Life Skills

Setting rules is important so that the child or adult knows what behaviour is expected of them. Use a variety of communication methods to help them understand what to do, e.g. pictures, signs and speech. Make a visual plan of the day for the child or adult to follow so they know what will happen next.
You may find yourself dealing with challenging behaviour in a variety of situations. It's important to try to understand why the person you are caring for is behaving in this way and work out the most appropriate strategies to minimise distress and keep everyone safe.
Dealing with Difficult Behaviour Change the environment. ... Defuse the emotion first. ... Explore the root cause of behaviour. ... Focus on the future outcome wanted. ... Develop an agreed solution. ...
All behaviour does serve a purpose, and that purpose is usually to meet an unmet need. When we understand the purpose of a behaviour, we find ways to respond to it in a manner which meets the expressed need.
You’ll learn about the causes of challenging behaviors, behavior analysis techniques, communication strategies, and intervention methods to manage these behaviors effectively.
The course covers a wide range of behaviors, including aggression, defiance, noncompliance, self-harm, and other disruptive actions, as well as strategies to address each.
Yes, many courses incorporate case studies, role-playing, and real-world scenarios to help you practice applying the techniques.
You’ll learn proactive strategies like setting clear expectations, using positive reinforcement, de-escalation techniques, and how to implement behavior modification plans.
Yes, most courses offer a certificate of completion, which can be useful for enhancing your professional credentials.
Many courses provide tools such as behavior tracking templates, intervention plans, and resources for further reading and practice.
It helps aspiring life coaches learn the tools and techniques to guide clients in developing interpersonal skills that are crucial for personal and professional success.
It teaches techniques for building rapport, understanding client needs, providing constructive feedback, and empowering clients to improve their personal and professional lives.
The course covers a wide range of soft skills, including active listening, empathy, emotional intelligence, communication, time management, problem-solving, and leadership.
The duration varies, but most Soft Skills Life Coach courses can be completed in 4 to 12 weeks, depending on whether the course is self-paced or instructor-led.
It teaches techniques for building rapport, understanding client needs, providing constructive feedback, and empowering clients to improve their personal and professional lives.
Life coaching skills are valuable in industries such as education, healthcare, business, personal development, and HR, where interpersonal communication and leadership are key.
Yes, the soft skills you develop can be applied in a variety of coaching settings, whether helping clients improve their personal lives or develop professionally.
You’ll learn methods such as goal setting, motivational interviewing, active listening, accountability strategies, and how to design action plans for clients.
It teaches conflict resolution strategies, focusing on communication skills and emotional intelligence to help clients resolve disputes in both personal and professional settings.
Yes, the skills you learn are applicable in both in-person and online coaching settings, making it easy to work with clients remotely.
It provides individuals with the tools to recognize their strengths and weaknesses, set personal goals, overcome obstacles, and create lasting positive change in their lives.
Anyone looking to improve various aspects of their life, whether it’s personal growth, productivity, motivation, or emotional well-being.
You’ll learn strategies for goal setting, time management, overcoming limiting beliefs, building self-confidence, improving communication, and developing emotional intelligence.
Topics include goal setting, habit formation, emotional intelligence, stress management, self-discipline, and time management, among others.
By improving your self-awareness, productivity, and interpersonal skills, you’ll be better equipped to advance in your career, lead effectively, and build strong relationships.
Anyone looking to improve various aspects of their life, whether it’s personal growth, productivity, motivation, or emotional well-being.
The duration varies depending on the format, but many self-improvement courses can be completed within 4 to 8 weeks.
It teaches techniques for self-reflection, mindset shifts, and actionable strategies to help you grow emotionally, mentally, and physically.
Yes, many courses are designed with flexibility in mind, allowing you to work at your own pace and implement changes gradually.
Goal setting teaches you how to focus your efforts, track progress, and stay motivated, leading to greater personal and professional achievement.
It provides methods for overcoming self-doubt, improving self-esteem, and embracing positive thinking, which can significantly boost your confidence in various situations.
You’ll be able to apply these skills in everyday life, from improving your productivity and relationships to making better decisions and managing stress more effectively.
It helps parents develop stronger, more effective parenting skills, equipping them to better understand their children’s emotional and developmental needs, fostering healthy relationships and growth.
It provides you with evidence-based strategies that can improve your relationship with your child, reduce conflicts, and promote a positive and supportive home environment.
Topics include positive discipline techniques, fostering emotional resilience in children, managing ADHD or learning disabilities, handling adolescence challenges, and understanding different parenting styles.
The duration varies, but most courses take 4 to 12 weeks to complete, depending on the structure and depth of the material.
Yes, the course includes case studies, role-playing scenarios, and real-world examples to help you apply the concepts and strategies you learn.
You’ll learn advanced strategies for de-escalating conflicts, setting effective limits, using positive reinforcement, and addressing behaviors like defiance, aggression, or anxiety in children.
Yes, many advanced parenting courses include techniques for managing children with special needs, including autism, ADHD, and other developmental disorders, offering personalized strategies.
Absolutely! Many courses include modules on incorporating educational technology and digital tools to enhance lesson planning, making learning more interactive and accessible.
Yes, the strategies learned in this course can be applied in various settings, including K-12 schools, colleges, online education, tutoring, and adult education.
Yes, most courses offer a certificate of completion that you can use to enhance your teaching credentials or add to your professional development portfolio.
Yes, the skills learned are applicable for teachers in all subject areas and educational levels, from elementary to high school and beyond.
You’ll explore strategies for increasing student motivation and engagement through interactive activities, clear learning goals, and creating a supportive, inclusive classroom environment.
Topics include lesson plan formats, activity creation, lesson adaptation for different learning styles, assessment strategies, and using technology in lesson planning.
You’ll learn how to create comprehensive lesson plans, incorporate interactive activities, differentiate instruction, assess student progress, and adapt lessons for diverse learning needs.
Teachers, educators, homeschooling parents, or anyone responsible for creating educational content and activities for children or adults.

Human Resources

You’ll learn how to identify key behavioral patterns, create an effective work environment, motivate employees, handle conflicts, and improve team collaboration and performance.
Leadership is crucial for shaping organizational culture and influencing employee motivation, productivity, and satisfaction. The course will cover different leadership styles and how they impact behavior in the workplace.
Yes, the course provides strategies for identifying sources of conflict, resolving disputes, and creating an environment where employees can collaborate effectively and harmoniously.
You’ll gain insights into how teams function, the role of group dynamics, and how to foster teamwork, collaboration, and a positive working environment that leads to high performance.
It teaches you how to make informed decisions by understanding how individuals and groups think and behave, ensuring that decisions align with organizational goals.
This course focuses specifically on the human side of business, emphasizing the behavioral aspects of management, team dynamics, and workplace psychology, which are critical for fostering an engaged and productive workforce.
You’ll learn about key concepts like motivation, leadership styles, decision-making, communication, group dynamics, organizational culture, conflict resolution, and performance management.
It helps professionals understand the dynamics of workplace behavior, improve team collaboration, manage conflicts, and develop leadership strategies that promote a positive work culture and drive organizational success.
No, this course is suitable for both beginners and experienced professionals. Whether you're new to management or looking to improve your leadership skills, it offers valuable insights.
The duration typically ranges from 4 to 8 weeks, depending on whether it is a self-paced or instructor-led program.
Managers, team leaders, HR professionals, business consultants, or anyone involved in organizational change initiatives and looking to improve their ability to manage and lead change effectively.
You’ll learn how to design HR strategies that directly support the organization's mission and vision, helping to create a culture that drives business results and fosters employee satisfaction.
Leadership is critical in SHRM. The course emphasizes how HR leaders can influence organizational culture, engage employees, and contribute to shaping business strategy, thereby ensuring HR’s alignment with the overall direction of the company.
Yes, the course teaches advanced talent management strategies, including recruitment, development, retention, and succession planning, to ensure that the right people are in the right roles to drive organizational success.
You’ll learn how to design HR strategies that directly support the organization's mission and vision, helping to create a culture that drives business results and fosters employee satisfaction.
Leadership is critical in SHRM. The course emphasizes how HR leaders can influence organizational culture, engage employees, and contribute to shaping business strategy, thereby ensuring HR’s alignment with the overall direction of the company.
You’ll learn how to develop performance management systems that drive accountability, align individual performance with organizational objectives, and provide feedback that fosters employee development.
Unlike basic HR courses, this course emphasizes the strategic aspect of HR, helping you understand how to integrate HR practices with broader organizational goals and improve overall business performance.
By helping you recognize the power of non-verbal communication, you will learn how to express yourself more clearly, avoid misunderstandings, and create more positive and effective interactions with colleagues and clients.
Body language is a critical component of leadership as it affects how others perceive your confidence, authority, and approachability. The course will teach you how to use body language to inspire and motivate others.
It teaches you how to use body language strategically to read the room, influence others, and present yourself as confident and persuasive during business negotiations and presentations.
Yes, the skills learned in this course are beneficial in any professional setting, from small businesses to large corporations, as they improve overall communication and collaboration.
It improves your communication skills, enhances your ability to influence and negotiate, and helps you build stronger professional relationships, making you a more effective and confident leader.
Business professionals, managers, salespeople, HR professionals, or anyone looking to improve their communication skills and use body language to create a more impactful presence at work.
This course helps you understand non-verbal communication cues that can enhance your ability to influence, persuade, and create positive impressions, which are essential for leadership, teamwork, and building professional relationships.

Media Courses

This course is ideal for: Media professionals interested in leveraging AI technologies in their work. Aspiring data scientists or AI engineers who want to apply their skills in the media industry. Film, TV, and music industry professionals looking to stay ahead of technological advancements. Content creators and digital marketers seeking to optimize their workflows with AI.
While prior knowledge in AI or programming can be helpful, many AI in Media and Entertainment courses cater to beginners, with foundational lessons in AI and its specific applications in media. Courses are designed to offer both technical and non-technical perspectives.
It prepares you for careers in media, journalism, public relations, content creation, and marketing, giving you a strong foundation in media theory and practical skills in content production and digital media strategies.
Key topics include media theory, media production and editing, digital media and social media platforms, media law and ethics, advertising, public relations, broadcasting, and media audience analysis.
Yes, you will engage in media production tasks, case studies, and projects that allow you to apply the concepts in real-world media scenarios.
Yes, the course explores how media influences public opinion, culture, and social norms, allowing you to critically analyze the effects of media on individuals and society as a whole.
You will learn about ethical standards, media laws, and regulations, which are critical in ensuring that media content is responsible, accurate, and adheres to legal guidelines.
This course provides essential knowledge about the role of media in society, media production, communication strategies, and the impact of media technologies. It is vital for anyone looking to work in media, journalism, communications, or digital marketing.
You will learn how to create compelling content for different media platforms, including writing for the web, video production, and social media strategies, helping you enhance your content creation and storytelling skills.
Yes, the course covers both traditional media (TV, radio, print) and modern digital media, ensuring that you understand the full spectrum of media platforms and their functions.
It prepares you to work in an AI-driven media landscape, providing you with the skills to integrate AI into content production, audience engagement, and marketing strategies, making you valuable in innovative media and entertainment roles.
Topics include AI-powered content creation, recommendation algorithms, AI in film and video production, music composition using AI, audience personalization, machine learning for media, and the ethical implications of AI in media.
Yes, the course includes hands-on exercises, case studies, and projects, allowing you to apply AI technologies in real-world media and entertainment scenarios.
Yes, the course covers AI techniques for analyzing audience data, creating personalized content recommendations, and enhancing user interaction through chatbots, smart assistants, and interactive AI systems.
AI helps create personalized user experiences by analyzing viewer preferences and behavior to recommend tailored content across platforms, improving user satisfaction and engagement.
The course explores the ethical challenges of using AI in media, such as data privacy, bias in algorithms, and the impact on jobs and creativity, ensuring that you are prepared to navigate these issues responsibly.
Yes, the course covers AI applications in both traditional media (film, TV, music) and digital platforms (streaming services, social media, gaming), highlighting how AI enhances content creation and distribution across various formats.
You will learn about AI applications in content generation, recommendation systems, audience analysis, automated editing, virtual reality, AI-powered chatbots, and how AI can enhance user experiences in media and entertainment.
Professionals in media, entertainment, content creation, digital marketing, advertising, or technology who want to understand the impact of AI on these sectors and learn how to leverage AI tools effectively.
It helps you acquire the entrepreneurial mindset and business skills necessary to start your own media venture or contribute to the growth of media businesses, equipping you to adapt to industry trends and challenges.
This course is essential because the media industry is rapidly evolving, and understanding how to leverage entrepreneurial skills to navigate these changes is key to building sustainable businesses in this sector.
Aspiring media entrepreneurs, content creators, journalists, marketers, business professionals, or anyone interested in starting or growing a media-related business in today’s dynamic digital landscape.
You will learn how to identify media business opportunities, develop a business plan, create and distribute content, manage a media organization, explore revenue models, and grow your brand in a competitive market.
The duration typically ranges from 6 to 10 weeks, depending on the course format (self-paced or instructor-led).
Yes, the course covers both traditional media (television, radio, print) and digital media (social media, podcasting, streaming services), equipping you to succeed in any area of the media industry.
The course focuses on how to thrive in the digital media landscape, covering the importance of social media, online content distribution, digital advertising, and staying ahead of emerging trends in technology and consumer behavior.
You will learn the principles of effective data visualization, how to choose the right visualization tools and techniques, how to use visualization software (e.g., Tableau, Power BI), and how to create compelling visual narratives that resonate with stakeholders.
By mastering data visualization, you will improve your ability to present complex data in a simple and understandable way, making you a valuable asset in data-driven roles and helping you stand out in fields that rely on data analysis for decision-making.
Topics include the fundamentals of data visualization, types of charts and graphs, best practices for creating effective visuals, advanced visualization tools and techniques, dashboard design, storytelling with data, and how to avoid common visualization mistakes.
The duration varies, but most courses can be completed in 6 to 8 weeks, depending on the format (self-paced or instructor-led).
Yes, the course includes hands-on exercises, real-world data projects, and case studies that allow you to practice creating visualizations using different tools and methods.
Yes, the course is designed for both beginners and those with some experience. It provides a solid foundation for newcomers while also offering advanced tips and techniques for those who already have basic visualization skills.
Storytelling is a key aspect of data visualization. You will learn how to use visuals to tell a clear and engaging narrative, making it easier for your audience to grasp insights and understand the significance of the data.
You will learn how to choose the right influencers based on audience demographics, craft engaging content, and effectively manage collaborations to drive sales and increase brand visibility.
Yes, the course covers key performance indicators (KPIs) such as engagement rates, ROI, brand mentions, and conversions, so you can assess the effectiveness of influencer campaigns and refine your strategies accordingly.
Social media platforms are the primary channels for influencer marketing. The course covers how to tailor campaigns to specific platforms like Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, and others, optimizing the reach and engagement of your influencer partnerships.
You will learn about influencer marketing laws, including disclosure requirements, advertising regulations, and contract negotiations to ensure your campaigns comply with legal and ethical standards.
No prior experience is required, though familiarity with social media platforms and digital marketing will be helpful. This course is suitable for beginners as well as those looking to refine their influencer marketing skills.
The course enhances your ability to integrate influencer marketing into digital strategies, which is in high demand. It prepares you to lead influencer campaigns and measure their success, making you a valuable asset to companies focusing on social media marketing.
Influencer marketing has become one of the most effective ways to reach target audiences authentically. This course equips you with the knowledge and tools to leverage influencers, increase brand visibility, and enhance customer engagement.
Video editing is a critical skill in many industries, including entertainment, marketing, social media, and education. This course provides you with the necessary knowledge to create polished, engaging videos that capture attention and deliver clear messages.
Aspiring video editors, content creators, social media managers, marketers, filmmakers, or anyone interested in learning how to edit videos for personal or professional use.
The course helps you gain valuable video editing skills, making you more competitive in fields like media production, social media marketing, advertising, filmmaking, and content creation, all of which are in high demand.
Topics include video editing software tutorials, timeline management, cutting and trimming clips, adding transitions, audio editing, color grading, visual effects, text animation, and video export settings for different platforms.
Yes, the course covers editing techniques tailored to different platforms, such as Instagram, YouTube, Facebook, and TikTok, ensuring that your videos are optimized for various social media formats and audiences.
For advanced learners, the course includes topics such as color grading, 3D effects, advanced motion graphics, and compositing, teaching you how to create high-end productions with professional-grade techniques.

Industry Courses

Photoshop, Sketch, Illustrator, InDesign, and After Effects are among the best software for graphic design.
One of the golden rules of graphic design is to keep it simple. This means using a limited colour palette, avoiding cluttered layouts, and using clear and concise messaging. Another important rule is to maintain consistency in design elements such as fonts, spacing, and imagery.
One of the golden rules of graphic design is to keep it simple. This means using a limited colour palette, avoiding cluttered layouts, and using clear and concise messaging. Another important rule is to maintain consistency in design elements such as fonts, spacing, and imagery.
There are twelve basic principles of design: contrast, balance, emphasis, proportion, hierarchy, repetition, rhythm, pattern, white space, movement, variety, and unity. These visual and graphic design principles work together to create appealing and functional designs that make sense to users.
To create graphics that appeal to a specific target audience, it’s important that you understand who the audience is and what are their interests and preferences.
Anyone with an interest in art, creativity, or design can take a graphic design course. Beginners with no prior knowledge can join foundation courses. Professionals can take advanced courses to upgrade their skills. No specific age limit; students, freelancers, and business owners can benefit.
Not necessarily. Many courses are designed for beginners and cover the basics of graphic design. However, advanced courses may require foundational knowledge.
Short courses: 2–3 months (focus on specific skills/tools) Diploma courses: 6–12 months Degree programs: 3–4 years
Yes, most courses offer certificates upon completion. Certificates from reputed organizations (e.g., Adobe, Coursera) can boost your portfolio.
It depends on your interest and dedication. Basic tools and techniques are easy to grasp. Mastery of advanced skills like animation or 3D design takes practice.
Start with free resources or beginner courses... Practice basic design software like Canva or Photoshop.
Yes, most courses emphasize creating a portfolio, as it’s essential for showcasing your skills to potential clients or employers.
A graphic design course is perfect for anyone looking to combine creativity with technology and build a career in one of the most in-demand fields today. It equips you with essential skills to create stunning visuals, master industry-standard tools like Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator, and solve real-world design problems. Whether you're a beginner or a professional, this course offers opportunities to work in diverse industries like advertising, entertainment, and digital marketing, or even start freelancing for global clients. With a focus on building a strong portfolio and staying updated with modern trends like motion graphics and social media design, this course not only boosts your earning potential but also provides the flexibility to work remotely or independently. If you’re passionate about visual storytelling and want to future-proof your career, this course is an excellent choice!
An IT course teaches skills related to computers, software, networks, databases, cybersecurity, and other technologies essential for managing and utilizing digital systems effectively in today’s world.
Anyone interested in technology can take an IT course, including: Students looking to start a career in IT, Professionals wanting to upskill or change their career, and Entrepreneurs aiming to understand technology better for their businesses.
Key skills include: Programming (Python, Java, C++, etc.),Networking and System Administration,Cybersecurity and Ethical Hacking,Cloud Computing (AWS, Azure), and Database Management (SQL, MongoDB.
Short courses: 1–2 months (focused skills like coding or cybersecurity). Diplomas: 2–3 months (comprehensive training).
Yes, IT jobs are in high demand worldwide due to digital transformation, cybersecurity threats, and advancements in AI and cloud computing. IT professionals are among the highest-paid workers globally.
In addition to technical skills, essential soft skills include: Problem-solving and critical thinking,Communication and teamwork, and Time management.
A Sales Skills Certification validates your knowledge and proficiency in essential sales techniques and strategies. It covers areas such as lead generation, prospecting, customer relationship management, negotiation, and closing sales.
Sales are crucial to the success of any business, and this certification demonstrates that you have the skills to generate revenue and build strong customer relationships. It helps you stand out in a competitive job market and improves your effectiveness as a salesperson.
This certification is ideal for sales professionals, business development representatives, account managers, or anyone looking to improve their sales techniques and drive more success in sales roles.
You will learn how to prospect and qualify leads, build rapport with customers, handle objections, deliver persuasive presentations, negotiate effectively, and close sales deals while managing customer relationships.
A Sales Skills Certification can increase your earning potential by boosting your sales performance, making you more attractive to employers, and opening up new career opportunities in sales, marketing, and business development.
Sales are the lifeblood of any business. Effective sales professionals drive revenue growth, foster customer loyalty, and contribute to the company’s overall success. This certification ensures you can deliver results and contribute to business growth.
With a Sales Skills Certification, you can pursue roles such as Sales Representative, Account Executive, Sales Manager, Business Development Representative, or Customer Success Manager in various industries.
The time to complete a certification depends on the program and your experience level, typically ranging from a few days to a few weeks.
Yes, certifications from well-known providers like HubSpot, Salesforce, and others are recognized globally and respected by employers in sales and marketing industries.

Earning Courses

Affiliate marketing is an online business model where you promote other brands' products or services and earn a commission for every sale or lead generated through your efforts.
Your earnings depend on factors like: The time and effort you invest. The niche you choose. The marketing strategies you implement.
Yes, but the investment is mainly for tools and ad campaigns. However, our course teaches both free and paid methods so you can start with minimal investment.
No technical skills are required. Our course is designed for beginners, and basic computer and internet skills are enough to get started.
This course offers: Step-by-step guidance. Practical examples and live case studies. Personal mentorship and dedicated Q&A sessions.
We will guide you on the best affiliate platforms, including: Amazon Associates ClickBank ShareASale Commission Junction (CJ) Digistore24
This course will teach you how to: Use social media for free traffic. Create effective paid advertising campaigns. Generate organic traffic through SEO strategies.
You can complete the course at your own pace. However, if you dedicate 2–3 hours daily, you can finish it in 4–6 weeks.
Yes! Affiliate marketing is a flexible business that you can run from the comfort of your home with just a laptop or smartphone.
Absolutely! Our team will provide lifetime support. You’ll also get access to a private community and personal mentorship to help you succeed.
This course teaches you multiple ways to earn money through Amazon, including: Amazon Affiliate Marketing (Amazon Associates): Earn commissions by promoting Amazon products.
This course teaches you multiple ways to earn money through Amazon, including: Amazon Affiliate Marketing (Amazon Associates): Earn commissions by promoting Amazon products.
Your earnings depend on the strategy you choose and the effort you put in. As an Amazon Affiliate, you can earn $100 to $5000+ per month based on traffic and sales. Through Amazon FBA, many sellers make $1,000 to $10,000 per month or more. Amazon KDP and Merch earnings depend on the quality and quantity of your content or designs.
Amazon Associates: Minimal or no investment required. Amazon FBA: Requires investment in inventory and product sourcing. Amazon KDP and Merch: No investment needed except time for content creation. Our course will guide you on both low-cost and premium strategies to maximize your profits.
Not at all! This course is designed for beginners. We’ll teach you step-by-step, so you only need basic computer and internet knowledge to get started.
This course covers: Finding Profitable Products: For FBA, KDP, or affiliate marketing. Setting Up Your Account: Guidance on registering for Amazon Affiliate, FBA, or other programs. Marketing Strategies: Learn free and paid methods to drive traffic and sales. Scaling Your Business: How to grow your income month over month.
For Amazon Associates, having an audience helps, but we’ll teach you how to build one from scratch using: Social media (Facebook, Instagram, TikTok). Blogging and SEO. Paid ads for faster results.
Yes, we provide: Lifetime access to the course materials. A private community for ongoing support and networking. Regular Q&A sessions and updates to keep you informed about new strategies.
This course teaches you how to build a profitable business on eBay by: Selling products you already own. Finding and flipping profitable items for resale. Dropshipping on eBay. Starting your own eBay store to sell products globally.
Your earning potential depends on the strategy you choose: Many beginners make $500 to $1,000 per month starting out. Advanced sellers and dropshippers can scale up to $5,000 or more per month by building a store and leveraging automation.
No! This course is designed for beginners. We’ll teach you step-by-step how to set up your account, list products, and manage your sales. All you need is basic computer and internet skills.
Here’s a breakdown of what you’ll learn: How to set up your eBay seller account. Product research: Finding items that sell fast and at a profit. Listing optimization: Creating high-quality product listings to attract buyers. Dropshipping: How to sell without holding inventory. Shipping and customer service best practices. Scaling: Building a full-time eBay business.
Not necessarily! You can start by: Selling used items from your home. Dropshipping products directly from suppliers. Sourcing products from thrift stores, wholesalers, or manufacturers. Our course explains all these options in detail.
Many students make their first sale within 1–2 weeks of starting the course. With consistent effort, you can see steady earnings in the first month.
Initially, you’ll need a few hours to set up your account and list products. After that, managing your business (responding to buyers, shipping, etc.) typically takes 1–2 hours per day.
Absolutely! This course is designed for beginners and will guide you through every step of setting up and running your eBay business.
Step-by-step guidance with practical examples. Easy-to-follow lessons for beginners. Advanced strategies for scaling to a full-time income. Lifetime support through mentorship and private groups.
Yes! You’ll get: Lifetime access to course materials and updates. A private community for networking and support. Direct mentorship and Q&A sessions to address your questions.
No, having a large TikTok following is not necessary to earn from TikTok Shop. The course teaches you how to create engaging videos that can go viral, even if you’re starting with a small audience. You’ll also learn how to leverage TikTok’s algorithm, build an audience organically, and use paid ads for quick results. The focus is on helping you attract buyers, not just followers.
This course provides a complete roadmap to success on TikTok Shop. You’ll learn how to register for the platform, identify trending and high-demand products, and create content that drives sales. The course also teaches you how to use TikTok Live for real-time product promotion, manage your orders and customer service, and scale your business to achieve consistent growth.
Many students start earning within 1 to 2 weeks after applying the course strategies. The actual time depends on your dedication and consistency, but the course provides a step-by-step framework to help you set up your shop and generate sales quickly.
No technical expertise is required. This course is designed for beginners and focuses on simple, actionable steps that anyone can follow. All you need is basic smartphone skills and a willingness to create engaging content for TikTok.
This course is unique because it offers step-by-step guidance, real-world examples, and exclusive tips for creating viral TikTok content. It also includes advanced strategies for using TikTok Live and paid advertising to maximize your sales. Additionally, you’ll have lifetime access to updates, support, and a private community of like-minded learners.
Yes, you’ll receive lifetime support, including access to the course materials, regular updates, and a private community where you can ask questions and share experiences.
Absolutely. Whether you’re new to TikTok or e-commerce, this course is designed to guide you through every step of setting up and succeeding with TikTok Shop. You don’t need prior experience—just the motivation to learn and start earning.
This course teaches you how to earn money through live streaming on platforms like YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, or Twitch by engaging your audience, promoting products, or collaborating with brands.
You can earn through ad revenue, viewer donations, paid subscriptions, sponsorships, affiliate marketing, and selling products or services during your streams.
Minimal investment is required. You just need a smartphone or camera, a stable internet connection, and optional equipment like a microphone or lighting for better quality.
No, you can start with a small audience and grow over time. Even a few loyal viewers can support you through tips, donations, or purchases.
You’ll learn how to set up your live streams, choose the right platform, engage your audience, promote products effectively, and build a consistent income.
You can start earning as soon as you begin streaming and implement the monetization strategies taught in the course. Some students see results within a few weeks.
Yes, it’s designed for beginners and includes step-by-step guidance to help anyone start earning with live streaming.
Yes, you’ll have lifetime access to the course, community support, and regular updates to help you stay ahead.
Google AdSense is a program that allows you to earn money by displaying ads on your website, blog, or YouTube channel. You earn revenue whenever visitors click on or view these ads.
Earnings depend on your traffic, niche, and audience engagement. Many beginners earn $100–$300 per month, while advanced publishers can make $1,000+ monthly with consistent effort.
No, starting with Google AdSense requires no monetary investment. All you need is a website or YouTube channel with quality content to apply for an AdSense account.
No technical expertise is required. This course will teach you step-by-step how to set up your AdSense account, create content, and optimize your earnings.
You’ll learn how to create engaging content, drive traffic to your site or channel, apply for Google AdSense approval, and optimize ad placements to maximize revenue.
Once your AdSense account is approved, you can start earning immediately. Approval typically takes 1–2 weeks, depending on your content quality.
Absolutely. This course is designed for beginners with no prior experience and includes everything you need to get started.
Yes, you’ll have lifetime access to the course content, updates, and a support community to assist you with any challenges.
This course teaches you how to optimize websites for search engines like Google to improve visibility and traffic. You can earn by offering SEO services to clients, ranking affiliate sites, managing your own website, or running an SEO agency.
No significant investment is required. You only need a computer and internet access to get started. As you grow, optional tools for keyword research or analytics can enhance your results.
No prior technical knowledge is necessary. This course is beginner-friendly and explains all concepts in simple, actionable steps.
You’ll learn the fundamentals of SEO, including keyword research, on-page and off-page optimization, link building, content creation, and using SEO tools like Google Analytics and Search Console. Additionally, you’ll understand how to rank websites and drive organic traffic.
You can start earning within 1–3 months of applying the strategies from the course. Freelancers and beginners can land their first clients quickly by using the networking and pitching techniques provided.
Yes, the course is designed for beginners and provides step-by-step guidance to help you start earning even if you have no prior experience with SEO.
Yes, you’ll get lifetime access to the course material, free updates, and ongoing support through a private group and Q&A sessions to ensure your success.
This course teaches you the art of link building, a crucial SEO strategy that improves website rankings by acquiring high-quality backlinks. You can earn by offering link building services to clients, working as a freelance SEO expert, or using these skills to rank affiliate sites and generate passive income.
Link building specialists typically earn $500–$1,500 per project as freelancers. Full-time SEO professionals offering link building services can make $3,000–$5,000+ monthly, depending on their client base and expertise.
No, you don’t need an initial investment to start. You only need a computer and internet access. As you progress, you might invest in premium SEO tools for advanced link building, but it’s not required to begin.
You will learn the essential techniques for building high-quality backlinks, including guest blogging, broken link building, outreach strategies, competitor analysis, and using tools like Ahrefs, Moz, and SEMrush to find link building opportunities.
Once you’ve completed the course, you can start offering link building services and getting clients within a few weeks. Freelancers typically land their first project after applying the strategies from the course.
Yes! The course is designed for beginners and provides detailed, easy-to-follow lessons on link building, so you don’t need any prior SEO experience to succeed.
Yes, you’ll have lifetime access to the course, ongoing updates, and support via a private community where you can ask questions, share experiences, and get expert feedback.

Mens Massage

Balinese massage is a holistic therapy that combines gentle stretches, acupressure, aromatherapy, and deep tissue work. It reflects the rich cultural traditions of Bali and is intended to balance the body’s energy, ease tension, and promote overall well-being.
The therapy is rooted in traditional Indonesian healing practices and reflects influences from Chinese, Indian, and Southeast Asian massage techniques developed over centuries.
Unlike a standard Swedish massage, Balinese massage integrates varied techniques—ranging from deep tissue pressure to long, flowing strokes—often enhanced with the use of essential oils and gentle stretches for a more spiritually and physically invigorating experience.
It is ideal for individuals seeking stress relief, improved circulation, and muscle relaxation. Clients with moderate muscle tension, chronic fatigue, or those wishing to enhance their overall sense of vitality may especially benefit.
Sessions normally range from 60 to 90 minutes. However, shorter or extended sessions may be available based on client preference and treatment goals.
Key benefits include stress reduction, improved blood circulation, relief from muscle tension, enhanced flexibility, and a balanced flow of energy throughout the body.
Many clients experience improved sleep quality as a result of reduced stress and relaxation achieved during the session.
Those with severe skin conditions, infections, or certain circulatory problems—and pregnant women in the early months—should consult a medical professional before booking a session.
It is best to avoid heavy meals immediately before the session. A light snack is acceptable if needed. After the session, you might want to have a balanced meal and drink plenty of water.
Balinese massage can be safe during pregnancy if modifications are made, especially by a therapist with prenatal massage training. Always consult your doctor beforehand.
Expect a tranquil environment with calming music, gentle lighting, and a blend of techniques that may include long strokes, acupressure, and stretching. The use of aromatic essential oils enhances relaxation.
Yes, Balinese massage often complements other holistic or medical treatments such as physiotherapy, acupuncture, or yoga.
Frequency varies based on individual needs. Some clients opt for monthly sessions as maintenance, while others may benefit from weekly sessions during periods of higher stress or physical discomfort.
A relaxing massage is a therapeutic treatment that uses gentle, flowing techniques to reduce stress and tension while promoting relaxation, improved blood circulation, and overall well-being.
Relaxing massage focuses on soothing and de-stressing the body using lighter pressure, longer strokes, and calming methods, unlike deeper tissue massages which target chronic muscle tension.
It is suitable for anyone looking to unwind from stress, reduce anxiety, and promote relaxation, including those with mild muscle tension or hectic lifestyles.
Benefits include stress relief, improved circulation, muscle relaxation, enhanced mood, decreased blood pressure, and overall feelings of calm and balance.
Yes, it is a gentle, noninvasive therapy ideal for new clients as well as those who routinely use massage therapy for relaxation and wellness.
Yes, high-quality natural oils or lotions are typically used to reduce friction on the skin and enhance the soothing effects with pleasant aromas.
You can expect a tranquil environment with soft lighting and calming music, where the therapist performs smooth, fluid strokes to help ease muscle tension and encourage deep relaxation.
Sessions typically last between 60 to 90 minutes, though shorter sessions (around 30 minutes) may be available if needed.
Many clients feel immediate relief from stress and tension, while the full benefits may continue to develop over several hours as the body relaxes.
It’s advisable to hydrate well, rest if possible, and avoid intense physical activity immediately after your session to allow your body to fully absorb the benefits.
By lowering cortisol levels and increasing serotonin production, a relaxing massage helps reduce anxiety, improve mood, and promote a sense of calm.
Deep tissue massage is a therapeutic technique that targets the deeper layers of muscle and connective tissue, aiming to relieve chronic tension, stiffness, and muscle pain.
When performed by a well-trained therapist, it is generally safe. It’s important to inform your therapist of any specific medical conditions, injuries, or areas of sensitivity.
Yes, providing details about previous injuries, chronic conditions, or current medications is essential to tailor the treatment effectively and safely.
Pregnant women should consult with a healthcare provider and seek a therapist specialized in prenatal massage, as modifications in technique and pressure are necessary.
Yes, combining it with stretching exercises, yoga, or physiotherapy can maximize overall results and help maintain long-term muscle health.
Ayurveda massage is a therapeutic treatment rooted in the ancient Indian system of Ayurveda. It employs herbal oils, heat, and tailored massage techniques designed to balance the body’s doshas (vata, pitta, and kapha) and restore holistic well-being.
Ayurveda massage is a therapeutic treatment rooted in the ancient Indian system of Ayurveda. It employs herbal oils, heat, and tailored massage techniques designed to balance the body’s doshas (vata, pitta, and kapha) and restore holistic well-being.
The treatment is based on the belief that health is achieved through maintaining balance among the body, mind, and spirit. Ayurveda massage emphasizes detoxification, improved circulation, and energy flow.
Unlike Western massages that often focus solely on the physical muscles, Ayurveda massage is a holistic approach that incorporates herbal treatments, individualized techniques, and an emphasis on restoring energetic balance according to one’s dosha.
It is beneficial for individuals seeking stress relief, detoxification, improved digestion, better sleep, and overall wellness. It can be particularly supportive for those with imbalanced energy or chronic tension linked to lifestyle factors.
Herbal oils are a cornerstone of Ayurveda therapy. Selected based on your unique dosha, these oils deliver healing properties, help penetrate deep tissues, and nurture the skin while promoting mental relaxation.
Sessions generally run between 60 and 90 minutes, but some treatments may last longer depending on the therapy package and individual needs.
The benefits include improved circulation, detoxification, enhanced skin health, stress reduction, better sleep quality, and overall energy balancing.
Yes, the warming herbal oils and tailored techniques help relax muscles and can alleviate chronic tension or pain while also calming the nervous system.
Yes, the combination of warm oil therapy and massage techniques encourages lymphatic drainage and the release of toxins, supporting the body’s natural detoxification processes.
It is best to come well-hydrated and with a light meal a couple of hours before the session. Avoid heavy foods and alcohol, which can interfere with the detox process.
Generally, it is suitable for adults. However, special modifications are made for the elderly or those with specific health concerns. Consultation with your therapist is advised before treatment.
Pregnant women should consult their healthcare provider and choose a therapist skilled in prenatal Ayurveda massage, as techniques and oil selection may need modification.
Dry cupping massage involves placing specially designed suction cups on the skin to create negative pressure, which helps lift soft tissues, increase blood flow, and relieve muscle tension without any incisions or bloodletting.
Dry cupping uses suction alone, whereas wet cupping (Hijama) involves controlled minor skin incisions to draw out a small amount of blood along with the suction treatment.
It is commonly used to alleviate muscle pain, reduce inflammation, improve circulation, and assist in the treatment of conditions like back pain, neck tension, and sports injuries.
A therapist applies cups—made of glass, silicone, or plastic—to specific areas on the body. Suction is created either by a pump or by heating the cup briefly before placement.
Common areas include the back, shoulders, neck, and limbs. The treatment is often customized depending on the location of tension and the client's specific needs.
Sessions usually last between 15 to 30 minutes, although the duration may vary based on the treatment protocol and individual client requirements.
The sensation varies; while many find it relaxing, some may experience mild discomfort or a pulling sensation that is generally tolerable and temporary.
Yes, many therapists incorporate it into a broader massage session to help release deep muscle tension and enhance overall relaxation.
Yes by improving local blood flow and stimulating the lymphatic system, dry cupping can help reduce inflammation in targeted areas.
The suction helps to break up stagnant energy and muscle adhesions, which can accelerate recovery from injuries or intense physical activity.
Many clients report long-term improvements in pain management after repeated treatments, particularly for conditions like back pain and tension headaches.
Expect a calm environment where the therapist applies and later removes the cups. You may notice circular marks on your skin after the session, which are a normal response to the suction.
It is generally safe for most people when performed by a trained therapist. However, individuals with skin conditions, blood clotting disorders, or those who are pregnant should consult their healthcare provider first.
Inform your therapist of any medical conditions, medications, or recent injuries. This helps ensure the treatment is safe and effectively customized to your needs.
Frequency depends on your specific condition and treatment goals. Some clients may benefit from weekly sessions initially, followed by maintenance treatments every few weeks.
Soft tissue massage is a therapeutic technique that focuses on realigning deeper layers of muscles and connective tissue. It is designed to relieve muscle tension, improve blood flow, and enhance mobility.
Unlike Swedish or deep tissue massage, soft tissue massage specifically targets muscles, tendons, ligaments, and fascia using specialized techniques to release tightness and improve tissue elasticity.
It is often recommended for chronic muscle tension, repetitive strain injuries, fibromyalgia, sports injuries, and general muscle stiffness.
Yes, by releasing muscle knots and reducing adhesions, it can significantly alleviate chronic pain linked to muscle imbalances or overuse.
Sessions usually last between 45 and 90 minutes, depending on the extent of treatment required and the client's specific needs.
You can expect a focused, hands-on treatment where the therapist will work on specific areas of tension using a combination of manual techniques and stretches.
Arriving well-hydrated and in comfortable clothing is ideal. There’s no need for special preparation, though a light meal beforehand can be beneficial.
When performed by a licensed therapist, it is generally safe. However, individuals with certain conditions (such as recent injuries or severe osteoporosis) should consult their healthcare provider first.
It is advisable to drink plenty of water, rest as needed, and gently stretch afterward to help the muscles recover and maintain the benefits.
Yes, it often complements other treatments such as physiotherapy, chiropractic care, or acupuncture to address musculoskeletal issues holistically.
Sciatica pain massage is a targeted therapeutic treatment designed to relieve the pain and discomfort associated with sciatica—commonly caused by irritation or compression of the sciatic nerve.
Sciatica typically results from conditions such as herniated discs, spinal stenosis, or muscle spasm that irritate or compress the sciatic nerve, resulting in radiating pain from the lower back down the leg.
Massage can alleviate muscle tension, enhance blood flow, reduce inflammation, and relieve pressure on the sciatic nerve by relaxing the surrounding muscles and connective tissues.
Not exactly. While deep tissue techniques may be part of sciatica massage, the treatment is customized to address nerve pain and often includes techniques to gently release muscle tightness without aggravating the nerve.
Sessions generally last between 45 and 90 minutes, with the duration tailored to the client’s level of discomfort and specific treatment goals.
You can expect a consultation to discuss symptoms and areas of pain, followed by a treatment that focuses on relieving muscle tension around the lower back, buttocks, and legs with a combination of massage techniques.
Benefits include reduced muscle tension, improved blood circulation, alleviation of nerve pressure, decreased inflammation, and overall pain relief that may lead to better mobility.
Many clients experience immediate relaxation during the session, with continued improvement in pain and mobility over the following days as the body responds to the therapy.
Massage primarily manages symptoms by relieving muscle tension. Addressing the underlying cause typically requires a multidisciplinary approach that may include medical treatment, physical therapy, or lifestyle changes.
Generally, yes, when performed by a licensed therapist. However, those with severe spinal conditions or recent injuries should consult their healthcare provider before starting treatment.
In most cases, massage reduces inflammation. However, mild soreness or temporary swelling may occur, which can be managed with proper hydration and rest.
It is advisable to drink plenty of water to help flush out toxins, perform gentle stretching as advised by your therapist, and avoid strenuous activities immediately after the session.
The frequency depends on the severity of your condition and overall treatment plan—many benefit from weekly sessions initially, with adjustments based on progress and comfort.
Cervical pain massage is a targeted therapeutic treatment aimed at relieving pain and tension in the neck region by using specific massage techniques to relax muscles, improve blood flow, and reduce nerve compression.
Cervical pain can result from poor posture, muscle strain, stress, injuries, degenerative conditions, or tension headaches that affect the neck and upper spine.
Massage therapy reduces muscle tension, decreases inflammation, promotes relaxation, and improves circulation, which collectively help relieve the pressure on nerves and reduce neck pain.
While it benefits most adults experiencing neck discomfort, individuals with severe spinal conditions or recent neck injuries should obtain medical clearance before undergoing massage therapy.
Techniques often include gentle Swedish massage, myofascial release, deep tissue massage, trigger point therapy, and sometimes acupressure focused specifically on the neck, shoulders, and upper back.
Therapists start with a thorough evaluation of muscle tension and pain points in the cervical area, then tailor the pressure and techniques—ensuring they work within your pain tolerance and specific needs.
Gentle stretching is often included to improve range of motion in the neck and reduce stiffness, reinforcing the benefits of the massage.
The primary benefits include reduced muscle tension, alleviation of pain, improved neck mobility, decreased stiffness, and overall stress reduction, which can contribute to a better quality of life.
Many clients experience immediate relief during or shortly after the session, though consistent improvements are usually seen over a series of treatments.
Sessions typically last between 30 to 60 minutes, although the duration may vary based on the severity of symptoms and treatment objectives.
Expect to begin with a consultation regarding your symptoms and medical history. During the session, you will be comfortably draped while the therapist works on the neck, upper shoulders, and upper back with targeted techniques.
Yes, it is often part of a multi-disciplinary approach that includes physical therapy, chiropractic care, and exercise programs tailored to strengthen neck muscles.
The frequency depends on your condition. Many clients start with weekly sessions to alleviate acute pain, then transition to biweekly or monthly sessions for maintenance.
A slipped or herniated disc occurs when the soft inner core of a spinal disc protrudes through its outer layer, potentially pressing on nearby nerves and causing pain, numbness, or weakness.
Yes, when performed by a qualified therapist who avoids direct pressure on the spine and tailors techniques to the individual's condition .
Massage can reduce muscle tension, alleviate radiating pain, improve flexibility, and decrease inflammation .
Effective methods include: Deep Tissue Massage: Targets deeper muscle layers to relieve chronic tension . Myofascial Release: Focuses on releasing tension in the connective tissues . Trigger Point Therapy: Applies pressure to specific points to alleviate pain
No, direct pressure on the herniated disc area is contraindicated; the focus should be on surrounding muscles to avoid aggravating the condition .
Sports massage is a targeted form of therapy that focuses on muscles used in physical activity. It helps improve performance, aid recovery, and prevent injuries by addressing muscle tension and enhancing circulation.
While both techniques involve deep pressure, sports massage specifically targets muscles used in athletic activities and includes stretching and movement to enhance performance and recovery.
Anyone engaging in regular physical activity, from professional athletes to weekend warriors, can benefit. Even individuals with physically demanding jobs or sedentary lifestyles may find relief from muscle tension and improved flexibility.
Absolutely. Sports massage can benefit anyone experiencing muscle tension, limited mobility, or stress, regardless of athletic involvement.
Some discomfort may be experienced, especially when addressing tight or injured areas. However, communication with your therapist ensures pressure levels remain within your comfort zone.
It's generally recommended to wait 24–48 hours before engaging in intense physical activity to allow your body to recover and adapt.
Sports massage can alleviate chronic pain by addressing muscle imbalances and tension, promoting relaxation, and improving overall function.
Some individuals may experience mild soreness or fatigue post-massage, which usually subsides within a day.
Coverage varies by provider and policy. It's best to consult with your insurance company to determine eligibility.
Sessions typically range from 30 to 90 minutes, depending on the areas of focus and individual needs.
By promoting relaxation and reducing muscle tension, sports massage can lead to better sleep quality and duration.
Regular sports massage can identify and address potential issues before they become injuries, maintaining muscle balance and flexibility.
Yes. It can accelerate healing by improving blood flow, reducing inflammation, and breaking down scar tissue, leading to improved mobility and reduced pain.
Trigger points are hyperirritable spots in skeletal muscle that are painful upon compression and can refer pain to other areas of the body. They often result from muscle overuse, injury, or stress, leading to localized muscle spasms and discomfort.
This therapy involves applying direct, sustained pressure to the trigger points, typically for 30 to 90 seconds. The pressure helps to:​ hingehealth Increase blood flow to the affected area.​ Flush out metabolic waste products.​ Cleveland Clinic +5 Cleveland Clinic +5 EG Healthcare +5 Release muscle tension and restore normal muscle function. ​ Oviedo Chiropractic By doing so, it alleviates pain and improves mobility.
Engaging in trigger point therapy can offer several advantages:​ EG Healthcare +3 EG Healthcare +3 Effective Integrative Healthcare LLC Pain Relief: Alleviates chronic muscle pain, including tension headaches and lower back discomfort.​ Enhanced Flexibility: Restores range of motion by relaxing tight muscles.​ Improved Circulation: Boosts blood flow, promoting healing and reducing inflammation.​ Stress Reduction: Eases muscle tension, leading to overall relaxation.
Practitioners may use various methods to target trigger points, including:​ Manual Pressure: Using fingers, knuckles, or elbows to apply direct pressure. Dry Needling: Inserting thin needles into trigger points to release tension.​ Self-Massage Tools: Utilizing foam rollers or massage balls for at-home therapy.
Unlike general massage therapies that focus on relaxation, trigger point massage targets specific muscle knots to relieve pain and restore function. It involves applying sustained pressure to these points to release tension and improve circulation.
Some discomfort may be experienced during the application of pressure to trigger points, often described as a "good pain." Therapists aim to keep the pressure within a tolerable range, typically around 5–7 on a 0–10 pain scale. It's important to communicate with your therapist to ensure comfort.
Trigger point therapy can be beneficial for various conditions, including:​ Chronic muscle pain​ Tension headaches​ Sciatica​ Plantar fasciiti
Trigger point therapy can be beneficial for various conditions, including:​ Chronic muscle pain​ Tension headaches​ Sciatica​ Plantar fasciiti
The number of sessions required varies depending on the individual's condition and response to therapy. Some may experience relief after a single session, while others might need multiple treatments over several weeks. Consistency and following the therapist's recommendations are key to effective results.
Common side effects include temporary soreness, fatigue, or mild bruising in the treated area. These effects typically resolve within a few days. It's advisable to stay hydrated and rest after a session to aid recovery.
A basic massage, often referred to as a Swedish massage, involves gentle techniques like gliding, kneading, and tapping to promote relaxation and improve circulation.
Benefits include stress reduction, muscle tension relief, improved blood flow, and enhanced overall well-being.
Sessions usually range from 30 to 90 minutes, depending on your preference and the areas of focus.
Basic massages are generally gentle. However, always communicate with your therapist about pressure preferences.
Massage therapists are professionals who prioritize your comfort and privacy. If you have concerns about specific areas, discuss them beforehand.
Some mild soreness can occur, especially if it's your first massage, but it typically subsides within a day.
Frequency depends on individual needs. Some benefit from weekly sessions, while others find monthly visits sufficient.
Yes, prenatal massage is generally safe during the second and third trimesters. However, it's important to inform your therapist about your pregnancy so they can adjust techniques and positioning accordingly. Always consult your healthcare provider before scheduling a massage during pregnancy.
Certain conditions, such as fever, contagious skin issues, or recent surgeries, may contraindicate massage. Always disclose your full medical history to your therapist, and consult your doctor if you're unsure.
Massage therapists are professionals who focus on therapeutic outcomes, not appearances. Whether it's body hair, scars, or other concerns, rest assured that therapists provide a judgment-free environment.
We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
Yes, a transportation fee of 15 AED is applicable for each appointment.

Car Services

Car mechanics offer a range of services, including routine maintenance (oil changes, brake inspections), diagnostics, engine repair, transmission services, and more.
If you notice unusual noises, warning lights on the dashboard, decreased performance, or any fluid leaks, it’s time to consult a mechanic.
Look for certified professionals with positive reviews, transparent pricing, and a warranty on their services.
Choose the quote that best fits your budget and service expectations. Keep in mind that the cheapest option isn’t always the best.
Many mechanics provide warranties on parts and labor. Always ask about the warranty terms before authorizing repairs.
Yes, you can fill out our quotation form, select the required service, and receive quotes from our network of 500+ mechanics.
We work with mechanics who are experienced and certified in their respective fields.
Please contact the mechanic directly. We connect you with professionals but are not responsible for post-service disputes.
It’s recommended to service your car every 6,000 to 10,000 km or every 6 months, whichever comes first. Refer to your car manual for specific guidelines.
The check engine light can indicate various issues, from a loose gas cap to engine malfunctions. It’s best to get a diagnostic check as soon as possible.
Overheating can be due to a low coolant level, a faulty radiator, a broken thermostat, or engine issues. Don’t drive an overheating car—get it checked immediately.
Different noises can mean different issues. Squealing may indicate worn-out belts, knocking could signal engine problems, and grinding might mean brake wear.
Regular maintenance, proper tire inflation, using quality fuel, and avoiding aggressive driving can improve fuel efficiency.
A dead battery is the most common reason. Check the battery, starter, and alternator, or call a mechanic for assistance.
Tire imbalance, alignment issues, suspension problems, or worn-out engine mounts could cause vibrations.

Female Massages

Postpartum massage is a therapeutic bodywork treatment tailored for new mothers, focusing on the physical and emotional needs following childbirth.
You can usually begin postpartum massage within the first week after a normal vaginal delivery. For C-section births, it’s recommended to wait at least 2–4 weeks or until your doctor gives approval.
Yes, but only after the incision is healed and with your doctor’s consent. Massage can help reduce scar tissue and improve recovery.
It helps relieve stress, reduce swelling, ease muscle tension, improve circulation, support hormone regulation, and promote better sleep.
Yes, massage can help relax the body and improve lymphatic drainage, which may support milk flow and reduce clogged ducts.
A session usually lasts between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on your comfort and treatment goals.
Yes, once it feels comfortable for you. Special cushions or side-lying positions can be used for added comfort and safety.
While not a replacement for professional mental health care, massage may help ease symptoms of anxiety, mood swings, and stress by promoting relaxation and emotional balance.
Massage alone doesn’t directly cause weight loss, but it can support your overall recovery, reduce water retention, and improve body awareness and circulation.
This depends on your needs and goals. Weekly sessions for the first 4–6 weeks can be beneficial, followed by biweekly or monthly maintenance.
Minimal risk if done by a trained professional. Always inform your therapist of any injuries, surgeries, or medical issues before starting.
Gentle abdominal massage may help stimulate uterine contractions and aid in the body's natural recovery process, but it's not a substitute for medical treatment.
Massage improves circulation and skin elasticity, which can help improve the appearance of stretch marks over time, though it may not eliminate them completely.
Wear comfortable clothing, stay hydrated, and eat a light snack before your session. Discuss any pain points or medical history with your therapist.
While massage does not "realign" bones, it can relieve muscle imbalances and tension, which may support better alignment and posture recovery.
Unlike regular massage that focuses mostly on muscle relaxation through pressure, stretch massage actively involves moving and elongating the muscles with guided stretches.
Athletes, fitness enthusiasts, people with desk jobs, seniors, or anyone experiencing muscle tightness, limited mobility, or stress can benefit from stretch massage.
Generally, yes, but people with certain medical conditions (e.g., recent surgeries, joint instability, herniated discs) should consult a physician first.
Comfortable, stretchable clothing like gym wear or yoga attire is ideal, as the session involves movement and positioning.
No, it shouldn’t hurt. You might feel a deep stretch, but it should be within a comfortable range. Always communicate if anything feels too intense.
Increased flexibility Improved range of motion Reduced muscle tension Better posture Enhanced athletic performance Decreased risk of injury
Sessions usually range from 30 to 90 minutes, depending on your goals and the areas being focused on.
For best results, once or twice a week is ideal—especially for active individuals or those in physical rehabilitation.
Yes, stretching can release tension in muscles supporting the spine, improving mobility and reducing discomfort in the back.
In some cases, yes. Stretching the hips, glutes, and lower back can relieve pressure on the sciatic nerve, but medical advice is recommended.
Minimal risk if done by a trained professional. Always inform your therapist of any injuries, surgeries, or medical issues before starting.
A head massage involves gentle to moderate pressure techniques applied to the scalp, neck, and sometimes shoulders to relax the muscles and stimulate blood circulation.
Relieves stress and tension Improves blood circulation to the scalp Helps with headaches and migraines Promotes hair growth Enhances mood and relaxation Improves sleep quality
Yes, it’s generally safe. However, people with scalp infections, recent head injuries, or certain neurological conditions should consult a healthcare professional first.
While it’s not a cure, head massage may help improve blood flow to the scalp and stimulate hair follicles, supporting healthier hair growth.
No, oil is optional. While oil adds nourishment to the scalp and hair, a dry head massage can be equally relaxing and effective.
Popular oils include coconut, almond, castor, olive, argan, and ayurvedic oils like Brahmi or Bhringraj. Each offers unique benefits.
Popular oils include coconut, almond, castor, olive, argan, and ayurvedic oils like Brahmi or Bhringraj. Each offers unique benefits.
Yes, gentle head massage can reduce tension and help alleviate some types of headaches, especially tension and stress-related ones.
Yes, gentle head massage can reduce tension and help alleviate some types of headaches, especially tension and stress-related ones.
Yes, but be sure to inform your therapist. They may use soothing techniques and specific oils that help with dryness or irritation.
Yes, improved circulation and relaxation can enhance focus, mental clarity, and even reduce brain fog.
Rarely. Some people may experience temporary dizziness or slight scalp soreness. Always inform the therapist of any discomfort.
Hair oiling massage involves applying nourishing oils to the scalp and hair, followed by a gentle massage to promote relaxation, circulation, and hair health.
Strengthens hair roots Promotes hair growth Reduces dandruff and dryness Nourishes the scalp Prevents hair breakage and split ends Relieves stress and improves sleep
1–2 times per week is ideal for most people. Oiling too frequently may lead to product buildup or clogged pores if not washed out properly.
Commonly used oils include: Coconut Oil (strengthens and moisturizes) Almond Oil (rich in Vitamin E) Castor Oil (promotes hair growth) Olive Oil (deep conditioning) Argan Oil (adds shine and softness) Ayurvedic Oils like Bhringraj, Brahmi, or Amla
Yes, massaging oil into the scalp improves blood circulation, which can stimulate hair follicles and support healthier growth.
Leave it for at least 30 minutes. For deeper nourishment, you can leave it overnight and wash it off the next morning.
Yes, leaving oil overnight allows better absorption. Just be sure to protect your pillow and avoid doing it too often if you have oily scalp issues.
Yes, oils like tea tree, neem, and coconut have antifungal and moisturizing properties that help soothe and treat dandruff.
Daily oiling is not usually necessary and may cause buildup. 1–2 times per week is sufficient for most people.
It’s a focused massage technique targeting the muscles around the neck, shoulders, and upper back to relieve tension, stiffness, and stress.
Reduces tension and tightness Eases headaches and migraines Improves posture Enhances blood circulation Relieves stress and anxiety Improves sleep quality
Ideal for people with desk jobs, poor posture, frequent headaches, tech neck, or anyone experiencing upper body stress or stiffness.
Generally yes, but people with certain medical conditions (herniated discs, recent surgery, or severe neck injuries) should consult a physician first.
Most neck and shoulder massages last 15 to 45 minutes, though they can be part of longer full-body sessions too.
Yes, especially if they’re caused by muscle tightness or stress in the upper body.
Yes. By relieving muscle tightness and realigning the shoulders and neck, it supports better posture over time.
Weekly or bi-weekly is ideal for those with chronic tightness, but even a monthly session can be very effective.
Some people may experience mild soreness, dizziness, or fatigue afterward, which usually goes away within a day.
Yes, when performed by a trained prenatal massage therapist. Always inform your therapist if you’re pregnant.
Yes, massage boosts circulation to the muscles, helping reduce inflammation and promote faster healing.
Daily massage is not harmful if done gently, but for deep work, 2–3 times a week is usually sufficient.
Palm massage involves applying pressure and techniques such as kneading, stretching, and circular movements to the palms to relieve tension, improve circulation, and promote relaxation.
Relieves hand fatigue and stiffness Improves blood circulation Supports joint mobility Eases stress and anxiety Enhances finger flexibility Stimulates reflex points connected to other organs
Ideal for people who use their hands frequently—office workers, manual laborers, artists, musicians, seniors, or anyone with tired, overused hands.
Not exactly. Palm massage focuses on muscle relaxation and circulation, while reflexology targets specific pressure points believed to correspond with internal organs.
Yes, it can provide temporary relief from stiffness and promote better range of motion. Always consult a doctor before starting if you have chronic joint conditions.
Typically 5–15 minutes, but it can be extended or included as part of a full hand or body massage.
Typically 5–15 minutes, but it can be extended or included as part of a full hand or body massage.
Very few. If done too aggressively, it could cause soreness. Avoid massage over bruises, fractures, or skin infections.
Yes, gentle massage can relax children and help with motor skills and sensory stimulation.
Yes, especially when done before bedtime. It helps reduce anxiety and calm the nervous system.
Yes, both systems incorporate palm massage to stimulate energy pathways and maintain body balance.
Yes, by boosting circulation and warming the tissues, it can temporarily relieve cold or numb hands.
A relaxing foot massage is a soothing treatment that uses gentle pressure and strokes to relieve tension, improve circulation, and promote overall relaxation.
It helps reduce stress, improves sleep, eases foot pain or fatigue, boosts circulation, and can support overall wellness.
Sessions can range from 15 minutes to 60 minutes, depending on your needs and the service package.
No special preparation is needed—just ensure your feet are clean. Comfortable, loose-fitting clothing is recommended.
Techniques include kneading, circular motions, thumb walking, stretching, and reflexology-inspired pressure points.
It can, depending on the therapist. Reflexology involves applying pressure to specific points on the feet that correspond to organs and systems of the body.
Absolutely! Foot massages are often combined with full-body massage, head massage, or hand massage for a complete relaxation experience.
Yes, many clients report better sleep after regular relaxing foot massages due to reduced stress and nervous system calmness.
Absolutely. It activates the parasympathetic nervous system, promoting deep relaxation and calming anxiety.
Yes, but it should be done by a trained prenatal therapist. Some reflex points should be avoided during pregnancy.
For relaxation, once a week is great. For therapeutic purposes, 2–3 times a week might be recommended.
Swedish massage is a gentle, full-body massage that uses long strokes, kneading, and circular movements to relax the body and improve circulation.
It reduces stress, relaxes muscles, improves blood flow, enhances flexibility, and supports overall wellness.
No, it should be deeply relaxing and not painful. The pressure is usually light to moderate and adjustable to your comfort.
Typically 60 to 90 minutes, but 30-minute options may be available for specific areas.
Techniques include effleurage (long strokes), petrissage (kneading), friction, vibration, and gentle tapping.
Yes, oils or lotions are used to reduce friction and allow smooth gliding over the skin.
Yes, it promotes the release of endorphins and reduces stress hormones, helping with anxiety, depression, and mood balance.
Absolutely. It calms the nervous system and promotes deeper, more restful sleep.
Only if done by a trained prenatal therapist and typically after the first trimester. Some modifications will be made for safety.
For relaxation, once every 2–4 weeks is ideal. For stress or mild tension, once a week may be beneficial.
You should always consult your doctor and inform your therapist about any conditions like high blood pressure, varicose veins, or recent surgery.
Thai Massage is a traditional healing technique that combines acupressure, assisted yoga-style stretching, and energy work to promote relaxation, flexibility, and balance in the body.
Unlike Swedish or oil-based massages, Thai Massage is performed fully clothed on a floor mat. It involves stretching, pulling, and rhythmic compression, rather than kneading muscles.
Increases flexibility and mobility Improves blood and lymph circulation Reduces muscle tension and fatigue Enhances energy flow Relieves stress and promotes deep relaxation Supports postural alignment
It can be intense at times due to deep pressure and stretching, but it should never be painful. Always communicate with your therapist about your comfort level.
No. You remain fully clothed in comfortable, stretchy attire like yoga clothes or provided massage garments.
Typically 60 to 120 minutes. The full sequence is ideally done in 90–120 minutes for maximum benefit.
Most people can safely enjoy it, but those with recent injuries, herniated discs, pregnancy, high blood pressure, or other medical conditions should consult a doctor first.
Yes. It’s especially beneficial for chronic back, shoulder, and hip pain caused by muscle tension or postural imbalances.
Yes. It’s especially beneficial for chronic back, shoulder, and hip pain caused by muscle tension or postural imbalances.
Yes, it promotes deep relaxation, reduces cortisol (stress hormone), and balances the nervous system, helping improve sleep and reduce anxiety.
Definitely. It improves flexibility, speeds up recovery, and helps prevent injuries.
While not religious, traditional Thai Massage has roots in Buddhist philosophy and is often practiced with mindfulness and intention, making it both physical and meditative.
Yes. By lengthening tight muscles and realigning the body, it can significantly help with posture over time.
Steam massage is a therapeutic treatment that combines traditional massage techniques with the application of warm steam to the body, helping relax muscles, open pores, and enhance detoxification.
Steam softens the muscles and skin, making it easier for the therapist to work deeper into the tissues while increasing blood circulation and boosting relaxation.
Deep muscle relaxation Detoxification through sweating Skin cleansing and hydration Stress and tension relief Enhanced blood circulation Relief from joint and muscle pain
Steam can be applied via steam canopies, steam rooms, or herbal steam compresses (as used in Thai or Ayurvedic massage).
Yes. The sweating process helps flush out toxins, making it excellent for detox and lymphatic drainage.
It’s ideal for people with muscle stiffness, body fatigue, poor circulation, skin concerns, or those simply looking to relax and rejuvenate.
Yes. Herbal steam (using lemongrass, neem, eucalyptus, etc.) enhances the therapeutic effect by offering anti-inflammatory, antiseptic, and relaxing properties.
Usually 60–90 minutes, with 10–20 minutes of steam applied before, during, or after the massage.
Yes. Sweating is part of the process, helping your body release toxins and cool down naturally.
It’s not a weight-loss solution, but it can support fat metabolism, reduce bloating, and help remove water weight temporarily.
Drink lots of water, avoid cold exposure immediately, rest, and avoid caffeine or alcohol for a few hours.
Shiatsu is a Japanese form of bodywork that uses finger pressure, stretches, and joint manipulation to balance the body’s energy (Qi or Ki), reduce tension, and support overall wellness.
“Shiatsu” means “finger pressure” in Japanese. It involves applying pressure with the fingers, thumbs, palms, and sometimes elbows or knees.
Unlike oil-based massages, Shiatsu is typically performed fully clothed on a mat or low table, focusing on acupressure points and energy flow rather than kneading muscles.
Relieves stress and anxiety Improves sleep Alleviates muscle pain and stiffness Boosts energy and vitality Enhances digestion Stimulates circulation and lymphatic flow Promotes emotional and physical balance
Yes, both are based on Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) principles and focus on meridians (energy channels), but Shiatsu uses touch instead of needles.
Common issues include headaches, back pain, sciatica, digestive problems, insomnia, fatigue, menstrual issues, anxiety, and poor circulation.
Typically 60–90 minutes. Shorter 30-minute sessions may be available for targeted concerns.
It shouldn't be painful. Some areas may feel tender if energy is blocked or the muscles are tight, but the pressure is adjustable to your comfort.
Generally yes, but clients with serious health conditions, injuries, pregnancy, or high blood pressure should consult a healthcare provider and inform the therapist in advance.
Absolutely. By restoring energy flow and stimulating specific meridians, Shiatsu helps revitalize the body.
It can be both. Some feel deeply relaxed and sleepy afterward, while others feel refreshed and energized — depending on their body’s needs.
Drink water, rest if needed, and avoid heavy meals or stress. Your body continues to process the effects after the session.
Yes. Shiatsu pairs well with aromatherapy, yoga, reflexology, acupuncture, or meditation practices.
A parental massage is a therapeutic bodywork session designed to support the physical and emotional needs of parents, especially those caring for young children or recovering postnatally.
It is ideal for mothers and fathers, including new parents, stay-at-home parents, working parents, and caregivers who experience stress, tension, or fatigue.
Reduces stress and anxiety Eases back, neck, and shoulder tension Promotes better sleep Improves mood and emotional well-being Boosts circulation and muscle recovery Supports postnatal healing for mothers
Not exactly. Postpartum massage focuses on the mother’s recovery after childbirth, while parental massage can be for both parents and includes stress relief and physical restoration.
Typically 60–90 minutes, depending on your needs and whether it focuses on relaxation, therapeutic goals, or postnatal recovery.
Absolutely. Fathers also face physical and emotional stress, and massage can help relieve fatigue, tension, and anxiety.
Yes, especially for pain caused by lifting children, carrying baby gear, lack of sleep, and repetitive daily movements.
Yes. Massage can even help with milk production, hormone balance, and upper body tension. Let your therapist know if you’re nursing.
Back, neck, shoulders, arms, and feet are commonly treated, though the massage can be customized to your specific aches and concerns.
Yes. Massage promotes serotonin and dopamine production and reduces cortisol, aiding in mood improvement and mental clarity.
Definitely. By reducing physical tension and calming the nervous system, it helps with deeper, more restful sleep.
Yes, therapeutic oils may be used unless you request otherwise. Unscented or hypoallergenic options are available upon request.
Minimal when done by a trained therapist. Mild soreness may occur if deeper work is done. Always inform your therapist of any medical concerns.
Yes, but timing matters. Post-C-section massages should begin only after medical clearance (typically 6–8 weeks).
Therapists trained in prenatal/postnatal massage or with experience in stress relief techniques for parents are ideal.
Deep tissue massage is a therapeutic technique that uses firm pressure and slow strokes to reach deeper layers of muscle and fascia (connective tissue) to relieve chronic pain, tension, and stiffness.
Unlike Swedish or relaxation massage, deep tissue focuses on realigning deep muscle layers and breaking down adhesions (muscle knots) using more intense pressure.
Some discomfort is normal, especially when targeting tight or injured areas, but it should never feel unbearable. Always communicate with your therapist about pressure levels.
Relieves chronic pain and muscle tension Improves mobility and flexibility Speeds up injury recovery Reduces stress and anxiety Improves posture and body alignment
It’s ideal for people with chronic pain, athletes, those with physically demanding jobs, or individuals recovering from injury.
Yes. It’s one of the most effective treatments for chronic back pain, especially in the lower back and shoulders.
Most sessions last 60 to 90 minutes, depending on the areas being targeted.
Stay hydrated, avoid heavy meals, and arrive a bit early to relax. Inform your therapist about any medical conditions or injuries.
Yes, even though it’s intense, it activates the parasympathetic nervous system and can deeply calm the body and mind.
Yes, but in small amounts. The goal is to allow enough friction for deeper work while still protecting the skin.
Yes, especially if they’re caused by neck, shoulder, or upper back tension.
It’s generally safe, but not recommended for people with blood clotting disorders, recent surgeries, or certain skin infections without medical approval.
It’s best to wait at least 24 hours to allow your muscles to rest and recover.
If you have chronic pain, limited mobility, or muscle tightness that doesn’t respond to light massage, deep tissue is likely a good option.
A slipped disc occurs when the soft inner part of a spinal disc pushes through the outer layer, often causing nerve pain, numbness, or weakness.
Massage doesn’t fix the disc itself, but it can relieve associated muscle tension, improve blood flow, and reduce pain caused by nerve compression.
Techniques like deep tissue massage, trigger point therapy, myofascial release, and Swedish massage (for relaxation) can be helpful—depending on the severity and doctor's advice.
Absolutely. Always get a diagnosis and medical clearance before beginning any manual therapy for disc-related issues.
No. It should be considered a supportive treatment alongside physiotherapy, medication, or chiropractic care—not a standalone cure.
Depending on your condition: lower back, glutes, hips, hamstrings, and sometimes the upper back or neck (to address postural compensation).
Between 45–60 minutes, depending on the severity and treatment plan.
Many people feel immediate relief, but for chronic or severe issues, several sessions may be needed for lasting improvement.
Yes, targeted massage can calm spasms and improve mobility.
No. Massage offers relief from symptoms but does not correct the disc displacement.
Typically, a series of 4–6 sessions over a few weeks is recommended, followed by maintenance sessions based on your response.
Mild soreness can occur, especially after deep tissue work. It usually subsides within 24–48 hours.
No. Massage offers relief from symptoms but does not correct the disc displacement.
Trigger point massage targets “knots” or tight bands in muscles (trigger points) that cause pain locally and in referred areas.
While deep tissue works on overall muscle layers, trigger point therapy focuses on specific tight spots causing referred pain.
It can help with headaches, neck pain, back pain, shoulder pain, sciatica, TMJ issues, plantar fasciitis, and repetitive strain injuries.
The therapist will locate and apply pressure to trigger points. You may feel a "good pain" or referred pain in another area.
It can be uncomfortable but shouldn’t be unbearable. You should feel pressure and some soreness—like a workout.
Sessions typically range from 30 to 60 minutes depending on the number and severity of trigger points.
Drink plenty of water, apply ice/heat if needed, rest the treated area, and do gentle stretches as advised.
Yes, mild soreness for 24–48 hours is normal, similar to a post-workout feeling.
It’s safe for most, but people with certain conditions (like blood clot risks, uncontrolled hypertension, or severe osteoporosis) should consult a doctor first.
You can usually book online, via phone, or in person. Be sure to mention if you’re dealing with a specific issue for targeted treatment.
Dry needling uses needles to deactivate trigger points, while massage uses manual pressure—both target the same points but use different methods.
Only if provided by a trained prenatal therapist. Trigger points around hips and low back may be treated with caution.
It’s a relaxing, stress-relief massage specially designed for mothers and fathers to relieve body pain, improve circulation, and promote overall relaxation.
Usually, sessions are 45 to 60 minutes. You can choose based on your preference or package.
No, it's suitable for all parents or adults who need relaxation or body pain relief, regardless of age.
We use skin-safe, high-quality massage oils or creams like almond oil, coconut oil, or Ayurvedic oils (based on availability and skin type).
You can book via WhatsApp or through the app (e.g., Lipsly) by selecting the service and preferred time.
Yes, female therapists for mothers and male therapists for fathers (if your business provides male staff). Gender-based preference is respected.
You can request the same therapist if you had a good experience, subject to availability.
We recommend a comfortable bed or mattress. The staff will guide the setup during the visit.
Yes, all staff are experienced, trained, and understand pressure points and relaxation techniques.
Yes, we accept cash, card, online transfers, and payment links.
Yes, you’ll receive a confirmation message with time and therapist details.
Shiatsu is a traditional Japanese massage that uses finger pressure, stretches, and joint manipulation to balance energy flow, relieve tension, and improve overall wellness.
Not at all. It uses firm but gentle pressure. It may feel intense at certain tension points, but it’s never painful.
Stress relief Improved blood circulation Muscle relaxation Boosted immune system Relief from headaches and fatigue Balanced energy (Qi)
Unlike oil-based Swedish or deep tissue massages, Shiatsu uses pressure points and doesn’t require undressing or oils. It focuses on energy flow and acupressure instead of muscle kneading.
Usually, 45 to 60 minutes. You can choose based on your preference or therapist recommendation.
Yes, we offer professional Shiatsu massage services at home with trained therapists.
Shiatsu should be avoided during pregnancy unless recommended by a doctor and performed by a certified prenatal Shiatsu therapist.
Yes. We accept cash, bank transfer, card, or payment links.
We have a Free Fix Guarantee. You can report through WhatsApp or our app, and we’ll resolve the issue quickly.
Yes. You can choose the gender of your therapist based on comfort and availability.
No, Shiatsu is typically performed without oil, and you remain fully clothed in comfortable attire.
Anyone! It’s safe and effective for men, women, and even elderly people. It's especially helpful for those with stress, fatigue, or chronic tension.

Males Packages

Haircut, shaving, basic haircare, and a relaxing body massage.
Yes, this package is specially designed for men.
Approximately 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on hair length and massage duration.
No, pkges can't be modify.
Absolutely! We offer classic, modern, fades, and beard styling.
Yes, we use premium, salon-grade, skin-safe products.
Basic oiling, shampoo, conditioning, and light scalp massage.
No, but it can be added for an additional cost.
A full-body relaxing massage focusing on stress relief and muscle relaxation.
Male therapist only (for male clients) unless specifically requested in advance.
We use herbal, almond, or coconut oil – based on your choice.
We accept cash, card, bank transfer, and online payments (Apple Pay/GPay).
Tipping is optional and appreciated for good service.
Yes, digital receipts are available via WhatsApp or email.
Yes, at least 1 day in advance is recommended to secure your slot.
Both options available , mention your preference while booking.
Yes, if available. Let us know your preference during booking.
Yes, based on availability. Best to confirm early.
Please inform us at least 2 hours in advance to reschedule.
Cancellations within 3 hours of appointment may forfeit the advance.
Available across Dubai & Sharjah and Ajman – contact us to confirm your location.
Yes, you’ll receive confirmation via WhatsApp or SMS.
Head, neck, shoulders, back, arms, legs, and feet – complete relaxation.
Typically 60 to 90 minutes, based on the package.
You can undress to your comfort level. Proper draping is always maintained.
Yes, male therapists are assigned unless otherwise requested in advance.
Almond, coconut, olive, or herbal oils – your choice.
Absolutely, it improves blood circulation, relieves pain, and reduces stress.
Yes, we use premium, skin-tested products.
Yes – relaxation is gentle, deep tissue targets knots and muscle tension.
Yes, a shower is recommended and available post-session.
Once every 2-4 weeks for maintenance, or weekly if you're active or stressed.
Yes, individual area massages are available.
Light meals are fine, avoid heavy eating before the session.
Yes, all therapists are trained and experienced.
Mild soreness can happen after deep tissue massage – it’s normal and temporary.
Yes! Clean, healthy hands and feet are essential for grooming and hygiene.
Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, buffing, and hand massage.
Soaking, exfoliation, nail care, callus removal, and foot massage.
Yes, all tools are sterilized after every use for hygiene and safety.
Yes, single-use or properly sanitized tools are always used.
Yes, we often perform mani and pedi together for convenience.
Around 45 to 60 minutes for both combined.
Only if you request buffing or clear polish – natural look is default.
Yes, a deep soak, scrub, and heel care are all included.
Every 3-4 weeks for maintenance.
We clean and gently push back cuticles unless removal is requested.
No, our services are gentle and designed for relaxation.
Yes, pedicure includes heel smoothing and exfoliation.
Clear polish or matte finish is available upon request.
Cash, card, bank transfer, or digital payment methods like Apple Pay.
At least 24 hours in advance is recommended for your preferred time.
Yes, we send a WhatsApp or SMS confirmation after booking.
Yes! Contact us for affordable monthly male grooming packages.
A mini facial is a short skincare treatment that includes cleansing, exfoliation, mask, and light massage – great for instant freshness.
Around 20–25 minutes.
Yes, we use skin-friendly products based on your skin type.
Yes, it brightens your skin and removes light tan and dirt.
Every 2–3 weeks for maintenance.
Fades, classic cuts, modern styles, and beard trims – as per your preference.
Yes, feel free to show a reference and we’ll match it.
Not by default, but can be added on request.
It’s a lightening treatment to remove tan, brighten skin, and even out tone.
Yes, we use mild bleach for hands, suitable for sensitive skin too.
2–3 weeks, depending on your exposure to sun and daily routine.
Very rare – we do a patch test if you have sensitive skin.
It lightens dark or tanned feet, giving a cleaner, brighter look.
Yes, and we recommend moisturizing after the bleach.
Slight discomfort for a few seconds – tolerable and quick.
Slight discomfort for a few seconds – tolerable and quick.
Hair-free results for 3–4 weeks.
Yes, we use gentle wax like Rica or Aloe Vera wax.
With regular waxing and care, underarms may become lighter.
It’s best to wait 4–6 hours before using hot water or deodorants.
Shampoo, light scalp massage, and rinse – removes oil and dirt.
We use professional salon-grade shampoos based on hair type.
Yes, deep conditioning can be added at a small extra cost.
Usually after, but you can request it before as well.
Through WhatsApp, call, or booking form online.
Yes, we provide at-home service with full hygiene setup.
At least 24 hours is ideal, same-day bookings based on availability.
No pkges can't be modify.
We accept cash, card, bank transfer, Apple Pay, etc.
Cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid charges.
Yes, we confirm via WhatsApp or SMS after booking.
Fades, tapers, classic cuts, scissor cuts, and custom styles.
Yes, we’re happy to replicate your preferred style.
Absolutely. Hygiene and tool sterilization are a top priority.
We offer both – you can choose as per your comfort.
Yes, trimming, shaping, and full clean shaves are all available.
Yes, a hot towel is included for relaxation and smoother shaving.
Yes, soothing and skin-friendly aftershave is applied.
A cleansing facial for men that removes dirt, oil, and refreshes skin.
Yes, we use products suitable for all skin types.
Around 25–30 minutes.
Yes, it improves skin brightness and glow.
Nail trimming, cuticle cleaning, buffing, and hand massage.
Soaking, nail cutting, scrubbing, callus removal, and foot massage.
Yes! It's great for hygiene, cleanliness, and self-care.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal.
Yes, we sanitize all tools and follow hygiene protocols strictly.
Spa versions include extra exfoliation, masks, and longer massages.
Scrub, mask, massage, and moisturizing treatment.
Foot soak, exfoliation, mask, massage, and hydration.
Yes, they deeply moisturize and improve skin texture.
Yes, we offer options like herbal, cooling, or detox treatments.
Each takes about 20–30 minutes.
Yes, full grooming service is available at your doorstep.
Via WhatsApp, call, or our online booking form.
Yes, at least 24 hours ahead is recommended.
Yes, just inform us at least 3 hours prior.
We accept cash, card, bank transfer, and Apple Pay.
Yes, you’ll receive a WhatsApp or SMS confirmation.
It's a grooming method using a professional waxing machine that melts wax evenly and ensures faster, smoother application.
Chest, back, arms, legs, underarms, stomach, shoulders, neck, and optional areas like bikini wax.
We use premium wax types – Rica, Aloe Vera, Honey, or Brazilian wax – depending on skin type.
Yes, it offers better heat control, smoother application, and less mess.
Slight discomfort is normal, especially for first-timers, but it’s tolerable and quick.
Yes, the wax heats consistently and speeds up the overall session.
Yes, we choose the right wax based on whether you have oily, dry, or sensitive skin.
Approximately 1.5 to 2.5 hours, depending on body hair density.
Yes, we follow strict hygiene and sanitation protocols.
We provide in Home.And we provide only home servcies.
If hair is too long, we will trim it. Ideal hair length: ¼ inch.
Yes, it helps open pores and remove sweat or oil.
Avoid gym, swimming, or heat for 24 hours post-wax to prevent irritation.
No, wait at least 24 hours before using such products on waxed areas.
We apply soothing gel or aloe vera – also avoid sun exposure for a day.
Mild redness is normal and fades within a few hours.
Wait 48 hours, then gently exfoliate to avoid ingrown hair.
Smooth skin for 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth rate.
No – hair grows back finer and sparser over time.
No, it's best to wait until the skin fully heals.
Yes, machines and tools are cleaned and disinfected between clients.
Always. Hygiene and client safety are our top priorities.
Yes, wax is never reused. We follow professional hygiene standards.
Yes, every session includes fresh and clean disposables.
Yes, we use low-temperature wax and patch-test if required.
Rarely. We use high-quality products to prevent such issues.
Rarely. We use high-quality products to prevent such issues.
We’ll assess your skin and proceed carefully – waxing may help reduce future ingrowns.
Yes! Many men do it for hygiene, appearance, and comfort.
Male therapists are available for male clients – request during booking.
Male therapists are available for male clients – request during booking.
Absolutely – we prioritize client dignity and privacy.
Of course, or relax quietly – it's up to you.
Yes, we use professional beds for your comfort and posture during waxing.
Via WhatsApp, call, or online form.
Yes, book at least 24 hours in advance to secure your time slot.
Yes, please inform us at least 3 hours before.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and Apple Pay.
Yes, we have combo packages for full grooming.
Yes, we send a confirmation on WhatsApp or SMS.
Definitely – it’s quicker and more uniform than manual waxing.
We offer classic, fades, tapers, scissor cuts, and customized styles.
Absolutely hygiene is strictly maintained after every service.
No,You can add manually with extra charges.
Yes, we sanitize clippers, scissors, and combs after each use.
A skin brightening and detoxifying facial that removes tanning, sun damage, and dullness.
Yes, it’s ideal for men exposed to sun, pollution, or dull skin.
Around 20–30 minutes.
No – it’s a skin treatment, not bleach. It’s more nourishing and safer.
Every 2–3 weeks or after heavy sun exposure.
Rarely we use gentle, dermatologically safe products.
Yes, we use special products for sensitive or breakout-prone skin.
No – it removes tan and brightens the skin temporarily; consistent care gives better results.
Yes, avoid direct sunlight for 6–8 hours and use sunscreen.
Beard trimming, shaping, line-up, and optional beard wash or oiling.
Yes, we do beard fades, contours, and custom shaping styles.
Absolutely – shaving is available with a razor or machine.
Yes, we recommend styles based on your jawline and preferences.
Yes, soothing aftercare is included for comfort and fragrance.
Yes – it’s a popular combo for a clean and fresh look.
Yes, natural beard coloring is available on request.
Yes, we offer full home service with professional setup.
Through WhatsApp, call, or our online form.
Yes, we recommend 24-hour advance booking.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and Lipslay Payment.
Yes, please notify us at least 3 hours in advance.
We offer classic cuts, fades, tapers, scissor cuts, undercuts, buzz cuts, and modern styles.
Yes, we encourage reference photos to understand your style.
Yes, we discuss face shape, hair texture, and your preferences before starting.
Typically 20–30 minutes.
Absolutely. Hygiene and tool sterilization are strictly followed.
Yes, we suggest styles that enhance hair volume and appearance.
Deep cleansing, scalp massage, hair mask, steam therapy, and conditioning.
Yes, it restores moisture, strength, and shine.
Definitely! Special treatments target dandruff and flaky scalp.
Every 3–4 weeks for best results.
Around 45–60 minutes.
Yes, it helps maintain hair health after chemical services.
Yes, we use mild steam to open hair cuticles and enhance mask absorption.
Yes, trimming, shaping, fading, and line-up are available.
Absolutely — classic, corporate, rugged, or designer beards.
Every 2–3 weeks for maintaining shape.
D-Tan removes sun tan, reduces pigmentation, and brightens skin tone.
Face, neck, arms, feet, and hands.
Yes, we use gentle, skin-friendly products.
Around 20–30 minutes.
Yes, but we recommend a gap of at least 6 hours.
It removes tan and brightens skin but does not bleach the skin.
Minimal. A mild redness may occur but fades quickly.
Yes, single-use and professionally packed products are prioritized.
Yes, before and after every session.
Yes, for maximum hygiene and client safety.
Yes, upon request or if needed.
You can book via WhatsApp, phone call, or online booking link.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and Apple Pay.
Yes, please inform us at least 3 hours in advance.
Yes, via WhatsApp or SMS for your convenience.
Classic, fade, undercut, taper, scissor cut, and custom styles.
20–30 minutes depending on style and hair type.
Yes, all combs, clippers, and scissors are sterilized.
Optional – available but extra charges
Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, gentle scrubbing, buffing, and moisturizing.
Only if requested. Most men prefer a clean, natural shine.
Yes, for hygiene, grooming, and healthy hands.
25–30 minutes.
Not at all — it’s relaxing and gentle.
Yes, once every 2–3 weeks is ideal.
Nail care, cuticle trimming, foot scrubbing, exfoliation, buffing, and moisturizing.
Yes, using professional foot scrubbers or callus removers.
Yes, it deeply cleans and refreshes feet.
Is it safe for diabetic clients?
Around 30–40 minutes.
A relaxing soak with salts, followed by massage, scrubbing, and moisturization.
Yes, it helps relieve stress, improve blood flow, and soothe pain.
Yes, it’s a common and beneficial add-on.
20–30 minutes.
Yes, we use skin-safe and soothing products.
Coconut, almond, or olive oil – based on preference.
Yes, dry massage is also available.
Coconut, almond, or olive oil – based on preference.
Yes, dry massage is also available.
Stress relief, better sleep, hair growth stimulation, and tension reduction.
Typically 15–20 minutes.
Deep cleansing, tan removal, hydrating, anti-acne, and glow facials.
Yes, we select the facial according to your skin type.
Yes, includes extraction if needed.
Yes, it removes dirt, tan, and dead skin for instant glow.
Around 40–60 minutes.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Mild redness is normal but fades quickly.
Yes, 100% sanitized tools, towels, and disposables are used.
Yes, for hygiene and safety.
Both – home services are available with full setup.
Via WhatsApp, call, or our online form.
Yes, just let us know 3 hours prior.
What payment methods are accepted?
Yes, you’ll receive a confirmation via WhatsApp or SMS.
We use coconut, almond, olive, or ayurvedic oils—your choice.
Reduces stress, improves sleep, stimulates hair growth, and eases headaches.
15 to 20 minutes.
Yes, and we use light pressure with scalp-safe oils.
Gentle kneading and pressure techniques to release muscle tension.
Yes, it improves mobility and relieves built-up tension.
15–20 minutes.
Nail shaping, cuticle care, scrubbing, buffing, and hand moisturizing.
Only if requested. We mostly do natural buffed finishes.
25–30 minutes.
Yes, we use gentle and skin-friendly tools and products.
Light tan can be reduced, especially when combined with hand spa.
Nail trimming, foot scrubbing, exfoliating, cuticle care, and lotion massage.
Yes, we use professional tools and creams.
Yes, it deeply cleanses and refreshes feet.
About 30–40 minutes.
About 30–40 minutes.
A treatment that includes hand soak, scrub, mask, massage, and moisturizer.
No, it benefits all skin types and improves hand appearance.
Once every 2–3 weeks is ideal.
Soaking, exfoliation, foot mask, massage, and moisturizing.
Yes, it relieves fatigue, improves circulation, and relaxes muscles.
Yes, they complement each other well.
25–30 minutes.
Yes, especially with the scrub and mask step.
Warm water is used for a calming experience.
Yes, we disinfect all tools and use disposables where possible.
Yes, all oils and creams are high quality and hygienically stored.
Yes, for your safety and ours.
No, we follow strict hygiene standards.
You can book via WhatsApp, phone call, or online link.
Yes, 24-hour advance booking is recommended.
Yes, we provide full home grooming services.
Around 2.5 to 3 hours.
Cash, card, Apple Pay, and bank transfer.

Wholesale Salon products

A hair mask is a deep-conditioning treatment that nourishes hair more intensively than regular conditioners.
Yes, we offer masks suitable for dry, oily, frizzy, damaged, colored, and normal hair types.
Typically once a week or as recommended by a stylist based on hair condition.
Yes, we have protein, keratin, argan, collagen, and hydrating hair masks in bulk.
Yes, we offer professional sizes like 500ml, 1000ml, 3000ml, and even 5000ml.
Absolutely, we offer specific formulas safe for rebonded, bleached, or colored hair.
Yes, we have specific formulations that target hair fall and strengthening.
We offer both natural and professional-grade chemical-based options.
Yes, most have pleasant salon-grade fragrances, but we also have fragrance-free options.
We stock leading professional brands and also offer unbranded bulk products.
Yes, our range includes masks suitable for male hair textures and concerns.
Shelf life varies by product, but most are good for 2–3 years unopened.
Yes, samples are available upon request for select products.
Most are safe for both hair and scalp, but some are hair-shaft only.
Yes, we have wholesale pricing and special offers for large purchases.
Yes, we offer retail-ready packaging for resale as well.
We have mild, hypoallergenic options suitable for sensitive users.
Prices vary depending on type and quantity; contact us for bulk rate.
Yes, private labeling is available on minimum order quantities.
Yes, you can enhance results by mixing it with argan oil or hair serums.
Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain freshness.
Basic tools include nail cutter, cuticle pusher, nail buffer, nail file, cuticle nipper, foot file, pumice stone, toe separators, and brushes.
Yes, we supply high-quality tools designed for salon professionals.
We offer both stainless steel and durable plastic tools depending on the item.
We have both reusable metal tools and single-use disposable options.
Our kits typically include nail clippers, buffers, filers, cuticle pushers, scrapers, nippers, toe separators, and foot scrubbers.
Both options are available – tools can be purchased individually or as a complete set.
Yes, all our stainless-steel tools are rust-resistant if properly sanitized and maintained.
Yes, we offer electric nail drills, polish removers, and callus removers as well.
Yes, they are professionally sharpened and designed for safe, precise cuticle care.
Yes, available in different sizes and grit levels for salons.
Yes, we provide 4-way nail buffers, sanding blocks, and buffing strips in bulk.
Yes, all tools are salon-grade and meet hygiene and disinfection standards.
Yes, disposable manicure and pedicure kits are available for one-time use clients.
Yes, foot soakers and portable tubs are part of our inventory.
Yes, wholesale pricing is available with bigger discounts on bulk orders.
Yes, we offer manual and electric callus removers for pedicure use.
Yes, we have safe, gentle options specially designed for sensitive skin.
We offer a mix of locally distributed and international quality products.
It varies by product, but usually starts from 10 pieces per item.
Yes, we have ready-made combos that include tools, gloves, towels, etc.
Yes, we offer manicure scissors in both straight and curved designs.
Yes, sample kits can be arranged for quality testing.
Yes, with coarse and fine grit on either side.
Prices vary depending on content; please contact for wholesale catalog.
We offer same or next-day delivery in major cities across UAE.
It is a full-body cleansing and exfoliating treatment using natural Moroccan ingredients like black soap, loofah, and clay.
It detoxifies skin, removes dead cells, improves blood circulation, unclogs pores, reduces body odor, and leaves skin smooth and refreshed.
Moroccan Black Soap Kessa Glove (scrubbing mitt) Ghassoul Clay Argan Oil Body Lotion Rose Water or Essential Oils
Yes, our products are authentic and sourced from trusted suppliers in Morocco and UAE.
Yes, we supply black soap (in kg packs), Kessa gloves, clay, oils, and full kits.
Yes, it’s suitable for all skin types, including sensitive and acne-prone skin.
Yes, we have pre-packed kits for one-time client use or reusable versions for salons.
We offer 500g, 1kg, 3kg, and 5kg packaging.
Yes, full disposable kits are available.
Yes, we offer white labeling and branding on bulk orders.
There are no side effects if done correctly; however, people with eczema or open wounds should consult a specialist.
Most items have a shelf life of 2–3 years.
Yes, we supply premium quality original exfoliating gloves.
Yes, we have herbal, rose, lavender, lemon, and other varieties.
Yes, with gentle ingredients — but always consult a healthcare provider first.
Yes, our entire line is spa-compatible.
Yes, we have special offers and discounted pricing for bulk buyers.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah, Ajman, and all other emirates.
Most of our Moroccan Bath products are free from harsh chemicals and made from natural ingredients.
We supply chairs, shampoo units, trolleys, steamers, magnifying lamps, beds, stools, and more.
Hair dryers, flat irons, curling tongs, scissors, clippers, combs, brushes, sterilizers, and towels.
Yes, we offer full equipment lines for hair, facial, waxing, nails, and massage services.
Yes, we have foldable and fixed facial/massage beds with cushions.
Yes, we use high-quality stainless steel, PU leather, and strong wood/metal frames.
Yes, we offer doorstep delivery and setup services in major UAE cities.
Yes, we offer complete kits including scissors, clippers, razors, blades, etc.
Yes, we offer doorstep delivery and setup services in major UAE cities.
We stock a mix of branded and OEM products from top suppliers in UAE, Turkey, and China.
Yes, custom orders are available based on quantity and lead time.
Yes, we offer both handheld and wall-mounted dryers in wholesale.
We offer UV sterilizers, hot towel cabinets, and autoclave systems.
Most equipment comes with a 6–12 month warranty depending on the item.
Yes, we offer discounted full setup packages for startups.
Yes, salon trolleys with drawers and wheels are available in multiple designs.
Portable beds, foldable chairs, compact dryers, and tool kits.
Yes, we provide competitive wholesale rates and bundle deals.
Yes, single, double, and triple pot wax heaters are available.
We provide care instructions and cleaning guides for all items.
Currently, we specialize in UAE delivery, but can assist with export orders on request.
Contact us via WhatsApp, Instagram, or visit Lipslay.com to request a price list or place your order.
They are used for deep nourishment, shine, repair, and revitalization of dry, damaged hair and dull skin.
Yes, these are topical capsules and not for oral consumption.
Most contain Vitamin E, Argan Oil, Jojoba Oil, Keratin, Aloe Vera, and essential fatty acids.
Twist the capsule, squeeze the oil onto your palm, and apply to damp or dry hair, focusing on ends.
Yes, face vitamin capsules are specially formulated with lighter oils and vitamins suitable for facial skin.
Yes, especially beneficial for dry, frizzy, colored, or chemically treated hair.
2–3 times a week is ideal for regular maintenance or post-treatment care.
Yes, we supply both hair oil capsules and facial serum/oil capsules.
Yes, our products are dermatologically tested and gentle for most skin types.
Yes, we offer jars and pouches containing 30, 50, 100, or 500 capsules.
Yes, many salons use them during treatments and also sell them as retail items.
We have both silicone-based and silicone-free options available.
Facial capsules are lightweight, non-comedogenic, while hair capsules are more oily and rich in smoothing agents.
Mostly oil-based, but some facial capsules have a light serum or gel-like texture.
Some capsules are made from gelatin or plant-based materials and are biodegradable.
Usually 24 to 36 months, depending on the brand and formulation.
Yes, for intensive repair or treatment purposes, daily use is safe and beneficial.
Yes, sample packs are available for testing and demos.
We can provide halal options upon request.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, and all other emirates.
Absolutely, wholesale rates and combo offers are available for salons and resellers.
It’s a set of single-use items used for client hygiene during beauty or grooming services.
Hair cap, face towel, gown, bed sheet, gloves, mask, headband, slippers, panties/underwear, and spatula (customizable).
Facials, waxing, massage, body treatments, mani-pedi, threading, and home services.
Yes, they are meant for single-client use only to ensure hygiene and safety.
Yes, we create kits tailored for facial, waxing, massage, or full-body services.
Yes, Lipslay offers competitive pricing for bulk or salon-level orders.
Yes, our kits use non-woven, hypoallergenic materials suitable for all skin types.
Yes, Lipslay offers competitive pricing for bulk or salon-level orders.
Yes, our kits use non-woven, hypoallergenic materials suitable for all skin types.
Each kit comes individually packed in sealed, hygienic packaging.
Absolutely! They are ideal for mobile beauticians and home spa services.
MOQ starts from 50 kits and up, depending on customization.
Yes, the bed sheets, gowns, and towels are all disposable.
Yes, upon request, we can include latex/nitrile gloves and face masks.
Yes, we provide unisex or male-specific kits as well.
Facial kits may include a headband, towel, mask, while waxing kits include disposable panties, spatula, and wipes.
They are sanitized and sealed, but not medically sterilized unless specified.
We offer eco-friendly, biodegradable materials on request.
Keep in a cool, dry place, sealed until use.
They last up to 24 months when stored properly.
Slippers are optional and can be added to spa or massage kits.
Yes, waxing-specific kits with spatulas, underwear, gloves, and wipes are available.
Yes, our non-woven towels are highly absorbent and soft.
Yes, our kits use non-irritant, chemical-free materials.
Standard color is white, but black, pink, and beige options are available for some items.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, and all emirates.
Yes, sample kits can be provided before placing a bulk order.
They meet general salon hygiene and safety standards.
Yes, we offer guides or stickers explaining kit usage for salon teams.
We offer aromatherapy oils, herbal oils, almond oil, coconut oil, olive oil, lavender oil, ayurvedic blends, and hot massage oils.
Yes, our oils are formulated to be non-irritating, non-greasy, and safe for sensitive skin.
They are for external use only.
We offer 250ml, 500ml, 1-liter, and 3.78-liter (gallon) packaging.
Yes. We have oils for Swedish massage, deep tissue, aromatherapy, hot oil massage, and reflexology.
Yes, we use natural plant-based oils free from harsh chemicals and parabens.
Yes, our formulations ensure quick absorption without greasy residue.
Some are multi-use, while we also offer face-specific lighter oils.
Yes, for clients with fragrance sensitivity, unscented options are available.
Yes, we have essential oil-infused blends for calming, energizing, or pain relief.
Yes, we provide heat-safe oils ideal for warming before use.
Yes, we offer dual-use oils that work for scalp massages and hair nourishment.
Yes, we offer dual-use oils that work for scalp massages and hair nourishment.
Yes, for bulk orders, we offer customized blends with selected ingredients.
Yes, samples can be arranged before wholesale purchase.
Yes, we offer private labeling and branding services.
Yes, all bottles come with leak-proof and tamper-evident seals.
Most oils have a shelf life of 24–36 months.
Yes, we provide halal-certified and vegan-friendly options.
Yes, we have wholesale pricing, starter kits, and mix bundles.
Contact us via Lipslay.com, WhatsApp, or Instagram to request a price list or place an order.
We stock locally produced and imported massage oils, depending on the brand.
A body scrub is a granular exfoliant used to remove dead skin cells and improve skin texture.
We offer sugar scrubs, salt scrubs, coffee scrubs, Dead Sea salt scrubs, silky cool scrub, and herbal exfoliating scrubs.
Yes, we offer formulations for dry, oily, normal, and sensitive skin types.
No, it is recommended to use 2–3 times per week to avoid over-exfoliation.
Yes, available in fragrances like lavender, rose, mint, orange, chocolate, lemon, and green tea.
No, body scrubs are coarser and not suitable for delicate facial skin.
Our scrubs include natural oils, salt/sugar, essential oils, vitamin E, coffee grounds, fruit extracts, and more.
Yes, we offer organic and 100% natural scrub options upon request.
Absolutely! Our Silky Cool and Dead Sea scrubs are ideal for Moroccan bath rituals.
Yes, we supply scrubs in 500g, 1kg, 2kg, 4kg, and 5kg tubs.
Yes, we offer custom-blend and branded scrubs for large orders.
Yes, scrubs are ideal for manicure/pedicure pre-treatment exfoliation.
Silky Cool Scrub, Sugar Scrub with Shea Butter, Dead Sea Salt Scrub, and Herbal Whitening Scrub are bestsellers.
Yes, many of our scrubs are infused with oils and emollients for added hydration.
It smooths ridges, adds shine, and prepares nails for polish, gel, or extensions.
We provide 4-way buffers, sanding blocks, sponge buffers, shine buffers, and mini travel buffers.
A file shapes the nail edge, while a buffer smooths and shines the nail surface.
Yes, but they should be cleaned or replaced regularly, especially in professional settings.
Yes, we supply bulk packs (50, 100, 200, 500 pcs) at wholesale rates.
Yes, we have buffers safe for natural nails and stronger options for acrylic or gel nails.
Our buffers range from 100/180/240 to 3000 grit, depending on the purpose.
Yes, we offer 4-way blocks with each side for filing, smoothing, buffing, and shining.
Some are washable, while others are meant for single-use hygiene in salons.
Yes, available in white, pink, grey, black, neon, and custom colors.
Yes, we have fine grit buffers ideal for removing shine before gel application.
Yes, we provide 2-step and 3-step shine buffers for glossy finishes without polish.
MOQ starts from 50 pieces, with discounts on larger quantities.
Yes, we offer private label branding on buffers for bulk orders.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Ajman, Abu Dhabi, and all Emirates.
On average, 5–15 uses, depending on the grit and client volume.
Yes, it smooths the nail base, making polish application neater and long-lasting.
Yes, we have manicure tool kits that include files, buffers, pushers, etc.
Yes, our gentle sponge buffers are safe for younger or delicate nails.
Yes, they are essential for surface prepping before acrylic or gel extension.
Yes, the ergonomic grip foam design ensures comfort during use.
Yes, fine grit buffers help remove the top coat before soaking off gel polish.
Yes, all our tools are UAE salon-compliant and meet professional hygiene norms.
Face bleach is a cream-based product that lightens facial hair and brightens skin tone without removing hair.
We offer herbal bleach, fruit bleach, gold, diamond, pearl, oxygen, fairness bleach, and sensitive skin bleach.
We offer skin-specific bleach variants, including for sensitive, oily, dry, and combination skin.
Each kit contains bleach cream + activator powder or pre-mixed formulas.
Typically once every 3 to 4 weeks.
No, it doesn’t remove hair; it lightens hair color to match skin tone, making it less visible.
Yes, certain bleaches help lighten sun tan and brighten dull skin.
Yes, we offer ammonia-free and herbal options that are gentler on skin.
Yes, always do a patch test 24 hours before application to check for allergies.
Effects usually last 2 to 4 weeks, depending on hair growth.
If used incorrectly, it may cause redness or sensitivity, so follow instructions carefully.
Bleach lightens hair and brightens skin, while facial cleanses, exfoliates, and rejuvenates the skin.
Yes, but give your skin at least 3–4 hours to settle before applying makeup.
Keep in a cool, dry place, away from sunlight to maintain product stability.
We offer 250g, 500g, 1kg, and 2kg salon-size jars.
Yes, our top bleaches are dermatologically tested and UAE salon compliant.
Face bleach is formulated for facial use only. For body, we recommend body bleach formulas.
Yes, many of our formulas are paraben-free and gentle on skin.
Yes, we offer salon treatment kits including bleach, neutralizer, and after-care products.
It’s used to cleanse, exfoliate, and remove makeup or face masks during facials or skincare.
We offer cellulose, konjac, silicone, natural sea sponge, and compressed facial sponges.
It’s used to cleanse, exfoliate, and remove makeup or face masks during facials or skincare.
We offer cellulose, konjac, silicone, natural sea sponge, and compressed facial sponges.
Yes, most are washable and reusable, depending on the material.
Made from plant-based fibers, cellulose sponges are soft, eco-friendly, and highly absorbent.
Wash with warm water and antibacterial soap. Air dry completely to prevent bacteria.
For hygiene, replace after 5–10 uses or every week in salon environments.
Yes, we offer gentle and hypoallergenic sponge options for all skin types.
Yes, especially compressed facial sponges expand upon soaking.
Yes, we offer single-use disposable sponges ideal for professional hygiene.
Yes, they effectively remove makeup, dirt, and oil without harsh rubbing.
Yes, textured or konjac sponges gently exfoliate dead skin cells.
Yes, natural cellulose and konjac sponges are eco-friendly and biodegradable.
Standard sponges range from 6cm to 10cm diameter, and are thin or thick as per requirement.
Yes, some larger sponges are suitable for neck, back, or décolletage areas too.
Yes, packs of 50, 100, 500, and 1000 pcs are available at discounted wholesale rates.
They are best used wet, especially cellulose and compressed sponges.
Yes, soak in hot water or disinfectant solution, but avoid boiling.
MOQ starts at 50 sets or 100 pcs, with bulk pricing available.
Yes, we offer fast delivery in Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Ras Al Khaimah, and other Emirates.
Yes, you can custom mix sponge types or colors in one bulk order.
Yes, with bulk orders, we include how-to guides for salon usage.
Usually includes: Cleanser Scrub Massage Cream Face Pack/Mask Serum or Gel Moisturizer or Sunscreen
Yes, we offer single-use sachet kits and large salon-size multi-use packs.
We provide: Herbal Facial Kit Gold Facial Kit Diamond Facial Kit Charcoal Facial Kit Vitamin C Facial Kit Fruit Facial Kit Anti-aging Facial Kit Whitening/Brightening Facial Kit Tan Removal Facial Kit
Yes, we have specific kits for dry, oily, sensitive, and combination skin.
Depending on the size, 10–30 facials can be done from one salon pack.
Yes, most of our products are dermatologist-recommended and salon-safe.
Yes, especially whitening, vitamin C, and anti-pigmentation kits.
Yes, most are cruelty-free and not tested on animals.
Yes, we provide OEM and private-label manufacturing for bulk orders.
Some kits include finishing creams with SPF.
Yes, we offer anti-acne and charcoal detox kits.
Yes, most premium kits include a hydrating or brightening serum.
Yes, we ship to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Fujairah, and more.
MOQ starts from 20–25 kits, depending on brand and type.
Keep in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight.
Some kits include bleaching cream, but many are bleach-free.
Yes, these are highly popular for bridal and luxury facials.
Yes, we offer tan removal and glow kits specifically for this purpose.
Yes, we have spa-size facial kits and massage-friendly formulas.
It comes in a 1-gallon (128 oz / 3.78 liters) container.
Yes, it is dermatologist-tested and safe for all skin types, including sensitive skin.
Depending on usage, it can last 2 to 4 weeks for moderate to high-volume salons.
Yes, the soothing and hydrating formula is ideal for post-wax calming.
No, it leaves no sticky residue and absorbs cleanly.
Yes, our massage lotion is 100% cruelty-free and vegan.
Yes, the gallon size is perfect for refilling dispensers or portable bottles.
Yes, optional pump dispensers are available upon request.
It provides hydration, skin nourishment, aromatherapy benefits, and smooth massage flow.
Yes, it is deeply moisturizing and softening.
Yes, we provide wholesale rates and bundle deals for salon and spa businesses.
Yes, Lipslay delivers across Dubai, Sharjah, Ajman, Abu Dhabi, and other Emirates.
No, it is a non-greasy formula and washes out easily from towels.
We offer mineral oil-free options, ask for the ingredient list when ordering.
Yes, it comes with a secure screw cap and optional pump for easy dispensing.
Yes, refill pouch and gallon jars are available for sustainable usage.
Yes, we offer 500ml, 1L, 1 Gallon (3.78L), and 5L options.
It is used to melt and maintain wax at the right temperature for body or facial hair removal.
Our wax heater supports: Hard wax Soft wax Bead wax Can/tin wax Roll-on cartridge wax (with adapter)
Yes, it features a temperature control dial or digital thermostat for precise heating.
Usually 15–25 minutes, depending on wax type and quantity.
We offer 500ml, 800ml, and 1000ml models. Double-pot heaters are also available.
For safety, it's best to turn it off between clients or when not in use.
Yes, it’s perfect for full-body and sensitive-area waxing.
Yes, it works for both strip (soft) and stripless (hard/bead) wax.
Yes, we offer bundle packs with wax + heater + spatulas.
Yes, most models have aluminum or stainless steel removable inner containers.
UAE-compatible models come in 220–240V.
Yes, 6-month or 1-year warranty, depending on the brand/model.
Yes – wax heater + wax + spatulas + strips + after wax oil available in kits.
We deliver across the UAE, and store pickup may be available in selected locations.
When it reaches honey-like consistency and doesn’t feel too hot on a test patch.
We offer over 10 types: Rica, Honey, Aloe Vera, Chocolate, Banana, Sugar, Bead, Cartridge, Candle, Charcoal, Brazilian.
Hard wax (bead or hot wax) does not require strips and is best for sensitive areas. Soft wax (honey, rica) is used with strips, ideal for large body areas.
Aloe Vera wax and Rica wax are gentle and ideal for sensitive skin.
Yes, we offer bulk supply (400g to 5kg) at wholesale prices.
Yes, but we recommend proper training or professional assistance.
Typically 24–36 months when stored properly.
Bead wax, also called hard wax beans, melts into a thick paste and doesn’t require strips.
Yes, but only suitable wax types like hard wax or aloe vera wax should be used.
Yes, most waxes require a professional wax heater to melt to the proper consistency.
It should be warm, not hot, usually around 40–43°C, depending on the type.
No. Once used, discard it to avoid infection or skin reactions.
Best for arms, legs, and those with normal skin.
Yes, it contains soothing and hydrating ingredients.
Hot wax for intimate/bikini areas, removes short and coarse hair with minimal pain.
Specialty wax that provides a spa-like warm therapy + hair removal experience.
Also called charcoal wax, known for detoxing pores and gripping thick hair.
MOQ varies — usually 6 to 12 units per type for wholesale price.
Yes, available in pre-packed waxing starter kits.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Al Ain, and more.
Yes, mixed-type wax bundles are available at bulk rates.
Yes, bulk tubs in 5kg are available for salons with high client volume.
Yes, if reported within 24–48 hours, we process returns/exchanges.
Sample packs available on request for serious buyers or salons.
Keep in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight.
They are used to remove hair by pulling wax (applied to the skin) in one swift motion.
No. Wax strips are single-use only to ensure hygiene and proper hair removal.
They are used to remove hair by pulling wax (applied to the skin) in one swift motion.
No. Wax strips are single-use only to ensure hygiene and proper hair removal.
Lipslay wax strips are non-woven fabric, soft but strong enough for professional use.
Standard: 7 cm x 20 cm (can be cut to smaller sizes for face, bikini, or underarms).
They are used with soft waxes (e.g., honey, aloe vera, rica), not with hard/bead wax.
Apply wax on skin, place strip over it, press firmly, and pull quickly in the opposite direction of hair growth.
One strip can be used 2–3 times if there’s still space left on the fabric and enough stickiness.
Proper use causes mild discomfort, but they're designed for minimum pain and maximum grip.
We offer packs of 100, 200, 500, and 1000 pieces for salon use.
Typically between 80–100 GSM, which balances flexibility and strength.
Usually a minimum of 10 packs (100 pcs each) for discounted prices.
Yes, Lipslay offers waxing kits with wax strips, wax, spatulas, and after-wax oil.
Keep in a dry, dust-free area, away from moisture or humidity.
Yes, we deliver across Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Al Ain, Fujairah, and more.
No, we seal and pack all strips securely to prevent folding or contamination.
Yes, unopened packs may be returned within 3 working days, conditions apply.
Contact us via WhatsApp, website (lipslay.com), or Instagram DM.
Depends on order size. Usually 0.10 to 0.25 AED per strip in wholesale.
Yes, they are UAE salon-grade quality and dermatologically tested.
Yes – wax + strips + spatulas + heater + after-wax oil bundles available.
It’s a sulfate-free shampoo designed to nourish and maintain keratin-treated or frizzy hair, giving it a smooth, shiny, and frizz-free look.
No, it’s also ideal for dry, damaged, frizzy, or color-treated hair.
Yes, it’s gentle and nourishing for all hair types, especially dry or dull hair.
Yes, our formula is sulfate-free, paraben-free, and salt-free, safe for chemical treatments.
“Brazilian” refers to its formulation style, often used in Brazilian blowouts and smoothening treatments.
You can use it 2–3 times a week, or daily if needed.
Yes, for best results, use with Keratin Brazilian Conditioner or Hair Mask.
Absolutely – it’s designed to extend the life of keratin/smoothening treatments.
Yes, it’s safe for color-treated hair.
It doesn’t straighten hair permanently but reduces frizz, smooths strands, and enhances shine.
Reduces frizz Adds shine Repairs damage Protects keratin and color treatments Strengthens weak hair
Yes, its keratin protein helps bind hair strands, reducing breakage and split ends.
Yes, it gently cleanses without drying or over-stripping natural oils.
Main ingredients include keratin protein, argan oil, shea butter, panthenol, and coconut-based cleansers.
Available in 1L, 2L, and 5L bulk packs.
Generally 2 to 3 years if kept sealed and stored properly.
Yes, we offer shampoo + conditioner + mask kits for salons and clients.
Yes, our shampoo meets UAE safety and salon-grade standards.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Al Ain, and more.
MOQ usually starts from 6 units (can be mixed sizes).
Yes, small testers are available for salon trials.
Yes, returns or exchanges are accepted within 24–48 hours for damaged goods.
Yes, MFG and EXP dates are printed on every product.
Yes, we offer tiered pricing for larger orders.

Home Staff

They handle meal preparation, cooking, kitchen cleaning, grocery shopping, and sometimes food storage or inventory.
A cook typically prepares daily meals using basic recipes. A chef has professional training and may
Yes, both options are available depending on your needs.
Yes, we offer live-in cook and kitchen staff options for 24/7 support.
Yes, we have specialists in Indian, Pakistani, Continental, Arabic, Chinese, and vegetarian cuisines.
Simply contact us with your requirements, and we’ll shortlist candidates for interviews.
Yes, trial periods of 1–3 days can be arranged.
For live-in staff, yes. For part-time staff, this is not required.
Absolutely. All staff are vetted through identity and criminal background checks.
Yes, we offer free replacements within a set period (usually 15–30 days).
They can cook breakfast, lunch, snacks, and dinner as per your daily preferences.
Yes, just inform us in advance, and we’ll assign someone trained in dietary-specific cooking.
Yes, most of them are trained to maintain hygiene and clean the kitchen after use.
Yes, we have region-specific cooks upon request.
Yes, we ensure all staff follow proper hygiene and cooking standards.

Services FAQs

Char-coal Facial

Charcoal faical is rich in minerals that can deeply cleanse your skin and tighten your pores. It can enhance collagen and elastin production, reduce wrinkles and skin discolouration, as well as slowing down premature ageing.
Charcoal is one of the most trusted ingredients that can help you with managing skin tans. It helps remove dead skin cells and deliver even complexion due to its cleansing properties.
Yes, the mask might remove fine hair from your face. Keep in mind that the mask is meant to deep clean pores and remove dead skin cells and is not meant to be a substitute for waxing or any kind of hair removal method.
Acne-causing bacteria can trigger pimples and other inflammatory lesions, resulting in irritation, redness, and swelling. The antibacterial properties of activated charcoal, however, may help lift bacteria from the pores. This may help with reducing acne and improving overall skin complexion
activated charcoal cleansers are perfect for removing blackheads.
Yes, it removes dark spots. Activated charcoal facial is great for balancing out the oils on your skin to maintain skin tone.
Yes, it does. A charcoal for the face is a great exfoliate that deeply cleanses the skin pores by absorbing excess oil and sebum, which reduces the size of open pores, making your skin feel relieved, brightened, and clean.
No, it brightens, hydrates, and nourishes the skin.
its help unclog pores and absorb environmental pollutants, oil, and dirt from the skin

Dr .Rashel clean-up

Highly effective. It will help fade sun spots & discoloration
wealthy Dubai.
anytime after 16 years of age.
With daily use after two weeks, dark spots are visibly improved, fine lines and wrinkles are visibly reduced.
With daily use after two weeks, dark spots are visibly improved, fine lines and wrinkles are visibly reduced.
Rashel Aloe Vera Pimple Cream is an anti inflammatory sterilization which inhibit inflamation and can be used effectively to control acne, pimples and balckheads while caring the skin.
Dr. Rashel's Aloe Vera Face Serum is beneficial for oily skin as it properly moisturizes the skin.
All Dr. Rashel products are cruelty-free, clean, 100% vegan and safe to use.
The product is really good, it makes your skin soft and smeels good. Leave it overnight your face and feel the softness at morning. You can also use it as a day cream. Quantity is well enough.
It can be done once every 2–4 weeks, depending on your skin type and exposure to dirt or pollutants.
Yes, it is designed for all skin types, including sensitive, oily, and combination skin. However, it's important to choose the right product variant for your skin concerns.
Yes, it helps reduce acne by removing excess oil, clearing pores, and soothing the skin with its anti-inflammatory ingredients.
Yes, always follow up with a lightweight moisturizer to maintain hydration after the treatment.
The effects can last for 7–10 days, depending on your skincare routine and environmental exposure.

Dr Renaud Facial-Add-On

Fights the signs of aging, diminishes the appearance of sagging skin and deep wrinkles, exfoliates the skin, restores the natural pH of the skin and improves the radiance of the complexion. Fights against apparent imperfections and tightens the skin grain, hydrates the epidermis, brightens the complexion.
The line contains medical grade products at
France
It hydrates the skin, reduces fine lines, evens skin tone, improves texture, and provides a radiant glow using professional-grade, dermatologist-approved products.
Yes, Dr. Renaud facials are tailored for all skin types, including sensitive, oily, dry, and combination skin.
The facial includes cleansers, exfoliators, masks, serums, and moisturizers from the Dr. Renaud range, with key ingredients like chamomile, collagen, or vitamin C.
A typical session lasts 60–90 minutes, depending on the type of facial and added treatments like massages.
Yes, some facials in the Dr. Renaud line, like those with collagen or peptides, target wrinkles and promote skin elasticity.
Dr. Renaud products emphasize natural, botanical ingredients, and many are formulated with organic elements, though not all are 100% organic.
It is recommended to get a facial every 2-4 weeks for optimal skin health, but frequency depends on individual skin needs.
Most facials are pregnancy-safe, but confirm with your therapist, especially regarding the products used.
Avoid direct sunlight, use SPF, and stick to a gentle skincare routine for 24–48 hours to protect the skin.
It’s recommended to avoid makeup before the facial to allow for better product absorption and effectiveness.
No, avoid using exfoliants, scrubs, or retinol-based products for at least 48 hours before the facial to prevent skin sensitivity.
Use a broad-spectrum sunscreen (SPF 30 or higher) and avoid direct sun exposure for at least 48 hours to protect your skin.
Stick to a gentle skincare routine, stay hydrated, and moisturize daily to keep your skin glowing and hydrated.
It’s a premium European facial using Dr. Renaud France products, focused on deep hydration, brightening, anti-aging, or acne treatment, depending on your skin needs.
Dr. Renaud facials use professional-grade botanical ingredients tailored to your skin type, offering visible results and a spa-like luxury experience.
There are specialized formulas for: Dry/dehydrated skin Oily/acne-prone skin Pigmentation & dullness Aging or fine lines Sensitive/redness-prone skin
A full Dr. Renaud facial takes about 45–60 minutes, including cleansing, exfoliation, massage, masks, and finishing serums.
Once every 3–4 weeks is recommended for best skin results.
Yes! Options include: Hydrating Facial Brightening Vitamin C Purifying for Acne/Oily Skin Anti-aging Collagen Facial We analyze your skin and help you select the best.
Yes, Dr. Renaud offers dermatologist-tested, non-irritating formulas for sensitive skin types.
Absolutely. We only use authentic Dr. Renaud France products imported from trusted sources.
Yes! Clients usually notice radiance and smoother texture right after the session.
Yes, booking 24 hours in advance is required so we can bring the right skin-type products.
Yes! We offer professional Dr. Renaud facials at your home, with the same technique and products as high-end spas.
Yes, we do a skin consultation before every Dr. Renaud facial.
It’s not recommended to mix with bleach. You can combine it with face polish 24 hours before or after.
Yes! We occasionally offer bundle deals or discounted combo offers—check our current promotions.
Yes, AED 15 flat fee for all home service bookings.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment link.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any charges or transport deductions.

Dr Derma Facial

jojoba oil and almond meal.
A unique blend of natural cleansing & whitening ingredients that deep cleanses your skin.
DR.derma highly beneficial to your skin and will help you achieve instantly smoother and fairer skin.
It helps improve skin texture, reduce fine lines, brighten the complexion, and target specific concerns like acne, pigmentation, or dullness.
Yes, Dr. Derma products are formulated to cater to all skin types, including sensitive, oily, and combination skin. The treatment can be customized based on individual needs.
For best results, it’s recommended every 2–4 weeks, depending on your skin type and specific concerns.
Yes, it can help treat acne by unclogging pores, reducing inflammation, and balancing oil production with specialized Dr. Derma products.
It’s best to avoid a facial if you have sunburn or irritated skin. Consult with your esthetician before scheduling if you’ve recently been exposed to the sun.
Avoid exfoliating or using harsh skincare products at least 48 hours prior to your facial to prevent irritation or sensitivity during the treatment.
Simply cleanse your skin and ensure that it’s free from makeup and heavy skincare products. This will allow for better absorption of the facial treatments.
You can resume your usual skincare routine, but avoid using exfoliating products or actives like retinol for 3-5 days after your facial.
Avoid sweating, saunas, or strenuous exercise for 24 hours after the facial, as sweating can clog pores and reduce the benefits of the facial.
Keep your skin hydrated, use SPF daily, and follow a gentle skincare routine to prolong the benefits of your Dr. Derma Facial.

Derma Cos Facial

designed for combination, oily and acne skin seborrheic skin prone to blackheads
Routine exfoliation with bentonite clay can extensively improve skin texture, reduce the appearance of pores, fade spots
Anti-aging: Reduces fine lines and wrinkles, promoting a youthful appearance. Acne treatment: Helps with acne scars, clogged pores, and inflammation. Brightening: Reduces dark spots and uneven skin tone. Hydration: Provides deep hydration, leaving the skin plump and refreshed.
Typically, a Dr. Derma Cos Facial is recommended once every 2–4 weeks for best results. However, the frequency may vary based on individual skin concerns and the advice of your skincare specialist.
A typical session lasts between 60–90 minutes, depending on the type of treatment and customization required for your skin.
Most people experience little to no side effects. However, a slight redness or sensitivity might occur, which usually fades within a few hours.
Yes, it's recommended to arrive with a clean, makeup-free face to allow the facial products to penetrate your skin effectively.
No, it’s advisable to avoid any form of exfoliation 2–3 days prior to the facial. This will help prevent skin irritation.
Mild redness or sensitivity may occur post-treatment, but it should subside within a few hours to a day. If it persists, contact your skincare provider.
Use a gentle skincare routine, stay hydrated, and apply sunscreen daily to maintain the effects of the facial and keep your skin glowing.

Derma shine Facial

complete naturally composed fruity formula that leaves your face feeling fresh and rejuvenated.
Dermaplaning is highly beneficial to your skin and will help you achieve instantly smoother and fairer skin. It is recommended for most skin types unless you have a severe acne problem.
A typical Derma Shine Facial lasts between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on the customization required for your skin type and needs.
No, the facial is non-invasive and pain-free. You may feel a slight tingling sensation from the products used, but it should not cause any discomfort.
For optimal results, it’s recommended to have a Derma Shine Facial every 2–4 weeks. This allows your skin to fully benefit from the treatment while promoting rejuvenation.
Keep your skin hydrated, follow your skincare routine, and use sunscreen daily to maintain the effects of the Derma Shine Facial.
You can, but avoid strong exfoliants, retinol, or acidic products for 3–5 days after the facial to prevent irritation.
No, you don’t need to stop your routine, but it’s best to avoid using harsh exfoliating products in the days leading up to your facial.
Yes, it’s advised to stop using strong exfoliants (like retinol, salicylic acid, or glycolic acid) 2–3 days before your treatment to avoid irritation.

Derma Clear Facial

An incredibly powerful hydradermabrasion solution, DermaClear thoroughly exfoliates, cleans, hydrates and nourishes facial skin, leaving it looking fresh, clean and youthful.
improvements can be seen in skin texture and clarity within a few weeks.
Absolutely! Salicylic Acid is designed by dermatologists and is a form of BHA that is widely used in skincare to remove excess oil from clogging the pores, thus controlling acne.
Acne Control: Helps reduce breakouts by deep cleansing pores and preventing further clogging. Brightening: Reduces dark spots and evens out skin tone. Smooth Texture: Exfoliates dead skin cells and promotes cell renewal for smoother skin. Deep Hydration: Keeps skin hydrated, reducing dryness and flakiness. Reduced Inflammation: Calms inflamed skin and reduces redness associated with acne and blemishes.
Typically, a Derma Clear Facial lasts between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on your skin’s condition and the customization of the treatment.
For optimal results, it’s recommended to get a Derma Clear Facial every 3 to 4 weeks. This helps to maintain clear skin, manage acne, and keep pores clean and unclogged.
While rare, some individuals may experience slight redness or sensitivity, especially after extractions. This usually subsides within a few hours to a day. If you have sensitive skin, inform your aesthetician before the treatment.
Yes, it’s best to stop using strong acne treatments, such as benzoyl peroxide or retinoids, 2–3 days before your facial to avoid skin irritation.
It’s advised to avoid makeup for 24 hours post-treatment to allow your skin to fully absorb the products used and avoid clogging pores.
Keep your skin hydrated with a gentle moisturizer and apply sunscreen regularly (SPF 30 or higher), as your skin will be more sensitive to the sun after the treatment.

Glowry Touch Fruit Facial

Using glory fruit facials numerous benefits for the skin, nourishing and hydrating the skin, reducing blemishes and pigmentation, and improving overall skin health and appearance. Antioxidants: Fruits are rich in vitamin C, which prevents signs of ageing and boosts elasticity
There are little to no side effects of doing fruit facial .
While this varies from person to person, depending on your skin type, the glow should last at least ten days.
This facial is ideal for individuals with dull, tired skin or those looking to brighten their complexion. It works well for most skin types, including dry, oily, and combination skin, due to its hydrating and soothing properties.
Glowing Skin,Hydration, Fruit enzymes,Even Skin Tone,andAntioxidant Protection
A typical Glowry Touch Fruit Facial lasts around 60 minutes, depending on the specific steps and your skin's needs.
For optimal results, it is recommended to have this facial once every 3 to 4 weeks to maintain healthy, glowing skin.
Yes, avoid using strong exfoliating products like retinoids or exfoliants 2–3 days before your Derma Shine Facial. These could cause irritation or sensitivity during the treatment.
t's best to arrive with a clean, makeup-free face to allow the aesthetician to properly cleanse and prepare your skin for the treatment.
It's recommended to avoid makeup for at least 24 hours post-facial to allow your skin to fully absorb the treatment and maintain its natural glow.
Some mild redness or sensitivity is normal, especially after treatments like exfoliation or extractions. This should subside within a few hours to a day.

Pedicure

A Classic Pedicure are basic nail treatments focused on improving the appearance and health of the nails and cuticles. They include shaping, cleaning, and polishing the nails, followed by moisturizing and softening the skin.
Classic Pedicure typically takes 45 minutes to 1 hour. The time can vary based on factors like nail length, health, and whether additional treatments (like callus removal) are included.
Soaking: Your feet are soaked in warm water with soothing ingredients like salts or oils to relax and soften the skin. Exfoliation: Dead skin and calluses are scrubbed away, usually with a pumice stone or foot scrub. Cuticle Care: Similar to the manicure, cuticles are pushed back, and excess skin around the toes is trimmed. Nail Shaping: The toenails are trimmed and shaped to your preference. Massage: A foot and calf massage is often included to relax the muscles.
For general maintenance, a pedicure every 3-4 weeks is recommended. However, the frequency can vary depending on nail growth and personal preference.
Soaking,Cuticle Care,Nail Shaping,Exfoliation,Moisturizing.
When done properly, gel pedicures are safe. However, improper removal or frequent use without breaks may cause nail damage. It's important to follow proper aftercare and allow nails to rest between applications to maintain nail health
A gel pedicure typically lasts 2-3 weeks without chipping or fading. This makes it an excellent choice for people looking for a longer-lasting option compared to traditional polish.
Preparation,Base Coat,Gel Color Application,Top Coat and Final Wipe,Drying.
A French pedicure typically lasts 1-2 weeks, depending on factors such as nail growth, lifestyle, and the quality of the products used. Gel French Pedicure can last longer, up to 3 weeks.
Preparation,Shaping,Base Coat,Color Application,French Tips and Top Coat,Drying.
The Jelly Spa treatment provides intense hydration to the skin, softens rough patches, and helps to relieve tired muscles. It’s particularly beneficial for dry or cracked skin because the jelly retains moisture and helps lock it in, leaving the skin feeling smooth and nourished
Yes, Jelly Spa pedicure are generally safe for sensitive skin. The formula is gentle and contains hydrating ingredients like aloe vera, vitamin E, and essential oils, which can soothe and nourish sensitive skin. However, it's always a good idea to inform the technician of any skin conditions to ensure the right products are used.
Preparation,Jelly Soak,Scrub and Exfoliation ,Massage and Polish.
A dry Pedicure can be gentler on the nails and cuticles, as it eliminates the possibility of over-softening the skin. It also helps prevent the nail beds from becoming too soft, which can occur during traditional soaking. This makes it a good option for those with weakened nails or who are prone to nail breakage.
The longevity of a dry pedicure is similar to traditional treatments, usually lasting about 1 to 2 weeks, depending on how well the nails are maintained and the type of polish used (e.g., gel vs. regular polish).
Yes, dry Pedicure can be suitable for most people. However, individuals with very dry or cracked cuticles may benefit more from traditional Pedicure with soaking, as it can help hydrate the skin.
Preparation,Cuticle Care,Exfoliation,Nail Care and Polishing.
The main benefits of a whitening Pedicure include: Skin Brightening: Helps lighten dark spots and skin discoloration on the hands and feet. Exfoliation: Removes dead skin cells, revealing fresh, smooth skin. Hydration: Moisturizes and nourishes dry skin, giving it a healthy glow. Even Skin Tone: Helps achieve a more uniform skin tone on the hands and feet.
The effects of a whitening Pedicure can last from a few days to a week, depending on the products used and how well the skin is maintained. Regular treatments will help maintain the results.
Yes, a whitening Pedicure can be safe for sensitive skin, especially if gentle, natural ingredients are used. However, it’s important to notify the technician about any skin sensitivities to avoid irritation.
Preparation,Whitening Scrub,Soothing Mask and Massage
Yes, medicated Pedicure are generally safe, especially when performed by trained professionals who use appropriate products for specific conditions. However, individuals with certain allergies or skin conditions should consult with a dermatologist or the technician before undergoing the treatment to ensure the products used are suitable for their skin type.
A medicated Pedicure typically takes longer than a regular Pedicure, as it involves extra steps like applying treatment products and allowing them to absorb or work on the skin or nails. It can take between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on the severity of the condition being treated.
Nail and Skin,Assessment,Paraffins,Exfoliation,Massage and Moisturization and Nail Care.
A luxury Pedicure typically lasts longer than a standard mani-pedi. It can take anywhere from 90 minutes to two hours, depending on the specific treatments and pampering steps included in the service.
Enhanced relaxation Improved skin and nail health Long-lasting results
Soaking , Cuticle Care , Nail Shaping , Exfoliation , Moisturizing , Hand and feet bleach , 3D hydra foot bleach
Soothes and relaxes tired hands and feet. Promotes hydration with natural ingredients. Gentle on sensitive skin, avoiding harsh chemicals. Provides anti-inflammatory and healing properties through herbs.
You can get a herbal Pedicure every 3-4 weeks to maintain healthy and nourished hands and feet.
Soaking,Exfoliation,Mask,Massage and Nail Care
Yes, but inform your technician beforehand so they can adjust the technique or use gentler tools if needed.
Yes, it’s typically done dry to provide better control and precision while shaping and cleaning the nails.
Nail Shaping,Cuticle Work,Buffing,Polish Application and Finishing Touches.
Every 3-4 weeks is recommended, depending on your nail growth and maintenance
Pedicures are important for maintaining healthy, clean, and well-groomed hands and feet. These treatments prevent issues like nail infections, ingrown nails, and cracked or dry skin by regularly cleaning, shaping, and moisturizing. Exfoliation during mani-pedis removes dead skin, softens rough patches, and improves the overall texture of your skin. The gentle massage involved in these treatments not only enhances blood circulation but also helps reduce stress and tension, offering a relaxing experience. Well-maintained nails and skin boost confidence and ensure a polished appearance. Overall, Pedicures are essential for personal hygiene, nail health, and self-care.
Pedicure are beneficial for anyone who values personal hygiene and grooming, especially professionals, athletes, and individuals with skin or nail issues.
Yes, pedicure help hydrate and exfoliate the skin, making them essential for those prone to dryness or rough patches.
Athletes benefit from pedicures as they prevent blisters, calluses, and ingrown nails caused by physical activity.
Yes, the massages in Pedicure improve blood flow and reduce swelling, making them ideal for elderly individuals or those with poor circulation.
Mani-pedis enhance a polished, clean look, boosting confidence and creating a positive impression in appearance-conscious professions.
Yes, gentle and safe Pedicure can help reduce swelling, improve circulation, and provide relaxation during pregnancy.
Yes, but they should be done carefully by professionals to avoid cuts or infections, as diabetic skin is more sensitive.
Yes, regular manicure can discourage nail-biting by maintaining attractive, well-groomed nails.

Herbal Facial

We recommend that you get a herbal facial once a month.
Herbal facials are free from harsh chemicals and toxins that can cause harm to your skin or an allergic reaction. So, they are very safe, effective, and gentle on the skin. They can also: Improve blood circulation Give a healthy glow Calm your nerves Loosen debris and unclog pores Oxygenate and hydrate your skin
As the name suggests, a herbal facial is a very healthy and natural way to clear all dirt and toxins from your face to promote glowing, refreshed skin. This type of facial contains a specific type of herb or even a combination of them, such as chamomile, elder blossoms, and the like. They can help tackle a range of skin woes like eczema, pigmentation
yes.
An Herbal Facial is suitable for all skin types, particularly those with sensitive skin or those looking for a more natural skincare treatment. It’s also ideal for individuals with acne, dryness, or pigmentation issues.
An Herbal Facial typically takes about 50 to 90 minutes, depending on your skin’s needs and the specific steps involved in the treatment.
Yes, many people notice a softer, more radiant complexion immediately after an Herbal Facial. The effects may continue to improve over the next few days as the skin absorbs the herbal ingredients.
Side effects are rare, but individuals with allergies to specific herbs or essential oils should inform the aesthetician beforehand to avoid any reactions. It’s always a good idea to do a patch test if you're trying a new product.
For best results, it’s recommended to have an Herbal Facial once every 3 to 4 weeks. This allows your skin to maintain its natural balance and benefits from the nourishment the herbs provide.
Yes, it’s best to stop using strong exfoliants or retinoid-based products 2-3 days before your facial to prevent skin irritation.
Yes, always arrive with a clean face, free of makeup, so your aesthetician can properly prepare your skin for the treatment.
It's best to avoid facials if you have sunburn or active acne, as it could irritate your skin further. Consult with your aesthetician first.
It’s best to wait at least 24 hours before applying makeup after a facial to allow your skin to fully absorb the treatment and avoid clogged pores.
Apply a gentle moisturizer regularly and drink plenty of water to keep your skin hydrated and glowing after the treatment.

IQ organic hydra Facial

Its many benefits include a more hydrated, bright, plump, and clear complexion. Plus, it can also improve signs of aging.
Some specific skin concerns may need more than one visit to be addressed fully, but you should see results immediately after your treatment. You will notice that the skin is refreshed and smoothed, and any redness and uneven pigmentation will be visibly reduced.
The treatment typically takes about 30 to 60 minutes, depending on the specific needs of your skin and the additional services included in the facial.
There are no significant side effects associated with the IQ Organic HydraFacial. It is a gentle treatment, but some people may experience slight redness or sensitivity immediately after the treatment, which usually subsides within a few hours.
For best results, it’s recommended to have an IQ Organic HydraFacial every 2 to 4 weeks. This allows for the skin to maintain hydration and healthy turnover while addressing any skin concerns.
Yes, this treatment is gentle and can be tailored to suit all skin types, including oily, dry, sensitive, or aging skin.
Yes, it's advised to stop using exfoliating products (like scrubs, retinoids, or acne treatments) 2-3 days before the facial to avoid irritation or over-sensitivity.
It’s generally recommended to avoid facials if you have sunburn or severe acne, as it could irritate your skin. Always consult with your skincare specialist.
Yes, protect your skin from direct sunlight for 24-48 hours after a facial, as your skin will be more sensitive to UV rays.
Use a gentle moisturizer and drink plenty of water to help your skin stay hydrated. Hydration supports the skin’s recovery and glow post-treatment.

Kashee’s studio Facial

May help prevent acne and blackheads and make your skin look much healthier.
Two to four weeks
Yes, facial treatments can help reduce discoloration and enhance the look and smoothness of your face.
Kashee’s Studio Facial utilizes premium skincare products, including herbal, organic, and luxurious brands that are specifically selected for their ability to nourish and rejuvenate the skin. These products are formulated to cater to different skin types and concerns.
Side effects are rare, but individuals with sensitive skin may experience temporary redness or mild irritation after the facial. These effects usually subside within a few hours.
For best results, it’s recommended to get a facial at Kashee’s Studio every 4 to 6 weeks. This allows your skin to recover and maintain its glow.
Yes, Kashee’s Studio offers customizable facials. Based on your skin type and concerns (e.g., acne, dryness, pigmentation), the aesthetician will tailor the treatment to best suit your needs.
If you are using treatments like active acne medication or heavy skincare products, consult your aesthetician before the facial, as these might need to be paused for a few days prior to the treatment.
It’s advised to avoid sun exposure or tanning right before your facial, as sunburned or overly sensitive skin may not react well to certain treatments.
It’s best to wait 24 hours before applying makeup to allow your skin to breathe and fully absorb the nutrients from the facial.
It’s recommended to avoid strenuous exercise or activities that may cause sweating for 24 hours after a facial to avoid irritating your skin.

Organic Facial

Gentle on the Skin: Organic facials are ideal for sensitive skin as they use natural ingredients that are less likely to cause irritation or allergic reactions. Hydration and Glow: The ingredients used in organic facials provide deep hydration and promote a natural, healthy glow. Anti-Aging: Many organic ingredients, such as green tea, honey, and aloe vera, have anti-aging properties that can reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Detoxification: Organic facials help remove toxins and impurities from the skin, leading to a clearer complexion.
Organic facials are suitable for all skin types, but they are particularly beneficial for people with sensitive skin, those looking to avoid harsh chemicals, or individuals who prefer natural skincare.
An organic facial typically lasts between 50 to 90 minutes, depending on the specific treatment and products used.
Side effects are rare, but some people may experience slight redness or tingling, especially if they have allergies to specific natural ingredients. Always inform your aesthetician about any allergies before the facial.
For optimal results, getting an organic facial once a month is recommended. This allows your skin to benefit from regular detoxification, hydration, and nourishment while maintaining a healthy glow.
It’s best to wait at least 24 hours before applying makeup after an organic facial, as this will give your skin time to fully absorb the nutrients from the treatment.
Yes, organic facials can be effective for acne treatment. Many natural ingredients such as tea tree oil, honey, and aloe vera have antibacterial properties that help combat acne-causing bacteria and promote skin healing.
After an organic facial, keep your skin hydrated by using a gentle moisturizer and applying sunscreen to protect your skin from the sun’s harmful UV rays. Avoid harsh chemicals or exfoliating products for a few days.
It’s recommended to avoid washing your face for about 4-6 hours to allow your skin to absorb the facial products. After that, use a gentle cleanser.
Yes, it’s essential to keep your skin hydrated post-facial. Use a gentle moisturizer and continue to drink plenty of water to maintain skin health.

Asta berry Papaya fruit

Remove blemishes, dark spots, acne marks, and sunspots from your face. This facial your skin tone so you look young, beautiful, and radiant
Papayas hold skin brightening properties that help take away tan lines and dullness. To make a papaya face pack for pigmentation and brightening, you will need to mix it with some tomato juice too. This will act like an astringent and help reduce the appearance of the taniant.
Brightens Skin Tone: The enzymes in papaya help exfoliate dead skin cells, revealing a brighter complexion. Reduces Dark Spots: Papaya extract helps lighten dark spots and pigmentation. Improves Skin Texture: It smoothens and softens the skin by removing impurities and dead cells. Hydrates and Moisturizes: It provides essential moisture to dry skin, making it more hydrated and supple. Anti-Aging Properties: The antioxidants in papaya help fight free radicals and prevent premature aging signs like wrinkles and fine lines.
Astaberry Papaya Fruit products contain papaya enzymes, such as papain, which work to gently exfoliate the skin, removing dead cells and revealing fresh, new skin. The fruit's natural acids also help in skin regeneration, while its antioxidants prevent oxidative stress, keeping the skin youthful.
Yes, Astaberry Papaya Fruit products are suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin, as the natural papaya extract is gentle. However, it’s always recommended to do a patch test before applying the product to ensure there is no allergic reaction.
You can use Astaberry Papaya Fruit products 2–3 times a week for best results. Overuse can lead to irritation, especially if you have sensitive skin. Always follow the instructions provided with the product.
It’s advisable to consult with a healthcare professional before using any skincare products during pregnancy. While papaya extract is generally considered safe, individual reactions may vary.

Rice Facial-Add On

A skin treatment using rice-based powders, extracts, or scrubs to brighten, exfoliate, and nourish the skin.
Brightens complexion Gently exfoliates dead skin cells Hydrates and soothes Rich in antioxidants and vitamins
We use premium rice powder, rice water extract, and rice bran oil or mask, depending on skin type.
Yes—formulas are adjusted for dry, oily, combination, and sensitive skin.
30–45 minutes, including cleanse, mask application, massage, and toner/moisturizer.
Every 2–4 weeks, depending on your skin’s needs.
Yes the natural brightening properties help fade mild pigmentation and tan over sessions.
No rice powder gently exfoliates and cleanses without blocking pores. mild pigmentation and tan over sessions.
Cleanse Gentle rice powder scrub/exfoliation Rice water or rice bran mask Face massage Toner and moisturizer
Optional—steam is provided based on skin sensitivity and client preference.
Yes—mix with fruit, herbal, or anti-tan facials for a custom combo.
Recommended for first-time clients or sensitive skin.
Heavy makeup for 12 hours Direct sun exposure without SPF Harsh scrubs or chemical peels for 48 hours
Wait at least 4–6 hours before using water or cleanser.
Yes—use SPF 30+ when going outdoors.
Use rice water toner or DIY rice mask weekly Moisturize daily Stay hydrated
Mild redness is normal; it subsides in 1–2 hours. Apply soothing gel if needed.
Yes—include “Rice Facial Add-On” when booking your main service.
Yes 24-hour notice ensures product availability.
Yes our team brings all rice facial products for home service.
Yes standalone rice facial bookings are accepted.
Yes—rice facial + threading or bleach combos have special rates.
Yes we provide secure payment links via WhatsApp.
No fee if canceled at least 3 hours before appointment.
Yes—a digital invoice is sent via WhatsApp or email.
No tipping is optional and appreciated.
Let us know within 48 hours for a free “rice mask refresh” session.

Underarm Wax

There are no health ramifications for removing armpit hair, and waxing in particular is completely safe for use on delicate underarm skin
one of the leading causes of dark underarms is an overproduction of melanin or scarring from hair removal methods like shaving, waxing, or epilating. The underarm skin is usually a folded and hidden area and is generally darker as it can accumulate dead skin cells!
2-6 weeks.
Some also say hair grows in slower and thinner when you stick to a consistent waxing schedule.
Candle wax, also known as paraffin wax, is often used for its gentle and moisturizing properties. It’s popular for sensitive skin areas, like the underarms, because it can provide a soothing and less painful experience. It helps to soften the skin, making it smoother after the waxing session.
The results of underarm waxing can last anywhere from 3-6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle. Waxing removes hair from the root, so it takes longer for the hair to regrow compared to shaving.
**Regular underarm waxing** is a hair removal method where warm wax is applied to the underarm area and quickly removed, pulling hair from the root for smooth, long-lasting results.
it involves a more extensive hair removal process, where hair is removed not only from the underarms but also from the surrounding areas, providing a thorough, smooth, and clean look.
Rica underarm waxing is a hair removal method that uses natural, gentle wax made from resins, designed to be less painful and more suitable for sensitive skin, providing smooth results with minimal irritation.
Longer-lasting results: Waxing removes hair from the root, so it takes longer for the hair to regrow, usually 3 to 6 weeks. Finer regrowth: With regular waxing, hair can grow back finer and sparser. Smooth skin: Waxing exfoliates the skin and leaves it smooth and soft. Less irritation: Compared to shaving, waxing can cause less irritation, especially if done regularly. Prevents darkening: Regular waxing can prevent underarm skin from darkening, unlike shaving, which can sometimes cause dark spots or stubble.
No Razor Burn: Waxing helps avoid the cuts and razor burns that come with shaving. Smoother Skin: Waxing removes dead skin cells, leaving the skin smoother than shaving. Longer-lasting: Waxing lasts longer, as it removes the hair from the root, while shaving cuts the hair at the surface, causing it to grow back faster.
Yes, regular waxing can help prevent darkening of the underarm skin. The process of waxing exfoliates the skin and removes dead skin cells, helping keep the underarm skin brighter over time.
Waxing can be uncomfortable, especially in sensitive areas like the underarms. The pain level depends on your pain tolerance and how often you wax. With regular waxing, the pain tends to lessen as the hair grows back finer.
If the skin is not properly moisturized after waxing or if there’s too much friction, waxing can cause skin irritation, which might lead to darkening over time. However, this is more common with shaving. Proper aftercare, like moisturizing, can help prevent dark underarms.
Yes, you can wax your underarms during your period, but it may feel more painful due to increased skin sensitivity. It’s better to wait until the end of your period if you're concerned about the discomfort.
Underarm waxing is generally safe when done by a trained professional. It's important to follow proper aftercare to avoid infection or irritation. Always ensure the wax temperature is appropriate, and make sure the waxing salon uses clean equipment.
After your underarm waxing session, here are a few tips for proper aftercare: Avoid hot showers or baths for 24 hours to prevent irritation. Don’t use deodorants with alcohol or fragrances for at least 24 hours. Exfoliate gently after a few days to avoid ingrown hairs. Avoid sun exposure and tanning beds for at least 48 hours after waxing. Moisturize your skin with a soothing, alcohol-free lotion to keep the area hydrated.
Exfoliate gently after a few days of waxing. Moisturize regularly to keep the skin smooth and soft. Avoid tight clothing that may irritate the skin. Use ingrown hair prevention treatments if necessary, such as creams or oils designed to reduce ingrown hairs.
es, candle wax (or paraffin wax) is known for its soothing and moisturizing properties. It is especially good for sensitive skin because it’s more hydrating than regular wax and tends to be less irritating. However, it may not be as effective for coarse hair.
For long-lasting smoothness, regular waxing is recommended. Typically, you will see results after the first session, but consistent waxing (every 3-6 weeks) will help achieve smoother and finer regrowth over time.

Kids Manicure & Pedicure

Yes, it’s safe as long as non-toxic nail polishes and child-appropriate tools are used. Always ensure the salon follows proper hygiene standards.
Kids as young as 4–5 years old can enjoy a mani-pedi, but parental supervision is recommended for young children.
Salons use kid-safe, non-toxic, water-based nail polishes and gentle cleansers to avoid harsh chemicals.
A session typically lasts 20 to 30 minutes, depending on the services provided.
Yes, but inform the salon about their sensitivity so they can use hypoallergenic and mild products.
Yes, kids' mani-pedis use gentler techniques, kid-safe products, and shorter treatment times tailored to their needs.
Light massages may be included for relaxation, but they are much gentler compared to adult treatments.
Yes, they help maintain clean and healthy nails, prevent dirt buildup, and teach kids good hygiene habits.

Whitening Manicure-Add On

A specialized nail treatment that brightens and de-stains the natural nail plate before polish.
We apply a gentle whitening scrub, followed by a brightening mask and conditioning serum to lift discoloration.
45–60 minutes total (including prep, whitening steps, and polish).
Yes formulas are non‐abrasive, hydrating, and free of harsh chemicals.
Nails look visibly whiter, smoother, and healthier immediately and for up to 2–3 weeks.
Every 2–3 weeks, or whenever you notice yellowing returning.
The light buffing step smooths minor ridges; deeper ridges may need a separate ridge‐filling treatment.
Use acetone‐free remover Apply cuticle oil daily Wear gloves for chores
No the treatment conditions and strengthens the nail plate while brightening.
Simply mention “Whitening Manicure” in your booking via WhatsApp, call, or form.
Yes—we accept all major cards, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfers.
No free cancellation up to 3 hrs before your appointment.
Yes—a digital invoice is sent via WhatsApp or email.

Full Body Massage

Yes, using a massage can be highly beneficial for the body. It helps in relieving muscle tension, reducing stress, improving blood circulation, and promoting relaxation.
Help reduce stress. Lessen pain and muscle tightness. Increase relaxation. Improve the work of the immune system.
A massage helps to increase the oxygenation of cells through improved blood flow, so you'll enjoy better circulation and increased flexibility after a full body.
Late morning or early afternoon.
It helps relieve stress, improve blood circulation, reduce muscle tension, improve flexibility, and promote overall relaxation.
Most sessions last between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on the type of massage.
Common oils include coconut, almond, jojoba, or essential oil blends tailored for relaxation or therapeutic purposes.
Yes, therapeutic massages like deep tissue or sports massage can help manage chronic pain by reducing muscle tension and improving mobility.
It’s generally safe but may not be suitable for people with certain medical conditions like blood clots, fractures, or skin infections. Always consult your doctor if unsure.
For general relaxation, once a month is sufficient. For therapeutic purposes, your therapist may recommend weekly or bi-weekly sessions.
Prenatal massages are safe after the first trimester, but always choose a trained prenatal massage therapist.
Wait at least 1-2 hours before showering to allow oils and the massage effects to penetrate your skin.
Drinking water helps flush out toxins released during the massage and prevents dehydration.
Heated stones are placed on specific body areas to relieve muscle tension and improve circulation.
Yes, full body massages are known for reducing stress by triggering the body's relaxation response, decreasing cortisol levels, and promoting a sense of well-being.
Reflexology focuses on applying pressure to specific points on the feet, hands, or ears that correspond to different body parts, promoting healing and balance.
Thai massage involves stretching and deep muscle manipulation, often combined with yoga-like positions, to improve flexibility and relieve tension.
Yes, but you may want to choose gentler techniques like Swedish massage and use hypoallergenic oils to avoid irritation.
Yes, it can be beneficial as it helps keep the skin moisturized, but make sure to avoid any products that may irritate sensitive skin right after a massage.
Reflexology is generally safe for most people. However, it may not be suitable for individuals with certain conditions like deep vein thrombosis, severe foot injuries, or infections. Pregnant women should consult a doctor before receiving reflexology.
A typical session lasts between 30 to 60 minutes, depending on your needs and the areas being treated.
For general relaxation, once a month may suffice. If addressing specific issues, your therapist might recommend weekly sessions for several weeks.
Reflexology may help: Reduce stress and promote relaxation. Improve circulation. Ease pain, such as headaches or back pain. Support better sleep. Enhance overall well-being.
It’s better to avoid strenuous exercise before your session to allow your body to be fully relaxed and receptive.
While most reflexologists clean your feet at the start, it’s polite to ensure your feet are clean and odor-free.
Loose and comfortable clothing is recommended so the therapist can easily access your feet, hands, or ears.
Drink plenty of water to flush out toxins, rest, and avoid strenuous activities to maximize the benefits.
It’s fine to shower, but avoid very hot water as it may counteract the relaxing effects.
The relaxing and therapeutic effects can last a few days, especially with regular treatments.
Light activities like yoga or stretching are fine, but avoid intense workouts to let your body fully relax.

leg Waxing

A 3/4 leg wax will stop mid-thigh and a half leg will end just above the knee.
Some essential leg waxing tips are leaving your hair to grow to the appropriate length, scheduling your appointment at the right time, taking a shower before to open up the pores, checking for beauty marks, scars, or moles, and focusing on proper post-waxing .
Up to 1/2 inch should be fine. If your hair is any longer you may feel some discomfort .
The results of leg waxing typically last between 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Pain is subjective, but leg waxing can cause some discomfort, especially for first-timers. However, with regular waxing, the pain tends to decrease as hair grows back finer.
Longer-lasting results compared to shaving (3-6 weeks). Finer regrowth after repeated sessions. Smooth skin as waxing exfoliates dead skin cells. No razor burns or stubble compared to shaving.
Yes, you can wax your legs at home using home waxing kits, but it may require some practice to get it right. For the best results, it's recommended to visit a professional.
It’s recommended to wax your legs every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain smooth skin and prevent regrowth from becoming too thick.
Redness and irritation immediately after waxing. Ingrown hairs if proper aftercare isn’t followed. Skin burns or rashes if the wax is too hot or the skin is sensitive.
Avoid hot showers, saunas, or tight clothing for 24 hours. Moisturize your legs to prevent dryness. Exfoliate gently after a few days to avoid ingrown hairs.
A full leg waxing session typically takes 30 to 45 minutes, depending on the size of the area being treated.
To reduce pain: Take pain relievers (like ibuprofen) before waxing. Avoid waxing during your menstrual cycle when skin is more sensitive. Apply a numbing cream (available over the counter) before waxing.
Yes, leg waxing is generally safe when performed correctly by a trained professional. Always ensure the salon uses clean equipment and that the wax is at the proper temperature to avoid burns.
Feet knuckle waxing can cause some discomfort, especially since the skin on your feet is more delicate. However, the pain is usually brief and decreases over time with repeated waxing.
The results of feet knuckle waxing typically last between 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.

Back and Stomach Waxing

Waxing can be uncomfortable, but everyone's pain threshold is different. The reality is: you're going to feel something .
Waxing can be better for sensitive skin. Shaving can cause ingrown hairs, reaction to the metal of the razor, and dry your skin
Back and stomach waxing is a hair removal process where warm wax is applied to the back and stomach area, and then quickly removed, pulling hair from the root for long-lasting smooth skin.
The results typically last between 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
There may be some discomfort, especially on the back, where the skin is more sensitive. However, pain tends to decrease with repeated waxing.
It’s recommended to get back and stomach waxing every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain smoothness and prevent hair from growing back too thick.
Smooth, hair-free skin for weeks. Exfoliates the skin, leaving it soft. No stubble or irritation from shaving. Helps with skin clarity by removing dead skin cells.
Redness and irritation immediately after waxing. Ingrown hairs if proper exfoliation isn’t done. Skin sensitivity or slight bruising if the wax is too hot or improperly applied.
Exfoliate your back and stomach 24 hours before waxing to remove dead skin. Ensure the hair is at least 1/4 inch long for better wax adherence. Avoid sun exposure before waxing to prevent irritation.
Avoid hot showers or saunas for 24 hours. Moisturize the waxed areas to keep skin hydrated. Avoid tight clothing or activities that could irritate the skin for a couple of days. Gently exfoliate after 3 to 4 days to prevent ingrown hairs.
Dark spots are rare but can occur due to irritation or improper aftercare. Make sure to moisturize regularly and avoid excessive friction or tight clothing.
Yes, back and stomach waxing is safe when done by a trained professional who uses proper techniques and sanitized tools. If you are doing it at home, always follow the instructions carefully.
A full back and stomach waxing session typically takes 30 to 60 minutes, depending on the size of the areas being treated.
Exfoliate regularly after a few days to remove dead skin cells. Keep the skin moisturized to prevent dryness. Consider using an ingrown hair treatment or serum to reduce the risk of ingrown hairs.

Bikini Waxing

a basic tidying and only removes the hair that peeks out of the bikini area.
hair is removed from the outside areas seen in a bathing suit or underwear.
waxing be a better solution than shaving.
Please shower before your appointment. ... Hair must be a quarter of an inch (about 10-14 days of growth) to adhere correctly to the wax. Resist the urge to shave between sessions. ... Gently exfoliate the night before or take a warm bath to prep the skin before your wax. ...
Bikini line waxing is the process of removing unwanted hair around the edges of your bikini area, including the sides of your thighs and the area just outside the underwear line.
Fruit bikini waxing uses a wax infused with natural fruit extracts, designed to be gentle on the skin and suitable for those with sensitive skin. The natural ingredients help to soothe and nourish the skin.
Honey bikini waxing involves the use of honey-based wax, which is known for its moisturizing properties. This type of wax is often preferred for its gentleness and effectiveness, especially for people with sensitive skin.
Rica bikini waxing uses a natural, resin-free wax made from plant-based ingredients. It is known for being less painful and more suitable for sensitive skin, leaving the bikini area smooth and soft.
Brazilian bikini waxing involves the removal of all hair from the bikini area, including the front, back, and sides, leaving the area completely smooth. It’s a more extensive hair removal process than regular bikini line waxing.
Candle bikini waxing uses warm wax derived from paraffin or beeswax, applied in a soothing manner. The wax is designed to be gentle on sensitive skin, making it a preferred option for some people
Hip line waxing focuses on removing hair along the sides of your hips, extending slightly beyond the typical bikini line area. It helps to define the bikini area and leaves smooth, hair-free skin.
Bikini line waxing can be somewhat painful, especially for first-timers, but the pain tends to decrease with repeated sessions. Different types of waxes (like Rica or honey) may also reduce discomfort.
Results from bikini line waxing typically last 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Exfoliate the area 24 hours before waxing to remove dead skin cells. Ensure your hair is the right length (about 1/4 inch). Avoid tanning the area before waxing to minimize irritation.
Long-lasting results: No need to shave frequently. Smoother skin as the wax exfoliates the skin. Finer regrowth: Hair grows back thinner after each session. No stubble or razor burn that sometimes occurs with shaving.
Avoid hot showers or saunas for 24 hours. Moisturize the area to prevent dryness. Exfoliate gently after a few days to avoid ingrown hairs. Avoid wearing tight clothing that can rub and irritate the waxed area.
Yes, you can wax your bikini area during your period, but your skin may be more sensitive, which can lead to increased discomfort. It’s a good idea to schedule your waxing before or after your period if possible.

Arm waxing

you should use some kind of soothing cream or lotion to get rid of any irritation you might have after the appointment.
Arm waxing is a good hygienic practice for those who sweat a lot.
Your hair does not grow back thicker when you get waxing done.
The results of arm waxing typically last between 3 to 6 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Arm waxing can cause some discomfort, but it is generally considered less painful than other areas like the bikini or underarms. The pain decreases with repeated waxing sessions.
Long-lasting smoothness: Hair-free skin for weeks. No stubble: Unlike shaving, waxing removes hair from the root. Exfoliation: Waxing helps remove dead skin cells, leaving your skin softer. Finer regrowth: Over time, the hair may grow back thinner and softer.
It is recommended to wax your arms every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain smooth skin and prevent the hair from growing back too thick.
A typical arm waxing session takes around 15 to 30 minutes, depending on whether you’re getting full or half arm waxing.
To reduce the pain: Take an over-the-counter pain reliever (like ibuprofen) 30 minutes before waxing. Consider applying a numbing cream available at pharmacies. Avoid waxing during your period, when your skin is more sensitive.
The best type of wax for arm waxing typically depends on your skin type and sensitivity. Soft wax is often used for larger areas like arms, while hard wax may be used for more sensitive skin. Rica wax and honey wax are popular choices for their gentleness.
Wear loose, comfortable clothing to avoid any friction on the skin after waxing. Avoid tight sleeves or clothing that may irritate the waxed area.
Moisturize regularly and avoid hot showers for 24 hours.
Wait for 3 to 4 days before exfoliating.
Wait 24 hours before applying deodorant or lotions.
Avoid sun exposure for 24 to 48 hours after waxing.
Brazilian half arm waxing uses Brazilian wax, which is a soft wax that is highly effective at removing hair from the root. It is known for being gentle and provides smooth results.
Sugar waxing uses a natural sugar-based wax that is less irritating and suitable for sensitive skin. It is also eco-friendly and a good option for those with allergies to regular wax.
Honey arm waxing involves using a honey-based wax, which is known for its moisturizing and soothing properties. It's gentle on the skin, making it ideal for sensitive areas.
Banana wax is a sweet-smelling, fruit-based wax that’s soothing and ideal for sensitive skin, offering smooth results with less irritation.
Brazilian arm waxing uses Brazilian wax for complete hair removal on the arms, from the shoulder to the wrist. It's designed to provide smooth, long-lasting results.
Some people may experience redness, bumping, or ingrown hairs, which usually subside in a few hours to a few days. Follow proper aftercare to minimize these risks.
Apply a soothing lotion or aloe vera gel to calm the skin and reduce redness.
Avoid using deodorant or any scented products for at least 24 hours to prevent irritation.
Exfoliate a day or two before to remove dead skin cells, helping the wax grip hair better. Moisturize in the days before, but skip it on the day of your appointment to avoid interfering with the wax. Grow out your hair to at least ¼ inch (about 2-3 weeks) for better results. Avoid heat—no hot showers, saunas, or tanning beds before waxing. Wear loose clothing to prevent irritation after the session. Take a painkiller like Advil 30 minutes before to reduce discomfort.

Manicure-Add On

Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, light hand massage, and polish (optional).
Yes—choose between classic nail polish or long-wear gel polish cured under LED/UV light.
30–45 minutes for basic; 60–75 minutes with gel or nail art.
Square, round, oval, almond, coffin, stiletto—let us know your preference.
Yes—our trained technicians carefully push back and trim excess cuticle without damage.
Absolutely we can use your polish or ours.
Yes classic French tips or reverse French styles are offered.
Yes options include rhinestones, stamping, decals, free-hand designs, and foil accents.
Prices vary by complexity—starting from AED 70 for simple designs.
Both choose matte top coat or glossy seal.
Yes—ombre effects are available as an add-on technique.
Apply cuticle oil daily Wear gloves for chores Avoid using nails as tools
Apply cuticle oil daily Wear gloves for chores Avoid using nails as tools
Professional soak-off (15–20 mins) is recommended to avoid nail damage.
Yes manicure pairs well with pedicure, facial, threading, etc.
Advance booking (24–48 hrs) is recommended, especially for gel or nail art.
Walk-ins are subject to availability; booking secures your slot.
Yes—a 30-min express trim & polish is available at a lower rate.
AED 30–50 depending on polish type and add-ons.
Yes—we accept cash, major cards, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfers.
No—tipping is optional and appreciated.
No fee if canceled at least 3 hours before the appointment.
Yes repeat clients get exclusive discounts and occasional free add-ons.

Pedicure-Add On

Soaking, cleaning, nail trimming, cuticle care, exfoliation, light massage, and polish (optional).
Yes—both are available. Please mention your preference when booking.
Yes—we gently work on rough and cracked heels using foot files and softening cream.
Yes—our pedicure includes exfoliating scrub and gentle dead skin removal.
Absolutely—we focus on full foot and nail hygiene.
Yes—you can request a clean, natural finish if you prefer.
Avoid tight shoes, keep your feet dry, and moisturize daily.
2–3 weeks depending on your routine and polish type.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintenance.
Yes—we use fully sanitized or disposable tools for every client.
Yes—hygiene and safety are our top priorities.
Yes—you can choose from our polish collection or use your own.
Yes—available upon request at a small additional cost.
Yes—minimal toe nail art available at extra cost.
Not in basic pedicure, but it can be added on request.
Yes—pedicure can be booked as a standalone or as an add-on.
Yes—we offer combo services and time-saving dual treatments.
Currently, we specialize in women and children’s services only.
Typically AED 40–70 depending on polish type and add-ons.
Yes—we accept cash, card, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfers.
No—it’s optional and always appreciated.
No fee if you cancel 3 hours before your scheduled time.

Face Facial-Add On

A multi-step skincare treatment that cleanses, exfoliates, nourishes, and hydrates your skin.
Cleansing, exfoliation, steam, blackhead removal, massage, face pack/mask, toner, and moisturizer.
Typically 30–45 minutes depending on the skin type and facial selected
We have facials for all skin types: oily, dry, combination, sensitive, and acne-prone.
Yes—we use mild, skin-type specific products and perform a patch test if needed.
Once every 3–4 weeks is recommended for best results.
Glowing skin, deep cleansing, unclogged pores, improved circulation, and anti-aging benefits.
Yes but we use acne-safe products and gentle techniques to avoid irritation.
Yes—results are visible after the first session with brighter, fresher skin.
No makeup, exfoliation, or sun exposure for 24 hours.
Wait 4–6 hours before washing to allow products to absorb fully.
It’s best to avoid makeup for at least 12–24 hours.
Yes our technician will recommend the best facial after checking your skin.
Yes bridal facials and pre-event glow facials are available.
facial pairs well with bleach, threading, massage, etc.
Advance notice is preferred so we bring the correct products for your skin type.
Yes—we bring everything needed for a salon-style facial at your location.
AED 35–70 depending on the type (fruit, herbal, gold, etc.).
Yes you’ll receive a separate breakdown in your invoice.
Yes combo deals and discounts are available for facial + bleach or threading.
Yes card, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and bank transfer options are available.
Yes tips are appreciated and can be added to your total bill.
Absolutely just share the name, location, and date. We’ll take care of the rest!
You can book through WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or our website (if available). Just send your name, location, preferred date/time, and service.
Yes—advance booking (at least 24 hours) is recommended to ensure availability.
You can cancel free of charge up to 3 hours before the appointment.
Yes—just message us your new date/time at least 3 hours in advance.
No—tipping is optional and can be done in cash or online.

Hair cut-Add On

Basic trimming, layering, reshaping, or light styling as per your preference.
Yes—we offer trims, U-cuts, V-cuts, straight cuts, layers, and step cuts.
Absolutely—we specialize in cutting and styling all hair lengths.
We usually cut wet hair for precision but can do dry cuts upon request.
Around 15–30 minutes depending on the style and hair length.
Yes—we always ask about your preference and suggest what suits your face shape.
Yes—our beautician will bring scissors, cape, and combs to give a salon-style haircut at home.
Yes—our tools are sanitized before each visit and our stylists are trained professionals.
Yes—we offer cuts for kids as well (mention age when booking).
Currently, we specialize in women’s and kids’ cuts for home salon packages.
Yes—we give professional recommendations based on your face shape, lifestyle, and hair texture.
Yes—layering can be done as part of the haircut add-on (depending on package).
Yes—regular trimming removes split ends and keeps hair healthy.
No—hair fall due to a haircut is a myth. It helps remove damaged hair.
Every 6–8 weeks is recommended to maintain healthy ends and shape.
Advance booking is best for home visits so we schedule the right stylist.
Yes—it can be added to facials, cleanups, mani-pedis, or our beauty packages.
Yes—standalone haircut bookings are also available.
Typically AED 25–45 depending on the style and hair length.
Yes—add-on charges are listed separately on your final bill.
Yes—we accept card, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and online transfers.
Yes—secure payment links are available via WhatsApp.
Yes—you’ll receive a confirmation with the date, time, and stylist info via WhatsApp.

Full Body Wax

it deeply exfoliates your skin and removes dead skin cells. The exfoliation that you receive from body waxing has many health benefits, including: Removing damaged skin cells and allowing healthy, new skin tissue to grow.
For some, the wax is nothing. For others, especially those with tender or sensitive skin, it lives on the unpleasant side. But since the waxing part itself is so quick, the majority of people feel it's worth a few seconds of discomfort.
If you have a sunburn in your genital area.
A bikini wax can be uncomfortable and even painful for some people.
Full body waxing involves the removal of hair from all areas of the body, including the arms, legs, underarms, bikini area, and other areas like the back and stomach.
Brazilian full body waxing uses Brazilian wax, known for being gentle and effective at removing hair from sensitive areas. It provides smooth results and lasts longer than shaving.
Olive full body waxing uses wax enriched with olive oil, which helps to nourish and moisturize the skin while effectively removing hair. It's ideal for sensitive or dry skin.
Sugar full body waxing uses sugar-based wax, which is natural, gentle on the skin, and ideal for sensitive skin types. It’s also less painful compared to traditional wax and doesn’t stick to the skin.
Rica full body waxing uses a wax that is enriched with natural ingredients like resin and essential oils. It is known for being less painful and suitable for sensitive skin, providing a smooth finish.
Waxing during pregnancy is generally considered safe. However, due to increased sensitivity
Allow your hair to grow to at least 1/4 inch (about the length of a grain of rice) before waxing. Exfoliate your skin a day before waxing to remove dead skin cells & prevent ingrown hairs. Avoid applying moisturizers or oils to the skin on the day of your waxing appointment, as they can interfere with the wax’s adherence.
Apply a soothing post-wax lotion or aloe vera gel to calm & moisturize the skin. Avoid hot baths, saunas, steam rooms & sun exposure for 24 to 48 hours after waxing to prevent irritation. To prevent ingrown hairs, gently exfoliate the waxed areas a few days after the treatment.
To ensure effective hair removal, your hair should ideally be at least 1/4 inch (about the length of a grain of rice) long. This allows the wax to adhere correctly & remove the hair from the root.
To ensure effective hair removal, your hair should ideally be at least 1/4 inch (about the length of a grain of rice) long. This allows the wax to adhere correctly & remove the hair from the root.
To ensure effective hair removal, your hair should ideally be at least 1/4 inch (about the length of a grain of rice) long. This allows the wax to adhere correctly & remove the hair from the root.
You can still get a full body wax if you have sensitive skin. It’s essential to choose a wax formula specifically designed for sensitive areas & communicate any concerns to your technician. A patch test before the appointment can help identify any adverse reactions.
waxing during pregnancy is generally considered safe. However, due to increased sensitivity, you should inform your technician about your pregnancy & any concerns you may have. Certain areas might be more uncomfortable than usual, so communicating with your technician will help ensure a comfortable experience.
The frequency of waxing appointments depends on your hair growth cycle & personal preference. On average, scheduling appointments every four to six weeks allows the hair to grow to the appropriate length for effective waxing while maintaining smoothness throughout the month.
To minimize pain, consider taking an over-the-counter pain reliever 30 minutes before waxing, and make sure your skin is hydrated and exfoliated to make the process smoother.
Some common side effects of waxing include redness, minor irritation & temporary bumps. These usually subside within a few hours to a day. Serious complications are rare but can have burns, infections, or allergic reactions if proper hygiene & precautions are not followed.

Eyebrow Threading-Add On

A hair removal technique using a cotton thread to shape eyebrows by removing hair from the root.
Usually 10–15 minutes.
Usually 10–15 minutes.
Is eyebrow threading painful?
Yes—it’s 100% natural, chemical-free, and suitable for sensitive skin.
Threading is more precise, hygienic, and gentler on the skin compared to waxing or tweezing.
A bit of redness is normal and usually fades in 15–30 minutes.
2–4 weeks, depending on hair growth.
We use 100% cotton antibacterial thread—gentle and safe for facial use.
Regular threading can lead to finer hair growth for some clients.
Yes—threading gives cleaner, longer-lasting results without dark shadow or stubble.
Yes—your technician will consult with you to match your preferred style and face shape.
Yes—we ensure symmetry and balance for a natural, flattering look.
No problem—just let us know and we’ll remove stray hair only.
Yes—our technicians can create a regrowth plan and reshape over time.
Avoid touching, sun exposure, makeup, or harsh products on the area for a few hours.
Yes—we apply aloe vera or cooling gel to soothe the skin.
Wait at least 1–2 hours, especially with hot water or scrubs.
Yes it’s a quick add-on with facials, cleanups, or our beauty packages.
For home visits, yes advance notice helps us schedule properly.
Yes—our beauticians bring all necessary tools for home services.
Typically AED 15–25 depending on the location and combo package.
Yes—just share their name and appointment details when booking.

Upper Lip Threading-Add On

It's a hair removal technique using twisted cotton thread to remove hair from the upper lip area.
Just 5–10 minutes—quick and efficient.
Mild discomfort may be felt, especially for first-timers, but it’s generally tolerable and brief.
Hair-free skin lasts 2–4 weeks, depending on individual hair growth.
Yes—it’s more precise and gentle on sensitive skin, with no risk of burns or harsh chemicals.
Temporary redness is normal and usually fades within 30–60 minutes.
100% antibacterial cotton thread, safe and skin-friendly.
Rarely—threading removes hair from the root, minimizing the chance of ingrowns.
Yes—even the tiniest facial hair can be removed with threading.
Avoid touching, makeup, or sun exposure for 1–2 hours.
Yes—we apply soothing aloe gel or rose water to calm the skin.
Yes—apply SPF 30+ if you're going out.
It’s best to wait 2–3 hours to prevent irritation.
Can I add upper lip threading to any service?
Not always, but for home service, advance notice helps us schedule efficiently.
Just mention “Upper Lip Threading Add-On” while booking via WhatsApp, call, or form.
Every 2–3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
No—this is a myth. Threading doesn’t change hair texture.
Over time, it may reduce thickness or delay regrowth for some.
Threading is safe, but regrowth may be quicker. We can recommend a routine.
As an add-on, it typically costs AED 10–20 depending on the service combo.
Yes—we accept all major cards, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and online transfers.
Yes—ask for a secure payment link at the time of booking.
No extra charge within service zones—outside areas may have a small fee.
Yes—tips can be added to your bill or paid in cash, whichever you prefer.

Face Bleach-Add On

Face bleach lightens facial hair to blend with your skin tone, giving a brighter and more even look.
No it does not change your natural skin color but brightens your complexion by reducing dullness and making facial hair less visible.
Around 15–25 minutes, including patch testing and application.
Cleansing, patch test, bleach application, neutralizer (if needed), and post-bleach soothing gel.
Every 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth and skin sensitivity.
Yes, we use mild formulas, but we always do a patch test to ensure no allergic reactions.
It’s generally safe for individuals 16 and above.
We use salon-grade, skin-safe herbal or oxygen-based bleaches (depending on skin type).
No—but you may feel a mild tingling sensation during application.
Yes—clients can select from options like VLCC, Olivia, OxyLife, or herbal formulas.
No if done correctly with quality products, it’s completely safe.
Rarely—but we avoid areas with active acne, and use anti-inflammatory gels after.
No it only lightens hair and does not affect growth or thickness.
We recommend avoiding it on active acne; a gentle facial or cleanup is better in such cases.
Instantly skin appears brighter and smoother right after the session.
We use ammonia-free bleach upon request. Please consult your doctor if unsure.
We suggest waiting 6–8 hours before applying makeup to let the skin rest.
Bleach lightens facial hair and brightens skin; facials cleanse, exfoliate, and hydrate skin deeply.
It helps reduce the appearance of tan temporarily, but it's not a permanent fix for pigmentation.
Yes—it can be added to any facial, cleanup, or manicure package.
Yes—just inform while booking and we’ll bring the required products.
Yes—for first-time clients or sensitive skin, patch test is a must to avoid reactions.
Avoid sun exposure, makeup, or heavy creams for 6–8 hours post-session.
Yes—apply SPF 30 or higher if stepping out.
Wait at least 4–6 hours before using face wash or scrubbing.
Prices range from AED 25–40 depending on the bleach type and add-ons.
Yes—in some packages like our 12-service AED 199 home salon deal.
Yes—standalone booking is available.
Yes—we accept all forms of payment including card, cash, and online transfer.

Hand Mask-Add On

A hand mask is a deep moisturizing and nourishing treatment applied to the hands to soften skin, reduce dryness, and improve texture.
It hydrates dry hands, soothes rough skin, improves elasticity, and helps reduce signs of aging like wrinkles and dark spots.
No, it’s an optional add-on that can be added to any manicure or as a standalone treatment.
Usually 10–15 minutes. It can be done while your nails are drying or as part of a spa manicure.
Once a week is ideal, especially if your hands are dry, cracked, or exposed to harsh conditions.
Common ingredients include shea butter, aloe vera, hyaluronic acid, vitamin E, and collagen.
Yes, but be sure to choose a hypoallergenic or natural mask suitable for sensitive skin.
Yes, many hand masks help brighten and even out skin tone, especially those with ingredients like niacinamide or lemon extract.
Yes, but professional hand masks offer deeper results due to high-quality ingredients and application techniques.
No. Most masks are applied as a cream or gel and wiped off or absorbed fully by the skin.
You can book via WhatsApp, call, Instagram DM, or our website
Yes, advance booking is recommended to secure your preferred time and date.
Yes, if slots are available. Same-day bookings are subject to availability.
Please share your name, preferred date/time, location (for home services), and the services you want.
Yes, please inform us at least 24 hours in advance to reschedule.
Yes. Please cancel at least 24 hours before your appointment. Last-minute cancellations may be charged.
For some services or packages, a small deposit may be required to confirm the booking.
Yes! We offer home salon services. Just mention your location while booking.
You will receive a confirmation message via WhatsApp, SMS, or email once your appointment is secured.
No extra charges unless specified for late-night or urgent bookings.

Hydra Facial-Add On

It’s a non-invasive facial that deeply cleanses, exfoliates, hydrates, and infuses skin with serums using a special machine.
Yes, it's suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin.
Clearer pores, smoother skin texture, reduced fine lines, improved hydration, and a glowing complexion.
No, it’s painless and often described as a relaxing experience.
Typically 30 to 45 minutes as an add-on service.
Once every 4–6 weeks for best results.
Yes, it pairs well with facials, dermaplaning, or as an add-on to bridal skincare.
Yes, but some serums may need to be avoided. Always inform your technician if you are pregnant.
Minimal – some people may experience slight redness, which usually fades quickly.
No. You can return to normal activities immediately.
Yes, it removes impurities, unclogs pores, and infuses anti-acne serums.
It’s ideal for adults over 18. Teens can also benefit, especially for acne-prone skin.
Yes, the suction technology effectively removes blackheads and whiteheads.
Absolutely – it’s great for all genders.
Immediately – skin appears cleaner and brighter right after the session.
Yes! Get it 2–3 days before a big event for the best glow.
Yes, advance booking is recommended due to high demand.
You can book via WhatsApp, Instagram DM, call, or through our website (if available).
Yes, just inform us at least 24 hours before the appointment.
Yes, we provide portable HydraFacial machines for home services in select areas.
You’ll receive a confirmation message via WhatsApp or SMS.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and in some cases, card payments or online payment links.
Yes, you can pay after the service is completed unless prepayment is requested.

Mild Fruit Facial

It’s a gentle facial using fruit-based ingredients (like papaya, orange, or apple) to cleanse, exfoliate, and nourish the skin naturally.
It helps brighten the skin, fade pigmentation, improve skin texture, and give a natural glow using enzymes and vitamins from fruits.
Yes! It’s especially good for sensitive, dry, or acne-prone skin because it's free from harsh chemicals.
Papaya, banana, apple, orange, and strawberry – depending on skin type and concern.
About 30–45 minutes.
Once every 2–4 weeks for best results.
Very minimal. It’s a gentle facial. Mild tingling or redness may occur if you’re allergic to any fruit extract.
Yes, fruit facials help reduce acne marks, dark spots, and mild pigmentation due to natural enzymes and antioxidants.
Yes, it’s safe and ideal for young, breakout-prone skin.
It uses natural fruit-based products with no harsh chemicals or bleaches, making it more skin-friendly.
Yes, it gives a noticeable freshness and glow in one session.
It’s better to avoid harsh treatments immediately before or after a fruit facial.
Yes, but professional facials give deeper results with better massage techniques and quality products.
Yes, advance booking is recommended to ensure availability.
Message us on WhatsApp, Instagram, or call. You’ll receive a confirmation shortly after.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfers, and sometimes card or online links.
yeah sure you can resheduled your appointment in 6 hours.

Mud Mask-Add On

A mud mask is a skincare treatment made from mineral-rich clay or mud that detoxifies, cleanses, and tightens the skin.
It removes excess oil, clears out pores, reduces acne, improves skin tone, and gives a fresh matte finish.
Yes, especially for oily, combination, and acne-prone skin. Hydrating versions are available for dry skin too.
No, it's an optional add-on that can be paired with facials or other skincare treatments.
It takes about 10–15 minutes, including application and drying time.
Once every 1–2 weeks is ideal, especially if you have oily or congested skin.
Common ones include Dead Sea mud, kaolin clay, bentonite, minerals, charcoal, and herbal extracts.
Yes! It helps pull impurities from the skin, dries out pimples, and clears blackheads with regular use.
Only if used too often. Moisturizer is applied afterward to restore hydration
Yes, but always check ingredients or consult your doctor if unsure.
Yes, but it’s best to let your skin breathe for a few hours.
Just mention it while booking your facial or other services via WhatsApp, call, or DM.
Yes, we bring all products and tools for home services. Add it to any package or service.
Once booked, you’ll receive a confirmation message with date and time details.
Yes, kindly notify us at least 24 hours in advance.
Cash, bank transfer, and sometimes card/online payment (based on location).

Nail Cutting-Add On

It includes safe trimming, shaping, and cleaning of fingernails and/or toenails.
Yes, you can request nail cutting for hands, feet, or both.
Yes, this is a basic grooming service – it doesn’t include scrubbing, massage, or polish.
Ideal for seniors, children, or anyone who needs quick, clean nail maintenance.
Yes, all tools are fully sanitized before and after each client for hygiene and safety.
Not at all. Our professionals are trained for gentle and safe trimming.
Every 2–3 weeks is ideal for neat, healthy nails.
Mention it when booking any other service via WhatsApp, Instagram, or phone call.
Yes, it can be added to any home salon visit or package.
Not if you’re already booking a manicure. But if you only need nail trimming, you can book it as a quick add-on.
Cash, bank transfer, and online payment in supported areas.
Only a minimal add-on fee, which will be clearly mentioned while booking.

One Color Application-Add On

A single shade of regular nail polish is applied to all fingernails or toenails after basic nail prep.
Yes! You can select from our wide range of classic, trendy, or seasonal colors.
Yes, to ensure better shine and longer-lasting results.
Around 10–15 minutes, depending on drying time.
It’s a single, uniform hair color applied from root to tip — no highlights, lowlights, or balayage.
Yes! It’s one of the most effective ways to fully cover grey or white hair with one shade.
Yes, we offer a wide range of browns, blacks, burgundy, reds, and fashion tones — subject to availability.
Yes, we offer both ammonia-free and professional salon-grade options. Please specify your preference while booking.
Minimal to none, especially if you opt for ammonia-free or herbal formulas. We also apply protective creams and post-color treatments.
Typically 4–6 weeks depending on your hair type, aftercare, and the brand used.
Yes, we recommend it 24–48 hours before the appointment to avoid any allergic reactions.
Yes! It’s often added with haircuts, treatments, or keratin blow-drys.
Absolutely. Our professionals bring all the tools and color kits needed.
Yes, just let us know while booking so we can arrange enough time and staff.

Rice Facial

Yes, Rice facial are good for the skin as they help hydrate the skin tone, treat sun tanning, and prevent Sun damage, giving your skin a brightened natural glow. rice facial make your skin as clear and blemish-free as glass.
A very special facial done rice cooked well with milk & herbal. This helps in reducing suntan, pigmentation, prevents sagging of skin, making it more firm, softer & radiant.
Rice facials are generally safe and natural, but people with rice allergies or sensitivities to certain ingredients should avoid it. Always do a patch test before a facial to ensure no allergic reaction.
You can get a rice facial once or twice a month, depending on your skin’s needs. It’s a gentle treatment, so you can use it more frequently if your skin responds well to it.
You can get a rice facial once or twice a month, depending on your skin’s needs. It’s a gentle treatment, so you can use it more frequently if your skin responds well to it.
While a rice facial can help with general skin brightening and hydration, its primary benefits are more related to anti-aging and overall skin texture. However, it may help soothe irritation and reduce the appearance of acne scars over time.
It’s recommended to wait at least 24 hours before applying makeup after a facial, including a rice facial, to allow the skin to absorb the treatment fully and maintain its glow.
A typical rice facial lasts between 45 to 60 minutes, depending on the type of treatment and steps included in the session
A rice facial is suitable for all skin types, especially those with dull, dry, or uneven skin. It’s gentle enough for sensitive skin and can be used by people looking to brighten their complexion or reduce the signs of aging.
It’s usually okay to continue with your skincare routine unless you are using strong actives like retinoids or acids. Always inform your aesthetician about the products you use.
Yes, avoid sun exposure 24-48 hours before a facial to prevent increased sensitivity and irritation during the treatment.
Yes, avoid direct sun exposure for 24-48 hours and always use sunscreen to protect your skin from UV damage and prevent post-facial irritation.
It's recommended to wait at least 4-6 hours before washing your face to allow the facial products to fully absorb and work their magic.

Root Touch Up application -Add On

It’s a hair color application focused only on the new growth at the scalp to match your previously colored hair.
Usually about 1–2 inches of regrowth from the roots are colored to blend with the rest of your hair.
It’s perfect for those who have visible grey or white hair regrowth or faded roots and want to maintain a consistent color.
No. Full hair coloring involves applying color to the entire length, while root touch-up targets only the regrowth.
Every 3–5 weeks, depending on your hair growth rate and color contrast.
We match the new color exactly to your existing shade for a seamless look. You may change the color, but that would require full-color service.
Yes, both are available. Let us know your preference when booking.
Very minimal — we use salon-grade colors and take precautions to protect your scalp and hair strands.
Not usually. You can add a blow-dry as a separate service.
Typically 30–45 minutes, depending on hair length and growth.
Simply mention “Root Touch-Up Add-On” while booking your service on WhatsApp, call, or Instagram.
Yes! It's commonly paired with haircuts, hair spa, or blow-dry services.
Yes, our professionals bring everything needed for a clean and precise root touch-up at home.
Yes, because it uses less product and time.
Cash, online transfer, or card (in some areas).

Sheet Mask-Add On

It’s a pre-cut fabric mask soaked in concentrated serums designed to hydrate, soothe, brighten, or treat the skin.
We offer masks for all skin types — dry, oily, sensitive, acne-prone, and mature skin.
We use hydrating, brightening, anti-aging, soothing, charcoal, vitamin C, and collagen sheet masks, depending on your skin’s need.
Usually 15–20 minutes, depending on the product and skin condition.
Yes! It provides instant freshness, glow, and deep hydration.
Not always. It's available as an add-on for any facial, clean-up, or spa treatment.
Yes, but results are better when combined with a facial or after cleansing.
Anti-aging or collagen masks can help plump the skin and reduce the appearance of fine lines temporarily.
Yes, we have gentle, fragrance-free options specifically for sensitive or acne-prone skin.
Yes, most clients notice a visible glow and hydration after just one use.
Just mention it while booking your facial, clean-up, or spa appointment through WhatsApp, Instagram, or phone.
Yes, our staff will bring the mask best suited to your skin type.
Absolutely! Hydrating and glow masks are popular among male clients as well.
We recommend a mild cleanse or exfoliation before the mask for better absorption.
Yes, it's more affordable when added with a facial or skin treatment.
Cash, bank transfer, or online payment — based on your booking location.

Stomach Wax-Add On

It’s the removal of unwanted hair from the abdominal area using wax for smooth, hair-free skin.
You can choose either a full stomach wax or just the lower/upper abdomen – based on your preference.
We offer Rica, Honey, Aloe Vera, and Candle Wax options. Rica is most popular for sensitive skin.
There may be mild discomfort, especially for first-timers, but our professionals use techniques to minimize pain.
Usually 3–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Sometimes mild redness may occur but fades quickly. We apply a soothing gel post-wax.
Yes, we choose the wax type according to your skin sensitivity and hair texture.
No, waxing often makes hair grow back finer and slower over time.
Yes, if you’ve waxed before and aren’t overly sensitive. Always inform your technician beforehand.
Mention “Stomach Wax Add-On” when booking any waxing, facial, or package service on WhatsApp or call.
Yes, we provide professional and hygienic stomach waxing at home.
A light exfoliation 24 hours before helps with smoother results, but it's optional.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment (depending on your area).
Yes! Ask about combo pricing if you're booking multiple waxing areas.

Underarm Bleach-Add On

It’s a cosmetic treatment that lightens the appearance of dark underarms by reducing pigmentation and matching the skin tone.
We use mild, skin-safe bleach suitable for sensitive areas, including herbal and ammonia-free options.
No, it temporarily lightens the skin and hair. Regular sessions are needed for maintenance.
It mainly lightens the fine underarm hair and slightly brightens the skin tone.
Typically 2–3 weeks, depending on skin type, sweat, and post-care.
Not usually. A patch test is done if you're trying it for the first time to ensure no irritation.
Yes, we use gentle formulas and apply a soothing gel post-treatment to prevent irritation.
Wait 24 hours after waxing/shaving to avoid irritation and let the skin calm.
Around 10–15 minutes including prep and clean-up.
It may help lighten buildup caused by frequent use of deodorants, but long-term results need consistent care.
Mention “Underarm Bleach Add-On” when booking your facial, waxing, or salon package.
Yes, but we recommend doing bleach 1 day after waxing for best results and less sensitivity.
Usually AED 15–25 as an add-on, depending on product type used.
Yes! Ask about our combo offers when booking underarm wax + bleach.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment, depending on location.
Yes, our professionals bring everything needed, including bleach cream, activator, applicators, and aftercare gel.

Underarms Wax-Add On

It’s the removal of hair from the underarm area using warm or cold wax for smooth, clean skin.
We offer Rica Wax, Honey Wax, Aloe Vera Wax, Candle Wax, and Brazilian Hot Wax, depending on skin type and client preference.
Yes, waxing removes hair from the root, giving longer-lasting smoothness and less shadow/darkness than shaving.
Typically 3–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth rate.
You may feel a quick sting, but it’s very manageable and lessens with regular waxing.
Yes! Regular waxing can lead to thinner, finer hair regrowth.
Yes. Unlike shaving, waxing helps remove dead skin and buildup, which can lighten the area over time.
Yes, we recommend Rica or Aloe Vera wax for sensitive skin as they are gentle and less sticky.
At least 1/4 inch (about 6 mm) long for the wax to grip effectively.
No, we recommend waiting until the skin has healed to avoid further irritation.
Just mention “Underarms Wax Add-On” when booking any package, facial, or body service via WhatsApp, call, or Instagram.
Absolutely. Our professionals bring all hygienic and high-quality materials to your doorstep.
Yes, Rica or premium waxes usually have a AED 10–15 surcharge.
Cash, online transfer, or card (availability depends on your location).

Whitening Mud Mask-Add On

It’s a mineral-rich mask designed to brighten the skin, reduce dullness, and absorb excess oil while gently detoxifying.
Our mud masks often include kaolin clay, bentonite, licorice extract, vitamin C, and natural brightening agents.
It’s suitable for normal, oily, combination, and dull skin. Not ideal for very dry or extremely sensitive skin.
The mask removes impurities and evens out skin tone, giving a visibly brighter, cleaner look after each use.
Usually 10–15 minutes, until it dries slightly — not completely cracked.
Mud masks detox and deep clean, while sheet masks are hydrating. You can use both in a weekly routine.
Yes, it works best after a facial or clean-up, but not recommended immediately after waxing due to sensitivity.
It can help absorb oil, unclog pores, and reduce acne when used regularly.
Once every 7–10 days for oily skin, and every 2 weeks for normal/combination skin.
Yes, our natural formula is free from harsh chemicals — but patch testing is recommended.
Yes, though it is most effective when combined with facial or clean-up services.
Just ensure your face is cleansed. We’ll prep your skin before application during the session.
Yes, our trained staff will apply, monitor, and remove the mask professionally.
Yes! We offer discounted rates when added to skincare combos.
Yes, we accept cash or online payment after service.
No , any cancellation fee you should cancel your appointment atleast 5 hours before.

Relaxing Massage

Relaxing massages can reduce stress and anxiety, improve circulation, enhance sleep quality, relieve muscle stiffness, and promote overall well-being.
Unlike deep tissue or therapeutic massages, relaxing massages use light pressure and slower movements, focusing on relaxation rather than muscle repair.
Typically, a relaxing massage lasts 60-90 minutes, although shorter or longer sessions can be arranged depending on your preference.
Yes, it can help improve sleep by calming the nervous system, reducing stress hormones like cortisol, and promoting overall relaxation.
Arrive a few minutes early to relax, avoid heavy meals before your session, and hydrate well. Wear comfortable clothing if you're unsure about undressing.
Yes, it’s important to discuss any preferences or areas of discomfort so your therapist can adjust pressure and technique accordingly.
A warm shower can help loosen muscles and prepare your body for relaxation, but avoid hot showers if you have sensitive skin or heat intolerance.
Yes, many people feel sleepy or tired after a relaxing massage due to the relaxation and release of tension. Rest is recommended.
You can schedule another massage as soon as you feel the need. For general relaxation, monthly or bi-weekly sessions are ideal.
Yes, with a trained prenatal massage therapist. Relaxing massages during pregnancy can help reduce stress and alleviate discomfort.
While relaxing massages are ideal for stress relief, if you have significant muscle tension, a deep tissue massage may be more effective. Consult your therapist for advice.
Reflexology in a relaxing massage involves applying pressure to specific points on the feet, hands, or ears, believed to correspond to different organs and systems in the body. It aims to promote relaxation, reduce stress, and improve overall health by stimulating the body's natural healing processes. This technique is often used to relieve pain, improve circulation, and restore balance.
While relaxing massages primarily focus on stress relief, they can help ease light muscle tension. For more intense muscle pain, consider a deep tissue massage.
For general stress relief, getting a relaxing massage once a week or bi-weekly is ideal, but this can vary based on your personal needs and lifestyle.
Yes, regular relaxation massages can boost the immune system by reducing stress and enhancing circulation, helping the body fight off illnesses.
Swedish massage is the most common form of relaxing massage, involving long, flowing strokes and kneading to promote relaxation and reduce muscle tension.
Relaxing massages can help people with conditions like arthritis, fibromyalgia, and headaches by reducing stress and promoting circulation, but it's always important to consult a doctor first.
A postpartum massage is a therapeutic massage designed to help new mothers recover after childbirth. It targets areas like the back, shoulders, abdomen, and hips to relieve tension, improve circulation, and aid in the physical and emotional recovery process.
Pain relief: Eases back pain, neck tension, and muscle stiffness caused by carrying a baby and breastfeeding. Improved circulation: Stimulates blood flow, helping to reduce swelling and promote healing. Stress relief: Reduces anxiety and promotes relaxation, which is important for emotional recovery. Hormonal balance: Helps to regulate hormone levels after childbirth and support mental well-being. Enhances bonding: Can provide a moment of self-care, allowing mothers to reconnect with their bodies after pregnancy.
It is generally safe to start receiving a postpartum massage 1- 3 weeks after childbirth, depending on your physical condition and the advice of your doctor. For cesarean births, you should wait until your scar has healed and you have received clearance from your healthcare provider.
Yes, postpartum massage is generally safe for breastfeeding mothers. It can help relieve tension in the shoulders and neck, which is common from breastfeeding. However, make sure to inform your therapist if you are breastfeeding so they can adjust techniques and ensure comfort.
The frequency of postpartum massages depends on your needs and how your body is recovering. Many mothers find that regular sessions, such as every 2-4 weeks during the first few months postpartum, are beneficial for managing stress and maintaining physical well-being.
While generally safe, hot stone massages may not be recommended for individuals with certain conditions, such as high blood pressure, diabetes, or skin conditions like sunburn. It's important to consult with your healthcare provider if you have health concerns before receiving the treatment.
A typical Hot Stone Full Body Massage lasts between 60 to 90 minutes, but some sessions may extend longer depending on personal preference and the massage therapist’s approach. Minimum 50 if you need extra time then you will pay extra
Deep Tissue Massage is generally not recommended during pregnancy, especially in the first trimester. A prenatal massage is a better option for expectant mothers, as it focuses on relaxation and gentle techniques to alleviate pregnancy-related discomfort.
Expect the therapist to apply firm pressure and use slow, deliberate strokes to work deep into the muscles. They may focus on specific problem areas like the neck, shoulders, lower back, or legs, and may use their fingers, thumbs, elbows, or forearms to apply pressure.
It involves stretching, deep pressure, and gentle movements to improve flexibility, reduce muscle tension, and promote overall relaxation.
Improved flexibility: The stretching techniques help enhance range of motion and flexibility. Pain relief: It can alleviate chronic pain and muscle stiffness. Stress reduction: Thai massage promotes deep relaxation, reducing overall stress levels. Enhanced circulation: The pressure and stretching techniques stimulate blood flow and oxygenate the body. Increased energy: It is known for boosting energy levels and reducing fatigue.
Thai Massage is generally safe for most people but may not be suitable for those with joint problems, osteoporosis, or pregnancy. It's essential to inform your therapist about any injuries, medical conditions, or specific discomforts so that they can adjust the techniques accordingly.
Pregnant women should consult with their healthcare provider before getting Thai Massage, as some positions and techniques may not be appropriate during pregnancy. Prenatal massages are usually recommended as a safer alternative.
A Swedish Massage is a gentle, relaxing massage technique that uses long strokes, kneading, and circular movements on the surface layers of muscles. It is typically aimed at improving relaxation and circulation, promoting a sense of calm and well-being.
The primary benefits include stress relief, muscle relaxation, improved blood circulation, and reduced muscle tension. It also promotes relaxation and can help with anxiety and insomnia.
Swedish Massage is generally not painful. The pressure can be adjusted based on personal preferences, but it’s typically soothing and relaxing. If there is discomfort, the therapist can modify the pressure.
Trigger Point Massage is a technique that focuses on releasing "trigger points," which are tight, painful areas in the muscles caused by muscle fibers becoming contracted. The therapist applies pressure to these areas to relieve pain, reduce muscle tension, and restore mobility.
A typical Trigger Point Massage session lasts between 30 to 60 minutes. However, the duration may vary depending on the number of trigger points being treated and the level of tension in the muscles.
For chronic muscle pain or tightness, it may be beneficial to receive a Trigger Point Massage once a week. However, the frequency can vary based on individual needs and the severity of the issue. It’s best to consult with your massage therapist for a personalized recommendation.
During a stretch massage, the therapist helps stretch your muscles and joints, while simultaneously applying pressure to release tension and knots in the body. The massage stimulates blood flow and helps to improve flexibility, reducing muscle stiffness.
Some of the key benefits of stretch massage include: Improved flexibility and range of motion, Reduced muscle stiffness and tension, Increased circulation and blood flow, Reduced risk of injury, Enhanced posture and alignment, Stress relief and relaxation, Increased energy levels.
The frequency of stretch massages depends on your personal needs and goals. For general relaxation and maintenance, a stretch massage once a week or bi-weekly is often sufficient. Athletes or individuals with chronic muscle tightness may benefit from more frequent sessions.
Before a stretch massage, it's important to stay hydrated and avoid heavy meals right before your session. Drink plenty of water to ensure your muscles are well-hydrated, as this can help improve the effectiveness of the massage. Wear comfortable, loose clothing to allow for easy movement and flexibility. It's also a good idea to inform your therapist about any specific areas of tension or discomfort so they can focus on those areas during the massage. Avoid any intense physical activity immediately before the session to prevent muscle fatigue.
After a stretch massage, it’s important to rest, stay hydrated, and avoid any intense physical activity. Drink plenty of water to help flush out toxins and reduce muscle soreness. You might feel some mild discomfort or muscle tenderness, which is normal. Light stretching can be beneficial, but avoid pushing your muscles too hard right away. It's also a good idea to maintain good posture throughout the day to reinforce the benefits of the massage. If you feel any significant discomfort or pain, it's advisable to consult your therapist.
Prenatal massage is a therapeutic massage specifically designed for pregnant women. It focuses on the unique needs of expectant mothers by using techniques to relieve stress, reduce pain, and promote relaxation during pregnancy.
Relieves back, neck, and joint pain. Reduces swelling in legs, feet, and hands. Improves blood circulation and lymphatic flow. Alleviates stress and anxiety. Promotes better sleep and relaxation. Eases muscle tension and cramping.
Yes, prenatal massage is generally safe when performed by a trained therapist who specializes in pregnancy massage. However: Avoid massage during the first trimester (first 12 weeks) as this is a critical developmental period. Always consult your doctor before starting massage therapy, especially if you have a high-risk pregnancy or complications.
You'll lie on your side with support from pillows to ensure comfort and safety. The therapist will use gentle, soothing strokes and avoid any movements that cause discomfort. Sessions typically last 60–90 minutes, focusing on the back, legs, hips, neck, and shoulders.
Prenatal massage may not be suitable for: Women with a high-risk pregnancy or complications like preeclampsia or placenta previa. Those experiencing severe swelling, high blood pressure, or preterm labor symptoms. Women with a history of blood clots (consult your doctor first).

Stretch Massage

Minimal risk if done by a trained professional. Always inform your therapist of any injuries, surgeries, or medical issues before starting.
Unlike regular massage that focuses mostly on muscle relaxation through pressure, stretch massage actively involves moving and elongating the muscles with guided stretches.
Athletes, fitness enthusiasts, people with desk jobs, seniors, or anyone experiencing muscle tightness, limited mobility, or stress can benefit from stretch massage.
Generally, yes, but people with certain medical conditions (e.g., recent surgeries, joint instability, herniated discs) should consult a physician first.
Comfortable, stretchable clothing like gym wear or yoga attire is ideal, as the session involves movement and positioning.
No, it shouldn’t hurt. You might feel a deep stretch, but it should be within a comfortable range. Always communicate if anything feels too intense.
Increased flexibility Improved range of motion Reduced muscle tension Better posture Enhanced athletic performance Decreased risk of injury
Sessions usually range from 30 to 90 minutes, depending on your goals and the areas being focused on.
For best results, once or twice a week is ideal—especially for active individuals or those in physical rehabilitation.
Yes, stretching can release tension in muscles supporting the spine, improving mobility and reducing discomfort in the back.
In some cases, yes. Stretching the hips, glutes, and lower back can relieve pressure on the sciatic nerve, but medical advice is recommended.
Minimal risk if done by a trained professional. Always inform your therapist of any injuries, surgeries, or medical issues before starting.

Postpartum Massage

Postpartum massage is a therapeutic bodywork treatment tailored for new mothers, focusing on the physical and emotional needs following childbirth.
You can usually begin postpartum massage within the first week after a normal vaginal delivery. For C-section births, it’s recommended to wait at least 2–4 weeks or until your doctor gives approval.
Yes, but only after the incision is healed and with your doctor’s consent. Massage can help reduce scar tissue and improve recovery.
It helps relieve stress, reduce swelling, ease muscle tension, improve circulation, support hormone regulation, and promote better sleep.
Yes, massage can help relax the body and improve lymphatic drainage, which may support milk flow and reduce clogged ducts.
A session usually lasts between 60 to 90 minutes, depending on your comfort and treatment goals.
Yes, once it feels comfortable for you. Special cushions or side-lying positions can be used for added comfort and safety.
While not a replacement for professional mental health care, massage may help ease symptoms of anxiety, mood swings, and stress by promoting relaxation and emotional balance.
Massage alone doesn’t directly cause weight loss, but it can support your overall recovery, reduce water retention, and improve body awareness and circulation.
This depends on your needs and goals. Weekly sessions for the first 4–6 weeks can be beneficial, followed by biweekly or monthly maintenance.
Gentle abdominal massage may help stimulate uterine contractions and aid in the body's natural recovery process, but it's not a substitute for medical treatment.
Massage improves circulation and skin elasticity, which can help improve the appearance of stretch marks over time, though it may not eliminate them completely.
Wear comfortable clothing, stay hydrated, and eat a light snack before your session. Discuss any pain points or medical history with your therapist.
While massage does not "realign" bones, it can relieve muscle imbalances and tension, which may support better alignment and posture recovery.

Kids Massage

Massage is safe and recommended for babies and children.
Massage can be performed on children of any age, from newborn to teens.
5 Health Benefits Of Massage For Kids Promotes Growth And Development. Sensory and psychological inputs are crucial for the early development and well-being of newborns and infants. ... Can Keep Your Kid Happy. ... Improved Academic Performance. ... Enhanced Sleep Quality. ... Improves Immune System.
Kids massage uses softer, lighter pressure and shorter sessions. The focus is on relaxation and comfort, rather than therapeutic treatment for muscle tension or injury like in adult massages.
Yes, many children who struggle with sleep benefit from a calming massage routine. It can help relax the nervous system, promote a sense of security, and improve sleep patterns.
Yes, you can give your child a simple massage at home with gentle strokes, but it’s essential to know the proper techniques. There are many books and resources available that guide parents in safely massaging their children.
Yes, regular massage can help reduce anxiety, improve mood, and encourage relaxation, which may, in turn, help children manage behavioral issues more effectively.
Kids massage should be avoided if your child has specific health conditions like skin infections, open wounds, or recent injuries. Always consult a pediatrician if your child has a medical condition before booking a session.
Yes, when performed by a trained therapist or using gentle techniques, kids massage is very safe. It's important to choose a therapist experienced with children and to avoid excessive pressure or vigorous techniques.
Children of all ages can benefit from massage, but for newborns and infants, it should be gentle and short, while older children can receive deeper, more structured techniques.
It helps in promoting relaxation, improving circulation, enhancing sleep quality, reducing anxiety, boosting mood, and alleviating minor aches or muscle tension.
Aromatherapy oils can be used, but only those safe for children, such as lavender or chamomile, to help calm and relax them. However, many practitioners avoid essential oils for younger children due to skin sensitivity.
Ensure your child is relaxed and calm before the massage. Avoid large meals or heavy snacks right before the session and ensure the room is quiet and comfortable for them to feel at ease.
After the massage, make sure to hydrate your child with water. Avoid tight clothing to allow their skin to breathe. If any oils are used, check for any signs of irritation on their skin.
It’s recommended that your child rest after a massage, especially if they seem particularly relaxed. A good rest helps to maximize the benefits of the massage session.

Head Massage

Caffeine and alcohol.
avoid shampooing your hair for several hours after treatment.
It improves blood flow to the brain by making use of the right pressure points. It supplies your nervous system with more oxygen, helping to improve memory and concentration.
A head massage helps relieve stress by promoting the release of endorphins, the body's natural feel-good hormones.
A head massage involves gentle to moderate pressure techniques applied to the scalp, neck, and sometimes shoulders to relax the muscles and stimulate blood circulation.
Relieves stress and tension Improves blood circulation to the scalp Helps with headaches and migraines Promotes hair growth Enhances mood and relaxation Improves sleep quality
Yes, it’s generally safe. However, people with scalp infections, recent head injuries, or certain neurological conditions should consult a healthcare professional first.
While it’s not a cure, head massage may help improve blood flow to the scalp and stimulate hair follicles, supporting healthier hair growth.
No, oil is optional. While oil adds nourishment to the scalp and hair, a dry head massage can be equally relaxing and effective.
Popular oils include coconut, almond, castor, olive, argan, and ayurvedic oils like Brahmi or Bhringraj. Each offers unique benefits.
Popular oils include coconut, almond, castor, olive, argan, and ayurvedic oils like Brahmi or Bhringraj. Each offers unique benefits.
Yes, gentle head massage can reduce tension and help alleviate some types of headaches, especially tension and stress-related ones.
Yes, gentle head massage can reduce tension and help alleviate some types of headaches, especially tension and stress-related ones.
Yes, but be sure to inform your therapist. They may use soothing techniques and specific oils that help with dryness or irritation.
Yes, improved circulation and relaxation can enhance focus, mental clarity, and even reduce brain fog.
Rarely. Some people may experience temporary dizziness or slight scalp soreness. Always inform the therapist of any discomfort.

Hair oiling Massage

Absolutely! Oiling can be beneficial for your hair in several ways. It helps nourish and moisturize the scalp, which can promote healthier hair growth and reduce dryness.
once a week .
Leaving hair oil on overnight is an option, but recommend rinsing it off in the morning.
at least an hour.
Olive Oil is a key ingredient in many massage and skin care formulations.
Warm a small amount of the best olive oil for body massage in a bowl. Apply the oil to your skin in gentle, long strokes. Use various massage techniques, such as effleurage and kneading, to distribute the oil evenly. For enhanced relaxation, use electric handheld massages.
If you're expecting the oil to firm or enlarge your breasts, your biggest risk is the risk of disappointment. If you're using the oil to enhance the skin on your chest, the only risk may be an allergic reaction. For example, if you're allergic to olives, you may have an allergic reaction to olive oil.
Side effects of olive oil includes acne (if used excessively), can show acute allergic reactions in people sensitive to it, skin rashes, breaking the skin's natural moisturizing abilities in case of dry skin, blackheads, inflammations, gall bladder stones, minor to moderate.
Any kind of olive oil.
Hair oiling massage involves applying nourishing oils to the scalp and hair, followed by a gentle massage to promote relaxation, circulation, and hair health.
Strengthens hair roots Promotes hair growth Reduces dandruff and dryness Nourishes the scalp Prevents hair breakage and split ends Relieves stress and improves sleep
1–2 times per week is ideal for most people. Oiling too frequently may lead to product buildup or clogged pores if not washed out properly.
Commonly used oils include: Coconut Oil (strengthens and moisturizes) Almond Oil (rich in Vitamin E) Castor Oil (promotes hair growth) Olive Oil (deep conditioning) Argan Oil (adds shine and softness) Ayurvedic Oils like Bhringraj, Brahmi, or Amla
Yes, massaging oil into the scalp improves blood circulation, which can stimulate hair follicles and support healthier growth.
Leave it for at least 30 minutes. For deeper nourishment, you can leave it overnight and wash it off the next morning.
Yes, leaving oil overnight allows better absorption. Just be sure to protect your pillow and avoid doing it too often if you have oily scalp issues.
Yes, oils like tea tree, neem, and coconut have antifungal and moisturizing properties that help soothe and treat dandruff.
Daily oiling is not usually necessary and may cause buildup. 1–2 times per week is sufficient for most people.

Neck & Shoulder Massage

Soothe away aches, pains and stiffness promoting a deep sense of relaxation and renewed vitality.
Swedish massage.
6 Surprising Benefits of Neck & Shoulder Massage Reduce muscle soreness and pain. ... Relieves Migraines and Headaches. ... Reduces Stress and Anxiety. ... Enjoying a more restful sleep. ... Improves your Posture. ... Helps treat injuries to the neck and shoulders.
Increased circulation and blood flow.
Anterior triangle of the neck.
Regular massages may also help deepen your relaxation and help your mind unwind.
It’s a focused massage technique targeting the muscles around the neck, shoulders, and upper back to relieve tension, stiffness, and stress.
Reduces tension and tightness Eases headaches and migraines Improves posture Enhances blood circulation Relieves stress and anxiety Improves sleep quality
Ideal for people with desk jobs, poor posture, frequent headaches, tech neck, or anyone experiencing upper body stress or stiffness.
Generally yes, but people with certain medical conditions (herniated discs, recent surgery, or severe neck injuries) should consult a physician first.
Most neck and shoulder massages last 15 to 45 minutes, though they can be part of longer full-body sessions too.
Yes, especially if they’re caused by muscle tightness or stress in the upper body.
Yes. By relieving muscle tightness and realigning the shoulders and neck, it supports better posture over time.
Weekly or bi-weekly is ideal for those with chronic tightness, but even a monthly session can be very effective.
Some people may experience mild soreness, dizziness, or fatigue afterward, which usually goes away within a day.
Yes, when performed by a trained prenatal massage therapist. Always inform your therapist if you’re pregnant.
Yes, massage boosts circulation to the muscles, helping reduce inflammation and promote faster healing.
Daily massage is not harmful if done gently, but for deep work, 2–3 times a week is usually sufficient.

Palm Massage

Palm massage involves applying pressure and techniques such as kneading, stretching, and circular movements to the palms to relieve tension, improve circulation, and promote relaxation.
Relieves hand fatigue and stiffness Improves blood circulation Supports joint mobility Eases stress and anxiety Enhances finger flexibility Stimulates reflex points connected to other organs
Ideal for people who use their hands frequently—office workers, manual laborers, artists, musicians, seniors, or anyone with tired, overused hands.
Not exactly. Palm massage focuses on muscle relaxation and circulation, while reflexology targets specific pressure points believed to correspond with internal organs.
Yes, it can provide temporary relief from stiffness and promote better range of motion. Always consult a doctor before starting if you have chronic joint conditions.
Typically 5–15 minutes, but it can be extended or included as part of a full hand or body massage.
Typically 5–15 minutes, but it can be extended or included as part of a full hand or body massage.
Very few. If done too aggressively, it could cause soreness. Avoid massage over bruises, fractures, or skin infections.
Yes, gentle massage can relax children and help with motor skills and sensory stimulation.
Yes, especially when done before bedtime. It helps reduce anxiety and calm the nervous system.
Yes, both systems incorporate palm massage to stimulate energy pathways and maintain body balance.
Yes, by boosting circulation and warming the tissues, it can temporarily relieve cold or numb hands.

Relaxing Foot massage

improves circulation, stimulates muscles, reduces tension, and often eases pain.
A foot massage can lower stress at nearly the same level a full body massage would.
Pressure points can be used to relieve period cramps.
Swedish massages.
A relaxing foot massage is a soothing treatment that uses gentle pressure and strokes to relieve tension, improve circulation, and promote overall relaxation.
It helps reduce stress, improves sleep, eases foot pain or fatigue, boosts circulation, and can support overall wellness.
Sessions can range from 15 minutes to 60 minutes, depending on your needs and the service package.
No special preparation is needed—just ensure your feet are clean. Comfortable, loose-fitting clothing is recommended.
Techniques include kneading, circular motions, thumb walking, stretching, and reflexology-inspired pressure points.
It can, depending on the therapist. Reflexology involves applying pressure to specific points on the feet that correspond to organs and systems of the body.
Absolutely! Foot massages are often combined with full-body massage, head massage, or hand massage for a complete relaxation experience.
Yes, many clients report better sleep after regular relaxing foot massages due to reduced stress and nervous system calmness.
Absolutely. It activates the parasympathetic nervous system, promoting deep relaxation and calming anxiety.
Yes, but it should be done by a trained prenatal therapist. Some reflex points should be avoided during pregnancy.
For relaxation, once a week is great. For therapeutic purposes, 2–3 times a week might be recommended.

22 Beauty Services

No Dear, our deals are very economical and we are providing all basic services, amendments in deals are not possible.
No , this package is completely design for one person , it can't be shared as we can complete hygiene mad protocols for only person for that the deal is booked.
We maintain hygiene by using sanitized and disposable products i.e disposable sheets , liner, hairband .Our staff completes all the protocols of hygiene.
Yes, she would be using sanitizer and wearing mask , Apron hair cap and gloves (as per choice of customer).
Olive, Banana and honey. If you want any specific flavor from above you can mention it while booking.
Yes transportation charges will be included in bill separately. 15 for Dubai , Sharjah Ajman. 30 for Abu Dhabi , Rasal Khama , Damac hill and Al- ain.
Golden or Whitening facial by UAE brands
No , if you select package, it's all up to you if you skip any of service. We are suppose to give all the services mentioned in package.
Yes , but you have to pay extra for that facial as per mention on our website .
10 Yes you can but again you have to pay extra for that as per mentioned on website.
No , it would be completely your choice, we provide all essentials for service. You have to pay full payment.
Yes you can pay but 2.5 % additional charges will be added. If you need to pay by card , while booking mention that you will pay by card.
Yes our preference is cash payment.
Yes ,but you have to pay advance to confirm your booking, because due to some reasons payments do not receive on time so we have to charge in advance for bank transfer.
We use herbal and whitening bleach as it suits all skin type.
We use herbal based products and bleach suitable for all skin type.
yes.
No , if you want then pay extra for that.
If you do not have change for payment, mention before booking for bringing change .
It will be of 25_30 Minutes targeting all the essentials of facial while covering all steps i.e cleansing, scrubbing, blackhead removal, facial massage and Mask application. Note: Black head removal is only for those clients who have blackhead issue.
No it is not included , if you want then book it separately.
Yes it is included.
Following are the steps. 1 Dipping 2 Nail Filling 3 Nail cutting 4 Nail shinning 5 Nail buffing 6 Nail's deep cleaning 7 Scrubbing 8 Massaging 9 Nail Oil Mask will not be included in it
It depends upon condition if it is very rough then you can book more then one session or luxury manicure and pedicure. Moreover our therapist will guide you according to your condition.
You have to inform us before cancellation nevertheless you have to pay full amount .
at least before 24 hours as usually we do not have a lot slots on same day .
Yes but in some cases of emergency,rain,car issue,accident and traffic keep margin .As Dubai is a running city ,we face problems while reaching.
Half hand mask is from hand to elbow it is for the removal of tanning.
No ,Underarm wax will be separated separately.
Depends on clients hands and feet condition minimum 30 minutes and maximum for 45.
Time for service would be mentioned on package which you will select and time will start from entrance of therapist and end at the time of leaving. Setting of stuff , entrance and leaving home , everything will be completed in mentioned time. If you will take service after taking some time then she will not give you extra time she will complete her task in mentioned time and leave.
Download our app , you will found complain corner on our app, file your complain there.
Company will arrange an appointment with the therapist which came to you for service via phone . If therapist will not be able to satisfy you then company will arrange your services with other staff or same as you want.
We will charge 70 dirhams extra if you take more time for completing service e.g if staff reach at 12 pm her service time will start but if you take service after 30 minutes and late then you have to pay 70 dirhams for extra time

Threading

Full face threading is a hair removal technique using a thin, twisted cotton thread to remove unwanted facial hair from areas such as the eyebrows, upper lip, cheeks, chin, and forehead.
A typical full face threading session lasts about 15 to 30 minutes, depending on the density and thickness of the hair.
Results typically last between 2 to 6 weeks, depending on individual hair growth rates.
Threading can cause temporary redness and minor irritation, but these usually subside within a few hours.
Yes, gently exfoliate your face 1-2 days before your appointment to remove dead skin cells and prevent ingrown hairs.
Avoid applying heavy moisturizers or oils on the day of your appointment, as they can make the skin slippery and difficult for the thread to grip.
Apply a cold compress to reduce swelling and use an over-the-counter hydrocortisone cream if necessary. If irritation persists, consult with a dermatologist.
Some patients may end up with skin irregularities, like bumps or asymmetry, if one side of the face ends up looking fuller than the other, he adds. The biggest potential complication of facial threading is puckering, which can form as a result of the pressure the threads put on surrounding skin.
In suitable candidates, a thread facelift can create a lifting effect. But in patients who have more extreme sagging and excess skin, a thread facelift may not be the best option. Unlike a facelift, it does not trim away loose skin or reposition the underlying fat, tissue, and muscle.

Hair cut

It’s recommended to get a haircut every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain a healthy appearance, especially if you have short or layered styles.
Your haircut should complement your face shape, hair texture, and lifestyle. A stylist can help recommend a cut that works best for you.
Wash your hair before the appointment or follow your stylist's recommendation. Bring reference photos to show the style you want. Be clear about your expectations with the stylist.
Style your hair as usual to get used to the new look. Moisturize and treat your hair to maintain its health. Avoid washing your hair immediately after a cut to allow the style to settle.
Yes, a haircut can completely change your look by altering the shape, volume, or texture of your hair. Layers, bangs, or different lengths can create various effects.
Be specific about length, texture, and style preferences. Bring pictures or describe the look in detail. Consult with your stylist about what suits your hair type.
A haircut won’t affect how your hair grows, but regular trims help prevent split ends and keep your hair healthy.
A standard haircut usually takes 30 minutes to an hour, depending on the complexity of the style and the length of your hair.
Haircuts can be done both wet and dry, but wet hair allows for more precise cutting, while dry hair allows the stylist to see how it falls naturally.
Yes, a haircut can help improve the appearance of damaged hair by removing split ends and giving your hair a healthier shape.
For straight hair: Bobs, pixie cuts, and sleek long layers. For curly hair: Layered cuts, curly bobs, or textured cuts. For wavy hair: Long layers, blunt cuts, or beachy waves. For fine hair: Blunt cuts, pixie cuts, or short layered styles to add volume.
A haircut doesn’t directly promote hair growth, but regular trims help keep your hair healthy by preventing split ends and breakage.
Regular trims every 4 to 6 weeks to maintain the shape. Use the right haircare products suited to your hair type. Style your hair using techniques that suit your cut (e.g., blow-drying for volume, straightening for sleekness).

Hairstyle Shoulder length

Round face: Long layers, side bangs, or a long bob with height. Oval face: Almost any style works! Long waves or a sleek bob are popular choices. Square face: Soft, layered cuts or styles with curls or waves to soften angular features. Heart-shaped face: Side-swept bangs or chin-length bobs that balance the forehead.
Blunt bob: Easy to style and maintain. Long layers: Styles that don’t require frequent trimming. Pixie cut: Short and easy to manage, with minimal effort. Shaggy cuts: Textured cuts that look good without much styling.
Use dry shampoo to reduce oil buildup and add volume. Avoid washing your hair every day to maintain natural oils. Use setting spray or light hair mousse to hold your style in place. Sleep on a silk pillowcase to reduce frizz and prevent damage.
Use a volumizing shampoo and conditioner. Blow-dry your hair upside down or with a round brush. Add layers to your hair for texture and lift. Use a root-lifting spray or mousse for an extra boost.
For short haircuts, trim every 4–6 weeks to maintain the shape. For long hair or layers, get a trim every 8–12 weeks to keep ends healthy and prevent split ends.
Blunt bobs or long bobs give the illusion of thicker hair. Layered cuts add volume and dimension. Pixie cuts are also a great choice for thin hair, making it appear fuller and more textured.
Ponytails: Classic, easy, and stylish. Topknots or buns: Quick and versatile for work or running errands. Braids: Functional and cute for an effortless look. Short bob or pixie: Low-maintenance styles that require minimal styling.
Round faces suit layered or long styles; oval faces work with most styles; square faces look great with soft waves or side parts; heart-shaped faces suit chin-length or side-swept styles.

Babylights

Babylights are delicate highlights created using a very fine hair colour technique to mimic the subtle, dimensional hair colour seen on children's hair. Babylights are very natural looking and low maintenance. Babylights work very well on fine hair, where more obvious colouring techniques may look too chunky.
Stylists say the most significant benefit of babylights is that they create maximum dimension with minimal upkeep. "Babylights bring the vibrancy without the upkeep drama.They are low-maintenance, requiring fewer touch-ups
To maintain the vibrancy and health of your babylights -treated hair, follow these tips: - Wait Before Washing: Wait 48 to 72 hours before your first wash
Is It Possible To Lighten Hair Without Bleach? "Yes, you can use color to get a lift," says celebrity colorist and Matrix brand ambassador, Rachel Bodt. "The biggest question/issue is if you have previous color in your hair, which can change how much lift you get out of it."
At Home Care for Babylights Besides making sure you tell your client to take care of the shininess of their new babylights, they should also be using products that are color-safe. If they use heat tools regularly, then they should be using a heat protectant to help prevent color fading.
It is a freehand highlighting that focuses the lightest color on the ends of your hair. So your roots will be your natural color, and as you go down a lighter color will gradually be worked in until the ends are mostly highlighted.
Yes, babylights can be applied to short hair to add dimension and texture. The fine highlights will still create a natural and subtle look, even on shorter cuts.
Babylights will add subtle highlights to your hair, giving it the appearance of being lighter without completely changing your natural color. The result is a softer, brighter look.
It’s best not to wash your hair 1-2 days before the appointment. Natural oils help protect your scalp during the coloring process.
It's recommended to trim or condition damaged hair before getting babylights. Consult your stylist for a suitable plan to minimize damage.
Yes, it's always a good idea to perform a patch test 48 hours before getting babylights to check for allergic reactions.
Yes, avoid chemical treatments like perms or relaxers before getting babylights to prevent over-processing and damage.
Wait 24 to 48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to fully set.
It’s best to use a sulfate-free shampoo to prevent your color from fading quickly and to keep hair healthy.
Yes, protect your hair from direct sunlight, as UV rays can cause the color to fade faster. Use UV-protectant hair products or wear a hat.
Babylights generally need touch-ups every 6 to 8 weeks to maintain a natural look and prevent noticeable roots.

Highlights

Here are 5 things you should know before highlighting to prepare you for your next colouring adventure. Decide Which Highlights You Want to Try. ... Aim to Frame Your Face with Hair Colour Highlights. ... Avoid Adding Too Many Hair Colour Levels. ... Contrast Between Your Skin Colour and Hair Colour Highlights.
Make sure your hair is in good condition. Trim any split ends and consider using a deep conditioning treatment to nourish your hair before the appointment.
It’s best to avoid chemical treatments like perms or relaxers right before getting highlights, as they may affect the coloring process.
It's possible, but your stylist may recommend a conditioning treatment or a gentler highlighting technique if your hair is damaged.
Wait at least 48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to fully set.
Limit heat styling to avoid further damage. Always use a heat protectant if you need to use styling tools.
Yes, UV rays can cause highlights to fade. To protect your hair, use UV-protectant products or wear a hat when exposed to the sun for extended periods.
Yes, highlights can be done on all hair types, whether curly, straight, fine, or thick. The technique may vary based on your hair texture.
Yes, highlights can be applied to color-treated hair, but it’s important to assess the condition of your hair beforehand to ensure it can handle the process.
Yes, highlights can look great on short hair. They can add dimension, texture, and volume to shorter hairstyles.
Yes, you can gradually go back to your natural color by allowing the highlights to grow out or using a color correction treatment, but this process may take time.

Low lights

Yes, lowlights can be added to blonde or light hair in shades like caramel or brown to create a more dimensional look.
Yes, lowlights can be added to color-treated hair to enhance the overall look, add depth, and reduce any flatness or monotony.
Lowlights can last anywhere from 6 to 8 weeks, depending on hair growth and how well you maintain them with color-safe shampoos.
The best lowlight shades depend on your natural hair color and undertones. A stylist can help choose shades that complement your base color for a harmonious look.
we recommend clients give their hair two to three days to let their new color truly set in
Yes, lowlights can look great on curly hair. They add depth and dimension while enhancing the natural texture and volume.
The process of applying lowlights typically takes about 1 to 2 hours, depending on your hair length and the technique used.
Like any color treatment, lowlights can cause some damage, especially if done frequently. However, since the process involves darker tones, it usually causes less damage than lighter highlights, which require bleaching.
While it’s possible to apply lowlights at home with a kit, it’s generally recommended to have them done by a professional stylist to ensure proper application and blending, especially if you're mixing with highlights or other colors.
Yes, lowlights are great for blonde hair. Adding darker lowlights to blonde hair creates dimension and prevents the hair from looking too flat or one-dimensional.
To maintain lowlights: Use a color-safe shampoo to prevent fading. Deep condition regularly to keep your hair healthy. Schedule touch-ups every 6 to 8 weeks to maintain the color and prevent regrowth lines from being too noticeable.

Balayage

Balayage is a freehand hair coloring technique where color is painted onto the hair in a natural, sun-kissed pattern. The result is a soft, blended transition from dark to light, giving the hair a natural-looking highlight.
es, balayage works well on all hair types and textures, including straight, wavy, curly, thick, and fine hair. It can be customized to suit your hair and desired look.
Balayage requires less maintenance compared to traditional highlights. Since it grows out naturally, you don’t need frequent touch-ups—usually every 3-4 months.
A balayage session typically takes around 2-4 hours, depending on the length and thickness of your hair.
It’s best not to wash your hair right before the appointment. Natural oils on your scalp will help protect your hair during the coloring process.
Wait at least 48 hours before washing your hair after balayage to allow the color to set properly and avoid fading.
Yes, you can use heat styling tools, but it’s best to minimize their use to avoid damaging the hair. Always apply a heat protectant spray to shield your color-treated hair.
Balayage is best left to professionals due to the precise technique required to ensure natural blending. However, there are DIY balayage kits available, but results may not be as seamless as those done by a trained stylist.
It’s usually best to leave your hair unwashed for 1 to 2 days before the appointment to allow your natural oils to protect your scalp during the coloring process.
It’s generally advised to avoid using heat tools like straighteners or curling irons right before your treatment, as this can cause damage and affect the color application.
Yes! Discuss your hair goals and concerns with your stylist to ensure you get the results you want. Bring reference photos if needed.
Yes, avoid getting other treatments like perms, relaxers, or chemical straightening before a color or balayage appointment. This helps prevent over-processing and damage.
After a color treatment, wait 24 to 48 hours before washing your hair to let the color set and avoid premature fading.
It’s recommended to use a sulfate-free shampoo to prevent stripping the color and to maintain hair moisture.
It’s best to wait for at least 6 to 8 weeks before reapplying color to avoid over-processing and damaging your hair.

Colifina Highlights

Colfina highlights are a unique hair coloring technique that uses a combination of subtle highlights and lowlights to create a natural, multi-dimensional look. This method provides depth and texture to your hair, often giving it a sun-kissed effect.
Colfina highlights typically last around 6-8 weeks, depending on your hair growth and how well you maintain them. Regular touch-ups are recommended to keep the look fresh.
Yes, Colfina highlights are considered low-maintenance compared to traditional highlights. They grow out more naturally and seamlessly, so you don’t need frequent touch-ups.
It's recommended to avoid washing your hair the day of your appointment. Natural oils on your scalp help protect your hair and make the coloring process more effective.
It's best to avoid using heat styling tools like straighteners or curling irons a few days before your appointment to prevent damage and ensure the best result.
Wait at least 48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to set and to ensure longevity.
You can, but avoid using oils that are too heavy, as they might weigh your hair down. Opt for lightweight, nourishing oils designed for color-treated hair.
Use shampoos and conditioners for color-treated hair, avoid excessive heat styling, and apply deep conditioning treatments regularly to keep your hair healthy and your highlights vibrant​.
Since highlights grow out naturally and the color fades over time, a touch-up is generally recommended every 6-8 weeks
Like all hair coloring treatments, highlights can cause some damage, but if done properly with good aftercare, they can be minimal. Deep conditioning and moisturizing treatments can help minimize damage.

Complex Hair cut -Add On

A complex haircut involves detailed layering, bob cuts, step cuts, feathering, fringes, razor cuts, or any style that takes extra time and precision compared to a standard trim.
It usually takes 30 to 45 minutes, depending on the style, hair length, and texture.
Layer cut (multiple layers) Bob/lob cut Step or U/V cuts Feathered or razor cuts Bangs or fringes with precision detailing
Yes! A face shape + style consultation is done before starting to match your preference and features.
Preferably yes, or we can offer a hair wash add-on before the haircut at an extra cost.
Basic drying and finishing touch is included. Full blowout or heat styling is charged separately.
Absolutely! We recommend showing a photo of your desired haircut during your appointment.
Yes, we tailor the cut based on your hair type (curly, straight, frizzy, fine, thick, etc.).
No, this is recommended for teens and adults only, due to the detailing involved.
Yes, we’ll guide you on products and styling techniques for your new look.
Send us a message on WhatsApp with: Your location Preferred date & time Mention “Complex Haircut Add-On”
A fixed AED 15 transportation fee is charged for home visits regardless of location within service areas.
Yes! We recommend it with hair spa or root touch-up for a complete hair transformation.
Yes, but please cancel at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any inconvenience.
If cancelled less than 3 hours before, we may deduct the AED 15 transportation fee from your next service.
Yes, you can reschedule once without any charge if informed at least 3 hours in advance.
We’ll notify you immediately and offer a new time slot or full refund (if prepaid).
Yes! We offer group discounts or waive off transport for 3+ services booked together at one location.
Cash, bank transfer, or online payment links (based on your area).
Yes, at least 3–5 hours prior, or one day in advance for weekends and peak times.

Massage full body-Add On

It covers head, neck, shoulders, arms, back, legs, and feet using relaxing strokes and techniques.
We offer relaxation (Swedish-inspired) massage with gentle to medium pressure, perfect for stress relief and circulation.
Typically 45 to 60 minutes, depending on your preference and package.
Yes, we use high-quality oils or creams (unscented or lightly scented) based on skin type and request.
Yes, it helps relax muscles, reduce tension, and improve flexibility — though it is not a medical or deep-tissue massage.
Yes! Let us know if you want extra time on back, shoulders, or legs.
It’s best to shower before the massage. Post-massage, we wipe off excess oil or you may shower if convenient.
Absolutely! Some clients relax in silence, others chat. It’s your comfort zone.
Yes, we provide female-to-female home services only.
Not this massage. For expecting moms, we offer pregnancy-safe massage by trained professionals upon request.
Simply send your: Name Location Preferred date/time Mention "Full Body Massage Add-On" in your message.
Yes! A full-body massage is a great finishing touch after a full salon session.
A clean, quiet space with a bed or massage mat. We’ll bring the rest — oils, towels, etc.
Yes, AED 15 fixed transport fee is applicable per home visit.
Cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours before to avoid AED 15 transportation fee being applied.

Scrub face-Add On

A face scrub is a gentle exfoliation process that removes dead skin cells, dirt, and buildup, leaving your skin smoother and fresher.
We use skin-friendly scrubs with mild granules, fruit enzymes, walnut, apricot, or herbal blends, depending on your skin type.
Deep cleans the skin Unclogs pores Removes dullness Promotes glowing and even-toned skin
Yes, we match the scrub to your skin type (dry, oily, sensitive, or combination).
Absolutely! It’s often the first step in facials and clean-ups, or can be done as a standalone mini glow-up.
Usually 8–10 minutes including scrubbing and massage time.
Not typically. We use gentle products and avoid over-scrubbing. For sensitive skin, we use ultra-soft exfoliators.
Once every 7 to 10 days for oily/normal skin, or every 2 weeks for dry/sensitive skin.
It helps prevent clogged pores, but if you have active acne, we may use non-abrasive or enzyme scrubs.
Yes, it’s a safe and refreshing treatment for teen skin, especially during skin changes.
Just mention "Face Scrub Add-On" when booking any facial, clean-up, or beauty package.
No need. Our professional will cleanse and prep your skin before starting.
Yes, at least 3–5 hours prior, or one day in advance for weekends and peak times.
Cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours before to avoid AED 15 transportation fee being applied.
Yes, AED 15 fixed transport fee is applicable per home visit.
We accept cash, online transfer, or payment links.

Full arm Wax-Add On

It includes waxing from the shoulder to the wrist, covering the full arm and hand area (excluding underarms, unless booked separately).
We use Rica, Honey, Aloe Vera, or Candle wax—you can select based on skin sensitivity and preference.
Hair usually stays away for 3–4 weeks, depending on hair growth and type.
Some mild discomfort is normal, especially for first-timers, but we use gentle, skin-friendly waxes to reduce pain and irritation.
Yes, we recommend Aloe Vera or Rica wax for sensitive skin, and our experts will do a patch test if needed.
Waxing helps remove surface-level tan and dead skin, giving a slightly brighter and smoother look.
Make sure your arms are clean and hair is at least ¼ inch long for best results.
It’s best to avoid creams or perfumes for 6–8 hours after waxing to prevent irritation.
It takes 15–20 minutes on average, depending on hair thickness and length.
No, but mentioning your skin type or preference helps us bring the right product.
Yes, our female staff is trained in professional and hygienic waxing practices.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee is applicable per home visit.
We accept cash, online transfer, or secure payment link.
Not for single services, but advance may be required for group or full-body packages.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid transport charges being deducted.

Full leg Wax-Add On

It includes waxing of the entire leg, from the thigh to the ankle. We also cover the knee area and the tops of your feet (excluding bikini or underarms unless specified).
We use Rica, Aloe Vera, Honey, or Candle wax, tailored to your skin type (sensitive, dry, or normal).
Waxing typically lasts around 3–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Some discomfort is expected, but we use gentle waxes and techniques to minimize pain. First-timers may experience more sensitivity.
Yes! We have gentle wax options (like Aloe Vera or Rica) specifically for sensitive skin. Patch testing is available if needed.
Waxing will help remove dead skin cells and surface tan, leaving your legs with a brighter, smoother appearance.
Hair should be ¼ inch or longer for the wax to grip properly and ensure the best results.
Yes! Combine waxing with facial, mani-pedi, or body massage for a full-service experience.
Yes, waxing is generally safe during pregnancy. However, we suggest consulting with your doctor if you have any concerns about your skin’s sensitivity.
While rare, ingrown hairs can happen. We recommend gentle exfoliation and using a soothing aftercare gel to prevent this.
It usually takes about 30–40 minutes, depending on the hair density and thickness.
It’s not necessary, but letting us know if you have sensitive skin or a preferred wax type (e.g., Aloe Vera) helps us prepare the right products.
Yes, our trained professionals are experienced in ensuring your comfort and a smooth waxing experience.
Yes, there is a flat AED 15 transport fee for home service bookings.
We accept cash, online transfer, or secure payment links.
Please let us know at least 3 hours in advance
Just make sure your skin is clean and free from makeup or cream.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home service visits.
Advance is not required for this service unless combined with a larger package or group booking.

Full face Wax-Add On

It includes forehead, cheeks, upper lip, chin, jawline, and sides of the face. Eyebrow shaping is not included unless requested separately.
We use Rica, Aloe Vera, Honey, or Sensitive Facial Wax—depending on your skin type and sensitivity.
Yes, we use hypoallergenic and gentle waxes. For ultra-sensitive skin, we recommend Rica or Aloe Vera wax.
Some redness is normal and usually fades within 30–60 minutes. We apply a cooling gel or soothing toner post-wax to calm the skin.
Hair-free results typically last for 3–4 weeks, depending on your natural hair growth cycle.
It’s best to wait at least 24 hours after waxing for bleach or facial, to avoid irritation.
No. Waxing actually causes finer and slower regrowth over time.
Yes, waxing is faster, exfoliates dead skin, and is ideal for covering larger areas like cheeks or jawline.
Yes, facial waxing also helps remove dullness and dead skin, giving a brighter look instantly.
It’s best to wait 6–8 hours before applying makeup to allow your skin to recover fully.
About 15–20 minutes, depending on hair growth and skin condition.
Yes, but it’s usually unnecessary as full face wax covers all areas. However, you can request extra clean-up if needed.
Advance is not required for this service unless combined with a larger package or group booking.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid being charged the transport fee (AED 15).

Hair spa-Add On

A hair spa is a deep-conditioning and scalp therapy that nourishes hair, strengthens roots, and relaxes the scalp through massage, steaming, and a special mask.
Reduces hair fall and breakage Improves scalp circulation Controls frizz and dryness Makes hair softer, shinier, and smoother
Usually 45 to 60 minutes, including massage, steaming, and rinse.
Yes! We choose the spa cream/mask according to your hair condition: dry, damaged, oily, colored, or frizzy.
Yes, we have anti-dandruff and soothing scalp spa formulas that target those concerns.
Absolutely! In fact, a spa is recommended after chemical treatments to restore moisture and health.
Yes, scalp steaming is part of the spa and helps open the cuticles for better absorption.
Every 2 to 3 weeks for dry or treated hair, or once a month for maintenance.
It supports healthy hair growth and strengthens roots, but consistent care is key for long-term results.
Yes, we include a gentle shampoo and rinse as part of the treatment.
Yes, most clients book it with haircuts, root touch-ups, or blow-dry.
No, we will wash your hair as part of the spa session.
Yes, it's safe and relaxing for all age groups.
a flat AED 15 home service fee is charged per visit.
Yes, it’s better to book at least 1 day before, especially if you’re combining multiple services.
Yes! Please notify us 3 hours in advance to avoid transport fee deduction.

Whitening Facial-Add On

A whitening facial is a brightening treatment designed to reduce pigmentation, even out skin tone, and give an instant glow using whitening serums, masks, and massage techniques.
Reduces tan and dullness Improves skin brightness and clarity Fades dark spots, pigmentation, and uneven tone Gives a radiant and fresh look
Yes, we use products based on your skin type—normal, oily, dry, or sensitive.
The session usually takes 40 to 60 minutes, including cleansing, exfoliation, massage, and whitening mask.
You’ll notice visible glow and freshness immediately, with further improvement after a few hours.
No, it brightens naturally. It does not contain harsh bleach unless paired with a separate bleach service.
Yes, we use mild and non-comedogenic products for sensitive skin. Let us know if you have any allergies or ongoing treatments.
Yes, many clients combine it with face bleach, threading, or waxing. We space treatments to avoid irritation.
Once every 2 to 3 weeks is ideal for maintaining brightness.
It helps reduce the appearance of dark spots, though deep marks may require multiple sessions or targeted treatments.
No, just make sure your face is clean and makeup-free. We’ll handle the rest.
Absolutely! It gives an instant glow and is ideal for pre-event prep.
Yes, but we recommend a gap of 30–60 minutes if waxing or threading is done before the facial.
Yes, it's designed to remove tan and revive dull skin, especially after sun exposure.
A flat AED 15 transport charge is applied per visit.
Advance is not required for one-time facials, but may be needed for packages or group bookings.
Please notify us at least 3 hours before to avoid the AED 15 transport fee being charged.

Gold Facial-Add On

A gold facial is a luxury skincare treatment that uses gold-infused creams, gels, and masks to rejuvenate, brighten, and tighten the skin.
Improves skin elasticity and firmness Adds a radiant glow Reduces fine lines and dullness Boosts collagen production Detoxifies the skin and stimulates blood circulation
Yes! Gold facial suits normal, dry, oily, and mature skin. For sensitive skin, we use gentle gold variants.
It takes around 50–60 minutes, including cleansing, exfoliation, massage, gold gel application, and a peel-off gold mask.
Yes, it contains gold extracts or gold dust particles that help in anti-aging and skin renewal.
Absolutely! Gold facial is perfect for bridal glow or special occasions, giving you a bright, lifted look instantly.
Once every 3 to 4 weeks is ideal for maintaining results and healthy skin.
Yes, it lightens minor pigmentation and evens out the skin tone over time.
Yes! This treatment is unisex and suitable for men’s skin care as well.
We recommend keeping a gap of at least 1 hour between waxing/threading and facial to prevent irritation.
Not necessary, as gold facial is complete on its own. However, you can pair it with threading or hand/foot massage.
Avoid direct sun and makeup for 6–8 hours to let your skin absorb all the nutrients.
Yes, gold facial is generally safe during pregnancy, but please inform us about any sensitivities or allergies.
Bookings can be made same-day (if available) or 1 day in advance for preferred timing.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transportation fee applies for all at-home bookings.
Cash, bank transfer, or secure online payment links are accepted.
Kindly cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid transport fee deductions.

D-tan Facial-Add On

A D-Tan facial is a skin-brightening treatment that removes sun tan, dullness, and pigmentation, leaving your skin clear, even-toned, and refreshed.
Removes tan and sun damage Reduces pigmentation and dark patches Brightens dull and tired skin Gives an even skin tone and natural glow Refreshes and revives the skin texture
Unlike regular facials, D-Tan facials target sun damage and tan, using special de-tanning masks or serums.
No, it does not contain bleach. It uses natural lightening agents like licorice, fruit extracts, or lactic acid.
Yes, we choose mild D-Tan products based on your skin type. Please inform us if you have allergies or skin concerns.
It usually takes 35–45 minutes, including cleansing, mild exfoliation, D-Tan application, and a cooling mask.
Once every 2–3 weeks or after heavy sun exposure.
It helps fade recent pigmentation, but deep acne scars may require additional targeted treatments.
Yes, but we recommend not overloading your skin—combine wisely (e.g., D-Tan + threading + mask).
No major downtime, but it’s best to avoid sun exposure and makeup for 6–8 hours after the session.
Yes, it is safe for teenagers facing tanning or dull skin issues (with parental approval if underage).
A flat AED 15 transport fee is charged for all home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and online payment links.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid being charged the transport fee.

One Color + Pre lightning

Pre-lightening, also known as bleaching, involves the application of a bleach mixture, typically containing peroxide, to the hair strands. This chemical process aims to reduce the natural pigment present in the hair, whether it's the original color or previously applied dye.
Yes, after pre-lightening, you can apply a single color of your choice to create a uniform, even shade. This process allows for brighter, bolder, or lighter shades to show up more vibrantly on the hair.
The process typically takes around 100 mins,depending on the hair's length, texture, and the degree of lightening required.
The longevity of the color depends on how well you take care of your hair. Generally, colors will last 4-6 weeks before needing a touch-up, especially for vibrant shades.
It's recommended to wait at least 48 hours before washing your hair to allow the color to set properly and avoid premature fading.
You can use heat styling tools, but it’s best to minimize their use to protect the hair. Always apply a heat protectant to prevent further damage and color fading.
Deep condition your hair at least once a week to keep it hydrated and healthy. This helps repair any potential damage caused by the pre-lightening process.
Yes, after pre-lightening, you can switch to a different color, as your hair will be lightened to a suitable base. However, it's important to consult your stylist for the best color options that suit your hair's health and the level of lightness achieved.
Pre-lightening can strip hair of its natural pigment, leaving it more porous and potentially drier. It's important to properly care for your hair after the process to keep it healthy and hydrated

DIP Mani Pedi-Add On

DIP Mani-Pedi uses a dip powder system instead of regular polish or gel. Your nails are dipped into colored powder, creating a durable, chip-resistant, and glossy finish.
Dip powder is stronger than gel and less harsh than acrylic. It doesn’t require UV light, making it safer and quicker.
Long-lasting (up to 3–4 weeks) No UV light needed Stronger nail protection Natural-looking and lightweight feel Less risk of chipping or cracking
Yes, when done properly, it’s gentler than acrylics and can help nails grow longer without breaking.
Yes! We offer a range of dip powder colors, and basic nail art or ombré effects can be discussed during the appointment.
Around 60–90 minutes, depending on nail length, shaping, and removal of previous products.
We recommend professional removal to avoid damaging your nail bed. We also offer removal service at home.
Yes, a classic pedicure (soak, scrub, file, cuticle care) is included before applying the dip powder on toenails.
Yes, we offer French, glitter, and natural tone options with DIP nails (may involve extra charge).
Yes, dip powder can help protect weak nails, but we’ll assess your nail health before application.
Yes, please pre-book to ensure availability of powder colors and time slot.
Absolutely! Many clients add massage, masks, or threading alongside their mani-pedi session.
Please allow at least 60 minutes for full mani-pedi with dip powder.
Yes, a flat AED 15 home service fee applies to all appointments.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and secure online payment links.
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid the AED 15 transport fee.

Hair Botox Treatment

Hair Botox is a deep conditioning treatment designed to repair and rejuvenate damaged hair. It infuses hair with nourishing ingredients like vitamins, proteins, and amino acids, making it smoother, shinier, and healthier without the use of harmful chemicals.
No, Hair Botox is not the same as a keratin treatment. While both treatments help smooth the hair, Hair Botox is free from formaldehyde and typically works as a more natural, gentler option. It also provides deep conditioning benefits and helps repair damage over time.
Yes, Hair Botox is safe for color-treated hair. In fact, it can help restore moisture and prevent color from fading, making it a great choice for those with chemically treated hair.
Yes, Hair Botox is suitable for all hair types, including curly, straight, fine, thick, damaged, and frizzy hair. It works to improve texture, smoothness, and manageability regardless of hair type.
The results of Hair Botox typically last between 2 to 4 months, depending on how well you care for your hair and the type of hair you have. Regular touch-ups can help maintain the effects.
The treatment usually takes between 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on the length and thickness of your hair.
Hair Botox is considered safe and generally does not have side effects, as it is free of formaldehyde. However, some people with sensitive scalps might experience mild irritation. It's always recommended to do a patch test before the treatment.
It’s best to wait at least 48 hours after the treatment before washing your hair. This allows the product to fully set and provide maximum results.
t’s ideal to wash your hair 2-3 times a week to preserve the effects of the treatment. Washing your hair less frequently helps the Botox treatment last longer.
Yes, you can use heat styling tools, but it’s important to use a heat protectant spray to keep your hair safe from potential damage. Avoid excessive heat styling to prolong the effects of the treatment.
You can get Hair Botox treatments every 2 to 3 months, depending on your hair’s condition and how long the effects last. However, overdoing treatments could lead to hair buildup, so it's important to space them out.
No, Hair Botox doesn’t directly impact hair growth, but it can improve the health and strength of your hair, preventing breakage and promoting longer, healthier hair in the long run.
The Botox hair treatment typically takes around 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on hair length and condition. The stylist will apply the Botox formula, let it sit, and then rinse and blow-dry your hair.
It is recommended to wash your hair 1-2 days before the treatment to ensure that your scalp and hair are free of styling products or oils, but do not wash on the day of the treatment.
Wait 72 hours (3 days) before washing your hair. This allows the Botox treatment to properly settle and work its magic on your hair, sealing in moisture and nutrients
Yes, but you should use sulfate-free and paraben-free shampoos to help preserve the effects of the Botox treatment. Sulfates can strip away the treatment and cause your hair to lose its shine and smoothness faster
It is recommended to wait at least 2 weeks after a Botox treatment before coloring your hair. This gives your hair time to absorb the Botox and maintain its smoothness before undergoing another chemical process.
Hair Botox typically lasts 2 to 4 months, depending on how well you care for your hair. You should schedule a touch-up treatment every 2-4 months to keep your hair looking its best​.

DRY Mani Pedi-Add On

A Dry Mani-Pedi is a waterless nail treatment that focuses on cuticle care, nail shaping, buffing, and polish, without soaking your hands or feet in water.
In a dry service, we skip the water soak, which is faster, more hygienic, and longer-lasting for polish and gel.
Reduces risk of infection Polish or gel lasts longer Better for sensitive or damaged skin Saves time and water
Yes, dry mani-pedi is ideal for diabetic clients or those with sensitive skin, as it avoids excessive scrubbing or soaking.
Nail shaping & trimming Cuticle pushing & cleaning Buffing & smoothing Polish (regular or gel, as requested)
No, it's a minimalist nail care service. For exfoliation or massage, you can add a hand/foot scrub or massage separately.
Yes, dry mani-pedis are gender-neutral and great for quick grooming.
Yes, skipping water helps the polish adhere better, especially gel polish.
Yes, it works perfectly with gel or dip powder applications.
Yes, it’s very hygienic — we use sanitized tools, and skipping water prevents bacterial growth.
It's helpful to mention dry service preference while booking so we bring appropriate products.
Dry manicure takes 20–25 minutes, and pedicure around 25–30 minutes. Full session: 45–60 minutes.
YES , AED 15 transportation charge applies for all home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and online payment links.
No advance needed for single services
Kindly cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid transport charge deduction.

Keratin Treatment

A keratin treatment is a semi-permanent hair smoothing treatment that reduces frizz, adds shine, and makes hair more manageable. It works by coating the hair with a keratin solution that seals the hair cuticle when heat is applied, leaving it smoother and shinier.
Keratin treatments are suitable for most hair types, especially for those with frizzy, curly, or unmanageable hair. However, individuals with severely damaged or chemically treated hair should consult a professional first.
A keratin treatment typically lasts 3–6 months, depending on the hair type, the product used, and how well you maintain it. Proper aftercare can prolong the results.
Hair is washed with a clarifying shampoo. Keratin solution is applied and left to process. Hair is blow-dried and flat-ironed to seal the keratin into the cuticle. The entire process can take 2–4 hours, depending on hair length and thickness.
Yes, keratin treatments are often safe for colored or chemically treated hair. In fact, they can help repair damage and add shine. However, consult your stylist as some treatments may lighten or alter hair color.
Most keratin treatments require you to wait 24–72 hours before washing your hair or exposing it to moisture. Some newer formulas allow for same-day washing.
Use sulfate-free shampoos and conditioners. Avoid washing your hair too often. Protect your hair from chlorine, saltwater, and excessive heat. Avoid tying your hair tightly or using harsh clips during the first few days.
It’s generally not recommended for pregnant or breastfeeding women, especially treatments containing formaldehyde or harsh chemicals. Always consult your doctor and stylist.
It takes 1.5–3 hours depending on your hair length, thickness, and the type of treatment.
Yes, you should wash your hair 1-2 days before the treatment but avoid washing it on the day of the treatment. This allows your scalp’s natural oils to protect your hair during the procedure, and it helps the keratin formula absorb better.
It’s best to avoid using any other chemical treatments (like coloring, perming, or relaxing) at least 2 weeks before your keratin treatment. Combining treatments may result in hair damage.
Wait 72 hours (3 days) before washing your hair after the treatment. This allows the keratin to fully settle and bond to your hair fibers​.
Use sulfate-free shampoos to prevent stripping the keratin treatment. Sulfates can cause the treatment to fade quicker and make your hair lose its smoothness
To maintain the results, wash your hair 2-3 times a week. Washing too frequently can cause the keratin to wear off faster.
Not following the aftercare instructions, like washing your hair too soon, using sulfate shampoos, or exposing your hair to excessive heat or chlorine, can cause the keratin treatment to wear off more quickly and reduce its effectiveness​.

Blowout Treatment

A blowout treatment is a professional hair-smoothing service designed to reduce frizz, improve manageability, and enhance shine. It often uses a keratin-based formula and heat tools to seal the cuticle, leaving hair smooth and sleek for weeks.
A blowout treatment typically lasts 6–12 weeks, depending on the product used, hair type, and aftercare routine.
Blowout treatments are ideal for people with frizzy, unmanageable, or wavy hair who want smoother, shinier, and more manageable locks. However, extremely damaged or brittle hair might not be suitable for some types of treatments.
Hair is washed with a clarifying shampoo to remove buildup. The smoothing solution is applied to damp hair. Hair is blow-dried and flat-ironed to seal the treatment into the hair. Some treatments may require rinsing and re-blow-drying.
This depends on the type of treatment: Brazilian Blowout: You can wash your hair the same day. Traditional Keratin Treatments: You need to wait 24–72 hours before washing or exposing your hair to moisture.
It’s generally not recommended for pregnant or breastfeeding women, especially for treatments that contain formaldehyde or similar chemicals. Always consult your doctor and stylist.
Yes! Blowouts are great for smoothing and straightening curly, wavy, or frizzy hair.
When done professionally using heat protectant and quality tools, blowouts are safe and not damaging.
Use dry shampoo, sleep on a silk pillowcase, and avoid humidity or excessive sweating.
Shampoo, conditioner, heat protectant spray, smoothing serum, and a lightweight finishing spray.
Yes, blowouts can be done on all hair lengths, including bobs and pixie cuts.
You can get a blowout once a week or as needed, depending on your lifestyle and hair health.
A Brazilian Blowout is a smoothing treatment that lasts up to 12 weeks, while a regular blowout is temporary styling.
Yes, but be sure to use color-safe and sulfate-free products to protect your color.
Yes, but it's best to wait at least 48 hours to keep the style longer.

Chin Threading-Add On

Chin threading is a hair removal technique that uses a twisted cotton thread to remove unwanted hair from the chin area precisely and cleanly.
Yes, for many people it is. It’s more precise, causes less irritation, and is ideal for sensitive skin or those prone to ingrown hairs.
Just 5 to 10 minutes, depending on hair growth.
Typically 2 to 3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Mild discomfort may be felt, especially for first-timers, but it's quick and tolerable. The pain is often less than waxing.
No. Threading doesn’t change hair texture or thickness—it just removes it from the root.
Some people may experience mild redness or sensitivity, which usually goes away within 15–30 minutes.
It’s best to avoid makeup or heavy creams for 2–3 hours to prevent clogging open pores.
While it’s a quick service, it’s still recommended to mention all services in advance to manage time properly.
No major downtime—just mild redness if any. Avoid sun or heat exposure immediately after.
Every 2–3 weeks or whenever you notice regrowth.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee is charged for all home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or secure online payment options.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid transport charges being applied.

Relaxing Massage-Add On

A gentle, soothing massage using light to medium pressure to help you relax, relieve stress, and improve blood circulation.
We offer options like: Full Body (Head to Toe) Back & Shoulders Only Hands, Arms, or Legs Head Massage with Oil or Dry
We use high-quality oils (lavender, almond, coconut, or olive) depending on your preference. Non-oil option is also available.
Full Body Massage: 45–60 minutes Partial/Area-Specific Massage: 15–30 minutes
Relieves stress & tension Reduces body aches & stiffness Promotes better sleep Boosts blood circulation Enhances mood & relaxation
No, this is a soft-pressure relaxing massage. If you prefer deep pressure, let us know at the time of booking.
Yes, our therapists adjust pressure based on your comfort.
We do not perform massages during pregnancy unless advised by a doctor. Please inform us in advance.
No, but mild soreness can occur if your muscles are tight—this is normal and temporary.
Just send your preferred time, location, and package option, and we’ll schedule your appointment.
Yes, all our staff are female professionals for Both.
Currently, we offer women-only services. For couples or male clients, separate arrangements are not available.
Yes, AED 15 flat transportation charge is applied per visit.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment link before or after the service.
We request at least 3 hours' notice for any changes to avoid cancellation or visit fees.

Hair Rebonding

Hair rebonding is a chemical hair straightening treatment that breaks the natural bonds in your hair structure (curly, wavy, or frizzy) and realigns them to create a permanently straight texture.
Hair rebonding is ideal for people with curly, wavy, frizzy, or unmanageable hair who want a sleek, straight look. However, it may not be suitable for heavily damaged or brittle hair.
Hair rebonding is permanent, meaning the treated hair remains straight until it grows out. You may need touch-ups every 4–6 months to straighten new hair growth at the roots.
Hair is washed with a mild shampoo. A chemical relaxant (cream or lotion) is applied to break the hair’s natural bonds. Hair is rinsed and blow-dried. A flat iron is used to straighten each section of hair. A neutralizer is applied to lock the new straight structure in place. Hair is rinsed again, blow-dried, and styled. The process can take 3–8 hours, depending on hair length, thickness, and texture.
Do not wash or wet your hair for at least 72 hours after the treatment. Use a sulfate-free shampoo and conditioner to maintain moisture. Avoid tying your hair or tucking it behind your ears for the first few days. Deep-condition your hair regularly to prevent dryness. Avoid excessive heat styling to minimize damage.
Yes, the treated portion remains straight permanently, but new growth will retain your natural texture.
When done by professionals using quality products, it's safe—but it does involve strong chemicals that can weaken hair over time.
No. Avoid washing your hair for at least 72 hours after the treatment.
Avoid tying, braiding, or tucking your hair behind ears for 3–5 days to prevent dents.
It can cause dryness, breakage, or hair fall if not done properly or if aftercare is ignored.
Use sulfate-free, protein-rich, and moisture-lock shampoos designed for chemically treated hair.
Once or twice a week with lightweight oils like argan or coconut oil is ideal.
Yes, but wait at least 4–6 weeks. Color can further dry or weaken your hair if done too soon.
Rebonding permanently straightens; keratin smooths and adds shine temporarily. Smoothening is gentler than rebonding but still semi-permanent.
Rebonding can reduce volume, especially at the roots. Proper styling and volumizing products can help.
No. It involves strong chemicals not recommended for pregnant women due to possible absorption and fumes.
Yes, but use a heat protectant and avoid frequent heat styling to preserve hair health.

Full body Wax-Add On

Full body wax typically includes: Arms (full) & underarms Legs (full) Stomach & back Bikini line Face (optional – upper lip, chin, sideburns) Exact areas can be customized based on your preference.
We offer a choice of: Rica (white chocolate or aloe vera) Honey wax Aloe vera wax Candle wax Let us know your skin type, and we’ll use the most suitable and gentle option.
Full body waxing takes around 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on hair growth and selected areas.
Results last 3 to 4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Some discomfort is expected, especially for first-timers. But our experienced staff ensures minimal pain with soothing post-wax care.
Yes, we recommend Rica or aloe vera wax for sensitive skin. Please inform us of any allergies or skin conditions beforehand.
No, waxing actually leads to finer and thinner regrowth over time.
It’s possible but not recommended, as the skin is more sensitive during menstruation.
Avoid hot showers right after waxing. A mild lukewarm shower before the session is fine.
No. Let your hair grow at least ¼ inch (about 2 weeks after shaving) for effective results.
Yes, we recommend booking 24 hours in advance to ensure enough time is allocated for your session.
Yes, waxing is perfect 2–3 days before a big event or travel for smooth, hair-free skin.
yes, transport is charged separately on top of the service fee.
For full body wax or large bookings, a small advance or confirmation is preferred.
Please inform us at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid a no-show fee or transport deduction.

Herbal Facial-Add On

A herbal facial uses natural plant-based ingredients like neem, tulsi, aloe vera, rose, sandalwood, and turmeric to cleanse, exfoliate, and rejuvenate the skin gently and organically.
Deep cleansing without harsh chemicals Helps reduce acne and blemishes Improves skin tone and glow Suitable for sensitive or allergy-prone skin Offers a soothing and relaxing experience
Yes, herbal facials are gentle and safe for dry, oily, combination, and sensitive skin. We customize the herbs used based on your skin type.
No. This facial is 100% natural and free from bleach, parabens, or harsh chemicals.
The session takes around 45–60 minutes, depending on your skin needs.
Yes, you’ll notice a fresh, clean, and radiant look immediately, with even better results after regular treatments.
Once every 2–3 weeks for maintenance, or monthly for long-term skin health.
Yes, this is safe and effective for all ages, especially teens with acne or adults with dull skin.
Yes, certain herbal ingredients can help lighten mild pigmentation and even out skin tone gradually.
Yes, you can add threading, waxing, or sheet masks to your appointment for a complete skin care experience.
Yes, it's best to pre-book 12–24 hours in advance, so we bring the right herbal products for your skin.
If you have preferences or allergies, let us know in advance and we’ll customize the blend.
Yes, since it’s free of chemicals and very gentle, it’s pregnancy-safe. But do let us know beforehand.
yes, a flat AED 15 transportation fee applies to all home appointments.
We accept cash, online transfer, and secure payment links.
Kindly reschedule or cancel at least 3 hours in advance to avoid transport charges.

Hair trim -Add On

A hair trim includes cutting ½ to 1 inch from the ends to remove split ends, even out layers, and keep the hair healthy—without changing your style.
Yes! A trim maintains your current style, while a haircut involves reshaping, layering, or changing the length or style.
Every 6 to 8 weeks is ideal to prevent split ends and maintain healthy hair.
We typically trim ½ to 1 inch, but we always confirm with the client before cutting.
Trimming doesn’t affect growth rate, but it prevents breakage, helping your hair grow longer and healthier over time.
Yes! Regular trims remove dry, brittle, and split ends, improving the overall look and feel of damaged hair.
We can do either. Let us know your preference—we recommend wet trimming for more precision.
Yes, please inform us while booking so we bring the correct tools and time is allocated.
Around 15–20 minutes, depending on hair length and density.
Yes, but we recommend damp hair for accuracy. We can lightly spray your hair if needed.
A flat AED 15 transport charge applies to all home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and secure online payments.
Kindly cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid a no-show or transport deduction.

Baby Hair Cut -Add On

A baby haircut is a gentle trim designed specifically for infants and toddlers. We ensure the cut is quick, safe, and comfortable, often just for neatening up the hairline or removing stray hairs.
Babies can get their first haircut when they are about 6 to 12 months old, depending on hair growth. Some parents prefer waiting until their baby is a bit older, around 2 years.
A baby haircut typically takes about 10–15 minutes, as it’s a quick, light trim to ensure your little one’s comfort.
Yes! We make sure the baby is calm and entertained, often with the help of parents or gentle distractions. We work quickly to ensure a smooth experience.
Yes, we use kid-friendly tools—soft clippers or scissors and gentle techniques—to ensure safety and comfort.
Of course! We encourage parents or guardians to stay close to comfort the baby during the haircut.
We only trim a small amount to avoid cutting too much, focusing on tidying up their hair rather than drastically changing the length.
It’s normal for babies to feel a bit anxious, especially for the first cut. We ensure a gentle, soothing environment to keep them calm.
Yes, you can combine the baby’s haircut with your own salon services like facials or manicures as long as we allocate time properly.
For babies, the focus is on cutting and trimming only. We don’t use blow-drying or styling for infants due to their sensitive scalp.
Yes, please book in advance to ensure we have enough time and focus on your child’s comfort.
We recommend booking 24 hours in advance to ensure the best scheduling.
Usually, a trim every 3–4 months is ideal, depending on hair growth.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home salon visits, including for baby haircuts.
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any transport charges or cancellation fees.

Hot Oil Massage head-Add On

A hot oil head massage involves massaging warm oil into the scalp, which helps relieve tension, nourish the scalp, and promote healthy hair growth. The oil is gently applied to your head and massaged to soothe the muscles and improve circulation.
We use a combination of natural oils like: Coconut oil (nourishing and moisturizing) Olive oil (stimulating hair growth) Almond oil (strengthening and hydrating) Amla or bhringraj oil (for scalp health) The choice of oil depends on your hair type and preferences.
Relieves stress and tension Stimulates hair growth Improves blood circulation in the scalp Conditions hair and prevents dryness Soothes headaches and promotes relaxation
A hot oil head massage typically takes about 20–30 minutes, depending on the extent of the treatment and hair length.
Yes! Hot oil head massages are beneficial for all hair types, whether dry, oily, or normal. We can customize the oils based on your hair and scalp needs.
It’s recommended to let the oil sit for a few hours or overnight for deep conditioning. You can wash it out with mild shampoo afterward.
If you follow the recommended post-treatment care, the oil should not leave your hair greasy, and you can easily wash it out for soft, shiny hair.
Yes! You can combine the hot oil head massage with haircuts, facials, or hair spa treatments for a full pampering session.
Yes, a gentle hot oil massage can be safe during pregnancy. Just let us know beforehand if you have any specific concerns.
Yes, regular hot oil massages can reduce hair fall by nourishing the scalp, improving circulation, and promoting stronger, healthier hair growth.
Yes, please book 24 hours in advance to ensure we have the right oils ready for your treatment.
Allow 30 minutes for the massage itself, but be sure to add extra time for washing and drying your hair afterward if needed.
No preparation is needed, but it’s best to come with clean, dry hair. If you prefer, we can provide a light hair wash before the massage.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home visits.
We accept cash, online transfers, and secure payment links. 3
Please notify us 3 hours in advance if you need to cancel or reschedule, to avoid transport or cancellation fees.

Nail Paint simple-Add On

It includes basic nail polish application on either hands, feet, or both, using your choice from a range of classic nail paint shades.
No, shaping, filing, or cuticle cleaning is not included in this add-on. For that, please book a manicure or pedicure along with it.
This add-on is for one area only (either hands or feet). If you want both, it will be charged accordingly.
We use regular, air-dry nail paints from popular brands. For gel or long-lasting options, please choose our Gel Polish Add-On.
Regular nail polish takes about 10–15 minutes to dry fully. We recommend avoiding any handwork during that time.
It usually lasts 3–5 days, depending on your activities and how well you care for your nails.
Yes, you’re welcome to use your own favorite nail paint, just let us know in advance.
A simple top coat is included. Nail art or design work is not part of this add-on but can be requested at an extra charge.
Yes, it’s a safe and quick option for children who enjoy nail color.
Yes, all tools (if used) are sanitized before and after every client for hygiene and safety.
Yes, it’s the perfect finishing touch to your mani-pedi session.
Simple nail paint usually takes about 10–15 minutes.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies for home salon visits, regardless of the number of services booked.
We accept cash, online transfer, and payment links.
Yes, just inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any transport or cancellation charges.

Protein Treatment

A protein treatment is a deep conditioning process that repairs and strengthens hair by replenishing lost proteins. It’s ideal for damaged, weak, or chemically treated hair, as it helps restore structure and elasticity.
Protein treatments penetrate the hair shaft to fill gaps in the cuticle caused by damage. They rebuild and strengthen the hair's structure, making it less prone to breakage.
You might need a protein treatment if: Your hair is damaged from heat styling, coloring, or chemical treatments. Your hair feels weak, stretchy, or breaks easily. You have dry, brittle, or frizzy hair. You want to prevent damage after coloring or bleaching.
Repairs damaged hair Reduces breakage and split ends Improves elasticity and strength Adds shine and smoothness Protects against future damage
Damaged hair: Every 4–6 weeks. Healthy hair: Once every 6–8 weeks or as needed. Overusing protein treatments can make hair stiff or brittle, so balance them with regular moisture treatments.
Protein: If your hair feels weak, stretchy, or limp, it needs protein. Moisture: If your hair feels dry, rough, or brittle, it needs hydration. Hair often needs a combination of both.
Deep Protein Treatments: For severely damaged hair (e.g., keratin or collagen-based). Reconstructors: Repairs extreme damage and restores structure. Leave-in Treatments: Lighter, for ongoing maintenance. Protein Masks: Applied occasionally for deep repair. DIY Protein Treatments: Natural options using ingredients like eggs, yogurt, or avocado.
Overusing protein treatments can cause protein overload, making hair stiff, dry, or brittle. Balance protein treatments with moisturizing treatments to keep hair healthy.
Yes, protein treatments are especially beneficial for colored, bleached, or chemically treated hair, as they repair damage and strengthen hair structure.
Protein treatments don’t directly promote hair growth but prevent breakage, helping you retain length and achieve healthier-looking hair over time.
Avoid washing your hair for 24–48 hours to allow the treatment to settle. Use a sulfate-free shampoo and conditioner. Follow up with moisturizing masks or conditioners to maintain balance.
Yes, but the frequency and intensity depend on your hair type: Fine or thin hair: Use lighter treatments to avoid weighing it down. Thick or coarse hair: May need stronger treatments to repair damage. Natural or curly hair: Protein can help define curls and reduce frizz, but balance with hydration.
Protein hair treatment typically lasts **4 to 6 weeks**, depending on your hair type and aftercare routine.

Protein Mask

Protein hair masks are ideal for people with: Damaged hair (due to heat styling, coloring, or chemical treatments). Brittle or weak hair that breaks easily. Dry, frizzy, or porous hair lacking strength. Curly or wavy hair that needs improved elasticity and definition.
Damaged hair: Every 2–4 weeks. Healthy hair: Once a month or as needed. Overuse of protein can lead to protein overload, making hair stiff or brittle.
It feels stretchy, limp, or overly soft when wet. It has frequent breakage or split ends. It’s been recently chemically treated (colored, bleached, or permed).
Yes, overusing protein hair masks can cause protein overload, making hair hard, dry, and prone to breakage. Balance protein treatments with moisturizing treatments for healthy hair.
Yes! Protein masks are especially beneficial for color-treated, bleached, or chemically processed hair, as they repair damage and strengthen weakened strands.
The effects of a protein mask typically last 2–4 weeks, depending on the mask and your hair care routine.
Repairs damaged hair. Strengthens and reduces breakage. Improves elasticity and prevents stretching. Enhances shine and smoothness. Restores the natural structure of weakened hair.
Yes, most protein masks are safe for pregnant or breastfeeding women, as they don’t involve harsh chemicals. However, always check the ingredients.
Use protein masks sparingly (every 2–4 weeks). Alternate with moisturizing masks or conditioners. Listen to your hair—if it feels stiff or dry, reduce protein use.
Proper preparation ensures that the treatment is fully absorbed into the hair and delivers the best results. It also minimizes potential damage caused by chemical or intense treatments.
For most treatments, clean hair is necessary to allow better product absorption. However, some treatments (like certain oils or masks) may work better on slightly dirty hair—check product instructions.
Do not wash or wet your hair for 24–72 hours after treatments like keratin or protein to allow the treatment to set. Avoid tying, braiding, or tucking your hair behind your ears during this period.

Hair oiling

Moisturizes and hydrates dry hair and scalp. Strengthens hair roots and reduces breakage. Improves scalp health by reducing dryness or dandruff. Stimulates blood circulation, promoting hair growth. Adds shine and softness to the hair. Protects hair from environmental damage, such as pollution and UV rays.
Dry hair: 2–3 times a week. Oily scalp: Once a week. Normal hair: 1–2 times a week. Over-oiling can make your scalp greasy and may require excessive washing, which could dry out your hair.
It depends on your hair type and needs: Coconut oil: Strengthens and prevents protein loss. Argan oil: Adds shine and reduces frizz. Almond oil: Promotes hair growth and reduces split ends. Castor oil: Encourages hair growth and thickens hair. Jojoba oil: Moisturizes and helps with dandruff. Olive oil: Hydrates and nourishes dry hair.
Oiling works best on dry hair, as water can create a barrier that prevents oil from penetrating the hair shaft.
For best results, leave the oil in for 1–8 hours. Avoid leaving oil in for more than 24 hours, as it can attract dirt and clog pores.
Excessive oiling or improper application (e.g., rough massaging) can loosen weak hair strands and lead to shedding. Always massage gently and avoid overloading your scalp with oil.
It’s better to apply oil to clean or slightly dirty hair. Applying oil to very dirty hair can trap dirt and buildup, reducing the benefits of the treatment.
Yes, certain oils like tea tree, coconut, and neem oil have antifungal properties that help reduce dandruff. However, avoid over-oiling, as it can worsen dandruff if not washed out properly.
Oiling after shampooing is not recommended as it can make hair greasy. Instead, apply oil before washing or use lightweight oils sparingly as a leave-in treatment.

Hair wash

Oily hair/scalp: Every 1–2 days. Normal hair: Every 2–3 days. Dry or curly hair: Every 3–7 days or as needed to avoid over-drying. Fine hair: Every other day to prevent greasiness.
Yes, washing daily can strip your scalp of its natural oils, leading to dryness, irritation, or overproduction of oil to compensate.
Oily hair: Clarifying or volumizing shampoo. Dry or damaged hair: Moisturizing or hydrating shampoo. Color-treated hair: Sulfate-free, color-safe shampoo. Dandruff-prone scalp: Anti-dandruff shampoo with ingredients like zinc pyrithione or ketoconazole.
Wet your hair thoroughly with lukewarm water. Apply a small amount of shampoo and lather on your scalp, not the ends. Massage your scalp gently with your fingertips. Rinse thoroughly, ensuring no residue is left. Apply conditioner to the lengths and ends, then rinse.
Yes, this is called the water-only method, which can work for people with less oily hair. However, shampoo is necessary occasionally to remove buildup.
Detangle your hair before washing to reduce tangling and breakage during the wash.
Use shampoo based on your hair type (oily, dry, damaged, colored, dandruff-prone, etc.). Sulfate-free options are gentler on hair.
Yes, especially if you use styling products or have oily scalp. The first wash removes buildup, the second cleanses the scalp.
Use lukewarm water to wash and cold water for the final rinse to seal the cuticle and add shine.
Leave it in for 2–5 minutes before rinsing. Deep conditioners may require 10–20 minutes.
Wait 48–72 hours after coloring, keratin, or rebonding treatments before washing.
Yes, to remove tangles and reduce breakage during washing.

Hair Conditioner

Hydrate and moisturize hair. Reduce frizz and make hair more manageable. Protect hair from damage caused by styling or environmental factors. Prevent tangling and improve smoothness. Add shine and softness to the hair.
After shampooing, squeeze excess water from your hair. Apply conditioner from the mid-lengths to the ends (avoid the scalp). Leave it on for 2–5 minutes or as instructed. Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or cool water.
It’s generally not recommended to apply conditioner to the scalp, as it can: Cause buildup. Weigh down the hair. Make the scalp oily or greasy.
Condition your hair every time you shampoo to maintain moisture and softness.
No, even oily hair needs hydration. Use a lightweight, oil-free conditioner and apply it only to the ends to avoid greasiness.
hort hair: A coin-sized amount. Medium-length hair: About the size of a walnut. Long hair: Slightly more, depending on thickness.
No, regular conditioner should be rinsed out. For leave-in hydration, use a leave-in conditioner.
Conditioner restores moisture, reduces frizz, prevents breakage, and adds shine to the hair.
Skipping conditioner may leave your hair dry, tangled, and more prone to damage, especially if you have dry, curly, or chemically treated hair.
Look for conditioners with keratin, argan oil, shea butter, or proteins formulated for repair and hydration.
Not if used correctly. However, applying it to the scalp or using a product not suited to your hair type may cause buildup and lead to breakage.
Yes, but choose a lightweight, volumizing conditioner and apply only to the ends.
Yes, especially if you're not shampooing daily. Daily use of a light conditioner can help hydrate and protect hair.

Vitamin C clean up

It's safe for most skin types. . ... It's hydrating. ... It's brightening. ... It helps reduce redness and even out your skin tone. ... It helps fade hyper pigmentation. ... It reduces the appearance of under-eye circles. ... It promotes collagen production. ... It may help prevent skin sagging.
Vitamin C can help heal blemishes, reduce hyperpigmentation, and give your skin an out-of-this-world glow. Consistency is key for maximum effect, so add it to your skin care routine in a way that makes sense for you
To achieve all of our skin goals with the Vitamin C Facial, our Skin Estheticians work Vitamin C into the skin by using massage movements. The Vitamin C in this facial is good for brightening the skin and helping prevent irregularities and fine wrinkles, while moisturizing and nourishing your skin.
Vitamin C helps inhibit the production of tyrosinase, an enzyme that aids in the production of melanin, preventing hyperpigmentation. 4 Vitamin C doesn't have an effect on normal skin coloration.
Thanks to its anti-inflammatory and mild exfoliating properties, vitamin C has been shown to help unclog pores and help reduce excess oil… both of which are contributing factors to acne and breakouts.
It's ironic, but reducing the oil can help reduce the appearance of pores. Vitamin C subtly and gently balances your skin, giving pores fewer reasons to puff out.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, especially those with dull, dry, or uneven skin tone. It is also beneficial for individuals concerned with signs of aging or skin damage due to sun exposure.
It is generally recommended to have a Vitamin C facial every 2-4 weeks, depending on your skin’s needs. Regular treatments can help maintain skin brightness and address pigmentation concerns.

Face Bleach

The effects of face bleaching typically last 2-4 weeks, depending on your skin type and hair regrowth.
No, bleaching does not remove facial hair; it lightens the hair to make it less visible.
The application process usually takes 10-15 minutes, depending on the product and your skin type.
Consult with your doctor before using bleach during pregnancy, as the chemicals might cause sensitivity.
Bleach your face no more than once every 4-6 weeks to avoid skin irritation or damage.
Face bleach may lighten dark spots temporarily, but it is not a permanent solution. Consider products specifically designed for hyperpigmentation.
Overuse or improper application can cause redness, irritation, or dryness, especially for sensitive skin types.
Bleaching lightens hair, while waxing removes it. Choose based on personal preference and skin sensitivity.
Herbal bleach contains natural ingredients, making it suitable for sensitive or delicate skin.
Gold bleach adds radiance to the skin, making it ideal for special occasions or dull complexions.
Diamond bleach enhances brightness and is best for uneven skin tone and mature skin.
Whitening bleach targets pigmentation and helps lighten dark spots for an even complexion.
Fruit bleach uses natural fruit enzymes to gently lighten facial hair and nourish the skin.
Face polishing is an exfoliating treatment that removes dead skin cells, revealing smoother, brighter skin.
Polishing focuses on improving skin texture and glow, while bleaching lightens hair and skin tone.
Use a cold compress or a calming cream like aloe vera to soothe the skin.

Face Polisher

once a week, depending on your skin type and preferences.
improved surface finish, reduced product adhesion, better surface cleanability, and higher aesthetic appeal.
A face polish is a fantastic way of getting rid of dead skin cells and dirt on your face.
enhance the appearance of an item, prevent contamination of instruments, remove oxidation, create a reflective surface, or prevent corrosion in pipes.
Yes, but it’s important to choose a gentle or hydrating face polisher, preferably one with natural or chemical exfoliants, instead of abrasive physical scrubs. Always patch-test before applying it to your entire face.
Yes, a face polisher can help with acne by removing excess oil and preventing clogged pores. However, it's essential to choose a gentle formula that doesn’t aggravate inflammation or active breakouts.
It is typically recommended to use a face polisher once or twice a week, depending on your skin type. Overuse can lead to irritation, especially if you have sensitive skin.
Exfoliation: Removes dead skin cells, helping to unclog pores and prevent acne. Brightens the Skin: Enhances skin tone by removing dull, uneven skin layers, making the skin appear fresh and radiant. Smooths Texture: Helps reduce the appearance of fine lines, wrinkles, and rough patches. Improves Skin Absorption: By removing dead skin, it allows moisturizers and serums to absorb better into the skin.
A face polisher can be used before a facial to prepare the skin by removing dead skin cells and allowing deeper penetration of facial treatments, or it can be used as part of the facial itself.
Some face polishers, especially those with harsh ingredients, may cause dryness. It's essential to follow up with a good moisturizer after polishing to lock in hydration and maintain skin balance.

One Color

One-color hair dyeing, also called single-process color, is a hair coloring technique where a single shade is applied evenly throughout the hair for a uniform look.
Offers a consistent and even look. Covers gray hair effectively. Easier to maintain compared to highlights or balayage. A cost-effective option for hair color changes.
Permanent dye: Lasts until hair grows out, though it may fade slightly over time. Semi-permanent dye: Fades in 4–6 weeks. Temporary dye: Washes out after 1–2 shampoos
Yes, with a permanent hair dye, you can lighten hair by up to 2–3 levels. For more drastic lightening, bleaching is required before dyeing.
Yes, but ensure you use a product formulated for your hair type (e.g., coarse, fine, curly, or straight). Conduct a strand test before full application to check for allergies or desired results.
For gray coverage: Every 4–6 weeks. For root regrowth: Every 6–8 weeks.
Wash your hair 24–48 hours before dyeing to allow natural oils to protect the scalp. Avoid heavy styling products before the appointment. Detangle and section your hair for even application.
Avoid deep conditioning on the day of dyeing, as it can create a barrier that prevents the color from absorbing. Condition 1–2 days before instead.
Wait at least 48 hours to allow the color to set fully
Wash your hair with cool or lukewarm water to lock in the color. Avoid excessive heat styling and use a heat protectant when necessary. Limit shampooing to 2–3 times a week to prevent color stripping.
Avoid prolonged sun exposure; wear a hat or use UV-protectant sprays. Minimize swimming in chlorinated pools or saltwater, or wear a swim cap.
Avoid prolonged sun exposure; wear a hat or use UV-protectant sprays. Minimize swimming in chlorinated pools or saltwater, or wear a swim cap.
Keratin or rebonding: Wait 2–3 weeks. Bleaching or highlights: Wait at least 4–6 weeks to avoid excessive damage.

Hand and feet Bleach

It's a cosmetic treatment that lightens the skin tone on your hands and feet, helping to reduce tanning, dark spots, or uneven pigmentation.
the effects typically last 2-4 weeks, depending on your skin type and sun exposure.
Yes, bleaching helps reduce the appearance of tanning by lightening the skin tone.
Bleaching your hands and feet takes approximately 15-20 minutes.
It's recommended to bleach every 4-6 weeks, depending on your skin's tolerance and needs.
Consult a dermatologist before bleaching during pregnancy to ensure safety.
Avoid exfoliating immediately before bleaching to prevent sensitivity or irritation.
No, avoid applying bleach on dry, cracked, or broken skin as it may cause discomfort.
Avoid sun exposure, harsh soaps, and exfoliating products for 24-48 hours to prevent irritation or darkening.
Yes, apply a soothing and hydrating moisturizer to prevent dryness and irritation.
Absolutely, apply sunscreen to your hands and feet when exposed to sunlight to protect the lightened skin from UV damage.
Apply a cold compress or soothing products like aloe vera gel to calm the skin.

Underarm Bleach

Herbal bleach uses natural ingredients, making it gentle on sensitive skin and ideal for reducing discoloration caused by shaving or deodorants.
Whitening bleach targets deeper pigmentation, helping to brighten darkened underarms and even skin tone.
Diamond bleach is designed to give the skin a radiant glow, while also lightening pigmentation.
It’s a comprehensive treatment that may include cleansing, exfoliation, and hydration to improve skin texture, reduce dark spots, and prevent odor or irritation.
Underarm polishing involves exfoliating dead skin cells, brightening the area, and improving texture for smoother, lighter underarms.
Typically, 2-4 weeks, depending on skin type and aftercare.
Yes, but sensitive skin types should opt for gentler options like herbal or fruit bleach.
Clean your underarms thoroughly to remove sweat, oils, and deodorant residue.
No, avoid shaving or waxing for 24-48 hours before bleaching to prevent irritation.
Yes, avoid using deodorants, antiperspirants, or strong acids (like AHAs/BHAs) for 24 hours before bleaching.
Avoid deodorants, perfumes, tight clothing, and excessive sweating for at least 24-48 hours to prevent irritation.
Wait at least 6-8 hours before showering to let the bleach settle on your skin.
Avoid frequent shaving or friction, use gentle deodorants, and keep the area moisturized to prolong the effects.

Kids make up

When labeled non-toxic and specifically made for kids, it is generally safe. Always check for dermatologically tested and hypoallergenic products.
This depends on parental preference. Kids as young as 3–6 often use makeup for play, while teenagers may use light makeup for personal style.
Kids' makeup often includes mild, non-toxic ingredients like mineral pigments, plant-based oils, and water-based formulas.
No, frequent use isn’t recommended. Kids' skin is more sensitive and can easily become irritated. Makeup should be used occasionally, like for events or playtime.
Safe kids' products include lip balms, water-based nail polishes, light blush, and glitter gels. Avoid heavy foundations or products with strong fragrances.
Cleanse the skin gently to remove dirt and oil. Moisturize to create a smooth base for makeup.
Remove makeup thoroughly with a gentle cleanser or makeup remover. Moisturize again to hydrate the skin.

Makeup

Teens can use a tinted moisturizer, lip balm, mascara, and light blush for a fresh, natural appearance.
Yes, it minimizes product usage, reducing the chance of irritation or clogged pores.
Simple makeup enhances natural features with fewer products, while heavy makeup involves full coverage and dramatic enhancements.
Yes, simple makeup can be enhanced with eyeliner, lipstick, or highlighter to suit formal occasions.
Simple makeup usually takes 40 minutes to apply.
The makeup artist profession offers varied income opportunities based on specialization, location, and experience. Whether working in Bollywood, as a freelancer, or in high-end salons, makeup artists have the potential to build successful and lucrative careers.
It’s best to book your makeup artist at least 3-6 months in advance, especially during the wedding season, to ensure availability.
Yes, a trial session helps you finalize your look, test the products, and make any adjustments before the big day.
Follow a good skincare routine, stay hydrated, and consider facials and exfoliation treatments at least a few weeks before the wedding.
Consider factors like your wedding dress, theme, personal preferences, and skin tone to select a look that enhances your features.
Traditional Makeup: Applied with brushes and sponges, providing a fuller coverage. Airbrush Makeup: A lightweight, long-lasting option sprayed onto the skin for a flawless, natural finish.
Bridal makeup typically takes 2-3 hours, including hair styling and final touch-ups.
Bring inspiration photos, your wedding dress color swatch, and any specific products you prefer.
Yes, with proper products and setting sprays, bridal makeup is designed to last 8-12 hours.
It’s better to do your makeup before wearing the dress to avoid any accidental stains.
Yes, false lashes can enhance your look, and there are natural styles available for a subtle effect.
Your makeup artist will use mattifying products and setting powders to control shine and maintain a natural finish
Carry blotting papers, a compact powder, and your lipstick for minor touch-ups.
Yes, makeup can be tailored to fit the style and traditions of different cultural weddings.
The price varies based on the artist's experience, location, and the type of makeup (traditional vs. airbrush), ranging from moderate to high-end packages.
Your makeup should complement your outfit rather than match it exactly. Neutral or complementing shades work best.
Your makeup should complement your outfit rather than match it exactly. Neutral or complementing shades work best.
Party makeup is usually more dramatic, long-lasting, and includes extra elements like contouring, bold colors, and shimmer.
Smokey eyes, glitter eyeshadow, or winged eyeliner work well for a party-ready look.
Yes, contouring defines your features, and highlighting adds a radiant glow.
A natural, minimal makeup look with neutral tones is ideal. Stick to lightweight foundation, subtle eye makeup, and soft lip colors to maintain a professional appearance.
To ensure long-lasting makeup: Use a good primer before applying foundation. Set your makeup with a translucent powder. Finish with a setting spray to lock everything in place. Blot excess oil with blotting papers instead of adding layers of powder.
Yes, but keep it minimal. A thin, precise line using brown or black eyeliner enhances your eyes without looking too dramatic. Avoid heavy winged eyeliner or bold colors.
A red carpet makeup look is all about achieving a glamorous, flawless, and photogenic appearance. It typically includes a perfect base, bold eyes or lips, contouring, and a radiant glow.
Red carpet makeup focuses on high-definition (HD) techniques to ensure the look is flawless in photos and under bright lights. It often involves: Full coverage foundation. Heavy contouring and highlighting. Long-lasting, smudge-proof products. Luminous finishes for a radiant glow.
Shimmery, smokey, or metallic eyeshadows in gold, bronze, or neutral tones are popular for red carpet looks. Matte shades can also be used for a sophisticated, timeless appearance.
For balance, choose one focal point: Bold eyes (smokey, winged liner) with nude lips. Bold lips (red, plum) with soft eye makeup.
Start with: Cleansing and exfoliating. Hydrating with a good moisturizer. Using a pore-filling primer to smooth the skin.
HD (High Definition) makeup look is a technique that creates a flawless, natural, yet camera-ready finish. It uses products with light-diffusing properties to blur imperfections and give the skin a smooth, even appearance without looking cakey.
HD makeup is designed for high-resolution cameras and bright lighting, offering: Lightweight yet full coverage. No cakiness or patchiness. Natural and skin-like finish in person and on camera. Long-lasting without creasing. Regular makeup may not provide the same level of precision and could look heavy under professional lighting.
Yes, but it's important to properly moisturize and use hydrating primers and foundations to avoid dryness or flakiness. A dewy setting spray can help keep skin looking fresh.
Yes, HD makeup is suitable for mature skin as it provides a smooth, hydrating, and lightweight coverage without settling into fine lines. Choose hydrating formulas and avoid heavy powders.
Use a good oil-based cleanser or micellar water to break down the makeup, followed by a gentle face wash to cleanse the skin thoroughly.
Pre-wedding makeup is usually lighter, more natural, and focuses on enhancing everyday beauty, while wedding day makeup is more dramatic, long-lasting, and designed to withstand photography, lighting, and long hours.
Stick to neutral shades like browns, golds, and peach tones. Soft smokey eyes or subtle shimmer on the lids look great in photos without being too over the top.
Use a mattifying primer to control oil. Opt for waterproof and sweat-resistant products. Blotting papers are great for quick touch-ups. Set makeup with a setting spray designed for long wear.
Yes, subtle glitter on the eyes or cheekbones adds a touch of drama without looking overdone. Stick to fine, light-reflecting formulas for a classy look.

Casmara Face Mask

Help hydrate skin, remove excess oils and help improve the appearance of pores
It is possible, however, to reduce the appearance of dark spots and even out the tone of the skin by using casmara face masks.
Refine skin pores: Facial masks achieve cleaner skin and more refined pores. ... Diminish fine lines: Regular use of face masks can reduce signs of aging, such as fine lines, wrinkles and brown spots, among others. ... They provide an even skin tone: ... Moisturize: ... Firmer skin: ... Oily skin control:
The seaweed extract provides excellent skin moisture.
Casmara face masks are generally left on for 15 to 20 minutes, depending on the specific mask being used and the instructions provided. Afterward, the mask should be peeled off to reveal softer, more refreshed skin.
Yes, Casmara offers various types of masks tailored to different skin needs, such as: Hydrating masks Anti-aging masks Purifying masks Brightening masks Each one is designed to address specific skin concerns.
Casmara masks are known for their "peel-off" effect, which helps in the effective absorption of nutrients and enhances the skin's appearance. The masks are also packed with highly concentrated ingredients like peptides, hyaluronic acid, and plant extracts.
Yes, Casmara offers masks designed specifically for sensitive skin. However, it's always a good idea to do a patch test before applying the mask to your entire face to ensure compatibility with your skin.
For optimal results, it is recommended to use a Casmara face mask once a week, though this may vary based on your skin type and specific needs. Some individuals may benefit from more frequent treatments.
After using a Casmara mask, it's essential to apply a good moisturizer and sunscreen to protect and nourish your skin. Avoid harsh exfoliants or active treatments for at least 24 hours after using the mask.

De-tan Facial (N+prof)

A de-tan facial kit will help you to achieve a sun kissed glow and natural, healthy-looking skin.
Makes your skin lighter and even tone.
You can use this twice a month.
De-tanning is the removal of the tanned skin cells that accumulate after we get exposed to the sun's UV-rays and pollution. This rejuvenating process removes the tanned skin and even outs the skin tone which brings out your natural glow!
Many D-Tan face packs contain ingredients that help hydrate the skin, leaving it feeling soft and supple. These ingredients can help restore moisture to the skin and improve its overall texture. Glowing Skin: Regular use of a D-Tan face pack can give your skin a natural glow.
A de tan bleach reduces the darkness and clears up the skin and makes it flawless and glowing.
After a D-Tan facial, you should: Apply a moisturizer to keep your skin hydrated. Use sunscreen with high SPF to protect against further tanning and UV damage. Avoid excessive sun exposure for at least a few days to prevent additional skin discoloration.
While D-Tan facials are usually safe, some people may experience mild redness or irritation, especially if they have sensitive skin. Always consult with a skincare professional before undergoing the treatment to ensure it is right for you.
It’s generally recommended to have a D-Tan facial once every 2 to 4 weeks, depending on your skin's exposure to the sun and the intensity of your tan.
A typical D-Tan facial takes about 45 to 60 minutes. The treatment involves cleansing, exfoliating, massaging, and applying a mask to ensure maximum results.
It is not recommended to use strong exfoliants or peels 2–3 days before the facial, as they might cause irritation and interfere with the treatment's effectiveness.
Yes, it's best to avoid sun exposure at least 48 hours before the treatment to prevent any skin sensitivity or irritation during the facial.
It’s best to avoid washing your face for at least 6 hours after the facial to allow the products to work effectively on your skin.
Apply a gentle moisturizer and avoid using harsh products like exfoliants, toners, or scrubs for the next 48 hours. If irritation persists, consult your esthetician or dermatologist.

Dr Renaud Clean Up

Fights the signs of aging, diminishes the appearance of sagging skin and deep wrinkles, exfoliates the skin, restores the natural pH of the skin and improves the radiance of the complexion. Fights against apparent imperfections and tightens the skin grain, hydrates the epidermis, brightens the complexion.
Deep Cleansing: Removes dirt, oil, and impurities from the skin. Exfoliation: Helps in sloughing off dead skin cells to reveal fresher skin. Hydration: Restores moisture to dry or dehydrated skin. Improved Skin Texture: Smoothens and softens the skin, giving it a more even tone. Radiance Boost: Brightens dull, tired-looking skin.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, including oily, dry, sensitive, and combination skin. It is ideal for individuals who have clogged pores, dull skin, or need a rejuvenating pick-me-up.
Typically, the facial takes about 35 to 50 minutes, depending on your skin's condition and the specific needs being addressed during the session.
It is recommended to avoid applying makeup immediately after the facial for at least 6–8 hours to allow the skin to fully absorb the products used during the treatment.
It is recommended to avoid applying makeup immediately after the facial for at least 6–8 hours to allow the skin to fully absorb the products used during the treatment.
It is recommended to have the facial once a month to maintain healthy skin. However, for specific skin concerns like deep congestion or dullness, more frequent treatments may be beneficial.
After the facial, it is essential to: Hydrate: Drink plenty of water to keep the skin hydrated. Avoid Direct Sun Exposure: Protect your skin by applying sunscreen. Use Gentle Skincare Products: Stick to mild products for the first 24–48 hours to allow your skin to adjust.

Herbal Clean Up

Antioxidants to support healthy aging* Bacterial-balancing properties* g benefits* Essential fatty acids to support hydration* Fungal-balancing benefits* Sebum-balancing properties* Soothing benefits*
Helps Remove Blackheads, Whiteheads, and Acne
Deep Cleansing: Removes dirt, oil, and impurities from the skin, preventing clogged pores. Gentle Exfoliation: Helps slough off dead skin cells, promoting smoother and brighter skin. Hydration: Natural ingredients help hydrate and nourish the skin, leaving it soft and moisturized. Improved Complexion: Herbal extracts help brighten and even out skin tone. Suitable for Sensitive Skin: Being made with natural ingredients, this facial is gentle and ideal for sensitive skin types.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, especially those with sensitive, dry, or combination skin. It’s great for people who prefer natural treatments or want to avoid harsh chemicals. It can also help with dull, tired-looking skin.
A typical herbal clean-up facial lasts around 25–50 minutes, depending on the specific steps involved and the condition of your skin.
To maintain healthy and glowing skin, it is typically recommended to have this facial every 3–4 weeks. However, the frequency may vary depending on your skin's needs.
If your skin feels irritated, apply a gentle moisturizer to soothe the skin. It’s important to avoid using harsh products or exfoliants immediately after the treatment. If irritation persists, consult with your esthetician or dermatologist.
Cleanse your skin thoroughly, remove any makeup, and avoid using any strong exfoliants or harsh skincare products 2–3 days before the treatment to prevent irritation.
It's recommended to stop using active ingredients like retinoids, AHAs, or BHAs a few days before the facial to prevent skin irritation or over-sensitivity during the procedure.
It’s advisable to avoid direct sun exposure for at least 24 hours after a facial. Always wear broad-spectrum sunscreen with SPF 30 or higher if you must go outside.
Use a gentle moisturizer and avoid scrubbing or touching your face. Keep your skin hydrated, and if irritation persists, contact your esthetician or dermatologist for advice.

Kids clean up (8-15 years)

9-12 Years
gentle cleansing using a mild cleanser, followed by the application of a lightweight, non-greasy moisturizer.
International guidelines recommend face masks for children aged six years and older,

Full face wax

Hair being removed from your eyebrows, lip, cheeks, sideburns, chin and nose.
Make sure your skin is clean, dry, and room temperature. Thoroughly wash your face of any makeup or moisturizer then wait about 10 minutes before you start waxing.
Avoid Touching.
Full face waxing can be excellent for removing unwanted facial hair all in one go.
full face waxing will make skin smoother and easier to apply makeup for a flawless look.
Redness and irritation Facial waxing can also cause mild redness and irritation temporarily after use. You may notice that freshly waxed skin is pink or red, and slightly sensitive to the touch. Your everyday facial products may also burn so you should avoid alcohol-based toners after waxing your face.
It is recommended that you gently clean the area with mild soap and water to ensure the area is clean.
Yes! Waxing is always done first, prior to your facial, for the upmost comfort and safety of your skin.
hard wax
After Waxing: Use Post-Wax Lotion, which soothes and hydrates the skin. Avoid Touching: Keep hands away from the waxed area to prevent bacteria transfer. Wear Loose Clothing: Wear loose clothing to avoid irritation and let the skin breathe. Exfoliate
Only takes 15 to 30 minutes.
Waxing can effectively remove hair of various thicknesses but may not be as accurate as threading.
Your hair does not grow back thicker when you get waxing done.
Every two to three weeks
Face waxing removes hair from the root and weakens the hair follicle over time. That means soft and supple skin for two to three weeks and thinner regrowth after each session.
Yes of course, face waxing is safe. If done properly by professionals, waxing or shaving does not make the skin dull. Instead it helps to bring a natural glow to the skin. Probably the best benefit of waxing is that your skin will feel smooth and even.
Waxing damages the hair bulb, allowing hair strands to grow back slower and less dense. However, this also opens pores, creating a risk of infection. For those with more sensitive skin, this can result in the form of redness, pimples, inflammation and ingrown hairs.
Irritation – Facial skin is thinner and more sensitive than the skin on your body. Even with high-quality waxes, you can strip away healthy skin cells. Additionally, your facial skin is more likely to develop rashes, bumps, and ingrown hairs as a result of waxing.
Compared to other hair removal methods, such as waxing, sugaring is a gentler, more natural option that uses simple ingredients. Sugaring is a versatile method that can be performed on various parts of the face, including the eyebrows, upper lip, chin, cheeks, and even the cheekbones.
While most waxing treatments last 3-6 weeks, achieving maximum smoothness depends on your choice of wax. That's why thousands of professionals and beginners trust Starpil Wax.
Waxing can be traumatic on the skin, especially when hair is coarse or ingrown, and the trauma can trigger melanocytes to release melanin into the skin in response to the inflammation.
Unlike shaving, which requires almost daily upkeep, waxing your sideburns and hairline provides a clean, hair-free appearance for weeks at a time. This extended period of smoothness reduces the need for frequent maintenance, allowing you to enjoy a well-groomed look with minimal effort.
Sensitive Face Wax: Potential Risks Skin irritation: Waxing can cause temporary redness, irritation, and bumps on the skin. Burns: If the wax is too hot, it can cause burns or blisters on the skin. Ingrown hairs: Ingrown hairs can occur when the hair grows back into the skin, causing redness and irritation.

Full Waxing Glow

Waxing is a method of hair removal that pulls hair out from the root using warm or cold wax.
We offer full body waxing, arms, legs, underarms, face, bikini, and Brazilian waxing using soft and hard wax.
Typically, 3 to 5 weeks depending on your hair growth cycle.
There may be mild discomfort, especially the first time, but it gets easier with regular waxing.
Yes, we use sensitive-skin-friendly wax and always test a small patch first.
Hair should be at least 1/4 inch (about the size of a grain of rice) for best results.
No, we avoid waxing over broken, irritated, or acne-prone skin areas.
We use both, depending on the area. Hard wax is preferred for sensitive zones (like underarms & bikini).
Depends on the area – from 15 minutes (upper lip) to 60+ minutes for full body.
yes, gently exfoliate 24 hours before to remove dead skin and prevent ingrown hairs.
Yes, a warm shower helps soften the skin and open pores, making waxing easier.
Avoid lotions or oils on the waxing day – clean, dry skin is best.
You can, but the skin is more sensitive. We recommend waiting if you're uncomfortable.
Yes, but with extra care and approval from your doctor for intimate waxing.
Wait at least 6–8 hours before a hot shower. Use lukewarm water only.
Avoid deodorants for 24 hours to prevent irritation.
Avoid sun exposure, saunas, steam rooms, heavy workouts, or tight clothing for 24–48 hours.
Wait 48 hours, then exfoliate gently to prevent ingrown hairs.
Yes, slight redness and sensitivity are normal and fade within a few hours.
Avoid makeup for at least 12–24 hours to prevent breakouts.
Via WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or phone call.
Cash, bank transfer, card, and payment links.
Every 4–6 weeks is ideal for smooth, consistent results.
Yes, it’s safe and recommended every month.

Exclusive Beauty & Wellness Package

It’s a complete coloring process where your entire hair length is dyed uniformly from roots to ends.
We use high-quality salon-grade brands like L’Oréal, Wella, and Matrix.
Yes, we offer both ammonia and ammonia-free options.
Yes! Our stylist will help you choose based on your skin tone and hair type.
Not if done professionally with proper aftercare. We also offer post-color damage control treatments.
Usually 1.5 to 3 hours, depending on your hair length and condition.
Typically 4 to 8 weeks depending on shade, hair care, and sun exposure.
Absolutely, we offer full grey coverage with natural and vibrant shades.
Yes, root touch-up services are available.
Wash, conditioning, and styling using a blow dryer for smooth, voluminous hair.
1–3 days depending on hair type, weather, and post-care.
Yes, always. We protect your hair before using heat tools.
Occasional blowdries are safe. Regular blowdrying should be balanced with treatments.
It’s a deep-conditioning therapy to restore moisture, strength, and shine to damaged hair.
Anyone with dry, brittle, frizzy, chemically treated, or heat-damaged hair.
Keratin mask, deep repair mask, protein repair, olaplex-style bonding treatments, etc.
Yes, in fact, it’s highly recommended post-color or bleach.
Results last 2–4 weeks depending on hair care.
No – repair treatments nourish the hair but do not permanently straighten it.
From basic trims to stylish layers, bobs, feather cuts, U-cuts, straight cuts, and more.
WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or phone call.
Yes, all services are available with our trained female staff at your doorstep.
Absolutely, all our team members are certified and experienced.
Cash, online transfer, card, and payment link.
Yes, please inform us at least 6 hours in advance.
Haircut: every 6–8 weeks. Treatment: every 2–4 weeks for best results.
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Ombre Nails

This depends on the polish you choose. If you're using regular polish it should last around a week or two, depending on how sturdy your nail are. Gel polish will last longer (around two to three weeks) and acrylic or dip nails will last even longer (around three to four weeks).
Ombre nails are a type of nail art where two or more colors blend together seamlessly, creating a gradient effect. The colors usually transition smoothly from one to another.
Sponge method: A sponge is used to apply the gradient, usually by dabbing it with different colors and blending them on the nail. Brush method: A fine brush is used to blend colors onto the nail plate. Airbrush technique: An airbrush machine is used for a smooth, professional gradient look.
The longevity of ombre nails depends on the technique used. Gel ombre nails typically last 2-3 weeks, while regular polish may last about 1 week. To make them last longer, use a good topcoat and avoid excessive water exposure.
Yes, ombre nails can be done on any nail shape, whether square, round, stiletto, or almond. The gradient effect looks beautiful on all nail shapes.
If you have regular polish, you can remove it with a nail polish remover. If you have gel ombre nails, you'll need to soak them in acetone to remove the gel.
Absolutely! Ombre nails pair beautifully with other nail art styles such as glitter, stamping, rhinestones, or even 3D nail art.
Clean and Shape: Start by cleaning your nails, removing any old polish, and filing them into your desired shape (square, almond, oval, etc.). Cuticle Care: Push back your cuticles gently with a cuticle pusher or trim them if necessary. Buff the Surface: Lightly buff the nail surface to remove ridges and create a smooth canvas for the polish to adhere. Use a Base Coat: Apply a base coat to protect your natural nails from staining and to help the polish last longer.
If your nails are weak or damaged, it's a good idea to strengthen them first before applying any nail art. You can use a nourishing base coat or nail strengthening treatments to restore your nails.
Using a nail primer is optional but can help your nails bond better with the polish and improve the longevity of the ombre effect, especially for gel-based manicures.
Avoid using your nails as tools (e.g., opening cans or using them to scrape things). Reapply top coat every 2-3 days to keep the ombre look fresh and protected. Be cautious when doing household chores that may cause your nails to chip.
If the ombre effect is fading or chipping, you can gently remove the top layer of polish and redo the design without starting from scratch. However, if you have gel or acrylic nails, it’s best to remove them properly before reapplying a new design.
Regular Polish: Soak a cotton ball in nail polish remover and press it onto your nails for 10-15 seconds before wiping off the polish. Gel Polish: For gel ombre nails, soak your nails in acetone for 10-15 minutes to dissolve the gel before gently scraping it off. Acrylic Ombre Nails: Acrylic nails may need to be professionally removed to avoid damage to your natural nails.
A gradient nail art technique blending two or more colors seamlessly from cuticle to tip.
Yes—just let your technician know before starting.
Apply cuticle oil daily Wear gloves for chores Avoid using nails as tools
Minor chips can be fixed in a 15-minute “chip repair” add-on.
Every 2–3 weeks, aligned with your nail growth
Use our online booking form, call us, or WhatsApp at 0562871241
We recommend booking at least 3 days ahead, especially on weekends.
Yes—up to 24 hours before your slot at no charge.
Yes—up to 4 clients can book together; contact us for special group rates.
Yes, our staff are certified, professional, and follow strict hygiene protocols.
Just space and electricity for blowdry. We bring the rest.
Yes, we accept cash, card, bank transfer, and payment links.
You can contact our support via WhatsApp or app. We offer Free Fix options within 24–48 hrs.
Yes
Yes, you’ll receive a confirmation message with time and therapist details.

Ultimate Glowry Touch Beauty Package

It’s a skin-brightening facial using natural fruit-based ingredients to exfoliate, nourish, and hydrate the skin.
It brightens dull skin, reduces pigmentation, smooths texture, and gives a natural glow.
Yes, it's gentle and suitable for normal, dry, oily, and combination skin.
Yes, the fruit enzymes help in clearing mild acne, blackheads, and clogged pores.
Usually 45–60 minutes.
Every 2–4 weeks depending on your skin condition.
Yes, but we always do a patch test first to avoid reactions.
No major side effects; slight redness may occur and usually fades within an hour.
Yes, gentle steaming is done for better product absorption and pore cleansing.
Avoid heavy makeup for 24 hours to let your skin breathe.
Threading is a natural hair removal method using cotton thread for precise shaping and clean-up.
Mild discomfort may be felt, but it’s quick and less harsh than waxing.
Yes, threading is better for sensitive skin compared to waxing.
Yes, it provides precise hair removal without chemicals.
No, hair does not grow thicker or darker from threading.
Yes, some redness is normal and usually fades within 30–60 minutes.
Through WhatsApp, DM, or phone call.
Experienced female therapists only.
Around 60–75 minutes.

Russian Manicure & Pedicure

A highly detailed dry technique using electric files to clean and remove excess cuticle with precision.
The technique originated and became popular in Russia and Eastern Europe for its ultra-clean finish.
Yes, it involves detailed e-file work around the cuticles and nails without soaking in water.
Not at all – when done by a trained expert, it is completely painless.
Around 90 to 120 minutes depending on nail condition and services included.
Yes! We provide complete Russian Mani-Pedi services at home with all tools and hygiene.
Absolutely. Russian mani-pedi is known for deep cuticle cleaning.
Yes, we can treat and restore them over a few sessions.
Yes, it helps gently lift and remove that excess skin.
Yes, we’ll shape them to your desired look – square, round, almond, etc.
It’s a dry technique, which gives better precision and long-lasting polish.
Dry e-file cleaning, dead skin removal, cuticle work, nail shaping, and gel polish.
Yes – we gently remove dead skin buildup around heels and feet.
All tools are fully disinfected or single-use to ensure complete hygiene.
Yes, but it’s a gentle e-file (electric file) specifically made for nails, not a dental or DIY drill!
Through WhatsApp, Instagram, or a direct call.
Cash | Card | Bank Transfer | Payment Link
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintenance.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Complete Hair Care Package

We use nourishing oils like coconut, almond, castor, or a custom blend depending on hair needs.
Yes, you can choose or request a preferred oil.
Yes, a relaxing head massage is part of the oiling session.
Usually 15–20 minutes for scalp and roots.
Yes, oiling deeply hydrates and strengthens roots, helping with dryness and fall.
The full scalp is oiled with gentle massage, and a bit is applied to the hair length too.
We use professional, sulfate-free shampoos suited to your hair type.
Yes, a nourishing conditioner is always applied post-wash.
Yes, hair wash is done at home – either over the sink or in a comfortable seated area with a towel setup.
Around 15–20 minutes including shampoo and conditioner application.
We offer trimming, U-cut, layers, steps, blunt cut, feather cut, bob, and more.
Yes, we provide haircuts for kids and adults.
Yes, we consult and suggest styles that suit your face shape and hair type.
Yes, if you just want ends trimmed, that’s totally fine.
Yes, we tidy up hair from the floor and offer a quick post-cut wipe if needed.
Yes, blowdry and basic styling are included.
Straight, voluminous, natural waves, or inward/outward styling as per request.
It typically lasts 1–2 days depending on hair texture and care.
Yes, it’s optional. Let us know during booking.
Just a chair near a plug point and a towel if needed – we bring the rest.
Approx. 60–90 minutes depending on hair length and services chosen.
Cash, bank transfer, card payment, and payment links.
Yes, just inform us 2–3 hours in advance.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Smooth & Glow Package

Waxing is a method of hair removal that pulls hair out from the root using warm or cold wax.
We offer full body waxing, arms, legs, underarms, face, bikini, and Brazilian waxing using soft and hard wax.
Typically, 3 to 5 weeks depending on your hair growth cycle.
There may be mild discomfort, especially the first time, but it gets easier with regular waxing.
Yes, we use sensitive-skin-friendly wax and always test a small patch first.
Hair should be at least 1/4 inch (about the size of a grain of rice) for best results.
No, we avoid waxing over broken, irritated, or acne-prone skin areas.
We use both, depending on the area. Hard wax is preferred for sensitive zones (like underarms & bikini).
Depends on the area – from 15 minutes (upper lip) to 60+ minutes for full body.
Yes! All our waxing services are available as a doorstep service.
Yes, gently exfoliate 24 hours before to remove dead skin and prevent ingrown hairs.
Yes, a warm shower helps soften the skin and open pores, making waxing easier.
Avoid lotions or oils on the waxing day – clean, dry skin is best.
You can, but the skin is more sensitive. We recommend waiting if you're uncomfortable.
Some clients take a mild pain reliever 30 mins before. Not mandatory.
Yes, but with extra care and approval from your doctor for intimate waxing.
If you're sensitive, yes – caffeine can make the skin more reactive.
Wait at least 6–8 hours before a hot shower. Use lukewarm water only.
Avoid deodorants for 24 hours to prevent irritation.
Avoid sun exposure, saunas, steam rooms, heavy workouts, or tight clothing for 24–48 hours.
Wait 48 hours, then exfoliate gently to prevent ingrown hairs.
Use aloe vera gel or soothing lotion to calm the skin.
Yes, slight redness and sensitivity are normal and fade within a few hours.
Exfoliate 2–3 times a week and moisturize daily.
Avoid makeup for at least 12–24 hours to prevent breakouts.
Via WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or phone call.
Cash, bank transfer, card, and payment links.
Yes, all services are performed by experienced female therapists.
Every 4–6 weeks is ideal for smooth, consistent results.

17 Beauty Services

No Dear, our deals are very economical and we are providing all basic services, amendments in deals are not possible.
No , this package is completely design for one person , it can't be shared as we can complete hygiene mad protocols for only person for that the deal is booked.
We maintain hygiene by using sanitized and disposable products i.e disposable sheets , liner, hairband .Our staff completes all the protocols of hygiene.
Yes, she would be using sanitizer and wearing mask , Apron hair cap and gloves (as per choice of customer).
Olive, Banana and honey. If you want any specific flavor from above you can mention it while booking.
Yes transportation charges will be included in bill separately. 15 for Dubai , Sharjah Ajman. 30 for AbuDhabi , Ras al Khama , Damac hill and Al-ain.
Golden or Whitening facial by UAE brands.
No , if you select package, it's all up to you if you skip any of service. We are suppose to give all the services mentioned in package.
Yes , but you have to pay extra for that facial as per mention on our website .
Yes you can but again you have to pay extra for that as per mentioned on website.
No , it would be completely your choice, we provide all essentials for service. You have to pay full payment.
Yes you can pay but 2.5 % additional charges will be added. If you need to pay by card , while booking mention that you will pay by card.
Yes our preference is cash payment.
Yes ,but you have to pay advance to confirm your booking, because due to some reasons payments do not receive on time so we have to charge in advance for bank transfer.
We use herbal and whitening bleach as it suits all skin type.
We use herbal based products and bleach suitable for all skin type.
No it is not included. If you want to add go to our website and book for nail paint option separately.
No , if you want then pay extra for that.
If you do not have change for payment, mention before booking for bringing change. leave massage in comment box.
It will be of 25_30 Minutes targeting all the essentials of facial while covering all steps i.e cleansing, scrubbing, blackhead removal, facial massage and Mask application. Note: Black head removal is only for those clients who have blackhead issues .
Following are the steps. 1 Dipping 2 Nail Filling 3 Nail cutting 4 Nail shinning 5 Nail buffing 6 Nail's deep cleaning 7 Dipping 8 Scrubbing 9 Massaging 10 Nail Oil
It depends upon condition if it is very rough then you can book more then one session or luxury manicure and pedicure. Moreover our therapist will guide you according to your condition.
You have to inform us before 24hr cancellation nevertheless you have to pay full payment .
at least before 24 hours as usually we do not have a lot slots on same day .
Yes but in some cases of emergency,rain,car issue,accident and traffic keep margin .As Dubai is a running city ,we face problems while reaching.
Half arm mask is from wrist to elbow it is for the removal of tanning.
No , Underarm wax will be separated separately.
Depends on clients hands and feet condition minimum 30 minutes and maximum for 45.
Time for service would be mentioned on package which you will select and time will start from entrance of therapist and end at the time of leaving. Setting of stuff , entrance and leaving home , everything will be completed in mentioned time. If you will take service after taking some time then she will not give you extra time she will complete her task in mentioned time and leave.
Download our app , you will found complain corner on our app, file your complain there.
Company will arrange an appointment with the therapist which came to you for service via phone . If therapist will not be able to satisfy you then company will arrange your services with other staff or same as you want.

18 Beauty Services

No Dear, our deals are very economical and we are providing all basic services, amendments in deals are not possible.
No , this package is completely design for one person , it can't be shared as we can complete hygiene mad protocols for only person for that the deal is booked.
We maintain hygiene by using sanitized and disposable products i.e disposable sheets , liner, hairband .Our staff completes all the protocols of hygiene.
Yes, she would be using sanitizer and wearing mask , Apron hair cap and gloves (as per choice of customer).
Olive, Banana and honey. If you want any specific flavor from above you can mention it while booking.
Yes transportation charges will be included in bill separately. 15 for Dubai , Sharjah Ajman. 30 for Abu Dhabi , Ras al Khama , Damac hill and Al-ain
Golden or Whitening facial by UAE brands.
No , if you select package, it's all up to you if you skip any of service. We are suppose to give all the services mentioned in package.
Yes , but you have to pay extra for that facial as per mention on our website or application .
Yes you can but again you have to pay extra for that as per mentioned on website.
No , it would be completely your choice, we provide all essentials for service. You have to pay full payment.
Yes you can pay but 2.5 % additional charges will be added. If you need to pay by card , while booking mention that you will pay by card. please leave massage in comment box bring card machine .
Yes our preference is cash payment.
Yes ,but you have to pay advance to confirm your booking, because due to some reasons payments do not receive on time so we have to charge in advance for bank transfer.
We use herbal and whitening bleach as it suits all skin type.
We use herbal based products and bleach suitable for all skin type.
No it is not included. If you want to add go to our website and book for nail paint option separately.
No , if you want then pay extra for that.
If you do not have change for payment, mention before booking for bringing change.
It will be of 25_30 Minutes targeting all the essentials of facial while covering all steps i.e cleansing, scrubbing, blackhead removal, facial massage and Mask application. Note: Black head removal is only for those clients who have blackhead issues
No it is not included , if you want then book it separately.
Yes it is included.
Following are the steps. 1 Dipping 2 Nail Filling 3 Nail cutting 4 Nail shinning 5 Nail buffing 6 Nail's deep cleaning 7 Dipping 8 Scrubbing 9 Massaging 10 Nail Oil
It depends upon condition if it is very rough then you can book more then one session or luxury manicure and pedicure. Moreover our therapist will guide you according to your condition.
You have to inform us before cancellation nevertheless you have to pay full payment .
At least before 24 hours as usually we do not have a lot slots on same day .
Yes but in some cases of emergency,rain,car issue,accident and traffic keep margin .As Dubai is a running city ,we face problems while reaching.
Half arm mask is from wrist elbow it is for the removal of tanning.
No , Underarm wax will be separated separately.
Depends on clients hands and feet condition minimum 30 minutes and maximum for 45.
Time for service would be mentioned on package which you will select and time will start from entrance of therapist and end at the time of leaving. Setting of stuff , entrance and leaving home , everything will be completed in mentioned time. If you will take service after taking some time then she will not give you extra time she will complete her task in mentioned time and leave.
Download our app , you will found complain corner on our app, file your complain there.
Company will arrange an appointment with the therapist which came to you for service via phone . If therapist will not be able to satisfy you then company will arrange your services with other staff or same as you want.
We will charge 70 dirhams extra if you take more time for completing service e.g if staff reach at 12 pm her service time will start but if you take service after 30 minutes and late then you have to pay 70 dirhams for extra time.

Neck wax-Add On

The neck wax service removes unwanted hair from the back and/or front of the neck, giving a cleaner and smoother appearance.
Yes, we use skin-friendly wax options (like honey or aloe vera wax) suitable for sensitive, normal, and oily skin types.
You can expect a smooth, hair-free neck for about 3 to 4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
You may feel mild discomfort during the procedure, but it’s usually quick and tolerable. We use soothing post-wax gel to calm the skin.
Yes! Neck waxing is often combined with facial waxing, full face wax, or full body wax for a complete grooming session.
Yes. Waxing removes hair from the root, giving longer-lasting results and reducing the chance of ingrown hairs compared to shaving.
In fact, with regular waxing, regrowth often becomes finer and slower over time.
If you have active breakouts or irritation, it's best to consult us before booking. We’ll recommend the best approach or offer alternatives like threading or trimming.
Hair should be at least 1/4 inch long (about the length of a grain of rice) for the wax to grip effectively.
Yes. We apply a soothing lotion or aloe vera gel post-wax to prevent irritation and recommend keeping the area clean and dry for 24 hours.
Neck waxing takes about 10–15 minutes only.
Yes, please book at least 24 hours in advance to ensure time is allotted properly.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport charge applies to all home appointments.

Neck threading-Add ON

Neck threading involves removing unwanted hair from the front or back of the neck using a twisted cotton thread for precise hair removal.
Yes, threading is ideal for those with sensitive skin, as it involves no heat or chemicals. It’s also more precise than waxing.
You may feel a slight stinging sensation, but it is usually less painful than waxing and the discomfort is minimal and brief.
Threading removes hair from the root, so the results typically last 2–3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Yes, it is safe for all skin types, including those prone to irritation, acne, or pigmentation from waxing.
We can thread the front neck, sides, and/or back of the neck depending on your preferences.
Hair should be at least 2–3 mm long (short stubble is fine) for effective threading.
Yes, threading can reduce the risk of ingrown hairs, especially compared to shaving or waxing.
Mild redness is normal and subsides within 15–30 minutes. We apply a cooling gel or aloe vera post-threading to calm the skin.
Absolutely! Neck threading pairs well with facials, masks, waxing, or even hair services for a clean, polished look.
It usually takes about 10–15 minutes, depending on hair density.
Yes, to manage time efficiently, please book at least 24 hours in advance.
A flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home visits, regardless of the number of services.
We accept cash, online transfer, and secure payment links.
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid cancellation or transport charges.

Neck Bleach-Add On

Neck bleaching is a skin-lightening treatment that lightens facial hair and evens out skin tone on the front and/or back of the neck using a gentle bleaching formula.
It helps to: Lighten dark patches and pigmentation Blend facial hair color into your skin tone Brighten dull neck areas for an even complexion
Yes, we use mild bleach formulas suitable for most skin types, including sensitive skin. A patch test is done if needed.
The results typically last 2–3 weeks, depending on your skin type, sun exposure, and skincare routine.
No, bleach does not permanently lighten skin. It provides a temporary glow by brightening the surface layer.
Yes, it helps reduce visible tan, dullness, and minor pigmentation caused by sun or pollution.
Neck bleach usually takes 15–20 minutes, including application and removal.
A slight tingling may be felt, which is normal. We monitor your skin throughout the treatment to ensure zero irritation.
No, bleach doesn’t remove hair; it just lightens it. For hair removal, consider waxing or threading.
Yes, neck bleach can be done before or after facials, masks, or waxing for an even-toned, glowing finish.
Yes, avoid direct sun exposure and do not apply perfumes or harsh skincare to the neck for 12–24 hours after treatment.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal to maintain brightness without over-processing the skin.
Yes, we offer herbal, oxy, and sensitive-skin bleach options. Let us know your preference while booking.
Yes, a flat AED 15 home visit fee applies regardless of the number of services booked.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and online payment links.

Back Bleach-Add On

Back bleach is a skin-lightening treatment designed to brighten the back area, reduce tan, and blend facial/body hair into your natural skin tone using gentle bleach formulas.
Reduces sun tan, pigmentation, and dullness Brightens and evens skin tone Blends fine hair color into skin, making it less visible Leaves skin looking clean, smooth, and radiant
No, back bleach is non-invasive and painless. A slight tingling is normal, but we use soothing products for comfort.
Yes, we offer sensitive-skin bleach options, and a patch test can be done upon request.
The results last around 2 to 3 weeks, depending on your skin’s exposure to sunlight and product usage.
Back bleach takes approximately 20–30 minutes, including application and post-care.
No, bleach offers temporary brightness. It doesn't alter your natural skin tone but helps remove surface dullness and tan.
No, it only lightens the hair, making it blend into your skin tone. For removal, opt for back waxing.
Wait at least 4–6 hours before showering. Avoid hot water or harsh soaps for 24 hours.
Clean skin is ideal. Avoid using lotions, oils, or perfumes before the appointment.
Yes, it's commonly paired with back scrubs, masks, or back facials for deeper glow and cleanliness.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintaining brightness and healthy skin tone.
It’s best to consult your doctor. While we use mild bleach, some women prefer to avoid chemicals during pregnancy.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee applies to all home appointments.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and online payment links for convenience.
Please inform us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid cancellation or transport charges.

Hands Bleach-Add On

Hands bleach is a cosmetic treatment that lightens dark or tanned skin, reduces pigmentation, and blends fine hair color into your natural skin tone using a gentle bleach solution.
Lightens sun tan and pigmentation Gives your hands a cleaner, brighter appearance Blends fine hair color into the skin Evens out skin tone for a well-groomed look
No, bleach does not remove hair. It lightens the hair, making it less visible against your skin.
Yes, we use mild bleach formulas suitable for sensitive skin. A patch test is available on request.
No, it gives a temporary glow and brightness that typically lasts 2–3 weeks.
Hands bleach usually takes about 15–20 minutes.
A mild tingling is normal, but we monitor the skin closely. We also apply soothing gel or aloe vera post-treatment.
Yes, it helps reduce tanning, uneven tone, and dullness, especially if you’ve had recent sun exposure.
Yes! Hands bleach works beautifully with manicures, hand scrubs, and hand masks for a complete glow.
Avoid sunlight, hot water, and strong products on hands for 12–24 hours post-treatment. Use sunscreen or gloves when outdoors.
Yes, please book at least 24 hours in advance to ensure slot availability.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintaining brightness and healthy skin.
Yes, but we may use different bleach formulas for face and hands based on skin sensitivity.
Cancellations made less than 3 hours before the appointment may incur transport or service charges.

Feet Bleach-Add On

Feet bleach is a cosmetic treatment that helps to lighten tanned or dull skin, reduce discoloration, and blend hair color on the feet using a safe, mild bleach formula.
Removes tan and dullness Brightens skin tone Lightens fine hair to blend with skin Makes feet look clean, smooth, and well-groomed
No, it only lightens the color of hair, making it less visible. It does not remove hair like waxing or shaving.
No. The bleach might cause mild tingling, but it’s generally painless. We use soothing formulas suitable for home use.
Yes, including sensitive skin. We offer herbal or sensitive-skin bleach options and can do a patch test if needed.
The brightening effect usually lasts 2–3 weeks, depending on your skincare and sun exposure.
Feet bleach typically takes 15–20 minutes, including application and removal.
Yes, it helps reduce tan lines, pigmentation, and uneven tone around the feet and toes.
Absolutely! It's best paired with pedicures, scrubs, or foot masks for a smooth and glowing finish.
Avoid sun exposure, hot water, and harsh chemicals on the area for 12–24 hours. Moisturize and apply sunscreen when outdoors.
Yes, advance booking ensures your preferred time slot and proper preparation.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal to maintain a bright and even tone.
Yes, a flat AED 15 home service charge applies per visit, regardless of number of services.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and online payment links.
Please cancel at least 3 hours in advance to avoid any transport or last-minute fees.

Half arm Bleach-Add On

Half arm bleach is a skin-brightening treatment that lightens the skin and blends fine hair color from shoulder to elbow (or elbow to wrist), giving your arms a cleaner, even-toned look.
Lightens tan, dullness, and pigmentation Blends fine hair color to make it less visible Enhances your overall appearance Great before special events or photoshoots
No, bleach only lightens the hair color, making it less noticeable against your skin. For hair removal, consider waxing or shaving.
Yes, we use gentle bleach formulas, and a patch test can be done if needed.
No, the effects are temporary, lasting around 2–3 weeks depending on your skincare routine and sun exposure.
Approximately 15–20 minutes, depending on your skin type and hair density.
Yes, it’s effective in reducing tan, uneven skin tone, and light pigmentation.
Yes, but bleach should be applied after waxing or scrubbing, not before.
Mild tingling is normal. We ensure the bleach is removed at the right time and follow it with soothing gel.
Avoid hot water and harsh soaps for at least 6–8 hours after treatment.
Just ensure your skin is clean and free from oils or lotions. Avoid scrubbing right before the session.
Every 3–4 weeks is recommended for regular maintenance and glow.
Yes, you can combine multiple bleach services for more complete coverage.
Our bleach is designed for temporary tan removal and tone brightening, not for permanent lightening.
a flat AED 15 transport charge applies per home visit.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and online payment links.
Please inform us at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid cancellation or transport charges.

Full arm Bleach-Add On

Full arm bleach is a cosmetic treatment that lightens the skin from shoulder to wrist, and blends the color of fine arm hair with your natural skin tone for a brighter, cleaner look.
Reduces tanning and uneven skin tone Brightens dull arms instantly Blends fine hair with skin tone Gives a polished, event-ready appearance
No, bleach doesn’t remove hair—it lightens it so it blends with your skin and appears nearly invisible.
Yes, we use skin-safe and gentle bleach formulas, and we can also do a patch test before application.
The effects last 2–3 weeks, depending on sun exposure and skincare habits.
A full arm bleach session takes approximately 20–25 minutes.
Yes, full arm bleach helps reduce sun tan, dullness, and minor pigmentation effectively.
Yes, but we recommend bleach after waxing, with at least a 24-hour gap if your skin is sensitive.
Most clients feel only a mild tingling. We apply soothing cream or aloe vera gel afterward.
Avoid hot water, perfumes, sun exposure, and scrubs for at least 12–24 hours after the session.
Yes, we recommend booking at least 24 hours in advance to reserve your preferred time slot.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal to maintain the glow and reduce visible tanning.
Yes, we apply a flat AED 15 transport fee per home visit.
Not unless you’re availing a special promo or prepaid combo package.
We appreciate cancellations to be made at least 3 hours before the appointment to avoid fees.

Gel manicure-Add On

A gel manicure involves applying gel-based nail polish cured under a UV or LED light. It’s long-lasting, chip-resistant, and gives your nails a glossy, salon-finish look.
Unlike regular polish, gel polish: Dries instantly under a light Lasts up to 2–3 weeks without chipping Maintains a high-gloss shine throughout
Not if applied and removed correctly. We use gentle techniques and offer soak-off removal to avoid damage.
Around 35–45 minutes, including cuticle care, shaping, buffing, gel polish application, and curing.
Yes, we use top-quality, skin-safe gel polishes, and our technicians follow proper hygiene and care protocols.
Yes! We offer a wide range of gel colors, including nudes, bolds, glitters, and French styles.
We offer professional soak-off removal to avoid nail damage. Don’t peel or file it off yourself.
Absolutely! Nail art, stones, ombré, and glitter designs are available as custom add-ons.
Yes, gel adds a layer of strength and protects natural nails from breakage.
Yes, including short, brittle, or uneven nails. It gives them a uniform, polished look.
Yes, to ensure technician availability and color preference, please book at least 24 hours ahead.
Use cuticle oil, avoid harsh chemicals, and don’t peel off the polish to protect your nails.
Yes, a flat AED 15 home visit charge is applicable per booking.
We accept cash, bank transfers, and online payment links.
Please cancel at least 3 hours in advance to avoid a transport or late cancellation fee.

Gel pedicure-Add On

A gel pedicure includes cleaning, shaping, cuticle care, and applying gel-based nail polish on toenails, which is cured under a UV or LED light for a long-lasting, glossy finish.
Typically 3–4 weeks without chipping or fading — perfect for vacations or regular wear.
Yes, because gel polish: Dries instantly Is smudge-proof and chip-resistant Stays shiny and fresh-looking longer
Absolutely. We follow strict hygiene protocols, use sanitized tools, and offer skin-safe, high-quality gel polishes.
Approximately 40–50 minutes, depending on nail shape, cuticle condition, and polish design.
Yes! We offer a variety of classic, trendy, French, nude, glitter, and matte gel shades.
Yes, gel polish can be used over natural nails or nail extensions on toes.
No, if removed properly. We provide safe soak-off removal that protects the natural nail.
Yes! You can opt for nail art, stones, ombré, or glitter designs at an extra charge.
Yes, for proper time scheduling and technician availability, we recommend booking 24 hours ahead.
Make sure your feet are clean and free of lotions/oils before the treatment.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for neat, well-groomed feet.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport charge is applied per booking.
Yes, unless you’re availing a promo or prepaid package.
Please notify us at least 3 hours in advance to avoid a cancellation or transport fee.

Face polish-Add On

Face polish is a gentle exfoliating treatment that removes dead skin cells, reduces dullness, and gives your face a smoother, brighter glow instantly.
Removes dull, dead skin layer Helps even out skin tone Gives a smooth, glowing appearance Preps skin for better product absorption
No. It’s milder than a facial and doesn’t involve chemical lightening like bleach. It’s a quick, surface-level brightening treatment.
Yes, we use skin-type-friendly polish products, but we also offer a patch test for extra safety.
The glow can last 5–7 days, depending on your skincare routine and sun exposure.
Every 2–3 weeks is ideal to maintain a fresh, radiant look.
Only 15–20 minutes — perfect as a quick glow-up add-on before an event!
No downtime. Slight pinkness may occur in sensitive skin but usually fades within 15–30 minutes.
Yes, please book at least 24 hours in advance to ensure your preferred time slot.
Definitely! It gives your face a fresh, smooth canvas for makeup.
Yes, it’s gentle and safe for younger clients as well.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee is applied for home visits.
We accept cash, bank transfer, and secure online payment links.
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid a cancellation or visit fee.

Nose wax-Add On

Nose waxing is the removal of visible nose hair from the nostril edge using a gentle wax formula, leaving the area clean and tidy.
Yes, we only wax the outer edge, not deep inside. It’s quick, hygienic, and safe when done by a trained technician.
There’s a brief sting (like eyebrow waxing), but it’s over in seconds and clients usually say it’s tolerable.
Smooth, hair-free nostrils typically last 3–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Yes! Unlike trimming, waxing removes hair from the root, so the regrowth is slower and finer.
Absolutely. We use disposable waxing applicators, clean tools, and follow strict sanitization protocols.
We use gentle wax formulas, but let us know if you have skin sensitivities or allergies beforehand.
Only 5–7 minutes — it's super quick and effective.
Yes, for smooth scheduling, please book at least 12–24 hours in advance.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee applies per home visit.
Please inform us at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid any late or cancellation charges.

Blowdry

Excessive or improper blow-drying can lead to dryness, frizz, or damage. Use heat protectant sprays and avoid high heat settings to minimize damage.
Speeds up the drying process. Smooths the hair and reduces frizz. Adds volume and shape to hairstyles. Helps set styles for long-lasting results.
Limit blow-drying to 2–3 times a week to prevent heat damage. On other days, air-dry or use a cool setting.
Blow-dry hair when it is 70–80% dry to reduce drying time and prevent damage caused by high heat on wet strands.
Use a heat protectant and anti-frizz serum. Blow-dry in sections and point the nozzle downward to smooth the cuticle. Finish with a cool shot to lock in the style.
A salon-quality blow-dry can last 2–5 days, depending on your hair type and how well you maintain it.
Avoid heavy oils before blow-drying as they can "cook" your hair. Instead, use lightweight heat protectants or serums designed for blow-drying.
Yes, but for best results, start with clean, damp hair. Blow-drying unwashed hair may make it appear greasy or weighed down.
Serum or oil: For added shine and smoothness. Hairspray: To hold the style. Texturizing spray: For a more natural, voluminous look.
Avoid touching your hair too often. Use a dry shampoo to absorb oil at the roots. Sleep on a silk or satin pillowcase to reduce friction.
Yes, deep condition your hair once a week to restore moisture and repair damage caused by heat styling.
Yes, deep condition your hair once a week to restore moisture and repair damage caused by heat styling.

Regular Straight

Straight hair has no natural curls or waves. It typically lies flat and reflects light well, making it appear shiny and smooth.
Texture: Smooth and easy to manage. Shine: Naturally reflects light due to its smooth surface. Oiliness: Tends to get oily faster as sebum travels easily down the hair shaft.
Wash straight hair 2–3 times a week or more frequently if it gets oily quickly. Use a lightweight, sulfate-free shampoo to avoid buildup.
Straight hair cannot naturally turn wavy or curly, but you can use heat tools, braiding techniques, or styling products to achieve temporary waves or curls.
Humidity. Overwashing or dryness. Heat damage or lack of proper care.
Oily straight hair: Use a clarifying or volumizing shampoo. Dry straight hair: Opt for a moisturizing or hydrating shampoo. Color-treated straight hair: Use a sulfate-free, color-safe shampoo.
Oily hair: Use a lightweight conditioner on the ends only. Dry hair: Use a hydrating conditioner or a leave-in conditioner.
Straight hair is smooth and lies flat, so tangles occur when strands slide over each other without friction. Regular brushing can prevent knots.
Get regular trims every 6–8 weeks. Avoid excessive heat and chemical treatments. Use a deep conditioner weekly.
Rinse hair with cool water after conditioning. Use a lightweight serum or shine spray. Avoid overusing heat tools to prevent dullness.

19 Beauty Services

This package includes 19 beauty services such as manicure, pedicure, waxing, threading, facial, massage, and more. Please refer to the full list on the flyer.
Yes, advance booking is required. We recommend booking at least 24 hours ahead to get your preferred time slot.
No, Packages can't be modify
Currently available in selected areas. In Dubai,Sharja And Ajman
The entire session takes approximately 2.5 to 3.5 hours, depending on your skin/hair type and service customization.
Yes, all beauticians are trained, certified, and have extensive experience in home service.
Yes, just inform us at least 4 hours before your scheduled time to reschedule or cancel without any penalty.
Tipping is not mandatory, but appreciated for good service.
You can book via: WhatsApp chat Call Lipsly App (Download from Google Play)
Yes, booking at least 24 hours in advance is highly recommended.
Yes, you can book for a friend, family member, or gift it to someone.
No replacements, but you may skip a service if not needed.
We use high-quality strip wax and offer roll-on upon request.
Yes, our beautician brings everything needed – you don’t need to provide anything.
We accept: Cash Bank Transfer Online Payments (upon request) Payment via Lipsly App (Android)
Currently online transfer is available. Card payment via app is under development.
Our booking agent will send you official bank details upon confirmation.
Yes, but we recommend consulting your doctor first for waxing/massage.
We use Astaberry facial in our Packges.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
We’ll respond within 1 hour, investigate the issue, and offer a solution like a free correction, replacement staff, or discount—your satisfaction is our priority.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

VLCC PAPAYA FRUIT

Improves the skin texture. Tightens the skin and lightens age spots. Removes the dead cells and impurities. Helps in preventing pimples and blemishes.
An intensely hydrating facial kit, it maintains oil balance and keeps your skin looking spotless. In combination with other fruit and vegetable extracts like watermelon, peach, orange and cucumber, this papaya-enriched facial helps achieve a blemish-free, radiant complexion.
Also, it contains anti-oxidants that rebuild skin cells. This works for all skin types. All citrus fruits, especially lemons, are known for their bleaching properties.

VLCC SKIN TIGHTENING

anti-ageing treatment, it works by sculpting the face and giving it a tightening effect. This skin firming formula works on diminishing fine lines, reducing wrinkles and lifting saggy skin to give you a younger looking result.
The steps typically include: Cleansing: Removal of makeup and impurities to prepare the skin. Exfoliation: Gently sloughs off dead skin cells, revealing fresh skin. Toning: Uses products that help in tightening and rejuvenating the skin. Massage: A relaxing massage to stimulate circulation and promote skin elasticity. Mask application: A tightening mask is applied to firm and lift the skin. Moisturization: To lock in hydration and smooth the skin.
For optimal results, it’s recommended to get the facial once a month. However, the frequency can be adjusted depending on your skin concerns and the advice of your skincare professional.
The facial is generally safe for most people, but you may experience mild redness or sensitivity after the treatment, especially if you have sensitive skin. This usually fades within a few hours. It's always best to consult with a skincare specialist beforehand to ensure the facial is suitable for your skin type
The facial usually takes around 45-60 minutes, depending on the condition of the skin and the specific needs of the individual.
Mild redness or sensitivity is common after the treatment, but it usually fades within a few hours. If it persists, consult with your aesthetician.
Results are often visible immediately after the facial, with continued improvements in the following days. For long-lasting results, regular treatments are recommended, typically once a month.
Cleanse your skin Avoid sun exposure Avoid strong skincare products Stay hydrated

VLCC INSTA GLOW

Anti-aging, Anti-acne & Pimples, Fairness, Radiance & Glow, Skin Brightening, Skin Whitening, Cleansing Facial Kit. This facial kit is based on age-old ayurvedic ingredients which are combined to give you beautiful and healthy skin. Turmeric has anti-oxidant, antiseptic & anti-bacterial properties.
Insta Glow glides seamlessly onto skin and is fast drying & never tacky. Your bronze will last up to 24hrs and is removed with warm, soapy water. The easy-to-use tube guarantees a mess-free application, while the buildable shade works for all skin tones.
Removes impurities and dirt. Naturally moisturizes. Fights off premature aging of skin. Provides instant glow.
Instant glow: It provides an immediate brightening effect, making the skin look fresh and radiant. Deep cleansing: The facial removes impurities and dead skin cells, giving your skin a clean and smooth texture. Hydration: It replenishes moisture to the skin, leaving it soft and hydrated. Even skin tone: Helps in reducing dullness and dark spots for a more even complexion.
The facial typically takes about 45 minutes to an hour, depending on the condition of the skin and the specific steps followed during the treatment.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, especially for those looking for an instant brightness boost or a quick rejuvenating treatment. It's perfect for people with dull, tired, or dehydrated skin.
Cleansing: To remove makeup and impurities from the skin. Exfoliation: A gentle scrub is used to remove dead skin cells and reveal fresh skin. Mask application: A glowing mask is applied to hydrate and brighten the skin. Massage: A soothing massage is done to stimulate blood circulation and relax the skin. Moisturizing: To lock in hydration and leave the skin soft and supple.
For best results, you can opt for this facial once a month. However, if you have an upcoming event or need a quick glow, it can be done 1-2 days before to get instant results.
You will notice an immediate improvement in the brightness and smoothness of your skin right after the facial. The skin will look more radiant and refreshed.
The instant glow from the facial is visible right after the treatment and can last for a few days to a week, depending on your skin type and lifestyle.
It’s recommended to avoid washing your face for at least 6-8 hours post-facial to allow your skin to absorb the benefits of the products used during the treatment.
It's recommended to avoid applying any heavy skincare products or treatments right before your facial. A clean, fresh face without serums or moisturizers allows the facial products to work more effectively.

REAL AROMA D TAN

D-Tan Facial Pack cleanses skin while providing instant brightening and lightening benefits. It hydrates, nourishes, soothes, calms, heals, whitens, brightens and lightens the skin.
In addition to assisting in tan removal, a D-tan pack for women can help in the fight against dullness and the elimination of dead skin cells.
Tan removal,Brightening,Exfoliation,Hydration,Skin rejuvenation.
This facial is ideal for individuals with sun-damaged or tanned skin who wish to lighten their skin tone and restore radiance. It’s suitable for all skin types, but those with sensitive skin should consult with a skincare expert before the treatment.
The facial usually takes around 45-65 minutes, depending on the skin type and condition.
For the best results, it’s recommended to have this facial once a month, especially during the summer months when the skin is more exposed to the sun.
The facial is generally safe for most skin types. However, some individuals with very sensitive skin may experience mild redness or irritation, which typically subsides after a few hours. Always perform a patch test before the facial to avoid any adverse reactions.
Avoid sun exposure,Keep your skin hydrated and Avoid harsh treatments.

Hair Keratin Offer 399

A keratin treatment is a hair-smoothing therapy that infuses keratin protein into the hair, reducing frizz, restoring shine, and making it smoother and straighter.
Smoothens frizz Reduces hair volume Adds shine Makes hair manageable Repairs damage from heat, color, or dryness
No, it’s semi-permanent. It relaxes curls and waves but doesn’t make the hair completely flat unless combined with flat ironing.
Yes! It actually helps repair and protect color-treated or bleached hair.
Usually 2–4 months, depending on hair type and post-treatment care.
Usually 2–4 months, depending on hair type and post-treatment care.
If done correctly and using professional products — no. It actually strengthens hair.
Generally yes, but we always recommend a patch test first.
Wait at least 48–72 hours before washing, unless your formula allows immediate wash (we’ll inform you).
Avoid tying, pinning, or tucking behind ears for the first 3 days to prevent dents.
Use sulfate-free and sodium-chloride-free shampoos only.
Yes, after a week or so, light oiling is fine — but avoid heavy oils that may strip the keratin.
Wait at least 2 weeks. Or ideally, color your hair before the keratin treatment.
Yes, but you’ll notice you won’t need to — hair will be naturally sleek.
It may feel silkier, but with the right shampoo and care, it won’t become greasy.
Yes! It relaxes curls, removes frizz, and softens them — but it doesn’t fully straighten coily hair.
Yes, keratin can be done on all hair lengths.
Yes, keratin can be done on all hair lengths.
Yes, your original texture gradually comes back over months.
Through WhatsApp, Instagram DM, or phone call.
Trained and experienced female professionals
Nope! We come fully equipped with all products and tools.
Price varies by hair length and thickness — message us for a custom quote.
Let us assess — it’s best to treat any active scalp condition first.
Cash | Online Transfer | Card | Payment Link

Asta Berry Diamond Facial

A diamond facial is a healthy boost of the same, in one go. It keeps your skin hydrated, soft and supple for a long time with its nourishing qualities.
Diamond facial treatment results can last up to 3 to 4 weeks
Paraben-free | pH Balanced
Glowing Skin: The diamond powder helps to exfoliate the skin gently, removing dead cells and leaving the skin glowing. Brightens Skin: It helps to brighten the complexion, reducing dark spots and pigmentation. Anti-Aging: The antioxidants and minerals in diamond dust can reduce wrinkles and fine lines, making the skin appear youthful. Improves Skin Texture: The facial deeply hydrates and nourishes the skin, resulting in smoother, more supple skin. Detoxifies: The facial helps to cleanse and purify the skin, removing toxins and pollutants.
Yes, Astaberry Diamond Facial is designed to be suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin. However, if you have extremely sensitive skin or active skin conditions like rosacea or acne, it is recommended to consult a skincare professional before the treatment.
A typical Astaberry Diamond Facial lasts around 45 to 60 minutes. The treatment includes various steps like cleansing, exfoliation, massage, mask application, and hydration.
It’s generally recommended to get an Astaberry Diamond Facial once a month for the best results, although this can vary depending on your skin's needs and concerns.
Astaberry Diamond Facial is generally safe for most skin types, as it uses natural and soothing ingredients. However, individuals with allergies to any specific ingredient or those with very sensitive skin might experience mild irritation. Always do a patch test before undergoing the facial to ensure no allergic reactions.

Asta Berry Green Tea Facial

Antioxidant rich Green tea has anti-inflammatory properties which helps in getting rid of hyper pigmentation and dark spots by preventing the over-production of melanin.Green tea facial can also effectively reduce melasma, a severe form of hyper pigmentation.
reduce irritation and redness
It's safe to be used on sensitive skin
The Astaberry Green Tea Facial typically involves cleansing the skin, applying a green tea-based scrub to exfoliate, followed by a green tea mask that nourishes the skin. The facial also includes a light massage to help with absorption of the nutrients and a hydrating moisturizer to finish.
Yes, the Astaberry Green Tea Facial is suitable for all skin types, including sensitive and oily skin. Green tea has soothing and anti-inflammatory properties that can help calm irritation while controlling excess oil production
A typical Astaberry Green Tea Facial lasts between 45 to 60 minutes. It includes several steps, including cleansing, exfoliating, massaging, and applying a mask.
Yes, the antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties of green tea can help reduce acne by controlling excess oil production, soothing inflammation, and reducing redness. However, it may not directly treat active breakouts, but it can improve overall skin health over time.
For the best results, it's recommended to get the Astaberry Green Tea Facial once a month. If you have specific skin concerns, such as acne or sensitivity, you might benefit from more frequent treatments, but it's always best to consult with a skincare professional.
Astaberry Green Tea Facial is generally safe for most skin types. However, if you have allergies to green tea or specific ingredients used in the facial, you may experience mild irritation or redness. A patch test is recommended before the facial.
To maintain the glowing effects of the facial, use a good skincare routine that includes hydration, gentle exfoliation, and daily sunscreen. Green tea is an excellent antioxidant, so consider using green tea-based products to continue reaping its benefits.
It’s advised to avoid heavy exercise for 24 hours after a facial, as sweating can clog pores and irritate the skin. Light activities are generally fine as long as you keep your skin clean.
After a facial, it is important to: Avoid direct sun exposure for 24-48 hours and use sunscreen. Avoid makeup for at least 6 hours post-treatment to let your skin breathe. Keep the skin hydrated with a gentle moisturizer. Avoid hot showers, saunas, and exfoliating products for a few days to prevent irritation.
Before-care is essential to prepare the skin for a facial treatment. It helps to avoid irritation and enhance the effectiveness of the treatment. For example, it's crucial to avoid sun exposure, harsh exfoliation, or using active ingredients like retinol a few days before a facial to prevent sensitivity or adverse reactions.

LOTUS DIAMOND

Enables Deep-Cleansing and Exfoliation
Maintains skin firmness and elasticity. Removes dirt and impurities from the skin giving it a hydrating glow.
Follow Up with a Moisturiser
Anti-aging,Radiance,Exfoliation,Hydration,Improves skin texture.
The Lotus Diamond Facial is suitable for most skin types, especially those looking to target signs of aging, dull skin, or pigmentation. It is particularly beneficial for those seeking a radiant and youthful glow. However, those with highly sensitive skin should consult a professional before getting this treatment.
For optimal results, it is recommended to have the Lotus Diamond Facial every 3-4 weeks. This allows for regular skin rejuvenation while giving the skin time to absorb and regenerate from each treatment.
The facial is generally safe for most people. However, some individuals with sensitive skin may experience mild redness or irritation, which should subside within a few hours. It’s always best to conduct a patch test before the facial to check for allergies.
The facial typically takes around 45-60 minutes, depending on the spa and the specific services provided as part of the treatment.
Many clients notice an immediate improvement in their skin’s texture and radiance after the Lotus Diamond Facial. The effects may continue to improve in the following days as the skin rejuvenates.
Avoid sun exposure: Keep your skin protected from the sun for at least 24 hours after the facial and use sunscreen regularly. Hydrate: Keep your skin hydrated with a good moisturizer. Avoid harsh products: Avoid exfoliating products or other treatments for 2-3 days after the facial to give your skin time to recover.

Asta Berry Gold Facial

helps treat sun damage by reducing the levels of melanin in your skin, giving you a natural fairness and glow while keeping your skin toned and moisturized.
Gold works in skin care to help reduce inflammation and has both antibacterial and antioxidant benefits.
The particles of gold can get absorbed into your pores that can further help to brighten complexion, while reducing signs of pigmentation.
Anti-aging,Brightens the skin,Improves skin texture,Hydration,Reduces pigmentation.
Cleansing: To remove impurities and makeup. Exfoliation: Using a gentle scrub to remove dead skin cells. Massage: A gold-infused serum is massaged into the skin to improve blood circulation and promote relaxation. Mask application: A gold-based mask is applied to rejuvenate and brighten the skin. Moisturization: A nourishing cream is applied to lock in moisture.
This facial is suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin. It’s especially beneficial for those seeking anti-aging treatments, brightening effects, and skin rejuvenation. People with dull, dry, or uneven skin tones may see significant improvement from this treatment.
For optimal results, it is recommended to get this facial once a month. If you have specific skin concerns like aging or pigmentation, more frequent treatments may be beneficial, but it’s best to consult with a skincare professional.
Asta Berry Gold Facial is generally safe for most skin types. However, if you have an allergy to gold or any other ingredients used in the facial, it is important to conduct a patch test before the treatment to avoid irritation or an allergic reaction.
The facial typically lasts between 45 minutes to 60 mins, depending on the specific steps included in the treatment and the condition of your skin.
Yes, many people notice an immediate improvement in skin brightness and hydration after the facial. However, the long-term benefits, such as improved elasticity and reduced signs of aging, become more apparent with regular treatments.
It’s advised to avoid strenuous exercise for at least 24 hours after the facial, as sweating can clog pores and potentially lead to irritation or breakouts.
Some mild redness or tingling may occur immediately after the facial, especially if your skin is sensitive. This should subside within a few hours, but if you experience persistent irritation, it's best to consult with the salon or a dermatologist.
It’s recommended not to wear makeup before your facial as the treatment works best on clean, makeup-free skin. Makeup can block the pores and reduce the effectiveness of the facial.

O3+Whitening Facial

The O3+ Whitening Facial Kit With Peel Off Mask is generally safe to use, but some people may experience slight redness or irritation
O3+ is probably the best brand with skin care products for women
O3 facial kits are made from natural ingredients, which means they won't irritate your skin, and you can use them for all sorts of skin sensitivities. Keep your skin healthy and clear: Never settle for fake products that can do more harm than good.
India's No. 1 Salon Skincare Brand.
Don't wash your face right away after a facial.
Brightens Skin,Hydrates and Nourishes,Reduces Pigmentation,Radiance,Exfoliation
This facial is ideal for individuals with dull, uneven skin tone, pigmentation, or dark spots. It is also suitable for people looking to achieve a brighter and more radiant complexion. People with sensitive skin should consult with a skin specialist before undergoing this treatment.
The facial typically takes around 45 to 60 minutes, depending on the spa and the specific services provided as part of the treatment.
For optimal results, it’s recommended to have this facial once a month. Regular treatments can help maintain an even skin tone and radiant glow.
The O3+ Whitening Facial is generally safe for most skin types. However, some individuals with sensitive skin may experience mild redness or irritation, which should subside within a few hours. A patch test is recommended before the facial to check for any allergic reactions.
Yes, many clients notice an immediate improvement in skin brightness and radiance after the facial. For long-lasting effects, it is essential to follow a proper skincare routine at home.
Avoid sun exposure: Protect your skin from the sun by using sunscreen regularly. Hydrate: Keep your skin moisturized with a gentle, non-comedogenic moisturizer. Avoid harsh treatments: Refrain from using strong exfoliants or chemicals for 2-3 days after the facial.
You should avoid using harsh exfoliating products for 2-3 days after the facial to avoid irritation. Stick to a gentle moisturizer and soothing products to allow your skin to recover.
To maintain the glowing, even skin tone, use a good skincare routine that includes a brightening serum and daily sunscreen. Regular facials (once a month) can also help keep your skin looking fresh and youthful.

Full Body Scrub

A body scrub is an exfoliating treatment that uses a mixture of exfoliants (like sugar, salt, or coffee) and moisturizers (like oils or creams) to remove dead skin cells and improve skin texture.
Body scrubs help remove dead skin cells, improve circulation, hydrate the skin, promote smoother skin, and can also help with conditions like ingrown hairs and acne.
Generally, it’s recommended to use a body scrub once or twice a week to avoid over-exfoliating and irritating the skin.
Yes, body scrubs help remove dry, flaky skin and allow moisturizers to penetrate better, which can help keep your skin soft and hydrated.
Salt scrubs are usually more abrasive and better for deeply exfoliating the skin, while sugar scrubs are gentler, making them ideal for more sensitive or dry skin.
After using a body scrub, apply a moisturizer or body oil to lock in hydration. It’s important to keep your skin hydrated after exfoliating.
Over-exfoliating can lead to skin irritation, redness, or sensitivity. Always use a scrub with gentle pressure, and avoid scrubbing over broken or irritated skin.
Yes, but opt for a gentler scrub like a sugar-based or herbal scrub, and always test on a small area first. Avoid harsh scrubs if you have active skin conditions like eczema or psoriasis.
While body scrubs won’t completely remove cellulite, ingredients like coffee scrubs can temporarily smooth the skin and improve circulation, which may help with the appearance of cellulite.
It’s generally recommended to use a body scrub before shaving to exfoliate the skin, reduce the risk of ingrown hairs, and make shaving smoother.
Yes, body scrubs are great for exfoliating dry, rough areas like hands, feet, elbows, and knees. Specialized scrubs are often used for these areas to remove calluses and smooth skin.
Yes, if overused or applied with too much pressure, body scrubs can irritate the skin. People with sensitive skin should opt for gentler scrubs, like sugar or oatmeal-based options, and avoid harsh salt scrubs.
Scrubs can help unclog pores and prevent acne by removing dead skin. However, if you have active acne or inflamed skin, use a gentle scrub, or consult a dermatologist before use.
The effects of a body scrub (like smoother skin) can last several days, depending on your skin type and lifestyle. Regular use (once a week) helps maintain the results and ensures your skin stays soft.
It's best to wait at least 12 hours before applying deodorant or any other scented products, as your skin may be more sensitive and could react to fragrances or chemicals.
Some redness or slight irritation may occur, especially if you have sensitive skin. If you experience severe irritation, inflammation, or discomfort, it’s best to contact your skincare professional for advice.
Yes, applying a moisturizer is highly recommended after a body scrub. This helps to lock in moisture and soothe any dryness that might occur due to the exfoliation. Use a gentle, hydrating lotion or oil that suits your skin type.
It's best to avoid hot showers immediately after a full body scrub, as your skin may be more sensitive. Wait for at least 4-6 hours before taking a shower, and use lukewarm water to avoid irritating the skin.
After a body scrubbing treatment, it’s important to care for your skin to maximize the benefits. First, apply a moisturizer to lock in hydration and keep your skin soft and smooth. Drink plenty of water to help your skin stay hydrated from the inside. Avoid hot showers or baths for at least a few hours, as they can dry out your skin. It’s also best to refrain from sun exposure to prevent skin irritation, as exfoliated skin can be more sensitive. Lastly, avoid wearing tight clothing that could irritate your freshly exfoliated skin. If you experience any redness or irritation that lasts, consult with your therapist for advice.

Essential Hair Care Package

We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
Yes, a transportation fee of 15 AED is applicable for each appointment.
Full head one-shade hair color, hair wash with shampoo/conditioner, and a professional blow-dry.
It means a single, all-over hair color — one solid color from roots to ends.
Yes, you can choose from a range of natural and fashion colors (black, brown, burgundy, red, etc.).
No, this is for one full shade only. Highlights and balayage are separate services.
This is not a root-only service — it's for full hair application. Root-only touch-up can be offered separately.
Typically 4 to 6 weeks, depending on hair type, aftercare, and washing frequency.
No, one-shade color does not bleach or lighten — it deposits color only.
Not with this package such shades usually require pre-lightening and are not included in one-shade pricing.
Standard blow-dry (smooth/volume) is included. Curls or flat iron styling may have an additional charge.
About 1.5 to 2 hours depending on hair length and color processing time.
It’s best to avoid washing for at least 48 hours after the service for long-lasting results.
We accept both cash and online payment methods (bank transfer or payment link).
No, we bring all professional tools and products needed.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Home Beauty Essentials

We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
Facial treatment, face bleach, eyebrow threading, and upper lip threading.
Approximately 60 to 75 minutes, depending on your skin type and chosen facial.
Yes, we offer different facials based on your skin type — oily, dry, sensitive, or normal. Our beautician will recommend the best one.
We use mild, skin-friendly bleach. However, we always do a patch test before applying fully.
Yes, you can skip any service or replace it with another (BUT CHARGES REMAIN SAME).
No, it doesn’t bleach the skin itself. It only lightens fine facial hair and helps even out skin tone for a glow.
Once every 3 to 4 weeks is ideal to maintain healthy, glowing skin.
It’s best to let your skin breathe for 4–6 hours after a facial. Avoid heavy makeup right after.
Avoid sun exposure, scrubbing, or strong products for at least 24 hours. Moisturize and use sunscreen.
We choose gentle facial products and avoid bleach on broken or inflamed skin. Please mention skin concerns when booking.
Yes! We have special 4-week and 8-week skin & grooming plans at discounted rates.
Yes, it’s safe and great for basic skin care and grooming.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241
Yes, appointments are recommended to ensure availability.
Please cancel at least 24 hours in advance to avoid a cancellation fee.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfers, and various digital payment methods.
Absolutely! Spa vouchers are perfect for birthdays, anniversaries, and special occasions.
100%! We strictly maintain hygiene and use sanitized tools and fresh linens for every client.

Relax & Refresh Beauty Package

We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
We use nourishing oils like coconut, almond, or herbal blends — you can choose based on your preference.
Yes, we gently warm the oil to relax the scalp and help it absorb better into the roots.
It strengthens hair, reduces dryness, improves scalp blood circulation, reduces stress, and boosts hair health.
It’s optional. You can wash it after a few hours or the next day for best absorption.
Typically 15 to 20 minutes of gentle, relaxing massage.
We use mild, professional-grade cleansers, scrubs, and toners suitable for all skin types.
Removes dirt, oil, dead skin, and light blackheads. Leaves your skin fresh, soft, and smooth.
No, this is a shorter, quicker version focusing on cleansing and exfoliating — not a full facial.
Yes, we use gentle products and avoid scrubs on sensitive areas.
Every 1 to 2 weeks depending on your skin’s condition and exposure to pollution/makeup.
A little redness is normal and fades within 10–15 minutes. We apply soothing gel after threading.
Usually 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes. It’s more skin-friendly than waxing and doesn’t involve chemicals.
Around 45–60 minutes depending on your hair and skin.
Yes, appointments are recommended to ensure availability.
Please cancel at least 24 hours in advance to avoid a cancellation fee.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfers, and various digital payment methods.
Yes, all our therapists are certified and experienced.
Yes, all our therapists areYour satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case. certified and experienced.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Smooth & Relax at Home

We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
We use Alovera , Fruit wax , Brazillian , Coffe wax or other options available upon request.
Yes, bikini line wax is included. Full bikini or Brazilian wax is available at extra cost.
Yes, you can customize the package as per your need. Pricing will be remain same.
Typically 3 to 4 weeks depending on your hair growth cycle.
We recommend waiting until after your period due to higher sensitivity, especially for bikini waxing.
No, waxing does not darken the skin. In fact, regular waxing can improve texture over time.
Mild redness is normal and subsides within an hour. We apply cooling gel/cream post-waxing.
It's best to wait at least 6–8 hours. Avoid hot water and scrubbing on freshly waxed skin.
Light relaxation massage for legs, arms, and shoulders — 10 minutes each area.
No, this includes partial massage for 3 areas only. Full-body massage available separately.
Massages are done after waxing to help relax and soothe your muscles.
Yes, all beauticians are experienced and trained in basic relaxation techniques.
Yes! We carry clean tools, sanitized equipment, and follow high hygiene standards.
Exfoliate lightly a day before. Avoid creams or oils on the waxing day.
No sun exposure, hot showers, or strong products for 24 hours.
You can book via WhatsApp, call, or Instagram DM. We confirm timing, location, and details instantly.
No, we bring all tools, products, and clean towels. Just ensure a small, clean space for setup.
Approximately 90 to 120 minutes, depending on body hair and massage preference.
No problem! Just inform us at least 2–3 hours in advance.
Both options available — cash on service or online transfer.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Glow & Groom Package

Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
It includes removing unwanted hair from the forehead, upper lip, eyebrows, cheeks, jawline, and chin using a thread technique.
Yes, it's gentler than waxing and suitable for sensitive skin types.
Threading can be done, but we avoid areas with active acne or skin irritation.
It covers from the shoulder to elbow (or elbow to wrist – depending on your preference).
It includes waxing from knees down to the ankles.
Typically 3–4 weeks depending on your hair growth cycle.
Yes, but pain sensitivity may be higher, and we recommend informing the therapist beforehand.
We use branded soft or hard wax based on your skin type and area being waxed.
Not if done correctly with heat protection spray. We use moderate heat and professional tools.
Yes, but inform the therapist beforehand for proper handling.
You can book via WhatsApp, online form, or mobile app (if available).
Threading: 20–30 min Waxing: 30–45 min Blowdry: 30–40 min (depending on hair length)
Yes, these services are often available in combo packages for discounted rates.
Yes, we accept cash, card, bank transfer, and payment links.
Yes, just inform us 2–3 hours in advance.

Radiance Boost Package

We provide a range of beauty services at your doorstep, including waxing, facials, massages, threading, manicures, pedicures, and more.
Yes, all our services are available at your home for your convenience.
Our packages are fixed and cannot be customized to ensure consistent quality and pricing.
The total duration of the package is between 75 to 90 minutes.
No preparation is required. Just ensure that you have a comfortable space for our therapist to work in.
Yes, our products are safe for most skin types, but if you have any allergies or concerns, please inform us beforehand.
The gel polish typically lasts 2-3 weeks without chipping or fading.
Yes, we use products suitable for most skin types. If you have any allergies or sensitivities, please let us know.
Yes, the Vitamin C facial can help reduce pigmentation and brighten the skin, but if you have active acne, please consult with your therapist first.
Yes, we accept payments via online transfer, card, and payment links, in addition to cash payments.
The package is available at your convenience within our service hours, but it should be used within 30 days of booking.
The Vitamin C facial helps brighten the skin, reduce pigmentation, and improve collagen production for a healthy, youthful glow.
Yes, after your facial, we provide tips to maintain the glow, including staying hydrated and using sunscreen.
While we strive to accommodate requests, therapists are assigned based on availability.
Yes, we offer a wide range of colors and shades for both your manicure and pedicure.
Yes, you can gift this package to someone else, but please ensure they are located in our service area.
Yes, all our therapists are trained and certified to perform these services with utmost care and professionalism.

Summer Package

This combo includes a spa manicure, spa pedicure, de-tan face mask, eyebrow threading, and upper lip threading.
The total duration is approximately 60 to 75 minutes, depending on individual needs.
The total duration is approximately 60 to 75 minutes, depending on individual needs.
A spa mani-pedi includes exfoliation, massage, and hydrating masks for deep nourishment and relaxation beyond just trimming and polish.
Yes, a classic or clear polish application is included. Gel polish is available at an extra charge.
Yes, we use a gentle formula suitable for most skin types. If you have any sensitivities, please inform the therapist beforehand.
Threading may cause slight redness, but it usually fades within 10–15 minutes. Our technique is gentle and precise to minimize discomfort.
Once every 3–4 weeks is ideal for maintaining healthy skin, nails, and facial grooming.
Just ensure you have a clean, well-lit space for the therapist to work in. We’ll take care of everything else!
Absolutely. Our therapists carry a range of polish shades for you to choose from.
Yes, we follow strict hygiene protocols and use sanitized tools for every client.
We offer home services across Dubai,Sharja and Ajman. Please confirm availability during booking.
We accept cash, card, online transfer, and payment links.
Yes, we offer flexible rescheduling. Just notify us at least 24 hours in advance.
Absolutely! This combo is perfect for parties, weddings, or just a personal pampering session.
Yes, all treatments are gentle and non-invasive. However, we recommend checking with your doctor before booking.
Yes, all our therapists are trained, certified, and experienced in providing high-quality salon services.
Our team uses sterilized tools, wears gloves/masks, and follows strict sanitization protocols.
Tipping is not mandatory, but appreciated for good service.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Summer Package 01

Full hand wax Full leg wax De-tan face mask Eyebrow threading Upper lip threading
The complete session usually takes 60 to 75 minutes, depending on hair length and skin type.
There may be mild discomfort, but our expert therapists use proper techniques and high-quality wax to minimize pain.
Results typically last 3 to 4 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Slight redness is normal after waxing but fades within a few hours. We apply soothing gel or lotion post-wax to calm the skin.
Yes! We offer home salon services, and all treatments are performed by professional female therapists in the comfort of your home.
Yes, our de-tan mask is gentle and suitable for most skin types. Please inform the therapist if you have very sensitive or allergy-prone skin.
Once every 3 to 4 weeks is ideal for maintaining smooth skin and a radiant glow.
No special prep is needed. Just ensure your skin is clean, and avoid applying lotions or oils before your appointment.
No special prep is needed. Just ensure your skin is clean, and avoid applying lotions or oils before your appointment.
Yes, but we recommend consulting your doctor first. Please inform us if you are pregnant so we can take extra care.
Yes, depending on the area and your preference, we offer both options. Our therapist will guide you on the best choice.
Yes, the de-tan mask helps reduce tanning, lighten pigmentation, and even out skin tone.
Absolutely! We follow strict hygiene and sanitation protocols for every appointment.
We accept cash, card, online transfers, and payment links for your convenience.
Yes! You can gift this service to a friend or loved one—just provide their contact and location details during booking.
Our team uses sterilized tools, wears gloves/masks, and follows strict sanitization protocols.
Yes, just inform us at least 4 hours before your scheduled time to reschedule or cancel without any penalty.
Yes, advance booking is required. We recommend booking at least 24 hours ahead to get your preferred time slot.
We accept: Cash Bank Transfer Online Payments (upon request) Payment via Lipsly App (Android)
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Gromming Package

This package includes: Special Gold Facial Classic Manicure & Pedicure Eyebrow Threading Upper Lip Threading Chin Threading Hair Trim Full Body Cleaning Full Body Gel Polish Full Body Scrub Full Body Steam Towel Full Body Mineral Mask 60-Minute Full Body Massage Hair Oiling & Hair Massage
The total session takes approximately 2.5 to 3.5 hours depending on your needs and hair type.
This is a fixed combo offer. However, you can add extra services at an additional cost.
Classic includes basic cleaning, shaping, cuticle care, and polish. Spa includes masks, scrubs, and massages (available as an upgrade).
We use a professional-grade gold facial that includes cleansing, exfoliation, massage, and gold mask for glow and anti-aging.
It may cause minor discomfort, but our therapists are skilled in minimizing pain and redness.
It’s a relaxing, rejuvenating massage focusing on stress relief and circulation.
Cleaning includes cleansing and exfoliating the entire body to remove dirt, sweat, and dead skin cells.
It’s a detoxifying mask that nourishes and hydrates the skin using natural minerals.
Yes, gel polish can last up to 2–3 weeks with proper care.
This includes a basic hair trim, not full styling or cutting.
Yes, but we recommend consulting your doctor. Some treatments may be skipped or modified.
Yes, based on availability.
Absolutely! All tools are sterilized before and after every appointment.
Yes, we follow strict hygiene protocols for your safety and comfort.
Just a clean, quiet space and a plug point. We bring everything else!
You can book via WhatsApp, call, DM, or website (based on your setup).
At least 1–2 days in advance is recommended, especially on weekends.
Yes, please inform us at least 24 hours in advance for rescheduling.
We accept cash, card, online bank transfer, and payment links.
We may require a small booking deposit for confirmation in busy seasons.

Yas Waterworld Ticket

There are no entry charges to enter Yas Island Abu Dhabi; one can take a stroll at all the island attractions without paying a penny.
A Legendary Adventure Awaits At Aquaventure World In Dubai Conquer the world's largest waterpark, where over 105 record-breaking slides, attractions and experiences span 22.5 hectares of fun.
Only the biggest water theme park on the planet, Aquaventure is about a third larger than Yas Waterpark and contains a record-smashing 50+ water slides, plus another 50 or more additional rides, attractions and experiences. Plenty, in other words, to entertain kids and grown-ups of all ages.
It is the best largest water park in middle east and if you are in Abu Dhabi or Yas it is must to be in your calendar. They have a wide verity of game and things to try and it hard to get bored of it. Time if your have the fast pass will be 2 hours to try everything and rest.
he fastest way to get from Dubai Airport (DXB) to Yas Island Rotana Abu Dhabi is to taxi which takes 1h 12m and costs AED 290 - AED 350.
aribbean Bay,Noah's Ark Water Park and Siam Park
Each shower is basically a little cabin and Yas Waterworld offers free Shower Gel inside the shower cabin. That was a definite plus for me! The whole park is followed by a storyline.
You don't need to worry about not bringing your own, you can rent a towel inside the park. Purchasing all are available inside the Souk. Any person not yet completely toilet-trained or diaper dependent, must wear an aquatic diaper in any of the pools or water rides.
Enjoy all the Park's activities By avoiding transfers or moving around Abu Dhabi, you'll have more than enough time (approximately 5 hours) to ride the more than 30 attractions at Ferrari World and even feel like a real racing driver on the karting track and simulator.
Yas Waterworld Official Website - Largest Water Theme Park In Abu Dhabi.
You will have to sign up to create an account on our website to book a trip. The best travel agents, for your specific destination will prepare an itinerary for your trip & provide you the best quotes in response to your request. You can choose the one that suits you the best and book your trip by making the payment.

Desert Safari

Desert safaris often include dune bashing, camel riding, sandboarding, quad biking, and cultural performances.
The best time to go is between November and March, but it's also the peak tourist season.
Yes, pick and drop timings change monthly depending on the sunrise and sunset timings.
Comfortable clothing along with lots of sunscreen is recommended. Also do carry cap/hat, scarf, sunglasses and a camera. Jackets are recommended during the winter months.
Evening Desert Safari is the cheapest safari and there will be ques in food and other things. In VIP Desert Safari price is bit higher and there will be a separate table for you friends and family and there will be a separate waiter / waiteress there to serve you everything on your tables
Safaris should be kept light, but it is also suggested to keep a hat or sunglasses and don't forget to get a camera (with an extra battery) to capture those cherishable moments.
We recommend not eating any food at least 3 hours prior to the tour due to potential nausea from dune bashing. We also suggest drinking plenty of water throughout the tour, especially in the summer.
If you are more than 3 months pregnant, suffer from strokes or any heart disease, or have any other health detriments please consult your doctor first as it is usually advised to not to go for the Safari in such cases
Drive through the edge of sand dune to ground of desert, then again climb up and dragging on sand calls Dune Drive.
Depending on your chosen desert safari package, you can look forward to participating in various activities. One of the main highlights is the 4X4 dune bash, followed by a camel ride and optional adventure sessions like sandboarding, quad biking, dune buggy rides, etc. You can also watch the compelling desert sunrise or sunset, or even both, and further visit the modest campsite for a dose of Bedouin culture and traditions, with activities like henna tattooing, Shisha smoking, and falconry. Subject to desert safari package, feast on a lavish BBQ dinner and enjoy traditional performances including Belly Dance and a Tanura show.
We conduct desert safaris across the UAE, from Al Awir and Lahbab in Dubai to Abu Dhabi’s Al Khateem and Liwa Oasis to Ras Al Khaimah.
It largely depends on your chosen desert safari tour. The duration of a morning safari is three to four hours, while it may extend up to eight hours in an evening desert safari. If it is an overnight desert safari, you can expect to spend about 16 hours in the desert.

City Tour

The tour typically includes visits to key attractions, transportation, a guided experience, and sometimes refreshments.
Most city tours last between 6 to 8 hours, depending on the itinerary.
Major attractions often include Sheikh Zayed Grand Mosque, Emirates Palace, Louvre Abu Dhabi, and the Corniche.
Yes, cancellation policies vary by operator, so check their terms before booking.
Many operators offer discounts for larger groups; inquire when booking.
Most tours use comfortable air-conditioned vans or buses.
Some tours offer light snacks and refreshments, while others may include lunch.
Yes, some tours offer cultural insights or traditional experiences.
Entrance fees are often included, but some premium attractions may require an additional fee.

Stay Home, Stay Gorgeous - 12 Premium Services in One Package

The package includes: Manicure, Pedicure, Facial, Hand Mask, Foot Mask, Face Bleach, Hand D-Tan, Foot D-Tan, Upper Lip Threading, Chin Threading, Foot Massage (10 mins), and Hand Massage (Bonus).
No, the package is fixed at a discounted rate. Customization is available in custom packages.
Yes, the full package is designed to be delivered in a single session.
No, the package is for one person only.
You can book through WhatsApp or the Lipsly app.
Just inform us at least 4 hours before your appointment to reschedule for free.
Yes, all staff are trained, experienced, and professionally certified.
Yes, you can request the same beautician, and we’ll try our best to assign her.
We use branded and skin-safe D-Tan creams suitable for most skin types.
You can contact us via WhatsApp or app and we will take immediate action.
We ensure quick response and either resolve the issue or offer a free fix if needed.
Yes, we welcome all feedback through WhatsApp or our app.
You can pay by cash, online bank transfer, or payment link.
Yes, we accept bank transfers, debit/credit card links, or wallet payments. But 5% extra chrages with card
Yes, once your payment is confirmed, you’ll receive a confirmation message with all details.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Tours and travels

Our tour packages typically include: Accommodation in top-rated hotels. Daily breakfast and selected meals. Guided city tours and excursions. Transportation within Dubai (airport transfers and tours). Adventure activities like desert safaris, dhow cruises, and more. Assistance with visa processing (if required).
Some of the top attractions include: Burj Khalifa (world’s tallest building). The Dubai Mall and Dubai Fountain. Palm Jumeirah and Atlantis, The Palm. Desert Safari with dune bashing. Dubai Marina and JBR Walk. Historical sites like Al Fahidi Historical Neighborhood. Global Village and Dubai Miracle Garden (seasonal).
Absolutely! We specialize in tailoring packages to suit your preferences, whether you’re interested in luxury, adventure, shopping, or cultural experiences.
The best time to visit Dubai is between November and March, when the weather is pleasant, making it ideal for outdoor activities and sightseeing.
Yes, Dubai is one of the safest cities in the world for tourists. It has a low crime rate, and the city is highly welcoming to travelers from all over the globe.
Yes, we provide special rates and discounts for group bookings. Whether it’s a family trip or a corporate tour, we ensure cost-effective packages for groups.
We recommend booking your tour at least 4-6 weeks in advance to secure the best deals on flights, hotels, and activities, especially during peak tourist seasons.
Booking is simple! You can: Contact us directly via phone or email. Visit our website to browse packages and book online. Schedule a consultation with our travel experts for customized planning.

Tour and ticket

Our Dubai tour package includes accommodations in premium or budget-friendly hotels, guided tours to famous attractions like Burj Khalifa and Palm Jumeirah, tickets to adventure parks, desert safari experiences, and transportation for airport pick-up and drop-off. Meals and shopping stops can also be arranged based on your preferences.
Yes, you can book individual tickets to attractions such as Burj Khalifa, Dubai Aquarium, desert safaris, dhow cruises, and more. This is ideal for travelers who prefer flexibility in planning their trips.
Yes, we assist with UAE visa applications by guiding you through the process and helping you submit the required documents. Our team ensures a hassle-free visa process for tourists.
We recommend booking at least 2–3 weeks in advance, especially during the peak travel season (November to March) or for high-demand activities like Burj Khalifa visits and desert safaris.
Dubai has endless attractions, including Burj Khalifa, Palm Jumeirah, Dubai Frame, Dubai Mall, Dubai Miracle Garden, Global Village, and Dubai Fountain. Adventure seekers love the desert safaris, and families enjoy Aquaventure Waterpark and IMG Worlds of Adventure.
Absolutely! We specialize in creating personalized itineraries to match your interests, budget, and travel style. Whether you’re traveling solo, with family, or as part of a group, we can design a package tailored just for you.
Yes, we provide discounts for families, large groups, and combo ticket deals. For example, booking multiple attractions like Burj Khalifa and a dhow cruise together often results in better pricing.
Cancellation policies depend on the type of ticket or tour. Generally, you can cancel or reschedule up to 24–48 hours in advance for a refund. However, some attractions, like Burj Khalifa or special events, may have stricter rules.
Our desert safari includes dune bashing, camel riding, sandboarding, henna painting, cultural performances, and a buffet BBQ dinner under the stars. VIP desert safari options provide exclusive seating and premium services.
Yes, Dubai is one of the safest cities in the world. It has a low crime rate, and the government ensures a secure environment for all residents and visitors.
Yes, our tours are designed to cater to all age groups. Families with children will enjoy attractions like the Dubai Aquarium, IMG Worlds of Adventure, and Aquaventure Waterpark. We also customize activities to ensure kids are engaged and entertained throughout the trip.
nce you’ve completed your booking, e-tickets will be sent to your email or WhatsApp. For certain activities, physical tickets can also be arranged upon request.
You can reach us via phone, WhatsApp, or email. Our team is available 24/7 to answer any questions, provide suggestions, and assist with bookings. We’re here to ensure your Dubai trip is smooth, memorable, and stress-free!

Adventure

This ticket grants you access to any one park at Dubai Parks and Resorts for the day. Choose between Motiongate, Bollywood Parks, or Legoland, and enjoy rides, attractions, and entertainment tailored to your interests.
The Sky Views Observatory welcomes all ages, but the Glass Slide and Edge Walk have height and weight restrictions for safety. These details are provided at the time of booking.
Yes, quad bike and buggy rides are suitable for beginners. Safety gear and instructions are provided before the ride. Participants must be 16+ years old to drive.
Wear comfortable clothing and walking shoes. Don’t forget sunscreen, sunglasses, and a hat, as Hatta tours include outdoor exploration of dams and heritage villages.
The overnight safari includes: Dune bashing in a 4x4 vehicle. Camel rides, sandboarding, and henna painting. A BBQ dinner with live entertainment. Overnight camping in a traditional desert setup with breakfast the next day.
Yes, this package includes a BBQ dinner with vegetarian and non-vegetarian options, along with drinks and refreshments.
Yes, group discounts are often available for families or larger parties. Contact us to inquire about group rates and packages.
Cancellation policies vary by activity. Most allow cancellations or rescheduling up to 24–48 hours in advance. Specific terms will be shared during the booking process.
Booking is simple! You can: Contact us via WhatsApp or email. Visit our website to explore and book directly. Reach out to our customer support team for personalized assistance.

Dubai City Tours

Get to know modern Dubai, seeing Dubai Marina, Palm Jumeirah, the Burj Al Arab, and mega-tall Burj Khalifa (at the top level 125 + 124) , Dubai Mall, Souk Madinat, Underwater Zoo plus an 'abra' water Boat ride and many famous landmarks. We cover all things we promise in our itinerary and on time. >
The duration of the actual tour takes 4 – 4.5 hour but the driving time from Dubai hotel and return may take another 60 – 90 minutes depending on traffic conditions and time of day.
As well as being home to the world's tallest building, Burj Khalifa, Dubai's other records include the world's deepest swimming pool (60.02 metres at Deep Dive Dubai) and the world's tallest landmark sign in Hatta, which at 19.28m tall is larger than the famous Hollywood sign in Los Angeles.
A city tour is a guided journey through a city that lets visitors learn about and see its important places, history, and culture. It's a popular leisure activity for tourists and locals in many cities worldwide.
Yes, transportation is usually included, often in air-conditioned vehicles.
Many tour operators allow customization; check with your provider for options.
The best time is from October to April when the weather is cooler and more comfortable for sightseeing.
Yes, the tour is family-friendly and enjoyable for all ages.
Generally, there are no age restrictions, but some activities may have age limits.
Most operators accept credit/debit cards, PayPal, and sometimes cash payments.
Yes, cancellation policies vary by operator, so check their terms before booking.
It’s recommended to book at least a few days in advance, especially during peak seasons.

Dhow Cruises

The Celeste Dhow Cruise was an unforgettable experience! With impeccable service, delicious cuisine, and breathtaking views of Dubai's iconic landmarks, this VIP experience is a must-do. Perfect for a special occasion!
Formals and smart casuals are acceptable dress code during dhow cruise. Men and women should avoid wearing shorts. Short skirts and sleeveless dresses are also a no-no. Slippers and flip-flops are also not acceptable.
Ancient. Quick Facts: The dhow was a vessel used primarily for fishing and trade. It had triangular sails and a unique hull design.
A typical dhow cruise lasts for 2 hours, including boarding and sailing time.
Boarding usually starts 30 minutes before the cruise departure, which is typically around 8:00 PM. Exact timings will be provided upon booking.
Yes, private dhow cruises are available for events like birthdays, anniversaries, corporate gatherings, or weddings. These cruises can be customized to include personalized decorations, menus, and entertainment.
Dubai Marina Cruise: Views of the Marina skyline, Ain Dubai (Ferris wheel), and the Atlantis Hotel. Dubai Creek Cruise: Sights of the Gold Souk, Spice Market, and traditional heritage buildings.
You can book via: Online booking platforms. Contacting the cruise operator directly. Reaching out to your travel agency for recommendations.
Yes, children are welcome! We offer special rates for kids, and there are activities to keep them entertained.
What if the weather is bad? Our cruises operate in most weather conditions. In case of severe weather, we will notify you of any changes or cancellations.
Yes, we offer flexible policies for modifications and cancellations. Please check our terms and conditions for specific details.

Beach & Pool Access

Most beach and pool access passes include entry to a luxury beach resort or hotel, access to the private beach, swimming pools, sun loungers, towels, and sometimes food and beverage credits.
No, many hotels and resorts in Dubai offer day passes for non-guests, allowing you to enjoy their beach and pool amenities without booking a stay.
Yes, most beach and pool access passes are family-friendly. Some venues even have dedicated kids' pools, play areas, or activities for children. Check for specific child policies when booking.
Timings vary but generally range from 8:00 AM to sunset. Some resorts may also offer evening access for specific pools or restaurants.
No, towels, sun loungers, and umbrellas are usually included with the access pass. Additional amenities like cabanas may be available for an extra charge.
Many resorts offer food and beverage credits with the day pass, allowing you to enjoy meals or drinks at their restaurants or pool bars. If not included, food and drinks can be purchased on-site.
Swimwear is required for pool and beach areas. Guests are usually expected to dress modestly when visiting restaurants or public areas within the resort.
Yes, most luxury resorts offer private cabanas or VIP packages with added services like personalized butler service, complimentary drinks, and exclusive dining options.
Popular options include: Atlantis, The Palm Jumeirah Beach Hotel Nikki Beach Dubai Rixos The Palm Sofitel Dubai The Palm Each offers unique amenities and experiences.
Pets are not allowed at any of the resorts.
Yes, cancellation policies vary by operator, so check their terms before booking.
Most operators accept credit/debit cards, PayPal, and sometimes cash payments.

Outdoor Activities

Popular outdoor activities include: Desert safaris with dune bashing, camel rides, and sandboarding. Skydiving over Palm Jumeirah. Hot air balloon rides over the desert. Beach activities like jet skiing and paddleboarding. Exploring Dubai Miracle Garden or Dubai Frame.
Yes, but it's essential to choose activities in the early morning or late afternoon to avoid the peak heat. Hydrate well, wear sun protection, and follow safety instructions provided by activity organizers.
Yes, most outdoor activities in Dubai have family-friendly options. Desert safaris, beach days, dhow cruises, and parks like Legoland and Miracle Garden are perfect for kids.
Many operators offer pick-up and drop-off services for activities like desert safaris, hot air balloon rides, and city tours. Confirm the details during booking.
Comfortable, lightweight clothing is ideal. For desert activities, closed-toe shoes are recommended. Carry sunglasses, a hat, and sunscreen for protection against the sun.
Some activities, like beach visits or public parks, don’t require bookings. However, tours and adventure experiences like skydiving or desert safaris should be booked in advance to ensure availability.
Tipping is not mandatory but is appreciated as a gesture of gratitude for excellent service.
Yes, activities like hot air ballooning, dhow cruises, and skydiving may be rescheduled or canceled due to strong winds or bad weather. Organizers usually inform guests in advance.
Yes! Some great free options include: Exploring Al Seef and the Dubai Creek area. Walking along the Dubai Water Canal Boardwalk. Visiting Kite Beach or JBR Beach. Enjoying outdoor markets and events like Ripe Market (seasonal).
It depends on the activity. Public beaches and parks allow outside food, but organized tours and safaris usually include meals or refreshments, so outside food might not be permitted.
You can book online, by phone, or by email.
Exercising outdoors isn't just good for your physical health. It helps with your mental health as well. Spending time in nature and the natural light can improve your mood and reduce stress and depression. Engaging in physical activity produces similar benefits and often times relaxes and cheers people up.
Running, jogging or trail-running is generally the most popular outdoor recreation activity. Other popular outdoor activities include: Biking. Camping.
By engaging in outdoor activities, a person develops self-confidence and creativity by making things around them interesting. The outdoors is a great place to develop a person's social skills. Becoming involved in activities allows us to meet new people and interact with them.

Water Parks

Water Park Safety Supervise your kids. ... Make sure the park uses qualified lifeguards. ... Read the posted signs before letting kids go on a ride. ... Know which rides are safe for your child's age and development. ... Teach kids to follow the rules and directions. ... Use the buddy system.
Water rides are amusement rides that are set over water. For instance, a log flume travels through a channel of water to move along its course.
Yes, all major water parks in Dubai offer areas specifically for children, including splash zones, mini slides, and family-friendly pools.
Most water park tickets include full-day access to the park, rides, slides, and pools. Some parks offer complimentary towels, lockers, or meal vouchers, depending on the ticket type.
Operating hours vary by park, but most are open from 10:00 AM to 6:00 PM. It’s best to check the specific water park’s website for up-to-date timings.
It’s recommended to book tickets in advance, especially during weekends, holidays, and peak tourist seasons, to secure your entry and avoid long queues.
Many water parks offer discounts for: Online bookings. Groups or families. UAE residents. Off-peak days or seasons.
Yes, certain rides have height and age restrictions for safety reasons. Check the park’s guidelines for specific requirements before planning your visit.
Wear appropriate swimwear made of quick-dry material. Avoid clothing with buttons, zippers, or metal accessories, as these may not be allowed on some rides.
The best time to visit is during the cooler months (November to March). However, water parks are open year-round and have temperature-controlled pools and rides to ensure comfort even in summer.
yes

Water Sports

Athletic performance. Water cushions the joints, and being dehydrated can affect your flexibility and speed. Endurance. Hydration is essential for proper muscle function (including the heart muscles), and it helps you avoid cramps.
With strong competitors from many countries, including the United States, Australia, China, and various European nations, swimming is considered one of the most popular water sports events, if not one of the most popular events of the Olympics.
Like any other sports or form of exercise, water sports is good for the body. Additionally, it is also good for the mind. The tranquil quality of water reduces stress, anxiety and depression. Swimming for instance has been proven to improve the mood in both men and women.
Aquatic exercise is a low-impact activity that takes the pressure off the bones, joints and muscles. Water also offers natural resistance, which can help strengthen the muscles. Aquatic exercise can have many health benefits, such as improved heart health, reduced stress, and improved muscular endurance and strength.
Yes, water sports in Dubai are highly regulated, and licensed operators follow strict safety guidelines. Activities are supervised by trained professionals, and safety equipment is always provided.
The age requirement varies by activity: Jet skiing and flyboarding: Minimum age is usually 16 years. Paddleboarding and kayaking: Suitable for children 8 years and above when accompanied by an adult. Scuba diving: Requires participants to be at least 10 years old.
Not necessarily. Many water sports, like paddleboarding, jet skiing, and snorkeling, are beginner-friendly. Activities like scuba diving and kitesurfing may require basic training, which is often provided on-site.
Yes, most operators offer online booking. It’s advisable to book in advance, especially during weekends and holidays, to secure your spot.
Many operators provide discounts for group bookings, corporate events, or private tours. Check with the operator for special packages.
Yes, many water sports are family-friendly. Activities like banana boat rides, kayaking, and snorkeling are suitable for children, provided they meet the age and safety requirements.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
Creating an account is not mandatory but is recommended. An account allows you to manage your bookings, track your orders, and receive updates and special offers.
Once your booking is complete, you will receive a confirmation email or SMS containing your ticket or booking details. These can be shown digitally or printed for entry.
Absolutely. Lipslay uses secure payment gateways and ensures your personal information is protected at all times.

Fishing Trips

Lipslay offers various fishing trips, including: Deep-Sea Fishing: For enthusiasts targeting big game fish like kingfish, barracuda, or tuna. Bottom Fishing: Ideal for families or beginners to catch smaller fish. Private Charters: Customizable trips for groups or special occasions. Night Fishing: For a unique experience under the stars.
Popular catches include: Kingfish Barracuda Hammour (Grouper) Cobia Queenfish Tuna Snapper
Most fishing trip packages include: Professional crew and guides Fishing equipment (rods, reels, bait, and tackle) Safety gear and life jackets Refreshments (water, soft drinks, or light snacks) Cleaning and packaging of your catch (optional with some operators)
Fishing trips in Dubai usually range from 4 to 8 hours, depending on the package and type of fishing.
Yes, fishing trips in Dubai are highly regulated and conducted by licensed operators. Boats are equipped with safety gear, and trained crews ensure a secure and enjoyable experience.
You should bring: Comfortable clothing and non-slip footwear Sun protection (hat, sunglasses, sunscreen) A camera to capture your catch Seasickness medication, if needed
Yes, most operators allow you to keep your catch. Some even offer cleaning and packaging services, so you can take the fish home.
Yes, many fishing trips are family-friendly and provide smaller rods and equipment for children. Age restrictions may apply depending on the operator.
Yes, many operators accept last-minute bookings, but it’s better to book in advance, especially during peak seasons, to ensure availability.
You can reach Lipslay’s customer support via email, phone, or live chat. Our team is available 24/7 to assist you with bookings, cancellations, or general inquiries.
Yes, Lipslay allows you to bundle multiple activities or tours into a single booking for convenience. You can even create customized itineraries.
Refunds depend on the cancellation and no-show policy of the service provider. Always review these policies before booking.
Creating an account is not mandatory but is recommended. An account allows you to manage your bookings, track your orders, and receive updates and special offers.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.

Top Attractions

A tourist attraction is a place of interest that tourists visit, typically for its inherent or exhibited natural or cultural value, historical significance, natural or built beauty, offering leisure and amusement.
Yes, Dubai offers many family-friendly attractions such as: Dubai Parks and Resorts: Home to Legoland, Motiongate, and Bollywood Parks. IMG Worlds of Adventure: An indoor theme park with rides for all ages. Aquaventure Water Park: A fun-filled water park with slides, wave pools, and marine life encounters. Dubai Miracle Garden: A beautiful garden with unique floral displays and sculptures.
Yes, most attractions are accessible by Dubai Metro, buses, and taxis. Popular tourist areas like Downtown Dubai, Dubai Marina, and Palm Jumeirah are well-connected.
Many attractions require tickets, such as Burj Khalifa, theme parks, and water parks. Some areas, like Dubai Marina and JBR (Jumeirah Beach Residence), are free to explore.
Yes, it’s highly recommended to book tickets online in advance, especially for popular attractions like Burj Khalifa, Dubai Frame, and Desert Safari, to avoid long queues and ensure availability.
Yes, many attractions offer discounted tickets for children, families, or UAE residents. Some also provide free entry for toddlers or infants.
Yes, guided tours are available for most attractions, such as city tours, desert safaris, and cultural experiences. Private and group options are also offered by various operators.
Yes, most modern attractions like Burj Khalifa, Dubai Mall, and Dubai Frame are wheelchair accessible and offer facilities for people with disabilities. Contact the attraction in advance for specific needs.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
Lipslay accepts various payment methods, including credit and debit cards, digital wallets, and sometimes cash-on-delivery options for specific services.

Kids & Family

Dubai is a family paradise with plenty of activities for kids and parents: Dubai Parks and Resorts: Includes Legoland, Motiongate, and Bollywood Parks. Aquaventure Water Park: Thrilling water slides and kids' play areas. Dubai Aquarium and Underwater Zoo: A fascinating marine life experience. IMG Worlds of Adventure: An indoor theme park with rides for all ages. Kidzania: An interactive learning experience for kids inside Dubai Mall. Dubai Miracle Garden: A colorful garden with unique floral designs. Green Planet Dubai: A biodome with over 3,000 species of plants and animals.
Yes, Dubai has many indoor attractions to keep kids entertained, including: Ski Dubai: Indoor skiing, snowboarding, and penguin encounters. Trampoline Parks: Bounce Dubai and Flip Out are popular. OliOli: An interactive children’s museum with fun exhibits. Dubai Ice Rink: Ice skating inside Dubai Mall.
Legoland is ideal for kids aged 2–12 years, while Motiongate and Bollywood Parks are better suited for children aged 5 years and above and adults.
Yes, many hotels, malls, and activity centers offer professional babysitting or daycare services. These can be booked in advance for convenience.
Yes, Dubai offers attractions that are both fun and educational: Kidzania: Kids learn about careers and responsibilities. The Green Planet: Teaches about biodiversity and conservation. Dubai Safari Park: Provides insights into wildlife and ecosystems. Museum of the Future: Fascinates older kids with futuristic technology and innovation.
Yes, most attractions have discounted tickets for kids. Infants and toddlers (below 2–3 years) often enjoy free entry. Check individual attraction policies for details.
Kids can enjoy safe water activities like: Wave pools and shallow play areas at water parks. Banana boat rides with family supervision. Kayaking or paddleboarding in calm waters. Dolphin encounters at Atlantis or Dubai Dolphinarium.
Yes, many restaurants in Dubai cater to families with kid-friendly menus and play areas, such as: Rainforest Cafe: A jungle-themed dining experience. Cheesecake Factory: Known for its diverse menu and large portions. Wavehouse at Atlantis: Features games, bowling, and a casual menu.
Yes, Dubai Metro, taxis, and private car services like Careem are family-friendly. Some even offer car seats upon request.
Traditional desert safaris are not ideal for infants or toddlers due to dune bashing. However, you can opt for family-friendly desert experiences that are stroller-accessible and provide gentle activities like camel rides and falconry shows.

Boats & Yachts

Dubai offers a variety of options to suit different preferences: Luxury Yachts: Ideal for private parties, corporate events, or romantic dinners. Speed Boats: Great for sightseeing and water adventures. Fishing Boats: Equipped for deep-sea or bottom fishing trips. Glass-Bottom Boats: Perfect for exploring marine life without getting wet. Traditional Dhows: For cultural cruises along Dubai Creek or Marina.
Yacht charters offer activities such as: Sightseeing tours of iconic landmarks like Burj Al Arab and Palm Jumeirah. Water sports like jet skiing, banana boating, or paddleboarding. Dining and BBQ experiences on board. Celebrations like birthdays, anniversaries, or corporate events. Sunset cruises with stunning views of Dubai’s skyline.
Yes, many operators offer private yacht charters. These can be customized for your group, allowing you to enjoy a tailored experience.
Yes, many operators offer Popular routes include: Around Palm Jumeirah, Atlantis, and Burj Al Arab. Along Dubai Marina and JBR (Jumeirah Beach Residence). Exploring the Dubai Creek for a mix of modern and cultural views.private yacht charters. These can be customized for your group, allowing you to enjoy a tailored experience.
Yachts come in various sizes and can accommodate groups ranging from 2 to 200+ people, depending on the vessel.
There’s no strict dress code, but casual and comfortable clothing is recommended. For swimming, bring appropriate swimwear, towels, and sun protection.
Yes, most yachts are family-friendly. Safety gear like life jackets is provided for all ages. Some operators may have age restrictions for certain activities.
Absolutely! Yachts can be rented for birthdays, weddings, proposals, corporate gatherings, or even product launches. Many operators offer event planning services.
In case of poor weather conditions, trips may be rescheduled or canceled for safety. Operators typically offer a full refund or alternative dates.
Yes, shared trips are a cost-effective option where you can join others for sightseeing or fishing trips. These are popular for tourists or solo travelers.
You can book through: Online platforms offering yacht rentals. Directly contacting operators in Dubai Marina or Creek. Hotel concierge services that arrange charters for guests.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
Lipslay accepts various payment methods, including credit and debit cards, digital wallets, and sometimes cash-on-delivery options for specific services.
Once your booking is complete, you will receive a confirmation email or SMS containing your ticket or booking details. These can be shown digitally or printed for entry.

Spring camp

Spring camps in Dubai are special seasonal programs designed for children and teenagers during the spring break (typically in March and April). These camps offer a wide variety of activities such as sports, arts and crafts, adventure, education, and outdoor fun to engage young participants while helping them develop new skills.
Dubai offers various spring camp options, including: Sports Camps: Focused on activities like football, tennis, swimming, and athletics. Adventure Camps: Offering activities such as hiking, ziplining, and dune bashing. Art and Creativity Camps: For kids interested in arts, crafts, painting, and drama. STEM Camps: Focusing on science, technology, engineering, and math through interactive learning. Cultural and Language Camps: Offering opportunities to learn new languages or explore various cultures.
Yes, spring camps cater to different age groups, typically ranging from 3 to 16 years old. Each camp is designed with age-appropriate activities to ensure that participants have fun while learning new things.
Spring camps in Dubai offer both full-day and half-day options. Full-day camps generally run from around 8:00 AM to 3:00 PM, while half-day camps may run from 8:00 AM to 12:00 PM or 1:00 PM to 5:00 PM, depending on the program.
Activities vary by camp, but common options include: Sports: Football, basketball, swimming, and more. Creative Arts: Painting, drama, dance, music, and photography. STEM Projects: Robotics, coding, science experiments, and environmental projects. Adventure: Outdoor exploration, nature walks, and obstacle courses. Field Trips: Visits to museums, parks, or other local attractions.
Most spring camps provide lunch and snacks as part of the package. However, some camps may ask participants to bring their own meals. It’s important to check with the camp organizer for specific details about meals and dietary restrictions
Yes, safety is a top priority. Camps are usually conducted by qualified professionals who are trained in child safety and first aid. Additionally, activities are monitored, and staff-to-child ratios are maintained to ensure proper supervision.
Yes, safety is a top priority. Camps are usually conducted by qualified professionals who are trained in child safety and first aid. Additionally, activities are monitored, and staff-to-child ratios are maintained to ensure proper supervision.
You can register for spring camps by: Visiting the camp’s website and completing the online registration process. Contacting the camp provider directly through email or phone for registration details. Signing up at community centers or locations offering spring camp brochures and forms.
Many camps offer transportation services to and from the camp location for an additional fee. Some camps have specific pickup and drop-off locations within certain areas of Dubai.
Yes, several camps in Dubai offer programs tailored to children with special needs or disabilities. These camps are designed to be inclusive, with trained staff and specialized activities to ensure a positive experience for every child.
Spring camps provide numerous benefits, including: Enhancing social skills by interacting with peers. Building self-confidence and independence. Improving physical fitness through sports and outdoor activities. Boosting creativity and problem-solving skills. Offering a safe and structured environment during school breaks.
It’s recommended to book at least 2–3 weeks in advance, especially for popular camps, to secure a spot for your child. Many camps fill up quickly, particularly during peak times like school holidays.
Yes, Dubai offers several camps designed specifically for teenagers, including: Adventure and Leadership Camps: Focusing on teamwork, resilience, and outdoor challenges. Sports Performance Camps: For teens looking to improve their skills in football, basketball, or tennis. Creative and Media Camps: For teens interested in filmmaking, photography, or graphic design.
Yes, bookings can often be modified or canceled, depending on the service provider’s policy. Please check the cancellation terms during booking or contact our support team for assistance.
Lipslay accepts various payment methods, including credit and debit cards, digital wallets, and sometimes cash-on-delivery options for specific services.
Yes, Lipslay allows group bookings. Many activities and services offer special discounts or customized packages for larger groups.
Refunds depend on the cancellation and no-show policy of the service provider. Always review these policies before booking.

Men's Hair Cut

Most men should get a haircut every 4-6 weeks to maintain their style, especially for short or medium-length hair. For longer styles, haircuts every 6-8 weeks can help maintain shape and health.
Round face: A haircut with height on top and shorter sides, like a pompadour or quiff, helps elongate the face. Square face: A textured cut, such as a layered style or a side part, works well to soften angular features. Oval face: Most hairstyles suit oval faces, but avoid overly long styles that can make the face appear even longer. Heart-shaped face: A cut with volume around the sides, like a textured crop, balances out a wider forehead. Oblong face: Choose haircuts that add width, like a fringe or bangs, to avoid elongating the face further.
A fade is a popular men’s haircut where the hair gradually shortens from the top of the head to the sides and back. It can be a low, mid, or high fade, depending on where the fade begins. A fade is typically combined with short sides and longer top for contrast.
For thick hair, a layered cut can help reduce bulk while keeping the volume intact. Styles like a textured crop or a longer, layered style give a good balance and manageability.
If you’re not satisfied with your haircut, let your barber know as soon as possible. Most barbers are happy to fix any issues or adjust the style to suit your preferences. Be clear about what you don’t like, and they may suggest an easy fix or tweak the cut.
Maintain your hair by using the right products for your hair type. Regular trims every 4-6 weeks will help your haircut look sharp. Also, avoiding excessive heat styling can help your hair retain its shape.
It depends on factors like face shape, hair type, and personal style. A good barber can recommend styles that suit your features. You can also try virtual makeover apps or reference photos of celebrities with similar features to help you decide.
For curly hair, a fade with longer curls on top works well. You can also go for a curly undercut, where the hair on top remains long and voluminous, while the sides are shorter. Keep the curls moisturized to maintain their shape and avoid frizz.
To avoid a bad haircut, always communicate clearly with your barber about what you want. Show reference pictures if possible, and discuss the length, style, and texture you’re aiming for. If you’re uncertain, ask your barber for advice based on your hair type and face shape.

Men's Skincare & facial

A skincare routine helps to keep the skin clean, hydrated, and healthy. It also prevents skin issues like acne, dryness, or irritation, and helps combat signs of aging.
The basic steps include: Cleansing – To remove dirt and excess oils. Toning – To balance the skin’s pH. Moisturizing – To hydrate and protect the skin. Sunscreen – To protect from UV damage.
While men and women can use similar products, men’s skin tends to be thicker and oilier, so they may benefit from products designed for their skin type.
To prevent irritation, use a sharp razor, shave after a warm shower, apply a good shaving cream, and moisturize after shaving. Consider using a soothing aftershave or a balm to reduce redness.
For acne, use a gentle cleanser, avoid harsh scrubbing, and incorporate products with salicylic acid or benzoyl peroxide. Keep your hands off your face to prevent further breakouts.
For dry skin, use a moisturizing cleanser, avoid hot water, and apply a rich moisturizer. Look for products with ingredients like hyaluronic acid and glycerin to lock in moisture.
Exfoliate 1-2 times a week to remove dead skin cells and promote cell turnover. Avoid over-exfoliating as it can irritate the skin.
Yes, men can benefit from anti-aging products. Look for moisturizers with retinol, peptides, and antioxidants to fight wrinkles and promote skin elasticity.
A facial is a skincare treatment that cleanses, exfoliates, and nourishes the skin. Men can benefit from facials to address skin concerns like acne, dryness, and signs of aging.
Men should get a facial every 4-6 weeks, depending on their skin type and concerns. Regular facials help maintain healthy skin and prevent issues like clogged pores.
Facials help to cleanse the skin, improve hydration, reduce signs of aging, and tackle specific issues like acne, dry skin, or dullness. They also promote relaxation.
While the steps are similar, facials for men may include treatments suited for their thicker, oilier skin. Male facials may focus more on areas prone to shaving irritation or clogged pores.
Yes, facials can help with acne by deep cleansing pores, reducing inflammation, and incorporating products that target acne. A facial can prevent breakouts and improve overall skin texture.
Yes, there are facials specifically designed for sensitive skin, using gentle, calming products to avoid irritation.
Improved skin texture and tone: Stimulates collagen production, leading to smoother, firmer skin. Reduces fine lines and wrinkles: Helps in minimizing the appearance of aging signs. Improved circulation: Enhances blood flow, which leads to a healthier, more radiant complexion. Promotes skin healing: Infrared light encourages skin regeneration and helps reduce blemishes and scars.
Yes, an IR facial is generally safe for all skin types, including sensitive skin. However, if you have any specific skin conditions or concerns, it's recommended to consult with a dermatologist or licensed aesthetician before the treatment.
While results vary from person to person, you may notice an immediate improvement in skin radiance and texture. Long-term benefits, such as reduced wrinkles and firmer skin, will become more visible after several treatments.
Hydration: Deeply hydrates the skin, providing a healthy and glowing appearance. Exfoliation: Removes dead skin cells and smooths rough texture. Cleansing: Extracts impurities and unclogs pores without irritation. Anti-aging: Reduces the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles by stimulating collagen production. Brightening: Evens out skin tone and reduces dark spots for a more radiant complexion.
For optimal results, many people benefit from a series of 3-6 treatments, spaced a few weeks apart. However, a single HydraFacial session can provide instant results, making it an excellent option before special events.
Yes, it’s recommended to avoid using exfoliants, retinols, or any strong active ingredients for 2-3 days before the treatment. These can make your skin more sensitive and increase the risk of irritation during the facial.
The treatment works by combining exfoliation, deep cleansing, and the application of targeted serums, masks, and brightening agents. These products help to lighten dark spots, prevent new pigmentation, and improve overall skin radiance. Often, chemical peels or vitamin C treatments are included to enhance the facial’s effectiveness.
Side effects are rare but may include mild redness, sensitivity, or peeling, especially if exfoliating agents or peels are used. These effects usually subside within a few hours to a few days.
Yes, it's recommended to avoid exfoliating products, retinoids, and acids (like glycolic acid or salicylic acid) for 2-3 days prior to the facial. These products can increase skin sensitivity and irritation during the treatment.
After a Melasma facial, it's essential to apply sunscreen daily with an SPF of at least 30, even on cloudy days. Sun exposure can worsen melasma, and using sunscreen helps protect the skin from further pigmentation and damage.

Men's Massage

The frequency of massages depends on your needs. For relaxation, once a month is typically sufficient. However, for managing chronic pain or muscle tension, weekly or bi-weekly massages may be beneficial.
A relaxing massage focuses on reducing stress and tension through gentle techniques designed to promote relaxation and improve overall well-being.
This massage is ideal for individuals looking to relieve stress, unwind, and promote relaxation without targeting specific muscle pain.
After a relaxing massage, you should feel calm, relaxed, and less stressed, with improved circulation and mood.
Yes, Swedish massage is excellent for beginners as it is gentle, relaxing, and effective for overall body relaxation and stress relief.
You’ll likely feel refreshed, relaxed, and rejuvenated, with less muscle tension and improved blood circulation.
A steam massage combines the benefits of steam therapy with massage techniques. The heat from the steam helps relax muscles, open pores, and improve circulation, making the massage more effective.
Steam massage helps to detoxify the skin, improve circulation, and provide deep relaxation. It also helps loosen tight muscles, making it easier for the therapist to perform the massage.
Yes, many people combine steam massage with other treatments like Swedish or deep tissue massages for a more comprehensive experience.
Thai massage is ideal for those looking to improve flexibility, release deep muscle tension, and enhance energy levels. It’s perfect for active individuals or those with muscle stiffness.
Deep tissue massage uses slow, firm strokes and pressure to target deeper layers of muscles and connective tissue to relieve chronic muscle tension and pain.
Those with chronic muscle pain, tension, or injuries benefit greatly from deep tissue massage, as it targets problem areas with more intensity than a regular massage.
Those with chronic muscle pain, tension, or injuries benefit greatly from deep tissue massage, as it targets problem areas with more intensity than a regular massage.
It helps relieve headaches, reduce stress, improve circulation to the scalp, and promote relaxation.
While it doesn’t directly stimulate hair growth, a head massage improves scalp circulation, which may help create a healthy environment for hair growth.
VIP massages are premium treatments that offer extra attention and customized techniques, often with added benefits like aromatherapy, specialized oils, or longer durations.
VIP massages offer a higher level of relaxation and comfort, along with additional services like aromatherapy, deep muscle work, and longer treatment times for a more tailored experience.
A VIP massage offers deeper relaxation, stress relief, and muscle tension relief, with the added benefits of personalized care, a tailored experience, and enhanced techniques. It’s ideal for those seeking a more indulgent, high-end treatment.
VIP Massage sessions typically last between 60-90 minutes, but longer sessions may be available depending on the package or specific treatment.
Frequency depends on individual needs. For general relaxation and wellness, a massage every 3-4 weeks is ideal. If you’re dealing with muscle pain or stress, weekly or bi-weekly sessions may be beneficial.
A deep tissue massage may cause some discomfort, especially when working on areas with muscle tension, but it should not be unbearable. Communication with your therapist is key to ensuring the pressure is appropriate for your comfort.
Absolutely. Massages help reduce stress by promoting relaxation, lowering cortisol levels, and stimulating the production of endorphins (the body’s natural painkillers), helping to improve mood and reduce anxiety.
Drink plenty of water to help flush out toxins released during the massage. Avoid strenuous activity immediately after the massage, and give your body time to fully relax. Stretching lightly can also help maintain flexibility.
Yes, sports and deep tissue massages are great for active men, helping with muscle recovery, improving flexibility, preventing injuries, and reducing muscle soreness after workouts.
The therapist typically focuses on key areas like the back, neck, shoulders, and sometimes the arms and legs, depending on your needs. It’s a quick way to relieve tension in these common stress points.
An express massage generally lasts between 30 to 60 minutes, making it a quick and effective option for people on tight schedules.
You can enjoy an express massage as often as you like, depending on your schedule and needs. Some people benefit from weekly express massages to help manage stress or muscle tension, while others may opt for one before or after an event or physical activity.
Express massages are ideal for individuals with limited time, those seeking relief from a specific issue (like neck pain or stress), or those new to massage who want to try a shorter session first.

Men's body waxing

Waxing can cause some discomfort, especially in sensitive areas, as it involves removing hair from the root. However, pain levels vary depending on your pain tolerance, the area being waxed, and the technique used by the professional.
The results of a full body wax typically last between 2 to 3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle. Over time, hair may grow back thinner and softer.
After waxing, avoid hot showers, intense workouts, sun exposure, or applying heavy creams or lotions for at least 24 hours to prevent irritation. Keep the area moisturized, and wear loose clothing to avoid friction.
To maintain smooth skin, it's generally recommended to schedule a full body waxing session every 2 to 3 weeks, as this aligns with most hair growth cycles.
Yes, men with sensitive skin can still get full body waxing, but it’s important to let the technician know beforehand. A patch test may be performed to ensure the wax doesn’t cause irritation.
A full body wax for men usually includes the chest, back, arms, legs, and abdomen. Some men also choose to wax areas like the face, shoulders, hands, or intimate regions. You can customize the areas you want to be waxed with your technician.
While waxing is generally safe, there are some risks, including irritation, redness, ingrown hairs, or in rare cases, allergic reactions. It’s important to go to a trained professional and follow post-waxing care instructions to minimize risks.
Yes, full body waxing is generally safe for most skin types. However, if you have any skin conditions (like eczema, psoriasis, or open wounds), it’s important to consult with your technician before waxing.
No, waxing does not cause hair to grow back thicker or darker. In fact, over time, regular waxing can result in finer and softer hair regrowth.
Yes, men can wax facial hair, including areas like the eyebrows, upper lip, chin, and sideburns. It’s a popular option for men who want a clean-shaven look without the irritation of shaving.
Mild redness or irritation is common immediately after waxing, but it should subside within a few hours. To soothe the skin, apply a cool compress, aloe vera gel, or a post-waxing lotion. Avoid touching the waxed areas and refrain from using hot water or exfoliants for at least 24 hours.
Yes, but waxing over freshly tattooed skin is not recommended. It's best to wait until the tattoo has fully healed before waxing over that area.
Before waxing, avoid shaving, exfoliating, or using products with alcohol on the skin. It’s also recommended not to sunbathe or apply sunscreen to the area right before your appointment to avoid irritation.
Yes, after waxing, avoid hot showers, sauna, or swimming pools for 24-48 hours to minimize irritation. Avoid tight clothing that can rub against the waxed skin, and keep the area clean and moisturized with a mild lotion. Avoid sun exposure or tanning beds immediately after waxing.
After waxing, moisturize your skin to keep it hydrated and calm. Use a fragrance-free moisturizer to avoid irritation. Avoid exfoliating or using harsh skincare products for at least 48 hours to give your skin time to heal.
If you have sensitive skin or conditions like eczema or psoriasis, it’s best to consult with your technician beforehand. They may suggest specific wax formulas or techniques tailored to your skin to minimize irritation.

Men's Manicure & Pedicure

While it’s not required, manicures and pedicures can help improve nail health, promote relaxation, and keep hands and feet looking neat and well-groomed. It’s a great option for men who want to maintain overall hygiene and appearance.
Regular manicures and pedicures can improve nail health, prevent infections, reduce the risk of ingrown nails, keep skin soft, and promote relaxation. They also help with better foot and hand hygiene.
For general maintenance, it's recommended to get a manicure every 2-4 weeks and a pedicure every 4-6 weeks. This will depend on the individual’s personal grooming habits and nail health.
A typical men’s manicure includes nail trimming, cuticle care, buffing, and a hand massage. A pedicure usually involves nail trimming, cuticle care, callus removal, foot exfoliation, and a foot massage.
Yes, regular pedicures can help prevent nail fungus and manage foot odor by keeping the nails clean, removing dead skin cells, and ensuring proper hygiene. If you have specific concerns, consult with your nail technician or a healthcare professional.
Yes, pedicures for men may include deeper callus removal, extra foot scrubbing, and more focus on any areas with rough skin, ensuring feet feel soft and refreshed.
Scrubbing or exfoliating is the process of removing dead skin cells from the surface of the skin, typically using a scrub or exfoliating product. It helps reveal smoother, healthier skin by promoting skin cell turnover.
Exfoliating helps to remove dead skin cells, unclog pores, prevent ingrown hairs, and improve the overall texture of the skin. For men, exfoliating also helps soften facial hair and reduces shaving irritation.
Men should exfoliate 1-2 times a week, depending on their skin type and concerns. Over-exfoliating can irritate the skin, so it's best to follow a balanced routine.
A body scrub helps remove dead skin, prevent ingrown hairs, soften rough patches, and improve overall skin texture. It’s especially beneficial for men with dry or rough skin, or for those who want to prepare for a smoother shave.
Men should choose scrubs that match their skin type. For dry or sensitive skin, opt for a gentler scrub. For rough skin or areas like the feet, a coarser scrub may be more effective. There are also scrubs available for specific concerns like acne or ingrown hairs.
Soaking: The hands are soaked in warm water to soften the skin and nails, making it easier to clean and shape them. Cuticle Care: The cuticles are gently pushed back and trimmed if necessary to avoid hangnails or overgrown cuticles. Nail Shaping: Nails are trimmed and shaped using a nail clipper and file. Most men opt for a square or slightly rounded shape. Exfoliation: A scrub or exfoliant is used to remove dead skin cells, leaving the hands feeling smooth. Moisturizing: A hand cream or lotion is applied to hydrate the skin.
Initial Soak,Exfoliation,Cuticle Care,Nail Shaping,Massage and Hydrating Mask,

Men's Beard

To start growing a beard, simply stop shaving and allow your facial hair to grow naturally. Be patient, as it can take a few weeks to see significant growth. During this time, trimming the edges and shaping the beard can help keep it looking neat.
Trimming your beard every 4-6 weeks is generally recommended to maintain a neat shape. You can also do minor touch-ups in between trims to keep it from looking unkempt, especially along the neckline and cheekbones.
It’s best to use a beard shampoo rather than regular hair shampoo because beard hair is often coarser and the skin beneath is more sensitive. Beard shampoos are specially formulated to clean without stripping away essential oils.
Beard dandruff is often caused by dry skin. To prevent it, use a moisturizing beard oil or balm, and make sure to regularly exfoliate the skin underneath your beard with a gentle scrub. Also, washing with beard-specific shampoo can help maintain scalp health.
The best beard style depends on your face shape. For example, square faces often look good with rounded beards, while oval faces can pull off a variety of styles. A professional barber can help suggest a style that complements your facial features.
Yes, you can dye your beard if you want to change its color or cover up gray hair. There are special beard dyes available that are formulated to be safe for facial hair. Always follow the instructions, and perform a patch test beforehand to ensure you don’t have any allergic reactions.
To reduce frizz, regularly apply a moisturizing beard oil or balm. This will hydrate the hair and keep it smooth. You can also use a beard comb to distribute the product evenly and help with styling. Avoid harsh drying methods, as these can worsen frizz.
Yes, you can cut and trim your beard to change its style. It’s best to use a beard trimmer or visit a barber for a professional cut, especially if you're trying a new shape.
If you want to cover gray hair or change the color, you can dye your beard. Use a beard dye that’s formulated for facial hair to ensure safety and achieve the desired result.
Both are effective, but a razor provides a closer shave, while an electric shaver is more convenient for quick trims. Choose based on your preference for closeness versus ease.
Yes, you can use a beard trimmer to create defined lines along your cheekbones and neckline. Be careful not to trim too much; make small adjustments for a clean, sharp look.
After shaving, rinse your razor under warm water to remove hair and shaving cream. Occasionally, use rubbing alcohol to disinfect the razor and keep it clean for future use.

Hair spa

A hair spa is a salon treatment that involves deep conditioning, hair massages, and sometimes hair masks or steam to rejuvenate and nourish the hair. It improves hair health, texture, and shine.
Typically, a hair spa treatment lasts 30 minutes to an hour, depending on the products used and the specific treatment.
Typically, a hair spa treatment lasts 30 minutes to an hour, depending on the products used and the specific treatment.
For best results, get a hair spa every 2–4 weeks. If your hair is extremely dry or damaged, more frequent treatments can help restore health.
Before: Wash your hair thoroughly to remove any dirt, oil, or product buildup. Avoid: Using heavy styling products like hairsprays or gels before the treatment. For oil treatments: You might want to avoid shampooing right before a hair spa to allow the oil to penetrate deeply into the scalp.
After a hair spa treatment, it’s best to avoid washing your hair immediately. Try to wait 24 hours to allow the nutrients from the treatment to fully absorb into the hair.
A hair spa can improve scalp health and blood circulation, which may help reduce hair fall caused by stress or weak roots. However, if hair fall is caused by hormonal imbalances or other medical reasons, consult a professional for appropriate treatment.
A hair spa is suitable for most hair types, but you can choose specific treatments for your needs: Dry or frizzy hair: Look for moisturizing and hydrating treatments. Oily scalp: Opt for a balancing or clarifying treatment. Damaged hair: Protein or repairing treatments can strengthen and restore.
While a hair spa helps to nourish and prevent further damage, it cannot fully fix split ends. Regular trims and deep-conditioning treatments will help reduce the appearance of split ends.

Hairstyle Medium length

Round face: Long layers, side bangs, or a long bob with height. Oval face: Almost any style works! Long waves or a sleek bob are popular choices. Square face: Soft, layered cuts or styles with curls or waves to soften angular features. Heart-shaped face: Side-swept bangs or chin-length bobs that balance the forehead.
Blunt bob: Easy to style and maintain. Long layers: Styles that don’t require frequent trimming. Pixie cut: Short and easy to manage, with minimal effort. Shaggy cuts: Textured cuts that look good without much styling.
use dry shampoo to reduce oil buildup and add volume. Avoid washing your hair every day to maintain natural oils. Use setting spray or light hair mousse to hold your style in place. Sleep on a silk pillowcase to reduce frizz and prevent damage.
Use a volumizing shampoo and conditioner. Blow-dry your hair upside down or with a round brush. Add layers to your hair for texture and lift. Use a root-lifting spray or mousse for an extra boost.
For short haircuts, trim every 4–6 weeks to maintain the shape. For long hair or layers, get a trim every 8–12 weeks to keep ends healthy and prevent split ends.
Sleek low bun: Elegant and timeless. Soft waves: Loose waves with a bit of volume for a glamorous look. Chignon: A classic and sophisticated updo. Hollywood curls: Voluminous, glamorous curls.
Round faces suit layered or long styles; oval faces work with most styles; square faces look great with soft waves or side parts; heart-shaped faces suit chin-length or side-swept styles.
Consider your face shape, hair type, lifestyle, and personal style. A stylist consultation can help you choose the most flattering look.
Use a good setting spray, avoid touching your hair, and choose styles suitable for your hair texture and weather conditions.
Use a good setting spray, avoid touching your hair, and choose styles suitable for your hair texture and weather conditions.
It depends on your style and preference. Many people refresh their hairstyle every 3–6 months or seasonally.
Protective styles like braids, buns, and twists help minimize hair breakage and are especially used in textured or natural hair.
Bangs can add youth and frame the face beautifully. Curtain bangs and wispy fringes are low-maintenance options.
Avoid using heat tools on wet hair. You can do braids or buns for heat-free styling while damp.
Pixie cuts, bobs, layered crops, and undercuts are popular and stylish for short hair.

Hairstyle Long length

Round face: Long layers, side bangs, or a long bob with height. Oval face: Almost any style works! Long waves or a sleek bob are popular choices. Square face: Soft, layered cuts or styles with curls or waves to soften angular features. Heart-shaped face: Side-swept bangs or chin-length bobs that balance the forehead
Blunt bob: Easy to style and maintain. Long layers: Styles that don’t require frequent trimming. Pixie cut: Short and easy to manage, with minimal effort. Shaggy cuts: Textured cuts that look good without much styling.
To maintain your hairstyle: Use dry shampoo to reduce oil buildup and add volume. Avoid washing your hair every day to maintain natural oils. Use setting spray or light hair mousse to hold your style in place. Sleep on a silk pillowcase to reduce frizz and prevent damage.
For short haircuts, trim every 4–6 weeks to maintain the shape. For long hair or layers, get a trim every 8–12 weeks to keep ends healthy and prevent split ends.
Braid your hair and leave it overnight for natural waves. Use foam rollers or Velcro rollers for curls without heat damage. Twist sections and pin them to your scalp, leaving them to set for hours.
Round faces suit layered or long styles; oval faces work with most styles; square faces look great with soft waves or side parts; heart-shaped faces suit chin-length or side-swept styles.
Consider your face shape, hair type, lifestyle, and personal style. A stylist consultation can help you choose the most flattering look.
Use a good setting spray, avoid touching your hair, and choose styles suitable for your hair texture and weather conditions.
It depends on your style and preference. Many people refresh their hairstyle every 3–6 months or seasonally.
Protective styles like braids, buns, and twists help minimize hair breakage and are especially used in textured or natural hair.
Bangs can add youth and frame the face beautifully. Curtain bangs and wispy fringes are low-maintenance options.
Avoid using heat tools on wet hair. You can do braids or buns for heat-free styling while damp.
Pixie cuts, bobs, layered crops, and undercuts are popular and stylish for short hair.

Medicated Mani & Pedi Offer

A medicated mani-pedi is a therapeutic nail and skin care treatment focused on healing, soothing, and preventing issues like cracked heels, fungal infections, discolored nails, or extra dry skin.
Unlike basic services, this uses specialized tools, healing creams, antifungal or antibacterial products, and sanitized methods for deeper treatment.
Perfect for: People with sensitive skin Cracked heels, calluses Discolored or thick nails Fungal concerns Diabetic clients (gentle, careful technique)
This service focuses on treatment, but you can request nail polish or gel polish as an add-on.
Yes! This is a unisex service, and many men benefit from medicated foot care.
Yes, we use medicated soaks, gentle exfoliators, and healing foot scrubs.
Not at all. It’s gentle, soothing, and designed to relieve pain, not cause it.
Approximately 60 to 75 minutes, depending on the condition of hands and feet.
Yes, we use non-invasive, gentle tools and follow strict hygiene for diabetic foot care.
Absolutely. All tools are properly sanitized or disposable, ensuring 100% hygiene.
No side effects. We use medicated and skin-safe products only.
You can book via: WhatsApp Instagram DM Phone call Online link (if provided)
Yes, advance booking helps us prepare the proper medicated products for your session.
We accept: Cash Card Bank transfer Mobile wallet (Apple Pay, etc.)
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal, or more frequently if you have specific concerns.
Yes, it's great before a wedding or party, especially if your hands/feet need healing and glow.
Definitely! You'll feel instantly smoother, softer, and fresher.
Yes, you can add gel polish, French tips, or nail art for an extra charge.
Yes, the scrubbing, soak, and creams help lighten and renew skin on hands and feet.
Absolutely! A relaxing hand or foot massage is a great add-on.
Yes, it’s safe and beneficial, especially for swollen feet or aching legs.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Gel Mani & pedi Offer

The offer includes: Nail trimming & shaping Cuticle care Buffing Gel polish application for both hands and feet Optional: basic nail oil or hand/foot massage
Gel polish is a long-lasting nail polish cured under UV/LED light, offering chip-free wear for 2–3 weeks.
Gel polish: Dries instantly under light Lasts longer (2–3 weeks) Has a glossier, salon-like finish
Yes, when applied and removed properly. We use gentle techniques and professional products to protect your nail health.
Yes, old gel removal is included if done properly and not with hard extensions.
Yes! We offer a wide selection of trendy, nude, bold, and classic gel shades.
Yes, simple nail art can be added for a small fee. Please mention it during booking.
Approximately 60–90 minutes pending on nail condition and complexity.
Yes, we’ll shape your nails neatly. If severely damaged, we can recommend strengthening treatments.
Not easily. With proper care, gel polish stays chip-free for 2 to 3 weeks.
Yes! Please request in advance as French styles take extra time.
Yes, absolutely. UV exposure is minimal and products used are non-toxic.
Come with clean hands/feet and avoid lotion/oils beforehand.
You can, but salon removal is recommended to avoid damaging your natural nails.
You can book through: WhatsApp Call Instagram DMs Online booking (if available)
We recommend pre-booking, but walk-ins are welcome if slots are open
Yes, let us know your preference. We’ll try to accommodate your request.
Yes, we offer home services for gel mani-pedi in select areas.
Yes! Let us know and we’ll schedule side-by-side appointments.
Yes, please inform us at least 12–24 hours in advance.
We accept: Cash Cards Mobile wallets Bank transfers or payment links
Yes, the offer is standard, but group or loyalty discounts may apply.
Tipping is completely optional, based on your experience.

Dry Mani & Pedi Offer

A dry mani-pedi is a waterless treatment that focuses on hygiene, precision, and polish perfection using tools and cuticle softeners instead of water.
There’s no soaking in water—we use cuticle softeners, disinfected tools, and electric files (if needed) for a more precise and longer-lasting finish.
Yes, in fact, it’s more hygienic, as it reduces the risk of bacteria and fungus growth often associated with foot tubs.
It’s ideal for people with sensitive skin, diabetics, or those prone to nail or skin issues.
Yes, it includes classic polish. Gel polish is available for an extra charge.
Absolutely! We offer a wide range of classic and trendy shades.
No, but it can be added at a discounted price with this package.
Removal services are not included by default, but we offer add-on options for gel/extension removal.And also add extra charges for removal of gel/extension
Yes, our dry mani-pedi includes cuticle cleaning, nail trimming, shaping, and buffing.
The complete dry mani-pedi usually takes about 45 to 60 minutes.
It includes light exfoliation and a brief massage. A more intense scrub or massage can be added.
Yes! Dry mani-pedi is unisex and perfect for both men and women.
Yes, we can file your nails in any shape — square, round, almond, or your preference.
Yes, we can file your nails in any shape — square, round, almond, or your preference.
Absolutely. There’s no soaking, so it’s safe and gentle even during pregnancy.
No, but you can add basic or advanced nail art at an extra charge.
You can book by: WhatsApp Phone call Website/Instagram/Facebook DMs
Yes, we recommend booking at least 24 hours in advance for your preferred time slot.
Yes, subject to availability. Mention it at the time of booking.
Please inform us at least 12–24 hours before your appointment.
We accept: Cash Card Mobile wallets Online bank transfers Secure payment links
For home service or peak hours, we may ask for a small advance to confirm your slot.

Nail Art Offer

Nail art is the creative decoration of nails using designs, colors, accessories, or patterns.
Yes, a clean base is essential. Nail prep (filing, cuticle care, buffing) is included.
We offer minimalist, glitter, chrome, marble, ombre, 3D, floral, French tip, bridal, and seasonal themes.
We offer minimalist, glitter, chrome, marble, ombre, 3D, floral, French tip, bridal, and seasonal themes.
Absolutely! We can replicate or customize it for you.
It can be done on both – natural nails, gel overlays, or acrylic extensions.
Gel polish is a solid color; nail art includes designs on top of that color.
Yes, we offer 3D elements like rhinestones, stickers, charms, and foil art.
Yes, matte, chrome, glitter, and holographic finishes are all available.
Yes! Each nail can have a unique design if you’d like.
30–60 minutes depending on complexity.
With gel polish, nail art lasts 2–3 weeks.
No, not when applied and removed properly.
We recommend a fresh base for best results.
Avoid harsh chemicals, wear gloves while cleaning, and apply cuticle oil regularly.
Yes, but wait until the polish has cured fully (especially for gel).
Minor chips can often be repaired. Contact us for a quick fix.
We recommend professional removal, especially for gel or 3D designs.
Yes! We do group nail art and bridal bookings.
Yes, decorative elements may have a small extra charge.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and payment links.
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Classic Mani & pedi Offer

Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, exfoliation, light massage, and regular polish.
Classic is basic nail and skin care. Spa includes masks, scrubs, and extended massage.
Yes, we use gentle, skin-friendly products suitable for all skin types.
We use sanitized tools and disposable buffers/files for hygiene and safety.
Yes, our therapists bring all tools, polish, towels, and hygiene supplies.
Yes, we bring a wide range of regular polish shades to choose from.
No, classic includes regular polish. Gel can be added at extra cost.
Regular polish typically lasts 4–7 days on hands, 7–10 days on feet.
Yes, we exfoliate and remove dead skin from heels and soles.
Yes, exfoliation tools and scrubs are used for soft, smooth feet.
Yes, light massage for hands and feet is part of the treatment.
Yes, a warm soak is used in pedicure to soften skin and nails.
Yes, extended massage available on request (extra charge may apply).
Approximately 45–60 minutes for both manicure and pedicure.
Approximately 45–60 minutes for both manicure and pedicure.
Via WhatsApp, call, or DM on Instagram/Facebook.
Yes, kindly inform us at least 3 hours in advance.
Cash, online transfer, card payment (POS), and payment links.
Yes! You can add threading, facial, waxing, etc., and make a combo.
Avoid hot water right after service and use gloves for housework.
Wait 20–30 mins to allow polish to fully dry before washing.
Every 2–3 weeks is ideal to maintain healthy nails and soft skin.
Yes, it's safe and relaxing. Let us know if you have any specific concerns.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Couple Massage offer

A couple massage is a relaxing full-body massage for two people, done side-by-side by two professional female therapists.
Yes, both clients are massaged simultaneously by separate therapists.
Married couples, family members, sisters, friends – any two people can book this.
Absolutely, two females can book together – great for sisters or friends.
Yes, all services are performed by trained female therapists.
Yes, portable massage beds or clean mats are brought if required.
Relaxation massage using oil – improves circulation, reduces tension, and relaxes muscles.
Usually 60 minutes, but extended sessions (90 mins) are available on request.
Full body : including back, shoulders, arms, legs, and feet.
Yes, we use gentle, aromatic oils – unscented options are available too.
Yes, massage pressure is adjusted according to age and comfort.
A quiet room with enough space for two mattresses or massage beds.
You can book via WhatsApp, phone call, or DM on Instagram.
Yes – Cash, card, online transfer, and payment links are all accepted.
Yes, our massages promote deep relaxation and better sleep.
Free cancellations if notified at least 2 hours prior.
Yes, we use natural, skin-safe massage oils and lotions.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Men Massage

We offer a variety of massages including: Full Body Relaxation Massage Head, Neck & Shoulder Massage Back Pain Relief Massage Foot Massage Aromatherapy Massage Deep Tissue Massage (on request)
It includes massage of the back, shoulders, legs, arms, hands, neck, and feet using relaxing strokes, natural oils, and pressure techniques.
We offer sessions of 30, 60, and 90 minutes depending on your preference and needs.
We use natural essential oils (coconut, almond, lavender, etc.) or non-scented oils for sensitive skin.
Just a peaceful space with a bed or mat. Our therapist brings everything else (towel, oil, sheet, etc.).
Yes, we offer services for both genders, with gender-specific therapists (if requested).
Yes, you can mention your preference during booking.
We do not recommend massage during the first trimester. Later stages should be done with special prenatal techniques.
Yes, especially deep tissue and targeted massages help reduce stiffness and improve mobility.
Reduces stress & anxiety Relieves muscle tension Improves blood circulation Boosts sleep quality Detoxifies skin & body Supports mental clarity
Yes, soothing spa music can be played if you wish.
No, we use quick-absorbing oils and provide towels to keep your clothes protected.
Yes, it's best to wait 30 minutes after massage to allow the oil to absorb before showering.
Yes, we suggest booking 24 hours in advance for preferred time slots.
You can book through: WhatsApp Instagram DM Call Online form (if available)
We accept: Cash Card Bank transfer Mobile wallet (Apple Pay, Google Pay, etc.)
Tipping is optional, but always appreciated based on your experience.
Yes, but some clients prefer to reschedule depending on personal comfort.
Yes, all therapists are professionally trained and experienced in massage therapy.

Luxury Spa Experience at Home

It includes massage therapy, body treatment, facial treatment, and a hydrating facial.
It usually takes around 2.5 to 3 hours depending on the service duration.
No packges can't be modify
Yes, our packages are available for all genders.
Yes, you can select from Swedish, Aromatherapy, or Deep Tissue massage.
Yes, we provide both home service and in-spa service.
We use premium, skin-safe, and branded products for all treatments.
Relieves stress, improves blood circulation, reduces muscle tension, and promotes relaxation.
Stay hydrated and avoid eating a heavy meal right before your session.
Full-body exfoliation, body mask, and moisturization.
Yes, we use gentle scrubs suitable for all skin types.
A warm rinse may be recommended depending on the treatment type.
A hydrating facial focuses on deep moisture infusion and skin plumping.
Immediate glow is noticeable, but full results appear within 24-48 hours.
It's best to wait at least 12–24 hours to let your skin breathe.
Yes, but we use pregnancy-safe products and avoid harsh chemicals.
Yes, appointments are recommended to ensure availability.
Yes, appointments are recommended to ensure availability.
Yes, we accept cash, bank transfers, and various digital payment methods.
Absolutely! Spa vouchers are perfect for birthdays, anniversaries, and special occasions.
100%! We strictly maintain hygiene and use sanitized tools and fresh linens for every client.
Your satisfaction is our priority. If you face any issue, please contact our support team immediately via: WhatsApp Call App support chat (if booked via Lipsly) We will take quick action to resolve the issue professionally and may offer a free service adjustment or compensation, depending on the case.

Lipslay Radiance Package

It’s a facial treatment that removes tanning, brightens skin tone, and deeply hydrates using the N+ professional range.
Yes, it is suitable for most skin types including normal, oily, and combination skin.
Yes, but we always do a patch test first or use gentle products for extra sensitive skin.
D-Tan focuses specifically on removing sun tan and pigmentation, while regular facials may focus more on hydration or glow.
A face polisher is a gentle exfoliating treatment that removes dead skin and adds a fresh, smooth glow.
Yes – polishing is more advanced and includes brightening elements, not just exfoliation.
These are exfoliating and brightening treatments for hands and feet that help in tan removal and make skin soft and even-toned.
Approximately 60–75 minutes depending on the combination chosen.
Yes, the N+ facial includes a relaxing facial massage.
Cleansing, exfoliation, steaming, D-Tan pack, massage, and moisturization.
We use both – depending on the service and skin type.
Yes, visible improvement is noticed in the first session.
Yes, if needed or requested.
Even one session shows visible results, but regular sessions give long-term benefits.
Results last up to 1–2 weeks with proper care.
Yes, these services are unisex and suitable for all.

IR facial

During an IR facial, infrared light is applied to the skin using a special device. This light penetrates the skin's layers to stimulate circulation and encourage the production of collagen and elastin, which are essential for maintaining youthful and firm skin.
Improved skin texture and tone: Stimulates collagen production, leading to smoother, firmer skin. Reduces fine lines and wrinkles: Helps in minimizing the appearance of aging signs. Improved circulation: Enhances blood flow, which leads to a healthier, more radiant complexion. Promotes skin healing: Infrared light encourages skin regeneration and helps reduce blemishes and scars.
Yes, an IR facial is generally safe for all skin types, including sensitive skin. However, if you have any specific skin conditions or concerns, it's recommended to consult with a dermatologist or licensed aesthetician before the treatment.
Typically, an IR facial lasts between 30 to 60 minutes, depending on the specific treatment plan and the spa or clinic offering the service.
Infrared facials are non-invasive and generally safe. Some people may experience mild redness or warmth in the treated area immediately after the facial, but this usually subsides within a few hours.
The frequency of IR facials depends on individual goals and skin condition. However, for optimal results, many people opt for a series of treatments spaced out over a few weeks or months.
While results vary from person to person, you may notice an immediate improvement in skin radiance and texture. Long-term benefits, such as reduced wrinkles and firmer skin, will become more visible after several treatments.
Yes, it’s important to arrive with clean skin free of makeup, dirt, or oils. A professional will cleanse your skin as part of the treatment, but you can help ensure optimal results by starting with a fresh canvas.
Hydrate your skin well in the days leading up to your facial. Drink plenty of water and avoid direct sun exposure, tanning, or waxing right before the facial for best results.
Most people experience mild redness or a slight warm sensation on their skin post-treatment, but this usually disappears within a few hours. If you experience prolonged irritation, consult your aesthetician.
Yes, it’s recommended to avoid sun exposure and tanning beds for at least 24 hours after the treatment. Your skin may be more sensitive and prone to irritation or sunburn after the facial.

Hydra Glow FAcial

A HydraFacial is a non-invasive facial treatment that uses a unique, multi-step technology to cleanse, exfoliate, extract impurities, and hydrate the skin. The treatment includes the application of serums tailored to your skin type to nourish and rejuvenate the skin.
The HydraFacial machine uses a patented Vortex-Fusion delivery system to exfoliate the skin, remove dead skin cells, extract debris from pores, and hydrate the skin with nourishing serums. It works in four key steps: cleansing, exfoliation, extraction, and hydration.
Yes, HydraFacial is suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin. The treatment can address a variety of skin concerns, such as fine lines, acne, uneven skin tone, and dehydration.
Hydration: Deeply hydrates the skin, providing a healthy and glowing appearance. Exfoliation: Removes dead skin cells and smooths rough texture. Cleansing: Extracts impurities and unclogs pores without irritation. Anti-aging: Reduces the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles by stimulating collagen production. Brightening: Evens out skin tone and reduces dark spots for a more radiant complexion.
A typical HydraFacial session lasts around 30 to 60 minutes, depending on the specific treatment plan and skin concerns being addressed.
For optimal results, many people benefit from a series of 3-6 treatments, spaced a few weeks apart. However, a single HydraFacial session can provide instant results, making it an excellent option before special events.
Side effects are rare, but some people may experience slight redness, swelling, or a mild tingling sensation. These effects usually disappear shortly after the treatment.
It depends on your skin's needs. Some people opt for a HydraFacial once a month, while others may prefer more frequent treatments for specific skin concerns. Your aesthetician can help determine the best schedule for you.
Yes, HydraFacial can help with acne by deeply cleansing the skin, reducing excess oil production, and removing debris from clogged pores. It can also be customized to include specific treatments for acne-prone skin, such as salicylic acid.
Yes, it’s recommended to avoid using exfoliants, retinols, or any strong active ingredients for 2-3 days before the treatment. These can make your skin more sensitive and increase the risk of irritation during the facial.
Yes, you can wear makeup immediately after the treatment, but it’s best to allow your skin to absorb the hydrating serums for a few hours before applying makeup.

Anti-aging facial

An anti-aging facial is a skincare treatment that targets signs of aging like fine lines, wrinkles, and sagging skin, using products and techniques that promote collagen production and improve skin texture
Anti-aging facials typically involve exfoliation, cleansing, and the application of serums or masks that stimulate collagen, hydrate the skin, and reduce wrinkles. Techniques like facial massage or microdermabrasion may also be used to boost circulation and skin renewal.
Reduces the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Improves skin texture and elasticity. Hydrates and plumps the skin, making it look more youthful. Enhances blood circulation to the skin, promoting healthy skin renewal.
Yes, anti-aging facials can be customized for all skin types, including dry, oily, sensitive, and combination skin, with specific products and techniques tailored to each.
Typically, an anti-aging facial lasts between 45 minutes to 1 hour, depending on the treatments and steps involved.
For best results, it’s recommended to get an anti-aging facial every 4-6 weeks. However, this depends on individual skin concerns and goals.
Generally, anti-aging facials are safe, but some people may experience mild redness or irritation, especially if they have sensitive skin. It's important to inform the esthetician about any skin conditions prior to treatment.
While most salons will cleanse your skin before the facial, it’s a good idea to remove any makeup and dirt prior to your appointment for better results.
Hydrate your skin by drinking plenty of water a few days before your appointment, and avoid sun exposure or tanning beds to prevent irritation.
Try to avoid excessive sun exposure, waxing, or shaving right before the facial to prevent irritation or inflammation of the skin.
After the facial, moisturize regularly and use sunscreen, especially if you plan to go out in the sun. Your skin will be more sensitive to UV rays.
It’s advisable to avoid washing your face for at least 6 hours post-treatment, as your skin needs time to absorb the nourishing ingredients applied during the facial.
Yes, you can resume normal activities, but avoid strenuous exercise and hot environments (like saunas or steam rooms) for the first 24 hours to prevent irritation or clogging of pores.

Men's Body Care

Body cleansing involves using a body wash or soap to remove dirt, oil, sweat, and bacteria, helping maintain hygiene, prevent body odor, and keep skin healthy.
It’s recommended to cleanse daily, especially after activities like workouts, to maintain hygiene and prevent clogged pores.
While regular soap works, body washes designed for men often provide better hydration and cater to specific skin needs like dryness or oiliness.
For dry skin: Look for moisturizing ingredients like shea butter or glycerin. For oily skin: Choose a body wash with exfoliating or oil-control properties like salicylic acid. For sensitive skin: Use a fragrance-free, hypoallergenic body wash.
It’s better to use a face-specific cleanser, as body washes can be too harsh for the delicate skin on the face.
A body scrub is a skincare product with exfoliating particles that remove dead skin cells, improve circulation, and leave the skin smooth and refreshed.
2-3 times a week is ideal, depending on skin sensitivity, to avoid over-exfoliating.
Most body scrubs work for all skin types, but men with sensitive skin should choose gentle scrubs with fine particles and avoid overly abrasive options.
Yes, but choose a scrub with acne-fighting ingredients like salicylic acid to prevent breakouts. Avoid scrubs with harsh, large particles.
Yes, exfoliating can strip natural oils, so moisturizing afterward helps restore hydration and maintain smooth skin.

IT & Programming Courses

Programming courses provide essential skills for writing code and developing software applications. Introductory classes cover foundational programming languages like Python, Java, and C++, focusing on syntax, data structures, and algorithms.
Programming languages provide the rules for building websites, apps, and other computer-based technologies. Each programming language helps humans accurately communicate with machines.
Python. R and Software Development. Fundamentals of Java Programming. Full Stack Development. C++ Google Cloud Platform Architecture. Android N Developer.
Yes, Python is generally considered an easy programming language to learn, especially for beginners. Its syntax is clear and readable, which allows new programmers to grasp concepts quickly.
Yes, you can learn Python without any programming experience. In fact, Python is so popular in part because of its easy-to-use, intuitive nature. For people without any coding experience at all, Python is actually considered the perfect programming language.
Database management is the organization and storage of data so that it can be accessed, maintained, and updated by personnel in an organization. A database management system (DBMS) is the software used to create and administer the database where the data is stored. Database management is important because it enables organizations to use data to fulfill customer needs, support business operations, and provide valuable insights for management. A relational database management system (RDBMS) can satisfy the database needs of most organizations. Relational databases allow for multiple tables of information to be “related” or connected to each other in an organized and useful way. These databases are created and queried using structured query language (SQL) and form the backbone of operations for banks, airlines, and retailers alike. Database management can also enable business intelligence applications, which can help organizations better understand their business and guide decision-making. These applications may require the creation of large data warehouses and exploratory data analysis made possible with software platforms such as MySQL.
In order to excel and become a database management expert, you must immerse yourself in mastering database fundamentals, data modeling techniques, SQL querying, and database design principles. You must also gain hands-on experience with popular database management systems like Oracle, MySQL, and PostgreSQL.
This skill is important because almost every business has a database of information, like customer details, sales records, or inventory, and they need someone who knows how to take care of this data.
There is no real limit to the number of languages one can pick up. And it is likely for those who spend a career in software development that they will touch a lot of languages over the years, even if it's only one time to adjust one line in some old project their company has been maintaining for a decade.
It depends on your goals, but many beginners start with Python due to its simplicity. For web development, JavaScript is essential, while Java or C# are good for app development.
It's helpful to know more than one language, but it's best to start with one. Once you're comfortable, learning others becomes easier.
An Office Productivity course teaches you how to efficiently use office software like Microsoft Office (Word, Excel, PowerPoint) or Google Workspace (Docs, Sheets, Slides) to improve work efficiency and productivity.
You'll learn how to create documents, manage data, build presentations, use spreadsheets for calculations, and automate tasks. Topics may include advanced features like pivot tables, macros, and collaborative tools.
Yes, strong proficiency in office tools is often required or recommended in many job roles, from administrative assistants to business analysts.
Microsoft Office courses provide essential skills for using tools like Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Outlook efficiently. Introductory classes cover the basics of document creation, data management, and email organization.
A Data Analytics course teaches you how to analyze data to extract meaningful insights. It covers tools, techniques, and methodologies used to work with large datasets, visualize data, and make data-driven decisions.
You’ll learn how to clean and organize data, perform statistical analysis, create visualizations (charts, graphs), and use software like Excel, SQL, Tableau, Python, or R. You'll also learn about data mining, predictive modeling, and reporting.
A Cloud Computing course teaches you how to use cloud platforms (like AWS, Google Cloud, or Microsoft Azure) to store, manage, and process data and applications over the internet. It covers topics like cloud services, architecture, security, and deployment.
The best way to learn cloud is to explore a cloud provider's training modules. Microsoft Azure has probably the best free resources out of all providers. The concepts are transferable to other cloud platforms, not just Azure.
You can spin up new instances or retire them in seconds, allowing developers to accelerate development with quick deployments. Cloud computing supports new innovations by making it easy to test new ideas and design new applications without hardware limitations or slow procurement processes.
Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Chartered Accountant (CA), Certified Management Accountant (CMA US), ICWAI, etc. Among these courses, CPA US and CA are the dominant ones due to their everlasting scope in the accounting arena.
Tax accounting
An accounting specialization is a set of accounting rules and techniques that a specific type of accountant may use. Accounting specializations can include both widely accepted accounting principles and industry-specific practices.
The knowledge also helps in network device configuration, software installation and more.
Using network hardware allows for sharing resources like printers, scanners, and storage devices among multiple users. This enhances cost efficiency and streamlines business operations.
Hardware is responsible for processing data and running software applications.
Start by pursuing a degree in electrical engineering, computer engineering, or a related field.

Multimedia Courses

Visual Design. Art direction and production. Author based programming. Interactive design, Special effects addition. 3D modeling. Interface design. Game design.
Multimedia programmes have a variety of job options to choose from. They can work as web designers, animators, video editors, graphic designers, multi-media artists, UI/UX designers, digital marketers, multimedia consultants, and multimedia developers.
These courses cover subjects like graphic design, web development, animation, video production, user experience (UX) design, and interactive media. Students gain hands-on experience with industry-standard software and develop their artistic and technical skills.
It is interactive and integrated: The digitization process integrates all of the numerous mediums. ... It's quite user-friendly: The user does not use much energy because they can sit and watch the presentation, read the text, and listen to the audio.
Multimedia enhances communication by offering multiple channels through which information can be conveyed. It combines text, visuals, sound, and motion to create a more immersive and engaging experience for the audience.
Digital marketing is the promotion of a business through digital channels such as a website, search engine optimization, social media, email, or online paid advertising.
Digital marketing can be broadly broken into 8 main categories including: Affiliate Marketing, Content Marketing, Email Marketing, Marketing Analytics, Mobile Marketing, Pay-per-click, Search Engine Optimization and Social Media Marketing.
Search Engine Optimization (SEO) And if your business has a website (which it likely does), then SEO should be a focus area of your digital marketing strategy.
Yes, you can learn digital marketing on your own. You can scroll through YouTube tutorials, listen to podcasts, and follow blogs by Digital Marketers. You can sign up for self-paced digital marketing classes and watch the videos at your leisure.
Skills in programming languages like C++, Python, and JavaScript are essential. Game Designers: Game designers are responsible for conceptualizing the game's storyline, characters, and rules. They blend creativity with technical knowledge to craft a compelling user experience.
Game development refers to the process of creating computer games using software engineering techniques to achieve flexibility, maintainability, and better design.

Engineering Courses

Computer Science Engineering ranks as the most employed and best engineering branch for the future, offering various opportunities and attractive salary packages from leading software companies.
You can buy an AutoCAD personal licence for single-user use online, chat with our sales team or from a reseller. Learn more about licensing options.
You can buy an AutoCAD personal licence for single-user use online, chat with our sales team or from a reseller. Learn more about licensing options.
Learning AutoCAD will give you a solid foundation to master other design applications; all other CAD software is modeled after its interface.
AutoCAD is computer-aided design (CAD) software that is used for precise 2D and 3D drafting, design, and modelling with solids, surfaces, mesh objects, documentation features, and more.
AutoCAD is a versatile drafting software that can be used in various industries, including architecture, engineering, and product design.
Landscape architecture is the work of making specific kinds of places outdoors. It could be designing a town square or a playground—even a whole city. It could be designing a pond to make it better for frogs, turtles, fish, and birds. Some kinds of landscape architecture are easy to see, like a park.
When done well, project management helps every aspect of a business run more smoothly. Effective project management improves efficiency by removing obstacles, distractions, and redundancies, and helps to keep project timelines and budget under control.
The best project management software is the one that fits the needs of your project and organization with regards to your budget, team size, and collaboration and visibility requirements, as well as your security, automation, and file storage needs.
The choice to take a project management course depends on your career goals. While you don’t need to complete a course in order to work as a project manager, certified PMs can expect to earn more than their un-certified counterparts.

Online Quran Classess

Reading the Quran with Tajweed is vital for several compelling reasons. Here's why it is important to engage in this practice: Accurate Recitation: Tajweed governs how each letter is pronounced, capturing its unique qualities.
ajweed outlines four rules: Izhar, Idgham, Iqlab, and Ikhfaa. Izhar displays Noon Saakin or Tanween when followed by certain throat letters. Idgham merges Noon Saakin or Tanween with specific letters, either with or without ghunna.
Abu Ubaid al-Qasim bin Salam (774–838 CE) was the first to develop a recorded science for tajwid, giving the rules of tajwid names and putting it into writing in his book called al-Qiraat. He wrote about 25 reciters, including the 7 mutawatir reciters.
Set aside dedicated time each day to recite the Quran and focus on applying the rules of Tajweed.
Natural Madd (المد الطبيعي) - This madd exists when a letter (that is not a hamzah or a letter with a sukun) with a vowel sign follows a madd letter. Its duration is for two counts.
The cure for this mistake is to practice articulating each letter correctly, even if it requires slower recitation initially.
Noon and Meem Mushaddad

Business Analytics & Intelligence

This Microsoft-backed software is often one of the requirements for working in various types of industries. Learning Excel is important if you want to work in any field, especially in Data, Finance, Marketing, and other areas related to budget planning, performance reporting, and data entry.

Manicure

Yes, regular manicure can discourage nail-biting by maintaining attractive, well-groomed nails.
Yes, Manicure help hydrate and exfoliate the skin, making them essential for those prone to dryness or rough patches.
Yes, the massages in Manicure improve blood flow and reduce swelling, making them ideal for elderly individuals or those with poor circulation.
Yes, gentle and safe Manicure can help reduce swelling, improve circulation, and provide relaxation during pregnancy.
A Classic Manicure are basic nail treatments focused on improving the appearance and health of the nails and cuticles. They include shaping, cleaning, and polishing the nails, followed by moisturizing and softening the skin.
For general maintenance, a pedicure every 3-4 weeks is recommended. However, the frequency can vary depending on nail growth and personal preference.
Yes, dry Manicure can be suitable for most people. However, individuals with very dry or cracked cuticles may benefit more from traditional Manicure with soaking, as it can help hydrate the skin.
Before a classic manicure, ensure that nails are clean and free from any old nail polish.
After the manicure, avoid water exposure for some time to allow the polish to fully dry and maintain its finish.
A French manicure is a classic nail style where the tips of the nails are painted white, complemented by a natural or nude color for the rest of the nail.
The nails are shaped, the tips are painted white, and the rest of the nail is covered with a nude or clear polish.
Remove any old polish and trim the nails to the desired length before starting.
Avoid contact with rough surfaces to maintain the appearance of the French tips and polish.
It offers a timeless, elegant look that works well for any occasion, making the nails appear longer and more refined.
A Gel French manicure is similar to the traditional French, but uses gel polish for a more durable and long-lasting finish.
After shaping the nails, white tips are applied, and then a gel polish is applied and cured under UV light for a long-lasting effect.
Clean nails and remove any old polish to prepare for the gel application.
Avoid harsh chemicals or excessive moisture to help the gel last longer.
It provides a longer-lasting, chip-resistant finish, with a glossy and polished look that lasts for weeks.
A Gel Polish manicure uses gel-based polish that is cured under UV light, providing a durable and shiny finish.
Make sure your nails are clean and free of any previous polish before starting the manicure.
Avoid prolonged exposure to water or harsh chemicals to preserve the gel finish.
It lasts longer than regular polish, resists chips, and has a high-gloss finish that doesn’t fade easily.
A Jelly Spa manicure includes a relaxing treatment where the nails are soaked in a jelly-like substance to soften and nourish the skin.
The hands are soaked in a warm jelly substance to relax the skin, followed by nail shaping and cuticle care.
Wash your hands and remove any existing polish to prepare for the treatment.
Moisturize your nails and hands regularly to maintain the softness and nourishment provided by the jelly soak.
It provides a relaxing experience, softens the skin, and nourishes the nails, leaving your hands feeling rejuvenated.
A dry manicure is a treatment where nails are shaped and cuticles are cared for without soaking the hands in water.
Nails are shaped, the cuticles are cleaned, and polish is applied without soaking the hands.
Make sure your nails are clean and dry before beginning the treatment.
Avoid excessive exposure to water for the first few hours to ensure the manicure lasts.
Quick and ideal for those in a rush, it’s especially good for people with sensitive skin or nails.
This manicure involves a paraffin wax treatment, known for its therapeutic benefits, to soothe and moisturize the skin.
Dip your hand into the wax (Figure 1): Your fingertips should go in first. Keep your fingers separated and submerse your hand all the way past the wrist if desired. Remove your hand after it has been coated with wax. Repeat steps 3 and 4: Dip your hand 6-8 times, waiting a few seconds between each dip.
Remove any old polish and ensure nails are clean before starting the manicure.
Moisturize regularly to maintain the soft, hydrated feel of your hands after the paraffin treatment.
It helps to relieve joint pain, provides deep moisture, and promotes smoother skin.
A luxury gold manicure is a premium treatment that uses gold-infused products for nail and skin nourishment.
It includes a regular manicure with the addition of gold-infused oils and masks for extra nourishment.
A herbal manicure uses natural herbal products to nourish and rejuvenate your nails and skin.
Herbal oils and treatments are applied to your hands and nails during the manicure process.
A whitening manicure is designed to brighten and whiten nails, making them look fresh and healthy.
A Russian manicure focuses on precision, particularly with cuticle care, and is done without soaking the nails.
The Russian nail method is a dry process of filing, cutting, and removing the cuticle with electric drill bits entirely for a clean look and feel. The Russian manicure can prevent the dry cracking of cuticles or hangnails, thus extending the longevity of the manicure.
Mix 1 part Lofty Skin Whitening Powder with 2 parts Lofty Skin Whitening Base. Apply to hands and feet for 8-15 minutes to reduce pigmentation and brighten the skin. Rinse thoroughly. Apply Lofty Skin Whitening Hand & Foot Mask in a thick layer to deeply nourish and moisturize.
Then scrubbing is done with the help of a herbal scrub. Due to this process the dry and dead skin is peeled out and gives a good glow to the hands. Reflexology massage is done on the hands using various shining creams. The wrapping and application of herbal paste is done to maintain the health and glow of the hands.

Digital Marketing

Digital marketing is the promotion of a business through digital channels such as a website, search engine optimization, social media, email, or online paid advertising.
Wide Career Opportunities.... High Demand of Digital Marketers.... Competitive Pay Packages.... Easy Availability of Remote Jobs.... Cost-efficient Courses.... Allows In-Depth Knowledge.... Diverse Job Profiles.... Hones Creative Skills.
This type is particularly beginner-friendly because it focuses on producing content that resonates with your target audience, rather than investing heavily in paid advertising.
Define Your Goals,Assess Your Background,Choose the Right Course,Online Platforms,Enrol in the Course,Allocate Time,Engage Actively,Hands-on Projects.
Yes, we provide course completion certificate on successful completion of the training session.
5 Best Online Digital Marketing Courses Metrics and Channels in Digital Marketing. Customer-Centric Approach. Developing an Online Presence. Social Media Marketing. Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Programmatic & Display Advertising. Content Marketing.
Digital marketing can be challenging, but whether it's "hard" depends on various factors, such as your background, experience, and the specific aspects of digital marketing you're dealing with.
Digital Media Marketing (focused on data, ads, and ROI) and Content & Social Media Marketing (focused on creativity, content, and brand building).
SEO stands for 'Search Engine Optimization', which is the process of getting traffic from free, organic, editorial, or natural search results in search engines. It aims to improve your website's position in search results pages (SERPs). Remember, the higher the website is listed, the more people will see it.
The Complete Digital Marketing Course - 12 Courses in 1. Master Digital Marketing Strategy, Social Media Marketing, SEO, YouTube, Email, Facebook Marketing, Analytics & More! Created by Rob Percival, Daragh Walsh, Codestars. over 2 million students worldwide!
Discovery ⇒ Interest ⇒ Appraisal ⇒ Confirmation ⇒ Conversion

Business Analytics

Business Analytics is important because: It helps organizations make data-driven decisions. It identifies trends, opportunities, and challenges to improve business performance. It provides a competitive edge in a rapidly evolving market.
You will learn: Data analysis techniques. How to use tools like Excel, SQL, Python, or Tableau. Predictive modeling and statistical methods. Business decision-making based on data insights.
This course prepares you for high-demand roles like: Business Analyst Data Analyst Business Intelligence Specialist Operations Analyst
Data is the backbone of modern businesses, and companies need skilled professionals to analyze it. It bridges the gap between technical data and strategic business decision-making.
Students interested in data and business. Professionals looking to upskill in analytics. Entrepreneurs who want to use data for strategic decisions.
Most Business Analytics courses don’t require prior knowledge of analytics or coding. However, basic understanding of mathematics and business concepts can be helpful.
It equips professionals to identify patterns and trends. It improves operational efficiency by solving business challenges. It enables smarter decision-making through actionable insights.
Yes, Business Analytics is one of the fastest-growing fields, with increasing demand for skilled professionals across industries.
In today’s data-driven world, organizations need professionals who can analyze complex data and provide insights that drive growth, making Business Analytics a vital skill for career success.

Project management

Business Analytics is important because: It helps organizations make data-driven decisions. It identifies trends, opportunities, and challenges to improve business performance. It provides a competitive edge in a rapidly evolving market.
You will learn: Data analysis techniques. How to use tools like Excel, SQL, Python, or Tableau. Predictive modeling and statistical methods. Business decision-making based on data insights.
This course prepares you for high-demand roles like: Business Analyst Data Analyst Business Intelligence Specialist Operations Analyst
Most Business Analytics courses don’t require prior knowledge of analytics or coding. However, basic understanding of mathematics and business concepts can be helpful.
It equips professionals to identify patterns and trends. It improves operational efficiency by solving business challenges. It enables smarter decision-making through actionable insights.
You can pursue roles such as: Business Analyst Data Analyst Financial Analyst Marketing Analyst
The duration depends on the course structure, but it typically ranges from a few weeks for short programs to several months for comprehensive certifications.
In today’s data-driven world, organizations need professionals who can analyze complex data and provide insights that drive growth, making Business Analytics a vital skill for career success.

Strategic Marketing

Strategic Marketing is the process of creating and implementing long-term plans to achieve a business’s marketing goals. It involves understanding customer needs, analyzing market trends, and positioning products or services effectively.
Strategic Marketing is crucial because: It helps businesses align marketing efforts with overall business goals. It identifies target markets and tailors strategies to attract the right audience. It ensures efficient use of resources for maximum ROI.
This course will teach you: Market research and analysis. Brand positioning and development. Strategic planning and execution. Customer segmentation and targeting.
The course prepares you for leadership roles in marketing by equipping you with the ability to design and implement impactful marketing strategies. You’ll be able to: Lead marketing teams effectively. Drive business growth through innovative strategies.
It helps you develop a deep understanding of market dynamics. You’ll learn how to create strategies that adapt to changing consumer behavior. It enhances decision-making skills for real-world marketing challenges.
Key topics typically include: Competitive analysis and market positioning. Brand management and storytelling. Marketing metrics and ROI measurement.
Businesses benefit from Strategic Marketing by: Identifying growth opportunities in competitive markets. Building strong, customer-focused brands. Improving resource allocation for marketing campaigns.
You can explore roles such as: Marketing Manager Brand Strategist Business Development Manager Marketing Consultant
Absolutely! Strategic Marketing integrates digital marketing techniques, helping businesses navigate the online landscape, engage audiences, and remain competitive in a fast-paced, digital-first world.
Strategic Marketing is essential because: It’s the backbone of successful business growth. It enables businesses to adapt to evolving customer needs and competitive landscapes. It ensures sustained profitability and market relevance.
The duration varies depending on the program, ranging from a few weeks for short courses to several months for comprehensive certifications.

Management

A management course is important because: It develops leadership and decision-making skills. It equips you to handle real-world business challenges. It enhances career prospects in various industries.
You will learn: Leadership and team management. Strategic planning and problem-solving. Effective communication and negotiation. Project and time management.
It opens doors to managerial and leadership roles. It provides transferable skills applicable in any industry. It improves your ability to lead teams and deliver results.
A management course prepares you for roles in diverse industries, including: Corporate businesses. Healthcare. Hospitality. Education. Nonprofit organizations.
Course durations vary: Short-term courses: A few weeks to months. Degree programs: 1-4 years, depending on the level (e.g., Bachelor’s or MBA).
It improves efficiency and productivity through better management practices. It builds leaders who can drive innovation and growth. It equips professionals to handle organizational challenges effectively.
You can pursue roles such as: Business Manager Team Leader Operations Manager Marketing Manager Human Resource Manager
Yes, a management course is invaluable for entrepreneurs. It teaches: Strategic planning for business growth. Financial management and resource allocation. Team building and leadership.
Management is critical because it ensures: Effective utilization of resources. Smooth functioning of teams and projects. Achievement of organizational goals.
Yes, many management courses offer specializations such as: Marketing Management. Project Management. Financial Management. Operations and Logistics

Business Email

The duration varies depending on the program, ranging from a few weeks for basic courses to several months for professional certifications.
You’ll learn: How to structure professional emails. Proper email etiquette, including tone and language. Tips for writing concise, clear, and impactful messages. Managing email overload and prioritizing communication.
The course typically includes: Basics of professional email writing. Writing subject lines that grab attention. Structuring emails for different purposes (inquiries, follow-ups, complaints, etc.).
Yes, this course is designed for both beginners who want to learn the basics and professionals looking to refine their email-writing skills.
Improved email communication skills can boost your chances of success in interviews, meetings, and client interactions.
The course duration varies, but most courses can be completed within a few hours to a couple of weeks.
Writing unclear or overly long emails. Using incorrect salutations or tones. Overlooking grammar and spelling mistakes. Failing to respond promptly or appropriately.
This course is ideal for: IT professionals who want to specialize in security. Students looking to build a career in cybersecurity. Business owners seeking to protect their company’s data.
After completing this course, you can work as: Cybersecurity Analyst Ethical Hacker (Penetration Tester) Security Engineer
It helps organizations build strong defenses against cyber threats. It reduces the risk of financial and reputational losses from data breaches.
Cybersecurity professionals are needed in: Finance and Banking Healthcare Government and Defense

Cybersecurity

Strong email communication is a key skill for career success. It helps you stand out as a professional who can write with clarity and purpose.
Cybersecurity is crucial because: Cyber threats are increasing globally, targeting businesses and individuals. Data breaches can lead to financial loss, reputational damage, and legal issues. It ensures the safe operation of digital systems, which are essential for businesses and governments.
You will learn: Basics of Cybersecurity and its importance. Identifying and mitigating security threats. Network security, ethical hacking, and penetration testing. Cyber laws, compliance, and risk management.
To learn how to protect data and systems from hackers and cybercriminals. To gain skills that are in high demand across industries.
Businesses need to protect sensitive data and comply with regulations. Individuals need to safeguard their privacy and prevent identity theft. Cybersecurity knowledge is critical in today’s increasingly digital world.
Popular certifications include: CompTIA Security+ Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP)

Cloud Certification

A Cloud Certification validates your expertise in cloud computing technologies, tools, and platforms like AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud, or others.
Cloud computing is crucial because: It enables businesses to store, manage, and process data efficiently. It reduces infrastructure costs and improves scalability.
A Cloud Certification can help you: Qualify for roles like Cloud Engineer, Architect, or Consultant. Enhance your earning potential with industry-recognized credentials. Stay competitive in an ever-evolving tech landscape.
For businesses, cloud-certified professionals: Help streamline cloud adoption and operations. Improve efficiency by leveraging cloud-based solutions. Enhance security and reduce downtime.
You can pursue roles such as: Cloud Solutions Architect Cloud Engineer DevOps Engineer Cloud Security Specialist
Validates your technical expertise in cloud platforms. Increases your credibility and demand in the job market. Helps you stand out in interviews and promotions.
Yes, cloud computing is a future-proof career, with demand expected to grow as businesses continue to shift towards cloud-based infrastructure.
Depending on the certification, you may learn: AWS (Amazon Web Services) Microsoft Azure Google Cloud Platform Kubernetes and Docker for containerization
Cloud-certified professionals often earn higher salaries, with entry-level roles starting at $70,000+ and senior roles exceeding $150,000 annually.
Cloud computing is reshaping IT with scalable, cost-effective, and innovative solutions. It supports technologies like AI, IoT, and Big Data, making it a cornerstone of digital transformation.

Data Analytics

Data Analytics is the process of analyzing raw data to uncover patterns, trends, and insights that help organizations make informed decisions.
Data Analytics is crucial because: It helps businesses understand customer behavior. It identifies trends that drive better decision-making. It improves operational efficiency and helps optimize resources. It provides a competitive edge in today’s data-driven world.
You’ll gain in-demand skills required across industries. It opens doors to high-paying careers in the field of data. You’ll learn to make data-driven decisions, valuable in any role or business.
In today’s digital age, data is everywhere. The ability to analyze and interpret data is essential for staying competitive, solving problems, and driving success in any organization.
You can pursue roles like: Data Analyst Business Analyst Data Scientist (with advanced skills) Marketing Analyst Financial Analyst
The course typically includes: Data management tools (Excel, SQL). Programming languages (Python, R). Visualization tools (Tableau, Power BI).
Data Analytics professionals are in demand across industries, including: Finance and Banking Healthcare Retail and E-commerce IT and Technology

HR Management

HR Management is essential because: It ensures the recruitment and retention of talented employees. It helps in creating a productive and positive work culture. It manages employee performance and development.
Recruitment and talent acquisition strategies. Employee development and training techniques. Conflict resolution and negotiation skills. Performance management and appraisal systems.
Provides you with a broad set of skills to manage human resources effectively. Prepares you for senior HR roles, such as HR Manager, Talent Acquisition Specialist, or HR Director.
Aspiring HR professionals looking to start a career in HR. Managers and leaders looking to improve their people management skills. Entrepreneurs and small business owners who need to manage a growing workforce.
The course typically includes: Recruitment and selection processes. Employee training and development strategies. Employee engagement and retention strategies. Legal aspects of HR management.
HR Management helps businesses by: Ensuring that the right people are hired for the right roles. Creating a productive and positive work environment. Managing employee performance to align with company goals.
A motivated and engaged workforce. Better decision-making based on people management insights. Higher productivity and profitability by ensuring employees are well-trained and supported.
Yes, HR Management is a stable and growing field. As businesses expand and require more skilled professionals, the demand for HR specialists continues to rise across various industries.
The duration varies, but it typically takes anywhere from a few weeks to several months, depending on the course format (e.g., part-time, full-time, online, or in-person).
Practical knowledge applicable to real-world HR scenarios. A deep understanding of human resource strategies and best practices. Opportunities for networking with industry experts and professionals.

Management Skills

Fundamentals of data collection, cleaning, and preprocessing. Programming languages like Python or R. Statistical and mathematical concepts. Machine learning and predictive modeling.
Data Science is one of the fastest-growing fields with high demand for skilled professionals. It equips you with problem-solving and analytical skills that are valuable in any industry. It offers lucrative career opportunities in various sectors.
Programming languages: Python, R Libraries: Pandas, NumPy, Matplotlib, Scikit-learn Machine Learning Frameworks: TensorFlow, PyTorch Databases: SQL
It helps businesses make informed, data-driven decisions. It uncovers trends, patterns, and insights hidden in data. It drives innovation and improves business efficiency.
Fundamentals of data collection, cleaning, and preprocessing. Programming languages like Python or R. Statistical and mathematical concepts.
Data Science is one of the fastest-growing fields with high demand for skilled professionals. It equips you with problem-solving and analytical skills that are valuable in any industry. It offers lucrative career opportunities in various sectors.
Beginners interested in data-related careers. Professionals looking to transition into data science roles. Business owners who want to leverage data for growth.
Programming languages: Python, R Libraries: Pandas, NumPy, Matplotlib, Scikit-learn Machine Learning Frameworks: TensorFlow, PyTorch Databases: SQL
Data Scientist Data Analyst Machine Learning Engineer Business Intelligence Analyst
While both involve analyzing data, Data Science focuses more on building models, machine learning, and predicting outcomes, whereas Business Analytics emphasizes using data for solving business problems and improving decision-making.
Data is being generated at an unprecedented scale, and organizations need experts to make sense of it. Data Science helps solve complex real-world problems.
Healthcare Finance E-commerce Technology Retail
The field is rapidly growing, with a shortage of skilled professionals. Businesses increasingly rely on data for decision-making. Early entry into the field can provide a competitive advantage.
This course is important because: It equips individuals with the tools to lead teams and handle responsibilities effectively. Strong management skills are essential for personal and professional growth. Good managers directly impact organizational success and team productivity.

Project Management

Project Management is critical because: It ensures projects are completed on time and within budget. It improves resource allocation and efficiency. It helps organizations achieve goals while minimizing risks.
This course covers: Project planning, scheduling, and budgeting. Risk management and mitigation strategies. Leadership and team management skills.
It equips you with essential skills to lead and manage projects effectively. It opens doors to leadership roles across industries. It provides certifications like PMP (Project Management Professional), which are highly valued in the job market.
Most courses do not require prior experience. However, basic knowledge of business processes or team collaboration can be helpful.
You can pursue roles like Project Manager, Program Manager, or Team Leader. It improves your problem-solving, leadership, and organizational skills.
IT and Software Development Construction and Engineering Marketing and Advertising Healthcare and Education Finance and Manufacturing
It minimizes delays and cost overruns. It ensures clear communication between teams and stakeholders. It helps organizations achieve goals more effectively.
It minimizes delays and cost overruns. It ensures clear communication between teams and stakeholders. It helps organizations achieve goals more effectively.
It equips you with the skills to manage projects effectively. Helps you learn how to handle team dynamics and communication. Prepares you for leadership roles in various industries.

Personal Productivity

This course is ideal for anyone who feels overwhelmed by their workload, struggles with procrastination, or wants to achieve more in less time. Whether you’re a student, a professional, a business owner, or someone managing multiple responsibilities, this course will equip you with practical skills to improve your efficiency and focus.
By taking this course, you’ll learn how to identify and eliminate time-wasting habits, develop a clear action plan for your goals, and increase your focus and concentration.
Yes, most personal productivity courses include training on various tools and apps that can help streamline your daily tasks. These might include task management tools like Trello or Asana, note-taking apps like Evernote, or calendar tools like Google Calendar. However, the focus is not just on tools but on building habits that drive sustainable productivity.
Yes, personal productivity is a lifelong skill that adapts and grows with you. Once you learn how to effectively manage your time, energy, and priorities, you can apply these principles throughout your life, regardless of your goals or circumstances.
By helping you stay organized, reduce stress, and create time for both work and personal interests, personal productivity enhances your mental clarity and emotional health. It enables you to focus on what truly matters, which leads to a more fulfilling and balanced life.
This course helps you become more self-aware, improve your interpersonal skills, handle conflicts better, and make more thoughtful decisions.
Yes, it equips you with soft skills like empathy, teamwork, and effective communication, which are highly valued in the workplace and critical for leadership roles.
The course includes self-awareness, empathy, emotional regulation, social skills, and building resilience.

Emotional Intelligence

Personal productivity is crucial because it directly impacts how well we perform in both our professional and personal lives. It helps reduce stress, improve efficiency, and ensure that important tasks are completed on time. Being productive allows you to focus on what truly matters, make better decisions, and create a sense of accomplishment.
EI is essential for building better relationships, improving communication, managing stress, and enhancing leadership skills in both personal and professional settings.
Anyone who wants to improve their emotional skills, including professionals, students, leaders, and individuals seeking personal growth, can benefit from this course.
This course helps you become more self-aware, improve your interpersonal skills, handle conflicts better, and make more thoughtful decisions.
This course helps you become more self-aware, improve your interpersonal skills, handle conflicts better, and make more thoughtful decisions.
Websites are essential for businesses to establish an online presence, attract customers, and grow in the digital world.

Data Science

Fundamentals of data collection, cleaning, and preprocessing. Programming languages like Python or R. Statistical and mathematical concepts. Machine learning and predictive modeling.
Data Science is one of the fastest-growing fields with high demand for skilled professionals. It equips you with problem-solving and analytical skills that are valuable in any industry. It offers lucrative career opportunities in various sectors.
It helps businesses make informed, data-driven decisions. It uncovers trends, patterns, and insights hidden in data. It drives innovation and improves business efficiency. It plays a key role in industries like healthcare, finance, e-commerce, and technology.
Python’s popularity stems from: Its easy-to-learn syntax, making it beginner-friendly. A vast collection of libraries and frameworks for various applications. Its active community and extensive documentation.

Python

Its easy-to-learn syntax, making it beginner-friendly. A vast collection of libraries and frameworks for various applications. Its active community and extensive documentation.
Web development: Using frameworks like Django and Flask. Data analysis and visualization: With libraries like Pandas, NumPy, Matplotlib, and Seaborn. Machine learning and AI: Using TensorFlow, PyTorch, or Scikit-learn. Automation: For scripting and automating repetitive tasks. Game development: Using Pygame. Web scraping: With tools like BeautifulSoup and Scrapy.
Easy-to-learn and write. Platform-independent (cross-platform). Extensive library support. Open-source and free. Suitable for small and large projects. Supports multiple programming paradigms (object-oriented, procedural, functional).
Building websites and web apps (e.g., Instagram, Spotify). Analyzing large datasets in data science.
Install Python from python.org. Use an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) like PyCharm, VS Code, Jupyter Notebook, or even the default IDLE.
Basic concepts can be learned in a few weeks. Proficiency in specific domains (e.g., data science, web development) may take a few months, depending on your pace and practice.
Yes, Python is open-source and free for personal and commercial use.
Python is widely used in: Technology (Google, Netflix, Spotify) Healthcare (medical imaging, diagnostics) Finance (risk analysis, algorithmic trading) Education (teaching programming).
Python is simpler and more beginner-friendly compared to Java, C++, or JavaScript. It has a wide range of libraries that minimize the need for writing complex code. Python emphasizes readability and efficiency.
For data science: Pandas, NumPy, Matplotlib, Seaborn For machine learning: TensorFlow, PyTorch, Scikit-learn For web development: Django, Flask For web scraping: BeautifulSoup, Scrapy For automation: Selenium, PyAutoGUI
Yes, but Python is not the primary choice for mobile app development. Tools like Kivy and BeeWare can be used to create Python-based mobile apps.
Clean and readable syntax. Large community and resources. Extensive libraries for diverse use cases. Platform-independent, allowing you to write once and run anywhere.
Yes! Python has libraries like Pygame that allow you to develop 2D games. However, for high-performance 3D games, other languages like C++ are often preferred.
Work on small projects like calculators, to-do apps, or games. Participate in coding challenges on platforms like HackerRank, LeetCode, or Codewars. Contribute to open-source projects.
Python offers powerful libraries like Matplotlib, Seaborn, and Plotly to create detailed and interactive visualizations, making it popular in data science.

Machine Learning

It helps solve complex problems by analyzing large datasets. It powers innovations like personalized recommendations, autonomous vehicles, and medical diagnoses. It’s a key driver of AI advancements and automation.
ML works by using algorithms to find patterns in data, make predictions, and improve with experience. The process typically involves: Collecting data Preprocessing data Choosing an algorithm
Yes, basic programming skills are necessary, especially in languages like Python, which is widely used in Machine Learning.
Python: Most popular due to libraries like TensorFlow, PyTorch, and Scikit-learn. R: Often used for statistical analysis and data visualization. Java: Preferred in enterprise-level applications.
TensorFlow and PyTorch: For building and training ML models. Scikit-learn: For simpler ML tasks. Keras: For deep learning. Pandas and NumPy: For data manipulation and analysis. Matplotlib and Seaborn: For data visualization.
ML can be challenging for beginners due to its reliance on mathematics and programming. However, with structured learning and practice, it becomes manageable.
ML opens doors to roles such as: Machine Learning Engineer Data Scientist AI Specialist Research Scientist NLP Engineer
ML continues to grow, with applications expanding into fields like: Robotics and automation. Advanced healthcare systems. Climate change and environmental monitoring. Real-time language translation and AI-driven creativity.
Begin with the basics of Python and data manipulation using libraries like Pandas and NumPy. Learn fundamental ML concepts and algorithms. Practice building models using Scikit-learn, TensorFlow, or PyTorch. Work on real-world projects to gain hands-on experience.

ChatGPT

It helps individuals and businesses understand how to utilize AI tools effectively. It enables users to automate tasks, enhance productivity, and improve customer interactions. It teaches ethical and responsible use of AI tools.
You will learn: The basics of AI and natural language processing (NLP). How ChatGPT works and how to use it effectively. Tips and tricks for prompt engineering (writing effective inputs for desired outputs).
ChatGPT stands out for its ability to generate natural, human-like text. It is versatile, easy to use, and adaptable for various industries and tasks.
To improve efficiency and save time on repetitive tasks. To enhance customer experience through AI-driven support. To leverage AI for market research, content generation, and automation.
Automates repetitive tasks like drafting emails or summarizing documents. Provides quick answers to questions and simplifies problem-solving. Assists in organizing ideas, creating templates, and generating insights.
ChatGPT can generate: Articles, blogs, and reports. Social media captions and posts. Email drafts and professional messages.
Yes! ChatGPT can: Generate code snippets. Debug errors in code. Explain programming concepts.
ChatGPT may occasionally provide incorrect or outdated information. It can sometimes generate irrelevant or verbose responses. Its effectiveness depends on the quality of the input (prompt).
AI is transforming industries, and knowing how to use ChatGPT can give you a competitive edge. It’s a versatile tool that can enhance both personal and professional productivity.
Yes, ChatGPT can assist by: Providing step-by-step guides and tutorials. Answering questions and explaining complex concepts. Offering study plans and practice exercises for various topics.
A good prompt is clear, specific, and includes all necessary details. For example: Vague: “Write about AI.” Clear: “Write a 500-word article explaining the basics of AI and its applications in healthcare.”
Yes! Businesses can learn how to use ChatGPT to: Automate repetitive tasks. Generate content for marketing campaigns. Provide consistent and efficient customer support.

Deep Learning

A Deep Learning course is crucial for gaining expertise in advanced AI technologies, understanding how neural networks work, and applying them to solve real-world problems in fields like healthcare, finance, and robotics.
In a Deep Learning course, you will learn about neural network architectures such as CNNs, RNNs, and Transformers, how to use frameworks like TensorFlow and PyTorch, and how to apply these skills in areas like image classification, natural language processing, and recommendation systems.
This course is designed for anyone passionate about AI, including data scientists, software developers, and researchers who want to build expertise in deep learning and its applications.
While prior knowledge of programming (preferably Python), basic mathematics (linear algebra and probability), and foundational machine learning concepts is recommended, beginner-friendly courses often provide introductory modules to help you get started.
The time required depends on your background and the depth of the course, but most learners can master the fundamentals and start building projects within 2–3 months of consistent effort.
While Deep Learning involves advanced topics like mathematics and programming, with structured learning resources and hands-on projects, it becomes manageable for motivated learners willing to invest time.
Deep Learning expertise opens up lucrative career opportunities in roles like AI Engineer, Data Scientist, NLP Engineer, and Computer Vision Specialist, as demand for skilled professionals in AI continues to rise.
Industries such as healthcare, automotive, finance, retail, and technology leverage Deep Learning for tasks like disease diagnosis, self-driving cars, fraud detection, personalized recommendations, and AI-powered applications.
Ethical issues in Deep Learning include the potential for biased outcomes due to unbalanced training data, risks to privacy when handling sensitive information, and concerns about job displacement through automation.
Python is the preferred language for Deep Learning due to its simplicity, extensive libraries (TensorFlow, PyTorch, and Keras), and robust ecosystem for data manipulation and visualization.
The future of Deep Learning is promising, with advancements in AI leading to breakthroughs in fields like healthcare, autonomous systems, and climate science, offering exciting opportunities for innovation and research.

Web Development

Websites are essential for businesses to establish an online presence, attract customers, and grow in the digital world.
Anyone interested in building websites or pursuing a career in tech, including beginners and professionals looking to upgrade their skills.
You’ll learn how to code, design responsive websites, and use technologies like HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and frameworks like React or Angular.
It opens up opportunities in fields like web development, UI/UX design, and software development, which are in high demand.
With businesses moving online, web development skills are critical for creating functional and visually appealing websites.
You’ll learn to use text editors, version control systems like Git, and frameworks like Bootstrap, along with coding languages.
Yes, this course equips you with the skills to work on freelance projects or start your own web development business.
Yes, web development is a growing field with plenty of job opportunities and high earning potential.
This course gives you the skills to create modern, responsive websites, making you valuable in the tech industry or for starting your own business.
Yes, you’ll have the skills to design and develop your own fully functional website by the end of the course.

JavaScript

JavaScript powers most websites and web applications. It’s essential for front-end development and helps create engaging user experiences.
Anyone interested in web development, including beginners, students, or professionals looking to enhance their coding skills.
No prior coding experience is required, but basic knowledge of HTML and CSS can be helpful.
You can create websites, mobile apps, games, interactive tools, and even backend applications using frameworks like Node.js
JavaScript is one of the most in-demand programming languages. Learning it opens career opportunities in web development, app development, and software engineering.
You’ll learn to use tools like text editors (VS Code), JavaScript libraries (jQuery), and frameworks (React, Node.js).
You can work as a Front-end Developer, Full-stack Developer, Web Developer, or Software Engineer.

Communication

Communication is essential for building relationships, influencing decisions, and achieving success in any profession. It enhances collaboration and problem-solving.
It improves your ability to express ideas clearly, listen actively, and communicate persuasively, making you more effective in both professional and personal interactions.
Anyone looking to improve their communication skills—whether you're a student, professional, or entrepreneur—can benefit from this course.
You will learn to improve your verbal and non-verbal communication, public speaking, presentation skills, and how to communicate in diverse environments.
Effective communication in business fosters teamwork, resolves conflicts, builds trust, and enhances customer relationships, leading to better outcomes.
This course opens doors to careers in marketing, public relations, management, customer service, and more.
Strong communication skills are crucial for effective leadership as they enable clear vision-sharing, motivation, and conflict resolution within teams.
In an increasingly interconnected world, clear and effective communication is essential for success in the workplace, education, and social life.

Presentation Skills

Presentation skills are crucial for clear communication, influencing others, and boosting professional success in meetings, pitches, and conferences.
This course is for anyone looking to improve their public speaking, whether for business, education, or personal growth.
You’ll learn techniques for creating compelling presentations, improving body language, mastering voice modulation, and handling audience questions.
Improved presentation skills can enhance your career by making you more persuasive, confident, and effective in conveying ideas.
Strong presentation skills make you more effective in leadership roles, client interactions, and public speaking opportunities, leading to career advancement.
You will be trained on business presentations, sales pitches, educational talks, and conference speeches.
This course is designed to help you engage any audience, improve your communication skills, and make a lasting impact.
Yes, it focuses on techniques to manage anxiety and build confidence, helping you present with ease.

Public Speaking

Public speaking is crucial because it helps you express ideas clearly, build confidence, and influence others in both professional and personal settings.
Anyone looking to improve their communication skills, whether for business presentations, job interviews, or personal development.
You’ll learn how to organize speeches, use body language, engage the audience, manage nervousness, and deliver impactful presentations.
It will boost your confidence, improve your persuasive abilities, and make you a more effective communicator in any environment.
It’s essential for career advancement, networking, leadership roles, and influencing decisions in various aspects of life.
Strong public speaking skills enhance your ability to lead, present ideas, and interact effectively, making you stand out in the workplace.
The course provides techniques to manage anxiety, such as breathing exercises and practice strategies, to help you speak confidently in front of any audience.
With consistent practice, you can start seeing improvements in a few weeks, but becoming highly skilled takes time and experience.
This course covers various speaking formats, including formal presentations, speeches, persuasive talks, and impromptu speaking.
Yes, it helps you connect with others, build rapport, and leave a lasting impression, which is crucial for successful networking.
Absolutely! You'll gain skills to articulate your thoughts clearly, present yourself confidently, and engage effectively with interviewers.

Creative Writing

It enhances communication skills, boosts creativity, and helps individuals connect with others through storytelling.
You’ll develop writing skills, storytelling techniques, character creation, and how to craft compelling narratives.
It helps unlock your creativity, improves writing proficiency, and builds confidence in expressing ideas through writing.
Anyone passionate about writing, whether you're an aspiring author, blogger, or looking to improve your writing for personal or professional growth.
Yes, it enhances communication, writing, and critical thinking skills, which are valuable in many careers such as marketing, journalism, and content creation.
You’ll explore different forms, including fiction, poetry, screenwriting, and creative nonfiction.
Yes, writing is an essential skill for content creation, storytelling, and communication, making it highly valuable in many fields.
By analyzing characters, plots, and themes, you learn to think critically and approach problems from different angles.
Yes, the course will equip you with the necessary skills to write professionally and potentially publish your work.
Creative Writing focuses on self-expression, imagination, and storytelling, unlike technical or academic writing courses.

PowerPoint

PowerPoint is essential for creating visually appealing presentations that communicate ideas clearly in business, education, and other professional settings.
You’ll learn how to design slides, use templates, insert media, add animations, and present confidently.
This course is for anyone who needs to create professional presentations, from students to business professionals.
It will enhance your ability to communicate ideas effectively, making you more valuable in meetings, presentations, and interviews.
PowerPoint allows you to create slideshows, add multimedia elements, and use advanced features like animations and transitions.
To improve your presentation skills and create more professional, engaging presentations.
Yes, PowerPoint is widely used in business for meetings, reports, pitches, and training.
Many roles in marketing, sales, education, and management require PowerPoint proficiency for creating presentations.

Office Management

Effective office management is crucial for smooth operations, improved productivity, and ensuring the organization runs efficiently.
It equips you with essential administrative and organizational skills that are in high demand in various industries.
This course is ideal for aspiring office managers, administrative assistants, and anyone looking to improve their office management skills.
You’ll learn office administration, time management, document handling, and how to use office software and technology effectively.
It improves workplace organization, streamlines processes, and ensures tasks are completed efficiently, benefiting the overall productivity of a business.
Graduates can pursue roles like office manager, administrative assistant, executive assistant, or office coordinator.
Yes, effective office management is needed in almost every industry, from healthcare to finance and education.
This course provides practical knowledge and skills that are highly valued in any professional setting, helping you stand out in the job market.

Business management

It equips you with the skills to manage teams, make decisions, and solve problems effectively, which are crucial for business success.
Anyone interested in leadership roles, entrepreneurs, or professionals looking to enhance their management capabilities.
You’ll learn leadership, communication, financial management, strategic thinking, and organizational skills.
It opens doors to managerial positions and enhances your ability to make informed, strategic decisions.
Effective business management drives organizational success, improves efficiency, and enables growth in a competitive market.
You can work in roles like project manager, operations manager, business consultant, or entrepreneur.
You will learn how to manage operations, lead teams, understand business strategies, and make data-driven decisions.
It helps businesses run efficiently, improve profitability, and adapt to market changes with effective leadership and management practices.

Project Managementt

It helps you develop the skills to manage complex projects, lead teams, and ensure successful project delivery, which is essential for organizational growth.
Anyone looking to pursue a career in project management, professionals aiming to upskill, or those in leadership roles handling projects.
You will learn project planning, risk management, time management, budgeting, and team leadership skills, among others.
It prepares you for roles in various industries, helps you increase efficiency in project execution, and boosts your leadership and problem-solving capabilities.
Effective project management ensures that goals are achieved on time, within budget, and to the desired quality, driving business success.
You will gain knowledge of project management tools like Microsoft Project, Asana, Trello, and project management methodologies such as Agile and Waterfall.
Yes, project management is in high demand across industries, offering strong career growth opportunities and the potential for high-paying roles.
Yes, project management is in high demand across industries, offering strong career growth opportunities and the potential for high-paying roles.
This course is ideal for sales professionals, customer service representatives, business development managers, or anyone interested in managing client accounts and improving customer relationships.
You will learn communication, negotiation, relationship-building, sales strategies, customer retention techniques, and how to handle client concerns effectively.

Account Management

It enhances your ability to manage and nurture client relationships, which is crucial for career growth in fields like sales, business development, and customer success.
It’s essential because strong account management leads to long-term client relationships, repeat business, and the ability to identify new business opportunities.
This course is ideal for sales professionals, customer service representatives, business development managers, or anyone interested in managing client accounts and improving customer relationships.
It enhances your ability to manage and nurture client relationships, which is crucial for career growth in fields like sales, business development, and customer success.
Account management ensures clients are satisfied, loyal, and continue doing business with you, which drives revenue and builds a positive company reputation.
You can pursue roles like Account Manager, Client Relationship Manager, Customer Success Manager, or Sales Executive in a variety of industries.
You will learn about CRM (Customer Relationship Management) software, communication tools, and methods for tracking and improving account performance.
The course duration can vary, typically lasting a few weeks to a few months depending on the structure of the program.
Yes, account management is a rewarding career with high growth potential, offering opportunities to work with diverse clients and industries.

E-commerce

This course is ideal for entrepreneurs, small business owners, marketers, or anyone interested in entering the world of online retail and digital sales.
You’ll learn how to build an online store, manage e-commerce platforms (like Shopify or WooCommerce), digital marketing strategies, customer service, and sales conversion techniques.
It helps you understand the e-commerce ecosystem, enabling you to launch your own online business, manage existing e-commerce platforms, or pursue a career in digital marketing or e-commerce management.
E-commerce allows businesses to reach a global audience, streamline sales processes, and enhance customer experiences, leading to increased revenue and growth.
You can pursue roles such as E-commerce Manager, Online Store Manager, Digital Marketing Specialist, or Social Media Manager in various industries.
You will learn to use popular e-commerce platforms like Shopify, WooCommerce, and Magento, as well as tools for payment processing, inventory management, and digital marketing (Google Ads, social media).
Yes, e-commerce is a rapidly growing field with numerous opportunities for career advancement as businesses continue to expand online operations

Six Sigma Certificate

A Six Sigma Certificate course teaches you how to use Six Sigma methodologies to improve business processes by reducing defects and inefficiencies, resulting in better quality and performance.
Six Sigma provides organizations with a structured approach to process improvement, helping businesses reduce costs, enhance quality, and increase customer satisfaction, which is vital for long-term success.
This course is ideal for professionals in quality management, operations, project management, or anyone aiming to improve process efficiency and problem-solving skills.
You will learn Six Sigma principles, DMAIC (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control) methodology, statistical analysis tools, and how to lead process improvement projects.
A Six Sigma certification is recognized globally, helping you stand out in the job market and enabling you to take on roles that focus on quality control and process optimization.
Six Sigma helps businesses streamline processes, reduce waste, improve product quality, and increase customer satisfaction, leading to higher profitability and efficiency.
You can pursue roles like Six Sigma Black Belt, Process Improvement Manager, Quality Control Analyst, Operations Manager, or Project Manager in various industries.
You’ll learn to use statistical tools like Minitab, root cause analysis, process mapping, and control charts to manage and improve processes.
The course duration depends on the certification level (Green Belt, Black Belt) and typically ranges from a few weeks to several months.
Yes, Six Sigma is a widely recognized certification in the business world, and professionals with Six Sigma certifications often earn higher salaries and have more career advancement opportunities.

Microsoft Certifications

Microsoft certifications are globally recognized and can help you stand out in the job market, enhance your credibility, and increase your career opportunities in IT, software development, and business management.
This certification is ideal for IT professionals, system administrators, developers, business analysts, or anyone seeking to improve their proficiency in Microsoft tools and technologies.
You will gain expertise in specific Microsoft products, from software like Word and Excel to more complex systems like Azure and SQL Server, and enhance your ability to troubleshoot, manage, and optimize IT environments.
A Microsoft certification can lead to new job opportunities, career advancement, and higher salaries. It demonstrates your ability to efficiently use Microsoft products, which are essential in many businesses worldwide.
You can pursue roles like IT Specialist, Systems Administrator, Software Developer, Database Administrator, Cloud Architect, and many others in various industries.
The time to complete a certification varies depending on the level and your prior knowledge, ranging from a few weeks to several months of study and practice.
Yes, Microsoft certifications are widely recognized and respected by employers worldwide, making them a great way to boost your professional reputation and career.

Cisco Certifications

What is a Cisco Certification?
Cisco Certifications are globally recognized in the networking industry. They help demonstrate your proficiency with Cisco products and systems, making you more competitive in the job market and opening doors to higher-paying roles.
This certification is ideal for IT professionals, network administrators, systems engineers, or anyone looking to specialize in networking technologies and Cisco solutions.
You will gain expertise in areas such as network configuration, troubleshooting, security protocols, wireless networks, cloud computing, and internet of things (IoT) technologies.
Cisco certifications can significantly enhance your job prospects, help you secure higher-level networking roles, and increase your earning potential by validating your expertise with Cisco technologies.
The time to complete a Cisco certification varies depending on the level of certification and your prior experience, but typically ranges from a few months to a year.
Yes, Cisco Certifications are globally recognized and respected in the networking industry, making them valuable for advancing your career in IT and networking.

Tableau Certifications

Tableau is widely used across industries, and having this certification proves your ability to create impactful data visualizations, which can boost your career prospects and open opportunities for higher-level roles in data analytics and business intelligence.
An HR Certification is a credential that validates your knowledge and skills in human resources management, including areas like recruitment, employee relations, compensation, training, and organizational development.
HR Certification enhances your professional credibility, demonstrates your commitment to the field, and helps you stay updated with the latest HR practices and laws, making you more competitive in the job market.
This certification is ideal for current HR professionals, managers, or anyone looking to enter the human resources field and advance their career in people management and organizational development.
You will gain knowledge in areas like talent acquisition, employee engagement, performance management, compensation and benefits, labor laws, HR technologies, and strategic HR planning.
HR certifications can lead to career advancement, increase your earning potential, and open opportunities for senior HR roles by demonstrating your expertise and commitment to the HR profession.
You can pursue roles such as HR Manager, Talent Acquisition Specialist, HR Business Partner, Compensation and Benefits Analyst, Training and Development Manager, and HR Director.
The time to complete HR certification depends on your experience and the certification level, typically ranging from a few months of preparation to a year or more for higher-level certifications.
Yes, certifications like those offered by SHRM and HRCI are recognized worldwide and respected by employers in various industries.

Human Resources

A Tableau Certification validates your skills and knowledge in using Tableau’s data visualization and business intelligence software to analyze, visualize, and share data insights effectively.
Tableau is one of the most widely used data visualization tools in the industry. A Tableau Certification demonstrates your proficiency with this powerful tool, helping you stand out to employers and advance in data analytics and business intelligence roles.
This certification is ideal for data analysts, business analysts, data scientists, and anyone working with data who wants to improve their ability to visualize and communicate insights using Tableau.
The time to complete a Tableau certification depends on your prior experience and the certification level. It typically takes a few weeks to a few months of study and practice.
Yes, Tableau Certifications are recognized worldwide and are highly regarded by employers in industries that rely on data analytics and business intelligence.

Nail Art

Nail art refers to any design, decoration, or embellishment applied to the nails. It can include painting, stickers, gems, stamping, and more. Nail art is used to enhance the appearance of natural nails or to complement a manicure.
Regular Polish: Typically lasts 5-7 days before chipping or fading. Gel Nail Art: Lasts 2-3 weeks with proper care. Acrylic or Dip Powder Nails: Last about 2-3 weeks as well.
Harsh Removal: Ripping off nail art or using acetone for prolonged periods can weaken nails. Incorrect Application: Using too much product or applying too many layers can cause nails to weaken over time. Acrylic or Gel Nails: If not removed properly or maintained, they can cause nail thinning or lifting.
Nail art can be safe for kids, but make sure to use non-toxic, kid-friendly polishes and products. Avoid using sharp tools or chemicals like acetone, and always supervise young children when applying nail art.
Clean Your Nails,Shape Your Nails,Push Back Cuticles,Buff the Surface,Hydrate Your Nails and Apply a Base Coat.
Yes, it’s best to trim your nails to your desired length and shape before applying nail art or any manicure. This helps ensure that the nails are even and smooth for a polished look.
Apply a Top Coat,Hydrate Your Nails,Avoid Water Exposure, and Avoid Using Nails as Tools
Use a Base Coat , Buff Your Nails and Nail Whitening Products
Yes, when done by professionals using quality products. Avoid peeling off polish or over-filing to prevent damage.
Gel nail art uses gel polish that is cured under UV/LED light, making it last longer. Regular polish dries naturally and may chip sooner.
Absolutely! You can bring your own design idea or choose from samples provided by the technician.
Avoid using nails as tools, wear gloves while cleaning, and apply cuticle oil daily to keep them healthy.
Yes, nail art can be applied on natural nails, gel extensions, or acrylics.
Yes, but it's best to wait 1–2 hours (for regular polish) or wear gloves if it's frequent.
Yes, but choose non-toxic, pregnancy-safe polish and ensure proper ventilation.
Yes, there are gentle and fun designs for children too.
A clear protective layer applied over nail art to seal and protect the design.
Only regular polish; for gel or acrylic art, it’s best to get professional removal.
Designs that pop out, using accessories like stones, studs, bows, and beads.
Definitely! We offer designs for festivals, holidays, and events.
We accept cash, bank transfer, or online payment link (shared before or after service).
Please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours before your appointment to avoid late charges.

Acrylic Nails

Acrylic nails are artificial nail extensions made from a mixture of liquid monomer and powder polymer that hardens to form a durable nail. They can be customized in length, shape, and design.
Acrylic nails typically last 2-3 weeks before they need a refill. However, the longevity depends on the growth rate of your natural nails and how well you care for them.
If applied and removed correctly, acrylic nails generally do not damage your natural nails. However, improper removal or constant use without breaks can lead to weakened nails, thinning, or lifting.
Yes, acrylic nails are an excellent base for painting or doing nail art. You can add polish, gel art, glitter, rhinestones, and more to acrylic nails for a custom design.
Acrylic nails should be professionally removed at a salon, or you can soak them in acetone for 15-20 minutes, then gently lift the acrylic with a cuticle pusher. Never force acrylic nails off, as this can cause damage to your natural nails.
Yes, acrylic nails can be refilled. When your natural nails grow, the acrylic becomes detached from the nail bed, and a refill involves applying fresh acrylic to fill in the gap.
Clean and Shape: File your nails and clean the nail beds. Cuticle Care: Gently push back your cuticles and remove any excess skin. Buff the Nails: Lightly buff your nails to ensure a smooth surface for acrylic application. Hydrate Your Nails: Apply a nourishing cuticle oil to keep your nails hydrated before the procedure.
Yes, it’s important to have old acrylic nails removed professionally or safely at home with acetone to prevent damaging your natural nails before applying new acrylic nails.
Avoid Using Your Nails as Tools,Hydrate Your Nails,Avoid Excessive Water Exposure and Avoid Harsh Chemicals
Soak in Acetone: Soak your nails in acetone for about 15-20 minutes to dissolve the acrylic. After soaking, gently scrape the acrylic off with a cuticle pusher. Avoid Pulling: Never force acrylic nails off as it can damage your natural nails.
Yes, French tips are one of the most popular styles on acrylic nails.
Every 2 to 3 weeks as your natural nails grow out
New acrylic is added to the regrowth area and the surface is re-shaped and polished.
You can, but it’s better to let a professional handle shaping to avoid damaging the structure.
When a visible gap appears near your cuticle or the nails begin to lift.
Improper application, oil on the nail plate, or water exposure can cause lifting.
It’s best to visit a professional, but for emergencies, you can glue and buff lightly until repaired.
Mild discomfort can occur due to pressure or sensitivity. If pain persists, see your technician.
Yes, if moisture gets trapped between the acrylic and your natural nail or if tools are not sterilized.
They are soaked in acetone until soft, then gently removed with a cuticle pusher.
Yes, but it must be done carefully to avoid damage.
Around 30–45 minutes.
Apply cuticle oil, nail strengthener, and moisturizer to help restore nail health.
Avoid excessive water, use gloves when cleaning, and moisturize your cuticles daily.
Avoid using nails as tools and schedule regular touch-ups.
Yes, but excessive water exposure can weaken the bond.
It varies – typically AED 100–300 depending on design, location, and DESIGN.
Basic polish may be included; detailed nail art is usually charged extra.
Yes! Many salons offer in-home nail technician services for your comfort.
Cash, online transfer, bank payment, or card (depending on the salon).
No need – your technician will shape and prepare them.
Yes, though it’s best to be in a well-ventilated area due to product fumes.
Absolutely! They’re perfect for weddings, birthdays, and parties.
No, your natural nails continue growing under the acrylic.
Yes, but wear gloves to avoid weakening or lifting.
Yes, though there’s a short adjustment period.
Acrylic is air-dried, while hard gel is cured under UV light and more flexible.
Yes! Acrylics can help stop nail biting and allow your natural nails to grow.
Yes, anyone can get acrylic nails for styling or nail protection.
Yes, but it's more common on fingernails and requires extra care.
Dip powder doesn’t use monomer liquid and offers a lighter, odor-free option.
Use our online booking form, call us, or WhatsApp at 0562871241
We recommend booking at least 3 days ahead, especially on weekends.
Yes—up to 24 hours before your slot at no charge.
Yes, we accept all major debit and credit cards, including Visa, Mastercard, and American Express.
Yes—pre-payment is available via secure online payment links we send through WhatsApp or email.
Absolutely. We use encrypted payment gateways to protect your personal and card information.
Yes—our team carries portable POS machines for card and tap payments at your doorstep.

Blockchain

Blockchain is a rapidly growing technology with applications across industries. A Blockchain Certification demonstrates your expertise in this field, making you a valuable asset for businesses adopting blockchain solutions for security, transparency, and efficiency.
This certification is ideal for developers, IT professionals, business analysts, or anyone interested in understanding how blockchain works and how to integrate it into business operations.
You will gain expertise in blockchain concepts, smart contracts, cryptocurrencies, decentralized applications (DApps), blockchain development tools, and how blockchain is used in various sectors.
Blockchain technology is in high demand, and certification can help you stand out in the job market, opening up opportunities for roles in blockchain development, blockchain consulting, cryptocurrency, and enterprise blockchain solutions.
Blockchain offers businesses increased security, transparency, and efficiency. By eliminating intermediaries, it reduces costs, enhances data integrity, and allows for more secure transactions, making it valuable for industries like finance, supply chain, and healthcare.
You can pursue roles such as Blockchain Developer, Blockchain Consultant, Smart Contract Developer, Cryptocurrency Specialist, Blockchain Architect, or Blockchain Project Manager.
Yes, Blockchain Certifications are recognized internationally, and as blockchain technology is adopted across the globe, having certification in this field can significantly enhance your career prospects.
The duration depends on the level of certification and your prior experience, ranging from a few weeks to a few months of study and practice.

Inventory Management

Effective inventory management is crucial for reducing costs, preventing stockouts, and maintaining smooth operations. This certification shows employers that you can optimize inventory processes, improving business profitability and operational efficiency.
This certification is ideal for supply chain professionals, warehouse managers, procurement specialists, and anyone working in logistics or inventory control looking to advance their career in inventory management.
You will learn how to track inventory, manage stock levels, analyze demand, optimize warehouse layouts, implement inventory control systems, and use inventory management software effectively.
Inventory management is a critical function in various industries, from retail to manufacturing. This certification enhances your ability to manage inventory processes, leading to improved job prospects, higher earning potential, and career advancement.
Proper inventory management ensures businesses have the right products available at the right time, minimizing waste, reducing costs, improving customer satisfaction, and supporting overall supply chain efficiency.
You can pursue roles such as Inventory Manager, Supply Chain Analyst, Warehouse Manager, Procurement Specialist, or Logistics Coordinator in various sectors like retail, manufacturing, and logistics.
The time to complete the certification varies depending on the program, typically ranging from a few weeks to several months, depending on the certification level and study format.
Yes, certifications like CPIM and CSCP are recognized internationally and respected by employers across various industries, making them valuable for advancing your career in inventory and supply chain management.

Logistics Management

Logistics is a critical function for businesses that deal with physical goods. This certification shows employers that you have the expertise to optimize logistics operations, reducing costs and improving delivery efficiency, which are key factors for business success.
This certification is ideal for supply chain professionals, logistics coordinators, transportation managers, warehouse supervisors, and anyone working in the logistics or distribution industry looking to advance their career.
You will gain expertise in transportation management, inventory control, warehousing, supply chain optimization, demand forecasting, logistics technology, and managing relationships with suppliers and customers.
A Logistics Management Certification enhances your ability to manage logistics operations more effectively, making you a valuable asset to employers in industries such as retail, manufacturing, transportation, and e-commerce.
Effective logistics management ensures timely delivery of products, reduces operational costs, improves customer satisfaction, and enables better inventory management, all of which are critical for maintaining competitive advantage in any business.
You can pursue roles such as Logistics Manager, Supply Chain Manager, Transportation Coordinator, Warehouse Operations Manager, or Distribution Manager in industries like retail, manufacturing, e-commerce, and transportation.
The time to complete a certification depends on the program you choose, ranging from a few weeks to several months of study, depending on the certification level and study format.
Yes, certifications like CSCP and CLTD are globally recognized and respected in the logistics and supply chain management industries, offering professionals the opportunity to advance their careers worldwide.
Sales are crucial to the success of any business, and this certification demonstrates that you have the skills to generate revenue and build strong customer relationships. It helps you stand out in a competitive job market and improves your effectiveness as a salesperson.
This certification is ideal for sales professionals, business development representatives, account managers, or anyone looking to improve their sales techniques and drive more success in sales roles.
You will learn how to prospect and qualify leads, build rapport with customers, handle objections, deliver persuasive presentations, negotiate effectively, and close sales deals while managing customer relationships.
A Sales Skills Certification can increase your earning potential by boosting your sales performance, making you more attractive to employers, and opening up new career opportunities in sales, marketing, and business development.
Sales are the lifeblood of any business. Effective sales professionals drive revenue growth, foster customer loyalty, and contribute to the company’s overall success. This certification ensures you can deliver results and contribute to business growth.
With a Sales Skills Certification, you can pursue roles such as Sales Representative, Account Executive, Sales Manager, Business Development Representative, or Customer Success Manager in various industries.

Business Process Management (BPM)

BPM is crucial for organizations seeking to improve operational efficiency and streamline processes. This certification proves your ability to effectively manage and optimize business processes, making you an asset to any organization focused on continuous improvement and operational excellence.
This certification is ideal for business analysts, process managers, operations managers, project managers, or anyone involved in process optimization, business analysis, or performance improvement within their organization.
You will learn how to analyze existing business processes, identify inefficiencies, design process improvements, implement BPM solutions, and monitor process performance. The certification also covers BPM tools and technologies used for process automation and optimization.
A BPM Certification enhances your ability to manage and optimize business processes, increasing your value to employers. It can open doors to senior roles in operations, project management, or business analysis, offering career advancement opportunities and higher earning potential.
Business Process Management helps organizations optimize their workflows, reduce operational costs, improve product or service quality, and ensure consistency. BPM practices lead to better customer experiences, faster response times, and enhanced overall efficiency.
The duration of the certification depends on the program and your prior knowledge. Typically, it takes several weeks to a few months of study, depending on the certification level and your schedule.
Yes, BPM Certifications are widely recognized and respected in various industries, as businesses around the world increasingly focus on process optimization and operational efficiency. Holding a BPM certification enhances your credibility internationally.
Lean Manufacturing principles help organizations reduce waste, improve quality, increase productivity, and lower costs. Having a Lean Manufacturing Certification demonstrates your ability to lead these efforts, making you an asset to employers focused on operational excellence.

Lean Manufacturing

Lean Manufacturing principles help organizations reduce waste, improve quality, increase productivity, and lower costs. Having a Lean Manufacturing Certification demonstrates your ability to lead these efforts, making you an asset to employers focused on operational excellence.
This certification is ideal for manufacturing professionals, process engineers, operations managers, quality managers, and anyone involved in process improvement, cost reduction, and production optimization within a manufacturing setting.
You will learn Lean methodologies such as Value Stream Mapping, 5S, Kaizen, Just-In-Time (JIT), and Total Productive Maintenance (TPM). The certification also covers techniques for identifying waste, improving workflows, and implementing process improvements that increase operational efficiency.
A Lean Manufacturing Certification improves your ability to manage and optimize production processes. It opens up career opportunities in operations management, process improvement, and leadership roles, and helps you stand out in industries where efficiency and cost-effectiveness are prioritized.
Lean Manufacturing helps companies streamline their operations by eliminating waste, reducing cycle times, and improving quality. It drives greater profitability, customer satisfaction, and operational efficiency, which are essential in a highly competitive market.
You can pursue roles such as Lean Manufacturing Specialist, Production Manager, Process Improvement Manager, Operations Manager, Manufacturing Engineer, or Quality Control Manager in industries like automotive, electronics, food production, and consumer goods.
While experience in manufacturing or operations is beneficial, this certification is accessible to both beginners and experienced professionals. It provides foundational knowledge and practical skills for those new to Lean principles and techniques.
The duration depends on the certification level and the program you choose. Typically, it can take from a few weeks to several months, depending on the certification level and your schedule.
Yes, Lean Manufacturing Certifications are widely recognized across industries worldwide, as Lean principles are applied globally to improve manufacturing efficiency and effectiveness.
Facility management plays a critical role in ensuring the smooth operation of an organization’s physical assets. This certification demonstrates that you have the expertise to manage facilities efficiently, ensuring safety, sustainability, and cost-effectiveness, which are crucial for maintaining business operations.

Facility Management

Facility management plays a critical role in ensuring the smooth operation of an organization’s physical assets. This certification demonstrates that you have the expertise to manage facilities efficiently, ensuring safety, sustainability, and cost-effectiveness, which are crucial for maintaining business operations.
This certification is ideal for facility managers, building supervisors, operations managers, maintenance professionals, or anyone involved in the management, operation, or maintenance of buildings or facilities.
You will gain knowledge in areas such as asset management, facilities planning, environmental sustainability, risk management, budgeting, building systems, health and safety regulations, and leadership in facility management operations.
A Facility Management Certification helps enhance your credentials and can lead to career advancement opportunities in roles such as Facility Manager, Operations Manager, or Building Services Coordinator. It can also result in higher salaries and greater job security in a growing field.
You can pursue roles such as Facility Manager, Operations Manager, Maintenance Supervisor, Building Services Coordinator, or Sustainability Coordinator in various industries, including corporate offices, healthcare, manufacturing, and government facilities.
While prior experience in facility management or a related field is beneficial, many certifications are designed for both beginners and experienced professionals. Foundational knowledge and practical skills in managing facilities can be acquired through certification programs.
The duration varies depending on the certification program and your level of experience. It typically ranges from a few weeks to several months to complete the certification, with some programs offering self-paced study.
Yes, certifications like CFM and FMP from the International Facility Management Association (IFMA) are globally recognized and respected, providing opportunities to work internationally and enhancing your credibility in the field.
Consultants bring fresh perspectives and expertise to organizations, helping them solve problems, improve processes, develop strategies, and make informed decisions. Effective consulting can lead to higher profitability, operational efficiency, and better organizational performance.

Management Consulting

In a competitive business environment, companies rely on consultants to improve performance and solve complex challenges. A certification demonstrates your ability to provide valuable insights, implement effective solutions, and drive business growth, positioning you as a trusted expert in the field.
This certification is ideal for business consultants, project managers, operations managers, strategy professionals, and anyone involved in advisory or consulting roles, looking to enhance their skills and credibility in management consulting.
You will gain skills in areas such as strategic analysis, organizational diagnosis, client relationship management, problem-solving, process improvement, and communication. Additionally, you will learn methodologies for advising clients, implementing change, and achieving sustainable business results.
A Management Consulting Certification enhances your qualifications, making you more attractive to employers and clients. It can open doors to consulting roles in various industries, increase your earning potential, and position you for senior consulting or leadership positions.
You can pursue roles such as Management Consultant, Strategy Consultant, Business Analyst, Operations Consultant, Change Management Consultant, or Project Manager in consulting firms, corporations, or as an independent consultant across industries.
The time required varies depending on the certification program. It typically ranges from a few months to a year, depending on whether the program is part-time, full-time, or self-paced.
Yes, certifications such as the CMC are globally recognized and respected, particularly in the consulting field, where expertise in management and strategic consulting is sought after by organizations worldwide.

Operational Risk Management (ORM)

ORM is crucial for businesses to prevent and mitigate risks that could disrupt operations, damage reputation, or lead to financial losses. This certification shows that you have the expertise to effectively manage operational risks, enhancing organizational resilience and performance.
This certification is ideal for risk managers, compliance officers, operations managers, auditors, and professionals involved in identifying and managing risks within organizations. It’s especially beneficial for individuals working in finance, insurance, banking, manufacturing, and healthcare industries.
You will gain skills in risk identification, assessment, and mitigation techniques. The certification also covers risk modeling, creating risk management frameworks, internal controls, business continuity planning, crisis management, and developing strategies to minimize the impact of potential operational disruptions.
An ORM Certification increases your ability to effectively manage operational risks and enhances your employability in industries where risk management is crucial. It can open up career opportunities in risk management, compliance, auditing, and senior management roles, offering potential for higher salaries and career growth.
After earning an ORM Certification, you can pursue roles such as Operational Risk Manager, Risk Consultant, Risk Analyst, Compliance Officer, Internal Auditor, Business Continuity Planner, or Enterprise Risk Manager in various sectors, including finance, insurance, healthcare, and manufacturing.
Popular ORM Certifications include: Certified in Risk and Information Systems Control (CRISC) Certified Operational Risk Professional (CORP) Operational Risk Management Certification (various institutions) Financial Risk Manager (FRM) Certified Risk Management Professional (CRMP)
The duration of the certification depends on the program chosen and your experience level. On average, completing an ORM certification can take anywhere from a few weeks to several months.
Yes, ORM Certifications such as CRISC are widely recognized and respected in industries worldwide, particularly in financial services, banking, and corporate sectors, where operational risk management plays a critical role in maintaining business stability and growth.

Business Fundamentals

This certification is important because it equips you with essential business skills that are applicable in any industry. It provides a comprehensive understanding of business operations, helping you make informed decisions, improve business processes, and enhance your problem-solving abilities.
This certification is ideal for aspiring entrepreneurs, business professionals, recent graduates, or anyone seeking to gain a solid foundation in business concepts. It's also beneficial for individuals who want to enhance their knowledge before advancing to more specialized business certifications or roles.
You will learn the basics of business strategy, financial management, marketing principles, operations management, organizational behavior, and leadership. The certification will also help develop problem-solving and analytical skills, as well as the ability to make strategic business decisions.
A Business Fundamentals Certification provides a strong foundation for various business roles, including management, marketing, sales, and operations. It can help you pursue entry-level or mid-level positions, as well as career advancement in various industries by demonstrating your business acumen and preparedness.
Understanding business fundamentals is essential for anyone involved in managing or supporting business operations. It helps individuals contribute to the success of a company by understanding how different business functions work together to create value, drive revenue, and solve problems.
Upon completion, you can pursue a wide range of roles such as Business Analyst, Sales Manager, Marketing Associate, Operations Manager, Financial Analyst, or Entrepreneur. This certification opens doors to entry-level and leadership roles across industries.
The duration of the certification program can range from a few weeks to a few months, depending on the level and format of the program. Many programs are flexible, offering online, self-paced learning options.
Yes, Business Fundamentals Certifications from reputable institutions are recognized internationally, as the skills and knowledge learned are applicable in businesses around the world.

Marketing Management

You will learn how to develop and execute marketing strategies, conduct market research, manage digital marketing campaigns, improve customer engagement, understand consumer behavior, and analyze marketing performance. You will also gain leadership and decision-making skills specific to marketing management.
This certification is ideal for marketing professionals, business owners, brand managers, product managers, or anyone looking to build or strengthen their marketing management skills. It’s also beneficial for those seeking to move into marketing leadership roles or specialize in marketing strategy.
Marketing is at the core of any business's growth strategy, and this certification ensures you have the knowledge and skills to drive successful marketing initiatives. It demonstrates your ability to manage marketing teams, develop strategies, and effectively engage with customers to achieve business objectives.
Effective marketing management helps businesses understand market trends, customer needs, and competitor activities. It enables organizations to create and deliver value through targeted marketing campaigns, ultimately driving sales, building brand awareness, and fostering customer loyalty.
After completing this certification, you can pursue roles such as Marketing Manager, Brand Manager, Marketing Director, Product Manager, Digital Marketing Specialist, Social Media Manager, or Marketing Consultant across industries like retail, technology, healthcare, and finance.
The duration of the certification program varies based on the institution and the format of the course. Typically, it can take from a few weeks to a few months to complete, with both part-time and full-time options available.
Yes, certifications from reputable organizations like the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM) and the American Marketing Association (AMA) are recognized globally. They are widely respected by employers and enhance your credibility in international marketing roles.

Management Skills

This certification is important because effective management is key to business success. By gaining management skills, you become equipped to lead teams, improve productivity, manage change, and drive business growth. It enhances your ability to make strategic decisions and foster a collaborative, high-performance work environment.
You will develop essential management skills such as effective communication, team leadership, time management, problem-solving, decision-making, delegation, performance management, and conflict resolution. You will also learn to navigate organizational challenges and improve operational efficiency.
A Management Skills Certification can lead to greater job opportunities and career advancement. It demonstrates your leadership capabilities to employers, making you a strong candidate for managerial and executive roles. Additionally, it can help you improve team dynamics, productivity, and overall business performance.
Effective management skills are essential for leading teams, driving productivity, managing resources, and executing strategies. Strong management ensures that goals are met, employees are engaged, and the organization operates efficiently, contributing to the overall success and sustainability of the business.
After completing a Management Skills Certification, you can pursue roles such as Team Leader, Project Manager, Operations Manager, Department Manager, Senior Executive, Business Consultant, or Director.
The time required varies depending on the program. Some certifications can be completed in a few weeks, while others may take several months, particularly if they include comprehensive coursework or practical projects.
Yes, certifications from renowned institutions such as the Institute of Certified Professional Managers (ICPM) or Harvard Business School are widely recognized across industries and countries, enhancing your career prospects globally.

Social Media Marketing

Social media has become one of the most powerful tools for businesses to connect with their target audiences. A certification in Social Media Marketing ensures you have the necessary skills to drive brand awareness, engagement, and sales using platforms like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, and others. It proves that you can effectively leverage social media to achieve business goals.
This certification is ideal for marketing professionals, social media managers, content creators, business owners, or anyone looking to enhance their digital marketing skills.
You will gain skills in content creation, social media advertising, community engagement, social media analytics, campaign management, influencer marketing, and branding. You'll also learn how to develop and implement a comprehensive social media strategy to grow a brand’s presence online.
A Social Media Marketing Certification can enhance your employability, opening doors to positions such as Social Media Manager, Digital Marketing Specialist, Content Strategist, or Social Media Analyst. It will make you more competitive in the job market and equip you with the expertise to run successful social media campaigns.
Social media marketing is crucial for businesses because it helps brands build relationships with their audience, increase brand awareness, and drive customer loyalty. It allows businesses to reach targeted segments effectively and cost-efficiently, generating leads and boosting sales through highly engaged communities.
The duration of the certification depends on the course. Some programs can be completed in a few days to a few weeks, while others may take several months if they include more comprehensive materials or projects.

Accounting

Accounting plays a critical role in every business. This certification ensures that you have the necessary skills and knowledge to manage financial operations, create accurate reports, and comply with financial regulations. It boosts your credibility and trustworthiness, making you a valuable asset to any organization.
This certification is ideal for individuals working in or aspiring to work in accounting, finance, or auditing roles. It is suitable for professionals at various career stages, from entry-level accountants to those seeking to specialize or advance into senior roles such as Financial Analyst or Chief Financial Officer (CFO).
You will gain skills in financial reporting, budgeting, tax laws, auditing, financial analysis, and accounting software tools. You will also learn about accounting principles (such as GAAP), cost management, financial planning, and regulatory compliance, essential for managing and reporting financial data.
An Accounting Certification increases your job prospects and can lead to higher-paying roles. It qualifies you for senior accounting positions and increases your employability by demonstrating your expertise in financial reporting, tax compliance, and risk management.
After completing an Accounting Certification, you can pursue roles such as Accountant, Financial Analyst, Auditor, Tax Advisor, Controller, or CFO. You can work in various sectors, including corporate finance, government, non-profits, or in public accounting firms.
Popular Accounting Certifications include: Certified Public Accountant (CPA) Certified Management Accountant (CMA) Certified Internal Auditor (CIA) Chartered Accountant (CA) Certified Bookkeeper (CB) Enrolled Agent (EA)
The duration varies depending on the certification. For example, becoming a CPA may take several years of study and practical experience, while other certifications like CMA or CIA may take less time.
Yes, certifications like CPA, CMA, and CA are recognized internationally and highly regarded in accounting and finance roles around the world.

Facebook Marketing

Facebook is one of the largest social media platforms, and effective marketing on Facebook can significantly increase brand awareness, engagement, and sales. This certification proves your ability to leverage Facebook’s advertising tools to reach and engage with target audiences, making you more valuable to employers and clients looking for skilled digital marketers.
Facebook is one of the largest social media platforms, and effective marketing on Facebook can significantly increase brand awareness, engagement, and sales. This certification proves your ability to leverage Facebook’s advertising tools to reach and engage with target audiences, making you more valuable to employers and clients looking for skilled digital marketers.
This certification is ideal for marketing professionals, business owners, social media managers, digital marketers, or anyone looking to specialize in Facebook marketing.
You will learn how to create effective Facebook ads, set up and optimize ad campaigns, analyze campaign performance, target specific audiences, manage budgets, and increase engagement and conversions. You’ll also gain expertise in using tools like Facebook Pixel for tracking and retargeting customers.
A Facebook Marketing Certification enhances your resume, making you more competitive for roles like Social Media Manager, Digital Marketing Specialist, Paid Media Specialist, or Facebook Ads Manager.
Facebook marketing allows businesses to reach a large, targeted audience through its robust ad targeting features. It’s a cost-effective way to advertise and connect with customers, build brand loyalty, generate leads, and drive traffic to websites or online stores. With over 2.8 billion monthly active users, Facebook offers unmatched opportunities for business growth.
After completing a Facebook Marketing Certification, you can pursue roles such as Social Media Manager, Facebook Ads Manager, Digital Marketing Manager, Paid Media Specialist, Content Strategist, or E-commerce Manager.
Popular certifications include: Facebook Blueprint Certification (Facebook’s official training and certification program) Facebook Ads Manager Certification Social Media Marketing Certification (Coursera, LinkedIn Learning) Facebook Marketing Specialist (HubSpot Academy)
The duration depends on the course you choose, but typically it can take anywhere from a few days to a few weeks to complete. Some certification programs are self-paced, allowing you to learn at your own speed.
Yes, Facebook Marketing Certifications are recognized worldwide, especially among businesses and digital marketing agencies that use Facebook as a key advertising platform. They demonstrate your ability to manage campaigns effectively and generate results for businesses globally.
Business development is vital for the growth and sustainability of any organization. A certification proves your ability to analyze markets, develop growth strategies, and create long-term value for a company. It enhances your credibility and ensures you’re equipped with the tools to drive measurable results.

Business Development

Business development is vital for the growth and sustainability of any organization. A certification proves your ability to analyze markets, develop growth strategies, and create long-term value for a company. It enhances your credibility and ensures you’re equipped with the tools to drive measurable results.
This certification is ideal for business professionals, entrepreneurs, sales executives, or anyone involved in strategic planning, sales growth, or partnership management. It’s also beneficial for individuals looking to transition into business development roles or strengthen their leadership and negotiation skills.
You will gain skills in strategic planning, sales forecasting, lead generation, networking, market research, competitive analysis, negotiation, and client relationship management. These skills are crucial for identifying and executing growth opportunities in any industry.
A Business Development Certification boosts your career by qualifying you for leadership roles, such as Business Development Manager, Sales Director, or Strategic Partnership Manager. It also opens doors to high-paying roles across industries like technology, healthcare, finance, and consulting.
Business development drives revenue growth by identifying new opportunities, markets, and partnerships. It fosters innovation, improves customer acquisition and retention, and ensures long-term business sustainability by expanding the organization’s reach and impact.
After completing this certification, you can pursue roles such as Business Development Manager, Sales Manager, Strategic Partnership Manager, Growth Consultant, or Account Executive. These roles are in demand across industries like tech, manufacturing, retail, and professional services.
The duration of certification programs varies. Short-term courses can be completed in a few weeks, while more comprehensive programs may take several months. Many are self-paced, allowing you to study at your own convenience.
Popular certifications include: Certified Business Development Professional (CBDP) Business Development and Sales Certification (Coursera, Udemy, LinkedIn Learning) Strategic Business Development Certification (Harvard, Wharton) Sales and Business Development Certification (HubSpot Academy)

B2B Sales

A B2B marketing course teaches strategies to market products or services from one business to another, focusing on building relationships, lead generation, and sales growth.
It equips you with the skills to understand business clients, create effective campaigns, and drive revenue by targeting other businesses efficiently.
Professionals in sales, marketing, or business development, and entrepreneurs or individuals looking to specialize in B2B marketing.
You’ll learn lead generation, account-based marketing, sales funnel optimization, content creation for businesses, and effective use of digital platforms like LinkedIn.
It opens doors to high-demand roles like B2B Marketing Manager, Business Development Specialist, or Account Manager, enhancing your earning potential and expertise.
B2B focuses on logical decision-making, relationship building, and long sales cycles, while B2C is more emotional and fast-paced.
It helps businesses develop targeted marketing strategies, improve client relationships, and achieve better ROI from marketing efforts.
You’ll learn about CRM tools, marketing automation platforms, analytics software, and social media tools like LinkedIn for lead generation.
The duration varies, ranging from a few weeks to a couple of months, depending on the course structure.
Yes, most courses include case studies, real-world projects, and exercises to apply B2B marketing concepts effectively.
Absolutely. It provides strategies to attract and retain business clients, which is essential for scaling a B2B business.

sales funnel

A Sales Funnel course teaches how to design, implement, and optimize the customer journey from awareness to purchase, ensuring potential leads turn into paying customers.
It helps you understand how to systematically attract, nurture, and convert leads into loyal customers, improving sales performance and business growth.
Sales professionals, marketers, entrepreneurs, and business owners looking to improve their sales process and conversion rates.
You’ll learn about the stages of a sales funnel (awareness, interest, decision, and action), lead generation, email sequences, landing page optimization, and tools to track funnel performance.
It equips you with valuable skills to optimize sales processes, making you a desirable candidate for roles like Sales Manager, Marketing Specialist, or Funnel Strategist.
A well-optimized funnel ensures efficient lead management, higher conversion rates, and better customer retention, leading to increased revenue.
No, most sales funnel courses start with the basics and gradually move to advanced techniques, making it suitable for beginners and experienced professionals alike.
You’ll get hands-on experience with tools like ClickFunnels, HubSpot, Mailchimp, ActiveCampaign, and analytics platforms to monitor funnel performance.
Most sales funnel courses can be completed in a few weeks, depending on whether they are self-paced or instructor-led.
Absolutely. By understanding sales funnels, you can create better marketing strategies, attract more leads, and convert them into paying customers.
Yes, many courses offer certifications, which can add value to your resume and demonstrate your expertise in sales funnel management.

Stakeholder Management

A Stakeholder Management Certification validates your expertise in effectively identifying, analyzing, and engaging with key stakeholders. It teaches you how to manage relationships, address stakeholder needs, and align their interests with organizational goals.
Stakeholder management is essential for the success of any project or business initiative. A certification demonstrates your ability to build trust, resolve conflicts, and maintain positive relationships with stakeholders. This ensures that projects run smoothly and meet the expectations of all involved parties.
This certification is ideal for project managers, team leaders, business analysts, consultants, and anyone responsible for managing stakeholder relationships. It’s also valuable for professionals involved in large-scale projects, cross-functional teams, or organizational change management.
You will gain skills in stakeholder identification, communication strategies, conflict resolution, negotiation, relationship-building, and strategic alignment. You’ll also learn how to prioritize stakeholder needs and manage their expectations throughout a project’s lifecycle.
A Stakeholder Management Certification enhances your career by preparing you for leadership and project management roles. It equips you with skills to handle complex stakeholder dynamics, making you a strong candidate for positions like Project Manager, Change Manager, or Program Director.
Stakeholder management ensures that all key parties are aligned with an organization’s goals, reducing resistance and increasing support for projects and initiatives. It helps avoid misunderstandings, fosters collaboration, and enhances the overall success of projects and business operations.
After completing this certification, you can pursue roles such as Stakeholder Manager, Project Manager, Change Management Consultant, Program Manager, or Business Analyst. These roles are critical in industries like construction, IT, healthcare, and government.
Popular certifications include: Project Management Professional (PMP) (includes stakeholder management as a core component) PRINCE2 Certification (focuses on project and stakeholder management) Stakeholder Management Training Courses (LinkedIn Learning, Coursera, Udemy) Certified Stakeholder Engagement Professional (CSEP)
Most certifications can be completed in a few weeks to a few months, depending on the program’s depth and your pace of study. Short courses may only require a few hours of learning.
Yes, certifications from reputable organizations like PMI, PRINCE2, and other recognized platforms are valued worldwide. They enhance your ability to manage complex stakeholder relationships in any region or industry.

Product Management

Product management is crucial for delivering successful products that meet customer needs and business goals. A certification demonstrates your ability to lead product development, prioritize features, manage stakeholders, and drive innovation. It enhances your credibility in a competitive job market.
This certification is ideal for aspiring or current product managers, business analysts, project managers, UX designers, or entrepreneurs. It’s also beneficial for professionals transitioning into product management or looking to enhance their strategic and leadership skills.
You’ll learn skills in product lifecycle management, market research, agile methodologies, customer journey mapping, data analysis, product roadmapping, stakeholder management, and strategic decision-making. These skills are vital for creating and managing products that align with market demands.
A Product Management Certification can significantly enhance your career prospects. It qualifies you for high-demand roles like Product Manager, Product Owner, or Product Development Manager. Certified professionals often command higher salaries and are better equipped to lead product teams and strategies.
Product management bridges the gap between customer needs and business goals. It ensures that products are designed, developed, and delivered efficiently while meeting market demands. Effective product management drives innovation, customer satisfaction, and revenue growth.
After completing this certification, you can pursue roles such as: Product Manager Product Owner Product Development Manager Technical Product Manager Innovation Manager Head of Product
Popular certifications include: Certified Scrum Product Owner (CSPO) Pragmatic Institute’s Product Management Certification Product Management Certification by General Assembly Google Project Management: Professional Certificate (Coursera) Product School Certified Product Manager (CPM)
The duration varies depending on the program. Some certifications can be completed in a few weeks, while others may take a few months. Many programs offer self-paced learning, allowing you to study at your own convenience.
Yes, certifications from reputable institutions like Pragmatic Institute, Product School, and PMI are recognized worldwide. They are valued by employers and demonstrate your expertise in leading product strategies in any region or industry.

Scrum Master Management

This course focuses on teaching the principles of Scrum, an agile framework, and the role of a Scrum Master in facilitating teams to deliver projects efficiently and adapt to change.
It equips professionals with the skills to lead agile teams, manage workflows, and ensure smooth project delivery, which is critical in today’s fast-paced business environment.
Aspiring Scrum Masters, project managers, team leaders, or anyone involved in managing agile teams or projects.
You’ll learn agile principles, the Scrum framework, team facilitation, sprint planning, backlog management, and how to remove obstacles for teams.
A Scrum Master focuses on facilitating the team and ensuring adherence to Scrum principles, while a Project Manager oversees the broader scope of project planning and delivery.
It prepares you for high-demand roles such as Scrum Master, Agile Coach, or Project Manager, increasing your earning potential and relevance in agile environments.
Yes, many courses prepare you for certifications like Certified ScrumMaster® (CSM) or Professional Scrum Master™ (PSM).
Scrum ensures iterative progress, promotes team collaboration, and allows teams to adapt quickly to changing project requirements.
It teaches techniques to improve communication, resolve conflicts, and ensure teams work efficiently within the Scrum framework.
A Scrum Master facilitates discussions, encourages open communication, and ensures conflicts are resolved constructively to maintain team harmony.

Construction Management

This course focuses on the planning, coordination, and execution of construction projects, covering aspects like budgeting, scheduling, safety, and quality control.
This is why many CMs today have been students at college—earning a bachelor of science degree in business management, supply chain and operations management, construction science, architecture, or engineering. A construction management degree can also be a good option for students.
The Scope of Work Definition in Construction. The scope of work in construction is the list of construction obligations, as well as work activities that all contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers are obligated to do. This is all written out in an agreement or contract, which is then called the scope of work.
Civil Engineering Course. ... Electrical Installation Course. ... Carpentry and Joinery Course. ... Plumbing and Heating Course. ... Masonry and Bricklaying Course. ...
You’ll learn project planning, risk management, cost estimation, contract management, construction techniques, and leadership skills for managing teams.
You’ll gain hands-on experience with tools like AutoCAD, Primavera P6, MS Project, and Building Information Modeling (BIM) software.
Yes, construction management skills are in demand globally, especially if you pursue internationally recognized certifications.
Yes, the skills taught are applicable to both large-scale infrastructure projects and smaller residential or commercial developments.
You’ll learn to address challenges like cost overruns, labor shortages, material delays, and maintaining safety standards.

Business Law

BBA LLB in Business Laws. Master of Arts in Business Law. LLM in Business Law. Post-Graduate Diploma in Business Laws.
It helps professionals understand legal risks, comply with regulations, and make informed decisions to protect their businesses and maintain ethical practices.
Entrepreneurs, business managers, corporate employees, aspiring legal professionals, or anyone looking to understand the legal aspects of running a business.
No, the course is designed for both beginners and professionals, covering legal topics in a business-friendly manner.
All industries, including retail, tech, healthcare, manufacturing, and finance, benefit from understanding legal principles in business.
The course covers topics like employment law, intellectual property, consumer protection, mergers and acquisitions, and dispute resolution.
Yes, it provides tools to identify and mitigate potential legal issues, ensuring compliance and minimizing risks.
Absolutely. Small business owners gain valuable insights into contracts, taxes, and regulations that impact their operations.
Yes, especially if the course includes modules on international business law and cross-border regulations.
This course is a great foundation for aspiring legal professionals but typically requires further legal education to practice law.

Challenging Behaviors

Setting rules is important so that the child or adult knows what behaviour is expected of them. Use a variety of communication methods to help them understand what to do, e.g. pictures, signs and speech. Make a visual plan of the day for the child or adult to follow so they know what will happen next.
You may find yourself dealing with challenging behaviour in a variety of situations. It's important to try to understand why the person you are caring for is behaving in this way and work out the most appropriate strategies to minimise distress and keep everyone safe.
Dealing with Difficult Behaviour Change the environment. ... Defuse the emotion first. ... Explore the root cause of behaviour. ... Focus on the future outcome wanted. ... Develop an agreed solution. ...
All behaviour does serve a purpose, and that purpose is usually to meet an unmet need. When we understand the purpose of a behaviour, we find ways to respond to it in a manner which meets the expressed need.
You’ll learn about the causes of challenging behaviors, behavior analysis techniques, communication strategies, and intervention methods to manage these behaviors effectively.
The course covers a wide range of behaviors, including aggression, defiance, noncompliance, self-harm, and other disruptive actions, as well as strategies to address each.
Yes, many courses incorporate case studies, role-playing, and real-world scenarios to help you practice applying the techniques.
You’ll learn proactive strategies like setting clear expectations, using positive reinforcement, de-escalation techniques, and how to implement behavior modification plans.
Yes, most courses offer a certificate of completion, which can be useful for enhancing your professional credentials.
Many courses provide tools such as behavior tracking templates, intervention plans, and resources for further reading and practice.
It helps aspiring life coaches learn the tools and techniques to guide clients in developing interpersonal skills that are crucial for personal and professional success.
The duration varies, but most Soft Skills Life Coach courses can be completed in 4 to 12 weeks, depending on whether the course is self-paced or instructor-led.

Soft Skills Life Coach

It teaches techniques for building rapport, understanding client needs, providing constructive feedback, and empowering clients to improve their personal and professional lives.
The course covers a wide range of soft skills, including active listening, empathy, emotional intelligence, communication, time management, problem-solving, and leadership.
It teaches techniques for building rapport, understanding client needs, providing constructive feedback, and empowering clients to improve their personal and professional lives.
Life coaching skills are valuable in industries such as education, healthcare, business, personal development, and HR, where interpersonal communication and leadership are key.
Yes, the soft skills you develop can be applied in a variety of coaching settings, whether helping clients improve their personal lives or develop professionally.
You’ll learn methods such as goal setting, motivational interviewing, active listening, accountability strategies, and how to design action plans for clients.
It teaches conflict resolution strategies, focusing on communication skills and emotional intelligence to help clients resolve disputes in both personal and professional settings.
Yes, the skills you learn are applicable in both in-person and online coaching settings, making it easy to work with clients remotely.
It provides individuals with the tools to recognize their strengths and weaknesses, set personal goals, overcome obstacles, and create lasting positive change in their lives.
Anyone looking to improve various aspects of their life, whether it’s personal growth, productivity, motivation, or emotional well-being.
You’ll learn strategies for goal setting, time management, overcoming limiting beliefs, building self-confidence, improving communication, and developing emotional intelligence.

Self-Improvement

Topics include goal setting, habit formation, emotional intelligence, stress management, self-discipline, and time management, among others.
By improving your self-awareness, productivity, and interpersonal skills, you’ll be better equipped to advance in your career, lead effectively, and build strong relationships.
Anyone looking to improve various aspects of their life, whether it’s personal growth, productivity, motivation, or emotional well-being.
The duration varies depending on the format, but many self-improvement courses can be completed within 4 to 8 weeks.
It teaches techniques for self-reflection, mindset shifts, and actionable strategies to help you grow emotionally, mentally, and physically.
Yes, many courses are designed with flexibility in mind, allowing you to work at your own pace and implement changes gradually.
Goal setting teaches you how to focus your efforts, track progress, and stay motivated, leading to greater personal and professional achievement.
It provides methods for overcoming self-doubt, improving self-esteem, and embracing positive thinking, which can significantly boost your confidence in various situations.
You’ll be able to apply these skills in everyday life, from improving your productivity and relationships to making better decisions and managing stress more effectively.

Advanced Parenting Skills

It helps parents develop stronger, more effective parenting skills, equipping them to better understand their children’s emotional and developmental needs, fostering healthy relationships and growth.
It provides you with evidence-based strategies that can improve your relationship with your child, reduce conflicts, and promote a positive and supportive home environment.
Topics include positive discipline techniques, fostering emotional resilience in children, managing ADHD or learning disabilities, handling adolescence challenges, and understanding different parenting styles.
The duration varies, but most courses take 4 to 12 weeks to complete, depending on the structure and depth of the material.
Yes, the course includes case studies, role-playing scenarios, and real-world examples to help you apply the concepts and strategies you learn.
You’ll learn advanced strategies for de-escalating conflicts, setting effective limits, using positive reinforcement, and addressing behaviors like defiance, aggression, or anxiety in children.
Yes, many advanced parenting courses include techniques for managing children with special needs, including autism, ADHD, and other developmental disorders, offering personalized strategies.

Lesson Plans & Activities

Absolutely! Many courses include modules on incorporating educational technology and digital tools to enhance lesson planning, making learning more interactive and accessible.
Yes, the strategies learned in this course can be applied in various settings, including K-12 schools, colleges, online education, tutoring, and adult education.
Yes, most courses offer a certificate of completion that you can use to enhance your teaching credentials or add to your professional development portfolio.
Yes, the skills learned are applicable for teachers in all subject areas and educational levels, from elementary to high school and beyond.
You’ll explore strategies for increasing student motivation and engagement through interactive activities, clear learning goals, and creating a supportive, inclusive classroom environment.
Topics include lesson plan formats, activity creation, lesson adaptation for different learning styles, assessment strategies, and using technology in lesson planning.
You’ll learn how to create comprehensive lesson plans, incorporate interactive activities, differentiate instruction, assess student progress, and adapt lessons for diverse learning needs.
Teachers, educators, homeschooling parents, or anyone responsible for creating educational content and activities for children or adults.

Organizational Behavior

You’ll learn how to identify key behavioral patterns, create an effective work environment, motivate employees, handle conflicts, and improve team collaboration and performance.
Leadership is crucial for shaping organizational culture and influencing employee motivation, productivity, and satisfaction. The course will cover different leadership styles and how they impact behavior in the workplace.
Yes, the course provides strategies for identifying sources of conflict, resolving disputes, and creating an environment where employees can collaborate effectively and harmoniously.
You’ll gain insights into how teams function, the role of group dynamics, and how to foster teamwork, collaboration, and a positive working environment that leads to high performance.
It teaches you how to make informed decisions by understanding how individuals and groups think and behave, ensuring that decisions align with organizational goals.
This course focuses specifically on the human side of business, emphasizing the behavioral aspects of management, team dynamics, and workplace psychology, which are critical for fostering an engaged and productive workforce.
You’ll learn about key concepts like motivation, leadership styles, decision-making, communication, group dynamics, organizational culture, conflict resolution, and performance management.
It helps professionals understand the dynamics of workplace behavior, improve team collaboration, manage conflicts, and develop leadership strategies that promote a positive work culture and drive organizational success.
No, this course is suitable for both beginners and experienced professionals. Whether you're new to management or looking to improve your leadership skills, it offers valuable insights.

Strategic Human Resource Management

The duration typically ranges from 4 to 8 weeks, depending on whether it is a self-paced or instructor-led program.
Managers, team leaders, HR professionals, business consultants, or anyone involved in organizational change initiatives and looking to improve their ability to manage and lead change effectively.
You’ll learn how to design HR strategies that directly support the organization's mission and vision, helping to create a culture that drives business results and fosters employee satisfaction.
Leadership is critical in SHRM. The course emphasizes how HR leaders can influence organizational culture, engage employees, and contribute to shaping business strategy, thereby ensuring HR’s alignment with the overall direction of the company.
Yes, the course teaches advanced talent management strategies, including recruitment, development, retention, and succession planning, to ensure that the right people are in the right roles to drive organizational success.
You’ll learn how to design HR strategies that directly support the organization's mission and vision, helping to create a culture that drives business results and fosters employee satisfaction.
Leadership is critical in SHRM. The course emphasizes how HR leaders can influence organizational culture, engage employees, and contribute to shaping business strategy, thereby ensuring HR’s alignment with the overall direction of the company.
You’ll learn how to develop performance management systems that drive accountability, align individual performance with organizational objectives, and provide feedback that fosters employee development.
Unlike basic HR courses, this course emphasizes the strategic aspect of HR, helping you understand how to integrate HR practices with broader organizational goals and improve overall business performance.

Body Language for Buisness

By helping you recognize the power of non-verbal communication, you will learn how to express yourself more clearly, avoid misunderstandings, and create more positive and effective interactions with colleagues and clients.
Body language is a critical component of leadership as it affects how others perceive your confidence, authority, and approachability. The course will teach you how to use body language to inspire and motivate others.
It teaches you how to use body language strategically to read the room, influence others, and present yourself as confident and persuasive during business negotiations and presentations.
Yes, the skills learned in this course are beneficial in any professional setting, from small businesses to large corporations, as they improve overall communication and collaboration.
It improves your communication skills, enhances your ability to influence and negotiate, and helps you build stronger professional relationships, making you a more effective and confident leader.
Business professionals, managers, salespeople, HR professionals, or anyone looking to improve their communication skills and use body language to create a more impactful presence at work.
This course helps you understand non-verbal communication cues that can enhance your ability to influence, persuade, and create positive impressions, which are essential for leadership, teamwork, and building professional relationships.

Graphic Desinging

Photoshop, Sketch, Illustrator, InDesign, and After Effects are among the best software for graphic design.
One of the golden rules of graphic design is to keep it simple. This means using a limited colour palette, avoiding cluttered layouts, and using clear and concise messaging. Another important rule is to maintain consistency in design elements such as fonts, spacing, and imagery.
One of the golden rules of graphic design is to keep it simple. This means using a limited colour palette, avoiding cluttered layouts, and using clear and concise messaging. Another important rule is to maintain consistency in design elements such as fonts, spacing, and imagery.
There are twelve basic principles of design: contrast, balance, emphasis, proportion, hierarchy, repetition, rhythm, pattern, white space, movement, variety, and unity. These visual and graphic design principles work together to create appealing and functional designs that make sense to users.
To create graphics that appeal to a specific target audience, it’s important that you understand who the audience is and what are their interests and preferences.
Anyone with an interest in art, creativity, or design can take a graphic design course. Beginners with no prior knowledge can join foundation courses. Professionals can take advanced courses to upgrade their skills. No specific age limit; students, freelancers, and business owners can benefit.
Not necessarily. Many courses are designed for beginners and cover the basics of graphic design. However, advanced courses may require foundational knowledge.
Short courses: 2–3 months (focus on specific skills/tools) Diploma courses: 6–12 months Degree programs: 3–4 years
Yes, most courses offer certificates upon completion. Certificates from reputed organizations (e.g., Adobe, Coursera) can boost your portfolio.
It depends on your interest and dedication. Basic tools and techniques are easy to grasp. Mastery of advanced skills like animation or 3D design takes practice.
Start with free resources or beginner courses... Practice basic design software like Canva or Photoshop.
Yes, most courses emphasize creating a portfolio, as it’s essential for showcasing your skills to potential clients or employers.
A graphic design course is perfect for anyone looking to combine creativity with technology and build a career in one of the most in-demand fields today. It equips you with essential skills to create stunning visuals, master industry-standard tools like Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator, and solve real-world design problems. Whether you're a beginner or a professional, this course offers opportunities to work in diverse industries like advertising, entertainment, and digital marketing, or even start freelancing for global clients. With a focus on building a strong portfolio and staying updated with modern trends like motion graphics and social media design, this course not only boosts your earning potential but also provides the flexibility to work remotely or independently. If you’re passionate about visual storytelling and want to future-proof your career, this course is an excellent choice!

Information technology

An IT course teaches skills related to computers, software, networks, databases, cybersecurity, and other technologies essential for managing and utilizing digital systems effectively in today’s world.
Anyone interested in technology can take an IT course, including: Students looking to start a career in IT, Professionals wanting to upskill or change their career, and Entrepreneurs aiming to understand technology better for their businesses.
Key skills include: Programming (Python, Java, C++, etc.),Networking and System Administration,Cybersecurity and Ethical Hacking,Cloud Computing (AWS, Azure), and Database Management (SQL, MongoDB.
Short courses: 1–2 months (focused skills like coding or cybersecurity). Diplomas: 2–3 months (comprehensive training).
Yes, IT jobs are in high demand worldwide due to digital transformation, cybersecurity threats, and advancements in AI and cloud computing. IT professionals are among the highest-paid workers globally.
In addition to technical skills, essential soft skills include: Problem-solving and critical thinking,Communication and teamwork, and Time management.

Sales Skills

A Sales Skills Certification validates your knowledge and proficiency in essential sales techniques and strategies. It covers areas such as lead generation, prospecting, customer relationship management, negotiation, and closing sales.
Sales are crucial to the success of any business, and this certification demonstrates that you have the skills to generate revenue and build strong customer relationships. It helps you stand out in a competitive job market and improves your effectiveness as a salesperson.
This certification is ideal for sales professionals, business development representatives, account managers, or anyone looking to improve their sales techniques and drive more success in sales roles.
You will learn how to prospect and qualify leads, build rapport with customers, handle objections, deliver persuasive presentations, negotiate effectively, and close sales deals while managing customer relationships.
A Sales Skills Certification can increase your earning potential by boosting your sales performance, making you more attractive to employers, and opening up new career opportunities in sales, marketing, and business development.
Sales are the lifeblood of any business. Effective sales professionals drive revenue growth, foster customer loyalty, and contribute to the company’s overall success. This certification ensures you can deliver results and contribute to business growth.
With a Sales Skills Certification, you can pursue roles such as Sales Representative, Account Executive, Sales Manager, Business Development Representative, or Customer Success Manager in various industries.
The time to complete a certification depends on the program and your experience level, typically ranging from a few days to a few weeks.
Yes, certifications from well-known providers like HubSpot, Salesforce, and others are recognized globally and respected by employers in sales and marketing industries.

Vedio Editing

Video editing is a critical skill in many industries, including entertainment, marketing, social media, and education. This course provides you with the necessary knowledge to create polished, engaging videos that capture attention and deliver clear messages.
Aspiring video editors, content creators, social media managers, marketers, filmmakers, or anyone interested in learning how to edit videos for personal or professional use.
The course helps you gain valuable video editing skills, making you more competitive in fields like media production, social media marketing, advertising, filmmaking, and content creation, all of which are in high demand.
Topics include video editing software tutorials, timeline management, cutting and trimming clips, adding transitions, audio editing, color grading, visual effects, text animation, and video export settings for different platforms.
Yes, the course covers editing techniques tailored to different platforms, such as Instagram, YouTube, Facebook, and TikTok, ensuring that your videos are optimized for various social media formats and audiences.
For advanced learners, the course includes topics such as color grading, 3D effects, advanced motion graphics, and compositing, teaching you how to create high-end productions with professional-grade techniques.

Media science

It prepares you for careers in media, journalism, public relations, content creation, and marketing, giving you a strong foundation in media theory and practical skills in content production and digital media strategies.
Key topics include media theory, media production and editing, digital media and social media platforms, media law and ethics, advertising, public relations, broadcasting, and media audience analysis.
Yes, you will engage in media production tasks, case studies, and projects that allow you to apply the concepts in real-world media scenarios.
You will learn about ethical standards, media laws, and regulations, which are critical in ensuring that media content is responsible, accurate, and adheres to legal guidelines.
This course provides essential knowledge about the role of media in society, media production, communication strategies, and the impact of media technologies. It is vital for anyone looking to work in media, journalism, communications, or digital marketing.
Yes, the course covers both traditional media (TV, radio, print) and modern digital media, ensuring that you understand the full spectrum of media platforms and their functions.
It prepares you to work in an AI-driven media landscape, providing you with the skills to integrate AI into content production, audience engagement, and marketing strategies, making you valuable in innovative media and entertainment roles.
Yes, the course includes hands-on exercises, case studies, and projects, allowing you to apply AI technologies in real-world media and entertainment scenarios.
Yes, the course covers AI techniques for analyzing audience data, creating personalized content recommendations, and enhancing user interaction through chatbots, smart assistants, and interactive AI systems.

AI In Media And Entertainment

This course is ideal for: Media professionals interested in leveraging AI technologies in their work. Aspiring data scientists or AI engineers who want to apply their skills in the media industry. Film, TV, and music industry professionals looking to stay ahead of technological advancements. Content creators and digital marketers seeking to optimize their workflows with AI.
While prior knowledge in AI or programming can be helpful, many AI in Media and Entertainment courses cater to beginners, with foundational lessons in AI and its specific applications in media. Courses are designed to offer both technical and non-technical perspectives.
Yes, the course explores how media influences public opinion, culture, and social norms, allowing you to critically analyze the effects of media on individuals and society as a whole.
You will learn how to create compelling content for different media platforms, including writing for the web, video production, and social media strategies, helping you enhance your content creation and storytelling skills.
Topics include AI-powered content creation, recommendation algorithms, AI in film and video production, music composition using AI, audience personalization, machine learning for media, and the ethical implications of AI in media.
AI helps create personalized user experiences by analyzing viewer preferences and behavior to recommend tailored content across platforms, improving user satisfaction and engagement.
The course explores the ethical challenges of using AI in media, such as data privacy, bias in algorithms, and the impact on jobs and creativity, ensuring that you are prepared to navigate these issues responsibly.
Yes, the course covers AI applications in both traditional media (film, TV, music) and digital platforms (streaming services, social media, gaming), highlighting how AI enhances content creation and distribution across various formats.
You will learn about AI applications in content generation, recommendation systems, audience analysis, automated editing, virtual reality, AI-powered chatbots, and how AI can enhance user experiences in media and entertainment.
Professionals in media, entertainment, content creation, digital marketing, advertising, or technology who want to understand the impact of AI on these sectors and learn how to leverage AI tools effectively.

Media Entrepreneurship

It helps you acquire the entrepreneurial mindset and business skills necessary to start your own media venture or contribute to the growth of media businesses, equipping you to adapt to industry trends and challenges.
This course is essential because the media industry is rapidly evolving, and understanding how to leverage entrepreneurial skills to navigate these changes is key to building sustainable businesses in this sector.
Aspiring media entrepreneurs, content creators, journalists, marketers, business professionals, or anyone interested in starting or growing a media-related business in today’s dynamic digital landscape.
You will learn how to identify media business opportunities, develop a business plan, create and distribute content, manage a media organization, explore revenue models, and grow your brand in a competitive market.
The duration typically ranges from 6 to 10 weeks, depending on the course format (self-paced or instructor-led).
Yes, the course covers both traditional media (television, radio, print) and digital media (social media, podcasting, streaming services), equipping you to succeed in any area of the media industry.
The course focuses on how to thrive in the digital media landscape, covering the importance of social media, online content distribution, digital advertising, and staying ahead of emerging trends in technology and consumer behavior.

Mastering Data Visualization

You will learn the principles of effective data visualization, how to choose the right visualization tools and techniques, how to use visualization software (e.g., Tableau, Power BI), and how to create compelling visual narratives that resonate with stakeholders.
By mastering data visualization, you will improve your ability to present complex data in a simple and understandable way, making you a valuable asset in data-driven roles and helping you stand out in fields that rely on data analysis for decision-making.
Topics include the fundamentals of data visualization, types of charts and graphs, best practices for creating effective visuals, advanced visualization tools and techniques, dashboard design, storytelling with data, and how to avoid common visualization mistakes.
The duration varies, but most courses can be completed in 6 to 8 weeks, depending on the format (self-paced or instructor-led).
Yes, the course includes hands-on exercises, real-world data projects, and case studies that allow you to practice creating visualizations using different tools and methods.
Yes, the course is designed for both beginners and those with some experience. It provides a solid foundation for newcomers while also offering advanced tips and techniques for those who already have basic visualization skills.
Storytelling is a key aspect of data visualization. You will learn how to use visuals to tell a clear and engaging narrative, making it easier for your audience to grasp insights and understand the significance of the data.

Influencer Marketing

You will learn how to choose the right influencers based on audience demographics, craft engaging content, and effectively manage collaborations to drive sales and increase brand visibility.
Yes, the course covers key performance indicators (KPIs) such as engagement rates, ROI, brand mentions, and conversions, so you can assess the effectiveness of influencer campaigns and refine your strategies accordingly.
Social media platforms are the primary channels for influencer marketing. The course covers how to tailor campaigns to specific platforms like Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, and others, optimizing the reach and engagement of your influencer partnerships.
You will learn about influencer marketing laws, including disclosure requirements, advertising regulations, and contract negotiations to ensure your campaigns comply with legal and ethical standards.
No prior experience is required, though familiarity with social media platforms and digital marketing will be helpful. This course is suitable for beginners as well as those looking to refine their influencer marketing skills.
The course enhances your ability to integrate influencer marketing into digital strategies, which is in high demand. It prepares you to lead influencer campaigns and measure their success, making you a valuable asset to companies focusing on social media marketing.
Influencer marketing has become one of the most effective ways to reach target audiences authentically. This course equips you with the knowledge and tools to leverage influencers, increase brand visibility, and enhance customer engagement.

Digital and Online Sales

This course teaches strategies and techniques to sell products or services online using digital platforms, tools, and data-driven approaches.
With most sales happening online, this course equips you with the skills to attract, engage, and convert customers in the digital space, ensuring competitiveness in modern markets.
Anyone involved in sales, marketing, or entrepreneurship who wants to master online selling strategies and leverage digital platforms for revenue growth.
You’ll learn online sales techniques, social media advertising, e-commerce strategies, lead nurturing, data analytics, and customer relationship management in the digital world.
You’ll gain expertise in tools like Google Analytics, Shopify, Facebook Ads Manager, CRM systems, and email marketing platforms like Mailchimp.
It prepares you for in-demand roles such as Digital Sales Manager, E-commerce Specialist, and Online Business Consultant, boosting your job prospects.
E-commerce, SaaS companies, digital marketing agencies, and any business with an online presence benefit from these skills.
You’ll study how customers interact with online platforms, their purchasing habits, and how to tailor your sales approach to meet their needs.
No, digital sales strategies are equally valuable for small and medium-sized businesses looking to expand their online reach.

Soft Skills for Sales Professionals

This course teaches strategies and techniques to sell products or services online using digital platforms, tools, and data-driven approaches.
With most sales happening online, this course equips you with the skills to attract, engage, and convert customers in the digital space, ensuring competitiveness in modern markets.
Anyone involved in sales, marketing, or entrepreneurship who wants to master online selling strategies and leverage digital platforms for revenue growth.
You’ll learn online sales techniques, social media advertising, e-commerce strategies, lead nurturing, data analytics, and customer relationship management in the digital world.
No, most courses start with the basics, and you can learn without prior technical knowledge.
Yes, you’ll learn how to use platforms like Instagram, LinkedIn, and Facebook to generate leads and drive online sales.
Most digital and online sales courses are short-term and can be completed in 4–8 weeks, depending on the program.
No, digital sales strategies are equally valuable for small and medium-sized businesses looking to expand their online reach.

Sales Techniques

A Sales Techniques course focuses on teaching proven strategies and methodologies to identify prospects, build relationships, close deals, and drive revenue growth effectively.
It equips you with advanced selling skills, helping you understand client needs, overcome objections, and consistently achieve sales targets.
Sales professionals, business development executives, entrepreneurs, or anyone aiming to improve their selling skills and close more deals.
You’ll learn prospecting, lead qualification, objection handling, negotiation tactics, closing techniques, and post-sale relationship management.
It enhances your sales performance, improves conversion rates, and opens up career opportunities like Sales Manager or Business Development Specialist.
By teaching you how to identify client pain points, present tailored solutions, and handle objections with confidence, you’ll increase your success rate.
Yes, many courses include role-playing, case studies, and live sales simulations to help you apply the techniques in real-world scenarios.
It’s applicable across industries such as retail, B2B sales, real estate, SaaS, financial services, and more.
Absolutely! Many courses also cover digital sales strategies, virtual meetings, and tools for remote selling.
You may receive a certification in sales techniques, recognized by employers as proof of your specialized skills.
This course focuses on teaching the principles of Scrum, an agile framework, and the role of a Scrum Master in facilitating teams to deliver projects efficiently and adapt to change.

Affiliate marketing

Affiliate marketing is an online business model where you promote other brands' products or services and earn a commission for every sale or lead generated through your efforts.
Your earnings depend on factors like: The time and effort you invest. The niche you choose. The marketing strategies you implement.
Yes, but the investment is mainly for tools and ad campaigns. However, our course teaches both free and paid methods so you can start with minimal investment.
No technical skills are required. Our course is designed for beginners, and basic computer and internet skills are enough to get started.
This course offers: Step-by-step guidance. Practical examples and live case studies. Personal mentorship and dedicated Q&A sessions.
We will guide you on the best affiliate platforms, including: Amazon Associates ClickBank ShareASale Commission Junction (CJ) Digistore24
This course will teach you how to: Use social media for free traffic. Create effective paid advertising campaigns. Generate organic traffic through SEO strategies.
You can complete the course at your own pace. However, if you dedicate 2–3 hours daily, you can finish it in 4–6 weeks.
Yes! Affiliate marketing is a flexible business that you can run from the comfort of your home with just a laptop or smartphone.
Absolutely! Our team will provide lifetime support. You’ll also get access to a private community and personal mentorship to help you succeed.
This course teaches you multiple ways to earn money through Amazon, including: Amazon Affiliate Marketing (Amazon Associates): Earn commissions by promoting Amazon products.

Amazon Earning course

This course teaches you multiple ways to earn money through Amazon, including: Amazon Affiliate Marketing (Amazon Associates): Earn commissions by promoting Amazon products.
Your earnings depend on the strategy you choose and the effort you put in. As an Amazon Affiliate, you can earn $100 to $5000+ per month based on traffic and sales. Through Amazon FBA, many sellers make $1,000 to $10,000 per month or more. Amazon KDP and Merch earnings depend on the quality and quantity of your content or designs.
Amazon Associates: Minimal or no investment required. Amazon FBA: Requires investment in inventory and product sourcing. Amazon KDP and Merch: No investment needed except time for content creation. Our course will guide you on both low-cost and premium strategies to maximize your profits.
Not at all! This course is designed for beginners. We’ll teach you step-by-step, so you only need basic computer and internet knowledge to get started.
This course covers: Finding Profitable Products: For FBA, KDP, or affiliate marketing. Setting Up Your Account: Guidance on registering for Amazon Affiliate, FBA, or other programs. Marketing Strategies: Learn free and paid methods to drive traffic and sales. Scaling Your Business: How to grow your income month over month.
For Amazon Associates, having an audience helps, but we’ll teach you how to build one from scratch using: Social media (Facebook, Instagram, TikTok). Blogging and SEO. Paid ads for faster results.
Yes, we provide: Lifetime access to the course materials. A private community for ongoing support and networking. Regular Q&A sessions and updates to keep you informed about new strategies.

Ebay

This course teaches you how to build a profitable business on eBay by: Selling products you already own. Finding and flipping profitable items for resale. Dropshipping on eBay. Starting your own eBay store to sell products globally.
Your earning potential depends on the strategy you choose: Many beginners make $500 to $1,000 per month starting out. Advanced sellers and dropshippers can scale up to $5,000 or more per month by building a store and leveraging automation.
No! This course is designed for beginners. We’ll teach you step-by-step how to set up your account, list products, and manage your sales. All you need is basic computer and internet skills.
Here’s a breakdown of what you’ll learn: How to set up your eBay seller account. Product research: Finding items that sell fast and at a profit. Listing optimization: Creating high-quality product listings to attract buyers. Dropshipping: How to sell without holding inventory. Shipping and customer service best practices. Scaling: Building a full-time eBay business.
Not necessarily! You can start by: Selling used items from your home. Dropshipping products directly from suppliers. Sourcing products from thrift stores, wholesalers, or manufacturers. Our course explains all these options in detail.
Many students make their first sale within 1–2 weeks of starting the course. With consistent effort, you can see steady earnings in the first month.
Initially, you’ll need a few hours to set up your account and list products. After that, managing your business (responding to buyers, shipping, etc.) typically takes 1–2 hours per day.
Absolutely! This course is designed for beginners and will guide you through every step of setting up and running your eBay business.
Step-by-step guidance with practical examples. Easy-to-follow lessons for beginners. Advanced strategies for scaling to a full-time income. Lifetime support through mentorship and private groups.
Yes! You’ll get: Lifetime access to course materials and updates. A private community for networking and support. Direct mentorship and Q&A sessions to address your questions.
This course provides a complete roadmap to success on TikTok Shop. You’ll learn how to register for the platform, identify trending and high-demand products, and create content that drives sales. The course also teaches you how to use TikTok Live for real-time product promotion, manage your orders and customer service, and scale your business to achieve consistent growth.
Many students start earning within 1 to 2 weeks after applying the course strategies. The actual time depends on your dedication and consistency, but the course provides a step-by-step framework to help you set up your shop and generate sales quickly.
No technical expertise is required. This course is designed for beginners and focuses on simple, actionable steps that anyone can follow. All you need is basic smartphone skills and a willingness to create engaging content for TikTok.

TikTok Shop

No, having a large TikTok following is not necessary to earn from TikTok Shop. The course teaches you how to create engaging videos that can go viral, even if you’re starting with a small audience. You’ll also learn how to leverage TikTok’s algorithm, build an audience organically, and use paid ads for quick results. The focus is on helping you attract buyers, not just followers.
This course is unique because it offers step-by-step guidance, real-world examples, and exclusive tips for creating viral TikTok content. It also includes advanced strategies for using TikTok Live and paid advertising to maximize your sales. Additionally, you’ll have lifetime access to updates, support, and a private community of like-minded learners.
Yes, you’ll receive lifetime support, including access to the course materials, regular updates, and a private community where you can ask questions and share experiences.
Absolutely. Whether you’re new to TikTok or e-commerce, this course is designed to guide you through every step of setting up and succeeding with TikTok Shop. You don’t need prior experience—just the motivation to learn and start earning.
No, you can start with a small audience and grow over time. Even a few loyal viewers can support you through tips, donations, or purchases.

live streaming

This course teaches you how to earn money through live streaming on platforms like YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, or Twitch by engaging your audience, promoting products, or collaborating with brands.
You can earn through ad revenue, viewer donations, paid subscriptions, sponsorships, affiliate marketing, and selling products or services during your streams.
Minimal investment is required. You just need a smartphone or camera, a stable internet connection, and optional equipment like a microphone or lighting for better quality.
You’ll learn how to set up your live streams, choose the right platform, engage your audience, promote products effectively, and build a consistent income.
You can start earning as soon as you begin streaming and implement the monetization strategies taught in the course. Some students see results within a few weeks.
Yes, it’s designed for beginners and includes step-by-step guidance to help anyone start earning with live streaming.
Yes, you’ll have lifetime access to the course, community support, and regular updates to help you stay ahead.

Google Adsense

Google AdSense is a program that allows you to earn money by displaying ads on your website, blog, or YouTube channel. You earn revenue whenever visitors click on or view these ads.
Earnings depend on your traffic, niche, and audience engagement. Many beginners earn $100–$300 per month, while advanced publishers can make $1,000+ monthly with consistent effort.
No, starting with Google AdSense requires no monetary investment. All you need is a website or YouTube channel with quality content to apply for an AdSense account.
No technical expertise is required. This course will teach you step-by-step how to set up your AdSense account, create content, and optimize your earnings.
You’ll learn how to create engaging content, drive traffic to your site or channel, apply for Google AdSense approval, and optimize ad placements to maximize revenue.
Once your AdSense account is approved, you can start earning immediately. Approval typically takes 1–2 weeks, depending on your content quality.
Absolutely. This course is designed for beginners with no prior experience and includes everything you need to get started.
Yes, you’ll have lifetime access to the course, ongoing updates, and support via a private community where you can ask questions, share experiences, and get expert feedback.

SEO Course

Yes, you’ll have lifetime access to the course content, updates, and a support community to assist you with any challenges.
This course teaches you how to optimize websites for search engines like Google to improve visibility and traffic. You can earn by offering SEO services to clients, ranking affiliate sites, managing your own website, or running an SEO agency.
No significant investment is required. You only need a computer and internet access to get started. As you grow, optional tools for keyword research or analytics can enhance your results.
No prior technical knowledge is necessary. This course is beginner-friendly and explains all concepts in simple, actionable steps.
You’ll learn the fundamentals of SEO, including keyword research, on-page and off-page optimization, link building, content creation, and using SEO tools like Google Analytics and Search Console. Additionally, you’ll understand how to rank websites and drive organic traffic.
You can start earning within 1–3 months of applying the strategies from the course. Freelancers and beginners can land their first clients quickly by using the networking and pitching techniques provided.
Yes, the course is designed for beginners and provides step-by-step guidance to help you start earning even if you have no prior experience with SEO.
You will learn the essential techniques for building high-quality backlinks, including guest blogging, broken link building, outreach strategies, competitor analysis, and using tools like Ahrefs, Moz, and SEMrush to find link building opportunities.

Link Building Course

Yes, you’ll get lifetime access to the course material, free updates, and ongoing support through a private group and Q&A sessions to ensure your success.
This course teaches you the art of link building, a crucial SEO strategy that improves website rankings by acquiring high-quality backlinks. You can earn by offering link building services to clients, working as a freelance SEO expert, or using these skills to rank affiliate sites and generate passive income.
Link building specialists typically earn $500–$1,500 per project as freelancers. Full-time SEO professionals offering link building services can make $3,000–$5,000+ monthly, depending on their client base and expertise.
No, you don’t need an initial investment to start. You only need a computer and internet access. As you progress, you might invest in premium SEO tools for advanced link building, but it’s not required to begin.
Once you’ve completed the course, you can start offering link building services and getting clients within a few weeks. Freelancers typically land their first project after applying the strategies from the course.
Yes! The course is designed for beginners and provides detailed, easy-to-follow lessons on link building, so you don’t need any prior SEO experience to succeed.

Moroccon Bath for females

A Moroccan bath is a deep cleansing and exfoliating ritual using natural black soap, steam, and body scrubs to detox the skin, improve circulation, and leave your skin baby-soft.
Our female Moroccan bath includes: Full-body steam Application of Moroccan black soap Body exfoliation using a Kessa glove Optional: hair wash, body mask, and moisturizer
The service usually takes 60 to 75 minutes, depending on the package and add-ons.
Yes, it’s suitable for all skin types, including sensitive skin (we use gentle, natural products).
Removes dead skin Unclogs pores Brightens and evens out skin tone Relieves muscle tension Improves blood circulation Boosts relaxation and glow
We recommend once every 2 to 4 weeks for best results.
Just yourself! We provide all essentials: disposable undergarments, towels, slippers, and robe.
Yes, we offer options with herbal, rose, or argan oil-based products. You may request what suits you best.
We can add head massage and hair wash as an upgrade.
Not usually. We use gentle yet effective exfoliation. Sensitive clients can request a softer scrub.
We recommend rescheduling during periods due to body sensitivity and hygiene concerns.
You can book via: WhatsApp Instagram/Facebook DMs Phone call
Yes, we recommend booking at least 24 hours in advance, especially for weekend or evening slots.
Yes, depending on availability. Let us know during booking.
Yes, but only after the first trimester and with doctor approval.
We accept: Cash Cards Bank transfer Payment links or mobile wallets
Yes, just let us know 12–24 hours in advance to reschedule.
Yes, payments can be made post-service in-salon.

Steam & Scrub

A Moroccan bath is a traditional deep-cleansing treatment using natural Moroccan black soap, steam, and exfoliation to remove dead skin, unclog pores, and leave your skin smooth, clean, and refreshed.
Our service includes: Full-body steam Application of Moroccan black soap Scrubbing with Kessa glove Optional: hair wash, clay mask, body lotion, or massage
Removes dead skin and dirt Unclogs pores Brightens and smooths skin Reduces body odor Improves blood circulation Relieves muscle tension Total relaxation and skin detox
It takes around 60 to 75 minutes, depending on selected add-ons.
Yes, the service is provided in a private steam room or cabin, handled by a professional male therapist.
We use authentic Moroccan black soap, natural scrubs, and moisturizing creams or oils based on your skin type.
Yes, regular Moroccan baths help reduce tanning and even out skin tone by deep exfoliation.
Yes, it helps detoxify the skin, remove clogged impurities, and prevent ingrown hairs or body acne.
Not at all! The exfoliation is firm but comfortable and refreshing.
Absolutely! We offer combo packages like Moroccan bath + massage or facial.
Yes, removing dead skin and deep cleansing improves skin hygiene and helps control odor.
Yes, our products are safe and can be adjusted for sensitive or dry skin.
You’ll be provided with disposable shorts or boxers for comfort and hygiene.
Every 2–4 weeks is ideal, depending on lifestyle and skin needs.
You can book through: WhatsApp Phone call Instagram DMs Online booking (if available)
Yes, especially during weekends or evenings. We recommend booking 24 hours in advance.
Yes! We offer combo deals, loyalty plans, and grooming packages.
Yes, with at least 12 hours’ notice, you can reschedule or cancel your booking.
We accept: Cash Credit/Debit cards Mobile wallets Bank transfers or links
Tipping is optional and based on your experience.
Yes, all our staff are certified professionals trained in Moroccan bath techniques.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Moroccan bath for Couples

It’s a relaxing, rejuvenating spa experience where both partners enjoy Moroccan baths together in a luxurious, private setting, each with their own dedicated therapist.
Yes! You both enjoy the experience in a private couple’s suite, designed for comfort and privacy.
Yes. A female therapist attends the lady and a male therapist attends the gentleman, respecting modesty and comfort.
Usually 75 to 90 minutes, depending on any add-ons like massages or facials.
Yes! Ideal for married couples, partners, or even friends/siblings who want a shared spa experience with individual care.
Both are scrubbed in the same room, separately by respective gender-specific therapists.
Bonding through a shared relaxing experience Detoxification and skin glow Reduced stress and tension Full body rejuvenation
We use authentic Moroccan black soap, organic scrubs, natural oils, and optional body masks.
Absolutely! You can upgrade to Moroccan bath + full body couple’s massage combo.
Yes. The exfoliation and hydration revive your skin’s glow and softness.
Yes, we provide fully private amenities including shower and dressing area.
You can book via: WhatsApp Instagram DM Call or online booking link
Yes. We recommend booking 1–2 days in advance, especially for weekends or evenings.
Yes! Add-ons like massage, facial, body mask, or special oils can be included.
Price varies depending on the package. Contact us directly for the latest rate and any offers.
We accept: Cash Card payments Mobile wallets Bank transfers or online payment links
Yes! Regular customers enjoy exclusive couple offers and discounts.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Fuel Pump Used

The majority of gasoline-powered vehicles are typically manufactured with a single fuel pump, most commonly electric, located inside the fuel tank.
Modern vehicles with an internal combustion engine are equipped with an electric fuel pump. Most cars have an in-tank pump mounted within the fuel tank, although some have an inline pump located between the gas tank and the engine.
This transfer of fuel allows the engine to be able to power up and run. In modern vehicles with internal combustion engines, there are two main types of fuel pumps: mechanical and electric.
It's no longer uncommon for a fuel pump to last ten years or longer, and 100,000 miles is well within normal. But that's not a guarantee since fuel pumps can fail from overheating or sitting with bad gas in them too long, or in the rare occurrence of a manufacturer's defect.
A small pipe called a venturi runs alongside the gas nozzle. When the end of the venturi pipe becomes submerged with the rising gas, it chokes off the air pressure that holds the nozzle handle open and shuts down the gas flow.
A fuel pump draws petrol out of the tank through a pipe to the carburettor . The pump may be mechanical worked by the engine - or it may be electric, in which case it is usually next to or even inside the fuel tank .

Bridal Makeup

Matte makeup is ideal for brides who want classic and elegant makeup that can define their features and create a sophisticated contrast. Matte makeup can also last longer than other types of bridal makeup, as it can resist fading or smudging throughout the day.
Importance Of Bridal Makeup:- The bride must look the best. So, the best bridal makeup artist is an essential. The professional artist can increase the natural beauty of the bride. They not only provide a naturally glowing skin but they provide an excellent charisma that the bride really needs on that day.
Bridal makeup should be natural looking as well as feeling light as air on the skin. We want it to last all day and into the evening, be sweat and tear-proof, have it photograph perfectly and make you feel your most beautiful and confident. My technique is all about light layering.
Bride should be 3 hours for make up. Bridesmaids/mothers should be 45 minutes for make up.
Makeup is an art form that allows individuals to express themselves, enhance their features, and feel confident. However, there's a notable distinction between everyday makeup and bridal makeup services. Bridal makeup, in particular, is a specialized branch of makeup artistry that requires unique skills and expertise.
The "best" type of makeup depends on individual preferences, skin type, and desired look. Mineral makeup is popular for its natural ingredients and lightweight feel. Liquid foundation provides full coverage and a smooth finish. Cream makeup offers a creamy texture for a dewy look.
Makeup can help enhance your appearance by concealing imperfections, evening out skin tone, and accentuating your features. It can boost self-confidence and improve one's self-esteem.
Don't Try New Skincare Products As tempting as it can be to experiment before your big day, don't try new products too close to the wedding. You wouldn't want an unexpected breakout or irritation to spoil your bridal makeup. Stick with what your skin already loves!
So here are a few tips I find work well for the morning of a wedding: Organising the order of the morning. ... For me I like to do the makeup after the hairstylist so that way they're not getting hairspray on their faces again. ... Never leave the bride until last.
Makeup typically lasts 4 to 12 hours on the face, depending on the products used, your skin type, and environmental factors. To ensure your makeup stays flawless all day, it's essential to prep your skin properly, use long-wear products, and set your look with powders or sprays
Disadvantages of Bridal Makeup Skin Reactions and Allergies. One of the primary concerns with bridal makeup is the possibility of adverse reactions on the skin. ... Heavy Makeup and Discomfort. ... Prolonged Exposure to Makeup. ... Potential Damage to Skin. ... Impact on Skin Post-Event. ... Chemical Exposure. ... Skin Issues. ... Eye Irritation.
Cream products are great for people with dry skin as they don't cling on to the drier patches of your skin and help you flaunt a hydrated look. However, this may not be a good makeup tip for oily skin. People with oily skin should opt for powder-based products.

Engagement look Makeup

Think light, shimmery eyeshadows, diffused blush, a reddish tint on the lips, and a kitten flick that defines your eyes without overpowering the whole look. Skip the trendy, dewy base and opt for a soft-focus matte base for a flawless finish.
Engagement makeup is a specialized kind of makeup done for pre-wedding events. It aims to make the bride look radiant and beautiful, with a focus on elegance, sophistication, and a natural glow. Skilled makeup artists use techniques like contouring and highlighting to enhance features and create a polished look.
You can use a light shade of concealer to minimize dark undereyes, fine lines, and crevices. After applying concealer, apply foundation all over the face including the lips using upward strokes. You can use bronzer to the sides of the nose to minimize width and a dark shade of blush to enhance your cheekbones.
It doesn't require any special products or tools. As for bridal makeup, it uses special tools and techniques like minerals, air-brush and HD. It is more long-lasting than party makeup since brides need to stay dolled up for a long time.
The key ingredients present in most cosmetics include water, emulsifiers, preservatives, thickeners, moisturisers, colours and fragrances. Ingredients can be naturally occurring or artificial, but any potential impact on our health depends mainly on the chemical compounds they are made of.
This look involves foundation, primer, contouring, gray or black eyeshadow, false lenses, mascara along with bold lipstick. Dewy makeup - Used for giving a radiant and fresh look using illuminator, moisturizer, cream blush, tinted foundation, light lipstick and highlighter gloss.
For your engagement, you may want to go for a formal or semi-formal outfit, such as a gown, saree, or suit, depending on the style of the event and your personal preference.
Opt for a classic, elegant makeup look with a soft glow. A little more emphasis on the eyes or lips can make the look pop without being too heavy.
Yes, many people choose to wear traditional outfits for their engagement, like a lehenga, saree, or a traditional kurta, depending on the cultural context of the engagement.
Soft waves, a neat bun, or braids with a floral touch are popular options for engagement hairstyles. It depends on the formality and theme of your event.
It's about your personal style! If you’re more into bold looks, you can go for smoky eyes and deep lips. If you prefer natural looks, soft tones with a fresh, dewy complexion are great choices.
Coordinate the colors and theme of your outfits with your partner’s to create a cohesive look. You can either match or complement the tones and styles of each other’s outfits.
Classic colors like red, gold, or blush pink are often popular for engagement looks, but feel free to choose colors that resonate with your personal taste and the event’s theme.
Use long-lasting makeup products and hair styling techniques. Setting sprays and hairpins can help ensure that your look stays intact throughout the day
Hiring a professional stylist or makeup artist can elevate your engagement look and ensure that you look your best on the big day, but it’s not mandatory if you prefer to do it yourself.

Party makeup

The best type of makeup for a party would depend on the look you are going for. For a natural look, you could use a light foundation, blush, mascara, and a lip color of your choice. For a more dramatic look, you could use a heavier foundation, contour, eyeshadow, and a bold lip color.
The duration of a professional makeup application can vary, spanning from 30 minutes to 1.5 hours for completion. Typically, makeup applications for members of the bridal party require approximately 30-45 minutes, while bridal makeup applications generally take around an hour.
Party makeup is just a step above the regular makeup you do every day. Also, party makeup usually looks consistent throughout the skin. This means we'll only use one shade of foundation to even out the skin tone. Makeup is an art form, and there is no set pattern or makeup rules that will work for everyone.
If you are getting ready, your makeup artist might suggest that you get your hair done before applying any makeup. Oily Skin Texture: Prolonged make-up on oily skin may affect your freshness. If you have oily skin, it is best to get your hair done before your makeup.
Basic concepts are the words that are necessary for comprehension of incoming information and performance of daily tasks. The correct understanding and usage of basic concepts is essential for effective communicative exchanges in your child's early years as well as success in academia in your child's later years.
Choose a nude shade for easy upkeep between drinks, or a red if you want to make a bold statement. You can also consider investing in a lipliner to cheat your pout and make it look fuller. Turn up the glam factor on your party wear makeup look by topping off your lipstick with a gloss, and you're done!
ndulge in facial steam. Use cleansers and gently rub your skin. Choose micellar water as per your skin type. Focus on the edges of eyelids. Avoid baby wipes.
Longevity is a very important factor that we need to focus on. Party makeup is formulated to last for a short duration as compared to bridal makeup. Party makeups are generally done for a short period and immediate impact which may not need to last for long hours.
You can cleanse your face, moisturize, and apply sunscreen. You can also remove your makeup before going to bed and avoid washing your face with hot water.
Evening makeup looks tend to use more makeup products than a simple daytime makeup routine and often feature bolder shades and artistic techniques. They are often more full coverage finish than a quick-and-easy daytime look and pay more attention to accentuating the look of the lips and eyes.

Corporate Look Makeup

Corporate makeup is worn in a professional setting. It is different from everyday or special occasion makeup, as it needs to be more subtle and understated. Corporate makeup aims to enhance one's natural beauty and make one look polished and put together rather than drawing attention to the makeup itself.
Yes, in a higher conservative corporate environment (so banking, law, finance, private company HQ, even in some higher education environments) a small amount of makeup is expected and unless you naturally look like you have makeup on, you need to wear something.
Business Casual: some shimmery eyeshadow is fine, bronzer and blush can be used with a slightly heavier hand, add another layer of mascara if desired, wearing hair down is fine, and wider range of acceptable nail polish colours. Still no glosses or glitters or frosty highlighters.
Not a lot. In a professional environment, your makeup should be pretty conservative and natural looking, and mostly there to cover up minor flaws. If you cover up dark circles and/or acne, wear a bit of mascara and make sure your brows are groomed, you should be fine.
In the corporate realm, a polished appearance often correlates with competence and meticulousness. Thus, makeup can signal to potential employers or clients that you value your professional image. However, it's essential to find the right balance. Overdoing it can make you appear less approachable and trustworthy.
Makeup today is well manufactured and is tolerated by most skin types, says dermatologist Dr Cara McDonald. However, because makeup accumulates environmental pollutants and toxins during the day, she says a deep cleanse is necessary.
Heavy foundation coverage Bold or bright eyeshadow colors Dramatic eyeliner styles (winged liner, thick lines) Overly contoured or highlighted features Dark or bright lipstick shades
Focus on good skin preparation with moisturizer and primer Blend makeup thoroughly to avoid harsh lines Use a light hand with all products Keep brows neat and groomed Consider a setting powder to help makeup last throughout the day
Liquid or cream foundation with light coverage Neutral eyeshadow palette Brown eyeliner pencil or gel Mascara Nude or soft pink lipstick
While the core principles remain the same, some professions might allow for slightly more makeup depending on the company culture; for example, a creative role may allow for a bit more color or flair compared to a very traditional corporate setting.
Use long-lasting makeup products Touch up with blotting papers and powder as needed Carry a small makeup bag with essentials for quick touch-ups

Red carpet look

A red carpet makeup look is glamorous, polished, and designed to last all night. It usually includes flawless skin, bold or defined eyes, sculpted cheekbones, and a statement lip.
Red carpet makeup is more long-lasting, high-definition (HD), and professionally blended to withstand bright lights, flashes, and long hours without smudging or fading.
Yes! With the right products and techniques, you can create a red carpet-worthy look at home. Proper skin prep, blending, and setting are key.
Smokey eyes, winged eyeliner, and shimmery eyeshadows are popular. Lashes are always voluminous and well-defined.
Most of the time, yes! False lashes enhance the eyes and make them appear bigger and more dramatic on camera
Layering products, using setting powders, and applying a good setting spray help lock in the makeup.
Start with a clean, well-hydrated face. Follow these steps: ✅ Cleanser – Removes dirt and oil. ✅ Exfoliation – Clears dead skin for a smooth base. ✅ Moisturizer – Hydrates and plumps the skin. ✅ Primer – Creates a smooth canvas for makeup.
Yes, but at least 3–5 days before the event to allow the skin to heal and reduce any redness.
Use chilled eye patches, jade rollers, or ice cubes wrapped in a cloth to de-puff the face.
It’s best to do your hair first, then your makeup, to prevent sweat or products from ruining the look.
Use a double-cleansing method: 1️⃣ Oil-based cleanser to break down makeup. 2️⃣ Water-based cleanser to clean the skin deeply.
Sleeping with makeup can clog pores, cause breakouts, and lead to premature aging. Always remove it!
Apply a hydrating mask or aloe vera gel to calm the skin and reduce any irritation.
Wait a day before exfoliating, especially if your skin feels sensitive or irritated.
Apply a rich moisturizer or a hydrating serum with hyaluronic acid to replenish lost moisture.

HD Makeup

HD makeup or high definition makeup is a unique formulation that is specially designed to give you a flawless and natural finish for HD cameras and screens. With growing technologies, specialized cameras can now capture you in real life and define even the smallest details. If your makeup looks cakey or fills in the fine lines, it can ruin all your moments that you want to capture for a lifetime. HD makeup is created to cater to all these challenges with ease
HD makeup has become a popular choice among brides as it covers their flaws and ensures that their skin looks perfect and natural. 1. The HD makeup can last for 5-6 hours and is suitable for functions with shorter duration.
HD makeup has become a popular choice among brides as it covers their flaws and ensures that their skin looks perfect and natural. 1. The HD makeup can last for 5-6 hours and is suitable for functions with shorter duration.
Matte eyeshadows work best on camera, and earth tones (beige, browns, taupe) are the most flattering. Fake eyelashes can really open up your eyes and I highly recommend them to look your best, but can be tricky to apply. Just make sure to choose a length that is not too dramatic.
Designed to withstand tears of joy and any weather conditions, our expert makeup artists use high-quality, waterproof products to ensure your bridal look stays flawless from the ceremony to the dance floor.
Regarding skin type compatibility, HD makeup is generally suitable for all skin types, including oily, dry, and sensitive skin. It's often available in various formulas, such as mattifying or hydrating options, to cater to different needs.
Makeup typically lasts 4 to 12 hours on the face, depending on the products used, your skin type, and environmental factors. To ensure your makeup stays flawless all day, it's essential to prep your skin properly, use long-wear products, and set your look with powders or sprays.
Use cleansers and gently rub your skin Wait for 10-15 seconds and then wipe with a wet cotton cloth before you finally rinse it with water (using a cotton cloth will allow you to see how much makeup and debris is removed from your skin). Don't rub your face vigorously as it might irritate your skin.
Finishing powder blurs fine lines and minimizes the size of your pores to give you a soft, angelic glow. If you take this product up a notch, that's when you get HD powder. This mineral-based powder is specifically formulated for people who are frequently photographed or filmed on high definition cameras.
"Signature makeup" refers to a distinct and recognizable makeup style that is personalized to an individual, often including specific colors, techniques, and products that consistently reflect their personal aesthetic and enhance their unique features, essentially creating a look that is uniquely "their own" when they apply makeup; it's like a personal brand for your face.
HD makeup stands for high definition makeup and does exactly like it sounds. It is well known for its light diffusing property. This property makes this makeup look like the perfect choice for everyone who wants to get themselves clicked by high quality cameras, which is basically every wedding/shoot.
This look involves foundation, primer, contouring, gray or black eyeshadow, false lenses, mascara along with bold lipstick. Dewy makeup - Used for giving a radiant and fresh look using illuminator, moisturizer, cream blush, tinted foundation, light lipstick and highlighter gloss.

Hd bride makeup

HD makeup, or high definition makeup, is a specialized makeup technique that uses products that are designed to look natural and smooth under the scrutiny of high-definition cameras. HD makeup can help you achieve a radiant, airbrushed, and photo-ready complexion that will last throughout your wedding festivities.
Flawless Finish: Covers blemishes, fine lines, and pores without looking heavy. ✅ Lightweight Feel: Doesn’t feel thick or cakey, even with multiple layers. ✅ Long-Lasting: Stays fresh for hours, perfect for weddings. ✅ Natural & Radiant Glow: Doesn’t look artificial under bright lights. ✅ No Flashback: Won’t leave a white cast in flash photography.
Designed to withstand tears of joy and any weather conditions, our expert makeup artists use high-quality, waterproof products to ensure your bridal look stays flawless from the ceremony to the dance floor.
HD powders are essentially the same as finishing powders, only they're marketed slightly differently. HD is short for high-def, or high definition. HD powders were popularized by professional makeup artists to the stars, and they're geared toward those looking to appear flawless on film or camera.
Regarding skin type compatibility, HD makeup is generally suitable for all skin types, including oily, dry, and sensitive skin. It's often available in various formulas, such as mattifying or hydrating options, to cater to different needs.
Among the different makeup looks, the matte makeup look is the most popular. It is one of the most versatile looks. Be it your everyday look, wedding look, or a dramatic look, matte makeup, the best makeup for bride, allows you to rock every day with grace and piousness.
If your makeup artist piles on a heavy amount or doesn't blend well, you are least likely to get a natural-looking flawless look despite using HD makeup products.
A classic red and gold makeup look is perfect for brides wearing traditional red lehengas or sarees. Pair bold red lipstick with gold and bronze eyeshadow, and a hint of highlighter on the cheekbones. Finish with a winged liner and full lashes for a stunning bridal glow.
Accentuating Your Natural Features: Bridal makeup artists are trained to accentuate your natural features and create a look that complements your wedding dress and theme, ensuring that you feel confident and beautiful on your special day.
The last thing you want is to not look as fresh for all your photos come the end of the night. Generally speaking my makeup lasts at least 12 hours, some of my clients tell me that it lasts perfectly until the very next morning!
A bridal stylist will ensure and look into the elements of the dress and accessories and make sure they go well together on you. Accessories ranging from shoe, belt, necklace, bracelet, earrings, hair accessories, veil, etc are playing an important role on your overall presentation.
Matte Makeup Look Among the different makeup looks, the matte makeup look is the most popular. It is one of the most versatile looks. Be it your everyday look, wedding look, or a dramatic look, matte makeup, the best makeup for bride, allows you to rock every day with grace and piousness.
The Benefits of Professional Bridal Makeup Services Expertise and Knowledge: Creating a Look You'll Love. ... Flawless and Long-Lasting Makeup: Confidence Throughout the Day. ... Stress-Free Experience: Relax and Enjoy Your Special Day. ... Bridal Trial: Perfecting Your Dream Look. ... Professional Products: A Flawless Canvas.

Haldi ceremony

The Haldi ceremony is a pre-wedding ritual in South Asian weddings where a turmeric (haldi) paste is applied to the bride and groom to bring a natural glow and ward off evil. Since this ceremony involves turmeric, water, and playful moments, makeup needs to be lightweight, fresh, and long-lasting to withstand the event while enhancing natural beauty.
Haldi makeup is usually minimal and fresh, focusing on glowing skin and soft features. A full-coverage look isn’t necessary because the Haldi paste itself gives a natural glow. Instead, a dewy, no-makeup look works best, using BB cream or light foundation, waterproof mascara, and tinted lips.
Since turmeric can stain and dry out the skin, moisturizing and priming are essential. Start with a hydrating moisturizer and apply a barrier cream or oil (like coconut or aloe vera gel) to prevent Haldi from staining the skin. This makes it easier to wash off later.
Since Haldi is a daytime, fun-filled event, eye makeup should be soft and simple. A touch of gold or champagne shimmer, a thin eyeliner, and waterproof mascara are enough to define the eyes. Avoid dark smokey eyes or heavy kajal, as they might smudge due to the water and Haldi application.
Since Haldi ceremonies often feature yellow, orange, or floral outfits, warm lip shades like coral, peach, soft pink, or glossy nudes work best. Matte lipsticks stay longer, but a hydrating lip tint or gloss can give a fresh and natural vibe. Avoid deep reds or dark browns, as they might look too heavy for a morning function.
Since Haldi ceremonies involve water splashes and turmeric application, use waterproof and sweat-proof products. Apply a good setting spray, and avoid too much powder, as it can make the face look dry when mixed with Haldi.
Yes! Many brides and guests wear floral or gota jewelry to complement the soft, fresh makeup look. These pieces enhance the beauty of a minimal Haldi outfit.
Yes, but subtly. If you’re wearing yellow or orange, go for warm-toned makeup with peachy blush and golden highlights. If your outfit has floral elements, a soft pink or coral touch can complement it beautifully.
Since Haldi can get messy, braided buns, loose curls, or simple ponytails are practical choices. Many brides add floral hair accessories for a soft and traditional touch.

Pakistani Mehndi Makeup

Pakistani makeup is known for its balance between tradition and glamour. It often features flawless, full-coverage foundation, dramatic eye makeup, and rich lip colors that enhance natural beauty. The focus is on perfectly blended contours, bold eyeliner, and a radiant complexion that looks great both in person and in photographs.
Mehndi makeup is usually softer and more playful than bridal makeup. Since Mehndi events are colorful and lively, makeup is kept fresh with warm tones, subtle shimmer, and soft glows rather than heavy contouring or dark shades. Brides may opt for gold, peach, or pink hues with dewy skin, while guests often go for vibrant eye looks and glossy lips. Bridal makeup, on the other hand, is heavier with full glam, bolder eyes, and long-lasting formulas.
Since Pakistani events are usually long and can get warm, a matte or semi-matte, full-coverage foundation works best. Brands like Huda Beauty, NARS, Estée Lauder, and MAC are popular choices because they offer a flawless finish without looking cakey. HD foundations are also commonly used to ensure the makeup looks great in photography.
For Mehndi functions, eye makeup is often more fun and colorful than for the actual wedding day. A soft golden shimmer, green, peach, or coral eyeshadow paired with winged eyeliner and voluminous lashes is a favorite. Some brides or guests also experiment with glitter eyeshadows or colored kajal to match their outfits. False lashes help define the eyes, and kohl-rimmed waterlines complete the traditional Mehndi look.
It depends on your skin type and preference. A soft, radiant glow is often preferred for Mehndi, as it gives a fresh and youthful look. A matte base with highlighter on the high points of the face can also create a well-balanced effect. If you have oily skin, a semi-matte finish with good oil control works better to keep makeup intact throughout the event.
Since Mehndi events are vibrant and fun, soft pinks, corals, peachy nudes, and bold reds are great choices. Matte liquid lipsticks are popular because they last longer, but some people prefer a creamy finish for comfort. The shade should complement your outfit, so if you're wearing warm tones, peach or coral works best, while cooler tones go well with pinks and deep reds.
Using a long-wear primer, waterproof eyeliner, and setting spray is key. Mehndi nights involve dancing and long hours, so sweat-proof and humidity-resistant makeup is essential. Setting powders and blotting papers help control oil and keep the makeup fresh.
It doesn't have to match exactly, but it should complement the outfit. If your dress is green, yellow, or orange (traditional Mehndi colors), your makeup can have gold, peach, or soft pink hues for a harmonious look. Some brides like to experiment with contrasting colors for a bold effect, such as gold and deep red lips or bronze eyes with a pink lip.

Pakistani Barat Look

Barat makeup is glamorous, long-lasting, and full coverage because it is the most special day for the bride. It usually includes a matte or semi-matte foundation, bold eyes, heavy lashes, sharp contouring, and deep lip colors that complement the bridal outfit.
It depends on your preference! A traditional Barat look features bold kohl-lined eyes, red or maroon lips, and gold or bronze tones. A modern Barat look focuses on soft glam, neutral lips, subtle shimmer, and a flawless airbrushed finish.
A full-coverage, long-wearing, and sweat-proof foundation is a must for Barat. Popular choices include Huda Beauty Faux Filter, Estée Lauder Double Wear, NARS Natural Radiant Longwear, and MAC Studio Fix.
Matte or semi-matte is best for Barat because it looks flawless in photography and lasts longer. However, a subtle glow using highlighter can enhance the look without making the skin too shiny.
Bold and dramatic eyes are key! This includes smokey eyes, glittery gold or bronze eyeshadows, thick eyeliner, and heavy lashes. Kajal on the waterline adds a traditional touch.
The most popular Barat lipstick shades are deep reds, maroons, burgundy, and dark pinks. Some modern brides opt for peachy nudes or soft browns for a subtle twist.
A good primer, setting powder, and a long-lasting setting spray (like Urban Decay All Nighter) are essential. Waterproof products help prevent smudging.
Avoid layering too much foundation or powder. Use a damp beauty blender to blend everything smoothly and set the makeup lightly with powder. A final spritz of setting spray helps melt everything together.
If you want a flawless, long-lasting look, a professional makeup artist is recommended. If you're confident in your skills, practice a few times before the wedding.

Car Mechanic

Car mechanics offer a range of services, including routine maintenance (oil changes, brake inspections), diagnostics, engine repair, transmission services, and more.
If you notice unusual noises, warning lights on the dashboard, decreased performance, or any fluid leaks, it’s time to consult a mechanic.
Look for certified professionals with positive reviews, transparent pricing, and a warranty on their services.
Choose the quote that best fits your budget and service expectations. Keep in mind that the cheapest option isn’t always the best.
Many mechanics provide warranties on parts and labor. Always ask about the warranty terms before authorizing repairs.
Yes, you can fill out our quotation form, select the required service, and receive quotes from our network of 500+ mechanics.
We work with mechanics who are experienced and certified in their respective fields.
Please contact the mechanic directly. We connect you with professionals but are not responsible for post-service disputes.
It’s recommended to service your car every 6,000 to 10,000 km or every 6 months, whichever comes first. Refer to your car manual for specific guidelines.
The check engine light can indicate various issues, from a loose gas cap to engine malfunctions. It’s best to get a diagnostic check as soon as possible.
Overheating can be due to a low coolant level, a faulty radiator, a broken thermostat, or engine issues. Don’t drive an overheating car—get it checked immediately.
Different noises can mean different issues. Squealing may indicate worn-out belts, knocking could signal engine problems, and grinding might mean brake wear.
Regular maintenance, proper tire inflation, using quality fuel, and avoiding aggressive driving can improve fuel efficiency.
A dead battery is the most common reason. Check the battery, starter, and alternator, or call a mechanic for assistance.
Tire imbalance, alignment issues, suspension problems, or worn-out engine mounts could cause vibrations.

Pakistani Walima Makeup

Walima makeup is the bridal look designed for the reception day (Walima) and is usually softer, more elegant, and less dramatic than Barat makeup.
Barat makeup is typically bold and heavy with dramatic eyes and rich tones, while Walima makeup leans toward soft glam, pastel shades, and a more natural glow.
Soft glam, pastel eyeshadow, glossy lips, dewy skin, and natural lashes are trending for Walima in 2025.
Light to medium makeup is generally preferred for Walima, especially if the event is during the day.
Yes, soft shimmer or metallic shades like champagne or rose gold work beautifully for Walima looks.
Use a primer, setting spray, waterproof products, and blotting paper for touch-ups during the event.
It’s best to book 1–3 months in advance to ensure availability, especially in peak wedding seasons.
It’s best to book 1–3 months in advance to ensure availability, especially in peak wedding seasons.
Yes, makeup trials are recommended and often offered as part of bridal packages.
Soft curls, elegant buns, or braided styles with light floral touches are ideal for Walima day.
False lashes enhance the eyes and are highly recommended for a complete bridal look.
Remove makeup gently, moisturize well, and avoid scrubbing or harsh products right after the event.

Buy Leads

Buying leads means you're starting from a position that's farther along the buying process than cold calling, which means more conversions. Here lies the return on investment.
What does it mean to buy leads? Buying leads essentially means that you're purchasing information about your potential customers or clients. Instead of carrying out your own lead generation – in-house via marketing efforts and other techniques – you can simply buy leads from other sources.
A purchase lead is simply an individual who has expressed interest in purchasing your product or service. It could be a customer who has visited your website, interacted with you on social media, or even made a phone call to inquire about your product or services.
At the end of the day, the names in your database are going to be a valuable tool that helps you keep a steady incoming flow of business. Paid leads do have value, but only if you're using those leads to add names to your database and grow your business.
Sales leads help prevent you from wandering aimlessly trying to find your next customers. Leads serve as a guide to new revenue opportunities to grow your business. When you nurture your sales leads, you create an important source to getting more people into your sales funnel.

Whatsapp Messaging

To create a custom link, fill your WhatsApp number into the form above and press the “generate WhatsApp link” button. Optionally, you can add a custom message that will be prefilled when someone uses your link. It’s a perfect way to help them break the ice with you.
In order for a potential client to write to your business, they need to know your number and find you in the app. Our free tool allows you to create as many shareable WhatsApp links as you need. Add them to your Instagram bio, buttons on your website, your email signature and more!
Adding a custom message gives your contacts an “icebreaker” text, so that contacting you for the first time is even easier. They can also become a part of your messaging strategy: Use them to help you track which sources contacts are writing to you from, or create separate links with custom messages to help you easily sort sales inquiries from support questions.
Yes! Plus, creating multiple WhatsApp links with their own custom messages is also a smart way to quickly categorize incoming conversations in your inbox.

Relaxing massage

A relaxing massage is a therapeutic treatment that uses gentle, flowing techniques to reduce stress and tension while promoting relaxation, improved blood circulation, and overall well-being.
Relaxing massage focuses on soothing and de-stressing the body using lighter pressure, longer strokes, and calming methods, unlike deeper tissue massages which target chronic muscle tension.
It is suitable for anyone looking to unwind from stress, reduce anxiety, and promote relaxation, including those with mild muscle tension or hectic lifestyles.
Benefits include stress relief, improved circulation, muscle relaxation, enhanced mood, decreased blood pressure, and overall feelings of calm and balance.
Yes, it is a gentle, noninvasive therapy ideal for new clients as well as those who routinely use massage therapy for relaxation and wellness.
Yes, high-quality natural oils or lotions are typically used to reduce friction on the skin and enhance the soothing effects with pleasant aromas.
You can expect a tranquil environment with soft lighting and calming music, where the therapist performs smooth, fluid strokes to help ease muscle tension and encourage deep relaxation.
Sessions typically last between 60 to 90 minutes, though shorter sessions (around 30 minutes) may be available if needed.
Many clients feel immediate relief from stress and tension, while the full benefits may continue to develop over several hours as the body relaxes.
It’s advisable to hydrate well, rest if possible, and avoid intense physical activity immediately after your session to allow your body to fully absorb the benefits.
By lowering cortisol levels and increasing serotonin production, a relaxing massage helps reduce anxiety, improve mood, and promote a sense of calm.

Swedish Massage

Swedish massage is a gentle, full-body massage that uses long strokes, kneading, and circular movements to relax the body and improve circulation.
It reduces stress, relaxes muscles, improves blood flow, enhances flexibility, and supports overall wellness.
No, it should be deeply relaxing and not painful. The pressure is usually light to moderate and adjustable to your comfort.
Typically 60 to 90 minutes, but 30-minute options may be available for specific areas.
Techniques include effleurage (long strokes), petrissage (kneading), friction, vibration, and gentle tapping.
Yes, oils or lotions are used to reduce friction and allow smooth gliding over the skin.
Yes, it promotes the release of endorphins and reduces stress hormones, helping with anxiety, depression, and mood balance.
Absolutely. It calms the nervous system and promotes deeper, more restful sleep.
Only if done by a trained prenatal therapist and typically after the first trimester. Some modifications will be made for safety.
For relaxation, once every 2–4 weeks is ideal. For stress or mild tension, once a week may be beneficial.
You should always consult your doctor and inform your therapist about any conditions like high blood pressure, varicose veins, or recent surgery.

Steam Massage

Steam massage is a therapeutic treatment that combines traditional massage techniques with the application of warm steam to the body, helping relax muscles, open pores, and enhance detoxification.
Steam softens the muscles and skin, making it easier for the therapist to work deeper into the tissues while increasing blood circulation and boosting relaxation.
Deep muscle relaxation Detoxification through sweating Skin cleansing and hydration Stress and tension relief Enhanced blood circulation Relief from joint and muscle pain
Steam can be applied via steam canopies, steam rooms, or herbal steam compresses (as used in Thai or Ayurvedic massage).
Yes. The sweating process helps flush out toxins, making it excellent for detox and lymphatic drainage.
It’s ideal for people with muscle stiffness, body fatigue, poor circulation, skin concerns, or those simply looking to relax and rejuvenate.
Yes. Herbal steam (using lemongrass, neem, eucalyptus, etc.) enhances the therapeutic effect by offering anti-inflammatory, antiseptic, and relaxing properties.
Usually 60–90 minutes, with 10–20 minutes of steam applied before, during, or after the massage.
Yes. Sweating is part of the process, helping your body release toxins and cool down naturally.
It’s not a weight-loss solution, but it can support fat metabolism, reduce bloating, and help remove water weight temporarily.
Drink lots of water, avoid cold exposure immediately, rest, and avoid caffeine or alcohol for a few hours.

Thai Massage

Thai Massage is a traditional healing technique that combines acupressure, assisted yoga-style stretching, and energy work to promote relaxation, flexibility, and balance in the body.
Unlike Swedish or oil-based massages, Thai Massage is performed fully clothed on a floor mat. It involves stretching, pulling, and rhythmic compression, rather than kneading muscles.
Increases flexibility and mobility Improves blood and lymph circulation Reduces muscle tension and fatigue Enhances energy flow Relieves stress and promotes deep relaxation Supports postural alignment
It can be intense at times due to deep pressure and stretching, but it should never be painful. Always communicate with your therapist about your comfort level.
No. You remain fully clothed in comfortable, stretchy attire like yoga clothes or provided massage garments.
Typically 60 to 120 minutes. The full sequence is ideally done in 90–120 minutes for maximum benefit.
Most people can safely enjoy it, but those with recent injuries, herniated discs, pregnancy, high blood pressure, or other medical conditions should consult a doctor first.
Yes. It’s especially beneficial for chronic back, shoulder, and hip pain caused by muscle tension or postural imbalances.
Yes. It’s especially beneficial for chronic back, shoulder, and hip pain caused by muscle tension or postural imbalances.
Yes, it promotes deep relaxation, reduces cortisol (stress hormone), and balances the nervous system, helping improve sleep and reduce anxiety.
Definitely. It improves flexibility, speeds up recovery, and helps prevent injuries.
While not religious, traditional Thai Massage has roots in Buddhist philosophy and is often practiced with mindfulness and intention, making it both physical and meditative.
Yes. By lengthening tight muscles and realigning the body, it can significantly help with posture over time.

Deep Tissue Massage

Deep tissue massage is a therapeutic technique that uses firm pressure and slow strokes to reach deeper layers of muscle and fascia (connective tissue) to relieve chronic pain, tension, and stiffness.
Unlike Swedish or relaxation massage, deep tissue focuses on realigning deep muscle layers and breaking down adhesions (muscle knots) using more intense pressure.
Some discomfort is normal, especially when targeting tight or injured areas, but it should never feel unbearable. Always communicate with your therapist about pressure levels.
Relieves chronic pain and muscle tension Improves mobility and flexibility Speeds up injury recovery Reduces stress and anxiety Improves posture and body alignment
It’s ideal for people with chronic pain, athletes, those with physically demanding jobs, or individuals recovering from injury.
Yes. It’s one of the most effective treatments for chronic back pain, especially in the lower back and shoulders.
Most sessions last 60 to 90 minutes, depending on the areas being targeted.
Stay hydrated, avoid heavy meals, and arrive a bit early to relax. Inform your therapist about any medical conditions or injuries.
Yes, even though it’s intense, it activates the parasympathetic nervous system and can deeply calm the body and mind.
Yes, but in small amounts. The goal is to allow enough friction for deeper work while still protecting the skin.
Yes, especially if they’re caused by neck, shoulder, or upper back tension.
It’s generally safe, but not recommended for people with blood clotting disorders, recent surgeries, or certain skin infections without medical approval.
It’s best to wait at least 24 hours to allow your muscles to rest and recover.
If you have chronic pain, limited mobility, or muscle tightness that doesn’t respond to light massage, deep tissue is likely a good option.
Deep tissue massage is a therapeutic technique that targets the deeper layers of muscle and connective tissue, aiming to relieve chronic tension, stiffness, and muscle pain.
When performed by a well-trained therapist, it is generally safe. It’s important to inform your therapist of any specific medical conditions, injuries, or areas of sensitivity.
Yes, providing details about previous injuries, chronic conditions, or current medications is essential to tailor the treatment effectively and safely.
Pregnant women should consult with a healthcare provider and seek a therapist specialized in prenatal massage, as modifications in technique and pressure are necessary.
Yes, combining it with stretching exercises, yoga, or physiotherapy can maximize overall results and help maintain long-term muscle health.
Ayurveda massage is a therapeutic treatment rooted in the ancient Indian system of Ayurveda. It employs herbal oils, heat, and tailored massage techniques designed to balance the body’s doshas (vata, pitta, and kapha) and restore holistic well-being.

Express Massage

A basic massage, often referred to as a Swedish massage, involves gentle techniques like gliding, kneading, and tapping to promote relaxation and improve circulation.
Benefits include stress reduction, muscle tension relief, improved blood flow, and enhanced overall well-being.
Sessions usually range from 30 to 90 minutes, depending on your preference and the areas of focus.
Basic massages are generally gentle. However, always communicate with your therapist about pressure preferences.
Massage therapists are professionals who prioritize your comfort and privacy. If you have concerns about specific areas, discuss them beforehand.
Some mild soreness can occur, especially if it's your first massage, but it typically subsides within a day.
Frequency depends on individual needs. Some benefit from weekly sessions, while others find monthly visits sufficient.
Yes, prenatal massage is generally safe during the second and third trimesters. However, it's important to inform your therapist about your pregnancy so they can adjust techniques and positioning accordingly. Always consult your healthcare provider before scheduling a massage during pregnancy.
Certain conditions, such as fever, contagious skin issues, or recent surgeries, may contraindicate massage. Always disclose your full medical history to your therapist, and consult your doctor if you're unsure.
Massage therapists are professionals who focus on therapeutic outcomes, not appearances. Whether it's body hair, scars, or other concerns, rest assured that therapists provide a judgment-free environment.

Balinese massage

Balinese massage is a holistic therapy that combines gentle stretches, acupressure, aromatherapy, and deep tissue work. It reflects the rich cultural traditions of Bali and is intended to balance the body’s energy, ease tension, and promote overall well-being.
The therapy is rooted in traditional Indonesian healing practices and reflects influences from Chinese, Indian, and Southeast Asian massage techniques developed over centuries.
Unlike a standard Swedish massage, Balinese massage integrates varied techniques—ranging from deep tissue pressure to long, flowing strokes—often enhanced with the use of essential oils and gentle stretches for a more spiritually and physically invigorating experience.
It is ideal for individuals seeking stress relief, improved circulation, and muscle relaxation. Clients with moderate muscle tension, chronic fatigue, or those wishing to enhance their overall sense of vitality may especially benefit.
Sessions normally range from 60 to 90 minutes. However, shorter or extended sessions may be available based on client preference and treatment goals.
Key benefits include stress reduction, improved blood circulation, relief from muscle tension, enhanced flexibility, and a balanced flow of energy throughout the body.
Many clients experience improved sleep quality as a result of reduced stress and relaxation achieved during the session.
Those with severe skin conditions, infections, or certain circulatory problems—and pregnant women in the early months—should consult a medical professional before booking a session.
It is best to avoid heavy meals immediately before the session. A light snack is acceptable if needed. After the session, you might want to have a balanced meal and drink plenty of water.
Balinese massage can be safe during pregnancy if modifications are made, especially by a therapist with prenatal massage training. Always consult your doctor beforehand.
Expect a tranquil environment with calming music, gentle lighting, and a blend of techniques that may include long strokes, acupressure, and stretching. The use of aromatic essential oils enhances relaxation.
Yes, Balinese massage often complements other holistic or medical treatments such as physiotherapy, acupuncture, or yoga.
Frequency varies based on individual needs. Some clients opt for monthly sessions as maintenance, while others may benefit from weekly sessions during periods of higher stress or physical discomfort.

Ayurveda massage

Ayurveda massage is a therapeutic treatment rooted in the ancient Indian system of Ayurveda. It employs herbal oils, heat, and tailored massage techniques designed to balance the body’s doshas (vata, pitta, and kapha) and restore holistic well-being.
The treatment is based on the belief that health is achieved through maintaining balance among the body, mind, and spirit. Ayurveda massage emphasizes detoxification, improved circulation, and energy flow.
Unlike Western massages that often focus solely on the physical muscles, Ayurveda massage is a holistic approach that incorporates herbal treatments, individualized techniques, and an emphasis on restoring energetic balance according to one’s dosha.
It is beneficial for individuals seeking stress relief, detoxification, improved digestion, better sleep, and overall wellness. It can be particularly supportive for those with imbalanced energy or chronic tension linked to lifestyle factors.
Herbal oils are a cornerstone of Ayurveda therapy. Selected based on your unique dosha, these oils deliver healing properties, help penetrate deep tissues, and nurture the skin while promoting mental relaxation.
Sessions generally run between 60 and 90 minutes, but some treatments may last longer depending on the therapy package and individual needs.
The benefits include improved circulation, detoxification, enhanced skin health, stress reduction, better sleep quality, and overall energy balancing.
Yes, the warming herbal oils and tailored techniques help relax muscles and can alleviate chronic tension or pain while also calming the nervous system.
Yes, the combination of warm oil therapy and massage techniques encourages lymphatic drainage and the release of toxins, supporting the body’s natural detoxification processes.
It is best to come well-hydrated and with a light meal a couple of hours before the session. Avoid heavy foods and alcohol, which can interfere with the detox process.
Generally, it is suitable for adults. However, special modifications are made for the elderly or those with specific health concerns. Consultation with your therapist is advised before treatment.
Pregnant women should consult their healthcare provider and choose a therapist skilled in prenatal Ayurveda massage, as techniques and oil selection may need modification.

Shiatsu massage

Shiatsu is a Japanese form of bodywork that uses finger pressure, stretches, and joint manipulation to balance the body’s energy (Qi or Ki), reduce tension, and support overall wellness.
“Shiatsu” means “finger pressure” in Japanese. It involves applying pressure with the fingers, thumbs, palms, and sometimes elbows or knees.
Unlike oil-based massages, Shiatsu is typically performed fully clothed on a mat or low table, focusing on acupressure points and energy flow rather than kneading muscles.
Relieves stress and anxiety Improves sleep Alleviates muscle pain and stiffness Boosts energy and vitality Enhances digestion Stimulates circulation and lymphatic flow Promotes emotional and physical balance
Yes, both are based on Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) principles and focus on meridians (energy channels), but Shiatsu uses touch instead of needles.
Common issues include headaches, back pain, sciatica, digestive problems, insomnia, fatigue, menstrual issues, anxiety, and poor circulation.
Typically 60–90 minutes. Shorter 30-minute sessions may be available for targeted concerns.
It shouldn't be painful. Some areas may feel tender if energy is blocked or the muscles are tight, but the pressure is adjustable to your comfort.
Generally yes, but clients with serious health conditions, injuries, pregnancy, or high blood pressure should consult a healthcare provider and inform the therapist in advance.
Absolutely. By restoring energy flow and stimulating specific meridians, Shiatsu helps revitalize the body.
It can be both. Some feel deeply relaxed and sleepy afterward, while others feel refreshed and energized — depending on their body’s needs.
Drink water, rest if needed, and avoid heavy meals or stress. Your body continues to process the effects after the session.
Yes. Shiatsu pairs well with aromatherapy, yoga, reflexology, acupuncture, or meditation practices.

Dry Cuping Massage

Dry cupping massage involves placing specially designed suction cups on the skin to create negative pressure, which helps lift soft tissues, increase blood flow, and relieve muscle tension without any incisions or bloodletting.
Dry cupping uses suction alone, whereas wet cupping (Hijama) involves controlled minor skin incisions to draw out a small amount of blood along with the suction treatment.
It is commonly used to alleviate muscle pain, reduce inflammation, improve circulation, and assist in the treatment of conditions like back pain, neck tension, and sports injuries.
A therapist applies cups—made of glass, silicone, or plastic—to specific areas on the body. Suction is created either by a pump or by heating the cup briefly before placement.
Common areas include the back, shoulders, neck, and limbs. The treatment is often customized depending on the location of tension and the client's specific needs.
Sessions usually last between 15 to 30 minutes, although the duration may vary based on the treatment protocol and individual client requirements.
The sensation varies; while many find it relaxing, some may experience mild discomfort or a pulling sensation that is generally tolerable and temporary.
Yes, many therapists incorporate it into a broader massage session to help release deep muscle tension and enhance overall relaxation.
Yes by improving local blood flow and stimulating the lymphatic system, dry cupping can help reduce inflammation in targeted areas.
The suction helps to break up stagnant energy and muscle adhesions, which can accelerate recovery from injuries or intense physical activity.
Many clients report long-term improvements in pain management after repeated treatments, particularly for conditions like back pain and tension headaches.
Expect a calm environment where the therapist applies and later removes the cups. You may notice circular marks on your skin after the session, which are a normal response to the suction.
It is generally safe for most people when performed by a trained therapist. However, individuals with skin conditions, blood clotting disorders, or those who are pregnant should consult their healthcare provider first.
Inform your therapist of any medical conditions, medications, or recent injuries. This helps ensure the treatment is safe and effectively customized to your needs.
Frequency depends on your specific condition and treatment goals. Some clients may benefit from weekly sessions initially, followed by maintenance treatments every few weeks.

Shaitsu massage

Shiatsu is a traditional Japanese massage that uses finger pressure, stretches, and joint manipulation to balance energy flow, relieve tension, and improve overall wellness.
Not at all. It uses firm but gentle pressure. It may feel intense at certain tension points, but it’s never painful.
Stress relief Improved blood circulation Muscle relaxation Boosted immune system Relief from headaches and fatigue Balanced energy (Qi)
Unlike oil-based Swedish or deep tissue massages, Shiatsu uses pressure points and doesn’t require undressing or oils. It focuses on energy flow and acupressure instead of muscle kneading.
Usually, 45 to 60 minutes. You can choose based on your preference or therapist recommendation.
Yes, we offer professional Shiatsu massage services at home with trained therapists.
Shiatsu should be avoided during pregnancy unless recommended by a doctor and performed by a certified prenatal Shiatsu therapist.
Yes. We accept cash, bank transfer, card, or payment links.
We have a Free Fix Guarantee. You can report through WhatsApp or our app, and we’ll resolve the issue quickly.
Yes. You can choose the gender of your therapist based on comfort and availability.
No, Shiatsu is typically performed without oil, and you remain fully clothed in comfortable attire.
Anyone! It’s safe and effective for men, women, and even elderly people. It's especially helpful for those with stress, fatigue, or chronic tension.

Soft tissue massage

Soft tissue massage is a therapeutic technique that focuses on realigning deeper layers of muscles and connective tissue. It is designed to relieve muscle tension, improve blood flow, and enhance mobility.
Unlike Swedish or deep tissue massage, soft tissue massage specifically targets muscles, tendons, ligaments, and fascia using specialized techniques to release tightness and improve tissue elasticity.
It is often recommended for chronic muscle tension, repetitive strain injuries, fibromyalgia, sports injuries, and general muscle stiffness.
Yes, by releasing muscle knots and reducing adhesions, it can significantly alleviate chronic pain linked to muscle imbalances or overuse.
Sessions usually last between 45 and 90 minutes, depending on the extent of treatment required and the client's specific needs.
You can expect a focused, hands-on treatment where the therapist will work on specific areas of tension using a combination of manual techniques and stretches.
Arriving well-hydrated and in comfortable clothing is ideal. There’s no need for special preparation, though a light meal beforehand can be beneficial.
When performed by a licensed therapist, it is generally safe. However, individuals with certain conditions (such as recent injuries or severe osteoporosis) should consult their healthcare provider first.
It is advisable to drink plenty of water, rest as needed, and gently stretch afterward to help the muscles recover and maintain the benefits.
Yes, it often complements other treatments such as physiotherapy, chiropractic care, or acupuncture to address musculoskeletal issues holistically.

Sciatica pain massage

Sciatica pain massage is a targeted therapeutic treatment designed to relieve the pain and discomfort associated with sciatica—commonly caused by irritation or compression of the sciatic nerve.
Sciatica typically results from conditions such as herniated discs, spinal stenosis, or muscle spasm that irritate or compress the sciatic nerve, resulting in radiating pain from the lower back down the leg.
Massage can alleviate muscle tension, enhance blood flow, reduce inflammation, and relieve pressure on the sciatic nerve by relaxing the surrounding muscles and connective tissues.
Not exactly. While deep tissue techniques may be part of sciatica massage, the treatment is customized to address nerve pain and often includes techniques to gently release muscle tightness without aggravating the nerve.
Sessions generally last between 45 and 90 minutes, with the duration tailored to the client’s level of discomfort and specific treatment goals.
You can expect a consultation to discuss symptoms and areas of pain, followed by a treatment that focuses on relieving muscle tension around the lower back, buttocks, and legs with a combination of massage techniques.
Benefits include reduced muscle tension, improved blood circulation, alleviation of nerve pressure, decreased inflammation, and overall pain relief that may lead to better mobility.
Many clients experience immediate relaxation during the session, with continued improvement in pain and mobility over the following days as the body responds to the therapy.
Massage primarily manages symptoms by relieving muscle tension. Addressing the underlying cause typically requires a multidisciplinary approach that may include medical treatment, physical therapy, or lifestyle changes.
Generally, yes, when performed by a licensed therapist. However, those with severe spinal conditions or recent injuries should consult their healthcare provider before starting treatment.
In most cases, massage reduces inflammation. However, mild soreness or temporary swelling may occur, which can be managed with proper hydration and rest.
It is advisable to drink plenty of water to help flush out toxins, perform gentle stretching as advised by your therapist, and avoid strenuous activities immediately after the session.
The frequency depends on the severity of your condition and overall treatment plan—many benefit from weekly sessions initially, with adjustments based on progress and comfort.

Cervical pain massage

Cervical pain massage is a targeted therapeutic treatment aimed at relieving pain and tension in the neck region by using specific massage techniques to relax muscles, improve blood flow, and reduce nerve compression.
Cervical pain can result from poor posture, muscle strain, stress, injuries, degenerative conditions, or tension headaches that affect the neck and upper spine.
Massage therapy reduces muscle tension, decreases inflammation, promotes relaxation, and improves circulation, which collectively help relieve the pressure on nerves and reduce neck pain.
While it benefits most adults experiencing neck discomfort, individuals with severe spinal conditions or recent neck injuries should obtain medical clearance before undergoing massage therapy.
Techniques often include gentle Swedish massage, myofascial release, deep tissue massage, trigger point therapy, and sometimes acupressure focused specifically on the neck, shoulders, and upper back.
Therapists start with a thorough evaluation of muscle tension and pain points in the cervical area, then tailor the pressure and techniques—ensuring they work within your pain tolerance and specific needs.
Gentle stretching is often included to improve range of motion in the neck and reduce stiffness, reinforcing the benefits of the massage.
The primary benefits include reduced muscle tension, alleviation of pain, improved neck mobility, decreased stiffness, and overall stress reduction, which can contribute to a better quality of life.
Many clients experience immediate relief during or shortly after the session, though consistent improvements are usually seen over a series of treatments.
Sessions typically last between 30 to 60 minutes, although the duration may vary based on the severity of symptoms and treatment objectives.
Expect to begin with a consultation regarding your symptoms and medical history. During the session, you will be comfortably draped while the therapist works on the neck, upper shoulders, and upper back with targeted techniques.
Yes, it is often part of a multi-disciplinary approach that includes physical therapy, chiropractic care, and exercise programs tailored to strengthen neck muscles.
The frequency depends on your condition. Many clients start with weekly sessions to alleviate acute pain, then transition to biweekly or monthly sessions for maintenance.

Back pain slip disk massage

A slipped disc occurs when the soft inner part of a spinal disc pushes through the outer layer, often causing nerve pain, numbness, or weakness.
Massage doesn’t fix the disc itself, but it can relieve associated muscle tension, improve blood flow, and reduce pain caused by nerve compression.
Techniques like deep tissue massage, trigger point therapy, myofascial release, and Swedish massage (for relaxation) can be helpful—depending on the severity and doctor's advice.
Absolutely. Always get a diagnosis and medical clearance before beginning any manual therapy for disc-related issues.
No. It should be considered a supportive treatment alongside physiotherapy, medication, or chiropractic care—not a standalone cure.
Depending on your condition: lower back, glutes, hips, hamstrings, and sometimes the upper back or neck (to address postural compensation).
Between 45–60 minutes, depending on the severity and treatment plan.
Many people feel immediate relief, but for chronic or severe issues, several sessions may be needed for lasting improvement.
Yes, targeted massage can calm spasms and improve mobility.
No. Massage offers relief from symptoms but does not correct the disc displacement.
Typically, a series of 4–6 sessions over a few weeks is recommended, followed by maintenance sessions based on your response.
Mild soreness can occur, especially after deep tissue work. It usually subsides within 24–48 hours.
No. Massage offers relief from symptoms but does not correct the disc displacement.
A slipped or herniated disc occurs when the soft inner core of a spinal disc protrudes through its outer layer, potentially pressing on nearby nerves and causing pain, numbness, or weakness.
Yes, when performed by a qualified therapist who avoids direct pressure on the spine and tailors techniques to the individual's condition .
Massage can reduce muscle tension, alleviate radiating pain, improve flexibility, and decrease inflammation .
Effective methods include: Deep Tissue Massage: Targets deeper muscle layers to relieve chronic tension . Myofascial Release: Focuses on releasing tension in the connective tissues . Trigger Point Therapy: Applies pressure to specific points to alleviate pain
No, direct pressure on the herniated disc area is contraindicated; the focus should be on surrounding muscles to avoid aggravating the condition .

Sports massage

Sports massage is a targeted form of therapy that focuses on muscles used in physical activity. It helps improve performance, aid recovery, and prevent injuries by addressing muscle tension and enhancing circulation.
While both techniques involve deep pressure, sports massage specifically targets muscles used in athletic activities and includes stretching and movement to enhance performance and recovery.
Anyone engaging in regular physical activity, from professional athletes to weekend warriors, can benefit. Even individuals with physically demanding jobs or sedentary lifestyles may find relief from muscle tension and improved flexibility.
Absolutely. Sports massage can benefit anyone experiencing muscle tension, limited mobility, or stress, regardless of athletic involvement.
Some discomfort may be experienced, especially when addressing tight or injured areas. However, communication with your therapist ensures pressure levels remain within your comfort zone.
It's generally recommended to wait 24–48 hours before engaging in intense physical activity to allow your body to recover and adapt.
Sports massage can alleviate chronic pain by addressing muscle imbalances and tension, promoting relaxation, and improving overall function.
Some individuals may experience mild soreness or fatigue post-massage, which usually subsides within a day.
Coverage varies by provider and policy. It's best to consult with your insurance company to determine eligibility.
Sessions typically range from 30 to 90 minutes, depending on the areas of focus and individual needs.
By promoting relaxation and reducing muscle tension, sports massage can lead to better sleep quality and duration.
Regular sports massage can identify and address potential issues before they become injuries, maintaining muscle balance and flexibility.
Yes. It can accelerate healing by improving blood flow, reducing inflammation, and breaking down scar tissue, leading to improved mobility and reduced pain.

Trigger Massage

Trigger point massage targets “knots” or tight bands in muscles (trigger points) that cause pain locally and in referred areas.
While deep tissue works on overall muscle layers, trigger point therapy focuses on specific tight spots causing referred pain.
It can help with headaches, neck pain, back pain, shoulder pain, sciatica, TMJ issues, plantar fasciitis, and repetitive strain injuries.
The therapist will locate and apply pressure to trigger points. You may feel a "good pain" or referred pain in another area.
It can be uncomfortable but shouldn’t be unbearable. You should feel pressure and some soreness—like a workout.
Sessions typically range from 30 to 60 minutes depending on the number and severity of trigger points.
Drink plenty of water, apply ice/heat if needed, rest the treated area, and do gentle stretches as advised.
Yes, mild soreness for 24–48 hours is normal, similar to a post-workout feeling.
It’s safe for most, but people with certain conditions (like blood clot risks, uncontrolled hypertension, or severe osteoporosis) should consult a doctor first.
You can usually book online, via phone, or in person. Be sure to mention if you’re dealing with a specific issue for targeted treatment.
Dry needling uses needles to deactivate trigger points, while massage uses manual pressure—both target the same points but use different methods.
Only if provided by a trained prenatal therapist. Trigger points around hips and low back may be treated with caution.
Trigger points are hyperirritable spots in skeletal muscle that are painful upon compression and can refer pain to other areas of the body. They often result from muscle overuse, injury, or stress, leading to localized muscle spasms and discomfort.
This therapy involves applying direct, sustained pressure to the trigger points, typically for 30 to 90 seconds. The pressure helps to:​ hingehealth Increase blood flow to the affected area.​ Flush out metabolic waste products.​ Cleveland Clinic +5 Cleveland Clinic +5 EG Healthcare +5 Release muscle tension and restore normal muscle function. ​ Oviedo Chiropractic By doing so, it alleviates pain and improves mobility.
Engaging in trigger point therapy can offer several advantages:​ EG Healthcare +3 EG Healthcare +3 Effective Integrative Healthcare LLC Pain Relief: Alleviates chronic muscle pain, including tension headaches and lower back discomfort.​ Enhanced Flexibility: Restores range of motion by relaxing tight muscles.​ Improved Circulation: Boosts blood flow, promoting healing and reducing inflammation.​ Stress Reduction: Eases muscle tension, leading to overall relaxation.
Practitioners may use various methods to target trigger points, including:​ Manual Pressure: Using fingers, knuckles, or elbows to apply direct pressure. Dry Needling: Inserting thin needles into trigger points to release tension.​ Self-Massage Tools: Utilizing foam rollers or massage balls for at-home therapy.
Unlike general massage therapies that focus on relaxation, trigger point massage targets specific muscle knots to relieve pain and restore function. It involves applying sustained pressure to these points to release tension and improve circulation.
Some discomfort may be experienced during the application of pressure to trigger points, often described as a "good pain." Therapists aim to keep the pressure within a tolerable range, typically around 5–7 on a 0–10 pain scale. It's important to communicate with your therapist to ensure comfort.
Trigger point therapy can be beneficial for various conditions, including:​ Chronic muscle pain​ Tension headaches​ Sciatica​ Plantar fasciiti
Trigger point therapy can be beneficial for various conditions, including:​ Chronic muscle pain​ Tension headaches​ Sciatica​ Plantar fasciiti
The number of sessions required varies depending on the individual's condition and response to therapy. Some may experience relief after a single session, while others might need multiple treatments over several weeks. Consistency and following the therapist's recommendations are key to effective results.
Common side effects include temporary soreness, fatigue, or mild bruising in the treated area. These effects typically resolve within a few days. It's advisable to stay hydrated and rest after a session to aid recovery.

Complete Hair Makeover at Home

Hair coloring (root touch-up or global), haircut, hair wash, and blow dry.
Yes, we use high-quality, ammonia-free, professional-grade hair colors.
Yes! We offer a wide range of natural and fashion colors. Our stylist will help you choose the best one based on your skin tone and hair type.
Yes, one personalized haircut is included with this package.
Yes, hair wash is included post-coloring and before blow drying.
Approximately 1.5 to 2.5 hours, depending on hair length and color type.
Approximately 1.5 to 2.5 hours, depending on hair length and color type.
Yes, we use strong coverage formulas that work great on gray hair.
Yes, but our stylist will evaluate the current shade and hair health first.
With proper aftercare (sulfate-free shampoo, minimal heat), color lasts 4–6 weeks.
Yes! Our stylist will share tips for maintaining your hair color and style.
We accept Cash, Card (POS), Online Transfer, and Payment Links.
Tipping is optional and not included in the price.
You can book via WhatsApp, call, Instagram DM, or directly from our app/website.
We recommend booking at least 1 day in advance, especially on weekends.
Yes, all stylists are professional, trained females.
Yes, we allow rescheduling with at least 4 hours’ notice.
Yes! Add facials, waxing, or mani-pedi services for a full pampering session.
Yes, our team brings everything needed – including towels, colors, dryer, brushes, etc.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Protein Hair Treatment

A treatment that restores protein to the hair shaft, strengthens the strands, and reduces frizz, breakage, and damage.
A treatment that restores protein to the hair shaft, strengthens the strands, and reduces frizz, breakage, and damage.
No, keratin smooths and straightens; protein treatment repairs damage and adds strength and volume.
No, it improves texture and reduces frizz but doesn’t make hair straight like keratin.
Results last 4 to 6 weeks with proper care and maintenance.
Yes, it’s recommended for chemically treated or colored hair to repair and restore.
Yes, even natural hair benefits from protein boost to prevent future damage.
It strengthens the hair and adds volume by rebuilding protein structure.
We use high-quality, non-irritating products with a pleasant fragrance.
It contains both natural and salon-grade ingredients – safe and effective.
Approx. 60 to 90 minutes depending on hair length and volume.
Deep hair cleansing, protein application, steaming, massage, and blow dry.
Yes, low heat is used to seal the protein into the hair shaft (optional).
It’s recommended to wait 2 days before your next hair wash.
Wait 1–2 days to allow the product to fully settle for best results.
No, hair feels clean, soft, and bouncy post-treatment.
Yes, we use sulfate-free and paraben-free products only.
Sulfate-free, protein-safe or color-safe shampoo is recommended.
Every 4 to 6 weeks for maintenance.
Yes, but avoid heavy oiling for 2–3 days after treatment.
Yes, it helps strengthen roots and reduce breakage, but not regrow hair.
We recommend consulting with your doctor first, although we use gentle formulas.
It’s not a dandruff treatment but improves scalp health and reduces dryness.
Yes, blow dry is included. Hair trim available on request at extra charge.
WhatsApp, call, or through our website/app.
At least 24–48 hours is recommended.
Yes! Great results when paired with trimming or post-color care.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Complete Hair Makeover Package

We offer trims, layers, step cut, U-cut, bob, bangs, feather, and custom styles.
Yes, trimming is available and charged separately or included in packages.
Yes, our stylists are trained in all hair types including curly and wavy textures.
Haircuts are typically done on damp or freshly washed hair for accuracy.
Yes, we provide haircuts for all ages – kids, teens, and adults.
Root touch-up, global color, highlights, lowlights, and streaks.
Yes, we use ammonia-free, high-quality professional colors.
Yes, our stylist will show you options and help you select the right shade.
Typically 4–6 weeks with proper aftercare and sulfate-free shampoo.
Yes, we analyze your hair first and use gentle formulas for colored hair.
We recommend a patch test and consulting your doctor before coloring.
Yes, we offer full grey coverage formulas.
Yes, available on request and may require pre-lightening.
Not when done professionally – we use nourishing color products.
Yes, we’ll guide you on maintaining your color and hair health.
Sulfate-free, nourishing shampoos and conditioners suited to your hair type.
Yes, we carry options for different scalp conditions.
Usually 10–15 minutes including cleansing and conditioning.
Straight, wavy, bouncy, voluminous, or sleek finish.
Yes, we always apply heat protectant spray to protect your hair.
Usually 2–3 days depending on hair type and weather.
Yes, we use gentle heat and products that protect colored hair.
Via WhatsApp, call, Instagram DM, or website/app.
Cash, card (POS), bank transfer, and payment links.
For most services, no advance is needed unless it's a long session or special booking.
Yes, you can mix and match hair services to build your own combo.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

Summer Glow

This package includes: Head Massage Shoulder Massage Face Cleansing Manicure Pedicure
The full session typically takes 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on your hair/nail length and service pace.
We use skin-type-specific, gentle, and branded products. Let us know if you have sensitive skin or allergies.
Yes, you can choose between dry massage or oil massage (coconut, herbal, or almond oils available).
You can choose dry, light oil, or aroma-based oil options are available.
Yes, we use non-comedogenic and acne-friendly products. Please inform us about any skin concerns before the session.
Our manicure includes cutting, shaping, cuticle care, buffing, exfoliation, and polish application.
It includes foot soak, nail shaping, cuticle trimming, scrubbing, massage, and polish application.
Yes! You can choose from a wide range of regular or gel polish shades (gel may have an extra cost).
Yes, you can request your preferred therapist during booking (subject to availability).
No, this package includes only head and shoulder massage. Full-body massage is available as an add-on.
You can book through: WhatsApp or Call: [Insert Number] Instagram/Facebook DMs Online booking form or website
Yes, advance booking is highly recommended, especially for weekends and evening slots.
You can reschedule or cancel your appointment up to 24 hours in advance without any charges.
Yes, you’ll receive a confirmation via WhatsApp or SMS, along with service and time details.
We accept: Cash Credit/Debit Cards Bank Transfers Payment Links Mobile Wallets (if applicable)
Yes, for home service or peak times, a small advance may be required to confirm your slot.
Yes, we offer gentle, safe, and relaxing alternatives suitable for different needs.
DOWNLOAD APP ON GOOGLE STORE: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lipslay.Customerapp Download On Apple Store: https://apps.apple.com/ae/app/lipslay/id6477719247 If need any help contact me on whatsapp +971562871241

S -class 2007 upgrade 2020

It means the 2007 Mercedes S-Class has been modified with a 2020-style body kit, including updated front and rear bumpers, grille, headlights, taillights, and sometimes interior trims, giving it the look of the newer model.
No. The upgrade is cosmetic and for style. The engine and mechanical parts are from the 2007 model, unless specified otherwise.
Yes! The upgrade is visual and does not affect registration or legal road use, provided it meets local traffic authority standards.
The interior may have updated trims or features based on customization, but it will not be identical to the 2020 S-Class unless specified.
The performance is based on the 2007 engine and transmission. The upgrade is mainly for appearance.
Yes, parts for the 2007 S-Class are widely available, and body parts for the 2020-style kit can also be sourced if needed.
Absolutely! Additional features like alloy wheels, interior tech, or suspension mods can be added as per your preference.
You get the luxury look of the latest S-Class at a much more affordable price, while enjoying Mercedes’ classic reliability and comfort.
Yes! Contact us to schedule a test drive and see the quality of the upgrade for yourself.

Pernatal Massage

A parental massage is a therapeutic bodywork session designed to support the physical and emotional needs of parents, especially those caring for young children or recovering postnatally.
It is ideal for mothers and fathers, including new parents, stay-at-home parents, working parents, and caregivers who experience stress, tension, or fatigue.
Reduces stress and anxiety Eases back, neck, and shoulder tension Promotes better sleep Improves mood and emotional well-being Boosts circulation and muscle recovery Supports postnatal healing for mothers
Not exactly. Postpartum massage focuses on the mother’s recovery after childbirth, while parental massage can be for both parents and includes stress relief and physical restoration.
Typically 60–90 minutes, depending on your needs and whether it focuses on relaxation, therapeutic goals, or postnatal recovery.
Absolutely. Fathers also face physical and emotional stress, and massage can help relieve fatigue, tension, and anxiety.
Yes, especially for pain caused by lifting children, carrying baby gear, lack of sleep, and repetitive daily movements.
Yes. Massage can even help with milk production, hormone balance, and upper body tension. Let your therapist know if you’re nursing.
Back, neck, shoulders, arms, and feet are commonly treated, though the massage can be customized to your specific aches and concerns.
Yes. Massage promotes serotonin and dopamine production and reduces cortisol, aiding in mood improvement and mental clarity.
Definitely. By reducing physical tension and calming the nervous system, it helps with deeper, more restful sleep.
Yes, therapeutic oils may be used unless you request otherwise. Unscented or hypoallergenic options are available upon request.
Minimal when done by a trained therapist. Mild soreness may occur if deeper work is done. Always inform your therapist of any medical concerns.
Yes, but timing matters. Post-C-section massages should begin only after medical clearance (typically 6–8 weeks).
Therapists trained in prenatal/postnatal massage or with experience in stress relief techniques for parents are ideal.
It’s a relaxing, stress-relief massage specially designed for mothers and fathers to relieve body pain, improve circulation, and promote overall relaxation.
Usually, sessions are 45 to 60 minutes. You can choose based on your preference or package.
No, it's suitable for all parents or adults who need relaxation or body pain relief, regardless of age.
We use skin-safe, high-quality massage oils or creams like almond oil, coconut oil, or Ayurvedic oils (based on availability and skin type).
You can book via WhatsApp or through the app (e.g., Lipsly) by selecting the service and preferred time.
Yes, female therapists for mothers and male therapists for fathers (if your business provides male staff). Gender-based preference is respected.
You can request the same therapist if you had a good experience, subject to availability.
We recommend a comfortable bed or mattress. The staff will guide the setup during the visit.
Yes, all staff are experienced, trained, and understand pressure points and relaxation techniques.
Yes, we accept cash, card, online transfers, and payment links.
Yes, you’ll receive a confirmation message with time and therapist details.

GlowGrow

A natural facial treatment using fruit extracts to nourish and brighten the skin.
Papaya, banana, orange, apple, and mixed fruit extracts.
Brightens skin, removes tan, hydrates, and gives a fresh glow.
Yes, it’s gentle and chemical-free.
40–50 minutes.
Every 2–3 weeks for best results.
Yes, especially with regular sessions.
Yes, you’ll notice a fresh and radiant look right after.
Yes, fruits are rich in antioxidants that fight signs of aging.
Absolutely — it’s great for men's skin too.
No, you can continue your routine immediately.
A deep treatment that restores strength and shine to damaged hair.
Keratin, silk protein, wheat protein, and collagen blends.
Anyone with dry, weak, colored, or chemically treated hair.
Strengthens, repairs damage, reduces breakage, and boosts smoothness.
Yes, it’s perfect for all hair types, especially if dry or rough.
Around 30–45 minutes including application and rinse.
Once every 2–4 weeks depending on hair condition.
Yes, it actually protects and strengthens treated hair.
No, it leaves hair soft, not greasy.
Yes, mild heat is sometimes used to help absorption.
Coconut, almond, olive, argan, or herbal oil blends.
Nourishes scalp, promotes hair growth, reduces dandruff, and relaxes the mind.
20–30 minutes.
Yes, you can select based on your hair needs.
Yes, regular massages can improve scalp circulation and strengthen roots.
It’s customized – light, medium, or deep pressure as per your comfort.
Ideally after 2–3 hours to allow full absorption.
Yes, it’s an excellent combo for intense hair care.
Yes, we use mild, soothing oils for sensitive skin.
Booking is easy via WhatsApp, call, or online link.
Yes, we can combine facial, protein mask, and oil massage in a package.
Cash, card, Apple Pay, or bank transfer.
Every 3–4 weeks for best results.
Mild redness is possible but usually goes away in an hour.
Wait 2–3 weeks after shaving to wax effectively.

Body Bliss

Classic, deep cleansing, fruit facial, and glow facials.
Cleanses, hydrates, brightens skin, and reduces fine lines.
Around 45–60 minutes.
Yes, we use skin-type-appropriate products.
Yes, extraction is part of many facials.
Once every 3–4 weeks.
Mild redness can happen but settles in a few hours.
Absolutely men’s facials are designed for tougher skin.
Body massage, body scrub, body mask, and moisturization.
Relaxes muscles, detoxifies skin, improves blood circulation.
1.5 to 2 hours.
Yes, it deeply relaxes muscles and mind.
Yes, with aromatic and herbal oils.
No, everything is provided.
Yes, body scrubs and masks help remove tan.
Yes, we use hydrating and soothing products.
Yes, including straight, curly, and wavy hair.
Yes, we love helping you get the look you want!
Forehead, eyebrows, upper lip, chin, sides, and neck.
Slight discomfort is possible but it’s quick and tolerable.
Yes, it’s gentler and more precise.
About 20–30 minutes.
Mild redness may occur but usually fades within 1–2 hours.
Yes, better than waxing for sensitive facial skin.
Every 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
We use premium honey wax, aloe vera wax, or Rica wax.
Slight discomfort is normal but we minimize pain with proper technique.
20–30 minutes.
Yes, regular waxing can make hair finer and slower-growing.
Yes, a soothing lotion is applied to reduce redness.
You can book via WhatsApp, phone call, or online link.
Yes, professional home service is available.
Ideally, 24–48 hours in advance.

Skin Bloom

We offer classic, deep cleansing, fruit facials.
Cleanses, hydrates, brightens, and rejuvenates the skin.
45 to 60 minutes.
Yes, we customize based on skin type: oily, dry, combination, or sensitive.
Rarely, but detoxification can sometimes cause temporary minor breakouts.
No, you can resume normal activities immediately.
A manicure where nails are dipped into colored powder for a long-lasting finish.
3–4 weeks without chipping.
Yes, when done properly by a professional.
It’s better to get professional removal to avoid damage.
About 45–60 minutes.
Like a dip manicure, but for toenails — giving long-lasting color and strength.
Yes, it’s very safe and helps protect nails.
Around 4–6 weeks.
Yes, it usually includes cleaning, exfoliation, and massage.
Yes, dip powder is waterproof and durable.
About 60–75 minutes.
A natural method using thread to remove unwanted hair and shape eyebrows.
Yes, it’s more precise and gentler on the skin.
Slight discomfort may be felt, but it’s quick and tolerable.
2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
About 10–15 minutes.
Removal of unwanted hair from the upper lip using thread.
Yes, threading is chemical-free and ideal for sensitive areas.
We use honey, aloe vera, Rica, or sensitive skin wax.
A little discomfort is normal but it lessens over time.
Yes, we use gentle waxes designed for sensitive skin.
Both underarms completely cleaned.
Full lower legs and upper legs (thighs) waxed clean.
Yes, waxing gives longer-lasting results and smoother skin.
Yes, soothing lotion or aloe vera gel is applied.
WhatsApp, call, or online form booking available.
Yes, home service is available with full setup.
Yes, 24–48 hours advance booking is recommended.

Nail & Neat

A manicure using gel-based polish cured under UV/LED light for extra durability.
Typically 2–4 weeks without chipping.
Yes, if applied and removed properly.
Gel polish is more durable, shinier, and chip-resistant.
About 45–60 minutes.
No, unless improperly removed or picked off.
Professional removal is highly recommended to avoid nail damage.
Similar to a gel manicure but for toenails, offering long-lasting polish.
4–6 weeks, longer than a normal pedicure.
Yes, no drying time needed once cured under UV light.
Yes, includes cleaning, shaping, cuticle care, and polish.
Yes, French and ombre styles are available.
60–75 minutes.
Soaking, exfoliating scrub, massage, nail care, and moisturizing.
Improves circulation, relaxes muscles, removes dead skin, and softens feet.
30–45 minutes.
Absolutely! It's beneficial for everyone.
No, it’s very relaxing and soothing.
Every 2–4 weeks depending on lifestyle.
Yes, we ensure hygiene with disposable or sterilized tools.
Removing underarm hair from the root using wax.
Slight discomfort is normal but reduces with regular waxing.
Honey wax, aloe vera wax, or Rica wax for sensitive skin.
Yes, it lasts longer and doesn’t cause dark stubble.
At least 1/4 inch long (like a grain of rice).
Via WhatsApp, phone call, or booking link.
Yes, professional home service is available.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and Apple Pay.

Golden Glow

A luxurious facial using gold-infused products to brighten, tighten, and rejuvenate the skin.
Anti-aging, brightening, improved skin elasticity, and glowing complexion.
Yes, especially beneficial for mature, dull, or dry skin.
Every 4–6 weeks for best results.
About 60–75 minutes.
No, it’s generally safe with no downtime.
Yes, it firms the skin and reduces the appearance of fine lines.
A bleach that contains gold dust and helps lighten skin tone while nourishing it.
It’s gentle, but a patch test is recommended.
2–3 weeks depending on skin type and care.
Yes, ideally 2–3 days before for the best glow.
Yes, it's gentler and adds a natural golden glow.
A treatment that exfoliates, brightens, and polishes the skin using gold-based products.
Face, hands, or full body — depending on service choice.
1–2 weeks with proper care.
Yes, it enhances the natural skin tone without lightening it unnaturally.
25–30 minutes depending on the area.
Forehead, cheeks, upper lip, chin, sideburns — full face.
Yes, we use gentle wax suitable for delicate skin.
Every 4–5 weeks.
Avoid makeup, sun exposure, and heavy creams for 24 hours.
Yes, it gives a natural exfoliating effect.
Hair removal from fingers, hands, and lower arms using wax.
Yes, it removes hair and exfoliates skin.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Yes, it can be combined with manicures or facials.
Lightens hair and evens out skin tone on hands and arms.
Yes, when done with quality products and patch tested.
Around 2–3 weeks.
A procedure to lighten facial hair and brighten skin tone.
Yes, with a special sensitive formula and a patch test.
For those who don’t want hair removal but prefer blending hair with skin tone, yes.
WhatsApp, call, or online booking.
Yes, full home spa service is available.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and mobile wallets.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and mobile wallets.

Silk & Style

Removing all hair from the thighs to the ankles using wax.
3 to 5 weeks, depending on hair growth.
Some discomfort, but it becomes easier after regular sessions.
Rarely, but exfoliating the skin helps prevent them.
Yes, waxing removes hair from the root, making it grow back finer.
Yes, exfoliating 24 hours before waxing helps get better results.
About 1/4 inch (size of a rice grain).
Yes, we use gentle wax for sensitive skin types.
About 30–45 minutes.
Hot showers, swimming, and tight clothing for 24 hours.
Hair removal from shoulders down to the fingers.
Minimal pain; reduces over time with regular waxing.
Around 3–4 weeks.
Yes, but waxing is best done a few days after tanning.
No, it usually grows back finer and softer.
Every 4–5 weeks.
Yes, especially with Aloe Vera or Rica wax.
Yes, for maximum hygiene and comfort.
Every 3–4 weeks.
No, it can actually help lighten over time by removing dead skin.
Slightly, but quick and manageable.
Yes, ideally 2 days before.
Deodorants, sweating, and heat for 24 hours.
Yes, with gentle techniques.
Removal of unwanted hair from the stomach area.
Mild discomfort, manageable.
3–5 weeks.
Mild redness is normal and subsides within a few hours.
Waxing removes hair completely; bleaching only hides it.
20–30 minutes on average.
Yes, you can discuss with our stylist.
It can be included on request.
Through WhatsApp, call, or website booking.
Cash, credit/debit card, and online transfer.
Yes, rescheduling is allowed with 12–24 hours' notice.
Yes, cancellations within 6 hours may incur a small fee.

Hair Reboot

Coloring the entire hair from roots to ends.
No, when done professionally with quality products.
Typically 4–8 weeks depending on hair care and color type.
Yes, but a consultation is needed for the best result.
Yes, we have organic and ammonia-free options.
Yes, 100% grey coverage available.
We use Brazillian hair color.
Some fading is natural; aftercare products help maintain vibrancy.
After 48–72 hours for better color lock.
It’s better to wait a few days unless it’s a color-protect spa.
Hair wash, conditioning, and professional blow styling.
Around 30–45 minutes depending on hair length and volume.
2–4 days depending on hair texture and aftercare.
Yes, we do gentle blowouts after coloring.
No, when done with professional heat protection products.
Yes, we can customize the blowout look.
Yes, we offer volume-enhancing techniques.
Yes, with color, blowdry, and spa treatments.
Yes, you can upgrade to a scalp detox.
10–15 minutes.
Yes, clean hair absorbs products better.
A treatment to nourish the scalp, strengthen hair, and relax the mind.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Hydration, hair strengthening, reduced hair fall, and improved texture.
Yes, we have color-protect hair spa options.
It improves scalp health which can support better hair growth.
45–60 minutes.
Yes, it helps the treatment penetrate deeper into the scalp and hair.
WhatsApp, call, or online booking available.
Cash, card, online transfer, mobile wallets.
Yes, especially for hair color + blowdry or spa + haircut combos.
Yes, hair services can be done at your home with all equipment.
Yes, with minimum 24 hours’ notice.
Last-minute cancellations (less than 6 hours) No fee.

Quick Glam

Deep treatment to nourish and repair dry, damaged, or frizzy hair.
Yes, it helps keep ends smooth and healthy.
Yes, it helps keep ends smooth and healthy.
Effects can last 2–4 weeks depending on hair type and care.
It can improve appearance but trimming is necessary for permanent removal.
Yes, deep repair and moisturizing options are available.
Every 2–3 weeks for best results.
Yes, it protects and prolongs color life.
No, proper rinsing prevents oiliness.
Absolutely, hair conditioning is for everyone.
Classic, trendy, layers, bob cuts, trims, and custom styles.
Yes, consultation is included.
Yes, consultation is included.
Soak, exfoliation, massage, nail cleaning, and moisturizing.
About 30–45 minutes.
Yes, it helps heal and soften the skin.
No, it’s very relaxing.
Once every 2–3 weeks for healthy feet.
Hair removal technique using a thin cotton thread.
Slight discomfort but tolerable and quick.
Every 2–3 weeks based on hair growth.
Yes, more precise and gentle for sensitive areas.
Yes, shaping is customized to your face.
Mild redness may appear but fades within 15–30 minutes.
Rarely cleaning the skin after threading prevents breakouts.
By WhatsApp, phone call, or online booking.
Cash, debit/credit card, online transfers.
Only for last-minute cancellations.

Relaxation Therapy

Body exfoliation , massage, hydration, and relaxation therapies.
Typically 90–120 minutes.
Relieves stress, improves circulation, hydrates skin, and relaxes muscles.
Yes, we use products suitable for sensitive skin.
Once a month for relaxation and skin maintenance.
No, all essentials like towels, robes, and slippers are provided.
Yes, it greatly helps with muscle stiffness and minor body aches.
Light meals are recommended ; avoid heavy eating.
No, it promotes overall well-being. Mild sleepiness is normal after.
Only with doctor’s permission and specific prenatal spa treatments.
Disposable garments are provided for your comfort.
Nail trimming, cuticle care, hand exfoliation, massage, and polish.
30–45 minutes depending on the service type.
Yes, we offer gel, classic, French, and spa manicures.
Regular polish lasts 5–7 days; gel polish lasts 2–3 weeks.
Yes, for hygiene and safety.
Consultation before service is recommended.
Every 2–3 weeks for nail health and appearance.
Yes, hand spa upgrade is available.
WhatsApp, phone call, or online booking link.
Yes, combo appointments are available.
Cash, credit/debit cards, and online transfers.
Yes, preferably 24 hours’ notice.
Yes, cancellation within 6 hours and no any cancellation fee.

Home Beauty Bliss

No, it brightens and evens out the natural skin tone by removing dullness.
A facial treatment designed to brighten skin tone, reduce pigmentation, and enhance radiance.
Yes, it’s customized for sensitive, oily, dry, and combination skin.
Around 45–60 minutes.
Yes, we use dermatologically tested and professional-grade products.
Every 3–4 weeks for maintained brightness.
Use sunscreen, stay hydrated, and avoid direct sunlight for 48 hours.
It helps lighten dark spots and pigmentation over time.
Vitamin C, licorice extract, kojic acid, and hyaluronic acid are common.
Mild exfoliation may occur but heavy peeling is rare.
It’s better to avoid makeup for 24 hours.
Nail shaping, cuticle care, exfoliation, massage, and polish.
Nail shaping, cuticle care, exfoliation, massage, and polish.
Yes, gel, classic, and French manicures are available.
Yes, strict hygiene standards are followed.
Every 2–3 weeks for healthy nails.
Foot soak, exfoliation, nail care, massage, and polish application.
45–60 minutes.
Yes, exfoliation and moisturizing help heal cracks.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Yes, foot spa upgrades available.
Through WhatsApp, phone call, or online booking form.
Yes, special combo packages are available.
Yes, cancellations within 6 hours may not included fee
Cash, debit/credit cards, online transfers.
Yes, with at least 24-hour notice.

Classic Beauty

Haircut, shaving, basic haircare, and a relaxing body massage.
Yes, this package is specially designed for men.
Approximately 1.5 to 2 hours, depending on hair length and massage duration.
No, pkges can't be modify.
Absolutely! We offer classic, modern, fades, and beard styling.
Yes, we use premium, salon-grade, skin-safe products.
Basic oiling, shampoo, conditioning, and light scalp massage.
No, but it can be added for an additional cost.
A full-body relaxing massage focusing on stress relief and muscle relaxation.
Male therapist only (for male clients) unless specifically requested in advance.
We use herbal, almond, or coconut oil – based on your choice.
We accept cash, card, bank transfer, and online payments (Apple Pay/GPay).
Tipping is optional and appreciated for good service.
Yes, digital receipts are available via WhatsApp or email.
Yes, at least 1 day in advance is recommended to secure your slot.
Both options available , mention your preference while booking.
Yes, if available. Let us know your preference during booking.
Yes, based on availability. Best to confirm early.
Please inform us at least 2 hours in advance to reschedule.
Cancellations within 3 hours of appointment may forfeit the advance.
Available across Dubai & Sharjah and Ajman – contact us to confirm your location.
Yes, you’ll receive confirmation via WhatsApp or SMS.

Glamour Avenue

We use coconut, almond, olive, or ayurvedic oils—your choice.
Reduces stress, improves sleep, stimulates hair growth, and eases headaches.
15 to 20 minutes.
Yes, and we use light pressure with scalp-safe oils.
Gentle kneading and pressure techniques to release muscle tension.
Yes, it improves mobility and relieves built-up tension.
15–20 minutes.
Nail shaping, cuticle care, scrubbing, buffing, and hand moisturizing.
Only if requested. We mostly do natural buffed finishes.
25–30 minutes.
Yes, we use gentle and skin-friendly tools and products.
Light tan can be reduced, especially when combined with hand spa.
Nail trimming, foot scrubbing, exfoliating, cuticle care, and lotion massage.
Yes, we use professional tools and creams.
Yes, it deeply cleanses and refreshes feet.
About 30–40 minutes.
About 30–40 minutes.
A treatment that includes hand soak, scrub, mask, massage, and moisturizer.
No, it benefits all skin types and improves hand appearance.
Once every 2–3 weeks is ideal.
Soaking, exfoliation, foot mask, massage, and moisturizing.
Yes, it relieves fatigue, improves circulation, and relaxes muscles.
Yes, they complement each other well.
25–30 minutes.
Yes, especially with the scrub and mask step.
Warm water is used for a calming experience.
Yes, we disinfect all tools and use disposables where possible.
Yes, all oils and creams are high quality and hygienically stored.
Yes, for your safety and ours.
No, we follow strict hygiene standards.
You can book via WhatsApp, phone call, or online link.
Yes, 24-hour advance booking is recommended.
Yes, we provide full home grooming services.
Around 2.5 to 3 hours.
Cash, card, Apple Pay, and bank transfer.

Relaxtion Therapy with beauty

Head, neck, shoulders, back, arms, legs, and feet – complete relaxation.
Typically 60 to 90 minutes, based on the package.
You can undress to your comfort level. Proper draping is always maintained.
Yes, male therapists are assigned unless otherwise requested in advance.
Almond, coconut, olive, or herbal oils – your choice.
Absolutely, it improves blood circulation, relieves pain, and reduces stress.
Yes, we use premium, skin-tested products.
Yes – relaxation is gentle, deep tissue targets knots and muscle tension.
Yes, a shower is recommended and available post-session.
Once every 2-4 weeks for maintenance, or weekly if you're active or stressed.
Yes, individual area massages are available.
Light meals are fine, avoid heavy eating before the session.
Yes, all therapists are trained and experienced.
Mild soreness can happen after deep tissue massage – it’s normal and temporary.
Yes! Clean, healthy hands and feet are essential for grooming and hygiene.
Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, buffing, and hand massage.
Soaking, exfoliation, nail care, callus removal, and foot massage.
Yes, all tools are sterilized after every use for hygiene and safety.
Yes, single-use or properly sanitized tools are always used.
Yes, we often perform mani and pedi together for convenience.
Around 45 to 60 minutes for both combined.
Only if you request buffing or clear polish – natural look is default.
Yes, a deep soak, scrub, and heel care are all included.
Every 3-4 weeks for maintenance.
We clean and gently push back cuticles unless removal is requested.
No, our services are gentle and designed for relaxation.
Yes, pedicure includes heel smoothing and exfoliation.
Clear polish or matte finish is available upon request.
Cash, card, bank transfer, or digital payment methods like Apple Pay.
At least 24 hours in advance is recommended for your preferred time.
Yes, we send a WhatsApp or SMS confirmation after booking.
Yes! Contact us for affordable monthly male grooming packages.

Glow & Gloom

A mini facial is a short skincare treatment that includes cleansing, exfoliation, mask, and light massage – great for instant freshness.
Around 20–25 minutes.
Yes, we use skin-friendly products based on your skin type.
Yes, it brightens your skin and removes light tan and dirt.
Every 2–3 weeks for maintenance.
Fades, classic cuts, modern styles, and beard trims – as per your preference.
Yes, feel free to show a reference and we’ll match it.
Not by default, but can be added on request.
It’s a lightening treatment to remove tan, brighten skin, and even out tone.
Yes, we use mild bleach for hands, suitable for sensitive skin too.
2–3 weeks, depending on your exposure to sun and daily routine.
Very rare – we do a patch test if you have sensitive skin.
It lightens dark or tanned feet, giving a cleaner, brighter look.
Yes, and we recommend moisturizing after the bleach.
Slight discomfort for a few seconds – tolerable and quick.
Slight discomfort for a few seconds – tolerable and quick.
Hair-free results for 3–4 weeks.
Yes, we use gentle wax like Rica or Aloe Vera wax.
With regular waxing and care, underarms may become lighter.
It’s best to wait 4–6 hours before using hot water or deodorants.
Shampoo, light scalp massage, and rinse – removes oil and dirt.
We use professional salon-grade shampoos based on hair type.
Yes, deep conditioning can be added at a small extra cost.
Usually after, but you can request it before as well.
Through WhatsApp, call, or booking form online.
Yes, we provide at-home service with full hygiene setup.
At least 24 hours is ideal, same-day bookings based on availability.
No pkges can't be modify.
We accept cash, card, bank transfer, Apple Pay, etc.
Cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance to avoid charges.
Yes, we confirm via WhatsApp or SMS after booking.

Body Care

Fades, tapers, classic cuts, scissor cuts, and custom styles.
Yes, we’re happy to replicate your preferred style.
Absolutely. Hygiene and tool sterilization are a top priority.
We offer both – you can choose as per your comfort.
Yes, trimming, shaping, and full clean shaves are all available.
Yes, a hot towel is included for relaxation and smoother shaving.
Yes, soothing and skin-friendly aftershave is applied.
A cleansing facial for men that removes dirt, oil, and refreshes skin.
Yes, we use products suitable for all skin types.
Around 25–30 minutes.
Yes, it improves skin brightness and glow.
Nail trimming, cuticle cleaning, buffing, and hand massage.
Soaking, nail cutting, scrubbing, callus removal, and foot massage.
Yes! It's great for hygiene, cleanliness, and self-care.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal.
Yes, we sanitize all tools and follow hygiene protocols strictly.
Spa versions include extra exfoliation, masks, and longer massages.
Scrub, mask, massage, and moisturizing treatment.
Foot soak, exfoliation, mask, massage, and hydration.
Yes, they deeply moisturize and improve skin texture.
Yes, we offer options like herbal, cooling, or detox treatments.
Each takes about 20–30 minutes.
Yes, full grooming service is available at your doorstep.
Via WhatsApp, call, or our online booking form.
Yes, at least 24 hours ahead is recommended.
Yes, just inform us at least 3 hours prior.
We accept cash, card, bank transfer, and Apple Pay.
Yes, you’ll receive a WhatsApp or SMS confirmation.

Smooth Skin

It's a grooming method using a professional waxing machine that melts wax evenly and ensures faster, smoother application.
Chest, back, arms, legs, underarms, stomach, shoulders, neck, and optional areas like bikini wax.
We use premium wax types – Rica, Aloe Vera, Honey, or Brazilian wax – depending on skin type.
Yes, it offers better heat control, smoother application, and less mess.
Slight discomfort is normal, especially for first-timers, but it’s tolerable and quick.
Yes, the wax heats consistently and speeds up the overall session.
Yes, we choose the right wax based on whether you have oily, dry, or sensitive skin.
Approximately 1.5 to 2.5 hours, depending on body hair density.
Yes, we follow strict hygiene and sanitation protocols.
We provide in Home.And we provide only home servcies.
If hair is too long, we will trim it. Ideal hair length: ¼ inch.
Yes, it helps open pores and remove sweat or oil.
Avoid gym, swimming, or heat for 24 hours post-wax to prevent irritation.
No, wait at least 24 hours before using such products on waxed areas.
We apply soothing gel or aloe vera – also avoid sun exposure for a day.
Mild redness is normal and fades within a few hours.
Wait 48 hours, then gently exfoliate to avoid ingrown hair.
Smooth skin for 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth rate.
No – hair grows back finer and sparser over time.
No, it's best to wait until the skin fully heals.
Yes, machines and tools are cleaned and disinfected between clients.
Always. Hygiene and client safety are our top priorities.
Yes, wax is never reused. We follow professional hygiene standards.
Yes, every session includes fresh and clean disposables.
Yes, we use low-temperature wax and patch-test if required.
Rarely. We use high-quality products to prevent such issues.
Rarely. We use high-quality products to prevent such issues.
We’ll assess your skin and proceed carefully – waxing may help reduce future ingrowns.
Yes! Many men do it for hygiene, appearance, and comfort.
Male therapists are available for male clients – request during booking.
Male therapists are available for male clients – request during booking.
Absolutely – we prioritize client dignity and privacy.
Of course, or relax quietly – it's up to you.
Yes, we use professional beds for your comfort and posture during waxing.
Via WhatsApp, call, or online form.
Yes, book at least 24 hours in advance to secure your time slot.
Yes, please inform us at least 3 hours before.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and Apple Pay.
Yes, we have combo packages for full grooming.
Yes, we send a confirmation on WhatsApp or SMS.
Definitely – it’s quicker and more uniform than manual waxing.

Beard & Brew

We offer classic, fades, tapers, scissor cuts, and customized styles.
Absolutely hygiene is strictly maintained after every service.
No,You can add manually with extra charges.
Yes, we sanitize clippers, scissors, and combs after each use.
A skin brightening and detoxifying facial that removes tanning, sun damage, and dullness.
Yes, it’s ideal for men exposed to sun, pollution, or dull skin.
Around 20–30 minutes.
No – it’s a skin treatment, not bleach. It’s more nourishing and safer.
Every 2–3 weeks or after heavy sun exposure.
Rarely we use gentle, dermatologically safe products.
Yes, we use special products for sensitive or breakout-prone skin.
No – it removes tan and brightens the skin temporarily; consistent care gives better results.
Yes, avoid direct sunlight for 6–8 hours and use sunscreen.
Beard trimming, shaping, line-up, and optional beard wash or oiling.
Yes, we do beard fades, contours, and custom shaping styles.
Absolutely – shaving is available with a razor or machine.
Yes, we recommend styles based on your jawline and preferences.
Yes, soothing aftercare is included for comfort and fragrance.
Yes – it’s a popular combo for a clean and fresh look.
Yes, natural beard coloring is available on request.
Yes, we offer full home service with professional setup.
Through WhatsApp, call, or our online form.
Yes, we recommend 24-hour advance booking.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and Lipslay Payment.
Yes, please notify us at least 3 hours in advance.

Hair Glam Squad

We offer classic cuts, fades, tapers, scissor cuts, undercuts, buzz cuts, and modern styles.
Yes, we encourage reference photos to understand your style.
Yes, we discuss face shape, hair texture, and your preferences before starting.
Typically 20–30 minutes.
Absolutely. Hygiene and tool sterilization are strictly followed.
Yes, we suggest styles that enhance hair volume and appearance.
Deep cleansing, scalp massage, hair mask, steam therapy, and conditioning.
Yes, it restores moisture, strength, and shine.
Definitely! Special treatments target dandruff and flaky scalp.
Every 3–4 weeks for best results.
Around 45–60 minutes.
Yes, it helps maintain hair health after chemical services.
Yes, we use mild steam to open hair cuticles and enhance mask absorption.
Yes, trimming, shaping, fading, and line-up are available.
Absolutely — classic, corporate, rugged, or designer beards.
Every 2–3 weeks for maintaining shape.
D-Tan removes sun tan, reduces pigmentation, and brightens skin tone.
Face, neck, arms, feet, and hands.
Yes, we use gentle, skin-friendly products.
Around 20–30 minutes.
Yes, but we recommend a gap of at least 6 hours.
It removes tan and brightens skin but does not bleach the skin.
Minimal. A mild redness may occur but fades quickly.
Yes, single-use and professionally packed products are prioritized.
Yes, before and after every session.
Yes, for maximum hygiene and client safety.
Yes, upon request or if needed.
You can book via WhatsApp, phone call, or online booking link.
Cash, card, bank transfer, and Apple Pay.
Yes, please inform us at least 3 hours in advance.
Yes, via WhatsApp or SMS for your convenience.

Mane Magic

Classic, fade, undercut, taper, scissor cut, and custom styles.
20–30 minutes depending on style and hair type.
Yes, all combs, clippers, and scissors are sterilized.
Optional – available but extra charges
Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, gentle scrubbing, buffing, and moisturizing.
Only if requested. Most men prefer a clean, natural shine.
Yes, for hygiene, grooming, and healthy hands.
25–30 minutes.
Not at all — it’s relaxing and gentle.
Yes, once every 2–3 weeks is ideal.
Nail care, cuticle trimming, foot scrubbing, exfoliation, buffing, and moisturizing.
Yes, using professional foot scrubbers or callus removers.
Yes, it deeply cleans and refreshes feet.
Is it safe for diabetic clients?
Around 30–40 minutes.
A relaxing soak with salts, followed by massage, scrubbing, and moisturization.
Yes, it helps relieve stress, improve blood flow, and soothe pain.
Yes, it’s a common and beneficial add-on.
20–30 minutes.
Yes, we use skin-safe and soothing products.
Coconut, almond, or olive oil – based on preference.
Yes, dry massage is also available.
Coconut, almond, or olive oil – based on preference.
Yes, dry massage is also available.
Stress relief, better sleep, hair growth stimulation, and tension reduction.
Typically 15–20 minutes.
Deep cleansing, tan removal, hydrating, anti-acne, and glow facials.
Yes, we select the facial according to your skin type.
Yes, includes extraction if needed.
Yes, it removes dirt, tan, and dead skin for instant glow.
Around 40–60 minutes.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Mild redness is normal but fades quickly.
Yes, 100% sanitized tools, towels, and disposables are used.
Yes, for hygiene and safety.
Both – home services are available with full setup.
Via WhatsApp, call, or our online form.
Yes, just let us know 3 hours prior.
What payment methods are accepted?
Yes, you’ll receive a confirmation via WhatsApp or SMS.

One Package, One Price

A fruit facial uses natural fruit enzymes and extracts to deeply cleanse, exfoliate, and nourish the skin.
A facial usually takes 45 to 60 minutes.
Yes, we use gentle and acne-specific facial products if needed.
Yes, we customize the products according to your skin sensitivity.
Every 3–4 weeks is ideal for skin maintenance.
It lightens facial hair and evens out skin tone using safe bleaching cream.
It doesn't change your skin color but gives a glowing and clean appearance.
We use threading or tweezing based on preference.
Slight discomfort is normal but it’s quick and safe.
About 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
We offer honey, aloe vera, Rica, and chocolate wax based on client preference.
Slight discomfort is normal, but our beauticians ensure it’s done gently.
Typically 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, we recommend Rica or aloe vera wax for sensitive skin.
Yes, we clean and moisturize the area before and after waxing.
Classic, gel, French, and spa manicure/pedicure.
Both manicure and pedicure together take about 60–75 minutes.
Yes, we handle it gently and carefully.
Every 3–4 weeks for maintenance.
Yes, a flat AED 15 applies for all home service bookings.
Yes, but please inform at least 3 hours in advance. No cancellation fee.
Yes, our team is professionally trained and follows proper hygiene protocols.
No, our beautician brings everything needed for the service.

Complete Beauty Care Package

We offer fruit, whitening, glow, anti-aging, acne-control, and gold facials.
Fruit or whitening facials are great for an instant glow.
Yes, bleach should be done before the facial for better results.
Yes, we have special anti-acne facials for sensitive skin types.
Approximately 45 to 60 minutes.
We use top salon-grade bleach creams that are safe for facial skin.
No, it temporarily lightens facial hair and evens out skin tone.
Yes, we perform a patch test and use mild bleach formulas if needed.
Avoid direct sunlight for 12–24 hours post bleach.
Every 3–4 weeks.
Threading is our preferred method for precise and clean shaping.
Slight discomfort is normal but very quick.
Usually 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, it’s common and takes less than 10 minutes.
Honey, Aloe Vera, Chocolate, and Rica Wax based on your skin type.
Slight discomfort, but our experts use soothing techniques.
Yes, they are usually done together in about 45–60 minutes.
Yes, our beauticians are trained and follow hygiene protocols.
Mild pain is expected, but the process is quick and professionally handled.
Around 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth.
Soaking, nail trimming, shaping, cuticle cleaning, scrub, massage, and polish.
Foot soak, exfoliation, nail care, cuticle cleaning, massage, and polish.
Around 60–75 minutes for both.
Yes, a flat AED 15 transport fee applies to every booking.
Visit Lipslay.com, WhatsApp us, or call directly.
No, but please inform us at least 3 hours in advance for cancellation.

Ultimate Home Beauty Package

We offer Fruit, Whitening, Gold, Anti-Aging, Acne, and Glow facials.
Fruit or gold facials are ideal for an instant glow and hydration.
Regular facials can help lighten dark spots over time.
Every 3–4 weeks is recommended for best results.
Yes, we customize products for sensitive and acne-prone skin.
It lightens facial hair and gives an even, brighter skin tone.
Usually 3–4 weeks.
Slight discomfort, but it’s quick and safe.
Some discomfort is normal, but it's done gently and quickly.
No, but please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance.
Yes, all staff are trained and follow strict hygiene protocols.
Yes, AED 15 flat transport fee per visit.

Lipslay Home Salon Deal

We offer Fruit, Whitening, Gold, Anti-Aging, Acne, and Glow facials.
Fruit or gold facials are ideal for an instant glow and hydration.
Regular facials can help lighten dark spots over time.
Every 3–4 weeks is recommended for best results.
It lightens facial hair and gives an even, brighter skin tone.
Usually 3–4 weeks.
Yes, bleach is ideally done before a facial.
We use mild, professional bleach and do a patch test if needed.
Slight discomfort, but it’s quick and safe.
Every 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, and we apply cooling gel post-service.
Typically 3–4 weeks.
Yes, it's commonly done together in about 45–60 minutes.
Some discomfort is normal, but it's done gently and quickly.
Via WhatsApp, call, or visit Lipslay.com.
Yes, AED 15 flat transport fee per visit.
No, but please cancel or reschedule at least 3 hours in advance.
Yes, all staff are trained and follow strict hygiene protocols.

Choose Any servcie

A hair-smoothing process that eliminates frizz, adds shine, and makes hair more manageable.
It lasts 2 to 4 months depending on hair type and aftercare.
Yes, it helps repair and smoothen damaged, chemically treated, or frizzy hair.
Yes, our trained beauticians provide professional keratin treatment at home.
Avoid washing for 2–3 days, then use sulfate-free shampoo.
Yes, it works on straight, wavy, curly, and color-treated hair.
No, it actually strengthens hair if done correctly.
Yes, our team brings professional-grade color and tools to your doorstep.
Yes, we offer a wide range of shades including browns, burgundy, blonde, etc.
Around 1.5 to 2.5 hours depending on hair length and type.
Yes, we have ammonia-free and premium brands available.
4–6 weeks depending on hair type and maintenance.
Yes, we offer gel, acrylic, and polygel nail extensions.
Absolutely! You can choose from square, round, almond, stiletto, and more.
Available in 15 mins sessions.
Yes, upon request, or we can set up on your existing bed.
Arms, legs, underarms, back, stomach, bikini/brazilian (if selected).
Approximately 60–90 minutes depending on hair density.
Honey, Aloe Vera, Rica, or Chocolate wax (your choice).
Minimal discomfort, especially when using Rica or premium wax.
Yes, male waxing is available with male therapists.
Through WhatsApp, call, or Lipslay.com booking page.
Yes, flat AED 15 applies to all home visits.
Yes, please inform us at least 3 hours in advance. No cancellation fee.
100%. All staff follow hygiene standards and wear gloves/masks when required.

Flat 99 AED Offers

Keratin Treatment Full Hair Color Nail Extensions Body Massage (for Gents & Ladies) Gel Manicure & Gel Pedicure Full Body wax
We use high-quality formaldehyde-free keratin treatments suitable for all hair types.
It removes frizz, adds shine, smooths hair, and makes it more manageable.
Wait 48–72 hours before your first wash. Use sulfate-free shampoo.
Yes, it even improves the appearance of colored or chemically treated hair.
We use professional salon-grade brands (available in both ammonia and ammonia-free options).
Yes, we’ll show you a color chart to choose from (browns, burgundy, natural black, etc.).
No, this package includes full base color only, not fashion techniques.
Around 1.5 to 2 hours depending on hair length and thickness.
Gel-based nail extensions with natural or custom shape (square, almond, stiletto, etc.)
Typically 3–4 weeks, depending on care.
Yes, basic design or polish is included. Advanced nail art can be added at extra cost.
Yes, female staff for ladies, and male staff for gents.
Relaxing oil massage focused on stress relief and muscle relaxation.
Around 30–45 minutes.
Nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, and gel polish application with UV/LED lamp.
Up to 2–3 weeks without chipping.
Yes, safe removal of existing gel polish is part of the service.
Arms, legs, underarms, back, stomach, and bikini/brazilian (if requested).
Honey, Aloe Vera, or Rica wax — as per your preference.
Mild discomfort, especially with premium wax like Rica, which is gentle.
Via WhatsApp, phone call, or through Lipslay.com.
No, AED 15 transport fee applies to all home service bookings.
No cancellation fee, but please inform us at least 3 hours in advance.
Sulfate-free shampoo and conditioner.
Avoid using nails as tools, and apply cuticle oil daily.
Avoid hot water and strong chemicals; use gloves when cleaning.
We recommend waiting 4–6 hours to allow skin to breathe.

Complete Beauty Package

Glow, Whitening, Gold, Fruit, Anti-Aging, and Hydrating facials are available.
Our beautician will assess your skin type and recommend the best facial on the spot.
Every 3 to 4 weeks for consistent results and skin maintenance.
It's best to avoid makeup for 6–8 hours post-facial to let your skin breathe.
It helps even out skin tone, reduce tan, and brighten dull or pigmented areas.
Bleach effects typically last 10–15 days depending on skin and exposure.
Mild discomfort, but our trained staff ensures quick and precise shaping.
Every 2–3 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, based on your face shape and preferences.
Yes, it's a safe and hygienic method to remove facial hair.
A little redness is normal and usually fades within 30 minutes. We apply soothing gel afterward.
Honey, Aloe Vera, or Rica wax (based on skin type).
Mild discomfort, but our technique ensures minimal pain.
Smooth arms for up to 3–4 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, it includes thighs, knees, and lower legs completely.
With proper aftercare (scrubbing & moisturizing), ingrown hair can be avoided.
Hair should be at least 1/4 inch long (around 3 weeks of growth).
Yes, we use gentle wax and apply soothing cream afterward.
Around 2–3 weeks, depending on your hair growth cycle.
Anyone experiencing hair thinning, hair fall, dandruff, or weak scalp health.

15-in-1 Full Body Care

An IR (Infrared) facial uses infrared light to stimulate collagen, reduce fine lines, and improve skin texture and blood circulation.
Yes, it’s non-invasive and suitable for most skin types, including sensitive and acne-prone skin.
Around 45–60 minutes including cleansing, exfoliation, IR light therapy, mask, and moisturization.
Every 3–4 weeks for best results.
Bleach lightens facial hair, brightens skin, and gives a more even tone by reducing tan and pigmentation.
Yes, we use professional-grade bleach, and we can do a patch test if you have sensitive skin.
Only mild discomfort. We apply cooling gel after threading to reduce redness.
Hair regrowth typically begins in 10–15 days.
Yes, we use Rica / Aloe Vera wax which is ideal for all skin types.
Yes, we use Rica / Aloe Vera wax which is ideal for all skin types.
Full thighs, knees, and lower legs up to the ankles.
How often should I wax underarms?
It includes the upper, mid, and lower back, plus shoulder area.
Stomach area and chest, cleaned safely with soft wax.
It’s safe, but your skin may be more sensitive during this time.
Hair removal from the bikini line area for a clean, neat look.
There is slight discomfort, but we use gentle wax and experienced technique to minimize pain.
The sides of the bikini area (visible when wearing swimwear or lingerie) – this wax keeps them clean.
Yes, bikini wax only covers the outer edge, not full removal.
It removes tan, dullness, and dark spots for fairer, smoother hands.
Foot soak, scrub, de-tan, mask, bleach, massage, and cuticle care for brighter, soft feet.
Yes, ammonia-free & branded colors available on request.
Coconut, Amla, or Herbal oil (your choice).
It reduces stress, promotes hair growth, and soothes the scalp.
Yes, we offer dry scalp massage too.
✅ Yes! All services are provided at your home with proper hygiene.
Yes, there’s a flat AED 15 transport fee per visit.
❌ No cancellation fee — please inform at least 3 hours in advance.
Female staff for ladies' services, and male/female staff for gents massage, depending on request.

10-in-1 Beauty Renewal Package

We offer Glow, Whitening, Gold, Fruit, Anti-Aging, VLCC, and IR facials. The therapist will recommend based on your skin type.
Around 45–60 minutes, depending on the facial type.
Yes, we have gentle facials suitable for acne-prone and sensitive skin.
It lightens facial hair, evens skin tone, and enhances glow.
Yes, we use professional bleach (VLCC, Oxy, etc.) suitable for all skin types.
Usually 2–3 weeks depending on your skin and sun exposure.
We do both – shaping or simple clean-up based on your preference.
Every 2 weeks is ideal for clean brows and upper lip.
Just minor discomfort — we apply ice or aloe vera gel after threading.
We use Rica, Honey, or Aloe Vera wax — all skin-friendly.
Up to 3–4 weeks of smooth, hair-free arms.
Yes — full leg waxing includes thighs, knees, calves, ankles, and toes.
Yes, regular waxing weakens hair roots, reducing growth over time.
Absolutely. Waxing keeps skin smooth longer and helps reduce darkening.
Bikini line or full bikini — you can choose. We also offer bikini side lines waxing.
✅ Yes, female staff only handle all bikini waxing.
Slight discomfort for first-timers. We use premium waxes and soothing gel after service.
Regular, Whitening, Gel, French, and Spa options available.
✅ Yes, for hygiene we use disposable files, buffers, and towels.
Around 40–50 minutes combined.
Yes. Gel polish is available at extra cost.
It nourishes hair, reduces dandruff, improves shine, and relieves stress.
✅ Yes, all services are done at your home with full hygiene & setup.
❌ No cancellation fee, but kindly inform us at least 3 hours before if rescheduling.
🚗 Yes, a flat AED 15 applies per visit.
A hair spa is a deep conditioning treatment that nourishes the scalp, strengthens hair roots, and repairs damaged hair while adding shine and softness.
A standard hair spa involves three main steps: Hair Oiling: A relaxing massage using warm oil to improve scalp circulation. Hair Wash: Gently cleansing the hair with a mild shampoo. Hair Mask: Applying a nourishing mask to repair, moisturize, and soften the hair.

Wax Strips

They are used to remove hair by pulling wax (applied to the skin) in one swift motion.
No. Wax strips are single-use only to ensure hygiene and proper hair removal.
Lipslay wax strips are non-woven fabric, soft but strong enough for professional use.
Standard: 7 cm x 20 cm (can be cut to smaller sizes for face, bikini, or underarms).
They are used with soft waxes (e.g., honey, aloe vera, rica), not with hard/bead wax.
Apply wax on skin, place strip over it, press firmly, and pull quickly in the opposite direction of hair growth.
One strip can be used 2–3 times if there’s still space left on the fabric and enough stickiness.
Proper use causes mild discomfort, but they're designed for minimum pain and maximum grip.
We offer packs of 100, 200, 500, and 1000 pieces for salon use.
Typically between 80–100 GSM, which balances flexibility and strength.
Usually a minimum of 10 packs (100 pcs each) for discounted prices.
Yes, Lipslay offers waxing kits with wax strips, wax, spatulas, and after-wax oil.
Keep in a dry, dust-free area, away from moisture or humidity.
Yes, we deliver across Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Al Ain, Fujairah, and more.
No, we seal and pack all strips securely to prevent folding or contamination.
Yes, unopened packs may be returned within 3 working days, conditions apply.
Contact us via WhatsApp, website (lipslay.com), or Instagram DM.
Depends on order size. Usually 0.10 to 0.25 AED per strip in wholesale.
Yes, they are UAE salon-grade quality and dermatologically tested.
Yes – wax + strips + spatulas + heater + after-wax oil bundles available.

Wax

We offer over 10 types: Rica, Honey, Aloe Vera, Chocolate, Banana, Sugar, Bead, Cartridge, Candle, Charcoal, Brazilian.
Hard wax (bead or hot wax) does not require strips and is best for sensitive areas. Soft wax (honey, rica) is used with strips, ideal for large body areas.
Aloe Vera wax and Rica wax are gentle and ideal for sensitive skin.
Yes, we offer bulk supply (400g to 5kg) at wholesale prices.
Yes, but we recommend proper training or professional assistance.
Typically 24–36 months when stored properly.
Bead wax, also called hard wax beans, melts into a thick paste and doesn’t require strips.
Yes, but only suitable wax types like hard wax or aloe vera wax should be used.
Yes, most waxes require a professional wax heater to melt to the proper consistency.
It should be warm, not hot, usually around 40–43°C, depending on the type.
No. Once used, discard it to avoid infection or skin reactions.
Best for arms, legs, and those with normal skin.
Yes, it contains soothing and hydrating ingredients.
Hot wax for intimate/bikini areas, removes short and coarse hair with minimal pain.
Specialty wax that provides a spa-like warm therapy + hair removal experience.
Also called charcoal wax, known for detoxing pores and gripping thick hair.
MOQ varies — usually 6 to 12 units per type for wholesale price.
Yes, available in pre-packed waxing starter kits.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Al Ain, and more.
Yes, mixed-type wax bundles are available at bulk rates.
Yes, bulk tubs in 5kg are available for salons with high client volume.
Yes, if reported within 24–48 hours, we process returns/exchanges.
Sample packs available on request for serious buyers or salons.
Keep in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight.
They are used to remove hair by pulling wax (applied to the skin) in one swift motion.
No. Wax strips are single-use only to ensure hygiene and proper hair removal.

Wax Heater

It is used to melt and maintain wax at the right temperature for body or facial hair removal.
Our wax heater supports: Hard wax Soft wax Bead wax Can/tin wax Roll-on cartridge wax (with adapter)
Yes, it features a temperature control dial or digital thermostat for precise heating.
Usually 15–25 minutes, depending on wax type and quantity.
We offer 500ml, 800ml, and 1000ml models. Double-pot heaters are also available.
For safety, it's best to turn it off between clients or when not in use.
Yes, it’s perfect for full-body and sensitive-area waxing.
Yes, it works for both strip (soft) and stripless (hard/bead) wax.
Yes, we offer bundle packs with wax + heater + spatulas.
Yes, most models have aluminum or stainless steel removable inner containers.
UAE-compatible models come in 220–240V.
Yes, 6-month or 1-year warranty, depending on the brand/model.
Yes – wax heater + wax + spatulas + strips + after wax oil available in kits.
We deliver across the UAE, and store pickup may be available in selected locations.
When it reaches honey-like consistency and doesn’t feel too hot on a test patch.

Spa massage lotion - 1 GAL

It comes in a 1-gallon (128 oz / 3.78 liters) container.
Yes, it is dermatologist-tested and safe for all skin types, including sensitive skin.
Depending on usage, it can last 2 to 4 weeks for moderate to high-volume salons.
Yes, the soothing and hydrating formula is ideal for post-wax calming.
No, it leaves no sticky residue and absorbs cleanly.
Yes, our massage lotion is 100% cruelty-free and vegan.
Yes, the gallon size is perfect for refilling dispensers or portable bottles.
Yes, optional pump dispensers are available upon request.
It provides hydration, skin nourishment, aromatherapy benefits, and smooth massage flow.
Yes, it is deeply moisturizing and softening.
Yes, we provide wholesale rates and bundle deals for salon and spa businesses.
Yes, Lipslay delivers across Dubai, Sharjah, Ajman, Abu Dhabi, and other Emirates.
No, it is a non-greasy formula and washes out easily from towels.
We offer mineral oil-free options, ask for the ingredient list when ordering.
Yes, it comes with a secure screw cap and optional pump for easy dispensing.
Yes, refill pouch and gallon jars are available for sustainable usage.
Yes, we offer 500ml, 1L, 1 Gallon (3.78L), and 5L options.

Facial Kit

Usually includes: Cleanser Scrub Massage Cream Face Pack/Mask Serum or Gel Moisturizer or Sunscreen
Yes, we offer single-use sachet kits and large salon-size multi-use packs.
We provide: Herbal Facial Kit Gold Facial Kit Diamond Facial Kit Charcoal Facial Kit Vitamin C Facial Kit Fruit Facial Kit Anti-aging Facial Kit Whitening/Brightening Facial Kit Tan Removal Facial Kit
Yes, we have specific kits for dry, oily, sensitive, and combination skin.
Depending on the size, 10–30 facials can be done from one salon pack.
Yes, most of our products are dermatologist-recommended and salon-safe.
Yes, especially whitening, vitamin C, and anti-pigmentation kits.
Yes, most are cruelty-free and not tested on animals.
Yes, we provide OEM and private-label manufacturing for bulk orders.
Some kits include finishing creams with SPF.
Yes, we offer anti-acne and charcoal detox kits.
Yes, most premium kits include a hydrating or brightening serum.
Yes, we ship to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Fujairah, and more.
MOQ starts from 20–25 kits, depending on brand and type.
Keep in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight.
Some kits include bleaching cream, but many are bleach-free.
Yes, these are highly popular for bridal and luxury facials.
Yes, we offer tan removal and glow kits specifically for this purpose.
Yes, we have spa-size facial kits and massage-friendly formulas.

Facial Sponge Set

It’s used to cleanse, exfoliate, and remove makeup or face masks during facials or skincare.
We offer cellulose, konjac, silicone, natural sea sponge, and compressed facial sponges.
Yes, most are washable and reusable, depending on the material.
Made from plant-based fibers, cellulose sponges are soft, eco-friendly, and highly absorbent.
Wash with warm water and antibacterial soap. Air dry completely to prevent bacteria.
For hygiene, replace after 5–10 uses or every week in salon environments.
Yes, we offer gentle and hypoallergenic sponge options for all skin types.
Yes, especially compressed facial sponges expand upon soaking.
Yes, we offer single-use disposable sponges ideal for professional hygiene.
Yes, they effectively remove makeup, dirt, and oil without harsh rubbing.
Yes, textured or konjac sponges gently exfoliate dead skin cells.
Yes, natural cellulose and konjac sponges are eco-friendly and biodegradable.
Standard sponges range from 6cm to 10cm diameter, and are thin or thick as per requirement.
Yes, some larger sponges are suitable for neck, back, or décolletage areas too.
Yes, packs of 50, 100, 500, and 1000 pcs are available at discounted wholesale rates.
They are best used wet, especially cellulose and compressed sponges.
Yes, soak in hot water or disinfectant solution, but avoid boiling.
MOQ starts at 50 sets or 100 pcs, with bulk pricing available.
Yes, we offer fast delivery in Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Ras Al Khaimah, and other Emirates.
Yes, you can custom mix sponge types or colors in one bulk order.
Yes, with bulk orders, we include how-to guides for salon usage.

Face Bleach

Face bleach is a cream-based product that lightens facial hair and brightens skin tone without removing hair.
We offer herbal bleach, fruit bleach, gold, diamond, pearl, oxygen, fairness bleach, and sensitive skin bleach.
We offer skin-specific bleach variants, including for sensitive, oily, dry, and combination skin.
Each kit contains bleach cream + activator powder or pre-mixed formulas.
Typically once every 3 to 4 weeks.
No, it doesn’t remove hair; it lightens hair color to match skin tone, making it less visible.
Yes, certain bleaches help lighten sun tan and brighten dull skin.
Yes, we offer ammonia-free and herbal options that are gentler on skin.
Yes, always do a patch test 24 hours before application to check for allergies.
Effects usually last 2 to 4 weeks, depending on hair growth.
If used incorrectly, it may cause redness or sensitivity, so follow instructions carefully.
Bleach lightens hair and brightens skin, while facial cleanses, exfoliates, and rejuvenates the skin.
Yes, but give your skin at least 3–4 hours to settle before applying makeup.
Keep in a cool, dry place, away from sunlight to maintain product stability.
We offer 250g, 500g, 1kg, and 2kg salon-size jars.
Yes, our top bleaches are dermatologically tested and UAE salon compliant.
Face bleach is formulated for facial use only. For body, we recommend body bleach formulas.
Yes, many of our formulas are paraben-free and gentle on skin.
Yes, we offer salon treatment kits including bleach, neutralizer, and after-care products.
It’s used to cleanse, exfoliate, and remove makeup or face masks during facials or skincare.
We offer cellulose, konjac, silicone, natural sea sponge, and compressed facial sponges.

Nail Buffer

It smooths ridges, adds shine, and prepares nails for polish, gel, or extensions.
We provide 4-way buffers, sanding blocks, sponge buffers, shine buffers, and mini travel buffers.
A file shapes the nail edge, while a buffer smooths and shines the nail surface.
Yes, but they should be cleaned or replaced regularly, especially in professional settings.
Yes, we supply bulk packs (50, 100, 200, 500 pcs) at wholesale rates.
Yes, we have buffers safe for natural nails and stronger options for acrylic or gel nails.
Our buffers range from 100/180/240 to 3000 grit, depending on the purpose.
Yes, we offer 4-way blocks with each side for filing, smoothing, buffing, and shining.
Some are washable, while others are meant for single-use hygiene in salons.
Yes, available in white, pink, grey, black, neon, and custom colors.
Yes, we have fine grit buffers ideal for removing shine before gel application.
Yes, we provide 2-step and 3-step shine buffers for glossy finishes without polish.
MOQ starts from 50 pieces, with discounts on larger quantities.
Yes, we offer private label branding on buffers for bulk orders.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Ajman, Abu Dhabi, and all Emirates.
On average, 5–15 uses, depending on the grit and client volume.
Yes, it smooths the nail base, making polish application neater and long-lasting.
Yes, we have manicure tool kits that include files, buffers, pushers, etc.
Yes, our gentle sponge buffers are safe for younger or delicate nails.
Yes, they are essential for surface prepping before acrylic or gel extension.
Yes, the ergonomic grip foam design ensures comfort during use.
Yes, fine grit buffers help remove the top coat before soaking off gel polish.
Yes, all our tools are UAE salon-compliant and meet professional hygiene norms.

18 Home Salon Services at Just AED 75 + Easy Installments

You get 18 premium salon services at home, including manicure, pedicure, waxing, facials, and more.
Yes, you get all 18 services for just AED 75—no hidden charges.
Yes, it’s available to everyone—new or returning clients.
No, the package is fixed. However, add-ons are available separately.
Just a clean space with good lighting—we bring everything else.
Approximately 2.5 to 3 hours, depending on service flow.
Yes, we use high-quality, skin-friendly products. Let us know your sensitivities in advance.
A fresh face and clean skin are ideal, but not mandatory.
Absolutely. Our staff follow strict hygiene and safety protocols.
We recommend booking at least 24 hours in advance for your preferred slot.
Yes, subject to availability.
Yes, you can split the payment into 4 interest-free installments with both Tabby and Tamara.
No, installment plans are 100% interest-free.
Simply select your preferred option during the booking/payment process.
Yes, installment options apply to total eligible bookings.
Yes, typically AED 50–100, depending on the provider. This package qualifies.
Check Tabby or Tamara’s terms—late fees or account freezes may apply.
Yes, free rescheduling is available with at least 6 hours’ notice.
Cancellations are free up to 6 hours before your booking.
Yes, subject to beautician availability in your area.
Yes, and refunds will be processed according to the payment provider’s policy.

17 Home Beauty Services at Just AED 62

Yes! You get all 17 services included in the package for AED 62—no hidden fees.
Yes, it’s a promotional offer—book now to lock in the price.
Yes, you can book this package as many times as you like.
Half arm wax, underarm wax, and half leg wax are included.
Yes, we use gentle products, but please inform us of any skin sensitivities.
It’s a light, relaxing massage to ease tension.
Yes, both are included with high-quality, long-lasting finish.
Forehead, upper lip, and chin threading are part of this package.
Yes. Our staff follow strict hygiene, wear PPE, and sanitize tools between sessions.
Just a clean, well-lit space and access to a plug point if needed. We bring the rest.
Yes, subject to availability.
Around 2 to 2.5 hours for all 17 services.
Not required, but arriving fresh helps optimize results.
Yes! You can split the payment into 4 interest-free installments using Tabby or Tamara.
No. Both Tabby and Tamara offer 0% interest if paid on time.
You’ll be given an option during online or WhatsApp checkout.
They may charge a late fee or block further use. Check their terms directly.
You can call, WhatsApp, or book online at www.lipslay.com.
Yes, rescheduling is free up to 6 hours in advance.
You can cancel up to 6 hours before the appointment without a fee.
Yes, subject to beautician availability in your area.
Yes, we operate 7 days a week including public holidays.
Yes, we use high-quality, professional-grade products only.
Yes, just let us know while booking.
Yes, wherever possible we use single-use items. All tools are sterilized.
Absolutely. We’ll be happy to work with your personal preferences.
Yes, all equipment is thoroughly sanitized after each use.

Royal Glow – 22 Beauty Services at Home

Our 22-services package includes a variety of beauty treatments such as haircuts, facials, manicures, pedicures, waxing, threading, and more—perfect for a full pampering experience.
The full package usually takes around 2 to 3 hours depending on the combination of services you choose.
The 87 AED price covers the entire 22-services package with no hidden fees.
Absolutely! All our services, including this package, are delivered in the comfort of your home.
Yes, all our beauticians are professionally trained and certified.
Yes, you can split the payment into 4 interest-free installments using Tabby or Tamara.
You pay 4 equal interest-free installments over time, making it easier to afford your beauty package.
No, the installment plans are completely interest-free and transparent.
Yes, we accept cash, credit/debit cards, and installment payment options.
You can book via our website, phone, or WhatsApp by selecting the package and your preferred date/time.
Rescheduling or cancellations are free if done at least 24 hours in advance.
NO ANYCANCELLATION FEE IS APPLYINGG WHEN YIU CANCEL JUST TELL BEFOIRE 3 HOURS
Please provide a clean, well-lit space and a comfortable chair or area for treatments.
Yes, we use hypoallergenic and dermatologist-tested products.
Yes, you can request your preferred beautician if available.
Our professionals follow strict sanitation protocols, wear masks, and use sterilized equipment.
Yes, this package is available throughout the year.
Inform us during booking so we can customize products and treatments accordingly.
Eligibility depends on the platforms’ approval during checkout with basic verification.
Yes, early repayment is allowed without any penalties.
Rescheduling or cancellations are free if done at least 24 hours in advance.
A cancellation fee may apply for late cancellations.
Yes, we use hypoallergenic and dermatologist-tested products.
Please contact Tabby or Tamara immediately to avoid penalties.

Complete Beauty Care Package

Our manicure service includes nail trimming, shaping, cuticle care, hand massage, and polish application.
A manicure usually takes about 30 to 45 minutes.
Pedicure includes foot soaking, exfoliation, nail trimming, cuticle care, foot massage, and polish.
We recommend every 2 to 3 weeks for best results and healthy nails.
We offer cleansing facials, hydrating facials, anti-aging treatments, and deep cleansing options.
Facials generally last between 45 minutes to 1 hour.
Yes, we use gentle, hypoallergenic products suitable for sensitive skin.
The upper lip wax targets the area above the lip to remove unwanted hair smoothly.
Eyebrow shaping usually takes about 15 to 20 minutes.
Yes, our professionals work with you to create a shape that suits your face.
Leg waxing is recommended every 4 to 6 weeks depending on hair growth.
There may be mild discomfort, but our trained beauticians use techniques to minimize pain.
Ensure hair is at least ¼ inch long, avoid applying lotions or oils on the day of waxing.
We use high-quality waxing products that are skin-friendly and minimally chemical-based.
Temporary redness or irritation may occur but usually subsides within a few hours.
All tools and wax are single-use or sterilized, and beauticians follow strict hygiene protocols.
Wait at least 6-8 hours before showering to prevent irritation.
Yes, our nail artists can create custom designs to suit your style.
Our beautician will assess your skin and recommend the best treatment during the appointment.
You can book online via our website or contact us directly through phone or WhatsApp.
Free cancellation is allowed up to 24 hours before the appointment; late cancellations may incur a fee.
Follow-ups depend on the service; for waxing, every 4-6 weeks is ideal, while facials can be monthly.
Yes, we tailor waxing sessions to suit your skin type and sensitivity.
Our professionals will guide you through the process to ensure comfort and safety.
Avoid heavy makeup and exfoliation at least 24 hours prior to your facial.
Tipping is optional and appreciated but never mandatory.

Relaxing Package

We offer cleansing, hydrating, anti-aging, and deep-cleansing facials customized to your skin type.
A typical facial lasts between 45 minutes to 1 hour.
Our full body spa includes exfoliation, massage, hydration treatments, and relaxation therapies.
Spa sessions typically last 60 to 90 minutes depending on your preferences.
Yes, we prioritize using high-quality, organic, and skin-friendly products whenever possible.
Absolutely! You can choose specific treatments and focus areas for your spa session.
Depending on the service, it can take from 1 to 3 hours.
We use professional-grade, ammonia-free, and gentle hair color products to minimize irritation.
Our head wash includes shampoo, scalp massage, and conditioning treatments.
Usually about 15 to 30 minutes depending on additional scalp treatments.
Yes, head wash is included as part of the hair coloring package.
Full face threading removes unwanted hair from the eyebrows, upper lip, cheeks, chin, and jawline.
It typically takes 20 to 30 minutes.
There may be slight discomfort, but it’s generally quick and less painful than waxing.
Every 3 to 6 weeks depending on hair growth.
Yes, all beauticians are expertly trained for precision and hygiene.
Temporary redness may occur but usually fades within an hour.
We use disposable threads, sterilized tools, and follow strict cleanliness protocols.
You can pay in 4 interest-free installments using Tabby or Tamara at checkout.
Yes, please specify your preferences when booking.
Please inform us beforehand for patch tests or alternative products.
Wait at least 48 hours for color to settle and last longer.
Absolutely! Our services cater to all genders.
Reschedule or cancel free up to 24 hours before; late changes may incur a fee.
Book online via our website or contact us via phone or WhatsApp.
Yes, we tailor treatments and products based on your skin type and needs.

Hair Care Package

It includes full hair coloring, a relaxing hair wash, a nourishing hair spa treatment, and a professional blow-dry.
Yes, we offer both. Let us know your preference during booking.
Absolutely. You can select from a wide range of professional hair color shades.
Yes, our products and techniques are suitable for straight, wavy, curly, and textured hair.
We use top professional salon-grade brands like
Yes, but we recommend a patch test before application for those with sensitivities.
Depending on hair type and care, permanent color lasts 4–6 weeks, and semi-permanent about 2–3 weeks.
We apply the hair spa treatment after coloring, to nourish and seal in moisture.
It strengthens hair, reduces frizz, adds shine, and restores scalp hydration.
The complete service usually takes 2.5 to 3.5 hours depending on hair length and density.
Yes, but we recommend booking a custom package for that.
Yes, root touch-ups are available at a reduced cost. Ask during booking.
Not with us! We use ammonia-free or low-ammonia formulas and follow it with a hair spa to nourish the strands.
Yes, we offer full grey coverage with permanent color options.
Yes, our team brings everything needed for the session, including covers and cleaning materials.
Many choose ammonia-free options during pregnancy, but consult your doctor first.
Yes, steaming is included to allow deep penetration of the nourishing mask.
You can choose — straight, waves, or volume blowout depending on your preference.
Typically 2–3 days, depending on weather and hair texture.
You can book directly via WhatsApp, Instagram, or our website.
Yes! We offer interest-free installment plans via Tabby and Tamara.
Choose Tabby or Tamara at checkout, log in or sign up, and split the total into 4 equal payments.
No, both accept debit and credit cards, subject to eligibility.
No — payments are 100% interest-free with no hidden charges.
Yes, as long as the total amount meets the eligibility, you can use it for any package.
They’ll notify you and may retry automatically. You’ll need to follow up directly with them if needed.
Yes, if you cancel within our policy, we’ll process the refund, and the installment plan will adjust accordingly.

Deluxe Care Pack

This package includes a facial, bleach, eyebrow threading, upper lip threading, full arm wax, full leg wax, underarm wax, manicure, hand mask, foot mask, and a 5-minute back massage.
We offer a deep-cleansing and hydrating facial that suits most skin types. Customization is available based on your skin concerns.
Yes, we use gentle, professional-grade bleach suitable for most skin types. A patch test can be done if you're sensitive.
The full package takes around 2.5 to 3 hours, depending on your preferences and service flow.
Yes! It’s ideal for pre-party, bridal, or festive grooming.
Threading causes mild discomfort, but our professionals ensure it’s quick and gentle.
Usually 2–4 weeks depending on your hair growth.
We use high-quality, skin-friendly wax designed for sensitive areas.
Avoid lotions or oils, exfoliate lightly a day before, and ensure skin is clean.
It’s best to wait 6–8 hours before hot showers or baths to avoid irritation.
They are applied after the manicure and foot cleaning for better absorption.
We offer a quick 5-minute oil-based relaxation massage unless you request otherwise.
Yes, additional massage time can be booked at an extra charge.
Most services are safe, but we recommend checking with your doctor, especially for waxing or bleach.
You can enjoy it once a month or as per your beauty routine.
Yes, we offer flexible payments via Tabby and Tamara – split into 4 interest-free payments.
Our beautician will cleanse your face before beginning the facial.
Yes, all tools are sanitized or single-use to ensure hygiene and safety.
With proper exfoliation before and after, ingrown hairs can be minimized.
Yes, with at least 24 hours’ notice. Just contact our team.

Total Beauty Refresh

The bundle includes a facial, bleach, eyebrow threading, upper lip threading, full arm wax, full leg wax, underarm wax, manicure, pedicure, and hair trim.
On average, it takes about 2.5 to 3 hours to complete the full package, depending on your preferences.
We provide a hydrating, glow-enhancing facial that includes cleansing, scrubbing, steaming, extraction (if needed), massage, and a mask.
Yes, we use professional bleach suited for most skin types. Please inform us if you have sensitive skin or allergies.
Results typically last 2–3 weeks depending on your skin type and exposure to sunlight.
Yes, we schedule the treatments to avoid skin irritation, starting with bleach before waxing.
We use a precise threading technique to gently shape and remove hair without harsh chemicals.
We use a precise threading technique to gently shape and remove hair without harsh chemicals.
Mild redness is normal and usually subsides within 30 minutes. We apply soothing gel post-service.
Hair typically grows back in 2–4 weeks, depending on your hair growth rate.
We use high-quality, skin-sensitive wax suitable for delicate areas like underarms and full legs.
Some discomfort is expected, but our experienced beauticians ensure it's quick and gentle.
You can expect smoothness for up to 3–5 weeks.
Let us know in advance. We’ll use appropriate techniques and provide aftercare advice.
Absolutely! Our team brings a variety of shades for you to choose from.
Yes! Add-ons like head massage, hair color, or blow-dry are available upon request.
You can book via our website, WhatsApp, or Instagram.
You can pay online, by cash, or through Tabby and Tamara for 4 interest-free installments.
Just choose Tabby or Tamara at checkout and follow the simple split-payment process.
Yes, all our staff are experienced, trained, and hygiene-certified.
We want you happy! Contact us immediately and we’ll resolve issue.
Avoid direct sunlight, hot showers, and harsh products for 24 hours. We'll also give you personalized aftercare tips.

Smooth & Sculpt Glow Set

The package includes a 3D Hydra Facial, underarm wax, full hand wax, half leg wax, eyebrow threading, and upper lip threading.
A 3D Hydra Facial is a non-invasive treatment that deeply cleanses, exfoliates, hydrates, and infuses the skin with nourishing serums.
Yes, it's designed for all skin types and is especially gentle and hydrating for sensitive skin.
It typically takes 45 to 60 minutes.
Slight discomfort is normal, but our professionals use high-quality wax to minimize pain.
We use premium, skin-friendly wax suitable for sensitive areas.
Every 3–5 weeks, depending on your hair growth and skin sensitivity.
Threading is more precise for small facial areas and is great for sensitive skin.
About 10–15 minutes.
Yes, our beauticians consult with you to shape your brows according to your face.
Temporary redness is normal and fades quickly.
Usually around 45 minutes to 1 hour total.
Yes, keep the area clean and avoid applying lotions or oils before the session.
Wait at least 6–8 hours before showering to allow skin to calm down.
Absolutely! It gives a clean, glowing, and polished look perfect for events.
Yes, it deeply hydrates and promotes smoother, younger-looking skin.
Yes, you can add-on services during booking or ask for a custom package.
Yes! All services are performed professionally in the comfort of your home.
Yes, all Lipslay professionals are certified, experienced, and hygiene-trained.
Threading and facials are usually safe. For waxing, consult your doctor first.
Threading and facials are usually safe. For waxing, consult your doctor first.
Yes, we follow strict hygiene practices using disposable and sterilized tools.
You can pay in full or use Tabby/Tamara to split into 4 interest-free installments.
No major downtime — just glowing, hydrated skin!
Yes, up to 24 hours in advance with no charge.
This is a fixed-price value package, but we offer custom sets if needed.
Yes, we use high-quality professional-grade machines for safe and effective results.
Every 3–4 weeks for optimal skin health and maintenance.
Yes, our expert will assess your skin and customize the treatment accordingly.

Fascinating Armenia

Armenia is a landlocked country in the South Caucasus region, bordered by Georgia, Azerbaijan, Iran, and Turkey. It’s known for its ancient history, stunning monasteries, and mountainous landscapes.
Visa-free or Visa on Arrival is available for many countries. Citizens of the EU, USA, UAE, Russia, and many others can enter without a visa or obtain one on arrival. Alternatively, you can apply for an eVisa online.
Standard inclusions: Hotel accommodation (3★/4★ options) Airport transfers Daily breakfast and selected meals Guided tours with English-speaking guides Entrance fees to major attractions Transportation within Armenia
Yerevan – Armenia’s vibrant capital city Garni Temple – Pagan-era temple from the 1st century Geghard Monastery – UNESCO site carved into a mountain Lake Sevan – One of the world’s largest high-altitude freshwater lakes Dilijan – The “Armenian Switzerland” for nature lovers Khor Virap – Iconic monastery with views of Mount Ararat Tatev Monastery – Reachable by the world’s longest reversible cable car
Yes, Armenia is considered very safe for tourists. Crime is low, and locals are known for their warm hospitality. Like any destination, normal safety precautions should be observed.
Spring (April–June) and Autumn (September–October) are ideal for pleasant weather and scenic beauty. Summer is great for hiking and festivals. Winter is cold and snowy—ideal for skiing in resorts like Tsaghkadzor.
The official language is Armenian. Russian is also widely understood, and English is increasingly common in tourist areas.
The currency is the Armenian Dram (AMD). Credit cards are accepted in cities, but cash is preferred in rural areas.
Yes, this tour is designed to be comfortable for all age groups, including families, seniors, and solo travelers.
Private air-conditioned vehicles for groups Optional domestic transport such as ropeways and 4x4 rides (depending on the location) All logistics are arranged by the tour provider

Holiday In Enchanting Sri Lanka

Sri Lanka is an island country in South Asia, located in the Indian Ocean, just southeast of India.
Sri Lanka is famous for its golden beaches, ancient temples, lush tea plantations, wildlife safaris, and UNESCO World Heritage Sites like Sigiriya Rock Fortress and Galle Fort.
The administrative capital is Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte, while Colombo is the commercial capital and the largest city.
Yes. Most travelers must apply for an Electronic Travel Authorization (ETA) online before arriving. You can apply at eta.gov.lk.
Tourist visas are typically valid for 30 days, with the possibility of extension up to 90 days.
South and West Coast: December to March North and East Coast: April to September Sri Lanka has two monsoon seasons, so your destination will determine the best time to visit.
Sigiriya Rock Fortress Kandy and the Temple of the Tooth Ella and the Nine Arch Bridge Nuwara Eliya (Little England) Yala National Park Galle Fort Anuradhapura and Polonnaruwa (Ancient Cities)
Yes! Popular beach towns include: Unawatuna Mirissa Arugam Bay (surfing) Bentota Trincomalee
Sri Lanka is home to elephants, leopards, sloth bears, blue whales, and sea turtles. Top safari parks include Yala, Udawalawe, and Wilpattu.
Yes. Safari tours are widely available in national parks. Yala is the most popular for leopard sightings.

Amazing Baku and Gabala Tour

The tour usually includes airport transfers, hotel accommodation in both cities, daily breakfast, transportation between Baku and Gabala, guided tours, and entry tickets to key attractions.
Typical packages range from 4 to 6 days, depending on the itinerary and tour operator.
Top attractions in Baku include: Old City (Icherisheher) Flame Towers Heydar Aliyev Center Baku Boulevard Ateshgah Fire Temple
Gabala is known for its natural beauty and fun activities, including: Tufandag Mountain Resort (cable cars, skiing in winter) Nohur Lake Gabaland Amusement Park Yeddi Gozel (Seven Beauties) Waterfall
The distance is about 220 km, and the journey takes around 3.5 to 4 hours by car or minibus.
Yes, both Baku and Gabala offer family-friendly attractions, making the tour ideal for children and adults alike.
The ideal travel seasons are spring (April–June) and autumn (September–October). Winter is great for snow sports in Gabala.
Yes, most travelers require an eVisa, which is quick and easy to apply for online before your trip.
Accommodation typically includes 3 to 5-star hotels in central locations, with optional upgrades available.
Yes, many travel providers allow you to customize the itinerary, add extra nights, or include specific attractions.

Kuramathi Maldives

The Maldives is a tropical island nation in the Indian Ocean, southwest of India and Sri Lanka. It consists of 1,190+ coral islands grouped into 26 atolls.
Malé is the capital city and the main entry point for international visitors.
Malé is the capital city and the main entry point for international visitors.
It's famous for luxury overwater villas, white sandy beaches, turquoise lagoons, diving and snorkeling, and being a top honeymoon destination.
No. All nationalities get a 30-day free tourist visa on arrival. You must have a valid passport, return ticket, and confirmed accommodation.
Dry Season (High Season): November to April – ideal for sun, diving & snorkeling. Wet Season (Low Season): May to October – fewer tourists and lower prices, but occasional rain.
Transfers depend on the distance: Speedboat (nearby resorts) Seaplane (remote atolls) Domestic flight + boat (budget/local islands)
Luxury resorts (private islands with overwater villas) Mid-range hotels Guesthouses on local islands (budget-friendly)
Snorkeling & diving (coral reefs, manta rays, whale sharks) Sunset cruises Spa treatments Sandbank picnics Jet skiing, kayaking, paddleboarding Underwater restaurants (like Ithaa)
It can be, especially on private resorts, but staying on local islands offers a more budget-friendly experience.

Classic Turkey

The tour usually includes: Hotel accommodations Daily breakfast (some packages include lunch/dinner) Airport transfers and domestic travel Guided tours of historical and cultural sites Entrance fees to museums and landmarks English-speaking tour guide
The Classic Turkey itinerary often includes: Istanbul (Blue Mosque, Hagia Sophia, Grand Bazaar) Cappadocia (hot air balloon rides, fairy chimneys) Pamukkale (travertine terraces, Hierapolis) Ephesus (ancient ruins, Library of Celsus) Antalya or Troy (optional, based on package)
Classic Turkey tours typically range from 7 to 10 days, depending on the route and included cities.
Yes, the tour is family-friendly and senior-accessible, although there may be moderate walking involved at historical sites.
The ideal time is during spring (April–June) and autumn (September–October) when the weather is pleasant and ideal for sightseeing.
Many tours include domestic flights (e.g., from Istanbul to Cappadocia) for convenience. Confirm with your tour provider.
Yes, most travelers require an eVisa to enter Turkey, which can be easily obtained online before your trip.
Typically, daily breakfast is included. Some packages may also offer select lunches or dinners, especially during full-day excursions.
Hot air balloon rides are usually optional add-ons, available at an extra cost. Booking in advance is recommended due to high demand.
Yes, many travel agencies offer customizable options to adjust the itinerary, upgrade hotels, or add specific experiences like Turkish baths or Bosphorus cruises.

Fascinating Belgrade

Belgrade is the capital city of Serbia, situated at the confluence of the Danube and Sava rivers. It is one of the oldest continuously inhabited cities in Europe, known for its vibrant culture, rich history, and lively nightlife.
Citizens of the EU, USA, UAE, UK, Russia, and many other countries can enter visa-free for up to 90 days. Other nationalities may require a Serbian visa — check with the Serbian Ministry of Foreign Affairs or your local embassy.
Typical inclusions: Accommodation in 3★ or 4★ hotels Airport transfers Daily breakfast and selected meals Guided sightseeing with English-speaking guides Entry tickets to key attractions Transportation within Belgrade
Kalemegdan Fortress – Historic citadel with panoramic views Knez Mihailova Street – Main pedestrian shopping and cultural street St. Sava Temple – One of the largest Orthodox churches in the world Skadarlija – The bohemian quarter with traditional Serbian restaurants Republic Square – Central plaza with the National Museum and Theatre Ada Ciganlija – A river island popular for leisure and recreation Danube & Sava River Cruise (optional)
Yes, Belgrade is considered safe and welcoming for tourists. Petty theft is rare but possible in crowded places, so usual precautions are advised.
Spring (April–June) and Autumn (September–October) offer the best weather. Summer is great for nightlife and festivals. Winter can be cold, but festive markets and cozy restaurants make it charming.
The official language is Serbian, written in both Cyrillic and Latin. English is widely spoken in tourist areas, restaurants, and hotels.
The local currency is the Serbian Dinar (RSD). Credit and debit cards are accepted in most places, though cash is preferred in small shops and markets.
Yes, the tour is suitable for solo travelers, couples, families, and small groups. Belgrade has attractions for all age groups and interests.
Expect a mix of traditional Balkan and international cuisine. Local highlights include: Ćevapi – Grilled minced meat rolls Pljeskavica – Serbian-style burger Sarma – Stuffed cabbage rolls Baklava & local pastries Rakija – A traditional fruit brandy (optional tasting) Vegetarian and special dietary options can be arranged on request.
Yes, the tour often includes private transfers or guided transport. Public trams and buses may be used depending on the itinerary. Taxis and ride-hailing apps are also available.

Festive Moscow

The Festive Moscow tour is a seasonal experience celebrating the magic of Moscow during the winter holidays, especially Christmas and New Year. The city transforms into a winter wonderland with sparkling lights, markets, snowy scenes, and cultural performances.
Late December to early January is ideal for the full festive experience. Russian Orthodox Christmas is celebrated on January 7, so the celebrations extend well into the New Year.
Yes, most nationalities require a tourist visa to enter Russia. You’ll need a tourist invitation letter (usually provided by the tour operator or hotel) to apply. Processing can take 7–15 working days, so plan ahead.
Typical inclusions: Hotel accommodation (3★, 4★, or boutique hotels) Daily breakfast Airport transfers Guided tours with English-speaking guides Entrance fees to major attractions Visit to Christmas markets and light festivals Optional cultural activities (e.g., ballet, circus, sleigh rides)
Red Square & Kremlin Tour GUM Department Store's Christmas Fair Moscow’s Christmas Markets (Manezhnaya Square, Revolution Square) Zaryadye Park with winter scenery Cathedral of Christ the Saviour Moscow Metro Tour (famous for palatial architecture) Ice skating rinks (e.g., at VDNKh or Gorky Park) Optional: Russian ballet or folk show
Yes, Moscow is generally safe, especially in tourist zones. The city has a strong police presence and modern infrastructure. As with all major cities, be aware of your belongings in crowded areas.
Russian is the official language. While English is not widely spoken among locals, tourist areas, hotels, and guides usually provide English-language support.
The currency is the Russian Ruble (RUB). Credit and debit cards are widely accepted. However, it's a good idea to carry some cash, especially at markets or small vendors.
Temperatures range from -5°C to -20°C (23°F to -4°F). Dress warmly with thermal layers, winter boots, gloves, scarves, and a thick coat. Snow is common.
Usually, breakfast is included. Some packages may include festive dinners (e.g., New Year’s Eve Gala). Lunches and dinners are often on your own, allowing flexibility to explore Moscow's culinary scene.
Walking through festively lit pedestrian streets Tasting Russian holiday treats like blini, gingerbread, and mulled wine Enjoying the New Year fireworks Seeing Moscow's "Journey to Christmas" Festival — a city-wide celebration with music, lights, and markets

Fun Filled Singapore Break

Many nationalities enjoy visa-free entry for 30 to 90 days. Others may require a tourist visa. You can check eligibility and apply online via ICA Singapore. A return ticket and proof of accommodation may be required on arrival.
Singapore is a year-round destination with a hot, humid tropical climate. The best times to visit: December to February – Cooler with festive events (Christmas, Chinese New Year) July–September – Great for shopping and the Singapore Grand Prix
The official currency is the Singapore Dollar (SGD). Credit cards are widely accepted, but cash is useful for hawker stalls and small purchases.
Marina Bay Sands & SkyPark Gardens by the Bay Sentosa Island (beaches, Universal Studios, SEA Aquarium) Singapore Zoo & Night Safari Chinatown, Little India & Kampong Glam Orchard Road – Shopping paradise Clarke Quay – Dining and nightlife Merlion Park – Iconic city symbol
Yes, Singapore is one of the most modern and cleanest cities, and costs can be high. However, it offers great budget-friendly experiences, like: Hawker centers for cheap, delicious food Free attractions like parks and light shows Efficient public transport (MRT)
Singapore has four official languages: English (widely spoken) Mandarin Chinese Malay Tamil Most signs, menus, and public announcements are in English.
Yes, Singapore is one of the safest cities in the world. Laws are strictly enforced, and public spaces are very clean and secure.
Chewing gum is banned Jaywalking and littering can result in fines Tipping is not required but appreciated in upscale restaurants Dress modestly in religious places (temples, mosques)
MRT (Mass Rapid Transit) – Fast, clean, and affordable Buses – Extensive coverage Taxis/Grab (ride-hailing) – Easy and safe Tourists can buy the Singapore Tourist Pass for unlimited travel on MRT and buses.
Hainanese Chicken Rice Laksa Chilli Crab Char Kway Teow Satay Roti Prata & Nasi Lemak Head to Maxwell Food Centre, Lau Pa Sat, or Newton Hawker Centre for authentic local cuisine.

Glamping at AlUla

AlUla is in northwestern Saudi Arabia, in the Medina region. It is known for its dramatic desert landscapes and ancient archaeological sites.
AlUla is famous for Hegra (Mada’in Saleh), Saudi Arabia’s first UNESCO World Heritage Site, ancient tombs, rock formations like Elephant Rock, and the world’s largest mirrored building – Maraya Hall.
You can fly to AlUla International Airport (ULH) from major Saudi cities like Riyadh, Jeddah, and Dammam. Alternatively, you can drive from nearby cities.
Yes. Travelers from eligible countries can apply for a Saudi eVisa online. Check visa.visitsaudi.com for details.
The best time is between October and March, when temperatures are cooler and festivals are held.
Key attractions include: Hegra (Mada’in Saleh) AlUla Old Town Elephant Rock Maraya Concert Hall Dadan & Jabal Ikmah
No. Hegra is accessible only via guided tours that can be booked in advance through experiencealula.com.
Yes! You can try: Ziplining Stargazing Night hiking Helicopter rides Hot air balloon flights
Options range from luxury resorts (like Habitas or Banyan Tree) to eco-lodges, guesthouses, and camp-style stays in the desert.
Wild camping isn’t allowed, but you can book glamping experiences with local operators that meet environmental and safety standards.

Eternal Jordan

Yes, most travelers need a visa. You can obtain a Visa on Arrival at the airport or land borders for many nationalities. Alternatively, the Jordan Pass includes your visa fee if you stay for at least 3 nights and includes entry to over 40 attractions.
The Jordan Pass is a travel package that waives your visa fee (if staying 3+ nights) and includes access to major tourist sites like Petra, Jerash, Wadi Rum, and more. It’s highly recommended for tourists.
Yes, Jordan is generally safe for travelers. The country has a strong security presence and a stable political climate compared to its neighbors. As always, stay informed and take standard travel precautions.
The best time is during spring (March–May) and autumn (September–November) when the weather is pleasant. Summers can be very hot, especially in the desert areas, while winters can get cold in Amman and Petra.
The Jordanian Dinar (JOD) is the official currency. Credit cards are accepted in most hotels and major establishments, but cash is recommended for small vendors and rural areas.
Yes, English is commonly spoken in tourist areas, hotels, and by younger Jordanians. Arabic is the official language.
Petra – The ancient rock-cut city and UNESCO site Wadi Rum – The Martian desert landscape with Bedouin camps Dead Sea – Float in the salty waters and enjoy mud spas Jerash – Roman ruins and historical landmarks Aqaba – Red Sea beach resort for diving and snorkeling Amman – The modern capital with a blend of ancient history
Yes, tipping (baksheesh) is customary. Around 10% is standard in restaurants. Tip hotel staff, guides, and drivers based on service.
Jordan is a Muslim-majority country, and modest dress is appreciated, especially in rural areas. In tourist spots like Petra and Amman, dress is more relaxed, but it’s respectful to cover shoulders and knees.
Tap water is generally not recommended for drinking. Stick to bottled water, which is widely available and inexpensive.

Fairytale Lisbon, Madrid and Barcelona Tour

This tour covers Portugal and Spain, featuring iconic cities: Lisbon (Portugal) Madrid (Spain) Barcelona (Spain)
The recommended duration is 7 to 10 days to fully enjoy the highlights of all three cities at a comfortable pace.
Typical inclusions: Accommodation in 3★ or 4★ hotels Daily breakfast (sometimes lunch/dinner) Guided city tours in Lisbon, Madrid & Barcelona Intercity transportation (flights/train) Airport transfers Entrance fees to selected attractions (e.g. Sagrada Familia, Royal Palace, Jerónimos Monastery) Note: Always check the specific tour operator’s inclusions.
Belém Tower Jerónimos Monastery Alfama District Lisbon Cathedral Tram 28 ride Pastéis de Belém tasting
Royal Palace of Madrid Puerta del Sol & Plaza Mayor Prado Museum Retiro Park Flamenco show experience Tapas tasting tour
Sagrada Familia Park Güell La Rambla & Gothic Quarter Casa Batlló & Casa Milà (Gaudí’s works) Montjuïc Hill and Magic Fountain Beachfront promenade & local markets
Yes, the tour is great for families, couples, and solo travelers. The itinerary is a mix of history, culture, food, and scenic beauty.
Most tours use: Train (e.g., Renfe AVE high-speed from Madrid to Barcelona) Flight (Lisbon to Madrid, depending on time constraints) Private transfers and coaches may be used for groups.
Yes, most guided tours include professional English-speaking guides for all major sightseeing activities.
Yes, a Schengen visa is required for travelers from non-EU countries. This visa covers both Portugal and Spain.

A Wild Safari In Kenya

Most packages include airport transfers, accommodation in lodges or tented camps, park entry fees, daily game drives, meals (full board), and a professional safari guide/driver.
Popular parks included are Maasai Mara National Reserve, Amboseli National Park, Lake Nakuru, Tsavo East & West, and Samburu Game Reserve.
Kenya is home to the Big Five (lion, leopard, elephant, rhino, and buffalo), along with cheetahs, giraffes, zebras, hippos, flamingos, and more.
The best time is June to October (dry season), which coincides with the Great Migration in Maasai Mara. January to March is also ideal for wildlife spotting.
Yes, safaris are generally safe when you follow the guide’s instructions. Lodges and camps are secure and experienced in handling wildlife encounters.
You can stay in luxury lodges, tented camps, or budget-friendly campsites, depending on your package. All provide close-to-nature experiences with modern comforts.
Yes, most visitors need a Kenya eVisa, which can be applied for online before travel.
Yes, Yellow Fever vaccination is recommended, and malaria prophylaxis is strongly advised. Consult your doctor 4–6 weeks before departure.
Lightweight, neutral-colored clothing, a wide-brim hat, sunglasses, sunscreen, binoculars, insect repellent, and a good camera are must-haves.
Yes, many safaris are family-friendly, but some lodges have age restrictions. It’s best to choose child-friendly accommodations and activities.

Body Scrub

A body scrub is a granular exfoliant used to remove dead skin cells and improve skin texture.
We offer sugar scrubs, salt scrubs, coffee scrubs, Dead Sea salt scrubs, silky cool scrub, and herbal exfoliating scrubs.
Yes, we offer formulations for dry, oily, normal, and sensitive skin types.
No, it is recommended to use 2–3 times per week to avoid over-exfoliation.
Yes, available in fragrances like lavender, rose, mint, orange, chocolate, lemon, and green tea.
No, body scrubs are coarser and not suitable for delicate facial skin.
Our scrubs include natural oils, salt/sugar, essential oils, vitamin E, coffee grounds, fruit extracts, and more.
Yes, we offer organic and 100% natural scrub options upon request.
Absolutely! Our Silky Cool and Dead Sea scrubs are ideal for Moroccan bath rituals.
Yes, we supply scrubs in 500g, 1kg, 2kg, 4kg, and 5kg tubs.
Yes, we offer custom-blend and branded scrubs for large orders.
Yes, scrubs are ideal for manicure/pedicure pre-treatment exfoliation.
Silky Cool Scrub, Sugar Scrub with Shea Butter, Dead Sea Salt Scrub, and Herbal Whitening Scrub are bestsellers.
Yes, many of our scrubs are infused with oils and emollients for added hydration.

Massage Oil

We offer aromatherapy oils, herbal oils, almond oil, coconut oil, olive oil, lavender oil, ayurvedic blends, and hot massage oils.
Yes, our oils are formulated to be non-irritating, non-greasy, and safe for sensitive skin.
They are for external use only.
We offer 250ml, 500ml, 1-liter, and 3.78-liter (gallon) packaging.
Yes. We have oils for Swedish massage, deep tissue, aromatherapy, hot oil massage, and reflexology.
Yes, we use natural plant-based oils free from harsh chemicals and parabens.
Yes, our formulations ensure quick absorption without greasy residue.
Some are multi-use, while we also offer face-specific lighter oils.
Yes, for clients with fragrance sensitivity, unscented options are available.
Yes, we have essential oil-infused blends for calming, energizing, or pain relief.
Yes, we provide heat-safe oils ideal for warming before use.
Yes, we offer dual-use oils that work for scalp massages and hair nourishment.
Yes, we offer dual-use oils that work for scalp massages and hair nourishment.
Yes, for bulk orders, we offer customized blends with selected ingredients.
Yes, samples can be arranged before wholesale purchase.
Yes, we offer private labeling and branding services.
Yes, all bottles come with leak-proof and tamper-evident seals.
Most oils have a shelf life of 24–36 months.
Yes, we provide halal-certified and vegan-friendly options.
Yes, we have wholesale pricing, starter kits, and mix bundles.
Contact us via Lipslay.com, WhatsApp, or Instagram to request a price list or place an order.
We stock locally produced and imported massage oils, depending on the brand.

Disposable Salon Kit

It’s a set of single-use items used for client hygiene during beauty or grooming services.
Hair cap, face towel, gown, bed sheet, gloves, mask, headband, slippers, panties/underwear, and spatula (customizable).
Facials, waxing, massage, body treatments, mani-pedi, threading, and home services.
Yes, they are meant for single-client use only to ensure hygiene and safety.
Yes, we create kits tailored for facial, waxing, massage, or full-body services.
Yes, Lipslay offers competitive pricing for bulk or salon-level orders.
Yes, our kits use non-woven, hypoallergenic materials suitable for all skin types.
Yes, Lipslay offers competitive pricing for bulk or salon-level orders.
Yes, our kits use non-woven, hypoallergenic materials suitable for all skin types.
Each kit comes individually packed in sealed, hygienic packaging.
Absolutely! They are ideal for mobile beauticians and home spa services.
MOQ starts from 50 kits and up, depending on customization.
Yes, the bed sheets, gowns, and towels are all disposable.
Yes, upon request, we can include latex/nitrile gloves and face masks.
Yes, we provide unisex or male-specific kits as well.
Facial kits may include a headband, towel, mask, while waxing kits include disposable panties, spatula, and wipes.
They are sanitized and sealed, but not medically sterilized unless specified.
We offer eco-friendly, biodegradable materials on request.
Keep in a cool, dry place, sealed until use.
They last up to 24 months when stored properly.
Slippers are optional and can be added to spa or massage kits.
Yes, waxing-specific kits with spatulas, underwear, gloves, and wipes are available.
Yes, our non-woven towels are highly absorbent and soft.
Yes, our kits use non-irritant, chemical-free materials.
Standard color is white, but black, pink, and beige options are available for some items.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, and all emirates.
Yes, sample kits can be provided before placing a bulk order.
They meet general salon hygiene and safety standards.
Yes, we offer guides or stickers explaining kit usage for salon teams.

Hair and Face vitamin Capsules

They are used for deep nourishment, shine, repair, and revitalization of dry, damaged hair and dull skin.
Yes, these are topical capsules and not for oral consumption.
Most contain Vitamin E, Argan Oil, Jojoba Oil, Keratin, Aloe Vera, and essential fatty acids.
Twist the capsule, squeeze the oil onto your palm, and apply to damp or dry hair, focusing on ends.
Yes, face vitamin capsules are specially formulated with lighter oils and vitamins suitable for facial skin.
Yes, especially beneficial for dry, frizzy, colored, or chemically treated hair.
2–3 times a week is ideal for regular maintenance or post-treatment care.
Yes, we supply both hair oil capsules and facial serum/oil capsules.
Yes, our products are dermatologically tested and gentle for most skin types.
Yes, we offer jars and pouches containing 30, 50, 100, or 500 capsules.
Yes, many salons use them during treatments and also sell them as retail items.
We have both silicone-based and silicone-free options available.
Facial capsules are lightweight, non-comedogenic, while hair capsules are more oily and rich in smoothing agents.
Mostly oil-based, but some facial capsules have a light serum or gel-like texture.
Some capsules are made from gelatin or plant-based materials and are biodegradable.
Usually 24 to 36 months, depending on the brand and formulation.
Yes, for intensive repair or treatment purposes, daily use is safe and beneficial.
Yes, sample packs are available for testing and demos.
We can provide halal options upon request.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Sharjah, Abu Dhabi, Ajman, and all other emirates.
Absolutely, wholesale rates and combo offers are available for salons and resellers.

Salon Equipment & Tools

We supply chairs, shampoo units, trolleys, steamers, magnifying lamps, beds, stools, and more.
Hair dryers, flat irons, curling tongs, scissors, clippers, combs, brushes, sterilizers, and towels.
Yes, we offer full equipment lines for hair, facial, waxing, nails, and massage services.
Yes, we have foldable and fixed facial/massage beds with cushions.
Yes, we use high-quality stainless steel, PU leather, and strong wood/metal frames.
Yes, we offer doorstep delivery and setup services in major UAE cities.
Yes, we offer complete kits including scissors, clippers, razors, blades, etc.
Yes, we offer doorstep delivery and setup services in major UAE cities.
We stock a mix of branded and OEM products from top suppliers in UAE, Turkey, and China.
Yes, custom orders are available based on quantity and lead time.
Yes, we offer both handheld and wall-mounted dryers in wholesale.
We offer UV sterilizers, hot towel cabinets, and autoclave systems.
Most equipment comes with a 6–12 month warranty depending on the item.
Yes, we offer discounted full setup packages for startups.
Yes, salon trolleys with drawers and wheels are available in multiple designs.
Portable beds, foldable chairs, compact dryers, and tool kits.
Yes, we provide competitive wholesale rates and bundle deals.
Yes, single, double, and triple pot wax heaters are available.
We provide care instructions and cleaning guides for all items.
Currently, we specialize in UAE delivery, but can assist with export orders on request.
Contact us via WhatsApp, Instagram, or visit Lipslay.com to request a price list or place your order.

Moroccan Items

It is a full-body cleansing and exfoliating treatment using natural Moroccan ingredients like black soap, loofah, and clay.
It detoxifies skin, removes dead cells, improves blood circulation, unclogs pores, reduces body odor, and leaves skin smooth and refreshed.
Moroccan Black Soap Kessa Glove (scrubbing mitt) Ghassoul Clay Argan Oil Body Lotion Rose Water or Essential Oils
Yes, our products are authentic and sourced from trusted suppliers in Morocco and UAE.
Yes, we supply black soap (in kg packs), Kessa gloves, clay, oils, and full kits.
Yes, it’s suitable for all skin types, including sensitive and acne-prone skin.
Yes, we have pre-packed kits for one-time client use or reusable versions for salons.
We offer 500g, 1kg, 3kg, and 5kg packaging.
Yes, full disposable kits are available.
Yes, we offer white labeling and branding on bulk orders.
There are no side effects if done correctly; however, people with eczema or open wounds should consult a specialist.
Most items have a shelf life of 2–3 years.
Yes, we supply premium quality original exfoliating gloves.
Yes, we have herbal, rose, lavender, lemon, and other varieties.
Yes, with gentle ingredients — but always consult a healthcare provider first.
Yes, our entire line is spa-compatible.
Yes, we have special offers and discounted pricing for bulk buyers.
Yes, we deliver to Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah, Ajman, and all other emirates.
Most of our Moroccan Bath products are free from harsh chemicals and made from natural ingredients.

Mani Pedi Tools

Basic tools include nail cutter, cuticle pusher, nail buffer, nail file, cuticle nipper, foot file, pumice stone, toe separators, and brushes.
Yes, we supply high-quality tools designed for salon professionals.
We offer both stainless steel and durable plastic tools depending on the item.
We have both reusable metal tools and single-use disposable options.
Our kits typically include nail clippers, buffers, filers, cuticle pushers, scrapers, nippers, toe separators, and foot scrubbers.
Both options are available – tools can be purchased individually or as a complete set.
Yes, all our stainless-steel tools are rust-resistant if properly sanitized and maintained.
Yes, we offer electric nail drills, polish removers, and callus removers as well.
Yes, they are professionally sharpened and designed for safe, precise cuticle care.
Yes, available in different sizes and grit levels for salons.
Yes, we provide 4-way nail buffers, sanding blocks, and buffing strips in bulk.
Yes, all tools are salon-grade and meet hygiene and disinfection standards.
Yes, disposable manicure and pedicure kits are available for one-time use clients.
Yes, foot soakers and portable tubs are part of our inventory.
Yes, wholesale pricing is available with bigger discounts on bulk orders.
Yes, we offer manual and electric callus removers for pedicure use.
Yes, we have safe, gentle options specially designed for sensitive skin.
We offer a mix of locally distributed and international quality products.
It varies by product, but usually starts from 10 pieces per item.
Yes, we have ready-made combos that include tools, gloves, towels, etc.
Yes, we offer manicure scissors in both straight and curved designs.
Yes, sample kits can be arranged for quality testing.
Yes, with coarse and fine grit on either side.
Prices vary depending on content; please contact for wholesale catalog.
We offer same or next-day delivery in major cities across UAE.

Hair Mask

A hair mask is a deep-conditioning treatment that nourishes hair more intensively than regular conditioners.
Yes, we offer masks suitable for dry, oily, frizzy, damaged, colored, and normal hair types.
Typically once a week or as recommended by a stylist based on hair condition.
Yes, we have protein, keratin, argan, collagen, and hydrating hair masks in bulk.
Yes, we offer professional sizes like 500ml, 1000ml, 3000ml, and even 5000ml.
Absolutely, we offer specific formulas safe for rebonded, bleached, or colored hair.
Yes, we have specific formulations that target hair fall and strengthening.
We offer both natural and professional-grade chemical-based options.
Yes, most have pleasant salon-grade fragrances, but we also have fragrance-free options.
We stock leading professional brands and also offer unbranded bulk products.
Yes, our range includes masks suitable for male hair textures and concerns.
Shelf life varies by product, but most are good for 2–3 years unopened.
Yes, samples are available upon request for select products.
Most are safe for both hair and scalp, but some are hair-shaft only.
Yes, we have wholesale pricing and special offers for large purchases.
Yes, we offer retail-ready packaging for resale as well.
We have mild, hypoallergenic options suitable for sensitive users.
Prices vary depending on type and quantity; contact us for bulk rate.
Yes, private labeling is available on minimum order quantities.
Yes, you can enhance results by mixing it with argan oil or hair serums.
Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain freshness.

Kitchen & Cooking Staff

They handle meal preparation, cooking, kitchen cleaning, grocery shopping, and sometimes food storage or inventory.
A cook typically prepares daily meals using basic recipes. A chef has professional training and may
Yes, both options are available depending on your needs.
Yes, we offer live-in cook and kitchen staff options for 24/7 support.
Yes, we have specialists in Indian, Pakistani, Continental, Arabic, Chinese, and vegetarian cuisines.
Simply contact us with your requirements, and we’ll shortlist candidates for interviews.
Yes, trial periods of 1–3 days can be arranged.
For live-in staff, yes. For part-time staff, this is not required.
Absolutely. All staff are vetted through identity and criminal background checks.
Yes, we offer free replacements within a set period (usually 15–30 days).
They can cook breakfast, lunch, snacks, and dinner as per your daily preferences.
Yes, just inform us in advance, and we’ll assign someone trained in dietary-specific cooking.
Yes, most of them are trained to maintain hygiene and clean the kitchen after use.
Yes, we have region-specific cooks upon request.
Yes, we ensure all staff follow proper hygiene and cooking standards.

RR 1HP Centrifugal Water Pump RRCP-1.0S-11

The RRCP-1.0S-11 has a 1HP (Horsepower) motor, ideal for residential and small-scale irrigation applications.
Yes, the RRCP-1.0S-11 is designed for reliable and continuous operation under normal conditions.
This model typically runs on a single-phase 220V power supply. Always check the technical label for exact voltage specifications.
It is suitable for clean water without abrasive particles or chemicals. Avoid using it with dirty, salty, or corrosive water.
Flow rate and head can vary, but this model generally delivers a moderate to high flow rate with a head of around 30-40 meters. Refer to the user manual or technical sheet for precise values.
No, the pump is relatively easy to install. However, it is recommended to have a professional electrician or plumber handle installation to ensure safety and performance.
Many models in this range include built-in thermal protection, but confirm this feature on the product label or manual.
It’s ideal for home water supply, garden irrigation, small-scale agriculture, and pressure boosting.
Regularly check for leaks, clean the inlet filter, and avoid dry running. Schedule periodic servicing as per the user manual.
Warranty terms may vary by seller, but typically range from 6 months to 1 year. Check with your supplier for exact coverage.

Kids Go Free - Dubai Half Day Morning City Tour on Shared Transfer

Children under a specified age (usually under 12) can join the tour free of charge when accompanied by a paying adult. Please check the age eligibility before booking.
The tour typically includes visits to top Dubai attractions such as: Dubai Museum (or a photo stop if closed) Jumeirah Mosque Burj Al Arab (photo stop) The Palm Jumeirah & Atlantis (photo stop) Dubai Marina Gold & Spice Souks Drive along Sheikh Zayed Road

Best of Phuket and Krabi Tour

The tour typically includes: Hotel accommodations in both Phuket and Krabi Daily breakfast Airport transfers Intercity transfers (by ferry or road) Guided tours and island-hopping excursions Entry fees to attractions and national parks (depending on package)
Most packages are between 5 to 7 days, though custom durations are often available.
Popular spots include: Big Buddha Patong Beach Phuket Old Town Phi Phi Islands day trip Wat Chalong Temple
Top attractions in Krabi are: Railay Beach Ao Nang Four Islands Tour Emerald Pool & Hot Springs Tiger Cave Temple
You can travel by ferry (about 2.5 hours) or private car/van (about 2–3 hours). The mode of transport may vary based on the package.
Yes, the tour is ideal for honeymooners, families, and adventure seekers, with a mix of relaxation, sightseeing, and water activities.
The best time is November to April, during the dry season with sunny skies and calm seas—perfect for beach activities and boat trips.
Most packages include daily breakfast. Some may also include lunch during island tours. Dinner is usually at your own discretion.
Yes, many travel providers offer customizable packages, allowing you to extend stays, add destinations, or choose specific excursions.

A Journey Across Switzerland

The tour typically includes accommodation, intercity train or coach transport, guided sightseeing tours, some meals (usually breakfast), and entry to major attractions such as Mt. Titlis, Jungfraujoch, and Lake Geneva cruises.
The standard itinerary ranges from 7 to 10 days, depending on the package selected. Custom options may also be available.
Top highlights include Zurich, Lucerne, Interlaken, Zermatt, Bern, Geneva, and scenic train rides like the Glacier Express.
Yes, the tour is ideal for both families and couples. The scenic landscapes, cultural cities, and adventure activities offer something for everyone.
The best time is from April to October for pleasant weather and outdoor activities. December to March is perfect for snow lovers and ski enthusiasts.
Breakfast is typically included daily. Some packages may also include select lunches or dinners. Check with your tour provider for full meal details.
Yes, most travelers need a Schengen visa to enter Switzerland. Requirements vary based on nationality, so it's recommended to check with your local embassy.
Switzerland has one of the best public transport systems in the world. The tour usually includes travel by trains, buses, and cable cars, ensuring scenic and efficient travel.
Yes, the itinerary generally includes free time for personal exploration, shopping, or relaxing at scenic locations.
Travel insurance is highly recommended to cover medical emergencies, trip cancellations, or lost luggage.

Best of Paris and Normandy

This tour typically includes accommodation, daily breakfast, guided city tours, transport between Paris and Normandy, entry to major attractions, and sometimes select meals or wine tastings.
The tour usually lasts 6 to 8 days, depending on the itinerary and travel operator.
Must-see attractions in Paris include: Eiffel Tower Louvre Museum Notre-Dame Cathedral Champs-Élysées Montmartre & Sacré-Cœur
Normandy offers rich history and stunning coastlines. Key sites include: D-Day Landing Beaches Mont-Saint-Michel Rouen Cathedral Honfleur Port Town Bayeux Tapestry Museum
Normandy is approximately 2 to 3 hours from Paris by car or train, depending on the specific destination within the region.
Yes, the tour is family-friendly and senior-accessible, with manageable walking tours and comfortable travel options.
The best time is from April to October, when the weather is pleasant, and outdoor sightseeing is more enjoyable.
Most non-EU travelers will need a Schengen Visa to visit France. Check with your local French consulate or embassy.
Accommodations usually range from 3-star to 5-star hotels, with optional upgrades depending on your budget and preferences.
Yes, many tour operators offer custom itineraries to extend your stay, add destinations, or adjust activities to fit your interests.
Citizens of many countries are eligible for visa-free entry or visa on arrival. Check with the Thai embassy or official visa website for up-to-date requirements.